ud:
The/wfer Salvations of my 1 face
He it , alfo my God.
Sett. III. The Kindejt?enntany and
Occasion &c.
This untituled Pfalme ha Prayer. The Subjeft-
Matter of it, is exceeding like that of the former
Pfalme : yea, fundry of the very words and expreifi-
onsof both thefe Pfalmes, are the fame-, Compare
Pfal. 42. 11. with Pfal. 43. 5. Whereupon fome have
defervedly accounted this 43. Pfalme to be an Ap-
pendix of Pfalme 42 m.
Penman, and Occafion of this Pfalme may be judged
of, as in the former.
Setf. IV. The Scope.
ThePfalmifts Scofe is; To intreat the LORD, fo to
plead his Caufe againft his perfecting Adverfaries,
rhat at laft he may be reftored again to his much
longed-for Communion with God in his Sanftuary.
SeU. V. The Analyfs^ or Principal
Parts.
This Pfalme is 1. Petitory. 2. Confolatory.
I, Petitory. He petitioneth to the LORD, r. To
avenge him, plead his Caufe, and deliver him from
his Adverfaries. This requeft he urgeth , Partly
from his enemies vilenefs: They being (" 1 ) Unmer-
ciful, (2) Deceitful, ("3) Injurious, (4) Oppreffing
verfe 1, 2, Partly from his own intereft in God, on
whom alone he relyed as his ftrength, and therefore
expoftulates with him about, f~i_) Gods thrufting
him away, vi^. from his favour , help, &c. C2J
His own mournful condition. (3} His enemies op-
preffion, verje 2. 2. To fend forth, (1) The Light
of his Divine Favour ; (2 ) The Truth of his Cove-
nant and Promifes : which may again reftore him to
his wonted fellowfhip with God in his Sanftuary
This is amplified, 1. By an Elegant Gradation. He
would be reftored and brought, To Gods Holy Moun-
tain : Yea, to his Dwelling-j laces there-, yea, to
Gods Alt a r therein ; But above all. To Gorf himfelf,
The joy of hit Exaltation, The joy of his Gladneffe. 2 By
the end of his requeft, vi^. That fo he might pub-
lickly praife and glorific God, verfe 3, 4.
II. Confolatory. He checks and comforts his felf-
dejefting, and felf-difquieting foul , with hope in
God i That yet he fhould praife him in the Taber-
nacle, As his Evident and full Salvation, and as his
God, verfe 5.
Pfalm XLIV.
SeB. I. The Summary Contents.
The Church ot God, I. Commemorating Gods former
favours to Ifrael in bringing them into the promifed
Land, ver. 1, 2, 3. Supplicates for like deliverances
of Jacob from their enemies, ver. 4. 1-59. II. Com-
plaines fadly of her prefentextream calamitics,under
her moft cruel Perfecutors, ver. 9. to 17. III. Pro-
feffeth her conftant integrity to God, his Covenant,
and Worfhip, notwithstanding all the miferies come
upon her, ver. 17. to 23. IV. Prayeth moft fervent-
ly for Gods fuccour againft all her miferies, ver. 23.
to the end.
SeU. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
To the Mafler-AIuficiatiy to the fans of
Korach, a Mafchil.
*/ - *
I.
• ^^
1. f~\ God, we have heard with our ears
K^J To us our Fathers told;
The work which in tifofe dayes of theirs
Thou wroughtft, in dayes of old.
2. b Thine hand did Heathens difpoffefs,
Eut them didft plant and feat :
To peoples thou-didfi-Ul-ft«/>n'j>,
Eut them didft c propagate.
2 Heb. or;
An Inftruc-
tion.A n-In
ftruaing-
Pfalme,
3. For, with their fwprd they d have not got-
Poffeffion of the land,
Like wife their Arme them faved not *
But meerly thy right-hand,
e Thine Arme, likewife thy faces.!ight,
Becaufethou/vviU'dft-thcir-wealth.
4. Thou Vr He, my King ; OGod of might,
Command thou Jacob's g health.
5. In thee weas-with-horn-fhall-pufh
All our diftreffing-foes:
Thofe in thy Name we h down-fbajl-crufh
That-up-againft-us-rofe.
6. For,, in my Warlike Bbwe (_0 Lord J
/My hope I will not have :
Likewife my flefh devouring i^ord
Shall not at all me fave.
b Htb. Thou
w th thine
h,and
^C Htb.tr $
Send forth,
d Heb. have
^gS npt poftef-
fed.
4* -■ '
tHeb. And
thine— ---
f Heb. 5H-
vouredft
r * a theinJr ;
hadft-good
will-to-
them.
k$ Heb. Sal-
vation;,
h he b. (hall-
tread, down
i Heb. 1 will
not hope.
Fff
s
7. For
202
V S A L M E. XLIV.
Selah.
7. For thou haft fav'd usheretofore
From our diftreflfing-foes ;
And thofe that-hatred-to-us-bore
Thou didft-to-fhame-expofe.
8. In God we praife hit glorious Name :
Still all the day therefore
We will likewife unto thy Name
Confefs for evermore.
II.
0. But now thou thrufteft-»fl-away,
Thou ^fhameft us alfo ;
And with our Armies in aray
I Abroad thcu doft not go.
10. Thou backward mmakeft-us-retrait
From our diftreffing-foe ;
And thev that us extreamly hate
Spoyle for themfelves they do.
11. Tho'i n giv'ft us to our Enemiet
As filly 0 Sheep for meat :
Among the Nations likewife
Thou doftusdiffipate.
12. Thou/) doft thy people fell amaine,
q But reapft no wealth thereby :
And by the r price of them tbygaine
Thou doft not multiply.
fHeb wilt- 13. Thou ro reproach /doft us expofc
t With nil our neighbours here :
A taunt and fcorn we are to thofe
That round-about-us are.
14. Thou as a. Proverb u putteftus
Among the Heathens jpread :
Among the Peoples impious
A nodding of the Head.
15. Mine* ignominious-difgrace
Before me all the day ••
Likewife the bafhing of my face
Doth cover me alway.
16. Ey reafon of reproachers voice,
And taunting/oe'j difgrace i
By reafon of the Enemie's
And felf-avenger's^face.
III.
17. All this is come upon us, £«,
Yet we forgot not thee :
^ Againft thy Covenant alfo
Deal falfly did not we
18. Our heart back turn'd not 5 Nor our a pace
Declined from thy path.
19. Though us thou brak'ft in Dtagons place:
b Us hid'ft in fliade-of- Death.
2o.If we forgotr/>ro«£/; pain of dread
Our God's moflholy Name :
Or to ftrange god cour hands forth- fpread ;
2 1. Shall God not d fearch this fame.
For he the hearts hid things doth know.
22. But we all day for thee
Are kill'd ; As iheep of daughter now
We all accounted be.
23. Stir-up thy felf in our fad day,
Why fleepeft thou. O LORD >
Awake ; O thruft us not away
For ever at abhor' d.
24. Thy e Countenance why doft thou hide .'
Our /are affliction
kH«b.«r.
rnakeft u«
blufli.
1 heb. thou
gceft noc
forth.
rr> h tb. wilt-
ma ke-us-
turn.
n Heb. wilt
give us.
c beb. or i
{beep of
meat.
p Heb.wih--
q heb. For
no wealth.
xbeb.piices.
fHeb Wilt-
t Heb. To-
te
u heb. w
\
put.
T-H/b.or my
Hufh;ng.
y Neb. faces
t Htb. »r;
In thy—
a Htb. ftep-
»ng.
b htb. And
coveredlt
over us—
e Heb. our
palmes.
d htb, Search
out.
e //^.coun-
tenances.
f Heb. for
25. For loom Soulf/;»# comfortlefs
Down to the duft is caft •*
Yea, to the Earth fjuch our diflrefs !)
Our-belly cleaveth-faft.
26. 0 LORD, Ante, thy felf awake,
g Full-help for us be thou :
And for thy loving kindneffe fake
Do thou-Redeem-us now.
Soft. III. The Kind, Tenman, andOc-
cafioti) &c.
g Heb. for
an Helpful,
nefs to us.
vix.- A full
help, fori*
the ipord
nrmy
Hctrathah
thelafl Let.
ttr b':n{ re.
dundam,
emfbatHdltf
increafitb
the Signifi.
cilia*.
k Sim de
Muis ubi
fupra.
1 Jo Calv'.
in Arg.ai
Pj. 44-
m Fran.
Jnn.in Alt'
not. ad Pf.
45-
ieuefttbou 1%/doft-from-mcmory-lct-flide,
And our Opprclfion.'
This is the third Mafchil, or Inftrufting Vfalme :
See Yfal. 52. Sect. 3. And it is a fervent Complaint ,
or vehement Expojiulating Lamenting prayer to God ••
Penned, as it were in the name of the Afflifted, and
Perfecuted Church of God. A very lively Map of
the Saints Sufferings and Martyrdomesfor the Caufe
of God, of Chrift, and of theGofpel, both under
the Old and New Teftament: As the Apoftle intima-
teth, .Rom. 8. 36.
Who was Penman of it, whether Davidby a Pro-
phetick Spirit foretelling the Churches future Ca-
lamities, as fome 6, or feme of the Pofterity of Ko- hSim.de
rach in the Babylonifh' Captivity, as i others; or Muisin
fome other Prophet •, is not clearly evident either Arg.Pf.ty
by this Pfalme, or any other Scripture. i Sim de
The Occafion alfo of writing it, cannot be particu- Muisin
larly determined upon ; whether the Jew-Hong af- ArgadPf.
flictions in the 70. years Babylonifh Captivity,where- 44.
in the godly are luppofed toufe this Prayer ; As
Munk. Or the cruel Tyranny of Amiochns; AsCal-
vinl. Or the many diftrefles of the Church by the
Vhiliflines, from times of Sampfon till the dayes of
David: As Junius m. Or fome other calamitous
time that befell the Church. And therefore ic is not
fafe to be pofitive herein.
Se&.lV. The Scope.
The Scope of the Church in this zealous complain-
ing Prayer £as the Subject-matter thereof evidenc-
eth) is efpecially ; 1. To Lament and bewail the ma-
ny heavy Calamities that the Lord ( after all his for-
mer favours to them in pofieffing them of the Land
oi Canaan") had brought upon them, by their cruel
perfecuting enemies. 2. To rrofeffe their conftan-
cy and fidelity to God, norwichftanding all this De-
luge andSea of Miferies that was broke in upon them.
3. And to intreat the Lord for Salvation and Delive-
rance from all rheir preffing evils and opprcifing e-
nemics.
Sect. V. The Analysis , or Trincipal
Parts.
In the Title, arc, I. The Denomination of
it* Mafchil. 2. The Direction of it as to theMu-
fick.
In the Subfiance of the Pfalme , we have the
Church, 1. Commemorating, 2. Complaining, 3. Pro-
feffing and 4. Graying.
lfhe Church Commemorateth the former experi-
ence of Gods ancient favours to their foie-fachcrs, v.
i.ro$>. Thefe Favours of God are, 1 Defcribed, 2
Improved. I. Defcribed, divers wayes, 1. By the
Reportersof them ; their Fathers. 2.By the feafon
of them •, In their dayes of old, v. I. 3. By the Mat-
ter of them i Ill-intreating and dilpofieiring the
Heathen Canaanites out of the Land of Cana.in, but
implanting and propagating his People in their ftead,
v.2. 4. By the Author of them; Negatively, Not
their own Sword and Valour : Eut Affimatively, Gods
right-hand and free-favour only, v. 3, II. improv-
ed
P S A L M E XLV.
203
ed, as an Argument and Encouraging ground for the
Churches prefent Supplication to the fame King and
God , for like Salvation now to his afflicted Jacob,v.$.
This requeft being further urged, I. From their fin-
cere confidence in God aIone,not in themfclvcsatall
agafnft their enemies, v. 5, 6. 2. From former ex-
perience ofGodsfavingthem, but confounding their
enemies, v. 7. 3. From rhcir'rliankful praifes, Per-
formed for times pall, Promifed for time to come up-
on this account, v.8.
II. The Church Complaineth fadly of the many and
heavy Calamities, which the Lord had brought up-
on them by their enemies, conrrary to all thofe for-
mer fvveet Experiences, v. 9. to 17. More Particu-
larly, Thdc evils were brought upon them, I. By
God, Defecting them and their Armies, v. 9. II.
By their persecuting Enemies. By whom they were, 1.
Puttoflight, 2. Spoiled, v. 10. 5. Slain. 4. Fanned
and fcattered abroad, v. 1 1. 5. Sold into Captivity,
more contemptibly then very flaves without ptice,
v. 12. 6. Expofed to all manner of reproach by
deeds, words, geftures, To all forts of People,
Neighbours, and Heathens, and this at all rimes to
the utter confufion of their faces, verfe 13, 14
15, 16.
III. The Church Profeffeth her conilant integrity
with God, even in midft of all this Sea of miferies a-
bouther, v. 17. to 2$. This her integrity is, I Decla-
red, by the Parts thereof: viz_. 1. She forgot not God.
2. Nor dealt falfly in his Cov. (aht, for all this, v. 17.
Jl.Confirmed. Andthis Partly by .Amplification
of the former particub fj) Dealt not falfly againft
Gods Covenant, Either y a bac! Hiding heart ; Or
by a fwervingcourfe.- No not in greaccft extremi
ties of afflictions, v. 18,19. (X) Eorgorro'
nor fpread-out her hands to Idols. For proof
whereof Hie appealsto the Heart-fearchin^ andSin-
revengingGod, 11.20,21. 2. Partly by Oppofition
rather of her contrary patient Perfeverance under
worft offufferings, ver.22.
IV. The Church Prayeth mod fervently for relief.
That God would ftirre up 1 imfelf, awake, help,
and redeem her. Which requefts are Pathetically
enforced, by divers moving Deprecations, Expoftu-
lations, and Complaints intermixed, verfe 23, 24,
25, 26.
Pfalm XLV.
Se&. I. The Summary Contents*
In this Nuptial-Song of the Wel-beloved-Virgins.zxt
1. A Preface, mewing the Pfalmifts and every Christi-
ans defire to extoll Chrift the Churches King, ver.i.
11. A Prophetical Defcription, under the Type ol King
Solomon and Pharoah's Daughter, of CHRIST, and
hisChurch. 1. CAri/rthe Bridegroom, isriefciibed
CO As moll Amiable, for his lovely properties, ver.
2. (2} A s moft Formidable for his warlike Endow-
ments, ver. 3, 4, 5. (?J As moft Honourable for
his Royal Majefty. and Princely Accomplifhments,
ver. 6, 7,8. 2. The Church, his Bride, is (i_) Com-
mended, ver. 9. 00 Exhorted to her Duties towards
Chrift, ver. 10, 11. (3 J Allured hereupon, of
great Glory from Chrift, prefent and future, ver.
12. to 17. Ill, A Conclufion, proiwifing hence all
gratitude to Chrift, ver. 17.'
Sett. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew^
To the Afaffer-Afupcian on Shofha-
nim a, To the Sonnes c/Korach, Maf-
chil b i A Song of the Wel-beleved-
Virgins.
I.
Ine heart hath c framed a good thing,
Tim am I faying then
My Sai red d Poems of the King :
My Tongue a fwift Scrib's Pen.
2. Thou then man's fons eart fairer far,
Grace in thy lips is pour'd „•
On thee therefore for evermore
j Hath God his blefting-fhour'd.
3. O Mighty-one, upon the thigh
Gird thou thy fword fo bright,
Thy Glory and thy g Majefty.
4. And in thy Comely-might
On Word of Truth h ride profpering,
And / meekeft Equitee.*
And dreadful things, 0 mighty King,
Shall thy right-hand teach thee.
5. Sharp are thine Arrows thou dofi dart,
Folk under the'* ftiall fall ;
So keen they pierce into the heart
Oi the Kings enemies all.
6. Thy Royal Throne, O Mighty-God,
For ay and ever is:
So is thy Kingdom's Scepter-Rod
A Rod of Righteoufnehe.
7. Thou juftice loVft, j^hafft wickednefie t
Thee, God thy God therefore
Did 'nointwith Oyl ofgladfomneffe,
Thy fellows fane before.
8. Mirrhe, Caffia, and Aloes
All thy fweet Garment bee :
Out of the / Ivory Palaces.
Whence they have gladned thee.
9. Among thy precious-ones dofiand
Kings Daughters thus extold :
The Queen is fet at thy right-hand
In Ophir's m pureft-gold.
II.
10. Hark now, and fee, and bend thine ear
O Daughter beautuous :
And quite forget thy people dear.
Tea and thy Fathers Houfe.
H. And then the King thy beau teoufneffe
w Shall-covet-more and more :
For/o thine Holy Lord he is,
0 Him worfhip thou therefore.
12. The daughter q then ofirWe/yTyre
With' guift to thee fl) all fall;
q Thy favour vehemently-defire
The wealthy people fhall.
13. The Daughter of the King, within
All glorious to behold:
Her Rayment/k is clothed in,
Of r Purled-works of Gold.
* Veh. or,
Six- ftringecS
instruments.
Or.six-leav-
ed flowers.
I>lZ.LilIycSj
fo called.
Song 2.6,
b heb. or,
An inflru-
&.on, or, In«
ttruainar-
Pfalme.
c Hel'.boy-
led. or, fry-
«d-as-in a-
frying-pjn
a good
matter, or,
good word,
d Heb. or ;
works to—
c Heb arc
double- fair,
the btbrew
Roote in
this word it
doubted-no-
ting double
fatrnefs, or
furp/fsing
be/nay,
i Heb. Cod
hath bleffed
thee.
g Heb. cr,
comely,
honour,
comely,
might.
h htb. Prof-
per,ride on
word--
viz. ride
profperoufy.
ibeb. Meek-
nefs of
juftice.
kHeb. Ani
wilt hate —
1 Heb. Pa-
laces of a
Tooth : thet
is, Elephants
toj>'h.
m heb. fine*
gold.
14.
n fftb. fhall
make him-
felf covet.
or j fliall co-
vet vehe-
mently.
oHeb. And
bow down
thy felf to
him.
pheb.erjalfb
q Heb. the
rich ones of
the people
fliallear-
neftly feck
thy faces.
1 Heb. or,
Grounds of
„ g<1dor, clo-
«"C iutes ofgoli
204
P S A L M E. XLV.
f Hth. into
the
thcb-Thet-
fore peoples
ihall confefs
cbee.
14. She in Embroyderyes withftate
Broughc to the King fhall be.-
The Virgins after her, Her Mates
Shall be brought in to thee
15. With joyes and exultation
They fhall be brought andfing:
So they fhall enter every one
/The Palace of the King.
16. Inftead of thy dear Fathers now
Shall be thy (om-by-birth :
For Princes them difpofe (halt thou
In all the planted Earth.
17. Pleofthy Fame through ages all
Make memory allway :
t Thee therefore praife the people fhall
For ever and for ay.
Seft. III. The Kind, Penman, and
Occajion.
This Pfalme is of a Mixt Nature, made up of Pro-
phecy Doclrine, and Exhortation.lt is the fourth Mafchil,
See Pf 7,2.Sc8..^. It contains a fweet and elegant Mar-
riage-Song: wherein under the Type of King Solomons
Marriage with King Pharaohs Daughter. The Spiri-
tual or Mvftica! Marriage betwixt Jefpts Chrift, King
of Kings, the Bridegroom \ and the Church his Bride,
is celebrated by the we l-beloved-Virgins ; vi\. Kings
Daughrers and other Honourable Damofels, attend-
ing upon the Q;ucen, fincere Chriftians, chart Virgin-
worfhippers, the true friends of the. Bridegroom
and the Bride, in praife of whom they ling this Mar-
riage-Song. Compare, Title, vet. 6,7. with Heb.i.
8, 9. where this Song is expounded of Chrift the
Sonne. It's of the fame Argument with the Song of
uhic Pfal- Songs, and as it were a Compendious Epitome of it u.
mus Pro- This Hymne ( as x one well noteth ) fets forth chrift
pheticus in his Glory : and his Spoufe the Church in her Beauty.
eft, contr- For Chriftis the Bi idegroom, and Jernfalem the Bride,
netque E- Joh.%. 29. Rev. 21. 9, 10. All true Chriftians are
pithalami- Virgins, for their fpiritualchaftity, Rev. 14. 1, 4. fol-
um,quo lowing, and loving the Lamb, forthe fweet Odour of his
Chrifti Name, orGifpel, Song 1.2. and are beloved of him ,
cumEccle- and have this new Song of Praife put into their mouths.
fiaNuptia: Some things herein are fo expreiled, that they can-
celebran- not be appiyed in any fence to King Solomon, but on-
tur. Idem- ly to Chrift : As ver. 6, 11. Kimchi and many other
que habet Jewifh Rabbines interpret this Pfalme only of
Argumen- Chrift>
turn quod - Penman of this choice Prophetical, InftruMng, Hor-
Canticum tattry pfalme, is not here nor elfewhere in Scripture
Cantico- expref!ed ; and therefore cannot be certainly de-
rum, ejuf- termined upon.
que vide- Occ afion,ieems probably to be King Solomon's Mar-
turefle E- riage with King Pharaoh's Daughter, herefpokenof
pitome* literally, leffe principally and Typically in moft paf-
Sim.de fages^, but the marriage betwixt Chrift and his
Mutt Arg. Chuch being the Truth and Spiritual Myftery princi-
in Pfal.tf. pally intended, Heb. 1. 8, 9. with Pfal. 44. 6, 7.
X H.Ainf-
worth in his Annot. on Pfal. 45. 1. y Sim. de MuU in Arg. ad
Pfal 4$. & Commenr. ad verf. 1, z Vid. Andr. Rivet in Argmen-
menr. fcPartit. Pfal. 45. Sic Joan Calvin, in Arg. Pfal. 4s.
Et Sim. de MuU in Arg. Pfal. 45. Et Hen. Mollerm in Arg.
Pfal. 45.
Setf. IV. The Scope.
The Scope intended in this Epithalamium or Mar-
riage-Song, is •, Under the Type and Allegory of the
Marriage of King Solomon and Pharaohs Daughter, to
difplay the Excellency, Glory, and Sweetnefle of
that Grcar Myftery, rhe Spiritual Efpoufals aud uni-
on of Chrift and his Church , together with t he match-
leffe Excellencies and mutual Offices of them both.*
and the happy fruits this their Nuptial union fhall
produce.
8e&. V. The Analysts, or Principal
Parts.
JheTitle of this Pfalme contains, 1. The Direction
of it, asto the Mufick. 2. The Denomination of it,
AstoOJ The Matter, or life of it ; MafchiL, In-
ftruftion. See ver. 10. fyc. C2J The Form of it }
A Song of the wel-beloved-Virgins.
The Subftanceof the Pfaime it felf hath in it, i.A
Preface, 2. A Prophetical Defcription of Chrift the
Bridegroom and of his Bride the Church. 3. A
Conclusion.
l.Tlie Preface declares, How fervently thePfal-
mift, and every Chriftian, defires to fpread abroad
the praifes of Chrift the Churches King : i.The
Heart boyling, a good word, or thing, vi^. inventing
and conceiving the good matter of his praifes. 2.The
Tongue reciting it, as readily, as the Pen of a fwifc
Scribe, ver. 1.
II. The Prophetical Defcription fets forth, Chrift the
King as Bridegroom, and the Church as his Bride, moft
elegantly ; under the Type of King Solomon and
Pharaoh's Daughter.
1. Chrift the King and Bridegroom of his Church
is defcribed and commended illuftrioufly, I. As
moft Amiable, for his lovely Properties ; vt^. J. His
furpaffing Beauty ; moft fpecious to behold. 2. His
excellent Speech ; moft gracious to be heard. Both
which areilluftrated by the Fountain whence they
flow, Gods everlafting Benediction, ver. 2. II. As
moft formidable {ox his warlike Endowments. Which
Tby Apoitrophe to him that is moft mighty J he is in-
cited to draw forth into action, vi^. 1. To gird on
his Sword ; that is his Word. Called, from the ef-
fects* Glory, and Comely honour. This his Armour
is Spiritual, ver. 3. 2. To ride profperoufly as in a
Triumphant Chat iot of the Wordof Truth, Meetyeft,
and righteoufnefs, iccording to his Regal dignity.
Hereupon proportionable fucceffe is promifed to en-
fue,i. In General, V is right-hand alone fhall atchieve
terrible things in his Kingdom, ver. 4. 2. In Parti-
cular, His fharp Arrows, that is, his lively piercing
Gofpel admin. ftrations fjmade keen by his Spiritjf
fhall wound the hearts of Chrifts enemies and make
them fall under him, By Converfton, or Subverfton,
ver. 5. III. As moft Honourable, for his Regal Ma-
jefty and Princely Accomplifhmenrs. vi^. 1. The
perpetuity of his Throne. 2. The RightcoufnefTe of
his Scepter; both as to his Acquifuion, and Admini-
stration thereof, ver. 6. 3. His Cordial love of Righ-
teoufnefe, and hatred of iniquity. 4. His Divine
Unction from God his God with the gladning Oyl of
the Spirit (not by meafure, Job. 3. 34. but J beyond
all his fellows, vi\. beyond all his fellows in Unction,
Priefts, Prophets, and Kings, who were wont to be
annointed with material Oyle, to thefe fingularand
eminent Offices, See Exod- 30. 25.— ,30. 1 King, 19.
i5. iSam. id. 13. And beyond all Chriftians, Be-
lievers, Annointed to be Kings, and Priefts, fyc.to
God, 1. Joh. 2. 20, 27. 1 Pet. 2. $. Rev. 1.5. unto
their General Calling, ver.']. 5. His Royal Robes
f"of Perfect Righteoufnefe and Holyneffe) fo Richly
and fragrantly Perfumed, that they areftiled very
Myrrhe, Alloes, anddffta, i.e. abfolute fweetnefle
it felf. 6. His heavenly Defcent. From the Ivory Pa-
laces in Heaven, from his Fathers bofome whence
he firft defcended, his people meeting him with
joyful acclamations, Joh. 3. 29. and whither he is
now again afcended forus,ier/e8.
2. TheChurch, The Queen and Spoufe of Chrift
is Honorifically mentioned. Being, I. Commended,
1. For her Honourable Train of Attendants. 2. For
herRich and Royal Ornaments of Cold oiOphir.'i.For
her
P S A L M E. XLVI.
205
her Superlative Advancement, even at Chrifts right-
hand, ver. 9. II. Exhorted, 1.T0 moft heedful atten-
tion; Hearken, behold, incline thine ear. 2. To all
conjugal Duties towards Chrift. As, (i)That Ihe
deny all for him, ver. 10. (2) That fhe yeild all due
worfhipand obedience to him, that thus the King
may covet her beauty, -u. 1 1. III. Affured hereupon,
if fhe thus perform with Chrift,That Chrift will com-
municate great glory to her, both for Prefent, and
Future. 1. For prefent, CO In her great enlarge-
ment. The Daughters of Tyre, yi^, The Gentiles.
And the rich among the people, f^- Kings, Princes,
Nobles, &c fhall fue to be joyned to the Church. and
fotoChrift, for Communion with him, v. 12. (2~)In
her moft fplendid and rich Ormments : Partly,
without ; Purled works of Gold. Partly, within , All
glorious, v. 15. 2. For future, when the Bride fhall be
brought into the Houfeofthe Bridegroom, to fo-
Iemnize the Marriage with joyful acclamations : Then
fne fhall be, CO Deckt with Curious Ornaments,
Needlework-Embroideries; (2) Waited on with
Virgin-attendants, ver. 14. CiJ Brought into the
Kings Palace with greateft joy , v. 15, C4) And hence,
inftead of Parents and all outward things fbrfaken,
fhe fhall be honoured with a Numerous and Princely
Pofterity all the World over, v. \6.
III. TheCondufion; wherein the Pfalmift promi-
fethuntoChrift,for thefe greateft Benefits; perpe-
tual Gratitude : 1. From Himfelf. 2. From others
moved by his Example in all ages, ver. 17.
Pfalm XLVI.
Sett. I. The Summary Content s,
The Pjalmifi here brings in the Church and city
of God ^wonderfully protected and delivered by the
LORD of Hoaxes from her enemies in extream dan-
gers, J I. Declaring. 1. The Allfufficiency of Gods
Protection of his Church, ver. 1. 2. The Churches in-
vincible Affiance ,thereupon(in God)in greateft dan-
gers ant! commotions, ver. 2, 3. 5. The means of
their fafety, though (mall, ver. 4. 4. The efficient
caufe of their fafety, moft mighty: The LORD'S
Prt fence and Protection, ver. 5, 6,7. II. Exhorting,
I. All, to come view the LORD'S victorious ex-
ploits, ver. 8,9. 2. The Churches Enemies, in the
Perfcn of God, to be ftill and fubmit, ver. 10. And
fo triumphantly concluding, ver. 1 1.
Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the
Hebrew.
To the ^*/?^-of-the-Mulick, to the Sons
of korach, upon Alamoth,
A Song.
l» Htb. or ;
Hopefull-
,!helter.
a Htb. In the
changing of
he earth we
will no c feat
'.Htb. in the
mooving of
Jt Mon.-i»
tain*.
1./^ Od is our Fortitude on high,
VJ And a Refuge-fafe from ill :
A Succour found exceedingly
In our diftreffes/r?//.
2. b Though Earth therefore change fo and fro,
Nc fear-on-us-fhall-feiz :
And c though the Hills be mov'd into
The heart ofdeepeft Seas.
A Htb. At
biughcinefj
of it.
e HtJ.flwll
not be
moved.
f Heb. gave
with his
voice, or; in
his voice.
gHtfc.the
works of the
LORD,
h Heb. ma-
king wars,
to ceafe.
i Htb.\vi\l
break.
k Htb.will
burn.
1 Htb, know
ye.
3. Though roaring-noife her waters make
Be-ftirr'd-with muddy-ftream.-
Tea though the mighty Mountains fhake
d At (well ing of the fame. Selah.
4. There is a flood whofcpleafant ftreams
Shall make Gods City joy ;
The Habitacles Holy-place
Of-him- that-is-moft-high.
5. In midftof h doth God refide,
It e (hall be moved never .*
At 'peering of the morning-tide
Our God will help it ever.
6. The Heathens made a raging noife,
The Kingdom s mooved were :
He/gave abroadhhdreadfulvoicc.
The Earth did melt/or/ear.
7. The LORD of Armies all abroad
Is with us mightily :
The Covenant-Keeping Jacob's God
fie is our Refuge-high Selah.
8. Come, view g the operations
Of this JEHOVAH now :
What dreadful-defolations
He puts on Earth below.
9. Unto the Earth's end far andnear,
h He maketh wars expire :
He ; breaks the Bow, he cuts the Spear,
The Chariots ^ burns with fire.
10. Surceafe, and /know that I am God ;
Among the Heathen ftill
I'lebe advane'd ; In earth abroad
Exalted be I will.
1 1. The LORD of Armies all abroad
Is with us mightily :
The Covenant-Keeping Jacob's God
He is our Refuge-high. Selah.
Sett. III. The Kinde, Penman, and
Occasion.
This Pfalm 'm the Ktnde or Nature of ir,is, A viUo*
rial Song, or Song ofTiumph ; wherein the Church of
God, having the LORD of Hoafts for them, theGodof
Jacob their Refuge, make their boaft in God againft
all imaginable perils. Luther was wont to refrefh
and encourage himfelf with thisPfalm, againft great-
eft Enemies,Threats and Dangers,faying; Come let m
fing the afith. Pfalm, and fear m evil.Jts an excellent
Antidote againft greateft fears and dangers, incident
to Gods Church and People. Penman of it, whe-
ther it were David, lfaias, or fome of the Pofterity
• of Korach, or fome other, hath framed it, as in the
Name of the Church , triumphing therein, is not
evident. Occafion, feems by the matter of it robe
fome remarkable Deliverance or Deliverances of the
Church in her weak condition, from her many and
mighty enemies, deftroyedby the Lords affiftance.
Some m refer this Triumph to thofe famous Victories m Sim. de
which David got over the Philiftines, Moabires, Hi- Muis Arg,
dade^ar King of Zobah, theS\rians, and Edomites, '" Pfal.46.
putting Garrifons in Edom, 2 Sam. 8. and 1 Chron.i%. n Jo.Fnord
Some, n to the deliverance of King Aha\ and Jeru- ln expo(it.
falem, from Rhe^in King of Sy ia. and Pe^th King pf-^.Tcm.
of Ifrael, joyntly befieging Jei^;j//n, 2 Kings 16. $.
Ifaiah^.andi.
Sefr. IV. The Scope.
The Scope intended in this Sung, is; Triumphant-
ly to teftifie and profefTefjn t):e Name of the Church
and People of God, as it were brought in here Tri-
umphing Jthe unfhaken confidence and comfort of
G g g Gods
206
P S A L M E. XLVII.
Gods People in rhe LORD'S Prefence, Affiitance and
Protection againft all imaginable Dangers and Hurly-
btirleys of their Enemies.
Sett. V. The Analyfts^ox Principal
Tarts.
TheTitle contains, i. The Denomination of it j
A Song tuned with voice. 2. The Tune, or Mufical
Inflrrment ; upon AUmoth. SeeiCbron. 15.20. Ala-
wiorHig nines Virgins, Song. 1.2. Hence perhaps it
may import, Virgin-tunes, High fhrill voices or notes.
Thofe that refer Alamotb to the matter, derive it
from Alam, Hidd : As if it denoted the Hid comfels
of God concerning hit Church. 3. The Direction of it,
as to the Mufick, &c.
The Subftance of the Pfalm, is •, 1. Narratory, 2.
Hortatory.
I. Narratory. Here being a thankful and trium-
phant Narration of Gods alfufficient Protection of
his Church and people, ver. 1. to 8. Gods Protection
is, I. Propounded as 1. Safe. 2. Scrong. 3. Molt feafo-
nably prefent in (traits, ver. 1. II. Amplyfiedand il-
luftrated, 1. By the Churches invincible Faith in that
Protection, Faith unterrified with greateft dangers,
evils or Enemies imaginable, ver. 2. 3. 2. By the
fmalllnftrumental means of their fafety, A River:
viz. Kidron, 2. Sam. 1$. 23. John 18. I. and rhe
flreams or leffer Currents Gtbon and Sbiloab, 3 Cbron.
32. 4. 3c. Ifaiah 8. 6. refrefhing and gladning Jeru-
falem, and therein the holy place of Gods Habitati-
ons, encompaffing them half about, ver. 4. 3- By
the Principal efficient caufe of their fafety, viz Gods
gracious prefence in themidftof hisChurch.nvhence
it is, 1. Unmoveably protected-, 2. Seafonably re-
relit ved, veyfe 5. 4. By the efficacy even of Gods
voice again all Heathens rage, and Kingdoms com-
motions .- If his voice be but uttered, The Earth is
melted, ver. 6. 5. By a triumphant exultation in, 1.
The LORD'S powerful Prefence with ; 2. His faithful
Protection of his Church ; ver. 7.
H. Hortatory. Here is a twofold and forcible Ex-
hortation,!. Of theChurch, unto all. Tocomeand
view the LORD's victorious exploits. i.In diffipating
anddeftroyingallhis Enemies, ver. 8. 2. In ttablifh-
inga thorough peace in the Earth, in the land, ver. 9.
U.OfGodhimfelf, unto his and his Churches Ene-
mies; 1. That they ftirceafe from their enmity a-
gainfr. his people. 2. That they acknowledge him
tobeGod: yea, fuchaGod, as one way or other
will be exalred among the Heathen, and in the whole
earth, ver. 10. This Exhortation, and fo the whole
Pfalm ''is fweetly clofed with the former Triumphant
Exultation of Gods people, ver. 7. In (i.JThe
LORD'S powerful prefence with, (2. J His faithful
Protection of, his Church, ver. If.
Halm XLVII.
Sctf. I. The Summary Contents.
In this triumphant and Prophetical Pfalm, 1. All
People are Exhorted cheerfully to entertain God,
CHRIST, and his Kingdom, ver. 1, 2, Many preva-
lent Arguments arc urged hereunto v.2. To the
end.
Sedl. II. The Verflon out of the
Hebrew.
To the 3/<*y?er-of-the-Mufick, to the
fins of Korach, A Pfalm.
1 ./"' Lap hands , all Peoples, joyfully
V^ToGod a with voice of triumph ring :
2. For, dreadful,** the LORD, molt-high.
Ore all the earthy a mighty King.
3. He b under us did folk depofe ••
c Eeneath out feet the Nations|>rovW.
4. Our Heritage for us dhe chofe ;
His Jacobs e glory, whom he lov'd. Selab.
5. With triumph God afcended-is :
The LORD with voice/of Trumpeti/y.
6. Sing Pfalms to God, fing Pfalm-for-rWy :
Sing-Pialm, Sing-Pfalm unto ourKing.
7. For, God « King of all the earth,
Sing-Pfalm of pure Inftruction.
8. God reigns g o're alloj Heathen birth :
God Iks upon /; his holy Throne.
9. To folk of Abraham's high God
The Peoples i Nobles gathered be :
For, Shields of tlr earth belong to God,
Exhalted vehemently is he.
a Heb. or,
with voice
ofihrilling
fhout-aloid,
b HeklhiU.
ipeak peo-
ples under
ut.viz.fitb-
dac tbcmbj
hu v>ori.
c heb. And
beneath •—
d Heb. He
llullchoofe.
e Heb. high,
excellency.
(heb. of a
Trumpet,
g Heb.ovet
the Hea-
thens.
bheb. throne
of his halt,
nefs.
1 heb volun.
tierS.r>r,M«.
nli.ent.
liberal
Princes.
Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, and
Occafion.
This is for Kind a Gratulatory triumphant Pfalm,
provoking all People to joy and Triumph •, Literally
and H'tftoricaily, for the Afcending of the Ark ." My-
flically and Prophetically, for Chrifts Afcending up
on high, and for his Kingdom.
Penman, is not exprefied, nor certainly difcove-
red here or elfewhere.
Ouafiont feems to be Afcending, or bringing up
ofthcdr^o/Go^intoits place: 1. Either, from Kiri-
ath-'jearim, or from rhe Houfe of Ebed-Edom to the
City of David in Jerufalem into the Tent which Da-
vid hid pitched for it, David and all the Houfe of
Ifrael playing before the LORD on all manner of Injlru-
mentsofpirr-wood, &c. and bringing up the A) l^of the
LORD rvitbf})outi)ig, and with the found of the Trumpet.
2 Sam. 6. 2, 3, 4, 5, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16. iChron. 13.
8. and 15. 25, 26, 27, 28. (at which rime Daviddrik k vid./fafc
delivered Pfalm 105, 1. to 16. and Pfal. c/<5. into the Mill in Art
hand of Afaph and bis Brethren to thanl^ the LORD, pf.^.jy
1 Cbron, 16. 7. to y.-J 2. Or , from the city of David, jn com.
by Solomon and all the chief of Ifrael into the Temple adverf. 1.
of Solomon,2Chro.$-2.&c.i K 8-i (fyc.whkh wasalfo £t Stm.de
with TrumpetSjCymbals and Instruments of Mufick, jyfuuin
2Chron.$. 13.. And this feems fo to be from v. 5. Arg.Pf.yi.
where the Ark of God (""called God, as Numb. 10.31;. ad ink.
3d by a Metonymie, becaufc the Ark was a fpecial ] fra.Jun.
Token or Sign of Gods peculiar prefence among in Annrt.ai
them, J isfafdto afcend xpitb Triumph, the LORD pfal. 47.
with voice of the Trumpet. Thus fome Jews, and HAmf.in
Modern Writers^. Other judicious Interpreters/ \mC.in\erAS
account this rather a Prophetical P\d\m, touching (y Annot.
Chrifldnd his Kingdome over both Jews and Gen- Pf.47.Jt.
tiles: The whole Pfalm being fo fnitablc hereunto, Calv.in
and ver. <,. fo notably pointing out that eminent Arg. &
Royal Act of Chrilt, in his triumphant and glorious Com.ad
Ajcenfton up into Hear en, /.n(r 24. <;J,^2. whence Pfal.tf,
he
V S A L M E XLVIII.
207
he /hall come again to the raft Judgment with like
glory, Alls 1. 9, 1 1. 1 Thef. 4. 16. For my own
part; I fee no juft caufe why both thefe Intrepreta-
tions may not be joyned together, thus ; 1. Literally
and immediately, the pfalinc DefcriSing Gods King-
dome and Government over all, but cfpecially over
Jfreel , fubduing and calling out the Heathen-C./-
naanites before thcm,hut planting them in their Land
placing his Ark of Covenant as a Token of his Pre-
lence among them, and adding the Peoples Nobles
or Voluntiersro the People of Abraham's God. 2.
Alyftically, Mediately, and Prophetically, The Pfalme
foretelling Chrifts Klngdome over both Jewesand
Gentiles •, Chrifts Kingly *Afcending into Heavenly
glory, and afterwards adding the Gentiles to the
Jewes in one Church .* The Ar\bc'mga fptcial Type
of Chrift, Rev. 11. 19. The Holy of Holyes a Type of
Heaven, Heb. 10. 19,20. and The Afcending of the
Ark. into the Sanfluafy a lively adumbration of Chrifts
glorious Afcending up on high into Heaven it felf there
to appear ftillin the Prefenceoj God for us, Pfal. 68.
18. £/>/>. 4. 8. &c. Heb. 9. 24.
Sed. IV. The Scope.
The Sco/* of this Pfalme, is; 1. Todefcribe glo-
rioufly the Kingdome of God and of Chrift over
Jewes and Gentiles; 2. And to exhort all Peoples
to entertain the fame with all triumphant joy and
thankfulnefie.
Seft. V. The Analysis, or Triticeal
Tart*.
Tn the Title are, 1. The Denomination of it; A
Pfalme. 2. The direction of ir, as to the Mufick.
In the Snbjiance of the Pfalme, are 1. A Duty pro-
founded. 2. Arguments enforcing it.
I, The Duty, whereuntoall People are Exhorted,
is; Their joyful entertaining and embracing of God
Chrift , and hfs Kingdom coming amongft them.
This Duty is fee forth, I. By the Object of it; vi^..
God, Chrift, and his Kingdom. 2. By the Subject of
it; All Peoples. 3. By the Manner how it is to be dis-
charged ; with clapping of Hands, with vone of triumph,
or fhcunng, with Singingof P(almes,ver.\. 6.
II. The Arguments enforcing this Duty, are drawn,
1. From the Excellent Nature of this King; High,
Vreudjul, Great, ver. 2. 2. From the Effects of his
Kingly Office. ( 1 JVpon heathens, fubduing them
to his Church. Cmaanitesbenig already conquered
by his power, Gentiles alio fhould be called and
subdued to Chrift by his Gofpel, ver. 3. fij Vpon
'jewes, giving them of hismeer loveas their Inheri-
tance, The Temple, Law Covenants, &c. wherein
was Jacobs high excellency above all people, ver. 4.
3. from Chrifts triumphant Afcenfion into Heaven,
w hereof the brining up of the Ark into the Sanctua-
was a Type, verfe 5,6. 4. From the Maiefiv and
wiiveiial Extent of his Kindome, (~ as Matth'.i8. 18
JS'c. J over all the world, ver. 7,8. 5. From the
voluntary Aggretation, both of free-fpirired Princes
and People unto the Church of God Who joyn them-
felvesto the LORD Chrift, 1. Becauje, He is the
great Conqueror and Protector of all. The Shields
cf the Earth belong to him. Or, Rulers and Magi-
strates (who for their Protecting of Common-wealths,
fcc.areftiled, Shields, Pfal. 89. 19. Hof. 4. ?8. J be-
long to him 2. Becauje he si of high ft Glory,
ver. 9,
Pfalm XLVIII.
Setf.I. The Summary Contents.
7 "i
In this Pfalme are, I. A Propofition of the great
nefsofGod, and of his Praifesin Jerufalem, in his
Church : whereupon Jerufalem is eminently mag-
nified, verfe 1. 2,3. II. A Narrationoi Jerusalem's,
of the Churches peculiar Protection by God in great-
eft danger, againft all her Enemies that came againft
her, verfe qto 11. III. An Exhortation to all Gods
people to rejoyce and praife the LORD for his Bene-
fits to his Sion. hisChurch, 1. Paft, v. ii,2.Prefent
verfe 12, 13. 3. And Future, verfe 14.
Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the
Hebrew.
A Song, A Pfalme, to the Sons of
Korach.
1. S~> Reat « the LORD, and vehemently
VJ Is to be prai fed ftill:
In City of our God moft-high
His Holinefies Hill.
2. Moft fair in fituation,
The joy of all ^ the lands ;
On b Northern fide, the Mount Sion,
The great Kings City (iands.
3. God in c High Turrets of the fame
Is known for refuge high
For lo the Kings together-came :
Together they pafi'd-by.
5. They faw her.ftrongly fortifide,
then fo admire did they,
They fuddenly were terrifide,
Did-trembling-haft-away.
6. There trembling^ took them: pains, for kjnde,
Like-hers-that-child-doth-bear.
7. PiWTarfhifh Ships with Eaftern winde
Thou-wilt-in-pieces-tear.
8. InCityoftheLORDofhoafts *
e Wee faw, as we heard fay,
In our Gods City, and her coafls : .
God will her ftablifti/ay. Sshh.
9. g Within thy Palace wee, OGod,
Thy mercy h minde alwayes.
10. To Earth's remotefi bounds, O God,
As thy Name, fo thy Praife :
Thy right hand's ful of righteoufneffe.
II. Rejoyce let Sion Hill,
Let Judah's daughter/ i mirth-expreffe
For all thy judgments,/?/'//.
12. Encompafs Sion, andgo-round-
About her : Tell her Towers.
13. ^Minde earncftly her bulwark found;
I View well her lofty bowers.-
That to the after m age yee may
Declare on every fide.
14. That this God « our God a for ay ;
Till death he will us guide.
Setf. Ill,
Crts*4<~ 7 '
/4z»y*ZZ4 man in honour doth not flay ;
Likened q to bea(\s that quitr-decay.
lodgethnoc 13. This their way r doth their folly lnew *,
Their OtT-fpring yec their words allow.
ib b. A n-an
Jh ail no: in
Redeeniir.<*
tet' eem bii
bro theriror
fliall <;iveto
God his
Ra r Torn
kb'b. And.
Ibth. fliall
be precious.
m bub. r°w-
erfi'l vvealr^
nbfKtoge-
o bib. upon
their —
11 ibi/'.Adani
odgethnoc
a nighc in
hon^ or.
qfc.K as
beaiis ifcat
are filenctd
Selah.
14. Like fheep they're put in grave beneath,
Feed on them fliall Devouring Death,
And being from their dwelling call,
Their form in Grave /away-fhall-wafte.
15. ButGodfhall f me from hand of grave
Redeem ; For he fliall me receive.
III.
• hib.M\y to And over them at morning light
thenvyet Dominion have fliall men upright ;
their pofte-
iity like
well of their
•ir.o th.
rkefr.lhal!.
wear-away
to him vxt.
lotvtry one
tftbtm.
t btb. my
Soul.
Biifr.ihaU
be multi-
plyd.
x btb. in his
dying he
{hallnoc
take all
j btb. bis
glory.
•z. btb.xa his
lives.
a bti< or ;
confefs.
Selah.
b fef&.Adam.
cbrb. As the -
beaib.
16. Fearnot,when manbecometh rich :
When Glory of his houfea is much.
17. For, hence x he 'akes nought when he ends ;
Nor after himj- his Pomp defcends.
18. Though 1 while-he-doth-his-life-poiTeiTe,
His Soul he flattering tkm blefe ,
Yet 0 my Soul, they fliall thee a laud.
When thou (halt to thy felf do good,
19. Come at the lafl dial! every one
To his Fathers Generation ;
Where ev'n-unto Eternitee
The pleafant light they (hall not fee.
20.Tbw b man in honour placed high.
And underfland5 not prudently;
Is-likened, in bis jujt compare,
c Unto-the-Beafts that filenc'd-are.
anv mans wealth and glory increafing, all which he
fliall be totally dripped of when he dyes, ver. 16. to
the end. And therefore this Pfalm is an Excellent
Antidote againft the Scandal of the Crojs wherewith the
Godly are exercifed, whil'ft the wicked profperand
tlourifh in all worJdly wealth and glory.
Of the Penman, and Occafion of writing this Pfalm
wc have no particular difcovery.
Sett. IV. The Scope.
The Scope intended in this Pfalm, is ; I. To excite
and encourage all forts of people (under the exem-
plary faith and courage of the Pfalmift here repre-
sent, ver. 5. with 15.J undauntedly to bear all forts
of afflictions ; C notwithstanding all the wealth and
glory wherein worldlings do on the contrary rlou-
rim Jthey having hope in God, both of Refurrcftion
even from Death it lelf by him, and of blitTeful Re-
ception unto him, ver. 15. 2. As alfo to convince
them how vain and foolifli a thing i t is to place con-
fidence in greateft worldly wealth, or higheff earth-
ly honours, Mone of which can prefer ve their own-
ers at all from the Grave, or Defcend with them in-
to the Grave.
Sett. V. The
Analj
Parts.
fiS) or Principal
Se&. III. The Kind, Penman, and
Occafion.
This Pfalm for Kind is Dollrinal and Hortatory:
Exhorting all forts and degrees moft heedfully to
attend unto the wife Doftrine and Parable therein
unfolded. Itteacheth efpecially, inmidftof ail fur-
rounding afflictions even in death it felf, (the wages
of our finful wayes, ver. 5. with Rom. 6. 23. J not to
place our rruft Either in multitude of Worldly
Riches, which can preferve none from death ; Or
in glory of Earthly Honour, which is wholly vanifh-
ingand fliall perifli in the Grave, ver. 6. to 15. But
only upon God, who can and will raife us from the
dead, ver. 1 5. And consequently not to be afraid of
In the Title note . 1 .The Denomination ; A Pfalm.
2. The Dircftion of it as to the Mufick.
In the Pfalm it felf, are, 1. A Preface. 2. A Propo-
fltion. 5. A Conclufion.
I. The Preface is vehement and importunate, in-
citing all forts to Angular Attention. Wherein con-
fider, j. The Per fans fpokentoi All People, All the
worlds inhabitants, whether Ignoble or Noble, Rich or
Poor. i.The AH or Duty whereunto they are incited ;
Hear, give ear, ver. 1.2. 3. The Ob)etl,'ot Matter abouc
which this Aft is to be exercifed, is fet forth in four
fublime and alluring Expreffions.v7>\ *• Wifedoms.
2. Prudencies. 3. A Parable ( 7^Q whichnotes
Rule Excellency,* $tc, fuch Speeches excelling and
bearing fway among others, 4. A Ridle, or a Dark?
matter, or a-n hidden Queftion. Therefore all of
them befpeaking their ut moft Attentions,i/er. 3, 4.
II. Vie Vrop'fltion'is elegant and emphatical.The
Pfalmift propofeth the fumme of this Wifedom, Pru-
dence, Parable, Dark-matter, viz^. His unrerrified
confidence (exemplary to all, efpecially the godly J
in midft of all encompaffing evils, which the iniqui-
ty of his heels., of hisfteps and wayes, mightbring
upon him. This is laid down emphatically by way
of interrogation: W by ? &c. that is, I have nojuft
caufeatd/Zto fear, &c. ver. 5. This his confidence
is Illuftrated andDefcribed by the Grounds of it,
Negatively, and Affirmatively. I. Negatively, This
his confidence is not grounded or bottomed (Hike
that of carnal worldlings,) 1. Neither in the mul-
titude of Riches. (~i~) Partly, Becaufe no worldly
wealth can Redeem a man from Death and grave,
Or obtain a priviledgetohimof not dying, ver. 5, 7,
85 9. (2) Partly, Becaufe as all muft dye, both
wife, and foolilh , and brutifli perfons, So when
Death comes // worldly wealth will dye to them,
and muft be left to others, ver- 10. 2. Nor in earthly
honour and glory .• Either of Houfes, vi\. Families
and Pofterity, which worldlings think will conti-
nue for ever : Or of Habitations, which they fancy
will abide from Generation to Generation ; Or of
Lands, which they call after their own Names,ver. If.
None ofthefe are grounds of true confidence. For,
(~ij Man in honour continueth not, but becomes by
Death Hl>e the Beafts that perifli. Or? Adam in honor
' lodged not a night, but became at the Beaft, &c, and
H h h then
210
P S A L M £. L.
then what man in honour can promife himfelf or his
any continuance therein? v. *2.(V) All this way of
worldlings ("however approved by their Pofterity}
is not wifedome, "buttheir/o//y,i'
14. To God Allmighty Sacrifice
Thy n thankful-praife alway :
To him-that-is-moft-high likewife.
Do thou thy vows repay.
15. And in the day of fore-diftrefs
Do thou unto me cry:
The from thy ftraitsl will releafej
0 Thou fhall me gloritk.
II.
16. But God unto the wicked fpake,
To tell my Statutes Truth.
p Why medleft thou ? Or doft up-take
My Covenant q in thy mouth *
17. And life reforming Difcipline
In heart thou hateft haft :
And all thofe precioM words of mine
Behind thee thou haft caft.
18. If thou the vilefi thief haft feen,
Then didft thou with him run :
And with Adulterers bath been
Thy Curfed portion.
19. Thou mouth r thou haft inured long
In ill unto thy fliame ;
Likewife thy filfe afperfing tongue
Dcceitfulncfle/did frame.
20. Thou fat'ft and fpak'ft agatnft thy brother :
Thou infamy t haft caft
Upon the fon of thine own Mother.
2i.Thel'e-things thou afted haft.
Ml-held-my'peace; Thou* didft furmize,
y Sure I like thee hud bin ••
Selah.
I
z frr&.his go.
ingin. n
b heb.uni..
verfall:ty©f
beauty. 1
filence.
d htb. before
his facts.
C Heb vehe-
mently.
(htb.Het-
ven from
above.
gHeb.AM
to me. Ga-
ther to me.
hheb.upoa
Sacrifice.
1 hcb.Afceiu
fions. bectuft
Burnt oga~
ings ^ifuu~
dcii in the
fiamts.
k Heb.tbjr
houfe.
1 heb.co me
every wild
beaft of the
wuod:»nd
beafts on a
thoufand
mountains,
m Hf*.
fbould
hunger.
n U■ Heb. Anl
I
x M. didft
think —
y Mtb.lim
being hid
bm as tin* a.
P S A L M E LI.
211
% Heb. unto
iliinc. eyes
a Heb.hc U-
crificing
Confelfion.
b Htl>. He
that futteth
(or dilpo-
Jcthl bis
way, I will
caulc bun
to fee in ilie
Salvation of
God.
Fie check thee, and ^ beforc-chine-cyes
In-order-fee /Ay //«.
22. O ye that God have quite forgot
Confider now this tiling :
That I in pieces tat you not,
And none delivering.
23. Eut a he that Sacriticcth Praife,
Mc glorifies : Alfo
b To-him-that-ordercth well his vvayes
Gods faving- health riefhovv.
Sett. TIL The Kincle, Penman, and
Occafion.
This Pfalm as to the Kim/ of it is DoBdnal. Where-
in the LORD the God of Gods ("after an awful Pre-
face touching his dreadful Majefly inhisChurchJ
Injxi uUetk his Covenant-people Israel, what is the
True worfhip wherein he is delighted, not fo much
Carnal, Legal Sacrifices, hi Spiritual and Moral Per-
formances; And who are his acceptable worfluppers,
Not Hypocritical and AtheifHcal TranfgrelTors, but
thofe that Praife God and order their way aright.
c Sim. de Penman, As c fome think, was Afaph the Seer,who
MuitArg. penned fome Pfalmes, 2Chron. 29, 30. and the ra-
tn Pfal. 50 t]ier5 becaufe ic is Entituled ; A Pfalm of Afaph. Or,
as the Chaldee Paraphrafl expreffeth it 5 by the hands
dMr.Tho. of Afaph. But Mothers rather are of Opinion that
V/ilcock_sin David Penned this Pfalm, ("committing it only to
bit Expof. Afaph or his fons for the keeping and tuning of it in
of Pfal. 50. the Sanftuary,i C/jron.25.2.Jand that upon this Occa-
7itle.Jo.in. fion vi^. After Ifrael had been fmitten with the three
Foordin years Famine, and three dayes Peftilence, 2 Sam.
Expof Vfal. 21. and 24. And after the Angel of God had ap-
50. Author peared to David, and pointed out unto him the
place of Gods Habitation, lChron. 21. 18. and 22. 4.
Then this Pfalm touching Gods true Wor/liip and
Worfhippers, feems to have been written.
Sett, IV. The Scope.
The Scope of the Holy Ghofl in this Pfalm, is;
Convincingly to inrtruft JfraelGods Covenant-peo-
ple, and in them the Church of riod, What Wor-
ship and Worfhippers are moft acceptable unto God,
•w^not fomuch theCeremonial and Externals the
Moral and Spiritual Worfhip ; Nor unreformed Hy-
pocrites and profane Atheifts, but fuch as walk
thankfully, ordering their vvayes aright.
Seff. V, The Analyfis^ox Principal
1 Parts.
The Title hath in it, 1. The Denomination, &c;
A Pfalm. 2. The Direction of it as tOjthe Mufick, or
the Indication of the Penman, *1D i< 7 may be ren-
dred either. To-Afaph , or ; Of- Afaph.
In the Pfalm it felf are, 1. An Introduction to the
Inftruftion. 2. The Infiruaion it felf.
I. The Introduction to the InftruHion, procuring the
greater heed and attention, ver. 1. toj. is drawn ;
I. From the higheft Author of this Inrtruftion ; The
God of Gods JEHOVAH. 2. From the manner
of his Inftruftion. Which is either, l.Commonzo
all the world, by the Works of Creation, v. 1. 2.
Peculiar to his Church, to Sion. Whofe beauty is
highly commended; The univerfalityof Beauty. A
Confluence of Beauty centered there, v. 2. Whofe
defire alfo after Gods Prefence for Inftruftingof his
Church, is intimated. And that Prefence of God is
Tin illufion to Gods appearing to Ifrael of old at M.
Sinai, Exod. ip. and 20. Heb. 12. J Illuflratcd, r.
Partly, by that which goes before him Eating, or
Confumingfae. 2. Partly, by that which accompanies
him ; A Tempeil, ver. 2,. 2. Partly, by that which fol-
lows his coming, vi^. A moll Authoritative and Po-
werful voice to Heaven and Earth, to convene his
Saints, his Covenant-people before him, to receive
his Inftruction, ^.4,5. 3. From his Jurticc and Ma-
jefly, confpicuousin this his Proceeding, v. 6.
II. The Infiruttionit fi-'.f, is laid down, v. 7. to the
end. Wherein note, I. The Entrance into the In-
ftruftion, drawn from Gods entring into Covenant
with his Church. Inciting Ifrael to Attention,vcr.7.
II. The Parts of the Inflr'uaion: which are touching,
Gods Worflup : and Gods WorfJiippers. I. The Worflyip^
which is moft pleafing to God, isdefcribed ("ij Ne-
gatively, what it is not. Its not fo much the Ceremo-
nial and Outward Worfhip, though never fo coftly,
that the Omnipotent and Alfufficicnt God infifls up-
on, ("although before Chriftrhat had itsfeafon, Heb.
7. and 10. 1, &c. was commanded by God, and plen-
tifully performed by Ifrael, Jver. 8. to 14. ("2) Pofi-
tively, what it is. It is that Moral and Spiritual
Worfhip, ("As thanksgiving to God, Performance of
Vows to the moft High Calling upon God in ftraits,
and Glorifying him for Deliverances^ which fjod
moft Refpefts and Rewards, v. 14. 15. 2. The wor-
fluppers of God, in whom he will take pleafure, are al-
fo defcribed, Qi) Negatively, who they are not, viz_.
Not the wicked thai hate to be Reformed, nor Hypo-
critical and Atheiftical wretches, going flill on in
their fins, becaufe God'\s filent and long-fufTering.
But rt//thcfc G od will Convince, Reprove, and with-
out timely Repentance, Defhoy, v. 16. to 23. ("2)
Positively, Who they are, viz. They that facrifice
Praife to God, and order their way aright. Thefe
have Gods Acceptation, us Glorifying him : And fliall
fee Gods Salvation^ glorified by him, v.23.
Pfalme LI.
Sett. I. The Summary Contents.
David, upon the Prophet Nathan's MelTage from
God unto him, unfeignedly repenting of his two
hainous finnes. Adultery with Bath-fhebah, and
Murder of Vriah, Poureth forth his fervent Prayer,
I. For himfelf, 1. Partly, for the LORD'S free and
full Remifiion of his fins, with deep Contrition con-
feffed and aggravated, vi^. (4) Hit Ailual fins, ei"ps-
cially his Adultery and Murder, verfe t, 2, 3, 4. C2)
Hit Original fin, verfe 5,6. 2. Partly for Reftaura-
tion of him in Spirituals, impaired by his fins, vi$.
(~ij In joy and comfort upon his fins pardon, verfe
'!■> 8, 9- C2J 1° clcannefs of heart, f 3 J In efta-
blifhment of Spirit for the future, verfe 10. ( ^j \n
conftancy of Gods favour and Spirit, verfe n. f$J
In fweet aftu ranee of Gods Salvation. (6) In-fuftenra-
tion by Gods free Spirit, verfe 12. All which he urg-
ethby fundry Arguments, verfe i3.r0 18. II.For
the Church of God, offended by his Scandalous fins,
1. That God would do good to Sion, whom he had
harmed. 2. That God would build JerufalemswiWs,
which he had fhaken, verfe i8> 19.
Seft. II.
212
P S A L M E. LI.
Sect. II. the firfl Version out of the
Hebrew.
To-the- Mafier- of-the-Mufick, A Pfalm of
David. When Nathan the Prophet came
unto him, After he had gone in unto Bath-
fhebah,
a Heh (hew
grace-to
me accor-
ding to thy
lovig-
kindnefs.
b Heb. Ac-
cording to
the multi-
tude ofthy
bowel-mer-
cies.
c Heh. tref-
paffes.
d Htb. In
chine—-. —
e Heh. maiil
be clear. or i
fire.
f He b I was
painfully.
brought
forth.
e hrh.'m Sin.
ffHeb. did-
warme—-—
i heb. And I
(hall be
clean,
k tf<2>. Be
whitned be-
f re Show
1 Wet. thou-
haft cn-lhed
m Heb. thy
face.
n Heb. blot-
out or, wipe
away,
o Wf6. in
mine in-
wards re-
new.
p Heb. and
take nor thy
Spirit of bo-
hnefs
q Heb. or j
thou ih alt -
"nderprop-
I.
i./^AGod, dffy-grace-on-me-declare
\_) Afrer-rhy -mercy-kind:
b As thy compaflbns many are,
My c faults wipe-out of mind.
2. 0 multiply, 0 wafh me clean
From mine iniquity :
Likewife from all my fin again
Do thou-me-purify.
3. For I mine heynow trefpaffes
Acknowledge mournfully.
And ftill my fin before me is.
4. Againft thee fin'd have I.
Againft thee only, And haw done,
d Eefore thine eyes this ill ;
That when thou fpeak'ft,thou maift-be-juft,
e Clear when thou judgeft ftil.
5. Lo in perverfe-iniquiry
/My-birrh-I-did-receive .-
Me likewife £ in impurity
My Motrfer h did conceive.
6. Behold, in truth dtlightefl thou
Within-the -inward-part .•
And wifedome thou-haft-made-me-know
In fecret of my heart.
II.
7. With Hyfop thou me purify,
i I fhall be cleanfed fo .•
0 wafh thou me, And then fhall I
^ Be whiter than the Snow.
8. 0 make thou-me the pleafant voice
Of joy and gladnefs hear;
So fhall the very bones rejoyce
Which /by thee crufhed-were.
9. O from my fins hide thou m thine eyes,
And nquite-obliterate
All mine abhorred iniquities.
10. O God, tome creat
A clean heart. And 0 in me new-make
A Spirit firme to thee.
1 1. Cart me not from thy face, p nor take
Thine holy Spirit from me.
1 2. Thy Sweet Salvation's joy again
Rcftorc thou unto me,
And (( do-rhou-firmly-me-fuitain
Still with a Spirit free
13. Thy wayes rrangref!brsf/;cn fhall I
Teach rvhh a feeling heart,
And wandring Sinners readily
Shall unto thee convert.
nr.
14.O God, O my Salvation's God,
From bloods do-mc-deliver:
So fhall my thankful tongue abroad
Shout-forth thy juftice ever.
1 5. My clofed lips, O Lord, do thou
Wide open, mine heart raife:
And then my mouth abroad-fhall-fhew
Thine ever lading praife.
16. For thou delightft not Sacrifice,
Elfe give the fame would I .-
r Eurrit-offering thou wilt not likewife
Accept-contentedly.
17. God's Sacrificies are a Spirit
/Broke for iniquities :
And heart fo t broken and contrite,
God thou wilt not defpile.
18. h Do Sron good in thy good-will
feruflem's walls x up-rear.
19. Then fhalt-thou-be-delighted Hill
With Sacrifices there
Of righteoufnefTe,> The Burnt-offring
And 3; Holocauft I fay:
Then Bullocks on thine Altar bring
And a Qffer-up-fhall-they.
Thefecond Verfion out of the He-
brew.
To-the- Mafier -of-the-Mufick, A Pfalme of
David. When Nathan the Prophet came
unto -him, After he had gone in unto Bath-
ftiebah.
r Heb. The
Afcenfion.
for it afcen.
ded >n fiimt
wholly.
(Heb. broken
toihivers.
tHeb. broken
to ihivers.
u Heh Do-
wel] to Sion.
* Heb. thoa
(halt build,
y Heb. the
Acenfion.
t. thai if.the
whole-burn:
offering,
a Heb. they
(hall make-
afcend.
r.
lf\ God a rhy-grace-on-me-deelare,
V_j/A After thy loving kindnefs ay :
c As thy compaffions many are,
Wipe thou my trefpaffes away.
2. d Much wafh me from my wickednefie.-
Cleanfe thou me from my fin likewife.
3. For my rebellions e I confefs .-
And Hill my fin before me lyes. '
4. 1 finn'd againft thee,one!y thee,
Aud fin thy fight have done this-ill ,
That when thou fpeak'fl thou juft maift be,
Maift-be-clearin-thy-judgingyr///.
5. Behold ev'n in iniquity
F«//painfulIy-brought-forth-I-vvas:
Yea in fin and impurity
My mother £ me conceiv'd alas.
6. Lo, Truth fn towards thou dofl love :
In fecret /; thou-haft-made-me-know
Pure wifedome aKoJrom abov:.
7. i Purge-mc from-fin with Hyfop now,
I fhall be clean .- (^O wafh me dear,
And I / than Snow fhall whiter be.
8- .Sw>efr joy and gladneFe m make.mc-hcar
n Let bones exult,/ocrufht by thee.
II.
9. Thy face hide from my fmsfogreat .-
And all my 0 faults wipe-out-do-thou.
10. Pure heart, OGod, to me creat:
And a firm fpirirp in me renew.
1 1. Cart me not from thy face : No more
hrom me q thine holy Spirit take.
1 2. Me thy Salvation *s joy reftorc:
And with free Spirit r ftrong-ine-makc.
13. Thy
a Heb. (he*
grace-to- me
or; be- graci-
ous-to- me.
bHeb. Ac-
cording to
thy. .
c Heb. Ac-
cording CO
the multi-
tude of thf
bowel- mer-
C'CS.
dH«/\multu
plywaih me
from mine
iniquity.
C Heh. I
know. I ac-
knowledge.
fHeb. in
fh ine eyes,
g Heb. wjt.
fned me.
b Heb. thou
wilt—
i Heb. Thou
(halt ('urge.
k Hcb.Tho*
(halt walh.
1 Heb. Hull
be whitened
before Snow
m Heb.
Thou (hale
make,
n Heb. exult
(hall the
bones.
o Heb. ini-
quityes.
rHeb. inmf
inward.
qHeb. The
(pirit of
thine holi-
nefs.
«• Heb. thou
(halt under-
prop me or;
firmly, fuf-
taiu me.
P S A L M E. LI.
213
f htb. Shrill
forth, or;
(hout aloud
tbeb. And
my mouth,
n i>({>. wilt
not delight
Sacrifice.
xM'.Afccn
fion.
y bet. The
Sacrifices
15. Thy wayes tranfgrcffbrs teach will I :
And Sinners (hall convert to thee.
i4.0God, of my Salvation high
The God, From bloods deliver me :
Then fhall my tongue on every fide
f Proclaim thy righreoufnefie always.
1$. Lord, thou my lips malt open wide :
tSo fhall my mouth fhew-forth thy praife.
id. For thou « affeft'ft not Sacrifice,
Elfe would I give the fame up heapt :
x Burnt-offering of the greateft price
Cod.^fpirit Thou'lt not contentedly accept.
broken to 1 7. y The Sacrifices God dot h prize
They are a Spirit broken-quite,
O God, thou z never wilt defpife
An heart/b a broken and contrite.
ihivers.
xbtb. wilt
not.
a beb. Ihi-
vered and
crulht.
b be b. do
Well to Sion
cbtb. Thou
(hale build.
d htb. Sacri-
fices of righ- And whole-burnt-offering many a one:'
18. b Do Sion good in thy good-will .♦
Walls of ]erufalem c up-reare.
19. Then fhalt-thou-be-delightedyr/7/
In d righteous Sacrifices there,
Yea, in e Burnt-offering I fay,
it -
V
teoufnefs.
e He*. Af-
eenfion.
f Htb. they
{hall make
alccnd.
gMultica-
dere vo-
. lunt cum
David, &
noluntfur
gere cum
David.
Non ergo
cadendi
exem
refurgen
di.Atten-
deneca-
das.Non
Sed fit ca-
fus maio-
rum, tre-
mor mino-
rum. Ad
lioc pro-
pofitum
eft, ad hoc
. Scriptum
Then Bullocks /" offer-up-fhall-they
Upon thine Altar, thine alone.
Setf. III. The Kind^ Penman^ and
Occafion,
This Pfalme as to the Kind of it, is a moft Pathe-
tical Penitential Prayer : ufually accounted the Fourth
Penitential Pfalme.
David, as the Title (hewes, was Penman of it. It
is Davids Retrailation.Daviis Teftimonial of his fin-
cere Repentance for his great O ffences in the Matter
oiZhiah ; which did fo fhake his integrity ,and gave
great occafion to the enemies of the LORD to blafpheme,
I King 15. 5. 2 Sam. 12. 14. And when did David
ever pray more fervently and Aveetly : than here
where he mourn'd for his fins mod fadly ?
The Occafion of Davids Penning this Pfalme, is
hinted in the Body of the Pfalme, ver. 4. 14. But
more plainly declared in the title; vi^.When Nathan,
(fare. David'm an Evening-tide walking on the top
ofhisHoufe, and feeing Bathfieba the wife of IVi-
*/!> the //rmte warning her f elf, fentfor her, com-
mitted adultery with her, and fhe became with
child : To hide this Fact he fent for her Hufband
from the Camp to lodge with his Wife, which hebe-
plumpro- ing utterly averfe unto, David wrote a Letter by V-
pofitura riah to Joab his General to fet Vriah in the fore-
eft, fedfi front of the hotteft Battel that he might be flain;
cecideris and Vriah being flain by the Sword of the Children of
Amman, David took Bathftnba to be his Wife. Upon
this, Nathan fer.t from God to David, convinced
him of his fin (wherein he had flept from the time of
his Faft till after the Child, conceived in adultery,
fitdele&a- was born, which probably was nine moneths at leaft,
tiomino- 2 Sam. 11. 27. with 12. 1. 14.) Denounced heavy
rmn,lapfus judgement againfl him, ftroke his Child with Death,
majorum; yet gave David hope of Pardon upon his Repen-
tance, affutingh\m God had put awayhUfin,hefl>mld
not dye. See this whole Hifiory at large in 2 Sam.
11. and 12. Upon this Occafion, when Nathan was
departed from David, David wrote this Pfalme,
therein confeffing and aggravating his fins moft in-
genuoufly, declaring his Repentance unfeignedly,
and begging RemiiTion of fin, Renewing Grace, Re-
ftauration of wonted Peace and Comfort, &c. moft
fervently. How great a King was David, yet his
eft,ad hoc fins are impartially recorded by the Holy Ghoft in
Ecclefia Scripture for our Caution and Inftruction. _ Many
fepelec- fted g Auguftine) are willing to fall with David, but
turn atque
Cantatum. Audiant qui non ceciderunt, necadant.- Audiant
qui ceciderunt, utfurgant. Auguft. Enarrat, inPfal.L. tom.S.
5.484. A B. Baftl. i$6$.
unwilling to rife again with David. David is not pro-
pounded its an example of falling, but if thou haft fallen,
of rifing again, &c. David thus falling, who may
not exceedingly fear and tremble ? David repenting
and rifing again, who fhould not be careful to rife
that hath fallen ? Let him that thinly heftands, take
heed leaft he fall : And let him that is fallen, take
heed to rife again.
Se&.IV. The Scope.
Davids Scope in this Pfalme, is-, 1 to confefie his
great and fcandalous finsingcnuoully ; 2 7ofharae
himftlf for them deeply; $to tcftific his cordial and
unfeigned Repentance •, 4 to implore earneftly
pardon and purging of his iniquities, Renewed grace
and Confolations from Gods Spirit, and removal of
all the fad effects thereby occafioned to himfelffor
the people of IfraeL Seever. 1, 2, 8, 12, 18. Thus h Sunt '
David was h afhamed of his finning ; notafhamed mulci
Cas many are) of Repenting. 0 incredible madneffe quospec-
( (aid Auguftine) thou blufheft not at the wound: and care non
doft thou bluff) at the binding of it up? Is not the naked pudet,a-
wound more filthy and noyfome * gere pseni-
tentiam
puder. Oincredibilis infania / De vulDere ipfo non erubefcis, de
ligatura vulneris erubefcis ? Nonne nudum fcedius & putidius
eft? Auguft. Enarrat in Pfal.$o.tom.8.p. 487 . Bafil. i$6$.
Setf. V. The Analyfis^ or Principal
Parts.
The title hath in it, 1. The Denomination ofit;
A Pfalme. 2. The Penman ; David. He imparti-
ally records his own great offences ; f a notable Ar-
gument of the Divine Authority of the Scriptures
wherein the Penmen fpare not themfelvsO And in*
genuoufly publifheth his own unfeigned repentance.
5. The direction of it as to theMufick, Sec. 4. The
Occafion oiDavids Penning it, which is twofold,*^.
£0 More immediate; Nathans Meffage to David,
convincing and threarning him about his fcandalous
Sins; When Nathan the Prophet, . An
When Doeg the Edomite came and flieveed eT, An i™'
to Saul , and [aid to him -j David came "'"tf'ng.
unto the Houfe of Achimelech.
1. T A J Hy boafWt in ill, O potentate?
V > All day Gods mercy's feen
2. Thy tongue b vents mifchiefs; Afts deceit
W^er like a Rafour keen.
3. Thou Iov'ft ill, more than good: A lye,
Than c fpeaking Righteoulnefs, Selah,
Thou lov'fl all Swords that-may-deftroy,
e The tougueof guilefulnefs.
5. God alfo to perpetual- ay
Shall-quite- demolifh-thee,
Thee teare, thee alfo pull-away
Out of the Tent will he,
From land of all the living here
Hee'l root thee up withal. Selah.
6. And Righteous ones fhall fee, and feare :
And laugh/ at him they fhall.
7. Lo,gThis-the-man, his fortitude
That h made notGod along.
But hop'd in's riches multitude,
Was i in his mifchief ftrong.
8. But as an Olive green alvvay
In Houfe of God ami :
I trufted evermore and ay
In Gods benignity.
9. Sith thou didft this, thee ay ^Ile praife,
And /waite upon thy Name,
Becaufe before thy Saints alwaies
Aloft pleafant k the fame.
Sett. III. The Kinde penman > and
Occasion &c.
This is the Sixth Mafchil, See Vfal. 52.Seft. 3.
The nature of it is Doftrinal, or Inftruflive: as the
Title fhews.
Penman p(h, more than probably, was David: as
theSubjeft-Matter and Occafion do not obfeurely
indicate.
Occafion of writing it, is exprefTed in the Title
breifly : which. thus may be laid down more largely,
from 1 Sam.21.and 22.Djv/^rlying from King Sauls
rage, conies to AM for fuccour, where Achimelech
the Prieft gave him and his menShcw-brcad, fur-
nifhed him with Golialfs Sword, and enquired of the
LORD for him, Doeg the Edomite chief of King
Sauls Herd men, 1 Sam. 21.7. being then prefenr,
and feeing all this, went to King S.niUnd told him.
David came unto the Houfe of Achimelech, &c. S.tul
hereupon fentfor Achimelech, and all the Prierts at
Nob : and commanded his foot-men to turn and flay
him and all the Prierts of the LORD, they refilling to
execute this horrid cruelty, Saul commands Doeg to
doit, who flew on that day 85. perlons that did
wearc the linen Ephod ; Smiting alfb Nob the Priefts
City with the Sword and deltroy ing there moll cruel-
ly, Man , Woman, Childe, and Beaft, Which
cruelty Abiathar fon of Achimelech efcaping. helled
to David and told him all, 1 Sam. 22. 9. to the end.
Hereupon David kerns to have Penned this Pfalme.
Scft. IV.
b Hei.meiu
meditate )
woful evU«j
Doing
deceit.
cHfi.to
fpeak
d Htb.woris
ofdevouring
«r>of fwal.
lowing.
e Meh. tr j
tongue,
*HcJ upon
bim
£ Heb. this-
the- mighty
man.
h beb. will
not puc
1 beb. or j in
his Sub-
rtancesr ;
in that he
hath.
fc beb. I will
confefs.
Ifoji.arjpt.
tien tly.
expect thy
funic.
P S A L M E LIII.
211
Sett. IV. The Scope.
Davids Scope in this Pfalme,is-, U To re prove
Doeg fharply, for his boafting in evil, and for his
wicked tongue ; And 2. To threaten him Severely
hereupon with dreadful deftruftion out of his place :
3. Butcontrariwifetofupport and encourage him-
felfagainft all the wicked and cruel Perfections of
Doeg againft him inflaying the Priefts of the LORD
for his fake, alluring himfclfby his Faith in God ot
his ownconftant tiourifhing Profperity in the Houle
of God, refolving to wait upon his Name, and praile
him for avenging his Caufe upon Doeg which he Pro-
phetically forefaw as done already.
Sett. V. The Attalyjis, or Principal
Parts.
In the Tit le note, I. The Nature of this Pfalme ;
Mafchil. See Pfal. 32. Seft. 3. 2. The Direftion of
it as to the Mulick ; To the Mafler, &c. 3. The Oc-
casion ot'it, wbenDoeg,<&c. As formerly hath been
expreffed in Seft. 3.
The Subftance of the Pfalme contains Matters,more
fpecially concerning 1. Doeg. 2. D^i/^himfelt.
I. As for Doeg ; He is Reproved, and Tbreatned. I.
Doeg m reproved&nA fharply blamed, I. For his boaft-
ing in evil , he being now become a great man.
Which was contrary to Gods mercy continued to
him daily, verfei. 2. For his evil tongue, Devifing
mifchiefj Doing decit; Delighting in evil, in Lying,
in Deftruftive and guileful words, more than in the
the contrary Vermes, ver. 2,3,4. "■ D°ei ** Pro-
phetically threatnedv/hh terrible Deftruftion ouc of
his Place. This is, 1. Defcribed, and Illuftrated
by four Similitudes, viz- C1J Of a Building pull'd
down and deftroyed. (2 J OfCoalesof fire taken
away with the tongs. C3 ) Of Tent-flakes pull'd
away. 4. Of Trees plucked up by the Roots, vcrje 5.
2. Amplified by the effect ot this judgement upon
the Righteous beholding ir, viz- fj 1 ) Partly, they
fhallbe confirmed hereby in Gods fear. C 2 J Part-
(kthey Hull be moved even co laugh at him, for his
vain confidence in his wealth and wickednefs, and
not in God, ver. 6, y.
II. As for David bimfe/f, He declares conrrari-
wlfe, I. His comfortable Perfwafion of his own happy
condition in theHouftfof God continually. Which
is. 1. Illuftiatedby the Similliude of an Olive-tree
alwayes green. 2. Defcribed, by the Inftrumenral
Meanes thereof, viz- His conftant trufl in Gods
Ioving-kindnefsi/?r/e 3. If. His pious Reflation, 1.
To praife God continually for avenging his Caufe
upon Doeg, which he Prophetically forefaw as done
already: and for prelerving himfelf in profperity.
2. To wait patieniiy upon God and his aid, that
being plcafant in the fight of his Saints, verfe 9.
Pfalm LIII.
Sett. I. The Summary Contents.
David l. Complainetb of the abominable corrup-
tion of the ungodly , difhenouring God, and op-
preffinghis Church. 1. Defcribing this Corruption,
by the C 1 J Roct of it. C 2 ) Fruit of it, verfe 1 . ( 3 )
Univerfal extent of it upon Gods own accurate ob-
fervation,w/e 2, 3. 2. Convincing the wicked here-
of fharply, C O BY their brutifhneflc. OJCtuelty
to Gods people.^) Profanity, verfe 4. ("4) Ter-
rours of Confcience. f 5 J And judgements of God
upon them, for their enmity againft the godly, vetfe
5. II. Wifheth for Ifraels full Salvations, and re-
demptions from Thraldome, under the wicked,
verfe 6.
Sett. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
To-the- Mafler -ol the-Mufick, on Madia-
lath j a Mafchil of David.
1. 'T'He Fool within his heart hath faid,
J. There is no God ; 6Corrupt-they-are,
And c they their evil abhor'd-have-made,
drafting good doth none appeare.
2. God from the Heavens looked down
On fons of Adam all abroad,
To fee if there were any one
Intelligent, ^nrffeeking God.
3. But rfevery-one-is-back-declin'd
Together loathfom-they-became,
Not any doing good Ifinde .•
Yea not fo much as one of them.
4. e Have they no knowledge, care, or dread,
That work abhor r'd-'miquhy?
Eating my fol k as they ea t bread :
They have notcall'd on God moft-High.
5. There they /"fore fear'd where no fear was,
For thy befiegers Bones abroad
God did difperfe: Thou-didft-them-bafh,
For, them difdain'd-caft-off-hath God.
6. From Sion whol give IfreVsg healths ?
When his deare folks captivity
Our God fhall back return with wealth,
Exult fhall Jacob, Ifraeljoy.
Sett. III. The Kind^ Penman^ andOc-
cafion^
This is the feventh Mafchil. See Pfal. 32. Seft. 3.
It i~s a Doffrinal, or Teaching Pfalme.
Penman of it, as the Title fhewes, was David.
Occafionjs not here or elfewhere clearly expreffed,
But fome/; think, That this Pfalme ("which in Sub- h Simeon
fiance, and almoft in the very words, fome few only de Mum in
excepted which are altered or added, is the fame Argum. ad
with Pfalme 14. J was written by David Propheti- P/<»/- 53-
cally touching Antiochus, that notorious Antiochm,
that deftroyed Jerufalem and brought many evils
upon thejewes, becaufe it's faid ; God did difperje
thy befiegers bones, verfe 5. which are not to be found
in Pfal. 14. As Pfalme 14. feems Penned upon the
Occafion of the Jews diftreffes under Nebuchadnez-
zar and the Babylonians. And perhaps the Holy
Ghoft fpeaks almoft the fame words twice over, Be-
caufe the wickednefle of thefe enemies were fo pa-
rallel one to another. And it is no unufual thing
with Scripture to recite the fame things and words
fundry times upon feveral Occafions.- compares
Chron. 36. 22, 23. with Ezra 1. 1, 2, 3. — — ana 1
a fcrfe.An
InftrwSion.
An-Inliruc-
ung Pfa'.tn.
bhtb. they.
have. cor.
rupted.viz.
ibemfclves.
c btb. they
have made
abominable
ibtir evil.
d bcb. All
he.
e heb. have
no: (be
workers of
iniquity
known ?
f bib. feared
a feare.
gfccft.Salva-
tions.
_,_ __, __j — v .... .,_,.,.
Chron. \6. 8, to 23. with Pfal. 10$. 1. fo 1(5.—
and 1 Chron, 16,23. to 34, with Pfal. 96. throughout
and
2l6
V S A L M E. LIV.
andiChron. 16.34. with Pfal. 107. 1. W
118. 1. and 136. 1.
Now the variation of words in this 53. Pfalme,
from thofe in Pfalme, 14. ftands thus. In the Title
of Pfal. 53. thefe words are added, C^m Macha-
lath, Mafchil ]
For;— l^^U Pr alike. Atlion, Pfal. 14.1. we
have^—Jiy £w/. Injurious -evil. For Hin1 r^e
LORD. JEHOVAH, Pfal. 14. 2,4, 7. we have
a\T7KGW. In Pfal. $i.verfe2,$,6. For
1q ^3!! Every-one it-departed, or bac^declined,
Pfal. 14. 3. we have here }Q ^J All-he is-gone-
bac\ward, Vfal. 53. 3 After thofe words,
wherein both Pfalmes agree [They feared a fear ]
the words in Vfal. 14. 5,6. are different from thofe
in Vfal. 53. 5. And in this verfe is the greateft dif-
ference. Finally, for THyUtfi Salvation,
in Vfal. 14. 7. we have r^iyiUJ1 Salvations in this
Vfal. $3. 6. Thefe are the verbal differences betwixt
thefe two Pfalmes, which in Subflance of Sence and
Reality are almoft the fame, except that fifth verfe
in this Pfalme.
SeU. IV. The Scope, and Analjjis.
Let thefe fore-noted differences betwixt Vfal. 53.
and Vfal. 14. be well confidered .- and then the
.Scope and Analrfs of Vfal. 14. is Applicable to this
Vfalme, and need not be here again repeated: only
remembring the different matter in ver. $, from that
of Vfal. 14. $,6.
Pfalm LIV-
a btb.Rting-
ed-inftru-
ments.
b Htb. An
InftruQion.
or, An- in-
ftrufiing-
Pfalmt.
c Htb. Save.
il Ileb. thou
ihik judge,
e M.Daunt
ing.Tyrants.
»r. Terrible,
difmayers.
(beb bare
not let.
«S"e#. J. 7#e Summary Contents.
David, trcacheroufly difeovered to King&j«/by
the Ziphims, I. Prayes the LORD, to Save, Judge,
and Heare him ; Againft his Enemies, Strangers and
Oppreffors, ver. 1,2,3. 2« Profeffeth his confidence
in God, for his own Relief, but his Enemies Ruine,
verfe 4, 5. 3. Hereupon, Vromifeth free Sacrifices,
and Praife unto God, ver. 6,7.
Setf. II. The Verfton out of the
Hebrew.
To-tbe-AfaJrer-of-thc-MuRckon a Neginoth
b Mafchil of David, when the Ziphims
came and faidnnto Saul, Doth not David
hide himfelf with m ?
1. /~\ God, me in thy Name c defend .•
vJ And (/judge me in thy might.
2. My prayer hear, O God: Attend
To my mouth's words upright :
3. For, ftrangers up againft mee rife, ,
And e Tyrants-daunting-forc
Do feck my Soul : The mighty God
They /fct not them before. Selab.
4. Lo, God's g my help; the LORD'S h with thofe
That do my foul fuftain.
$. Hee'l render ill unto /my foes.'
Them in thy truth ^reftrain.
6. To thee with voluntarinefs
Then Sacrifice I will .•
Thy Name O LORD I will confefs,
For it is pleafant fiill.
7. Eecaufe he hath deliver'd me
From my / diftreffes all :
And vengeance due mine Eye did fee
Upon my foes to fall.
Sect. III. The Kindc, Penman, and
Occafton.
This Pfalme as to the Kinde of it, is A Vrayer ; As
alfo the eighth Mafchil, See Pfal. 32. Sect. 3. Penman
of it was David, as the Title teftifies. The Pec ajion
afit, was the Ziphims treachery againft David, pur-
ting him into great danger by Said: hinted briefly
in the Title. It ftands thus.- vi^. David, not long
afrer dogged Doeg's cruel Fact in murdering the
Lord's Priefls j See Pfal. $2. Sect. 3. being warned
by God's Oracle, that if he ftayed at Keilah, (J whi-
ther he fled from King Saul, J they would deliver
him up to Saul, He and 600 men with him fled from
Keilah into the wildernefs of Ziph. Ziph was a City
of Judah, Jofl). 1 5. 24. near which was a wood and a
wildernefs. The Ziphimes to curry favour with Saul
came and faid to him ; Doth not David hide himfelf
with us .' This they did once, 1 Sam. 23. 14, 15, 16,
foe. And again, \ Sam. 26.1,2. This Pfalme feems
tobe written upon Occafionof their firft endeavour
to betray David to Saul. When David being in the
defert of Maon, and hearing of Sauls coming, betook
himfelf to a Rock, and perceiving himfelf to be in a
great danger hee penned this Pfalme, and encourag-
ed himfelf in God, 1 Sam. 23. 19, &c.
Sett. IV.- The Scope.
Davids Scope intended in this Pfalme, is ; To corrt-
mirhimfelfby Prayer and Faith to Gods Protection
againft his terrible enemies and dangers: And affur-
ing himfelf that God was the Help both of him and-
of his Helpers, and would remunerate and repreffc
his enemies , He promifeth hereupon Free-will-
offeringsand Praifes to the LORD.
Sett. V. The AnalyJis,OY Principal
Tarts.
In the Title are r. The Nature of the Pfalme ; Maf-
chil. Inftruction. 2. The Penman, David. 3. The
Occafion ; The Ziphims informing Saul of Davids
hiding himfelf with them. 4. The Direction of it as
to the Mufick.
In the Pfalme itfclf, which is Davids Prayer in his
danger and diftrefs, arc ;
I. Davids Petitions. Thefe are, I Propounded-^
Wherein he intreats the LORD, 1 . To fave him from
prefent danger. 2. To judge him, or judge for him.
Both being amplified by the refpectivc. wayes how
he would have thefe things done, verfe 1. 3. To
hcarc his Prayer. This requeft being Emphatically
doubled, verfe 2. II. Vrged \ From the Nature
and Practices of his Enemies, being 1. Vartly,
Strangers, vi\. The Ziphims. 2, Vartly, Daunting-
Tyrants, vi^, Saul and his men ; who (~ 1 J Rofc
up againft him. (~2j Sought his Soul, (3 J Set not
God before them, verfe 7,.
1 II. Davids Vrofcffions of his trull and confidence
in
g Htb. an
helper to
me,
h Heb. with
the uphol-
ders ofmv
foul.
i Htb. mine
envyers.
k Htb. cut-
off- fupprefj
I heb. dif-
trefs.
P S A L M E LV.
217
inGod, 1. That God would he his help, and be with
his helpers, verfe 4. 2. Thac God would juftly re-
compence ill to his Enemies , and fupprefs them,
verfe 5.
III. Davids pious Refolutions, i« To Sacrifice to
God Free-will-ofTerings. 2. To confefs (vi^. praife
and thanks J to the name of the LORD : ( 1 ) Part-
ly, becaufe it is good, or pleafant, verfe 6. (2 )
i\»r/y,becaufel>y Faith heaffures himfelf of deliver-
ance out of all hisprefent danger and diftrefle, and
ofhisdefire upon his Enemies, as certainly as if it
were affefted already , verfe 7 .
rfalm LV.
a Het. ftrin^
ged-inftru-
ments.
b Heb. An
inftru&ing
Pfalme.
c Htb. heir
my Prayer-
d Heb. Sup-
plication-
for-grace.
eHfi>. And
anfwer-me.
(Heb. From
voice of the
foe, from
faces of the
op predion
of the wick-
ed.
g Heb. For
they caft--
h Heb. fpite-
fully-hare.
i Heb. in my
inward1.
kHeb dnth
come unto,
or ; on me.
] Heb. cove-
reth.
m Heb who
will give
me.
Seti. I. The Summary Contents.
David, I. Earneftly [uts for Audience from God,
fadly complaining of his extreatn diftreffes by rea-
fon of his Enemies, ver. 1. fop. IT. Prayes again ft
his treacherous Confpirators, 1. That they maybe
fwallowedup. 2. That their Tongues and Coun-
felsmay be divided, ver. 9. to 1$. 3. That they
may dye, yea, be fwallowed up alive of the grave,
ver. 15. III. Profeffeth his confidence that God
will fave and hear him, but Afflift his treacherous
Enemies, verfe. 16. to 22. IV. Concludes, 1. Ex-
horting the juft to truft inGod, v. 22. 2. Foretelling
his Enemies confufion, ver. 23.
Seft. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
To the Mafter-of-the-MuRck, On a
Neginoth^, Mafchil of David.
IV.
*-(~\ God, c to my Petition
V ) Thine, ear-attentive-bow :
And from my ^Supplication
Thy felf 0 hide not thou,
2. Attend thou unto me,e return*
Anfwer-to-me-likewife :
I in my meditation mourn,
And make a-troubled-noife.
g./Tbrough wicked-m*n.f oppreffion high,
Through clamour of the foe .-■
g Whocaft on me iniquity,
Me h hare in wrath alfo.
4. With-pangs-tormented is mine heart
i In me through wo and care :
Likewife of Death theterrours/mOn-thofe-that-Yvere-with-hirn-at-peace
He ftretched-forth his hand :
His Covenant Cmtbout releafej
He-violently-profan'd.
Si. ^ His words than butter fmoother-are,
But War his heart up-hoar ds :
His words than oyl are (oherfarre,
Yet are they a naked-fwords.
22. Thy b care caft on the LORD therefore,
And he fhall c nourifh thee ;
He will notgive for evermore
d The juft remov'd-to-be.
23. But LORD, e to-pit thou'lt bring-them-down,
The men of/ cruelty
And guile, g fliall not live-half their dayes ;
But truft in thee will I.
K k k S^. IIF
n Heb. And
in the in-
ward of it.
o Heb.In the
inward ofit
p Heb. or ;
According
to mine
Order, or J
Comparifon
viz. mine
equal.
qHeb.
known ac-
quaintance,
tHeb.Swect.
ned.
f Heb. or J
with the
concourfe.
t Heb. the
LORD will
me fave.
u Heb, me-
dicate.
x Heb. or }
Even he
that fitteth
/'«« Anti-
quity.
y Heb. A-
gamft his
peaceable
ones.
z Heb. His
mouth.
»Hcb.
drawn.'
fwords.
bHeb.care-
ful burden.
°r i gifc.
cHeb. or;
fuftain
d bet. remo-
val :o the
juft.
e Heb. to-
pit of-cor-
ri prion.
(Heb. of
bloods.
%Heb Shall
nor half on:
their dayes.
2l8
V S A h M E, LVI.
h Vt re fen
Sim.de
Muis in
Arg. rfa!.
55. Vid.
Jun.
Annor.in
Pfal, 55-E-
H Ainf-
vvorth
Annoton
Pfal. 55.14
i Sim. de
Muis in
Arg. ad
pr/55.
Mr. Tho.
Wilcoc^s
on the
Tirle of
Pf.55.J0.
Calv. in
Arg. Pf.
55. Hen.
Mollerus
in Arg.
Pf.55.
Seff. III. The Kind, Penman, and
Occafion.
This is a Prayer interwoven with Imh utlion. An
Inftrulhng-Prayer. It is the ninth Mafcbil. See Pf.
32. Se&. 3. The Pfalmilt himfelf was experimental-
ly inflnicied by his fore afflictions here complained
of-, and in this Pfalm he accordingly inftrufts all
Gods people which fi.dlbe alike afflicted. Penman
of ic was David; ds the Title fhewes. Occafion of
Davids wrhing.it, is not here or elfewhere particu-
larly declared. Eut ic is the opinion of Kimchi and
other Jewifh Writers, as alio of more judicious mo-
dern Authors /; •, That David wrote this Prayer, this
Mafcbil, when by reafonof Abfalom'% rebellion (A-
cbitophelztfa being confederate with \{\tc\JD avid and
his friends tied from Jerafatem, He and all that went
with him weeping as they went up M. Olivet, 2 Sam.
15.30.fcc. And the Parages in this Pfalm feem
notably to agree to that fad (lory. For, 1. In ver.
3. David kem^, to complain of Shimefs reproaches
and revilings, 2 Sam. \6. 5. foe. 2. In ver. 12, 13,
14. he kerns to defclibeand aggravate the Treache-
ry of his fa mi liar friend and counsellor AchitopbeL See
2 Sam. 16. 20. . Sony
man would
fv.ilL.w ine.
c Hcb. war*
tint.'.
6 hib. mine
cnvve'S
would
('wallow m€
P S A L M E. LVI.
219
tbeb war-
ring.
t
heb. ii ;
unto thee.
g heb. ivy
heelc.
h feei. Fot
(y) vain
iniquiry
efcape to
their.
1 heb. thou
bait num-
bted.
kfcffr, my
tcarc,
I 'sit. con.
' fcfli lis.
mic/'.beforc
the laces of
God, in
ligbt of
living-ones-
D Sic. Jo.
Foordin
Expof. Pf.
_my tears .•
'Are they not in thy Book ?
-9. Then back return'd frail be rny foes,
In day I cry to thee :
This I do know {[to [wage my woes')
That God will be for me.
10. In God Tie praife xh? faitbfulword :
The faithful word Pie praife
Evn in the ever being LORD.
ii.Itruft in God alwayes,
Therefore I will not bafdy fear
What man can do to me.
1 2- O God, thy vowes upon me are :
Tie / praifes pay to thee.
1 3. For thou halt freed my Soul from Death,
Haft not my feet from fall r
To walk m before Godhere beneath,
In light of living all.
Seff. III. The Kindefiejiman^ and
Occafion.
This Pfalmeasto the/C/Wofit, is, A Prayer, A
choife and precious Prayer : being The fecond Michtem ;
See Pfal. 16. Sect. 3. A Jewel,' A Golden Pfdwe.
Tenman o( h, was David; Micht am oj David:
Title.
The Occafion of it, was the Philiftines taking of Da-
vid in Gath, whither he fled from the face of Saul.
David fled twice to Achifly King of Gath of the Phi-
liftines : Once, after Jonathan had informed him of
his Father Sauls implacablenefle towards him, 1
Sam. 20. and 21. 10. fyc. At which umc David
perceiving himfelf to be in danger by the Philiftin.es,
changed his behaviour feigning himfelf diftracved :
Whereupon, being let go, he departed into the
CaveAduUam; and there, upon this Occafion feems
to have Penned both Pfalmc 34. and Pfal. 56 . even
both thefe Pfalmes upon one and the fame Occafi-
on;;, moft probably. For, we find that at this flrft
flight of David to Gath fand not at any other J the
Philiftines took David and brought him to Achifly, 1
Sam. 21. 15. with Pfalm. $6. Title. Compare alfo
1 Sam. 21. 10. to the end. and 22. I. with Pfal. 34.
Title, and StcL 3. there. A fecond time DavidWcA
to Achifly at Gath, and there dv»elr with him a feafon,
&c. 1 Sam. 27. 1, 2, 3. upon this Occafion fome
think this Pfalme was Penned 0 : but rather affenc to
the former.
Sect. IV. The Scope.
Davids Seepe herein intended, fis^ To intrcat the
Lords favour^ et him,jnd Prdttfftidn of him, againfr.
all his Enemies violently fet againft him; and deliv-
erance out of all his dangers and diflreffes byreafon
of them.
Seft. V. The Jimijftsi or Principal
Parts.
•
TheTitleodhe Pfalme hath in it, 1. The Directi-
on or Infcription of the Pfalm as to the Mufick of it.
2. The note or Tune after which it was to be fung •,
upon Jonath Elim Rechokjm : which ("as fome think}
was the beginning of fome known note/). Or, Con-
cerning the Dumb Dove of far places, ("as thefe words
fignifie .•) vi^. David dumb as a Dove in the remote
parts of the Philiftines Country, as others interpret
them 7. 3. The Excellency of the Pfalme; Mich-
tarn. See Pfal. \6. Seft. 3. 4. The Penman ; David
S.TheOccafioi. ;When the Philiftines tookhim hi Gath.
The Pfchne it felf is, 1 Petitory. iQuerulatory. 3
Gratulaiory.
I. Petitory, or praying, ver. 1. to 5. Wherein
David prayes for God? g race and favour to himfelf
againft his Enemies. This Petition he preiTeth. 1.
From confederation of his Enemies, vi^. 1. Sorry
man i. e. King Sa ul. 2. Envyers. 3. Many. And
of their prafticcs all the day, 1. Warring againft
him. 2.0ppreffing him, 3. Endeavouring to fwal-
lowhimup. ver. 1,2. ILFrowhisovvnconfider.ee
in God and his Word, in all hisftraits, againft worft
of Enemies i/er. 3,4.
II. Qiterulatory, orccmplainfng, ver. 5. to 9. Here
David complaineth, I. Of his enemies. For that, 1.
They wreft his words continually. 2. They plot his
evil all the day, ver. 5. 3. They fubtilly lye in wait for
his life, ver. 6. 4. They think toefcape unpunifred
through their iniquity and fubtilty, ver.j. U.Of
hisown calamity, in hisunferled and mournful ftate,
yet obferved by God. 1. His wandrings God num-
bred. 2. His tears, God botled up, and booked
down, ver- 8.
III. Gratulatvy, or tending to thankfgiving, w
p. to the end. Here he makes a double Profeffion,
'vijr. I. Of his Faith, the ground cfhis thankfulnefs.
His Faith in God perfvvaded him, I. That God would
turn back and mine his enemies, butbefor'D/Ji'/V,
ver. 9. 2. That Gods Word, i>/>. his Word of Pro-
mife touching the Kingdom, frail be fo fulfilled to
him, as to yield him matter of praife,ver. 10. z,.That
hefrouldbe fafe in God againft his enemies: there-
fore he cafts off hisflavifh fear of them, v. 11. II.
Ofhisthankfulneffe to God which he promifeth to
declare,i. In performance of his vowes. 2, In ren-
dring confeilions or acknowledgements unto God,
v. 12. Eoth which he illufrrates from the ground
thereof, viz Gods merciful deliverance ofhiin from
death and falling (" thus his Faith looks at the thing as
already done} that he might walk before God in
the light of the living, ver. 13.
Pfal
p Vld.sim
de Muit in
Com. Pf.
56. tit, Jo.
Foord in
Expof. Pf.
5 6. cum
aliis.
<\Heu. *
Ainfworth
iv. his Ann^
on Pf. 56.
Tit. Hen.
Mollei m
in Com. ad
Pf $6.Tit.
Jo. Calv.
in Com. ad
Pf.56.T1t.
Ill
220
P S A L M E. LVII.
* fM>. cor-
rupt nor.
a Heb. at ;
woful-evils
bbtb, my-
fwallower,
my- dcvou-
ret-
C Htb. Burn-
ers. Inflam-
ers
d W«fr. A
fpearc.
Pfalrae LVII.
Sect. I. T&e Summary Contents.
David, I. Pr^ej to the LORD for his favour, and
for deliverance from King Saul and other his devou-
ring enemies- ~\. His affianee being wholly in God,
v. 1,2,9. 2' His enemies being fktrearnty-crue I, v.
4,5. II. Promifeth moft afR&ionately to praife God
for fuch his Deliverance, and his enemies punilh-
ment, .whereof he isaffured, ver. 6. to the end.
Sell. II. The Verfwn out of the
Hebrew.
To the-A>faJ}er-of the Mufick, * Altaf-
chethj Micbtam of David in his flying
from the face o/Sauh'tfro the Cave.
I.
j./^\God, To-me-be-gracious,
V^* Be-gracious-rc-me,
Eecaufe my Soul dijireffedthut
For-fafety-trufts in rhee;
In fhadow of thy wings likewife
For-fafety-I-will-truft :
Untill thefe a fore-calamities
, &£ wholly over-part.
• *
2. 1 will call unto God moft-high,
To-God that towards me
Doth #;// accomplifh-perfeftly.
3. From Heavens fend will he,
And fa ve me; Hereproached-hath
b My fierce devou ring-foe : Selah.
His loving-kindnelle God will fend,
His verity alfo.
4. My Soul in-midft of Lions is,
I c fire-brands ly among,
Mans fons,whofe teeth are^fpears and fhafts,
And a fharp Sword their Tongue.
5. Do-thou-exalt-thy felf,OGod,
Above Heav'ns higbefi-ftory :
And overall the Earth abroad
Exalted be thy glory.
"*.
6. They for my fteps prepaid a Net,
My Soul he bowed down :
e Hth before They digg'd a Pit e for me,and they
my-faces
f Htb. are
fallen into
the midlt of
it.
/In midft of it are thrown.
7. Mine heart moft firmly-is-prcpar,d,
O God thy Name to raife,
Mine heart moft firmly is prepar'd .■
Lie fing, yea Lie ling praife.
8. Do thou, my Glory, up-awake,
Afy Harp and Pfalrery
Awake fweet melody to make.
At daybreak wake will I.
Sclah.
p. O Lord, among the Peoples here
To-thee I will confefs :
Among the Nations far and near,
g Thy praife I will expreffe.
10. For .great h thy kind benignity
Doth to the Heavens rife :
Thine undefiled verity
Doth reach unto the fkies.
1 1. Do thou exalt thy felf, O God.
Above Heav'ns highejlftory
Andover all the Earth abroad
Advancedbe thy Glory.
Se&. III. The Kinde, Penman, and
Occafion.
This Pfalme as to the K/mf of it, is A Prayer: The
third Micht am; as it were, A golden Prayer. See Pf.
16. Sect. 3.
Penman of it, was David: as the Title fhewes. Ic
was one of Davids Jewels.
Occajion of this Prayer, was KingSdH/V perfecti-
on of David Co eagerly, that David much endanger-
ed fled into a Cave among the Rocks in the Wilder-
nefle of Engedi, to hide himfelf. Whileft he and
his men were in the fides of this Cave, SWcame
1 ut0n5 t0 C0Ver his feet : vvhere Y)avtd PrivilV cut off
the fkirt of Sauls garment, but would not kill him,
though his men urged him to it. andhe had him ac
his mercy. At which l;indnefie of David, Sauls
heart (after he came toknowitj fo relented, thac
he acknowledged his faultinefs againft David with
tears .- And taking an Oath of David not to cut off his
Seed, he for a fea Ton ceafed his further perfection
ofhim. See 1 Sam. 24. throughout. Upon thefe
(traits DavidPcnned this Pfalme /'.
Seft. IV. The Scope.
Davids Scope in this Prayer, is; 1. Tointreatthe
LORD for his Divine Grace, Favour,Proteftion and
Deliverance from Saul and his Adherents ; 2. And
(upon confid :nt afiurance hereof >o awaken himfelf
unto all enlarged thankfulneik to God for his Loving
kindneffe and Truth to him, while his adverfaries
feJJ into the Pit they digged.
Seft. V. The Analyfts , or Principal
Parts.
The Title points out,i. The Direction of it ; in re-
gard of the Mufick. 2. The tune, or the beginning
of fome known note, as fome ^think ; Al-tafheth.
Though others /conceive, it refers to the Matter of
the Pfalme, and fignifies; Corrupt-not, Delboy-not,
&c. This word noteth, Sometimes Corruption of
Faith and Manners, by fin, Pfd. i4. 1. Sometimes
Perdition or dcftruilion, the puniflimcnt and wages of
fin, Pfal 78. 38.45. Gen. 6. 13. and 9. u. 15. Itsa
more vehement expreflion, than filling, E^el^.p.6,
8. This word is alfo in the Titles of three other
Pfalmes, viz. Pfal. 58, 59. and 75. 3. The Penman;
David. 4. The Excellency of the Pfalme; Michtam.
See Pfalm. i<5. Seft. 3. 5. The Occafion as be-
fore.
The Pfalme it felf is ; I. Petitory, and 2. Gratu-
latory.
I. Petitory. Wherein David fues for Gods favour
more General/)/ : And for deliverance from Saul, &c.
more Particular ly. And this he urgeth, 1. From his
Hope and Affiance in God, flying to him for fhelrer
as the chickens under the Hens winger, i. 2, From
the
gM.Iwill
praife thee,
with- Pfalm.
hbtb. thy
loving.
Kindnefs.
i f/en.Atnf
worth in
hit Annot.
on Pfal. 57
Ttt.
Cum mul-
tis aliis.
k As Etya.
And after
him Sim.
de Mutt in
Com. ad
Pf.W.Ttt.
H. Moller.
Joan.
Poor din
Expof. Pf.
57.
I Vid. Jo.
Calv. in
Com. ad
Pf.V.Tit.
Et Hen.
Moller.
in Com. ad
Pf.^.Tit.
P S A L M E LVIII.
221
the acting of this his Hope in Prayer to God, fi J As
rhoftHigtv, 0) Asaccomplifhing-perfectly tor Da-
vid; (aj As one that will mightily fave him accord-
ing to his Loving-kindnefs and Truth, w.2,3. 3.
From the cruelty of his enemies, Metaphorically rc-
fembled, To Lions, To fire-brands. Their Teeth
ro Spear and Arrows. Their Tongue to a fharp
Sword, ver. 4." Upon all which he begs, that God
would exalt himfelf and his glory above Heaven and
Earth, ver. 5. ^
II. Gratulatory. Here David fets forth I. The
ground or matter of his Praife j viz. Davids delive-
rance, and his enemies enfnarementin the Net pre-
pared for him, ver. 6. 2. His manner of thankful-
neffe, viz. (" ij With a firmly-prepared heartier.
7. {2 J With an awakened Tongue, His Glory.
(j J With awakened Inftruments of Mufick. f 4)
With his whole felf early awakened, ver. 8. 3-The
Extent ofhisthankfulnefs, To Peoples and Nations,
viz. both to J ewes and Gentiles, ver. 9. 4. The fpe-
cial Perfections, or Properties in God which he will
peculiarly exalt God for, viz. His Loving-kindnefs
and Truth, reaching to the Skyes, yea to Heaven it
(elf, ver. 10. AH which he elegantly clofeth up,
with recital of his former requeft ini>er. 5. That
God would exalt himfelf and hts glory above Heaven
and Earth, in appearing for David againft. his ene-
mies, ver. 11.
* loth. Cat-
rupc. not.
a beb. will
Pfalme LVIII.
Se&.l. The Summary Contents*
David, I. Reproves convincingly, King Sd«J and
his Courtiers, i.'For their corrupt Counfels and un-
juft judgements againft him, ver. 1, 2. 2. For their
wickednefs, being (ij Natural and Heredirary.f 2)
Deadly, venomous. And f 3 J Incurable, ^er.3,4,5.
II. Imprecates divers heavy judgements upon his ene-
mies, under fundry Elegant-Metaphorical allufions,
ver. 6. to 10. III. Prophecyeth, what joy, triumph,
and eftablifhment fhall be to the righteous, upon
the deftruftion of the wicked, ver. 10. 1 1.
Seft. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew,
To-the-Mafler-tf-the-Mufickt * Altafcbeth ;
JHichtam of David.
J. a
b beb. will
ye judge
righteouf-
. nefle?.
c heb. in-
jurious-
• evils,
d heb. ye
will weigh-
out.
DO ye, O Congregation,
Spea£ righteoufnefs indeed?
b Do ye judge equal-thing/ alone }
O Adam's fons and Seed?
Yea ye in heart c vile-injuries
Do work, with diligence,
On earth d ye balanfe-out M(ewi(e
Your hands high violence.
3. The wicked quite eftranged-are
Ev'n from the womb alway ;
They from the very belly erre,
e Heb. a lye Sr///fpeaking e lyes are they.
4. /Like as the Serpentspoyfon hot,
Their poyfon doth appear :
And ,
Though i wife ani very choice.
6.0 God, break thou their Tccih foflrong
That in their Mouth do grow :
The tufhes of the Lyons young
O Lord burft out do thou.
7* Like waters that l^do ftill defcend,
Let them diffolve away:
His Arrowes ^eenwhetthe fhall bend,
/As very ftrawsbe they.
8. Like as m the melting SnaiLjf om earth
Let him away begon:
Lil^e woman's moft untimely birth,
Let them not fee the Sun.
9. n Your thornes,0 Bramble, ere that they
Shall feel to wound their fide :
With whirlwind it he'l fnatch away)
Both green thorn and the dri'd.
io.The juft fhall joy when he fhall fee
The vengeance for the good :
His feet triumphant wafh fhall he
Ev'n in the wicked's blood.
11. And men fhall fay, affuredly
Fruit for the juft doth grow :
Yea-fure there is a God on high
0 Doth judge on earth below.
Sed. III. The Kind, Penman, and
Occafion.
This Pfalme for Kind is of Mixt Nature : being Re-
prehenfory, and Prophetical, in reference to the wick-
ed ; and Condolatory in refpeft of the righteous. The
fourth Michtam : See Pfal. 16. Sect. 3.
Penman of it was David, as the Title fhewes.
Occafion of this Pfalme, fome/> think to be Davids
coming into the Valley where Saul flept, and taking
away his Spear when he might as eafily have taken a-
way his Head : Whereupon he challenged Abner as
guilty of Death for keeping him no better, and
cleares himfelf as being cauflefly purfued by Saul.
See 1 Sam. 26. But others q incline rather to Kim-
cki, thinking this Pfalme was Penned upon occafion
of the unjuft Counfels and Practices of Abner and 0-
ther of Saul's Princes, againft David. Whereupon
David in this Pfalme endeavours both to convince
them of their evil and unjuft dealing, and to comfort
himfelf againft the fame.
Se&, IV, The Scope,
Davids Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; 1. Tart-
ly, To convince and reprove King Saul, asalfohis
Princes and Counfellours, Abner, Doeg, and other
Court-Parafites of their unrighteous words and acti-
ons, of their violent dealings and extream wicked-
neffe : ("perhaps having refpeft to their cruel mur-
dering of Achimelech and 85. Priefts, &c. for Davids
fake. J 2. Partly, To implore and foretell their De-
ftruftion. 3. Partly, To comfort himfelf and the
righteous, upon coniidcration of Gods juftdifpen-
fations for the godly,againft their Enemies.
f Heb. Ac-
cording, to-
the likened
or
e bib. deafc.
h Heb. will
Hop.
i Heb.wtfcd.
k Heb. will-
llill-walk
tothemlelvs
1 Heb. or i
lee them be
as cut-off.
m Heb. the
fnayle of
rneltmg.
n Heb. or j
ere-tha:
they Hull
perceive,'
the thorns
of the
bramble:
as well the
living thorn,
as the 1 bom
0/ burning,
he will
tempeftu-
oufly-whirl-
it-away.
o Heb. judg-
ing.
p Rafi, Ut
referr,
Sim. de
Muiiin
Arg.Pf.tf
q Sim. de
Muit Arg,
WP/.58.
Lll
Sect V.
222
P S A L M E. LIX.
r Vlin.Nat,
nifl.L.B.
e.g.
("Touch-'
ing thefe
charities
ufed to
Serpents,
See Mr.
Tho. Wil-
cn:ks
Ex*if. on
Vfal 58.
verfe 4, 5.
Sett. V. The Analyfis, or Principal
Farts.
The Title reprefentsto us, r. The Direction of
the Pfalme, as to the Mufick of it. 2. The Tune ;
Al-tajceth : See Pfal. 57. Seft. 5. 3. The Excellency
of the Pfalme; Michtam: SecPfal. 16. Seft. 3. 4.
The Penman ; David.
The F/"rt//?z it felf,is 1 Reprehenfory, 2 Petitory, and
3 Prophetical.
I. Reprehenfory, David convincingly-reprehends
King Saw/ and his Courtiers, I. Expostulating with
them about their Counfels and Judgments againft
himfelf, &c. Whether they were juft, i/er. 1. II.
Affirming and pofitively Averting, 1. That their
hearts contrive injurious-evils. 2. That their hands
weigh cur violence in Earth,inftead of Juftice, ver.
2. III. Aggravating their Wickednefs, (As by an
Apoft.ophe or turn of his Speech, to God or godly
men. J From 1. The Naturalnefs , Heredirarinefs
and long continuance of it, ver. 3. 2. Tne Deadli-
nefsor venomou fuels thereof. Compared in that
regard, ft J To the hot poyfon of Serpents, intia-
mingche partittoucheth. '(2) To the venome of
Afpe.., which ("as Pliny r notethj is incurable, unlefs
the Members touched therewith be immediately cut
off. 3. The incurablenefs of it, by any the wifeft
charms, or counfels. The fubtileft Serpents were
not fo cunning to prevent charmes /"and Enchant-
ments ("by clapping one ear clofe to the ground,and
flopping the other ear with their tailes J which
might keep them from doing harm: As they were
crafty to difappoint all Counfels and endeavours to
reform them of their wickednefs, ver. 4, $.
II. Petitory, David przyc and Prophetically im-
precates divers judgments to his Enemies , and
thofe under fundry Metaphorical exprelfions. As,
1. Of Breaking their Teeth, asot Serpents. 2. Of
burfting cut their Lion-like tufhes,'uer.5. 3.0/ their
diffolving like water, like Snow into water. 4. Of
breaking their Arrows, or making them as ftraws,
ver. 7._ 5. Of their melting-away like a Snail pricked
orbruifed. 6. Of perifhing like the untimely birth
of a woman, ver. 8. 7. Of fudden and irrefiftible
fnatcl ing away as with a whirlewind thefe fcratch-
ing brambles,, both young and old, be their prickles
green o,- dry, before they fhall be felt to do harm.
This fetms to be the right fence of this intricate paf-
fage, ver. p.
III. Prophetical, Prfvi^Prophetically fortels what
fhall be the iilue of wicked mens Deftruftion, to the
Righteous, vi^. 1. They fhall joy at the vengeance.
2. They fhall wafh their feet in the blood of the
Wicked. So Triumphing in their utter Deftrufti-
on, ver. 10. 3. Their faith in God fhall be confirm-
ed, and their praifesof Gods juft Judgements fhall
hereby be provoked, ver. 1 1.
Pfalm LIX.
Sett. I. The Summary Contents,
David, I. Prayc s for Gods Protection and deliver-
ance from his 1. Wicked, 2. Cruel, 3. Subfile, 4.
Combining. 5. Malicious, and d.Caufelels Enemies,
verfe 1. to 5. II. Imprecates divers Judgements up-
on them ; As , 1. That God would vifit them, flaw-
ing them no favour, ver. 5. to 11, 2. that God
would not flay them at once, but bring them down
by degrees, ver. n. 12. 3. I/tar at laft God would
utterly confume them, ver. 13, 14, is. III. Promi-
/er^thankfulnefstoGodforhis Alfuflkient Protecti-
on, ver. 1 5, 17.
Sett. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
To-tht-Mafter-ot-thc-Mufick,* Ahafcheth ;
Michtam of David b when Saulfent, and
they k\ej>t the Houfe to kill him.
I.
i.AyfY God, from all mine Enemies
1 V I Do thou quite fet-me-free ••
From-thofe-that-up-agaiaft-me-rife
On-high-advance-t hou- me.
2. The Workers of iniquity
Deliver thou me fro;
From c men of bloody-cruelty
Do thou me fave alfo.
3-Forlo they for niy SouIIay-wait,
The ftrong-ones d do combine
Againflme; LORD, not for my fault,
Nor any fin of mine.
4. Without my etrefpik, to my grief
They /run and do prepare ;
Roufe-up-to-meet-me with relief,
And fee how vile they are
5. Eu t thou . O God of Ifrael,
LORD God of Hoafts alone,
Awake to vifit Heathens all ;
i Be gracious unto none
That faith lefs-aft iniquity. Selah.
6. At Ev'n /; return they do,
They like a Dog i do houle and cry.
And round the City go,
7. Lo, with their mouth they ^belch, they tear,
Swords in their lips abide ;
For who C fay they) our words doth hear ?
8. But, LORD, thoul't them deride ;
Thou wilt mock at the Heathens all.
p. I My ftrength, my confidence,
To- thee alone-take-hecd-iy?™// ;
For God's mine-high defence.
LL
10. The God of my benignity
Shall me with good prevent :
Tea, God, on thofe-thac me envy,
Shall /hew me/;*f intent.
11. Them flay not, left my folk forget:
m Them fcatter in thy ftrength,
And bring them down much lower yet
O Lord our fhield at length.
12. For their mouth's fin, their lips vile word,
n Be they caught in their pride :
0 Fcr curfing and for/> lyes abhorred,
They told on every fide.
13. Confume in wrath, confume q and they
Shall ceafe : and let them know,
That God in Jacob rbeareth-fvvay
To trends of Earth below.
a bib. Cor-
rupt nor.
bheb. in
Saul' j lend-
ing.
Selah.
14. And
c hfb men*
cfbloods-
d beb. wiU-
dranr- toge-
ther,
e be K iai-
quity.
f bt7>. will
rutine and
will pre-
pare.
gfcABe
not gracKMBf
toal!£iith-
tcflr-work.
ing ir-K u;ty
h beb. they
Will return.
i U'h. will
make a
no tic and
Will go
round — — .
kHcb. bub-
ble. «r,wel|.
out-hke-a-
founcain.
1 beb. his
ftrength:
vi^ t>avidt
ft cn:th:
f
SectllJ
:?4
P S A L M E. LX.
n K?>. In
hiscnnccnd-
ing with
^ram-of-
the two-
'3 i vers, viz.
} ?een
b bib. an
hard thing,
c btb. To
thy fearers
A bib. or, A
dinner,
c he b. from
rhefacej of
certain
truth.
Selab.
n
ifleh.
hHeb. Moah
a Pot of
my.walhing
1 H'b- City
of munition
or, i (forti-
fication
k Heb. In
our Armies.
] Hf&. the
falvation of
Earthly-
man is a lv,
»r,vamfalf-
hood.
m Heb. Dif-
rreffers,
itrauncrs.
SeB. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew*
To-the-Mafter-oLt\ieMuhck, upon Shufjan
Edute, Michtam of David, for -to-
Teacb. a When be fougbt with Aram
of Mefopotamia , and with Aram of
Zobah: and Joab returned and [mote
of Edom in the Valley of Salt twelve
' thonfand.
i.r\ God, far-oflf-thou-haft-us-caft.
\_) Haft broken us with pain :
Tea, thou extreamly angry waft.
To us return again.
2. Thou mad'ft the i/fry land to quake,
Afunder-didft-it-tear :
0 heal her breaches thou didft make,
For it Jlill fhakes for fear.
§. Thou to the People that are thine
Didft ftiew b a grievous-thing :
Thou-didft-give-them-to-drink the wine
Of-honour-ftonifhing.
4. c To thofe that fear xhtepioufly
Thou gav'ft d a flag of aid '1
e Becaufe of certain-verity
To-be-on-high-difplaid.
5. That thy beloved out of band
Delivered may be :
Do thou now fave with thy right hand,
And do thou anfwer me.
6. God /by his holyneffe once fpake ;
I-will-exult with pleafure,
1 Ssechcm will divide andtake,
And Saccor/jWalley meafure.
7. Be £ mine fhall fruitful Gilead,
And mine-Manaffes ever :
And Ephraim ftrength of mine head,
And Judith my Law-giver,
8. /; for wafh-pot Moab frail be mine,
I will-caft-out my fhoe
Ev"n over Edom : Paleftine,
Shout over me do thou.
9. Into the /City fortifi'd
Who will me lead-along /
Or who will me conduct and guide,
To Edom nowfo (irong ?
10. Is it not thou O Mighty-God
that didft-us-caft-away :
And wouldeft not go forth, O God,
£jn Hoafts-we did aray.
1 1. 0 give us fuccour from diftreffe :
For / vain man's help U known.
1 2. In God we fhall do valiantneffe :
Our m foes he fhall tread-down.
Sect. III. The Kind, Venman, and
Occafwn. &c.
This Pfalme for Kind is, A Prayer
Michtam, or Jewel- PfJme. Sec Pfal,
* n ft. .., ■.!,„ t:.i.
Tlie fifth
6. Sect. 3.
Penmanofh, as the Title declares, wa% David.
The Occafion of Davids writing this Pfalme, was,
A double warrc, or war-like Expedition which
David had againft two forts of Enemies, Syrians and
Edomitcs, Joab commanding in chief ; Title. I.
With the Syr'tdhs ; When he fought with Aram cf Me-
fopotamia, andwith Aram oj Zobah. Aram, i. e. A-
ramites or Syrians, The Pofterity of Aram Son of
Shem, &c. Gen. 10. 22. Mefopotamia, fo called ia
Greek, becaufe'it lyeth in the Midtt betwixt two Ri-
vers, Tygris and Euphrates : In Hebrew, Kaharuur.i,
that is, Of two Rivers. Though David reigned
not beyond Euphrates, yet he is faid to fight with
Aram of Mefopotamia, becaufe the Syrians on this
fide the River, had hired them of Mejopotamia. be-
yond the River to alfift them, 1 Chro.i. 19. 6. Now
David fought twice with the Syrians, 1. At the Gate
of Medeba, the Syrians aflifting the Ammonites who
had fhamefully abufed Davids Servants, who came
courteoufty to comfort Hanun King of Amman touch-
ing his Father's Death, 2 Sam. 10. 1. to 7. 1 Chron.
19. 1. to 8. See Jofli. 13. i5. 2. At Helam a Town
beyond Jordan, 2 Sam. 10. 16, 17, (jVc 1 Chron. 19.
16. ifcrc. the Syrians being enraged, that David had.
formerly conquered them. . Thus David fought
with the Syrians. ■ II. With the Edomhes; who
r whileft David was warring againft the Syrians
in the Eaft3 feem to have invaded Davids Kingdom
on the South : But Joab returning from his Yiftory
over the Syrians, fell upon thofe Edomhes and fubdu-
ed them. This Expedition is defcribed, i- By the
time, when; vi^. When Joab returned fiom the Syri-
ans. 2. By the place, where ; In the Valley oi Salt.
See 2 Kings 14. 7. Gen. 14. 3. 3. By the number of
the flain, Twelve thonfand. All this See in the Title.
Ob'jelt. But in the Hiftory it is faid, They wereeigh-
teenthoufand, and that Davidflew them, 2 Sam. 8.
13. 1 Chrcn. 18. 12. I Anfwer; 1. As Joab when
he fought both againft Syrians and Ammonites divid-
ed his Army, and committed one part to the com-
mand of his brother Abifliai, himfelf commanding
the other, 2 Sam. 10. 9. (fyc. z chron. 19. 10. <£ruard
In fecret of thy wings alway. Stlah.
5. For thou my vows haft heard,
O God : to them thit fear thy Name
Thou gav'ft an Heritage.
6. Daves to the Kings dayes thou fhalt add :
His years e as age and age.
7-HefhaIJro perpetuity
Before God's /face abide :
Benignity and verity,
Which him may keep, provide.
8. So to thy name I Pfalme will fing
Unto perpetual ay :
That I may be furrendering
My vows JM day by day.
Sett, III. The Kind, Penman, and Oc-
casion,
This Pfalme for the Kindolit, is, A Prayer. Pen-
man of'it, as the Title fhewes, was David. Time gSim.de
and Occafom of his Penning of it, is not expreffed, Muisin
nor evidently deducible from the Title or Pfalme it Arg. ad
felf. Hence fuch variety of Opinions thereupon. Pf. 6\. Ex
gSome think David penned it, when he tied as an Kimchi.
exile, from King Sauls cruelty, h Others, That hjoan.
probably David wrote it when by AbfAom's Infur- Calv. Hen.'
rectionhe was forced to fly to the ends & confines of Moller. G.
the Land for fafety, 2 Sam. 17.27. iflneisofOpi- Amefiusin
nion, That Pfal. 60. 61. 62. 20. and 21. were Pen- Com ad
tied near about the fame time. vi^. Pfal.61. when he Pf. 61.
underrook an Expedition againft forreign Ene- iJo.Foord
mies, 2 Saw. 8.3. \Chron. 18.3. Afterwards Pf. inExpof.
62, declaring his faith in God. Then Pfal. 20. thac Pf. ex.
M m m the
226
P S A L M E. LXIL
V Hen.
M Her. in
Pi J. 61.
the Levites might ufe it at home, while he was a-
broadatWar. Laftly, being Conqueror, he wrote
Pfal. 2i. giving the LORD thanks therein for his
victory. thatthhPf.6i. was penned inhisExpe-
dkion againft forreign Enemies, lie gathers, i. Be-
caufe, he faith j From the end of the Land to thee do I
call, 8cc.v. 2. that is, At Damafcia, Zobab, orthe
place where Solomon built tadmor afterwards, i.King.
5>. 18. 2Chron.S. \6. 2. Becaufe, He prayes God to
give inheritance to them that fear him, v. 5. viz. Be-
sides Canaan (which Jofouah had divided to them by
Lot) to extend his Dominion from Euphrates to
Nilui, as he had promifed 2 S<*ra. 7. 10. 3. Becaufe
he begs that his Kingdome may be perpetual as God
had promifed, 2 Sam. 7.16. thm he. But none
of thefe Reafons tome feem cogent or fufficient to
prove the thing intended. And the words in v. 5.
according to the Hebrew, are -, thou haft given inhe-
ritance which are an acknowledgement of
mtrcy Received, not a Petitioning for Mercy wanted.
So that I fee not caufe enough to recede from the
common received Opinion, that this Pfalme was oc-
cafionedby Abfalom's Rebellion ,&c.
Se&.IV. The Scope.
David's Scope herein, is; 1. To implore Gods
Protection, fuccour and fupport in his great ftraits
andExtremiriesby reafon of his Enemies : 2. And
to £ Profefs hi Hope of the Perpetuity of his King-
dome, efpecially in Chrift, ofwhofe Kingdom Da-
vidwasAType.
•<
Sett. V. The Analyfis^ or Triticeal
Tarts.
The title fets forth 1. The Direction of it, as to
theMufick. 2. The kind of Inftrument wherewith
it was to be tuned, vi^. On Neginoth, that is, A
(hinged Inftrument. 3. The Penman of it •, David.
The Pfalme itfelfh Davids earneft Prayer,where-
in note three things, vi^. I. the Preface : Wherein
he begs Audience again and again to his fervent
Prayer and fhouiing-cry, v. 1. II. T&e Propofalofhis
mainrequeft, viz. For Divine guidance unto fuffici-
ent Protection and Support; Lead thou me to the
Rock_that is higher than I. III. the urging andpreffing
of thk hit renueft by many vehement and pathetick
Arguments. As, 1. From the Extremitie of hispre-
fentPrefiures, He being, fjf) In his heart fainting, or
overwhelmed. ( 2) At the end of the Land, driven
far from his own Habitation. 2. From his devout Re-
folution norwichftanding to cry unto God in thefe
his Extremities, v. 2. 3. From his Experience of
Gods former defence of him againft his Enemies,-^.
4. From his affiance and hope for fafety under Gods
Protection. Arifing, (Y) Partly, From Gods hear-
ing his vows. (23 Partly, From Gods giving In-
heritance to them that fear him, v. 4, 5. 5. From
hisconfidence that God will prolong his dayes, and
perpetuate his Kingdom (^which is efpecially fulfil-
led in C/jn'/rand his Kingdome, whereof David and
his were but Types, Imi^i 32,33.^ in mercy and
verity, v. 6,7. This is Amplified, By a double ef-
fect, hence refulting, vi^. fij Hisconflantpraifes
of God. (2 J His dayly paying his vows unto God,
ver. 8.
Pfalm LXIL
Sett. I. The Summary Contents.
David, I. Profeffetb his confidence" in God,againfl
all his Enemies and afflictions, v. 1, 2. II. Sharply
Reproves his Enemies oppofitions againft him, v. 3,4.
III. Encourages, 1. Himfelf, unto filent confidence
in God alone, v. $.to 8. 2. His people, unto like con-
stant confidence in, and Prayer unto God, efpeci-
ally in (traits, after his Example, verfe 8. to the
end.
Sett. II. The Verfton out of the
Hebrew.
To-the-Ma&er-ot-the-Muficki over Jedu-
thnn^ A Pfalme of 'David.
i.X7"Etunto God my Soul a (till wait,
1 b Mine Health from him is proved
2. Sure He's my Rock,c my health, my Tower j
I fliall not much be mov'd.
3. Againft a man how long will ye
Ufemifchief/ ye fliall all
Be flain : As pufli'd feaccyefhallbe,
Or as a bowed Wall.
4. Sure, Him from his high-dignity
They rfplot to thruft away,
They do take pleafure in a lye :
Blefs with their mouch do they,
But in their inwards curfe they do.
$. My Soul, yet e God wait on ;
Becaufe from him alone doth flow
Mine expectation.
Selah.
* heb. or ' |S
ftill.isfilenc
keeps ft-
Ience is
dumb.
b beb. or; tn»
Salvation,
c Hrb. and
my Salva-
tion j mine
high-muni-
tion.
d Heb. con-
fute to
thruft-
To man thou wile repay.
Selah.
(beb. tr ;
my- fafc-
hope.
£ Heb. hit
faces .
h bib. our
Refuge. ort
out-fafe-
hope.
iHeb.vani-
kbcb In
bilances to
alcend, or;
mount-up.
1 beh abun-
dantly bud,
or; increafc
m heb. fee
not the
heart
n heb. ac-
cording to
hii wotk.
$ca. in.
P S A L M E. LXIII.
227
o Sim. de
Mukin
Arg. Pfal.
62.
yJo.Foo*d
in Expof.
Pfal. 62.
Tempu s.
SeU. III. The Kind) Penman^ and
Occafion.
This Pfalme for Kind is chiefly Dittrinal, but
with fome intermixture of Reprehenfion and Exhor-
tation. Being a fvveet Bundle of pious Meditations,
touching confidence in God alone, in troubles and
temptations, and not in any worldly perfon or thing,
which are meer lies and vanities. Penman of it, as
the Title declares, was David. Occafion of his Pen-
ning it, was fome great diftrefie David was in, toge-
ther with fome fad temptations thereabouts, entic-
ing him to diffidence in God, and confidence in the
creature: Over which David prevailing, profeffeth
his confidence ftill in God, counting all creature-
fupports vanity. Some think Davids flraits by rea-
fon of Saul's perfections, or Abfalomi's Infurrecti-
ons, are here intended 0: But that'j uncertain. One
thinks David, being perfwaded that his Prayers in
Pf 6 1. were heard, here profeffeth his confidence,
&C.J).
Sett. IV. The Scope.
Davids Scope herein intended, is; i.Toftreng-
then his confidence in God alone, and not in any
creature,againft all troubles and temptations: 2. And
by his own Example to inftruct Gods people how to
place their confidence in God alone, and not in any
created flay, in deepeft diftrefles and temptations
thence arifing.
Sed. V, The Analysis , or Trine ip a I
Parts.
The title fets forth,i. The Direction of the Pfalme
as to theMufickofit. 2. The Denomination of it ;
A Pfalme. 3. The Penman ; David.
The Pfalme it felf, being chiefly Doctrinal, is 1.
Narratory, 2. Reprehenfory, 3. Hortatory.
I. Narratory. Wherein Dd
weary with
out wa/ers.
d Heb and
thy glory
e Heb. in
my lives, I
Will blels
thee.
f Heb. my-
palmes.
g heb.fitneCs
h btb. A
perfect -a id
to mc. The
Heb. xvord
nmty
bath the tafl
tetter empba
tical'y re-
dundant,
which in-
creafcth the
ftl>iifi<:atioK
1 Heb. hath
cleaved
after thee.
kHcb.They
ihall make
him runne-
out by th e
hands ofthe
fword. viz.
either f^.
Saul, »r,
every one of
Davids
enemies.
1 Heb. But
the King—
Sc-a. in.
^
228
V S A L M E. LXIV.
m Jo.
Calvin
Argum.
Pfal, 63
tn
nAsri.
Ainfw. in
Annor. on
Pf. 63. Tit
Hen.
Moller.im
Com. ad
Pf. c^.Tit,
o Jo.Calv.
in Com.
ad Pf. 63.
Tic. Vid.
Molleruin
& Ainf-
worth
there alfo.
Sim.de
Muis in
Arg. Pf.
63.
pVt Fran
Jun. in
Annor. ad
Pf. 63. Tic.
Jo. Foord
inExpof.
Pf. 63.
Tempus.
Setf. III. The Kinde, Penman, and
Occafton.&c.
This Pfalm for Kinde of ic, is commonly account-
ed by Incerprete rs to be, A Prayer, Calvin m chinks
it contains, noc fo much a Prayer, as pious Medita-
tions propounded by the Pialmift for his own Confo-
Iation in midft of c roubles, anxieties and dangers.
But both may well ftand togecher here: And no
good Prayer is without Medicacion. Thefe holy
Meditations in this Prayer do lively poinc-ouc unco
us die genuine difpofition of a child of God, when
exiled from Gods publique Ordinances, (as David
was by King Sauls fierce Perfecudons-,)How fervently
his Soul thirds and longs for rhofe Ordinances and
fweet foul-fatisfying Communion with God therein.
Penman of chis Pfalm, as che Tide declares, was
David. Occafion , was David's banifhmenc from
Gods publique Ordinances in che Sanctuary, and
from heavenly Communion wich God cherein,
through King Sauls cruel Perfecucions, forcing him
toliy and hide himfelf in the Wildernefs of Judab.
That if, Either in che Forreft oiHareth n, in Judab,
1 Sam. 22. 5. Or rather, as CV/wi and ochers chink,
in che wildernefTe of Zipbo, 1 Sam. 23, 14, 15.
which alfo was in the Land ofjudah, or in che flrong
holds ac Engedi, in the Wildernefs there p- 1 Sam.
23,29.4^24. i,,
L That God was his God, This the primary foun-
dation of his comfort, ver. I.
II. that; his Defires after his God, in the Day-
time, wercmofr ardent and inrenfively vehement.
Thefe his Defires he divers ways illuftrares very em-
phacically; 1. Byhifearly feeking after God. 2. By
hisvehement breathings after God, Metaphorically
reprefentcd ; (\) Partly, by tbirji: which is more
intolerable than hunger. (2~) Partly, by ardent
longing : which fometimes, if not fatified, caufeth
death. Both of them being aggravated by the cir-
nimftancc of place wherein he \\zv,Aland of drought ■>
and weary without waters s very grievous to an hun-
ting andrhirfting Eody.But his parching and pinch-
ing wants of God in his Ordinances,were much more
intollerable co his foal, ver. r. 3. By the end of
thefe his defires and breathings 5 vi^. his enjoyment
of wonted communion with God in his Ordinances,
as in former cimes. Hiifirength, having refpeft co
the Ark of Gods Covenant, See Pfal. 132. 8. and
78. 61. and 105. 4. 2Cbron.l6. 11. iChron. 6.41.
which was an eminent Symboleof Gods Strength lor
his people. His Glory alfo intending the Atk, a Sym-
boleof his Glory,i Sam.4 2i,22.Pfal.25.8.and'j8,6i.
& 105. 4. Rom. 9. 4. To fee thy Slrengtb, fcc. ver. 2.
4. By the holy fruits or effects of thefe his Defires. to-
wards God and his glory, vi^.(\J Celebrating God
for his loving-kindnefTe or mercy, better than his
very life, ver. 3. ( 2 J Blefling him and lifting up
his hands in his Name, whileft hefhouldlive, ver. 4.
C~3 J Being fatisfied as with marrow and fatneife in.
God, even unto fhouting-joy in him, ver, 5.
III. That, his Thoughts and Affections were in-
tent upon God in che night-feafon alfo. And that,
1. Becaufe God was his Perfect Aid and Protection,
ver. 6,7. 2. Becaufe his foul, through the fuften-
tation of Gods right hand, did clofely-cleave unto
(?od,orpurfue after him, ver. 8.
IV. That, his Enemies who fought his ruine mould
be deftroyed, and that by the fword : fo becoming
a prey co che very wild-beaft, ver. 9, 10.
V. That, Himfelf aclaftlhould joyfully be ad van-
to the Throne as King, nocwithftanding all incerpo-
flng croubles. So that, 1. The good mould triumph
and giory. 2. The Bad mould be confounded, there-
upon, ver. 1 1.
Pfalm LXIV.
Setf. X. The Summary Contents,
David in his Prayer, I. Petitionetb for, Audience
and Prefervation of his life from his enemies, they
being moft bitter, malicious, obdurate, and fubtile,
in their Words, Practices,and Devices againft him,
ver. i.ro7. H. Profeffetb his confidence in Gods
Protection thus prayed , Prophetically foretelling
his enemies destruction, ver. 7. to the end.
Secf. II. The Verfwn out of the
Hebrew.
To-the-AIafter-of-the-Mutick, A Pfalm of
David.
■M
Y voice do thou attentive hear,
OGod. a when-I-do-pray :
My life do thou preferve from fear,
Of Foe that would me flay.
2. From b fecrec of malignant/??/
O hide-me-covcrtlv :
From rage-mmulcuoiis c of thole
Thac work iniquity.
3. Who whetted have their fpightful tongue
Like l^eeneft cutting Sword :
Havet/bent their Arrow flunp and ft) ongy
A very bitter word.
4. In
a Htb. to
rny com-
plaint, er ;
complain-
ing P arer-
b ti or j
intended.
P S A L M E LXV.
229
e Heb. or ;
word. Thing
bufinefs Ike.
fHeb.Thcy-
fimili a fear
ched Search
Or. we are-
confumed
by their fear-
chedfeatch.
Or; earthly
man
hHcb. p'0
vcrly . fliall-
betake him
ft If- for
flicker- as-
chickens-
under 'Vie-
wing-of.che
Hen
i Htb. All
the upright
of Heart.
kSfc
fenriunt
etiam Hen
MoUe^m in
Arg. Pfal.
64. Joan.
Foard in
Expqjit.
Pf. c54.
TempM.
Sim. de
Muffin
Arg. pfd.
64.
4. In fecret-places-for-to-fhoo:
Againft the perfect here :
At him they fuddenly will fhoot,
And yet they will not fear.
5. Tea in e a Matter •wry ill
Themfelves confirm-do-they .-
Cfhiding/ecrrrfnarcsthey tell,
Who fliall them fee ; they fay.
6.j A fearch exact accomplifh-they,
They-fearch-out injuries :
The inward-thought of every-man
And heart if deep likewife.
7. But with an Arrow menileft
Our God fhall fiioot at thofe,
With unexpefted-fuddennefs
Shall he their deadly blows.
8. And tbm upon themfebes to fall
They their own tongue fhall make :
Whoever them beholds, they fhall
Therafelves-to- flight-betake.
9. All g men likewife fliall fear thereby
And fhall God's work declare :
And fhall confide r-prudently
His Deed exceeding rare.
10. The juft fhall in the LORD rejoyce,
And h truft in him he fhall :
And glory fhall with gladfame voice
i the upright-hearted all.
Sett. III. the Krnde, Penman, and
Occasion.
This Pfalm as to the Kind of it, is A Praper, A Pe-
titory-corhplaint, or Complaining-Pfayer.
Penman of it, as rhe Tide declares, was David.
Occafionof Davids penning this Prayer, was Pro-
bably King Sauls violent and bitter perfecution of
Davidby deep and fubtile Counfels, cruel words,
flanders, and reproaches, and injurious-practifes;
As appears by the Current of the whole Pfalm £.
But whether this Pfalm was Penned towards the Be-
ginning, Middle-, or Period of Sauls hunting after
David, is not fo eafie to be determined.
Sett. IV. the Scope.
Davids Intended Scope herein, is ; To implore
the LORD'S Prefervation and Protection of him and
his life, againft the many fubtile and cruel Perfec-
tions of King Saul , and his Confederates. See
verfe 1, 2, 3.
Sett. V. the Analyfis, or Principal
Parts.
1. The Direction of this Pfalm
2. The Denomination of it;
The Title contains
as to the Mufick of it.
A Pfalm. 3. The Penman of it ; David,
The Pfalm itfelf being a Prayer, contains, 1. Da-
vids Petitions. 2. Davids Profelfion.
I. Davids Petitions. Here David, I. Propoundeth
his requefts to God : befeeching him, I. To grant
him audience. 2. To preferve his life from fear of
his enemies, vi^. King Saul verfe. 1. 3. To hide
him from the fecret plots, and open tumultuous-
rage of Malignants and workers of iniquity, ver. 2.
II. Vrgeth his requefts by divers Arguments, drawn
from the virulency of his Perfections, and extream
vilenefsof his Persecutors. As, 1. From the bfrcer-
nefs of their words, wounding like S.vords and Ar-
rows,^. 2,^57: the Secrecy ,Suddcunefs,Fearlefs-
nefs, and Caufelefsncfs of their malicious Practices
againft David,v.$.-}.From their Obduration 8c bold-
nefs in evilCounfels,prefuming none fhall fee them in
their fecret hiding of Snares for him, ver. 5. 4. From
their exquifite induftrious fearch with all deep fub-
tile Devifes how to work David mifchicf. Infomuch
that Davidhurfts out into an Exclamation or Admi-
ration at the depth of their fubtile hearts ,&.c.v.6.
II. Davids Profeffion, He profcfleth his hope and
confidence in Gods Protection. &c. thus Prayed for
whileft he Prophetically foretelleth his Foes De-
ftruftion by the Arrows of God. They fhot at David:
But God will Ihoot at them. This their Deftruction
is fet forth, 1. By the fuddennefs of it, ver. 7. 2. By
the Inftrumental means procuring it : vi^. their
own Tongue. 3. By the Effects which this their judge-
ment fhall have upon beholders, vi^. fij Flight.
C2J Fear. ClJ Declaring Gods Work. Q^JCon-
ridering-wifely his deed, ver. 8, 9- 4. By the i..ues or
events of this judgement unto the righteous, vi^i)
Their reioycing in the Lord.f^J Their flying to him
for fafe fhelter, &c. Ci) Their glorying, ver.io.
PfalmeLXV.
Sett. I. the Summary Contents,
Davii, when the Land had obtained 3 refrefhing
Rain afrcr a great Drought, and other mercies. I.
Profeffcth thankfulnefs, to God, v.1,2. II. Expreffeth
the grounds of his thankfulnefs, vi%. I.Gods reconci-
ling & receiving again both David and Ifraelimo fa-
vour, notwithflanding their fins that had provoked
him, ver. 3, 4, 5. 2. God's eftablifliing the King-
dom in tranquillity, lately difturbed by their iniqui-
ties, ver. (5,7,8. 3. Gods giving them a fruitful
Rain after Drought, and Plenty after Scarcky,i>er.o.
to the end.
Seft. II. the Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
To-the-Afafier-pf-the-Mnftcky A Pfalm, A
Song of David.
1. rfT)Raife filently for thee hathjlaid,
X O God , in Sion dear ;
And Vow fhall unto thee be paid.
2. b Thou that doft Prayer hear ;
All flefh ev'n-unto-theec fhall-come.
3. Words of iniquities
Prevail'd againft me : Thou wilt cover
Our rftrefpaffe/rom thine eyes.
4. e Hee's bIeft,thou chufeft and tak'ft neer j
He in thy Courts /fhall bide ;
g Wirh thine Houfe, Holy Temple's good,
Wee fhall befatisfied.'
5. O h our Health's God, Thou'ft anfwerdft us
Dread-things/ in righteous-plea :
The Hope of Earth's wide confines all,
And l> thofe-farre-off by Sea.
a fee*. To the
the filence
of praife.ar;
for tbee
praife fyep-
eth filence.
b heb. Hear,
ing Prayer.
0r;O tbm
hearing
Prayer,
c heb, they
flull-come.
A^cb. tref-
paffes.
c heb. Thf
blefledneiTes
of him thou
wiltchufe
and wilc-
make-come
neere.
(heb. flia.il dwell, g heb. with the good of thine Houfe of thy holy Temple
h heb. God of ojr Salvation, i heb. in rghceoufnefs. k htb, of-thofe,
&c.
N n n
6. Hills
230
P S A L M E. LXV.
1 beb. or j
eumulr.
in heb. or ;
tvhen-thou-
haft made-
it-defire
tain Or ,
and giv eft-
it tliede.
fire ihetetf.
n beb. thou
dolt inebri.
ate.
obeb or,
turrowes.
p heb. thou
blcffelt the
bud of it.
q Heb. And
thy paths
drop Utncfs
xFran.
Jan. in
Annot.ad
Pf.6$.i.
Joan.
Poor din
Expof. Pf.
75. Tern-
pus Sim.
de Muis in
Arg. ad
Pf.65.
{Jo. Foord
in Expof.
Pfal.6$.
Tempus
tAb.E^ra
Et port
turn Sim.
de Muis in
Arg. ad
yj. 6$.
6. Hills by liis might eftablifhing ;
Begirt with fortitude.
7. Sea's tioife, their waves noife quieting,
And Peoples / multitude.
8. And they that dwell in utmoft-parts
Are for thy fignes afraid:
Out-goings of the Morn and Ev'n
To-triumph-thou-haft-made.
II.
9. Thou vifiteft the parched land,
m And doft it moiften much ;
Abundantly on every hand
Thou doft the fame enrich,
With God's refreshing Rivulet
Brim-full of waters clear:
When thus thou haft prepared it
Their Bread thou doft prepare.
10. It's Ridges n fully-foakeft-thou,
It'so Clods thou fetleft :
With fhowres thou melted: it below,
p It's Bud by thee is bleft,
1 1. Thou with thy goodnefs crown'ft the year
q Thy Paths drop fat on Earth.
12. They drop on Deferts Paftures fore :
And Hills are girt with mirth.
13. With fheep the Pafture-fields are clad,
And V&lkysflourifliing
With Corn are richly covered :
They fhout, yea they do fing.
Setf. III. The Kind, Penman, and
Occafion of this Vfalme.
This for Kind, is a Praifing or thanksgiving P faint ;
As the Matter declares, v. 1. me t think it was written in all the peo-
ples words, and publickly fung before the Ark then
in the Tower of David in Mount Sion, for celebrat-
ing this great benefit of God to Ifrael. That which
isadded ro the Tittle by the Vulvar Latin Vcrfinn o-
ver and above what is in the Hebrew ( viz. A Song of
Jer< mfah dtid Ezekiel to the people of_ T> a nf migration,
when they bt^an to go out, J isSpurious: Bcingnot
(>iilv rtp'tynant to the Hebrew Original, and the
(i> fi'^Vethon of the l.XXIIanA other Ancient Ver-
tons, but alio to the truth it ft If.
Seft. IF. The Scope.
The Scope intended in this Pfalme. is ; In the name
ofDavid ('nowin/lr/THnd/i.f Threfhing-floore J and
of the Church, v. 1. thankfully to profeffe and de-
clare, 1. That publick Praife waited for God in Sion,
when there fhould be opportunity of performance;
2. That there the Vow fliould be performed to him,
which was made when Jerufalem was now in danger
ofbeingfmittenby the Angel with the Peftilence;
3. And that all flefli fliould come to him that he aretb
Prayer, in his Houfe of Prayer, whenitfhculd bee-
refted in the place which God had now appointed
for it. And all this, Becaufe ; The LORD Was now
Reconciled to David and to the People : HadReftor-
eiand Eftablifhed the publick ftateof the Common-
wealth, lately difturbed by fin : And Hadcomforta-
bly changed their drought and famine into abundance
of plenty,
Se&. V. The Analysis, or Trincipal
Tarts.
The Title declares, 1. The Direction of this Pfame
in regard oftheMufick ofir. 2. The Denomination
of it ; A Pfalme, A Song. 3. The Penman of it j
David.
The Pfalme it felf contains, x.A Profeffion ofThanl^
fulnefs to God. 2. The grounds thereof.
I. A Profeffion of Tban\fulnefs to God. David)
Though the LORD had anfwered himinthethrefh-
ing-floorof Oman the Jebufite; yet was fo afraid
becaufe of the f word of the Angel of the LORD, that he
could not at that prefent go, either to the Ark of the
LORD, in Mmnt-Sion 2 Sam. 6. 17. or to the Altar
of Eurnt-offeringorTabernacle,then both of them at
Gibecn, i. chro. 21.28,29,30, 2 Chron. 1.3. Buc
hee, being at the threfhing-lloor of Oman, Profcfled;
1. That, Praife was due to God from, and in Siont
afloon as he durft go thither, &c. Praife filently
waited for God in Sion. 2. That, theVow(\v.ic\t when
the Peftilence prevailed, and now Jerufalem was
endangered ) fliould be performed to God before the
Ark, ver. 1. 3. That, All flefli ( not only the Jews,
but all the Gentiles afar when God fliould call, Afts
2-.39- J fliould come to him that heares Prayer, to wor-
fhip God in his Houfe of Prayer, Ifa. $6. 7. Mark.it.
17. for which Houfe God had now pointed out the
place to David, ver. 2.
ILThe Grounds or Reafons of this Profeffion ofjli.inl^
fulnejfe a redrawn from the LORD'S great mercies,
exprcfied towards David unci Ifrael in times of nc-
eelrity and grear diftrefs, vi^. Thefe three mercies.
I. Gods Reconciling and receiving again to favour, both
David and l(rie\, notwitbftanding their finnes that had
provoked him. Here, 1. David confefieth his fins.
Words of iniquities, f i. e. Things or Matters of ini-
quities, as the Hebrew phrafe often imports J have
prevailed again)} mee. What were thefe ? Anf.v.
Partly, His neglcift of doing Juftice on Sauls bloody
houfe for flaying the Gibeonites contrary xolfraelt
Covenant with them, 2 Sam.2\.\,fyc with Jofli.
9. 3, i5, 17. Partly, his numbring the people, 2
Sam. 24. For both which offences of David, the
people were alfo Punifhed, as being in fome fenfe
Partners therein, 2 Sam. 24,1. 1. Chron. 21. 1. 2.
David declares Gods Reconcilement to himfelf, and
to the People, which God teflified, fij ft Remit-
ting, or covering their TrefpaiTes or Prevarications,
ver. 3. C 2 J In Preferring them fo from Famine and
Peftilence, that they had the happinefs-to bechofen
and brought near unto God to dwell in his Courts,
and to kfamfied with the fpirituall rcfrefhmenrs of
hij holy Temple Thus they had fvvcet Communi-
on with God :n li's Ordinances, vcrfe 4. (■$ J In An-
j wet ing
P S A L M E. LXVI.
231
fwering them terrible things in righteoufneife, vi^.
Such as thefe. that Juftice was not inflicted on
Saul's bloody houfe, which occafioned the three
years famine, 2 Sam. 21,1,2,5. <&:. that three fuch
fad Judgements Famine, Sword and Peftilence were
propofed to Davids choice, 2 Sam. 24. that in
Ornans threfhing-floore the deftroying Angel ap-
peared fo terribly to him. Thefe were terrible An-
swers from God, yet all in Righteoufnejfe. This is
Amplyfied by certain fuitable Epithets given unto
God, vi\. The Godof their Salvation, the H^e of all
farre and near, by Land or Sea, v. 5. ll.Godcom-
pfmgi quieting andeltabliffmg intranquillitv the Com-
mon-wealth diflurbed by their finnes. This is laid down
in metaphorical expreffions, alluding to the works
of theCreation,w^'.i.His fiabliflnng the Mountains by hit
Power,v.(5.That is, Ding the out-goings of Morn-
ing and Evening to re)oyce. That is; Either-, Man's
going forth in the Morning to his labour, and wilde-
beafts going forth in the Evening to their prey, Pf.
104, 20, 2i,i&Y. All which reioyce in the Reftau-
ration of the Land. Or ; from Sun-rifing to Sun-
fetting, from Eafi to Wsft the whole Kingdom of
David is made to rejoyce through Gods favour rher-
unto. All thefe are amplified by the eff.-ft of fear in
all the inhabitants round about, at theft- tokens of
Gods favour to Ifrael, v. 8. TIT Gods fending fruitful
Rain after drought, andfo changing the fad three years
Famineinto abundance of plenty. And this is elegant-
defcribed by De g rees, v i z. God d id , 1 . Prepa r e the
Land for receiving of Seed, by fending a plentiful
Rain upon the Earth, v. 9. 2.Moiften, fofren and
fettle the clods and furrowes, fo as to clofe with the
Seed, when it was now fowen, chat it might bud and
fpn'ng, v. 10. 3. Refrefh the corn with the latter
Rain, crowning the yea*- ' ich hi; Goodnefs %c. v.ir.
4. Beftow a fweer fruit of .1!! his feafonable rain. both
on the ?aflures and Hills, flojirifhing with grafs, fo
that they were clad with flocks ; And on the Valleys,
fo that they are covered »>,*.. corn. Whereupon they
are faid to (liout andfing, through fruitfulneffe, as
formerly they Teemed to mourn through barrennefs
Metaph. Vrofopop.v. 12, 1 3.
Pfalm LXVI.
SeU. I. The Summary Contents,
the Pfalmijt moft vehemently praifeth God, in-
citing others alfo to glorifie him, v. 1. to 5. I. For
his terrible works in bringing Ifrael out of Egypt tho-
row the Red-Sea and Jordan, v. $, 6, 7. " II For
Gods preferving of Ifrael in many deep diftreffes,
and at laft bringing them into a vvell-vvatred and
wealthy place, v. 8. to 1 5. III. For Gods hearing and
helping the Pialmift ia his great trouble and diftreffe
v. 13. to the end.
Sett. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
To-thc-AfaJler~o( the Mufick, A Song,
A Pfdme.
I.
1. f~\ All the Earth fliout ye to God.
V^/ 2. Ye his Name's Glory fuig :
O put ye Glory to his laud.
3. Say ye to God this thing ;
How dreadful in thy works art thou !
Through a greatneffe of thy ftrength
To thee b ftoop-feynedly and bow
Shall alithy foes at length.
4. All Earth c fhall bow and fing to thee :
Shall to thy name Sing-praile.
5. Come and God's operations fee :
ffe in his Acts and w ayes
To Sons of Adam dreadful was.
6. He turn'd Sea to Land-dry
They through the flood on foot did pafs:
There did we in him joy.
7. His eyes look on the Nations,
Ay by his migh' dhe fwayes :
Themfelves let noi i tbellious ones
Exalt or proudly raife,
II.
8. O people blefs ye and applaud
Our God with high regard. •'
Likewife the voice of all his Laud
Do-ye-caufe-to-be-heard.
9. e That puts our fainting Soul in life :
Nor gave our foot to Aide.
10. For thou O God prov'dft v&mth grief:
Try'dft us as Silver's try'd.
1 1. Into the tangling net alio
thus thou/ haft us convay'd .•
g A.preffure-of- ftrait-wringing-wo
Thou on our loynes haft laid.
1 2. Thou h men haft-canf'd-to-ride i upon
Our head, to our difgrace ;
Through Fire and Waters have we gon ••
Yet to £ a fruitful-place
At length abroad-thou-didft-us bring.
13. Pie come into thine houle
yihh excellent I Burnt-offerings :
To thee Tie pay my vowes.
14. Which my lips opening did-expreffe 5
And which my mouth then fpake,
m When-as on me was fore-diftrefs }
15. To thee afcend-I'Ie-make
n Burnt-offerings of Marrow'd-things,
With Rams perfuming-fmell :
0 Beeves will-I-make-my offerings
With He- goats that excel.
III.
16.0 come, O hear ye, every one
That God ftncerely fear :
And for my Soul what he hath done x
I will toyou declare.
Selah.
a Heb. 9r ',
multitude.
l> btb. Quite
Iy-»r,falfly-
dcnj-tbatii
feignedly-
fubmi:
c Htb. ihaU
bow- them-
felves.
d heb. Rule-
ing.
SeUh.
t htb. Put-
ting out, See
(Htb.bztt
brought hi.
g Htb.btvt
nefs. A
ftraicning
wringing
affliSion
hfftb. for'-j-
man.
i Heb. or,
over
k Heb. A
watred land
I htb. afcen-
fions.
m Htb. in
difttefs to
me.
n heb. alcen-
Con5.
o Heb. Aa
Selah. oxe.
»7? T«
2^2
P S A L M E. LXVI.
f Ab. try a
t Sim. de
Muii in
Arg.adYf.
66.
17. To him that U my Succour flrong
I with my mouth did cry :
Likewife he with my thankful tongue
Exalted-was- on-high.
p bib. vain 18. p Vain-fin if in my heart I fee .•
iniquity. The Lord would not '-!$.«£ heard.
19. But God hath heard *Jm well did he
My Prayers voice regard. \
20. 0 let God ever bleffed be :
Who hath not out of mind
q Heb. or ; „ Rernov'd my Prayer, r nor from me
™Hci "n?y Withdrawn his mercy kind.
Se&. III. The KindeJPenman> and
Occafion &c.
This for Kind, is gratulatory, thankfgiving, or
Praifing Pfalm. Penman of it is not expreffed in the
Title. Some are of opinion it was not penned by Da-
vid, 1. Prfrr/y, becaufe its penned in phrafes plurahSo
Exyaf. 2. Partly, becaufe the Titles of Pfalmes
before and after it exprefs Davids Name, but the Ti-
tle of this Pfalme expreffes it not ; So Sim. de Muif t.
But neirher of thefe Reafons are cogent. Not the for-
mer; becaufe fometimes Davids Pfalmes are in
phrafe of the plural number, as Yfal. 78. and all
the latter part of the Pfalme from v. 13. to the end
fj which feems ro have given the particular Occafion
of writing this Pfalme J is laid down in phrafes of the
•fingular number. Nor the latter; For, fometimes
Pfalmes penned by D^vi^ftand together, in fomeof
which Davids name is not expreffed as in the other.
For, David Penned the Second Vfalme, Aft. 4. 25.
wherein his name is not inferted or prefixed in any
Title, as it \s\nVfal. 3. and 4. &c. immediately fol-
lowing, which were alfo penned by him. And Pf.
67. next following, hath not Davids name expref-
fed. Others u therefore more probably conclude
from the matter of the Pfalme, v. 13.ro the end. That
Davidyenned this Pfalme upon fome eminent deli-
verance vouchfafed him out of fome great diftrefs.
Oc c afion of this Pfalme is not particularly fignifiedto
us here. Hence learned men have various Appre-
henfions -, Some x, That it was penned after the
Jewes retirfnout of Babylon, and upon that Occafion:
becaufe this great deliverance is moft fuitable to that
from Red-Sea and Jordan, v. 5. and feems tobede-
fcribedinv. 10, 11, 12. Some, That it was written
by David rather, and propably upon occafion of
Ijraets deliverance from the Philiflines Tyranny,
zSam.S. ana from his own perfections. But, for-
afmuchas the Subjeft-matter of the Pfalme dorh in
a fpecial manner run upon a particular perfonal deli-
verance, v. 13 to the end; and that fo eminent a
deliverance, that it did bring into the Pfalmifts me-
mory afrefh thofe great deliverances of Ifrael tho-
rough the Red-Sea and Jordan and that paffage in y.
10, 11, 12 may intend the times of their being in
the wildernefs, and after under the Judges. There-
fore, Hence fome q think it was Penned by David,
either in that famous and memorable deliverance of
his from theGyant Ifl)bi-benob, who being girded with
a new fword thought, to have flain David, 2 Sam. 2 1 .
15,16,17. Or, from the Pel We nee, 2 Sam. 24.15,
i6i 17. And perhaps Pf. 65. 66. and 67. were
written about the fame time. Or, it may be Pf. 66.
was penned after Pf. 108,
u Fran.
Jun. in
Annot. ad
Pfal66.x.
Jo. Foord
Exp of. in
Th. Vf. 66.
x Sim. de
Me'tiin
Arg.adVf.
66. Hen.
Moller. in
Arg. ad
Pfal.66.
y Jo. Foord
in Expof.
Tit. Pf. 66
Sett. IV. The Scope.
The Pfalmifts Scope in this Pfalme, is; 1.T0 ren-
der Praife and Thanks to God, by Performance of
his Vowcs Sacrifices, Narrations of Gods Aftions,
&c. for his fingular mercy to him in U« sv-rrcaai di-
flrefs, hearing his prayer, and helping him, v. 13.
totheend. Which mercy was fo renowned, that io
caufed him thankfully to call to miod the great fa-
vours of God to his people of old in bringing ihem
thorough the Red-Sea and Jordan : and after their
much diftrefs in the wildernefs, and in dayes of
Judges, &c. difpofing them into a fruitful place, v.
4,5,6,10,11. And therefore hereupon provokes
all the people of Ifrael to praife the LORD with
him.
Sett. V. the Analysis ; or Triticeal
Farts.
The Title or Infcription of this Pfalme fets forth,
1. The Direction of it as to the Mufick, To the Mafter-
Mufician. 2. The Denominations of it; A Song, A
Pfalme.
The Pfalme it fe //contains Praifes and Thankfgir-
ings to God for three forts of eminent mercies in
three feveral times, viz.
I. Thanksgivings for Gods redeeming of Ifrael out of
Egypt. Here the Pfalmifl elegantly exhorts all the
people of Ifrael, I. To celebrate Gods Praifes-. in
three Hortatory exprclfions, •u. 1,2. II. To confefs
unto God thefe three things, viz. 1. The dreadful-
neffe of his Works. 1. The Grcatneffe of his Power,
through which his very foes are brought feignedly to
fubmit to him, v. 3. 3. That all the Earth have caule
to bow and fing praife unto him, v. 4 III. To com-
memorate with all thankfulnefsGods wonderful de-
liverance of Ifrael our of Egypt in dayes of Mofes.
Here, r. All are exhorted ro view Gods Works.
2. His Works towards fons of Adam, efpecially the
lfraelites are declared to be dreadful, v. 5. 3. Of
thefe his dreadful works he gives two illuftrious in-
ftances, viz. His turning the Red-Sea to dry Land
for Ifrael to pafs rhorough. And his cutting off the
River Jordan, that they paffed over the Channel on
foot. Both which are Amplified by their effeft up-
on Ifrael ; They thereupon did there rejoyce in God
(SeeExodi$. andjafi). 4.) who had wrought thefe
wonders for them, v 6. 4. The powerful and con-
ftanc Dominion of God over all the World , e-
ven over the rebellious , is notably defcribed ,
ver. 7,
II. Thanksgivings for Gods Prefervation of Ifrael in
many deep diftreffes & affliftion,and bringing them
at laft out into a wealthy or fruitful well-watred
place. Here we have, I. An Exhortation of the Peo-
ple Ifrael, Toblefs the LORD, and to make the voice .
of his Praife to be beard.ver. 8. II. The Grounds and
Reafons why they fhould fodo, viz. 1. Becaufe, God
preferved their foul in life,and their foot from mov-
ing in greatcft extremities. This feems to pointat
greater dirtreffes then they cnduied in Egyft, ver.
p. 2. Becaufe, the LORD brought them into many
great and fore diftrefles ( defcribed here elegantly
by fundry Metaphors, and that gradually. As, (V)
Hcprov'd and tried them as Silver is tryed, ver. 10.
(2} He brought them into the Net, &c.vCr. II. Qi)
He caufed men to ride over their Head. (4) He brought
them into fire andWatcrs : J And yet after all this
brought tftem out fefo a watrcd place, intoa fruitful
place, v. 12. By all' which Afflictions, We are not
in my judgement to underfland, Either, their Af-
flictions in Eiypt , as fome .• for, then here fliouldbe
a Repetition of Egypt s Affliction pointed at before in
v. <;. Or much lelTc their Afflictions long after in
Babyhn, as others: for the Reafons formerly offered
in Seer. 3. But rather, All the Afflictions they en-
dured in the WiUernefjefor fourty years together, as
others : For, this come sin order after their Eypti-
an fcrvitude. And when they came out of the Wil-
dernefs in toC
P S A L M E. LXVII.
133
to bring down the Hiftory of their diftreflcs to the
very dayes of David; I mould not gain-fay, for I lee
no inconvenience cherein.
III. To ankj livings for Davids facial and particular
deliverance in his extrcam diflrefs, of like nature to
thefehere foremenrioned, and which gave fpecial
Occafion to the Penning of this Pfalme,i;er. 13. ror/;e
end. Here, I. David profeiTerh his readmefs and
refolvf dnefs to pay his Vowes to God .which he made
in his diflrefs ; and fpecially in offering Sacrifices
unto him, tw.i 3,14,* 5- 2. He Expounds the Came
of this his paying of Vowes, &c. inviting all them
that feare God to hearken thereunto, viz.. Gods
hearing of his Prayer, when he called unto him, with
an heart not feeing iniquity to regard ox approve of it :
which otherwife God would not have heard, ver. 16,
17, 18, 19. 3 HeConcludes all withbleffing God, that
turned not away his Prayer from God, nor Gods
mercy from him, ver\. 20.
rfalm LXVII.
Sett. I. The Summary Contents,
The Pfalmifl, I. Prayeth for Gods Favour, Blef-
fing, and the Shine of his Countenance, in order to
the Enlargement of his Kingdom in Chrift, ver. 1, 2.
II. Promifeth eminent Praife hereupon unto God,
for the fruits and effects of thefe defired mercies, vt*.
1. Spiritual,^*/. 3, 4. 2.. Corporal or Temporal,
w/e 5,6,7.
Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the
Hebrew,
To the Mafier-Mufician on Neginotb, A
Pfalme, A Song.
% Heft, facts
xa fhine
with us.
bJ**.confefs
c Ht'o with
righteouf-
nefs right,
nets, or, up.
rightnefs.
d He&. the
N*tionj o"
earth thou-
ih»It.guidc-
them.
c Hth. Peo-
ples all-of-
them.
i. T Et God to us be gracious,
\_j And let him blefs us now :
He caufe his a face to mine on us.
2. That they thy way may know
In Earth: Thy faving health a brand.
Among the Heathens all.
3. Thee Peoples fhallconfefs, O God.*
Thee b praife all Peoples fhall.
4. The Nations fhall-gladnefs fhow -,
Yea they fhal!-mout-f4'"S the peoples m
Right eoufnefs. QiJ Guiding the Nations on the Earth.
Sweet effects of Chrifts Prophecy and Kingdom to
both Jews and Gentiles, ver. 3,4. II. For the Cor-
poral or Temporal effefts of the faid mercies. Here
again note; 1. The perfons praifing God; Peoples,
All the Peoples. 2. The expreffion or fignification
thereof-, Confeffing (W,which is emphatically doub-
led, ver, 5. 3. The Corporal fruits themfelves;
fiJThe Earths fruitfulnefs. C2J Our God's Be-
nediction of us. This is pathetically ingeminated.
4. This is amplified by the Refult hereof among all
the Nations far and near, and all the ends of the Earth
fhall fear him, ver. 6, 7.
Pfalm LXVIII.
Sett. I. The Summary Contents.
David, in this choice Prophetical Pfalm, I. Re-
cites the Prayer ufed at the Removing of the Ark, fet-
ting forth Gods Magnificence againft his Enemies,
but for the Righteous, ver. 1, 2,3. II. Exhorts to
the high-praifes of God, 1. For his more general Acts
of providence, ver, 4. to 14. For his more fpecial
favours to Jfrael ; Among which CHRlSTs Afcending
into Heaven, and leading Captivity Captive is very e-
minent, ver. 14. to 19, III. Bleffeth God for his ma-
ny mercies ver. 19. to 28. IV. Prayes the LORD,
1. Toflablifhand perfect mercies received, ver. 28,
29. 2. To rebuke Davids hypocritical enemies.
3. To fcattcr them that delight in war, ver. 29,30,
31. V. Exhorts the Gentiles upon their converfion
(Hiere prophecyed J to praife the LORD, ver. 32.ro
the end.
Sett. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
Ta-tbe-MaJler-of-thc-MuCick, A Pfalm, A
Song of David.
a Heb. From
Ins faces.
bHtb. or ,
thou-fhalc-
dnve ibnn
a viv.
c Hi K from
the faces of
fire.
d h>/>.prn(h
from GoJi
faCCj«
I.
I.T F.tGodarifc, His enemies
I 1 Let-rhcm-difpcrfcd-be :
Let them that him do hate likewife
Fane a from his prclcnre flee?,
2. b Drive them, as fmoak is driv'n-avvay ;
As wax melts cat the fire,
So let the wicked rfquite-decay
From God's face full of ire.
5. But let the juft joy, mirth-exprefie
Before the e face of God,
And let them joy with gladfomnefs.
4. To God fing, /His Name laud;
For him that doth in Defarts ride
g An-high-way-do-ye-place.
In JAH his name/o magnified.
Exult before his h face.
5. A Father of the fatherlefs,
And Judge of Widows caufe ;
In Manfion of his Holinefs
7s God by. pur eft Laws.
6. God feats the defolate in houfe,
Thofe in Chains that are bound
Brings-forth .- But men rebellious
Inhabit i barren-ground.
II.
7.0 God, before thy Peoples £ face
When-thou-forth-on-didft-go.'
When thou didft march in Defart-placc.
8. Earth trembled, Heav'nsalfo
Did drop before the / face of God ;
This Sinai (_ ftablifrd well,
let quaked J before the m face of God,
The God oUfrael.
9. O God, n thou all abroad-haft-ftied
The plentifulleft Rain :
Thine Heritage, 0 ev'n-wearied,
Thou didft confirm again.
10. Thy company fhall dwell thereon :
In thy goodneffe and care
Still for-the-poor-afflicted-one,
O God, thou-fhalc-prepare.
1 1. The Lord fhall from ha Princely Seat
Give forth the holy Speech,
p To-thofe-that to the Army great
•S/u/Vgladfomc-tidings- preach.
12. The Armies Kings fhall tke-amain,
Shall flee and not abide:
And q fhe that doth at home remain
Shall then the fpoil divide.
III.
13. Though ye have Iain r among the pots,
Ttflnxll be, to behold
As wings of Dove with Silver deckt ;
f Her plumes with yellow gold.
14. In it when God- Almighty will
Difperfe the Kings below,
In harkjome fhady-Tfalmon Hill
It-fhall-be-white-as-Snovv.
15. As Bafhan Mount, fo doth appear
That Mount which God dot h cherifl) :
Ab hilly Mountain,/? /if ely, jair.
As Bafhan Mount doth flourish.
16. Why leap ye then O Mountains high?
God did defire this Hill
For lik abode ; t Eternally
Yea fore the LORD will dwell.
17. Gods Chariot's « Angels num'jcrlefs,
With them the Lord h nigh,
As in Mount Sinai's Holy- place.
18. Thou didft akend on high,
Didft Caprivc-lead Captivity ;
And, that J AH God might dwell
With them, didft gifts receive former,
Ycafor thofe-that-rebcl.
e '. 1 ■/'. faces.
fHeb ling.
pUlivie to
bis Name.
g Heb. exale
er,make-an
hi^h-ivay
h ■ b. Lues.
i Heb.
land.
a dry
Sclah.
k fid. faces
1 Heb. faces
mHeb.faces
n Heb thou
haft-Ihaken
ouc a Rain
of liberali-
tyes.
o Heb and*
weaned.
p Hrf To-
the publifh-
ersofglad-
tidings, 3e«
. the
man lion or
habitation
of the houfe
vi~. 'It w*-
m.xn tbit
^ffps hunt
in tnnttf
vttrre.
t Heb be-
tween the
' pot-ranges."
<"-, between
the two
rewes, or
banks, the
irer.i if of
the dual
nunb r.
s Heb. And
her feathers
t Heb. to
eternity.
11 heb. two
myriads of
Angels doa-
bled. i.e. i*
numer.iblt
or, tw/ ce ten
thoufand
thoufandsof
An-ck
IV.
P S A L M E LXVIII.
235
Selab
b beb. or ,
Palace.
%-beb or,The
boaft of the
Reeds, be.
caufr they
made their
Spears of
reeds or, libj:
reeds.
cHeb. Prince
ly-Ambai-
fadon.
ihib. make
rim.
e Heb. fing-
pfalme---
fHe.'-.Hea-
vensof Hea-
ven?.
gW. He
will give in
his voice a
Voice of
fortitude.
IV.
19. The Lord be bleft, which day by day
Doth us with mercy load,
Of our Salvation alway
He is the Mighty-God.
20. x Our God, doth of Salvations all
Tbe Mighty-Godnrema/n :
And to the LORD JEHOVAH (hall
y Death's ifiues appertain'
21. But God fhall wound his enemies head,
His hairy Scalp likewife,
That-ftill-walks-on devoid of dread
In his ^ impieties.
22. From Baffian I-will-bring-again,
The Lord did plainly fay ;
My-people I-will-bring-again
From bottoms of the Sea.
23. That-thou-maift-dip'thy foot in blood,
Tongue of thy Dogs likewife
May lic\the W a 11 flee; as the difperfed
forces that are purfued ; C^ J they (l)allperifli at the
Prefence of God, as thofe that are overtaken and flain.
II. the lUuflration of this Declaration of Gods Power
and his Enemies weakneffe, 1. Partly, by a twofold
elegant Similitude, vi^. fij Of Smoak_, eafily dis-
pelled. C2J Of Wax, Speedily melted, ver. 1, 2,
2. Partly, by an Antithesis of the contrary ioyand
gladnefsof the Righceous, fet forth in four ExpreS-
fions emphatically, and oppofed to the destruction
of the wicked, ver. 3. By all which its evident, That
Gods Prefence is moft destructive to his enemies,
moft falvifical to his Church and People.
II A Pathetical Exhortation or Hortatory Incitati-
on hereupon, unto the triumphant celebration of the
LORD with high Praifes and Exaltations. Here note,
I. the Hortatory Propofition. Wherein are, 1. the
Actions required or exhorted to, vi\- Singing. Sing'
ing-P films. Malting an High-way for him, (viz.prc-
pare his way, fpread bcughs,branches, &c. in it asber
fore a Conquerour coming J and Exulting. 2.The
Objeff to whom they are to be performed. viz.To God.
To Him that ridesinDefarts.ToJ AHJvzk. 4. ll.The
Arguments urging unto thefe Praifes of God, are
drawn, Firft, From Gods more General and Common
Afts of Providence, 1. To the Fatherlefs. 2. To the
Widows, v.$. 3. To the Solitary. 4. To the Cap-
tives. Which is Amplified by the contrary ftate of
the rebellious, ver. 6. Secondly, From Gods more
fpeci aland peculiar Providences towards hit own people
Ifrael, efpecially in four obfervable Intervals or Pe-
riods of time that went over them, vi-^. 1. When they
came out of Egypt, and paffed through the Wilder-
neffe Goi/marching before them , Then.atfJorf/ pre-
fence, Earth quaked, Heavens dropped; Mount Sinai
was moved, ver.7. 8. 2. When they were newly pof-
feffed of, and planted in the Land of Canaan : The
LORD refrefjjed the Land for their fakes with a Rain
of liberalities v. 9, lot 3. In the trouhlefome, un-
fetled, and diftracted times of the Judges, but Speci-
ally in the dayesof Barai^ and Deborah: The Lord
gave the word,vi^. The tidings or Matter of rejoyc-
ingand triumphing becanfe of Victories,^),! great Ar-
mypitblifiing it. Kings of the enemies Armies flying fpee-
dily, and women who ft aid at home dividing the fpoil,
ver. n. 12. 4. In the more com pofed, fetled, and
happy dayes of King David ver. 13. to 19. Here,
in this Motive or Argument inciting to the praifes
of GW, note ; f1) The Preface or Introduction to it,
In an Antethefisor Oppofitionof the better dayes of
David to rhofc throe Periods foregoing. Though ye
have lien among the Pots, i//{. blacked, fullied, &c.
with afflictions, In JFgypt, Wildetnefs, Canaan, and
in daye/ of Judges : tet henceforward ye fiall be as
Doves winter and feathers of Silver and Gitdcohur,
n/>.Ye H-all fcapeasa Dove out of former diftreflcs,
and bepartakerscfa more beauteous, joyous pm-
fperous condition under the Government of David,
v.13. C*) the Pari'hulu Argument s hereupon pro-
voking
V S A L M E. LXIX.
137
voking Ifrael to the praifes of God, viz. U Gods
victorioufnei's over his enemies, turning hi. peoples
Adverfuy into Profperity,rw white as Smw'tn Salmon,
ver. 14. 2. The Eminency and Fertility of Mount
S'lon-, Gots peculiar Hill, especially of his Church
Shadowed out by ft, v. 15. ?• The LORD'S conftant
Refidence in, and all-fiirTicienr Protection of his own
Hill Mount Sion, of his own Church, with his innu-
merable Chariots of Angels, himfelfas King and Ge-
neral being in mid'l of them,as once at Mount Sinai,
v. 16, 17. 4- Gods triumph over all his and his
Churches enemies, having its chief accomplifhment
\njESVS CHRIST; Afcending on high, viz- into
Heaven it Ce](:Capt iv ating Captivity it felf, all our
Spiritual enemies that had captivated us: Receiving
gifts fir men ; yea, fr the rebellion*, that J AH God
might dwell among them. A clear Prophecy ofChrift
Compare Bphef. 4. 8. with ver. 18.
III. A grateful exultation in God, andbleffingof
him, isconcluded upon from all the former Confi-
derations : And is further urged by enfuing Argu-
ments of like Nature. As, 1. Godt daily loading us
fi. Libera- with bleffings. 2. Gods f wonderful Salvations and
tionesab Deliverances of his people from moft defperate
ipfa morte Straits, yea even from jaws of Death. Hence that
& rebus Phrafe Emphatically -, And unto Jehovah the Lord the
deplorati- ijfues of Death, v. 19, 20. 3. Gods oppofite JufHce
fimis toti and Severity thrcatned againSt his enemies, anda-
populo gainSl every impenitent offendor:#e will wound their
fuopraeflat head and hairy Scalp,v. 21. 4. Ifraels encourage-
quaprop- ment from former eminent Victories and Deliveran-
tarvoce ces vouchfafed, according to Gods faying or Pro-
1EHOVIH mifefromO^, and the Princes ofBaflyan, zn&fiom
utitur the Depths of the Red-Sea, that in like Straits and dan-
Pfaltes gers they fhall have like Victories aud Deliverances,
pathetice, Thefe Victories and Deliverances are further illu-
strated, fi J Partly, by the great daughter of the
enemies, fo filling all with blood, that his peoples
feet, and the tong«e of their Dogs may be dipped
therein, v. 22, 23. f 2 ) Partly, by Gods being e-
minently feenand acknowledged ofhisp-.ople in his
goingsin holvneffe, or in the holy-place the Sanctu-
ary, i. e. in his Magnifical works for h'"s people a-
gainft their enemies, or in his Solemn presence
with them in his Sanctuary, v. 24. (3 J Partly, by
the Solemn Pravfes hereupon returned to God, both
wordfO^ with Vocal and Instrumental Mufick by the Singers
tfiva, I and Players of Ifrael obferving thefe goings, thefe
had rather Various Acts of God, v. 25. C\ J Partly, by the
interpret harmonious confent and applaufe of all from the
in the Fountain of Ifrael, i. e. of all Ifraelhesby natural de-
Prseter- fcenr, derived from one and the fame Fountain or
tenfewith Stock. All thefe in their folemn Congregations are
A.Rivet.- incited to bleffe God for former Famous Victories,
then in &c. And they are after particularly mentioned by
the Impe- distribution : two of the neareft Trhes,Benjamin and
rative ]udah; Two of the remotest, Zebulun and Naptali,
Mood being Synechdochically put for all the reft of the
with Jo. Tribes far and near, v. 26. 27.
Foord IV. An earned Prayer of David. Wherein note,
u Jacula I. The Petitions prefented by him to the LORD, vi^.
&haftae i.That he t having already commanded his peoples
per meto- Strength, would Still Strenthen and perfect for them
nymiam what he had fo Victoriously and Glorioufly wrought
Arundines for them, v. 28. This Petition is urged and Ampli-
dicuntar. fied, by the advantage that Shall thence enfue, vis^.
Sic apud Then for thy Temple to be builded at Jerufalem fhall
Virgil. Kings bring P 1 efent s unto thee, that is, David, Solo-
jEneid. 5. tnon, and their Princes, &c. v. 29. 2. That God
flamque would rebuke rhofe his enemies that only hypocriti-
volans cally and feignedly, not heartily fubmit themfelves
liquidisin to David. Thefe enemies he calls, (1) The company
nubibus of Reeds, or Spear-men : who had not yet laid down
arfn their weapons. Their a Spears made of Reeds, or
vid. in
Gen. I?- 2-
Fran. Jun.
in Annot.
ad?f.63>
20.
tThe
li^e Reeds. (2 J Tlie multitude of Bulls. Strong and
untamed Enemies: efpccially Rulers., fi J Calves
of t lie people; that is, thcbruiti.h and foolifh vulgm,
or common-people. All thefe feignedly fubmitted
themfelves to him with pieces of fi I ver : Or, He prays,
They may be fo rebuked that thus they miy Submit
themfelves. 3. That God would fcatter the people
that delight in war, v. 3% II. The effeff which David
promised himfclf upon Gods hearing of thefe his Pe-
titions : Then Mgypt and ^Ethiopia alfo /7m// fubmit
themfelves to God. Therefore this will be for his
honour to grant thefe requcfb: The Gentiles(\vhcre-
of thefe were part. Aft. 8. 27. . 33. 2. From Gods General Providence and Ad-
ministration over the World, (\) His Excellency,
his UluStrious Acts, Victories, and famous Miracles,
over Ifrael, being demonstrated to them. ("2} His
Power, being evidenced in the Heavens, in the
Clouds, to all the World,!/. 34. .3. From Gods fpe-
cial communicating ofHimfelf to his Church. Being
terrible out ofhkSanituar'tes, both his Heavenly and
Earthly Sanctuaries .• and giving Strength and Power
unco his People. All which is Pathetically expreffed,
(\~) Partly, Ey a hidden Apoftrophe or Turning of
hisfpeechfrommentoGod; OGod, thou art terri-
ble out of, &c. C2J Partly, By an abrupt clofing
up thefe Arguments of Gods praife, with a compre-
hensive expreffion, referring to all his praife-wor-
thy Excellencies and Acts ; Blejfed be God, verfe
35-
i-i-
-Dijiinxit arundine Fe#«*.Plinius
arundo.
Et apud Ovid. Meram.
lib, 16. Cap. 7,6. Author eft, multos arundinibus pro lanceis ufos
fuiffe, & toto orienre Arundinibus bella fuiffe gefta, &c. And:
Rivet, in Comment, ad Pfal. 6$. 30.
Pfalm LXIX.
Sett. I. the Summitry Contents.
David, I. Co.mplaines of his extream Afflictions
from his Enemies, v. 1. to 6. II. Prayes, 1. That
Gods People may not be diScouraged, afhamed or,
confounded by all his diStreffes, v. 6. to 13. 2. Ti)at
God would hear him, deliver him out of his trou-
bles, manifesting his peculiar Favour to him, v. 15
to 22. 3. That many fevere Judgements may befall
his Enemies, and the Enemies of Chrifl, v. 22. to 29*
4. That Gods Salvation may fee him up on high, v.29.
to the end.
Ppp
$eft. II-
238
V S A L M E. LXIX.
a Hcb.l fink
down in the
mudd of the
gulpb,
where no
(landing.
h Heb. or ;
am-tRtred.
c Heb. And
the flood—
d Heb. with
my- crying,
e Heb. of
my head,
f Heb. enc
mies falfly.
g Heb. Are
not my guil-
tinefles.
hHeb. O
JEHOVIH.
orjOGOD
for it bath
the points of
Elohim.
i htb.botnc
k heb. my
faces.
I heb. And I
wept j
m Heb. for
reproaches
to me.
n heb. to
them.
oHeb,
drinkers of
itrong-
drink mahjt
melodic,
viz. of me.
p Heb. in
the truth
of thy Sal-
vat ion.
q beb. the
multitude
of thy lov-
ing Kuid-
ncls or ;
kind-mcrcy
1 bet. be-
ftuek-fafl
crj be lunk-
>li>wn
(hi />, II ream-
ing- flood.
Sett. II. the Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
To-the-Mafler-of-the-Murick,HponSboJban-
tiim, A Pfalme o/David.
I.
1. TAO-thou-me-fave with tender care,
\^) ■ OGod, my woes controule :
For, entered the Waters are
Ev'n-to the very loul.
2. The're a where there it no (landing//!/?,
I fink in gulph's deep mud :
I into Deeps of Waters b paff'r,
c CTreflow me doth the flood.
3. 0 I am weary d with my cryes ;
Whil'ft for my God I waite,
My throat is burnt; faile do mine eyes.
4. Thofe that me cauflefs hate.
Are moe then haires e upon my head j
My/falfe foes ftrong are they
Ev'n tearing me : Than I reftor'd
What I took not away.
5. OGod, thouknow'ft my fooli/hnefs .•
Likewifeconreal'd from thee
g Is not myfinful guiltinefs.
6. Let them not bafhed be
For me, O LORD, that wait on thee,
h O LORD of Hoafts abroad^
Let not thy Seekers blufh for me,
O Ifrael's high God.
7.Becaufe,for thee I have * fuftain'd
Reproach and deep difgrace :
Confufion Qfo am I dijdain'd )
Hath covered ^my face
8. Unto my brethren, in my wo,
- A Stranger I became .•
Unto my Mothers fon alfo
AForreiner lam.
9. For, of thine Houfe, that doth excel,
The Zeal hath eaten me :
And their Reproaches on me fell
-That have reproached thee.
10. /I wept ; with Fafling pain'd my Soul :
And it was m my difgrace.
1 1. And Sack-cloath I my raiment made :
And I n their Proverb was.
II.
1 2. Thofe that do fit within the gate,
Ev'n they againft me fpeak :
And 0 drinkers of ftrong drink do prate,
And me their Mufick make.
1?. But r, to thee LORD make my prayer
In time of rhy good will :
God, p in thy faving rruth me hearx
In q thy much mercy (till.
i^jMc from the myre deliver thou,
And let trie not rbe drown'd ;
Me from mine haters refcue now.
From waters, deeps profound.
15. O'rcfiow nie'let not waters/flood,
Nor me the gulph devour .-
Nor fhuc her mouth the pit of mudd
Upon mc void 0) power.
1 6. LORD, hear me, for thy t mercy's good :
O turn the face tome,
According to the multitude
Of« mercies-dear in thee.
17. Hide not x thy countenance likevvife
From we.thy fervant dear :
Becaufe diftrefs y upon me lyes,
Make haft, do thou me hear.'
18. Unto my foul do thou draw nigh,
Redeem it quite fiom woes :
Do thou me ranfome, 0 mojt High,
Becaufe of allmy foes.
10. Thou my reproach,my fhame haft known,
And my di/honour here :
Tea my diftreffers every-one
Before thee Still appear.
20. Reproach hath broke my very heart,
And forrowful I am,
And Iook'd for fome to moan my [mart,
Butter not any came:
^ For comforters, yet found I a none.
2i.b Gall for my meat they gave :
And in my thirft Jharp vineger
Give me to drink they have.
III.
22. 0 let their Table in their view
c Before them be a fnare :
And for their Recompences due,
Tea for a trap fevere.
23. From feeing darkned be their eyes :
And make their loyns ftili fhak e.
24. Pour out d thine ire on them : Likewife
Let e thine hoc wrath them take.
25. Let their /fair Habitation
Bedefolare and void:
Inhabitant let there be none •
Within their Tents employed.
26. For, whom thou fmit'ft; without relief
Him perfecute they do:
Unto thy wounded-^eo/)/fj- grief
Hard things they tell alfo.
27. g To their iniquity abhorred
Give thou iniquity .
But enter let them not, 0 Lord,
Into thine equity.
28. Out of the Book of living-wen
Be they wip'd out by thee :
And with the righteous-ones again
Let not them written be.
IV.
29. But* poor and forrowing am I .-
Meup-exaltam/r/jZ/e,
O God, Let thy Salvation high.
30. God's Name withSong Flepraife:
And him Tie magnifie / with laud.
31. And this (; fhall pleafe the LORD,
Far more than Ox or Bullock young,
/That Horn and Hoof afford.
32. The meek flail fee thit, ioy fhall they .-
Te that feek God with tcares.
Your heart likevvife fhall live alway.
33. Becaufe JEHOVAH hcares
The needy ones ; And he doth not
His Prifoncrs contemn.
34. Him praife let Heav'ns, and Earth ; The Seas,
And ail that creep in them.
35. For
or ;H
kind
cHeb.
lovin]
nefs
u beb. thy-
bowel-
mercys
x hib. thy
faces,
ybeb. to mc
% btb. \ni
comforter*,
a Heb. not
b Heb. And
or 1 Bur,
cbrb. To-
their-fices
forafnaxe,.
d Heb. thy."
detefting-
ire
e Heb. the.
burning-
wrathoiftij
nofe.
f Heb. «■»
caftle
Palace, 8tc«
fa ire and
orderly
built
g Hf> upoa
er. for.
hHfft.pcore
afflicted.
i He.';, with
confelfion.
k U ,7i. fhall
be better to
JtHOVAH
1 Heb. horn-
ing, parting
hoof.
P S A L M E LXIX.
239
m Ueb. will
build.
n Heb. the
lovers of bis
Name ill all
dwell in it.
o Pfalmus
hie vicefi-
mo fecun-
doatfinis
ert./o.
Calv. in
Arg. Pfal.
69. Et
port eum.
Hen. Mai-
ler, in Arg.
Pfal. 69.
P Vid. Jo.
Foard in
Expof. Pf.
69. Tem-
pus.
q Jn.Foord
in Expof.
Vf.69.
Tempus
t.Hen.
Ainfvt>. in
Contents of
¥f.69.
35. For, God his Sion dear will favc,
And Judah's Cities m rear:
They it for heritage fhall have,
And fhall inhabit there.
3,6. Likewife his (crvants faithful feed
Shall)?/// poffeffe the fame :
And they n therein fhall dwell indeed
That love his holy Name.
Sc&. III. The Kinde^Venman^ and
Occafion &c
This Pfalm is of Mixt Nature; A Prayer, inter woven
with fundry Propbecies.lt is,as fome have well obferv-
ed o,near ofkjn toPf.22.Tnat it is a prayer, \s evident by
the whole current of the Pfalm; A Prayer of the Pl'al-
mift,involved in very deep and defperate diftreffes :
Tf)at it is alio interlaced with fundry Prophecies, is
evidentby other Scriptures. For, p here are three
evident Prophecies of Chrift, and fo applyed to him
in the New Teftament; vi^. 1. Toe ^eal of thine
Houfe hath eaten me up, ver. 9. fulfilled in Chrift,
when he zealoufly whipped the buyers and fellers
out of the Temple, Joh.2.17. 2. The reproaches of
them that reproached thee, have fallen upon me, ver.
9. fulfilled in Chrift, Rom. 15-3. 3- They gave me
alfo Gall for my meat, and in my thirft they gave me Vi-
negar to drin^, v. 21. This was verified in the Pfal-
mift Metaphorically, his Enemies aggravating his af-
flictions to him, and making them as bitter as gall;
but in Chrift Literally and Hiftorically, Mat. 27.34.
48, John 19. 28, 29,30. Again,here is one Prophecy
of Judas the Traytor ; Let their Habitation be defolate,
let there not be an Inhabitant in their Tents, ver. 25.
applyed to Judas, AZf.i. 2j. Further,here isano-
ther Prophecy; Let their Table become a fnare before
them, and for thin recommences, for a trap. Let their
eyes be darkned that they fee not, and make their loyns
continually to {hake, ver. 22.23 A"d this f as the
Apoftle fhewes) is fulfilled upon the unbelieving
Jews, the Murderers of the Lord Jefus, the wrath of
Cod being come upon them to the utter maft, Rom. 11. 9.
10. 1 Thef. 2. 14, 15, 1 6. Thefe five Prophecies in
thisPfalme, are avouched in the New- Teftament : ;
befides fundry others very fitly applicable to Chrift.
And therefore we muft needs rank this Pfalme a-
mongft the Prophetical Pfalmes. And though q
fome make a doubt, whether the Pfalmift penned
this Pfalme as a Type of Chrift,or onely as a Prophet
foretelling future things, as in Pfal. 22. and Ifaiah
53. Becaufe here feems to be nothing in this Pfalme
fpoken Hiftorically of the Pfalmift himfclf, which is
ufual when he is fpoken of as a Type of Chrift .- yet
this feems to be an evident miftake; For a great
part of the Pfalme, as any intelligent Reader may
eafily obferve, touching his calamities, diftreffes,
&c. Do Literally and Hiftorically belong to the
Pfalmift, as af^r'in the Analyfis will eafily appear.
And therefore j This Praying Pfalme hath in it both
Hiftory and Prophecy : It is Petitory, Hiftorical and
Prophetical.
Penman of this Pfalme was David, as the Title
fignifies. David (the Father and Figure of Chrift}
herein complaining of hi* great afflictions, Pr ayes for
deliverance, devotes his Enemies to Deftrutfion, and
Praifeth God for the expetlid Salvation of his
Church r.
Occafion, of Davids writing this Pfalme, was in
the General, Some extream ftraits, diftreffes, and
deadly calamities whereinto he was implunged by
his many and Hating Enemies, See v. 1,2, 3,4, &c
But what Afflictions and Extremities thefe were in
V.zrti ular, is hard to determine. That it was not
penned upon Occafion of any his troubles in dayesof
KmgSaul; feems plain from v. 35. For, God will
fave S/'ort : Forafmuch as Mount-Sion was not in the
hands of the Israelites till the eighth year of King
DavtdsRiign. 2 Sam. 5. 5,6,7, 8, 9. 10. Perhapsit
wasoccafionedby theexrream ftraits he was driven
into by Abfaloms rebellion: But I dare not herein be
pofitive.
Seft.IV. The Scope.
Davids Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; 1.T0
intreatthe LORDtofave, deliver, and redeem him
from his extream Afflictions and Diftreffes, wherein
he was ready to be overwhelmed and drowned, and
whereof he pathetically complains ; 2. To hear him
fpcedily, arid to return gracioufly unto him. 3. Bur
to devote his Enemies to the heavy Indignation and
CurfeofGod. In all which David, by the Spirit of
Prophecy, is carried beyond his own cafe and con-
dition to fpeak Prophetically o( the fuffe rings of Chrift
for his Elect, asallb of Gods heavy Jdgements upon
Judas for his Treachery, and upon the Jews for
their cruelty againft the Lord Jefus Chrift .- Davidin
his diftreffes being a notable Type of Chrift in his
furTerings, and Davids Enemies, fhadows of Chrifts
Enemies, Judas and the malicious Jews.
Sett. V, The Analyfis , or Principal
Parts.
The Title of this Pfalme hath in it. 1. The Directi-
on of it as to the Mufick ; To the Mafler-Mufician upon
Shofl>annim. that is, Six-ftringed-Infiruments : as the
moft judicious interpret it. See Title of Pfal. 35. This
word is found in the Title of Pfal. 45. and 69. and
80. and not of any other. 2. The Penman of it;
David.
The Pfalme it felf contains.
I. Davids Jad and lamentable complaint to God3
touching the extremity of his diftreffes and afflicti-
ons from his Enemies , verfe 1. to 6. Wherein
note,
i.HU fuddainS: abrupt crying out to God,as being
even ready to be drowned and fwallowed up ; Save
me 0 God, ver. 1. As the Apoftle ready to fink in
theftorm; Lordfavem, weperifh, Mat. 8. 25.
2. Hit Aggravating and Amplifying of his Com-
plaint Emphatically many waies. As, t. fiytheex-
tremity ofhis Dangers and Diftreffes, fuggefting the
neceffity of his crying out and of Gods helping him.
Thefe diftreffes are elegantly reprefented under the
Metaphors of fjr) Waters coming in unto the Soul. As
when one is drowning and can hold his breath no
longer, the waters enter as into his heart, and kill
him, ver. 1 . (2} The mud of a gulf, wherein bejinkj,
andtheresnoftanding. 3. Deeps of waters, into which)
he it paffed. As into whirle-pooles, &c. 00 A
Flood overflowing him, v. 2. 2. By the vehemen-
cy ofhis crying to his God for fuccour, and waiting
for him, in thefe his extremities. (0 His crying
to God was fo fervent, that thereupon, He was wea-
ry ; His throat was burnt up as it were with drynefs.
(Y) His waiting for God was fo intentive, that hit
eyes failed him, v. 3. 3. By the multitude, power,
and violent injurioufnefs, of his haters, deftroyers,
enemies .- As inftrumental caufes of all thefe his mi-
feries, v. 4. By his ingenuous and humble acknow-
ledgement ofhis finnes, foolifhnefs and guiltinefs, fSoVata*
which are far different from thofe ofhis enemies,i/er. blus Calv.
$. Or this may he a kind of an f Appeal to God ("who Jun.Foord,
knew all his foolifhnefs and guiltinefsj how caufe- Ainfworth,
lefly the Enemies charged fuch and fuch Sinnes up- tfyc on
on him. Pfal. 69. 5
II. Davids requeft unto the Lord of Hoafts, the think the
God of Ifrael, upon his former complaints, and the words
grounds thereof, which requefts are Supplicatory, may be
Petitory, 2nd Imprecatory. expound-
1. Hit Supplication for Gods people, That wait upon ed.
God
240
P S A L M E. LXX.
Godand feekhi.n, are; That thcymay notbeany
Way difcouraged, afhamed or confounded, by all
thisdiftrefs that had befallen him. What ever he
Offered he would not have the Church or glory of
God prejudiced thereby, ver. 6. 1. Becaufe, all this
reproach and frame that hath covered him, even
from his neareft Allies is for Gods fake, u 7, 8. 2.
Becaufe, his fervent Zeal to the houfe of God had fo
eaten him up, that the Reproiches of them that re-
proached God were fallen upon him , ver. 9. 3. Bfcaufe
his moft devour arid Religious Exercifes, vi^. Weep-
ing, Affllfing hii Soul with falling, and putting on of
Sackcloth, were turned upon him as his Reproaches,
and he became a Proverb to them,v. 10. 11. So that
theMagiftratesand the Rulers that fate in the Gate
/pake againft him; And the Drunkards made Songs
of him, ver. 12. 4. Becaufe in all this his indignity
cad upon him for GodsCaufe, he fled to God by
Prayer, i>. 13. And fo he paffeth from Supplicating
fororhers ro Petitioning, for himfelf.
2.His Petitions for himfelfv. ig.ro 22. Here, having
(by way of Preface,) declared unto the LORD, That
againft all thefe fiifferings he betook himfelf to God
by prayer in an acceptable time, he Petitioneth, I.
For audience in his Prayer. Urging tin's, r. From
the multitude of Gods Loving-kjndnefs. 2. From the
7ruth of hit Salvation, that is, from the true Promife
of Salvanon from extremities made to him. Or,
Saving Truth. Or, faithful Salvation, v. 13. II. For
Deliverance out of all his Diflrefles, and from his E-
nemies, pathetically mentioned again, as formerly
in his complaint, vi%. 1. From the Mire,thiz he fink
not. 2. From bis Haters. 3. From deep Waters:
That the Water-flood over-flow him not, nor the Deep
fwallow him up. 4. From the Pit, That it (hut not
her mouth uponhim,v. 14,15. III. For Hearing of his
Prayer again and again. For hearing fpeedily. Be-
caufe his Loving-kjndnefs is Good. IV. For manifefta-
tion of Gods peculiar favour to him, vi%. 1. Turning
to him. According to the multitude of his Bowel-
mercies. 2. Not hidingbis face from him. Being his
fervanr. Being in trouble, v. 16, 17. 3. Drawing^
nigh unto his Soul, ver. 18. V. For Redemption and
Deliverance, again. And this; 1 Becaufe, of his e-
mies, v. 18. 2. Becaufe, the LORD exactly knew
and beheld all his Ignominy and Adverfaries, ▼. 19.
3. Becaufe, Reproach had broke his heart, and he was
full ofheavinefs. 4. Becaufe, in thefe his diftreffcs
he found none to condole or comfort him, ver. 20.
5. Becaufe. his adverfaries were fo far from lighten-
ing his diflreffes,that they aggravated them, giving
him in his Tloirft Gall and K/ne£<*r,Proverbial fpeeches
This was Metaphorically fulfilled in David. Litte-
rally in Chrift, Math. 27. 34, 48. Mark. 15. 23. John
19- 28,29.30. with ver. 2 1, In thefe fhort and reitera-
ted Petitions we have a very lively reprefentation of
the extremity and grievoufnefs of his Afflictions.
3. His Imprecation againft his Enemies. Here, by
a Spirit of Prophecy, not of Revenge or Malice, he
devotes them to many fad and fevere judgements of
God.- vi^. l.That, their Table maybe for a Snare,
Recompences, and for a Trap before them, ver. 22.
2. That, their eyes (~efpecially the eyes of their un-
derftandingsj be iarkned that they fee not. This is
fadly fulfilled upon the unbelieving Jews, John 12.
39>.4o. Alls 28. 26, 27. 2 Cor. 3. 14,15. 3. That,
their loins be made continually to fbak?, ver. 23. Bow
down their back^alw ay. ('as the Apoftle renders hj
Rom. 11. 10. This imports their conftant mifery,
bondage, and ftavery : as the contrary going upright
notes freedom from fuch yoke, Levit.26.13. 4.
That, Gods det efting-ire may be poured out upon them,
undthe burning-wrath of hit noftrils may take them,
vi^. That they may be fwallowed up of Gods fier-
cest wrath, ver. 24. 5: That their Habitation be de-
folate, and noinbabitantintbeir Tentstver.2$. This
had alfoa particular accomplHhment in Judas the
Traytor, Alls 1. 20. And all thefe imprecations are
urged home by a Reafon infertcd, drawn from the
cruelty of his enemies ; Perfecting whom God had
'mitten, and grieving whom God had wound-
e,^'. ver.' ?6' 6' Thar, iniquity may be added to
their iniquity ; that is, either they may be given up
to a Reprobate mind, Rom. 1. 24, 28. 1 Tbef. 2. i5.
Rom. 11. 8. Mattb. 23. 32. or, by iniquity may be
meant punifljment, for-iniquity, as Pf 31. 10. that is,
add one punifhment-for-iniquuy to another :J And
that they may not come into Gods Rigbteoufnefs, vi^.
Either, that they may not by faith in Chrift accord-
ing to theGofpel be partakers of Gods Rigbteoufnefs,
Rom. 10. 3, fac. Mat tb. 6. 2,2,. Phil. 3. 9. John 12.
39> 4°- Or, That they may not be reckoned among
the Righreous, Pfal. 1.5. 7. That they may be blot-
ted out of the Book[ofLife, and not be enrolled among the
Right e out, ver. 28. All thefe dreadful and direful
curies here imprecated, are accomplifhed and fal-
len moft heavily upon the Jews, Rom. 11. 7, 8,9,10.
John 12.39,40. Ails 28.26,27. 1 Tbef. 2. 14. 15, 16.
and fome of them upon Judas, AH. 1. 20. For their
enmity againft Chrift.
III. Davids cloftng up of this hit Prayer, with an
earneft Petition ; That Gods Salvation may fethim
uponhigb. (Herein Chrift alfo may be thought to pray,
That he may triumph on the Crofs, mayberai'fed
from the dead, and may afcend up on high into
Heaven it felf &C,J Thisrequeft is urged, I. From
hisprefent diftrefied Condition ; lam poor-affliHed
and forrowful, veY. 29. 2. From the praifes and
thankfgivings(more acceptable to God then Ceremo-
nial Sacrifices^ which hereupon he fliall render to
the LORD ver. 30, 31. 3. From the joy and life that
hereupon the godly fhall be filled with all, that the
Lord heareth the poor and defpifeth not bis prifoners,
v- 32, 33- 4. From Praifes that hereupon God fhall
have in a fort from all Creatures, Heaven, Earth,
Seas and all rherein v. 34. Thefe are amplified by the
Primary Caufe thereof, vi^.Gods faving of Sion and
building the Cities of Judab, that his people may pof-
lefle thereof, inherit, and inhabit there, This im-
ports the Profperiry, peace, and fecurity of the
Church, wherewith Heaven, and Earth , and the
whole Creation is as it were affected, f.35, 3<5.
Thus this excellent Pfalm is Applicable, To Da-
vid as the Type. To Chrift as the Antitype : Davids
Afflictions and Enemies, being fhadows of Chrifts
Sufferings, Sorrows, and Adverfaries.
Pfalm LXX.
Seff. I. The Summary Content /,
David in great troubles and perils, earncflly
Prayes for fpeedy help and deliverance, To the dif-
appointmenc and confufion of his wicked enemies,
verfe 1, 2,3. But to the joy of the people of God,
ver(e 4, 5.
Seti. II. the Version out of the
Hebrew.
To-the-Afifter-MuC\cim, A Pfalme of
Da vid for-to-CAufc-remembrance.
i.(~\ God, a pleafc for-to-fet-mc-frec
V./ LORD, tomyluccour haftc.
2. Let them bafh'd and afhamed bt:
That feck my Soul to w.-ille ;
OLct
a Het>. for-
to deliver-
ing. Orj for-
ro riil-me-
free. Supp'y
out of Pfdt
40, 14. Bc-
l>l.-alcd,
P S A L M E LXXVIII.
241
b kb. Lee
rhem-be-re
turned back
ward.
O let them blufli and back retire,
That r/i mine ill delight.
3. b Let-thcm-turn back for tlieir flumes hire
That-fay, Ah, Ah, with fright.
4. Thy feekersall rejoyce fliail they,
And joy in thee above ',
And God be magnify'd, ftill fay,
Who thy Salvation love.
5. But I am b Poor and needy made,
Iffl.acT" To me God ' ,wft-a wa >'
Thou my Deliverer and mine Aid :
O LORD do not delay.
d Fran.
Junius,
Joan.
Calvintti
Hen. Mol-
lerusfiuil.
Amefius,
Joan.
Foord,Hen.
Ainfwonh,
Simeon de
Muk,'fyc.
in Ff.70.
e Joan.
Foord.in
Expof.
PJal. 70.
\ .
SeU. III. The Kind, Penman } and
Occafion.
This fliort Pfaltn is A Prayer. And it is evidently
part of Pfalm 40. and of the fame Argument : For
Ppi/, 40. 14.ro the e;;rf,fully agrees in fence, and al-
moft in the very words, with this Pfalm, as he that
is acquainted wirh the Hebrew, may by comparing
of themeafily difcern. And this alfo is noted by
many learned Authoursrf. The repeating alio of
thefe verfes here, out of Pfalm 40. inclines divers
of them to think, That David made ufe of this, as
attufualForm of Prayer, as his Ephod, orashisile-
membrancer carried about with him, when he was in
great perils. And that others alfo might make ufe
of it in like cafes. This they incline the rather
to, partly, becaufe it isentituled ; A?falm for-to-re-
cord, or For to-caufe-remembrance. partly, becatrfe
Yfal. 35.23. to the end, is of like Argument alfo.
Penman of it, was David: as the Title eviden-
cerh.
Occafion is not particularly exprefTed; But in the
General, the Nature of the Pfalm intimateth, it was
Penned when Daw^was in fome great danger and
diftreffe by rcafon of his enemies. Its thought to be
penned c upon the fame Occafion that Vfal. 40. and 6p#
were Penned ', wherein what agrees to David is fup-
pofed to befall him by the Sedition of Sheba the Son
of Bicri. 2 Sam. 20. 1, &c. after the death of Ab-
f a lorn.
Se&. IV. The Scope.
Davids Scope in this fliort Pfalm is ; To implore
Gods fpeedy help againft his enemies, in delivering
him,butdafhing their Counfels and Endeavours a-
gainfthimto their fliame, and difgrace, that fo all
thatfeek God and love his Salvation, may have mat-
ter of rejoycing and triumph in God.
Seff. V. The Analysts, or Principal
Parts,
The Title contains, 1, The Direction of the Pfalm
as to the Mufick. 2. The Denomination of if, A
Tfalm. 3. The Penman ; David. 4. The end or
ufe of it 5 For-to-caufe-remembrance. See Pfalm 38.
Title.
The Yfalm it felf hath in it.
I. Davids Petitions in his diftrefs and danger, 1.
For himfelf; That God would pleafeto deliver him
from diftreUe and danger, and make hafte to his
help,tw.i. 2. Againft bis adverfaries, feeking his
Soul and delighting in his ill. That they may be
abafhed, afliamed, blum,and be turned back as quite
difappoinred,u5
even from his child-hood, ver. 14. to 22. III. Affurxng
himfelf by Faith of deliverance from his Enemies, he
thereupon Promifeth enlarged tbankfulneffe,iw. 22.
to the end.
Se$. II. The Verfton out of the
Hebrew*
I.
ii/^\ LORD, In thee, and thy great Name,
V_/ For-fafety-hope-do-I: .
O let me not be-put-to-fhame
To perpetuity.
2. Me in thy jurfice refcue thou,
Likewife fet-thou me free :
Do thou thine ear unto me bow,
And timely fave thou me.
3. Be thou a my dwelling's Rock, whereto
I always may-refort,
Thou didft command to fave me lo :
For thou my Rock, b my Fort.
4. From wicked's hand me refcue./?///,
My-God omnipotent :
From palm of-him-that-worketh-ill,
And of the violent.
$. For constantly remain thou do'fl
Mine expectation :
Tea from mine c infancy my truft
Lord d GOD thou art alone.
6. By thee from womb I was fuftain'd.
Thou onely tookeft me
From bowels of my mother pairid:
My praife k ftill of-thee.
II.
7. As wonder I to many was :
But thou e my-Refuge ftrong.
8. My mouth fhall be hlPd with thy praife-
Thy glory all day long.
03 9
a Heb.to
me for a
Rock of ha-
bitation to
enter all-
wayef.
b HA. and
my muni-
tion.
C Heb, or ,
child-hood
&Htb.
JBHOVIH,
it bath th*
tointt of
Elohim. J
GOD.
?. AS
e hei. #r5
my ftrong
hope.
a**
p S A L M E. LXXI.
t
t
S Htb. not
ijKjreicuing
g Htb. let
therffb: co-
vered---
feeking-di-
"lisently
ti );7T). »r ,
IhiUdsclare
iHeb.thy
Salva:nn.
kHft.ct
the Lord.
JEHOAH.
it batbt-bt
tninls «f B-
lohmi.COD
1 Hefc. And
even unco--
or, and alfo
m H?/\(he\v
thine Arme.
n Htb. tb, t
{hall come.
©He'-'- is to
onhi'^h.
g. At time of mine old agefofratle
O caft me not away :
When-as mine-able-ftrength (hall fail
Forfake me not, 7/r nrn xhy trurh my God q r,c praife
coiifefs. With Harp to thee alone
I vvill-fing-Pfalm throughout my dayes :
Olfraels Holy-One.
23. And when I fhall-fing-Pfalm to thee,
My lips fhall (bout jull fait :
Moftglad likewife my Sou\fl)allbe
Which thou redeemed haft.
24. And o/thy Juftice all the day
Speak fhall my thankful tongue :
For they are bafh'd r afham d arc. they,
That-feek mineill, my wrong.
qUeb alha-
medare the
diligcnt-
fcekers of
minecvill.
cruel enemies, urging his Petitions by many Argu-
ments : And having confidence of audience, he pro-
mifeth thereupon enlarged thankfulnefle to God.
For the Forme of it, It is in the Hebrew an Vntituled
Pfalme, as many others are, without Infcription pre-
r Joan.
Foord in
tT'
F\ al.no.
Tom. 8.
u Sim. de
MuU in
Arg.ad Pf.
71-
xTfte
Pfalmus
vocem
continec
prophetsc
de ilia Re-
dempcoris
fixed. SeeonPfal. i.Seft. 3. It's the judgement of ££r
fomer, That this Pfalme was Vn-tituled ; Either, prf/V,
becaufe the Pfalmift was in Exile. Or, becaufe he ai/ j -t
Penned it, when he was in hafte and peril of his life, fylci^c
fo that he had not opportunity of prefixing any Title ^isomn;.
or fending it to the Mafter-Muficians at Jerufalem. t>us 3,7,/.
The Greek verfion hath n otwithftanding, this Title p0hal9t't.
prefixed. f0/ David, of the Sons of Jonadab, and of j-ar£ . fn
them that were firji captived. t Hierome in his Latine pfofai
Verfion, which he Comments upon, hath alfo the gjfi/x-^.
fame Title. The fame Title alfo is in the Arabicl^ j;n ,£„ '
Verfion, and in the Ethiopick, Verfion : fave that the t tfuron\
Ethiopick_hixb[ Aminadab'} in ftead off ^onrf^tfc. J Com. in
But no Title of this Pfalme is in the Chaldee Para-
phrafl. And Folengius the Monk faith ; That the
Latin Title taken out oftheOree^ every one may )udge
ought to be ranched among the Pnemes: as MuU u
hath noted. The Syriack. Verfion hath alfo another
Title, as after fhall be noted.
Penman of this untituled Pfalme is generally on all
hands acknowledged to be David. And the Matter,
Stile, and Current of the Pfalme confirm the fame,
to any judicious Reader.
Occajion of Davids Penning it , is not fo unani-
moufly agreed upon. 1. Some take ittobeameere
Prophecy of Chrift, wherein the Prophet is com-
plaining of the Redeemers Corporal Humiliation, humTiira'te
and finging of his glorious Refurreftion : So Hierome corporea
x. And the SyriackVerfion calls if, A Prophecy of the COnque-
?aj]fon and Refurrettion of Chrift. Auguftine alfo in his rcnt;s ac
Enarration upon ic, hath fome glances at the Prophe- de ejus
ticalnefkof it. And fo hath H. Ainfworthy, Bur, Refurre.
forafmuch as we finde not any pafTage in all this ft;one
Pfalme alledged and applyed to Chrift in the New gioriofa
Testament j And feting there is no expreflion of this canentis.
Pfalme that evidently Ipeaks of Chrifts Humiliation Hieronym
or Exalration Prophetically ; I fee no Cogent Reafon ;n> fit. Pf.
why we fliould conn: this Pfalme Prophetical. 2. ~0- fhn. 8
Some think it was penned by David upon Occafl-.n of v \\d.Hen.
Sauls wars againft him. Thus the Syriac\_ Verfion Ainfworth''
prefixeth a Title to it i Z Compofed of David, when Annotat.on
Saul warred againft the Houfe of David. _ And a pf.il.n\,
Yrophecy of the Paffton and Refurreilion of Chrift. But 7# 2o*. 21.
this Opinion I cannot fo eafily fubferibe to, (1) Part- 2, Syr. Ver.
ly, becaufe David here fpcaksof his diftrelles and viL'tn
enemies in his Old-age, ,Hoarincffc, when hit ftrength g^/_ pa^
failed him, ver. 9, i2. But in the time oiSauls per- gln't.Tom.
fecutions , David was in his youth and ftrength, ».inPfaL
about 3 j years old, 1 Sam. rj. 33.42.55. 55.58. -ji.Londin.
withChap. 18, &c. (2) Partly,hccauic when David 1$^.
wrote Pfalmes upon occafion of Sauls perfecutions,
he was wont much to complain of their fubtile flat-
teries and falftioods in their hypocritical and cruel
fpeeches, as Vfal. 36. 3,4. and 52. i,2,34.f% 7 j
Now as King Sauls Perfecutions befell him in his ffen.Mal-
youth, (o Abfalom's confpiracy came upon him in his /<>,•. ,„ Arg.
old-age ; vi^. <\j years after Davids hrft Annointing lic{\>f, 7 1.
by Samuel, 2 Sam. is.7. * rather than 40. years siin.de
after the beginning of Davids reign, who reigned but Mi(ii in
40 years in alL f 2 J Becaufe the Argument of this jrg.lfyl.
Pfalme feems notably to agree to the fad (Tory of b See the
Abfuhmv rebellion, 2 Sam. 15. which being railed by i,yjC £,,.
his own fon, by his foil whom he loved fo cxcclhvely, g[jfl, Annot.
and th.tr in Davids old-age when his fon Ihould have „„ 2 Sam.
beenaftren^ih air.l comfort to him, wounded and xeinrcndedin this Prayer is: To
intrcat the LORD that he may not be confounded by
thisinfurreetionofylt/d/o/n, nor be forfaken of God
in his hoary old-age, but delivered and faved from
all his wicked enemies and the diftrefles they had
brought upon him, verfe 1,2,9.18. and confufion
rather brought upon his enemies, verfe 12,13. And
hereupon many Praifes might redound to God, ver,
22,23,24.
Se&. V. The Analyfis^ox: Principal
Parts,
In this Pfalme are, 1. A Petition. 2. Arguments
freffingit, 3. AConclufion.
I. The Petition of the Pfalmift, is laid down and
repeated again and again in variety of ex prefhons,
verje 1,2,3,4, 9. 12, 13. but for Subftance all a-
mounting to this; That he may be faved and delivered
now in his old-age from all his cruel enemies, b) Gods
AU-fufjicient andfpeedy relief.
lit hk Arguments whereby heenforceth this his
requeft, concern more immediately, i. God; 2. His
enemies; 3. The Pfalmift himfelf Petitioning. I. The
Arguments, more peculiarly concerning God-, are drawn
1. From the faithfulnefle of God, not failing them
that put their truft in him, fo as they mould be put to
confufion, verje 1. 2. From his righteoufneffe, vi^.
his perfect equity, goodnefie, and faithfulnefie,
Principal caufes of deliverance, verfe 2. 3. Fromthe
fubordinate caufe , vi^. Gods giving Command-
ment (vi%. to his Angels, as Pfal. 91. \l. ) to fave
him, apprehended and apply by his Faith, ver. 3. 4.
Frow Gods former works and dealings towards Da-
vid. Here note, ( 1) His Tranfition to this Argu-
ment by Repetition of his Requeft to be delivered
from the hand of the wicked, of the unrighteous and
cruel man, ver. 4. f 2 J The Argument it felf, vi^.
Gods fuftentation of him from the wombe, yea Gods
taking him our of his Mothers Bowels : both of them
miniftring to him matter of expectation and confi-
dence in God from his youth up. 3. The Amplifi-
cation of thefe experimented favours, Partly, by his
continual praife promifed to God for the fame, ver.
5, 6. Partly, by the wonderfulnefle of Gods ftrong
cVid.Fmn. and fafe protection of him. c God was fuch a fafe
Jun.inAn- Refuge to him, that many, or the mighty-ones, did
not.adPf. wonder athim,i/er/e7. ( Some make this an a ggra-
7 '* 7- C^J* vation of his affliction, which was fo grievous, that he
Jo.Calv. vyas as a prodigy and wonderment to many thereup-
Com. in Pf. on, &c. but the former interpretation feems to agree
7i'7« morefitlyto the Context forgoing and following. J
Partly, by his.defire to have his mouth filled with
Gods praifes and honour all the day, v. 8. Partly-,
by his eanell requeft to God who had fo fuftained
him in his youth, that he would not now caft him a-
way in his old-age, nor forf.ihj him when his ftrcngth
failed him, ver. 9. II. The Arguments more immedi-
ately concerning his enemies, are propounded and am-
plified. i.Fro^Knieafjnfundry'Particulars, defcri-
bing their evill deportment againft him, w?„.(T) They
fpeak againft him. (2) They lay wait for,or watch
hisSoul, ("3) They confuk together, to perfecute
and take him, as if God had forfaken him, and there
were none to deliver him.
This was very difhonourable to God, v. io,n. 2.
Amplified Ci J By his Petition hereupon for himfelf,
That Godwou'd not be far from him,but make hafte
to his help, v. 12. ft J Byhis imprecation againft
hisenemies, v. 13. III. The Arguments more Jpeci al-
ly concerning the Pfalmift himjelf, arc i 1. His continual
hope and expectation of help from God. 2. Htire-
folution hereupon to praife the Lord more and more,
and to (f>ew forth his righteoufnejl and Salvation
all the day, as not knowing the numbers thereof, verje
14,15.3.//;* integrity in praifmg the Lord. He will
enter upon this work, not in his own, but in Gods
ftrengrh. And he will mention, not his own, but
Gods righreoufneffe only, v. \6. 4. His former
comfortable experience of Gods teaching him from
his child-hood, fo that hitherto he had declared his
wondrous works, v. 17. Therefore now inhisoW-
age andhoarinefi, he intreats God not to forfa1(ehimt
till he had (l)ewed his Arme to this Generation, and hit
power to the juture, v. 18, Thefe former experiment-
ed benefits of God are elegantly amplified, fij
Partly, By the high righreoufneffe and great acts of
God, wherein God is altogether unparallel'd, v. 19.
(2) Partly, by an Oppofition, betwixt the great and
lore troubles which God had fhewed him; and
Gods deliverance of him out of them all, reviving him,
returning him Jfom the deeps of the Earth (as it were,
the deep Graves or Pits of troubles, J increafmg
h'u greatnefi, and comforting him on every fide, ver.
20, 2 f.
lll.Tfje Gratulatory Conclufion of this his Prayer,
wherein, alluring himfelf by Faith of Deliverance
from his enemies, hepromifeth enlarged thankful-
nefs unto God thereupon. Here note, i.Histhanl^
ful Praijes promifed to the Lord, And to be perform-
ed (1 J With Jnftruments of Mufick, Pfaltery and
Harp; (2) With voice of tinging; (% J With rejoy-
cing of Soul ; And ("4 J with conftant difcourfing all
the day long. 2. The Grounds or Reafons of all this
his thankfulnefsto God, i^.Gods Truth; Gods re-
deeming his Soul ; Gods Righteoufnefs, in the con-
fufion and fhame of his enemies that fought his hurt,
v. 22,23,24.
rfalm LXXII.
Seff . I. The Summary Contents.
David, I. Praying for King Solomon, intreats God
to give his judgments and righteoufnefs, v. 1. II.
Vrgetb this requeft by many Arguments. For,
hereupon , 1. The Government of the Kingdom
fhall be well managed, v. 2, 3,4. 2. HisSubjects
fhall fear God, rejoyce, andflourifh, v. 5,6, 7. 3.
The Kings Dominion fhall be enlarged, his Revenew
increafed, hisCompaflions exercifed towards the af-
flicted, His life and profperity prolonged, ver. 8.
to 16. 4. The plenty and profperity of the King-
dome fhall be augmented, ver. 16. 5. The Glory
and Renown of the King fhall be advanced, ver. 17.
III. Blejfed God moft affectionately, in confidence
his former requefts (hall be granted, v. 18, 19. Thefe
things agreeing to Solomon's Kingdome, mthcType:
To CHRISTin the Truth.
Seft. II.
244
P S A L M E. LXXII.
iUeb. King
b b cb. to.
cH.&.lIull
break-fmal
the fraudu-
lent oppref-
for.
dUeb. they
Hull feare
thee, wirh
the Sun and
before the
faces ot the
Moone.
cheb. The
difperfed
m culture of
the Earth
fHeb. until
the Moon
be not.
SeU. II. The Verfion out of the Hebrew.
For Solomon.
i. /''"VGod, unto the a Royal-one
VJ Thy judgments give do thou :
And ion theKrog'ste/oiWSon
Thy righteoufnefs beftow.
2. that, he with juftice (furnifh'd (o)
May judge thy people dear :
Thy-poor-affli£ed-ones alfo
With judgement pure and clear.
3. The Stately Mountains flrall-bring-forth
Unto the people peace.
Hillsalfo, Pe. Of corn wa very little crop
There fhall be in the Land,
Which fJtall upon the dryefl top
Of barren moumaines/rW,
17. His name 0 before the Sun fhall flay
His name be p ever fhall
And in him blefs-themfelves-fhall-they :
Him blefs fhall Nations all.
18. Now bleffedbe the LORD think, Chrift may here be called, Solomon: >j2.
as elfewhere he is called David, Hoj. 3.5. Erek- 34- x Ethic
23. andyj. 24, 25. This is therefore a Praying Pro- Pfalmus
phecy, or Prophetical Prayer. proprie
ad Chrif-
tum refertur. Solomon quippe Pacificus : & Pacificus eft. Chrif1
tus. &c. Hier.Com.inTit.Pfal.i\. Videaturietiam Aug. Enarr at
in Pf.71. Tit. y H. Ainfworth in his Annot. on Pfal. 72.
Penman oth wasDavid, as is intimated, ver. 20.
^ Some think, that the matter or fubftance of the
Pfalme was uttered by David Praying for Solomon,
after his Unftion and Royal Inauguration : but that
poffibly it rtight be put into this prefent form of
words by Solomon himfelf; and the rather becaufe
the Title HO1?^1? Liftlomo may be tranflated, Oj-
Solomon-,as well as thatTitle "1 "H7 Le David,\s ufual-
Iy Tranflated of David, A%Pf.2$,26, 27, 28,3$, 37>i°?»
1385144. And yet notwithftanding,they acknowledge
David to be the Inftrumental Author of this Pfalme,
as firft uttering k : And that Solomon or fome other
committed it to writing, that it might remain upon
record, As an evidence of Solomons due Call unto the
Throne ; as a Direction to Solomonior the well-ma-
naging of his Government, and to the people how
they fhould pray for their King after Davids Pattern;
And as a Prediction or Prophecy of the Glory, Pro-
fperity and Stability ofSolomons Kingdom, all which
had their chief Aecomplifhment in Chrift Jefm the
the trueSJomon.
Occafion; This Pfalme or Prayer of D.ivid feems
to be the laft Prayer David made, v. 20. when he
was very old and ftricken in years, For-Solo-
mott.
Se8. IV, the Scope,
David's Scope intended in this Prophetical Prayer,
?s i To intreat the Lord, that the Kingdom of Ifrael ;
whereof himfelf was firft King, might be rightly ad-
miniftred, greatly profpercd and continued in So/o-
nion, confummated and perfected in Chrift , 2 Sam.
7.15. unto whom at laft in Gods appointed time the
Kingdom was devolved, Luke 1.31,32,33.
Se&. V. the Analysis ^ or Principal
Parts,
The Title of this Pfalm; Fir-Solomon i intimates
chat this Prayer was made for Solomon now newly
Anointed, and his good, profperous, and happy
Reign: but principally for the Kingdom of Chrift
figured by Solomon. Solomons name alfo is in the
Title of Pfalm 127. wherein David inftructs Solomon
in the building of the Temple, to eye and obferve
God, and chiefly to depend upon Gods help and af-
(iftance therein.
The Pfalm itfelfh A Prayer. Wherein are, 1. A
Petition. 2. Arguments urging it. 3. A Gratnlatory
Cotidufion, in confidence of the Grant of this Petiti-
on.
1. The Petition of David to God for Solomon.Where-
in he begs. 1. Gods Judgements to the King, viz. Solo-
mon, now Anointed King. 2. Gods Righteoufnefs to
the Kings fonne; that i6, Either to Solomon. Or, toSo-
tomons, Royal iffue. That the Kingdom mighc be
managed in Judgement and Juflice, according to
/■ • Gods own Laws, without errbur and unrighteoufnefs,
ver. i.
II. The Arguments, whereby this requeft ("com-
prizing the chief Intent of the Pfalm, is urged, are
divers : being as fo many excellent and defirable ef-
fects that would enfue upon Gods grant of the for-
mer Petition. For, then thefe effects would follow
in reference to the Government, Subjects, King,
Kingdom, &c. refpectively.
i. Inreference to the Government. Then, 1. The
fubjects fhall be rightly governed. Both all in gene-
ra! ; Thy People ; And the diftreffed in fpecial ; thy
poor affiled ones, v. 2. 2 . Peace fhall be eftablifhed,
and Righteoufnefs throughout his Royal Dominions.
Or, Peace by Righteoufnefs fhall flourifh. See Pfal.
8$.io.Thus Chrift is King of Righteoufnefs and Peace
Heh. 7. 2. and his Kingdom confifts in Juflice, Peace,
and Joy, Rom. 14. 17. Though Mountains and Hills
are more barren than Valleys, yet by execution of
b Vid.diH- Juflice they fhall become fruitful ; Thus fome. But b
genter Jo. /owe thus: Mountains and Hills, wherein are Woods,
Dens, Caves, and fuch lurking places, beingufually
Receptacles for Thieves and Robbers, infefting the
Countrey roundabout, whence partly they are cal-
led Mountains of prey, Pfal. 76. 4. yet even thefe
Mountains and Hills, &c. fhall be fo fubdued that
thence no injuries from Thieves or wild Beafts fhall
annoy them.An eminent Indication of perfect Peace,
v. 3. 3. Thofe that are wont tobemoft injured and
opprefled, viz. The poor-affiiifed, and children of the
needy, fhall be relieved againft their oppreflions .• and
their fraudulent Oppreffors broken fmaU,ver.^.
2. In reference to the Subjects. His righteous Go-
vernment fhall produce thefe fweet effects, vi^. 1.
They JJiall fear God throughout all Generations. Thus
true Religion fhall be continually promoted and pro-
pagated, &c. ver. 5. 2. They (hall Rejoyce. in their
King and his Adminiftrations, asrJi* Meadows new-
Foord in
Exp. Pfal.
72.3.
mown in the fhowres, and the Earth in the difper-
fed moifture of rain, v. ^-Compare herewith 2 Sam.
23.4. Prov. 19. 12. Hof. 6. 3. 3. The righteous (halt
flouriff) and profperin his dayes continually,aw.7.
3. In Reference to the King Himfelf. 1. His Domi-
nion fhall be enlarged, vi^. from Sea to Sea, i. e.
from the Mediterranean Sea to the Perfidy Sea. And
from the River Euphrates ro the Ends of the Earth.
This was promifed to Abraham, Gen. 15. 18. To Ifra-
el, Exod. 23. 31. Dm. H. 24. and toDavid,ash pro-
bable from Pfal. 89. 25. And Solomon after Davids
death po'Teffed this, 1 Kings 4.21. 2Chron. 9.26.
This enlarged Dominion of Solomon and his Succef-
fors, was a Type of Chrifls Dominion over all the
Earth, according to Zechariah's Prophecy in the
fame words, Zech. 9. 9, 10, 1 1. Yea they that dwell
in dry places, asDefarts,&c. fhall in token of fubjecti-
on bow before him. And his enemies fl>alllickjhe duff,
i. e. teftifie their great fear and fubjection, by bowing
their faces ("after the manner of the Eaftern Coun-
treysj to the very Earth, ver. 8, 9. 2. HisSubfidies
and Royal Revenevv fhall be augmented, from for-
reign Kings and Nations, by their Gifts and Prefents,
v 10, 11. 3. He fhall be very careful, tender and
companionate over the needy, poor-afflicted and
fuccourlefs, againft all their enemies deceit and vio-
lence, v. 12, 13, 14. 4. His Life fhall be prolonged,
his Wealth increafed, and He fjhat is, every one
fubdued to him)ft>all continually pray for him and blefs
him, ver. 16.
4. In reference to the Kingdoms, Then there fhall be,
1. Abundance of plenty even in the barren Moun-
taines. 2. a Multitude of fubjects profpering. They
of the City. i. e. his Citizens, fhall flourifh as the grafs
of the earth, ver. 16.
5. In reference to the Kings Name,Renown andGlory.
This fhall be fo great, that ; i.His Renown fhall be
countinued and propagated as long as the Sunne.
2.- Men fhall blefs therafelves in him : as happy in
fuch a King. 3. All Nations fhall blefs him. This
hath its full Accomplifhment in Chrift, Gen. 12. 3.
and 22. 18. Andfo have moft of the foregoing paf-
fages,whofe chief aim and tendency is to Chrift, v.17.
III. TbeGratulatoryConclufion: wherein David, in
confidence of his hearing and granting the foregoing
Prayer, moft affectionately blefleth God. 1. Deferr-
ing him -, as, CO The LORD God. ("2.) The Go^of
Ifrael. ( 2} The only Worker of Wonders. 2.Afcrib-
ing Bleffednefs, fJi^Tohim. ("2 J To his glorious
Name for ever. 3. Defiring that the whole Earth may
be filled with \i\sGlory. 4. Clofing up this his laft
Prayer with Amen and Amen, v. 18, 19. And thus this
Second Book, of Pf times fas the Firft, Pfal. 41. 13. J
is concluded with Amen and Amen.
Hereunto is fubjoynedC whether by David him-
felf, or by Solomon, or by E\ra, or fome other, who
after their return from the Babylonifh captivity,
Collected the Pfalmes into one Volume, and diftri-
buted them into Five Books,as we now have themQ
The Prayers of David the fonof Jeffe are ended, ver.
20. Not, that there are after this, Pfal. 72. no more
Prayers of David recorded in the whole Volume of
Pfalms ; For there are divers afcribed zoDavidby
the very Titles of them. As Pfal. 86. 103,108,109,
124, 131 ,138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143,144,14s. But,
either becaufe this Subject-matter of Chrifts Kingdom,
typed out by Solomonsjs the laft whereof he Prophe-
cied,and for which he prayed.as t Pet.1.10,1 1. Or be-
caufe this Pfalm was the laft of Davids prayers made
after heliadcaufed Solomon tofit on the Throneas
King in his fight, or after he had given him charge
about the affairs of the Kingdom. See-* Kings 1. 48.
and 1 Kings 2. 1, 2. &c.to 10. But why thhlaft Pray-
er of David was not fet laft of all the Pfalmes pen-
ned by him, fee fome probable conjecture c formerly
mentioned.
After this Pfalm the Syriack Verfion d adds ; The
End of the Second Booki The Tliird Book;
R r r
-123
c In the
Preface
before the
Beginning
of the
Pfalms,
Sett. IV.
towards
the latter
end there-
of.
d In Bib!.
Polyglot,
poft Pfal.72
246
P S A L M E. LXXIII.
■**» *i» «&» *&♦ <&» «&» *&» «>¥♦ . «&» «•• *£» •*• «*» **» ««*
«$» . «*• «*• . or For
Afjph. To
Afaph.
« Hth. Good
bHtb. all.
molt no-
thing lucked,
but my feet
hiil t waved
a fide.
C Heb. flip-
ped out, «r ;
been pouicd
our.
d Htb. vain-
glorious-
fools.
c Uth not in
the ir.olefta-
ti in of lorry
man.
(Hib. There-
fore.
£ Hrl. or,
covcreth.
hlW. the
imaginati-
ons.
i htb- with
wickednefs.
k b b. from
alofr.
1 Heb. theni-
fore.
m HI. of a
(till tup.
n H\rebuke) 15. If I fay. Thus will I declare :
in the mor- Lo, trefpafs-faithlefly-I-fhould
°lnS* Againft the Generation dear
Otallthy tonnes both young and old.
q Hf b. to
know.
16. It was too painful in mine eyes,
When I thoughc this q to apprehend.
17. Till I went to God's Sanctuaries .•
And did confider their Iail-end.
18. Affuredly thefe wicked-ones
In flippery-places fet-thou-haft •'
To utter defolations
Them ta///e/Zydown-thou-haft-caft.
ip. Todefolation-marvellous
How as in moment are they brought?
How fpent ; with terrours-troublous
How are they quite-confurcfd to nought.
t Heb. from- 20. Like-as a Dream r when one-doth-wake .
awaking. OLord, /when-f/;<>H-doft-up-arife,
Their image vain (in which they take
Such pleafure here j thou fhalt defpife.
21. Sure, leavened mine heart did grow :
And pricked in my reins I was.
22. And brutifh I, and did not know :
As Beafts I was with thee alas.
III.
23. Yet I with thee alwayes abide :
Ey my right-hand thou holdfi-me-fafr.
24. Thou with thy Counfel fhalt me guide
And me to glory take t at-Iaft.
f btb- in ri
iing-up.
t beb. after-
wards.
U bed ("as Au^ujline b notes ) he undo flood that before quoniam
all things which God gives both to good and bad, and ipfe Afapb
pmetimes takes away both from good and bad-, before all &compo-
thefe things be keeps fmething for the good : what £eej>.r iuit &
be for them? Himfelf, &c. cantavit.
a Joan.
Calvin in Arg.&Ttt. Pfal 73. Joan. Foord in Expof. Pfal. 73. AU'
thor. b Poftea ifle intellexit quid cum admoneret Deus
qusrere, cum ifta temporalia fubtraheret fervisfuis, &donarec
ea inimicis fuis, blafphemis, impiis: admonitus intellexit, quia
pis omnibus, quae dat Deus & bonis & malis, & aliquando auferc
& bonis & malis, pra; omnibus fervat aliquid bonis. Quid
illis fervat? feipfum Audi recordantem & pamitentem qui
erraverat, putandoDeum non bonum, quia dat bona terrens
malis, & aufert ilia a fervis fuis. Intellexit enim quid Deus
fervarct fervis fuis, ■& cogitans , feque caftigans ertfpit hoc mo-
do ; Quam bonus Dem Jfael, Aug. Enarrat.in Pfal. 7 2. pj $o
751. Tom.8.Bafil. 156$,
Se&.IV. The Scope.
The Scope of the Holy Ghoft in this Pfalme, is3 to
declare and reach. Gods people ; That God doth and
will deal well with his Church and people of a clean
heart, butcontrariwife with the wicked : although
fometimes his own people in a Cloud of Temptations
can hardly fee this, but are ready to judge the con-
trary, beholding the great profperity of the wicked,
and contrary adverfity of themfelves, the Church,
and people of God, v. I. &c.
Seel:. V, The Jnalyfis , or Vrincifd
Farts.
ThcTttle fignifies to us two things, vi^. 1. The
Denomination of this Pfalme, "11Q1Q Mizjnor, A
Pfalme in reference to the Manner of Penning ft in
Rythme, or of tuning it on ftringed Instruments e. „ .
2. The Penman of it, oratleaftthe Mafler-Mufician c 5 the
to whom it was directed, as to the Mufick of it, A- tPac*.
faph ; A Pfalme of Afapb : or, A Pfalme for A- b
The Subflance of the Pfalme it felfhathinit, I. A
Conjeffion or Declaration. 2. Afore temptation,
3. The villory over this temptation.
I. A Confeffion or Declaration cfGois goodnefl to hit
peoplepeculiarly, what ever be their outward conditi-
on in this world. Herein note 1. The manner of ac-
knowledging this, vi^. very abruptly ; yet, or Sure-
ly—Its fpoken by the Pfalmift on a fuddain as having
now conquered the Temptation,and burning outlet
God,&.c. This the refult of his victory over his Temp-
tation. The Pfalme begins, where his Temptation
ends. 2. The Matter confcffed, Gods goodnefs, i.
To
Book of
Pfalmsy
^SeilAL
T S A L M E. LXXIV.
To Tfrael. 2. To the pure in heart, to the dean in heart.
ThisExegetically fliewes whom he intends by Ifrael,
ver: 1.
II. Aftre temptation of the Pfalmift Cvea> °{tne
g:dly in the Pfalmifts perfon } defcribed, v. 2. to 1 5.
This Temptation is defcribed,
1. By the prevalency of it upon him, in fome mea-
sure, vi^. I. To bring him almoft to a defection in
his Judgment and Practice, from God and his waves.
This is fet forth in Metaphorica 1 Phrafes, of the flid-
i'U of hit feet, v. 2. 2. To perplex him with envy
arfoolifh wicked men, verfez.. Beginning of it.
2. By the Rife or Ground of the Temptation, viz.
\. The Profperity of the wicked, obfervedby him, v.2,.
This profperity of the wicked is Defcribed, and Am-
plified. 1. Defcribed particularly, (ij By their ea-
fie death, or eafie ljfe till death; no knits in their
death, or, till their death, f 2^ By their firm
ftrength and health, v. 4. C%) By their freedom
from troubles and plagues which othermen undergo,
v. 5. 2. Aggravated, By the wicked fruits and ef-
fefts of their abufed profperity, vi^. fi J Their
waxing worfe and worfe by their profperity. There-
fore, Sec. 1. Pride compaffeth them as a Chain. 2.V10'
lence covers them as a. Kobe, v. 6. 3. Their eyes ft and
out with fatnefi, have a fwelling countenance. 4.
They pajl the thoughts of the heart : i.e. they in pro-
fperity pafs the thoughts of the heart. Or. the
thoughts of the heart do pafs : i. e. their hearts
thoughts after thefe things, pafs all bounds and mea-
ftire v.j. 5. They are corrupt ; or, do cerrupt;or,do make
diffolute, viz. They corrupt themfelves or others
with fin : or they diffolve and confume with op-
preffion. 6.Theyfpeakwickedly concerning their Op-
prtfiion, glorying therein ; fet forth by three Phrafes-,
Speakingfiom aloft, Setting their mouth againft Hea-
ven, Their tongue walking though the Earth, v. 8, 9.
f 2 J Hifpeople, that is, Gods profeffed people, but
hypocrites ; or weak ones,dazIed with wicked mens
profperity, return to the wicked, and a full Cup of
temptation it wrung out to them hereupon, v. 10.
Cl) Their prophane Atheiftical thoughts of God,
as not knowing them or their dcportments,&c. v. 1 1.
All which is clofed up with an emphatical indigitati-
on of them; Behold, thefe are the ungodly, &c.v. 12.
II. The contrary adverfity of the righteous ; Making the
Pfalmift ready to think, all his Piety, Purity, and
Innocency to be in vain, v. 15, 14.
III. H'ti victory over this fore temptation, v. 15, to the
end. Where note,
l.The necefjity of oppofing and withfianding this
temptation, that he might not perfidioufly trefpafs
againft the Generation of Gods Children, ver. 1$.
2.The difficulty and ("to humane ftrength J impof-
fibility of underftanding thefe deep difpenfations of
Gods Providence, and withfianding the temptation
thereupon, v. 16.
3. The right way and means of overcoming this
temptation, vi^. I. By going into Gods Sanlluaries,
C fo the Tabernacle and Temple ftiled intheplu-
ral number, in refpeft of the three partitions there-
in) where he was armed againfl this temptation by
Gods Word read and expounded. II By attentive
confidering, according to the Word there heard, the dif-
ferent ft ate and conditions of the wicked and the godly.
1 The flare of the wicked mofl unhappy, if their
end be looked at, v. 17. For, (i) In their greatefl
profperity they ftand in flippery places, ftill ready to
fall. (2) Being caft down, 1 They are defolated, v.
18. 2 They are marvelhufly defolated in a moment.
3 They are [pent andconfumed with troublefometerrours,
v. 19. 4 They vanifft and are dejpifed as a dream
when one awakes, v. 20. Hereupon he checks, blames,
and fhames himfclf for yielding fofarto this tempta-
tion, and making a filfe judgement, about wicked
mens profperity, (the prefage rather of their ruinej
And this in fundry particulars. As, for his leavened
heart fowred with this rempration ; His envy, dij-
1 /•/•./•;, &:c. at their profperity, prhk}"g hit reins ; }
Ws folly herein ; Hisignorance ; His bruhiflwefs in the
fight of God, v. 22. 2. The contrary flate ofhim-
felfand of the godly, mofl happy: They being, not-
withflanding all their adverfity ., mofl dear to God.
Being, (1) With God continually; (2) Staid and held
fafi by Gods right-hand; (3J Guided here by Gods
Counfel ; (~qj To be received hereafter to glory, v. 23,
24« C$ J Endeared fo affectionately to God, as to
account him, His only defirable Treafure and Su-
preme good in Heaven and Earth d; His Hearts d Aurum
Rock, againfl all tailing of Soul and Body ; and His etfi fem-
Everlufting Portion, v. 25, 26. per habeo
quid
habeo? Deum fi femper habcrem, quam magnum bonum habe-
rem / Qui aliud premium petit a Deo, & propterea fervjre
vult Deo, rariusfacit quod vult accipere, quamipfum a quo vulc
accipere. Quid ergo ? nullum prxmium Dei ? Nullum prafter
ipfum, Premium Dei, ipfe Deus eft, &c. Aug. Enarrat. Pfal. 72. p.
199. C. D. Tom. Balif. 1569.
4. The happy Clofe andConclufton which he makes of
his Victory over this Temptation. Pronouncing
hereupon, 1. The wretchednefs and mine ofallthac
are Aliens to God, or Apoftates from God, ver. 27.
2. The contrary happinene of himfelf and the Godly
in Adhering to God, by drawing near to h\m, and
trufting in him, that they may praife him for all his
excellent works, ver. 28.
Pfalm LXXIV.
Se&. I. The Summary Contents.
In this Yathetii k_ Pfalme, wherein the Pfalmifl, or
Church ofGod, deeply laments the Delblauons of
GodsSan&uary and the face of Religion among the
Jews, are I. An Exordium, 1. ExpoAulating with
God, about his foredifpleafure, v.i. 2. Suppli-
cating to him for his fpeedy fuccour, v. 2, 3. II. A
Narration of the grievous calamities and ruine
brought upon the Temple, Religion, and the people
of God in regard thereof, ver. 3. to 10. III. An ear-
neft Supplication to God, for the Churches relief and
fuccour againft all her enemies, and the miferies
brought upon her. Which Supplication is prefent-
ed and preiled by many forcible and Pathetical Argu-
ments, ver. 10. to the end.
Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the
Hebrew,
I.
Afafchil a of A fa ph.
r. f> Od, why haft-caft-w*-off for ay ?
VJ" Againft thy Pafture's fheep
Why fhall thine anger fmoak alway ?
2. b Thy Church in mmd-ftill keep,
Which thou haft purchafed ofold,
Thine Heritage's rod
Thou haft redeem'd : Th'uSion Mount
Wherein chou-hadft-abode.
3. To
a Htt. or,
for Afaph,
fa Htb. Re-
men'ber thy
Congreg*-
tion.
P S A L M E LXXIV.
249
la t inns of
perpetuity
d Heb or,
againft.
e H.i-.
Openings.
FHfc Beetle
(or Twible)
and Mallecs
g heb. not a
Prophet any
morf,
hHtb. O
GOD, fhall
c Hfb.vcfo- g. jo c th' endlefs Defolations
Thy feet life fdo not tarry)
The foe to all-things ev'1-hath-done
Wirhin the Sanctuary.
4. Amidft thy Synagogues roar out
Do thy difrreffing foes :
For Signes their Enfigncs round about
Therein they do difpofe.
5. A man was ome know n-famoujly,
As ffor the Temples good)
He Axes lifted up on high
dOn thicket of the Wood.
6. But now irs e Carvcd-works, and walls
Together overthrown,
Mofljur'mujly with /Axe and Maules.
They have- qui te-bcaten-down .
7. Thy Sanctuaries they have cart
Into the fiery-flame ;
To th' Earth they hav e profan'd at lafi
The dwellings of thy Name.
8. They faid within their heart, we fhall
Make-fpoil-of them together :
They in the Land have burned all
Gods Synagogues to powder.
9* Ah ! we do not our Signes behold,
g No Prophet m among ;
Nor if there with us young or old
That knoweth well how long.
10. How long, h LORD, fhall th' enemy
Reproach and thus defame ?
The foe to perpetuity
Shall heblafpheme thy Name .*
II.
11. 0 why draw-back thine hand dolt thou3
Yea thy right hand fufpend ?
Out of i thy bofome pluc\it now
And make a final end.
1 2. For, God he if my King alone
From all Antiquity :
In mid ft of Earth Salvations
£,He-worketh migluily.
15. The Sea, thou by thy fortitude
Didft-breaking-part with wonder :
In waters, heads of Dragons rude
Thou-didft-quite-break-in-funder.
14. Heads of Leviathan fo high
Thou didft-in-pkees-beat:
To folk that dwell-in-deferts-dry
Thou gaveft him for meat.
15. Thou clav'ft the Fountain and the flood
Strong Rivers up thou dry'dft.
16. The Dav's thine, thine the night, 0 God
Thou light and Sun provid'ft.
17. All Borders of the Earth below
Thy felf-haft-fetled-faft :
The Summer and the Winter too
Ofoldkhou formed haft.
18. Remember this-, the haughty foe
Dozh flill the LORD m defame.'
Thefoolifh people have alfo
Elafphem'd thine holy Name.
19. To n wild-beafls do not any more
Thy Turtle's Soul deliver :
The Congregation ofthy poor
Forget not thou for ever.
i hth. the
inward of
thy bofome.
k heb, work-
1 Heb. thou
haft formed
the (ti.
m Heb. Re.
proach.
n Heb. or ;
wilde com-
pany.
10. Refpeft the Covenant with thy Sons :
For Earth's dark-paths along
Are fill'd with Habitations
Of violence and wrong.
21. 0 let not the oppreffed-one
Depart 0 enwrap'd-wirh-fhame:
But let the poor and needy-one
Praife thy Renowned Name.
22. Arife, OGod; Plead thou thy plea :
At laft remember thou
.,4// thy reproach, which all the day
Doth from the foolifh/rW.
23. The voice ofthy diftreffing-foes1
p Blot not from memory :
Their tumult that-againft-thee-rofe
q Afcends continually.
Seft. III. The Kind^ Tenman^ and
Occafton.
This for the Kind of it, is a very fad Lamenting
Prayer of the Church of God, in deep afflictions;
tending to inftrud the Church how to carry it, in
like cafes, in after times.
Penman, cannot certainly be determined upon.
The Subiect,Marter and Occafirm of the Pfalme may
fufficiently evince r. That ir was neither Penned by
David nor Afaph, fith the afflictions here lamented,
befell the Church long after their dayes. If David
or Afaph Penned it, it was written as a Prophecy of
troublesto come, faith one/well : If fome other Pro-
phet made it when Calamities were on Ifrael, then
it was committed to Afaph' s pofterity, the Singers,
called by their Fathers name; as Aarons Pofterity
are called, Aaron, iChron. 12. 27. unlefle we fhall
fay ("as fome t do hint ) that it was another Afaph
than him that lived in Davids time, who wrote this
Pfalme, and who faw thefe woful things acted a-
gainft Gods people in his times.
Occafion and particular time of this Pfalmes writing
is as varioufly and doubtfully fpoken of, as the Pen-
man. Some u think it was written upon Occafion of
Antiochuf Epiphanes his Prophaning and Polluting of
Zembbabels Templeby Heathenifh Idolatry, and of
his cruelty againft Gods people and Religion. Buc
againft this, Calvin s Note is obfervable; Though
Antiochus propbanedthe Temple, yet did he not burn the
Fabricl^with fire x. Some y upon Occafion ofiVe-
bucbadnerxars deftroying Solomons Temple, or^ln-
tiochm his outrage, &c. Calvin ^ fomewhat inclines
to think the Pfalmift here had refpect to both thefe
woful times. Hierome a. refers it either to the dayes
ot Nebuchadnezzar, who deftroy'd Solomons Temple,
or oiTitm Vefpafian who ruined Zembbabels Temple.
Some b more determinatively refer it to the times of
Nebuchadnezzar anc* the Babylonifh Captivity, and
towards the end of that Captivity, when they were
fadly deprived of publick Ordinances and their Pro-
phets, asisfignified, verfe 9. we fee not our Signes,
&c. As Yfal. 79. and 102. feem to be written about the
fame time. They pray for deliverance here from
the Babylonifh Captivity, as Daniel did, Dan. 9.
To this laft I molt incline, as moft agreeing to the
current of this Pfalme.
Sefr. IV. The Scope.
The Scope intended in this Lamenting Prayer, is ; 1.
To bewail the Ruine and Deflation of the Sanctua-
ry, and the face of Religion among the Jewes by
their infolent and perfecuting enemies ; 2. And to
intreat the LORD, by Arguments urged from his
own All-fufficient Power, the Enemies infolency,
His dear Childrens diftreffes, and his faithful Cove-
nant; to Couuniferate and relieve them.
S f f Seft. V.
oHfi.
alhamed.
pHti. for-
get not.
qbeb atten-
ding.
r Jo. Calvin
Com. in Pf.
74. 1 . & Jo.
Foord. in ■
ExpoC Pf.
74-
fHA'nfw.
in hisAnnor.
on Pf. 74.!.
t Hen Mol-
ler. in Arg.
Pfal.74.fc
Sim.de
Muis in
Arg. Pf7+;
u Fran. Jun.
in Annot. ad
Pf. 74-
x Joan.
Calv. in
Com. ad Pf.
74 1.
y H.Mollcr.
in Argum.
ad Pf. 74.
t Jo. Calv.
in Pf. 74* 1.
cHieronyro,
in Plal. 73.
Tom. 8.
bSim.de
Muis mArg.
ad Pul. 74.
Jo. Foord.
txpolit. Pf.
74,Tcmpiis.
:50
P S A L U E. LXXV.
cSee the
Preface
before the
beginning
of the
Pfalms
Se3. VI.
d So Jim .
inAnnot.on
Plal.74.5.
& H.Ainf.
Annot.
there.
Seff. V. The Andy foot Trincipal [
Tarts.
In'the 7»7e are laid down 1. The Denomination
ofthe Pfalme, Mafchil, i. e. An Inftrufting Pjalme.
This is C as I have formerly c noted J one of the
XW Mifhils. They are fo called, becaufe in every
one of them there is laid down fome Eminent and
Remarkable Matter of Jnftruttion to Gods Church and
People. This Pfalm injhufts the Godly about Gods
great wrath which by realon of fin may fall upon his
Church. 2. Tne name of the Penman, or of the
Mailer ofthe Mufick to whom it was direfted ; Of
Afaph, or, for Afaph.
In the Pjalme it Je//confider chiefly three parts. 1.
An Exordium or entrance into the Pfalme verfe 1,2,
3. 2. A Narration, verfe 4. to 10. 3. A Supplication,
ver. 80. to the end.
I. The Exordium, or Entrance into the Pfalme, is
Pathetical. Wherein the arrtifted Church of the
Jews, 1. Expojlulates w,ch God about his great dif-
pleafure upon his people. Wherein note, ( 1 ) The
Aftsofhisdifplealure ; Re)e 8tn g, Anger. 2. The Ob-
ject of his Difpleafure; The flteep of Gods Paflure,
Metaph. f"3J The Aggravations of it, by the con-
tinuation of it. The extremity of it; fmoakjng anger,
Metaph, ver. 1. 2. Supplicates to God, (ij To re-
member gracioufly , His Church which he had
purchafed •• His Kingdom IJrael, which he had
redeemed; the Mount Sion wherein he had dwelt,
verje 2. f 2 J To make hafte to relieve the Church
againft the Perpetual Deflations, The enemie having
done evil to all things in the Sanauary, ver. 3.
II. The Narration Explains, Ulullrates, and aggra-
vates this Calamity notably ; I. By the enemies in-
tolerable outrage and infolency, 1. Roaring in mi dfi
ofthe Lord's Congregations. 2. Setting up their Enfignes
therefor Signes,ver.^. 3. Breaking and beating down all
be curious Openings and Carved worlds with Axes &
Maules, &c. which by Solomon was Honorifically and
Sumptuoufly built. Or, In demolifhing the Temple
he was moil famous that deftroyed it moft eagerly
and furioufly d, verje 5, 6. 4.Eurning the Sanftuarie
5. Defiling the Habitation of Gods Name to the ground,
verfe 7. 6. Saying in their hearts, they fhould fpoil
them all together" 7. Burning up all the Synagogues of
God in the Land, verfe. 8. II. By Gods peoples great
lofTe and privation ofthecomfortable Means of Grace
whereby they might be fupported againft thefc Ca-
lamities, vi^. As, l. Of their Signs and Tokens of
Gods prefence Extraordinary and Ordinary , As
Sabbaths, Sacrifices, Sacraments, &c. 2. Of their
Prophets,that might foretell how long the Calamities
fhould laft, verfe 9.
III. The Supplication ofthe Church unto God for
favour, wherein, I. The Church Expoftulates with God
for permitting the enemy, 1. To reproach and blaf-
pheme his Name fo long, verfe 10. 2. To oppreffe
his people, whifft God keeps his right-hand ftill I in
his bofome, not helping his people, nor plaguing
their enemies. Whereupon fhc provokes him to
pluck, his hani out of his bofome, verfe n. II. The
Church urgeth God, by fundry Arguments Pathetically
laid down to fuccour and relieve her againft her
enemies and miferies. Thefe Arguments are drawn,
I. From Gods Royal Relation to and Protection of
his Church of old, verfe 12. 2. From Gods extraor-
dinary works of wonder for his people Ifracls Deli-
veranccand Salvation of old, As, { 1 J Dividing the
Red-Sea,xof3vethcm from Pharaoh and his Hoaft.
C 2 J Breaking the heads of Dragons or Whales in the
waters, i, e. drowning Pharaohs Nobles, Captains,
and Commanders in the Red-Sea, as Exod. 14. 28-
with 15. q.fucb being compared £^f(s 29. 3. to Dragons
or Whales, verje 13. f 3 J Breaking the heads of Le-
viathan inpicces, i.e. drowning Pharaoh with all his
Princes, Exod. 14. and 15. in the Red-Sea, Tyrants,
as here, and Jfa. 27,3. arc uliially compared toLe~
viathanthe Sea-Dragon, defcribed, Job. 40. 20. and
4i.6,&e. Giving him tobe meat to the people in-
habiting the Wildernefs /. e. Either tolfrael in the
Wildernefs , taking the fpoil of Pharaoh and the
Egyptians caft up by the Sea, and reioycing in their
juft mine: Or to the wild-beafls ofthe Wildernefs,
feeding upon their dead Carkafes, verf. 14. f 4)
Cleaving Fountains and Floods out ofthe Rocks, Exod.
17. 6. Numb. 20. 1 1. C 5 ) Drying up mighty Rivers, as
Jordan, Jo(J}. 3. 15, \6, 17, djre. Amon, and Jabbock.,
Numb, a 1. 14. Deut. 2. 37. that his people might pais
thorough them, verf.xe,. 3. From Gods ordinary
works of Creation, &c. wherein his great Power
hath been magnified. As, ( 1 ) Day and Night. Gen.
1. 5. (2) Light, and the Sun, Gen. 1. 3, 14, to 19.
verfe 16. Q 3 ) Setting the Borders ofthe Earth. (" 4 )
Making Summer and Winter, verfe 17. 4. From the
reproach andblafphemy which their foolifh enemies
have caft upon the Name of God, verfe 18. <,. From
the dear Relation wherein Gods people ftand unto
God himfelf. They being 1. His Turtle-Dove. 2,
The Congregation of bis pocr-affliaed-ones, verf. J 9. 6.
From Gods faithful Covenant with his people. 7. From
the Habitationsof cruelty againft Gods people in all
the dark and obfcure places of the Earth, ver. 20.
Ill, The Church upon all thefe Confiderations clcfeth up
this Pjalme with earneft Petitions to the LORD, 1.
That Gods Opprefied, Poor, and Needy may not be
afhamed, but have caufe to praife Gods Name, ver.
a 1. 2. That God would arife,and plead his own Plea
againft his daily reproach by the foolifh, ver. 22. 3-
That God would remember the in folent, voice and
tumult ofthe enemy againft him afcending continual-
ly, verfe 23.
Pfalm LXXV.
Setf. I. The Summary Contents.
In this Pfalme are, I. A thankful confeffton unto God,
that his Name is near as is evident by his wonderful
works, ver. 1. II. A dutiful promife ofthe Pfalmift
to God, of a righteous management of his Regal Go-
vernment. 1. Generally in judging uprighrly, ver, 2.
2. Particularly, f 1 J In ftablifhing the Pillars ofthe
mattered Kingdom, ver. 3. ( 2~) In repreiling the
folly, pride, and fury of theinfolent wicked, verfe 4.
t0 9- (3.) I" declaring the works ofthe God of Jacob,
verfe 9. (4)In breaking the power of the wicked,
but exalting the power of the Righteous, verfe 10.
Seft. II. The Verfwn out of the
Hebrew.
To the Majier-Mufcian^ a Altafchcth j A
Pfalme 0/Afaph, A Song.
1. /^\ God, to thee confeffe-we do,
V_/ To thee we do confellc ;
That thy great Name if near alio :
Thy wonders they-expreffe.
2. Receive b appointment when I fhalf,'
I will judge c righ tonlly.
3. Earth's diflolv'd, and her dwellers all :
Her Pillars .Yfix'd have I.
4- I
a Ht.K or.
Corrupt,
notjA lJ(\ilm
for Afaph--
b HtK or. an
appointed
time .
rieh-
tcoiilncilc-.
d \hb or, I
willfidy
I jflcn, n- ti-
fi iarty lU-
blilli is by
line and
mealiue.
P S A L M E. LXXVI.
251
« Het and
from welt,
nor fiom-
fbeh chts he
will abafe
and this he
will exalt.
£ Fran.
Jun.Hen.
Mollerm,
G. Amsf.
Jo.Foordin
/nPfal. 72.
Hieronym.
Etiam vi-
detur fave-
re huic in
terprec.
h Sim. de
Muis Arg.
JnPfal.75.
3 Fran.Iun.
in Annot.
Hen. Mai-
ler, in Arg.
adVhl.is.
G.Amef. in
Pfai.75.
k Joan.
Foord. Ex-
pof.¥hl.7i.
Tempos.
4. I faid unco rhc fboli.li-ones,
Do not deal-foolilhly :
Likewife unro the wicked -ones
Lift not tlie Horn on high.
5. Do not lifr-up your Horn on-high:
With ftiffneck do not fpeak.
6. For, not from Eaft, e nor Wcfl, nor dry
Defert advancements break.
7. But God U Judge : / He lifts one up,
And brings ono< her low.
8. For in the LORD'S hand « a Cup,
The wineis-red alfo,
JrV full of mixture, from-the-fame
He alfopoureth-forth;
Butfqueeze and drink it's dregs fhall aU
The wicked of the Earth
0. And th'uhis nw^for-evermore
I-will-declare-abroad .-
With joy Singpfalme-will-I therefore
To Jacobs Mighty- God.
10. Of all the wicked .-ones the Homes
Hew-off likewife will I;
But of the Righteous-one the Homes
Shall-be-exalted-hi^h.
Seffi. III. The Kind, Penman, and
Occasion,
ThisPfalmeisofa MixtKind; Confifting, Partly
of Praife, Partly of Promife, Partly of Doctrine and
Inftru&ion.
Penman of ir, is generally thought, not to be Afapb
though his name be inferred in the Title .• But, either
fome Prophet under the Babylonifh Captivity ; or
rather DdWhimfelf, as divers do cnn~eiveg.
Occafion whereupon, and time when this Pfalme
was penned, is alfo varioufly apprehended; Some
fuppofe it was written under the Babylonifh Cap-
tivity, upon occafion of the devaitarion of the Land
oflfrael, and inlblency of the Babylonians over Gods
people/?. Others rather judge (and I think more
agreeably to the current of the Pfalme accurately ob-
ferved J that it was penned in Davids dayes, upon
Occafion of Davids coming to the Royal Government
C after the f?.d Diffraction and Devaluation of the
Land through the difcord betwixt the houfe of Saul
and Daved\ ) Either, when upon Sauls death the
Tube of Judah anno'imedhim in Hebron, 2 Sam. 2.
1,2 ,5,4. Or,when Abner ,defeiting his Mailer lfhbo-
flieth, turned IfraelzoDavid 2 Sam. 3.9,10,11,12,80:.
Or,when after the death of Abner, 2Sam.z.. 17. & after
the death of Iflibofiietb, 2 Sam. 4.6. all the Tribes
came to Hebron and annointed him King over all If-
raelk, 2 Sam.<,. i,&c. which laft feemsmoft fully
fui table to this pfalme.
Seel. IV. The Scope.
The Scope of the Pfalmift herein, is ; To celebrate
(in the perfon of David and of all the faithful ) and
magnifie Gods wonderful providence in governing
all affaires here below in the Dominions of men : and
particularly in prcferving David in midff. of many
publick dangers, and at laft advancing him compleat-
ly to the Throne, thac he might rule religioufly and
righteoufly.
Sett. V. The Analyfis, or Principal
Tart's.
Inthelfr/rnorc; 1. The Direction of the Pfalme
as to the Mufick of it ; More Generally ; To the
M.ifler-Mufician. More particularly, To Afapb. 2.
The Nocc or Tune to which ir. was to be fet , Al-
tafchitb. Or, An hint at the Argument or Matter
of the Pfalme ; corrupt-not 1, vi^. deflroy not David
my King, &c. Al-t afcheth h alfo prefixed to Pfil. 57,
58, 59. 3. The Mufick of the Pfalme, laid down in
two words; Mi^mor, denoting the Compofure of
it in Verje, not in Profe. Shir, A Song. Importing it
was to betuncd with voice.
In the Pfalme it felfwc have
I. A thankful Confeffion made by David and the faith'
fid to God. Amplified by the Caufe thereof, vi^.
Gods Name being near to them, which is Evinced
and Demonftrared by Gods wonderful works, f As
prefervation of David In all hispcrils,Dcath of Saul,
Affection ofjudah; Inclination of Abner to David -y
Death of Ifyboflmb ; Confent of all the Tribes toan-
noin: David King, &c. (~ verfe 1.
II. A dutifull promije of David to God, touching
the well-managing of his Kingly Government , I.
More Generally ; to judge uprightly. Amplified by
the Scafon when he will do this"; vi^. when hefliould
receive appointment; or the appointed time ; or, the
Congregation : that is, when he fhonld be fet upon the
Throne, verfe 2. II. More particularly, whathewiil
do in his righteous Government, viz^. I. He will
fettle andftablifh the Pillars'of the difolved and
broken Kingdom. The two chief Pillars of the Ec-
clejiafticli, and Civil State, ver. 3. 2. He will C in
order to this Reftitution of things J reprefs the folly
pride,and fury of vain-glorious, Fnfolent wicked men,
ver. 4, 5. To this end, 1. He refutes and condemns
one Primary and Fundamental Error of the wicked,
yi^. That they afcribe the abafing of one, and exalt-
ing of another, to Mans Policy, Fortune, or other
Caufes, which ought properly and peculiarly to be
afcribed unto God alone, verfe 6, 7. 2. Hedefcribes
and declares Allegoric ally the Manner of Gods Ad-
miniftration both towards the Godly and wicked :
The godly drinl^of bU Cup of Mixture, of affli&ion, &c
The kicked muft wring out, and drinl^ the very dregs
thereof, verfe 8. 3. He will declare the works of the
God of Jacob, (~ having peculiar care of his people J
and fingpraife to him for ever, verf. 9. 4. He will hew
off-the borne, break the power, pride, and infolency
ot the wicked, bur exalt the Power and Glory of the
Righteous. He will differently and difcriminatively
deal with them, ver. 10. (~ H&c & bu]ufmodi faxit
Dens per Car. II. a Mail 29. An. Dom. 1660. de die
in diem. J
Pfalm LXXVI.
Seti. I. The Summary Contents.
1. Gods Majefly and Power in and for the Church
againft her enemies, efpeciallythe Affyrians Armies
befieging Jerufalem, is defcribed, ver. i.to 11. 2.
All round about him are exhorted f in teftimony of
their thankfulneffe,) to ferve him reverently, vet.
H, 12,
Sect. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
To the Alafler-Alnfician on a Neginoth, A
Pfalme of Afaph, A Song.
1. T N Judah God U known : His Name
1 Is 1
/See the
Analyfis
ofPf. 57.
great in Ifrael.
2. b His Tent in Shalem, full of fame :
In Sion he doth dwell.
3. There'
a Hrfc. or {
ftringed-in-
ltrumCHts,a
Pfalm for
Afapb.
b Heb. And
hit Taber-
nacle was
and his H*2
bication in
Sion.
252
V S A L M E. LXXVI.
c Heb fiery
dates or
burning
arrows.
A hub or;
illuitrious,
magnifi-
cent, or ;
wondrous
excellent.
e btb. 1 he
mighty of
heart have
yie 1 :ed
rhemfelvcs-
to f oil.
{btb. t rom.
q beh. hath
been caft-
aflcep.
h he>>. thy
faces, horn
then (i. t.
from tin
time) of
thine anger,
i tftfr fhalc
gi.d.
k bib Kings
e£ the earth.
3. There brake he c th'Arrows of the Bow :
TheShieH, and Sword, and War. Sdah.
4. More t/bright and excellent art thou
Than Hills of prey by far.
5. e Stout- hearted-ones defpoyled were,
They flept their fleep full found :
Nor any men of valour there
Their warlike hands have found.
6.f At thy rebuke, O Jacob's God,
g Slept Horfe and Chariot both.
7. Thou, thou art dreadful ; who can ftand
'Fore h thee, when thou art wroth ?
8. Judgement from Heav'ns thou mad'ft-be -heard
Earth feared, and was flill
9. When God to judgement rofe ; To fave
Earths meek-ones all from ill. Selah.
id. AiTuredly the wrathful-heat
Of man fhall thee confefs :
The remnant of the wrathful-heats
Thou i (halt girding-fupprefs.
11. Vow ye, and pay unto the LORD
Your God toyoufo dear:
Let all about him round afford
A Prefent to the FEAR.
12. He as in-Vintage-cutteth-down
High Princes haughty Spirit :
He will a dreadful Gid be known
To ^Kings that Earth inherit.
Sett. III. the Kinde^
Occasion.
Tetwtan, and
ISim. d*
Muis inArg,
ad.P1al.7fi.
tn Sim.de
Mins in
Arg.P.7*-
n LXX1I.
Interpret
7' 'AoJVejLOV
& polt Cos,
Joan. Calv.
in Pfal.76.
1. Hen.
Mo'.ler in
Arg.Pf.7<5.
Frun. J un.
in Annor. ad
Pf.76 i.Sim.
de Muis in
ArgPf.'/f.
G.Amel. in
Pfalm 76.
J°.
Foord in
Evp. fi-.
Pf- 1 7tf .
Tempts.
This is an Eucharifiical Pfalme, A Triumphant
Pfalme of Thanks and Praife to God.
Penman of it feems t o be, neither Afaph nor yet
Pavid : but fome other Prophet, as Ifaiah I, &c.
long after the dayes of I>avid. And the Matter of
the Pfalme notably inclines my judgement thus to
think.
Occafion of it, fome think to be Gods deflruction of
Gog and Magog, here Prophetically foretold : mak-
ing this Pfalme a Prophecy. Others better, refer1' it
to the great victory that ]ehofloapbat obtained over
Moab, Amman, and Mount Seer, 2 Sam. 8. with 2
Chron. 18. m. But they fecm to judge bell of alI,who
think this Pfalme was Penned upon Occafion of Gods
wonderful deliverance of Jerufalem from the Affyri-
an Army ; when God provoked with Rabfljekjib's
blafphemies, 2 King. 18. 30, foe'. p.C.hron.2,2. 11,
foe. Ifa. 36. 15. and with his railing Letters, 2
Chron. 32. 17. Ifai. 37. 10. tf^rc.at the ardent prayers
of King/jV^e£/ relate.
III.
13. Thy facredvity, O mighty-Goij
Inn tin: Sanctuary :
Who in the World fo great a God,
As thou 0 God of glory >
14. Thou art the God that from on high
q Dofl wonders of renown.
Among the People mightily
Thou mad'ft thy Valour known.
15. Thy People dear thou baft redeem'd
With thine out-ftretched arme :
The fons of Jakob, much efteettid,
And jokphs fons,Jromharme. Selah:
16. 0 God, the waters they thee faw,
The waters did thee fee,
They r t rembled, as ingreatefl aw :
And deeps were ftirr'd for thee.
17. The clouds their waters ftreamed-dowrtj
The fkies did give /"a found :
Likewifethine Arrowes fiercely thrown
Went-fwiftly to the ground.
18. Thy thunder's voice was in the t fpheares
The world illuminate,
Thy lightnings did : Earth mov'd for fear,
And trembled fore thereat.
10. Thy dry land way was in the Sea,
And thy paths of renown
Were in th^mighty waters : u yea
Thy foot- fteps were not known.
20. Thou, like-a-flock through Sea and Land
The people didft-lead- Gods
r Heb. were
in pangsas
a-travelling
woman.
f Heb. a
voice.
t Heb. er,
roundnefs
i. e. round,
air for the
air isffheri-
call.or round
u Heb, »rj
and.
254
? S A L ME. LXXVII.
Gods People of old have had of him in their deepeft \ fequently to inftruct them how they may beft deport
themfelves in like ftraits. Or, to 0>ew, I. How the
godly may be afflicted. 2. In Affliction deferted
of God. 3. And how againft both they may be com-
forted.
\ Jo Foard on
Zxrf. Pf.
77. Tem-
pus.
Z ]o. Calv.
Arg. Pf.
77. &in
Com. ad
ver. 2.
a Sim. ad
Muti in
Arg.Pf.j7.
extremities.
Occafion, in General, was fome great affliction,and
thereupon fome deep diflrefs of fpiric under fenfe
ofGodsriifpleafure, againft all which, theduecon-
fideration of the Saints experiences of God of old,
wonderfully relieving them in their ftraits, is decla-
red to be a ipecial Relief and Remedy.Eut in particu-
lar, how hard is it fatisfactorily to define the Occafi-
. Somej think it was penned by David, (though
his name be not prefixed J upon Occafion of Gods fe-
verelnnd againft hkn, and his houfe, (as he had
rhreatned, 2 Sam. 12. 10, n, 12, J efpecially in
Amnon's inceftuous ravifhing of his Sifter Tf)amar,
And afterwards in Abfaloms cruel murder of Amnon,
2 Sam. 13. Wherein David, reading Gods dread-
ful difpleafure againft him for his own former fins of
Adultery and Murder, was in great anguifh of foul,
and not without fome diffidence and doubts, leaft
God fhould utterly remove his wonted Ioving-kind-
nefs from him, &c. And that the whole Argument
or Subject-matter of the Pfalme doth mod fitly agree
hereunto. Others fin the other hand do rather judge,
that the private grief of a particular perfon is not
herein expreffed, but the more publick fighs and
laments of Gods Elect People, and that the Holy
Spirit dictated this Pfalme as a common form of
Praying for the afflicted Church : the faithful relating
Gods ancient Redemption of them, asamonument
of Gods perpetual grace, that hereby they may ani-
mate themfelves the more unto prayer •, So Calvin
^, taking the words, v. 1,2, 3. &c. all along, not
intheprxter, but in the future tenfe. Muii a a\(o
condudes,it was Penned upon Occafion of fome greac
calamity upon the Ifraelitifh People : and perhaps of
that fevere one, their Captivity in Babylon. Aid
that it might be penned either by Afaph in dayes of
David, forefeeing their Babyionifli-Captivity by a fpi-
ric of Prophecy ,or by another Ajaph (of Afaph s fons)
living under the Captivity. In thisdiftance of Opi-
nions, its hard to determine. Both ofthem arc at-
tended with their great inconveniences. To limit
the diftrefs, here deciphered, to a Jingle perfon, as
the firft part of the Pfalme carries it, v.i. to 11.
feems fcarce fo fuitable to the later and confolatory
part thereof,which is drawn from Gods ancient good-
neffe to his whole people Ifrael, ver. 11. to the end:
and to extend the whole Pfalme to the whole Church,
according to the latitude of the later part of it, feems
fcarce correfpondent to the conflant current of the
expreffions, as of a fingle perfon, in the former part.
Let the Learned and Judicious confider. All things
deliberately weighed, I incline to think, the cala-
mity and grief here delineated, was of a particular
perfon, rather then of the whole Church. And a par-
ticular perfon may extract comfort to himfelfinhis
particular diftrcfles, from Gods eminent mercies to
his whole Church in like ftraits ; The comfort of the
w/W.>, being the comfort of every part. However,
boch the whole Church of God, and every particular
believer individually, may hence receive fingular In-
ftruflion, how to fupport themfelves, by Gods great
experimented favours of old unto his Church in fore
diftrefs, againft all their outward calamities, and in-
ward perplexities.
Sctf. IV. The Scope.
The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; t. In this
Pattern herein propounded, ro teach both particu-
lar Believers and the whole Church of God, that's no
new thing for Gods people to be eXercifed with great
calamities, fomeiimes through their infirmities cxpo-
fing tliem to much defpondcncy,diffidence, and ex-
pofiulations with God, yet at laft wreftling out of all
upon a due remembrance of Gods wonderful works
ofoldfor-his people in fore diftrtlicsi 2. And con-
Sccf. V. The Andyfis, or Principal
Parts.
The Title denotes to us, 1. The Direction of this
Pfalme as to the Mufick of it : (1) More generally •,
To the Mafter-Mufician. (" 2 J More particularly, To
Jeduthun, and Afaph. 2. The Denomination of it;
A Pfalm, Importing, it was compofed in Rythme-, and
to be tuned on Inftruments of Mufick.
The Pfalme ir/e// contains,
I. h Joyful Acknowledgment, or Profeffionof God/
lending an eare to the Pfalmifts earneft Prayers, pa-
thetically described in Three Expreffions. verfe 1.
This fome b take to be the refult of his Conflict with,
and Conqueft over his great diftrefs ; as elfewhere
the like in Pfil. 75. t. is abruptly laid down.
II. A fad Narrative of the Pfalmifts great diftrefs,
and Gods fpiritual defertion of him therein in fome
meafure. As, 1. Of his unceffant feeking the Lord,
and reaching out his hands to him day and night,
and yet his foul remained difconfolate, ver. 2. 2.
Of his remembring God: and yet was troubled. 3. Of
his Meditating, and yet hit jpirit was overwhelmed,
ver. 3. 4. Of his fleeplefs nights. 5. Ofhisamazed-
nefsandfpecchlefnefsc, wip 4. 6. Of his (1) Re-
counting others experiences of old time, f 2 ) Re-
membring his own experiences of late, with medi-
tation and diligent fearch, ver. 5, 6. 7. Of his Ex-
postulation and diffident Ratiocination within him-
(elf, touching Gods f 1 J Cafting him off for ever ,
( 2 J Being favourable no more ; (~ 3) Ceafing cf his
Mercy for ever ; (4) Failing of hit Word from Genera-
tion to Generation ; Q 5 ) Forgetting to be gracious ; (6)
Shutting up his tender mercy in anger. In all which
fome favour of paffionate diffidence of Gods favour,
and fenfe of Gods deferring him, isdifcovered,i/m
7, 8, p. This was his Diftrefs : and This his fpiritual
Conflict under it.
III. Afweet Remedy and Relief of the Pfalmifta-
gainft all this his diftrefs and diffidence, verfe 10. to
the end. Where note,
1. Hit recollelling and checking himfelf, for his In-
firmity in his former Reafonings, verfe 10. beginning.
2. Hit Remedy and Support which he found again!!
all his former diftrefs and diffidence, and whereby
he became Conquerour of all his former conflicts,
vi^. The due consideration and recognition of Gods
works and wayes of old. And this, I. More Gene-
rally, in variety of Phrafes. As, I. Remembring the
years of his right-hand, ver. 10, 2. Remembring his
works and wonders, ver. 11. 3. Meditating upon all hit
work-, A"d talking oj hit praliices, ver. 12. II. Mote
Specially, He conlidered upon, 1. Gods fecrct and
unfeen way in the Sanctuary. In the Sanctuary things
were hid from all but from the Priefts. 2. Gods
grcatnefle, ver. 13. 3. Gods wonders, vi\. upon the
plagued Egyptians. 4. Gods power declared among
the people vi^. in prefer vingmcan-wl.ile his people
Ifrael from like calamities, ver. 14. 5. Gods might
in Redeeming Ifrael out of Egypt, ver. i<;. 6. Gods
dividing the Rcd-fea, for Ilrael to pals through,
molt elegantly defcribed, ver. 16. 7. Gods over-
throwing of the Egyptians inthcmidftoftheSea, by
a fierce Tcmpeft fent upon them, ver. 17,18. 8.
Gods way in the Sea, his paths in the great waters.and
hit foot-fleps unknown. And fo his mercies and judge-
ments paft finding our, ver. 19. p. Godsfufe con-
ducting Ifrael as aflck_from Egypt, through Sea and
Wildcrneffc by the hand of Mofes their King, and
Aaron their Prieft, ver. 20.
Pfalm
bju* Foord
inPf.-n.
Analyf.
c Cura:
leves
loquuntur
ingenres
ft u pent.
Sen.
Ttaged.
P S A L M E. LXXVIIL
255
a beb. tr An
Inrtruaing-
P/Vm fur
Afapb.
b Heb.a Pa-
rable. See
Match. 1 }.
34.55-
c beb. I will
utter-from
antiquity.
d heb. tel-
ling, or re-
vealing,
e htb. And
his mighr,
and his mar-
vels he hath
done.
f htb. or ; A
Teftimony.
g /M/.the
Generation
after,fbns
that fhould
be born,
might
know ;
h Heb. or,
conftant-
hope.
iUeb. Ge-
neration.
khtb. A
Generation
that prepa-
red not - -
1 heb. faith-
full.
m H
Can he likewife give Bread for food.
And for his People flefh provide ?
21. Therefore the LORD did hear, and was
Exrreamly-wroth, likewife a flame
Againft his Jacob kindled-was :
Yea wrath onTfrael up- came
22. Becaufe the mighty-God upon
They did not faithfully-believe,
Likewife in hisfalvation
They did not hope, but did him grieve,
23. Though skies above he did command .*
Anddoores of Heav'ns he-open-fet,
24. And MAN, to eat, on them he ranVd:
And gave to them a the heav'nly wheat.
25. Man are the b mighty- Angels bread :
c Then meat he to the full did fling.
26. In Heav'ns an Eaft-winrfame
The choife-young-men of Ifrael.
IV.
32. For all thisgon-in-fin-they-went.*
Nor for h is wonders did believe.
33. bin vanity their dayes he fpent:
And did their yeares i to trouble give.
34. When them he flew, then him they fought .
And turn'd, and God ^.fought-fpeedlly.
35. / Remembred, that God was their Rock;
And their Redeemer, God Moft-H/gh.
q b ' l: and
pafled-
tlicm-tho-
ronjjh.
r htb. And
as ■
s Heb. like-
tivers.
C Heb. yet.
u Heb. To
fin agauilt
him.
x Heb. for
their foul.
y Heb. or j
prepare,
furnifh.
THeb.
ftreams
overflowed.
a H. the
wheat of the
Heavens.
b beb. bread
of the
Mighcies.
c heb. he
fen t them
Venifonto
Satiety,
d Htb. he
made pal?
forth.
e tteb. And
they are,
and were
filled vehe-
mently.
£Htb. defire
g Heb. they
finned yet.
h i gave their Cartel to the haile :
And to ^ hot-thunderbolts their flocks.
49. a Hisfiercefllre,and wrathfulnefs
He fent among them, them tofpill,
And indignation and difirefs .-
By fending-forth of Angels ill.
50. He dreadfully weighed:out a path
Unto b his Anger tbenexpreft*
Their Soul with-held he not from death :
And c gave their vvild-bcaft to the pert.
5 1. And all the firft-born fmote at length
That was in Egypt's habit ades :
The principal of of all itair-ftrength
In Cham's abhorred Tabernacles.
VI.
$2. And like to harmelcfs flieephe made
His people deare thence forth-to-pafs ,
And like a flock he did them lead
Within the barren Wildernefs.
53. In e hopeful fafty undifmaid
He them likewife conducted over, 1
And they mean-while were not afraid :
But all their foes the Sea did cover.
54. To border of his Holinefs
Likewife he brought thcm/rV led:
This JVow/VMountain topof.efs
Which his-right-hand had purchafed.
55. /'Fore them he Heathens out did cart,
g Their heritage by line divide :
And Tribes of ifrael at laft
He in their Tents did make refide.
VII.
$6. But yet they tempted God moft-high
And him b did-bitterly-provoke,
And they i obferv'd not faithfully
His TciWmonks fweeteft yokj.
57. Eut backward-they-did-turn-away,
And like their finful fathers now
Unfaithfully-tranfgrefs-did-they:
They turned were k like warping bow.
58. And they provoked-him-to-wrath
With their high places wickedly :
And with their graven-Images
They ftirred him to jealoufie.
59. God heard, and was-exceedfng-wroth :
And / much abhorred Ifrael
60. And Shilo's Tabernacle left :
The Tent m he pitch'd with men to dwell.
61. Andn into thrall, and th' enemy's hand
He gave his ftrength and glory both.
62. And 0 gave his people to the Sword .
And with his heritage was wroth.
63 The fire his choife young-men pdevour'd
Their Virgins were not prais'd alfo.
64. HisPriefls did fall by bloody Sword:
Nor did their Widows weep for wo.
vnr.
6i). The Lord as-fleeping then awoke
As (itong-man q (hours through winereviv'd
66. Likewife his foes behind heitroke;
He r endlefs fhame for them conmVd.
67. And Jofeph's Tent he did refufe :
Nor did he Ephraims tribe/approve
62. But did the tribe of Judah chufe :
Mount Tfion dear which he did love.
69. And built like heights his holy-place :
Like earth which he did found for-ay.
70. And chofe his fervant David's Jace :
And him from t flieep-folds-took-away.
71. From following after Ewcs-with-young
He did him bring ; And him advance
To feed Jacob, his [>co])\ejlrong :
And Kra'lhis inheritance.
72. And in his hearts perfection
A s faithful Sbepbeardt hem he fed :
And by his hands difcretions
As nurfing Father them he led.
e b v. 8.
e)ufquein
feprovocet
iracun-
diam,cu)us
obedient er
r&fideliter
debet fufci-
peregra-
tiam. Ne
fiant
Seer. V, The Analysis , or Principal
Paris.
The Title of this Pfalme fets forth ; 1.- The Nature
of ft-, Mafchil, An Injiruffing Pfalme. It Angularly
infirufls all following ages , and us by the example of
Ifrael of old, and by Gods dealings with them,how
(futv.7,8) to walk faithfully, obediently, and thankfully with
H&ceft God, See Pfal. 32. Sect. 3. 2, The MaSter-MuSician
igitur to whom it was, as to the MuSick, directed; for
Pfalmihu- Afaph.
jusintentky In the Pfalme it felf confider ; 1. the Exordium or
h&c utili- Preface. 2. The Propofition. 3. The Narration. 4.
tas, hie The ConJufion. ( As to thefe generals I like Jurim his
uberrimus Method.,)
fruttus. I. The ExordiumJLnmnqc or Preface to the Pfalme
Aug. Pref. is Hjrtatory. Herein the Prophet exhorts his people
inEnarrat. Hiis, as committed to his in!truction,infpection, &c.)
Pfal. 77. to diligent atcention unco his Doctrine which he
Tom. 8. here prop ounds/u. 1. And he laies down divers caufes
why they fhould thus attend to his Doctrine, all
drawn form the nature of it, wr. 1. The dignity of
it ; A Parable 2. The difficulty ; Darl^-fayings,Hid-
things, 3. The Antiquity. 4. The certainty thereof;
Which we have heard, known, lac. ver fe 2, 3. 5. The
end thereof, (hewing Gods praifes, power, and won-
ders, ver. 4.
^ II. Vie Propofition of the Summe and Subftance of
his intended Doctrine, vi^. GodsTeftimony which he
ejiablifjjed, and Law which be Commanded the Fathers
at Mount Sinai. This Teflimony and Law is illuftrat-
ed by the ends and ufcsofGodsrevcalingrliem; w'^
1. That parents might communicate them and make
them known fromGeneration to Generation ,v.<$,6.2.
That they mi^htfet their hope in God. \That they might
remember hit worlds. 4. That they mightkeep his Com-
mandments.verfe'j. Thefe ends are amplified, by
the contrary examples and courfes of their Fathers ;
Being Stubborn, Rebellious, Faife-hearted,unftedfaft
in fpirit with God, verfe 8
III. The Narration of Gods Adminiftrations towards
them, in his beneficence parience, and Juftice ;and
of their Rebellions againft him , By unbelief and
diffimulation in their afflictions, By their Security,
and Idolatry in their profperity, verfe 9. to 58. More
particularly, here Note,
1. The fir Jl Rurk. of their Rebellions; I. Described.
vi\.(\~) Covenant-breaking with God. ("2^ For-
getting Gods works and wonders (hewed them. For
vyhich the children of Ephraim, though valiant War-
riours, yet fled before their Enemies, verfe 9, 10,
n. 2. Aggravated^ Gods beneficent and merciful
Administrations towards them , vi%_. 1. working
wonders for their Fathers in Egypt, to bring them
thence, verfe 12. Bringing them Strangely thorough
the Red-Sea, verfe 13. 3. Conduct ng them in the
Wildernefs by his Pillar of Cloud by day, and of fire
by night, verfe 14. 4. Giving them Waters plenti-
fully out of the Rocks, vh. At Horeb, Exod. 17. 6.
and again at Cadefl), Num. 20. 1, 11. both thefe feem
pointed at, verfe 15. 16.
2. The Second Rank^of their Rebellions. 1. Declared
and defcribed, as moft greivous and provt king to
God, verfe 17. vi%. 1. Tempting Gnd, by asking meat
for their luff, verfe 8- 2. Dijlrufting God, by questi-
oning and doubtingof his power to give Bread and
Flefh in the Wildernefs, notwithstanding they had
lately experimented his power in giving Water ouc
of the Rock, ver. 19, 20. 2. Aggravated by Gods
dealings with them hereupon, vi^. ClJ Hearing
this, C 2 J Being greatly incenfed againft them, for
their diftrufling God, verfe 21, 22. which diftruft
was the more grievous and inexcufable, by reafon of
their late experience of Gods power and goodnefs
in raining down Manna from Heaven upon them for
Bread, &c. ver. 23,24,25. 3. Raining flefh of fea-
thered Fowle plentifully upon them, in difpleafure :
and whileft the meat was in their mouthes, destroy-
ing many of the choifeft of them, ver. 26. to 32.
3. The third Ranl^of their Rebellions, is 1. Defcribed
C J ) Partly, in chat jor all this they (innedftill : Mur-
muring againft the promifed Land. Numb. 14, 1, <&c.
(2) Partly, in not believing, for all Gods wonders,
that he would or could give them Canaan, ver. 32.
2. Aggravated, by Gods fore judgement in confum-
ingthat murmuring Generation in the Wildernefs
forty years, that they fhould never enter into Gods
Land of Reft, ver. 33.
4. The fourth Ranl^of their Rebellions, is 1. Defcrib-
ed, 1 Partly as implyed , vi^. a That, after God agjc< jQ^
had fworn they (houid noc enter into his Reft, but poor'jfn'
bad them turn back into the Defert, Numb. 14.22, £xp0r pr
23. , — 2$, 33T 34, 35. that that Generation might
perifh there for their murmuring; They, contrary
to Gods Commandment would go up into the Pro-
mifed Land, Numb. 14. 40. ^TrTand the Canaanites
and Amalebjtes came down and fmote them, Numb.
14.45. 2 Partly asexprelTed, t/?\. That beingj?. 863. r\ek,flefh. Their frailty and mortality, as a wind or
D. Tom. 8. vapour ver. 38 , 39.
Bafil. 1 669 5 • The fifth Ran\oj their Rebellions in the Wilderneffe
c Jo. Foord »s> I- Defribed Pathetically. And this , 1. More
Expojit.in Generally; I Often bitterly provoking him. 2 Often
Pf. 78. 40. grieving him in the Defert : both laid down in a Pathe-
dHen. tical Interrogation \ How oft ? ver. 40. One reckons
Ainf.in up fixreen times c. Another feventeen times d, 3
Annot.in Returning and Tempting God. 4 Limiting the Hdy-One
Pjal. 78. oflfrael, verfe 41. 2. More Particularly, in that they
40. ingratefully forgor, £0 Their Redemption and De-
liverance from Egypt byhis mighty hand, v. 42. (~2 J
The wonders and plagueswhich God , for accom-
plishing their deliverance, brought upon the Egyp-
tians, ver. 43. Here 7 of Egypt 10 plagues are, inftan-
ced in, but not in the fame order as God inflicted
them. ver. 44. to 52. II. Aggravated exceedingly, by
Gods great benefits, which contrary to thefe Provo-
cationshe heaped upon rhem,w^. 1. Brings his'peo-
ple as a flock forth from Egypt, thorow Red-Sea and
Defert, in Confident-fa fety the Sea covering their ene-
mies, ver. 52, 53. 2. Conducting them into thePro-
mifedLand, called, The Border of kit Holine ft, by
Anticipation, in reference to his holy Prefence or
Sanctuary there,'afterwards. And thit Mountain, by
aSynechdoche of the part — verj. 54. 3. Driving out
by deftruction, the Heathens before them. 4. PoiTef-
fing Ifr ael actually ofthe Pro-mifed Land, verfe 55.
6. Thefixth Ranfyf their Rebellions againft God af-
ter all this, even in the Land of Canaan. This is,
1. Defcribed, 1. More Generally, By their tempting
and bitterly-provoking God, 1 Partly, bynotkeep-
ing his Testimonies, v. $<5. 2. Partly, by their A-
poftacy and unfaiihfulnefie. Set forth, By thecx-
ample of their Fathers, and By the fimilitude of a
warping Bowe, v. 57. 2. More Particularly, by the
particular fins wherewith they provoked him, vi^.
1 Their High places. 2 Their Graven Images, v.58.
II. Aggravated, by Gods judgements and by his mer-
cy in midft of judgement. 1. By Gods judgements
upon them for thefe their fins, vi^. 1. Abhoring Ifra-
el in great wrath, (Seejudg. 2. 1, to the end ofthe
Booty v. 59. 2. Forfaking his Tabernacle at Shiloh,
a^.when the Ark was fetched thence into theCamp,
and never came again thither. 1 Sam. 4. 3,&c. 3 f.
60. 3 Delivering bitjbength and beauteous glory, i. e.
his Ark it felf, in thedayesof£/i, 1 Sam. 4. II. and
$. i* into Captivity: it being taken by the Philiftines,
•v.61. 4 Shutting up his people unto the Philijtines
Sword, v. 61. Gods fiery wrath by the Philiftines
Sword eating up their choife young men, fo that their
Virgins were not praifed, i.e. not married : Metonym.
of ' ad)unU,v.67,. 5 Suffering their Priefis, Ophni,
and Phineas to beflain by the Sword, and no mourning
made f^r them, v. 62. 2. By Gods mercies in midft
of judgment, ver. 65. to the end. But herein we
have the fourth Branch. The Conclufion of this
Pfalme.
IV. The Conclufion of thit Pfalme, by a Narrative of
Gods Acts of Favour and Mercy to Ifr ael in Canaan,
notwithftanding all their Rebellions there, and in
the Wilderncflc, vi?. 1. The Lords awaking as a
mighty-one (houting after wine, and fmiting the
Philiftines, to their eternal reproach, ver. 65, 66.
2. His returning no more to Shiloh with his Ark, but
rejuftng Jo\ephs Tent and Ephraims Tribe, he chofe
Judith and Mount Sion, ver. 67, 68. 3. His building
his Sanctuary there, magnificently, and durably, v.
69. 4. Hhchofing of David, from feeding flyeep, to
feed hit people fjr ael, ver. 70, 71. Davids Govern-
ment being commended, by 1. His Integrity •• 2. His
Prudence, in managing that Government over Israel,
ver. 7 2.
Pfalm LXXIX.
Seff. I. The Summary Contents.-
1. A fad lamenting complaint ofthe Deflation of
Jerusalem, ver. 1. fo 8. 2. An earneft Prayer for
deliverance, ver. 8. to 13. And 3. A Promifeof
conftant thankfulneffe, ver. 13.
Setf. II. The Verfwn out of th»
Hebrew.
A rfalm of Afaph.
I.
1. /^\ God, the Heathens rude andvrilde
VyDid thine inheritance invade,
b Thine holy Palace they defil'd,
Jerufalem on heaps c they laid.
2. They gave thy Servantscarkafe h
Unto the fowl of Heav'ns, for meat :
The flefhof thy dear Saints unto
The wild-bea/1 ofthe Earth fo eat.
3. Mnft cruelly the blood of them
0/i £roW like waters they have Hied,
d Quite-round-about Jerufalem :
And enone to bury thofe their dead.
4. Unto our neighbours night and main
An infamous reproach are we :
Alaughing-ftock and taunted-fcorn
To-thofe-that-round-about-us-be.
5. How long, LORD,wiIt be wrath,for ay ?
Burn /hall thy jealoufie likefire ?
6. On Heathens, which do not the« know,
Do thou pour-out thy burning-ire,
And on the Kingdomes the fame Cup
Which thy Name do not call-upon.
7. For /he hath eaten Jacob up,
And g raz'd his Habitation.
n.
8. Our former /; faults ( which we repent )
Remember not againft us now,
Haft, Let /thy mercies us prevent;
For wc are ^brought exceeding low.
9.0 our Salvations holy God,
/ For thy Name's glory and great fame,
Help us : And rid usjrom their rod,
And our fins m cover for thy Name.
10. Why fay fhall Hcathens,where'x their God ?
Among the Heathens let be known
The vengeance of thy Ser va nts blood
That flied, To our eyes be it ft/own,
To»r for.--
b heh. The
palace of
thine boU-
ntfe.
c bib. *ey
lure put.
d Heh.in the
roands #r
circuu»«f
Jerufilrni.
e Hel-.ntx
f Tot, Tfcy
4.ivf.Ei>a!(a
j»e Miami.
Z Htk «r.
dcfolated.
h Hth, mi-
pintles.
1 H«;.. thr-
bowelmer-
k Heh.lt-
] cmutcd VC.
hemently.
1 Heb. f r
the word of
the jjltrv of
thy name,
in H ( l>
mercifullf
aover
11.
Let
P S A L M E. LXXX.
259
Greacnefs,
o«J>.feierve
the Ions of
dr.,' h
pi»*.renJer
q Heb. thy
pdtures
flieep.
1 1 bib. to
generation
i andgeneia-
tion.
[Jo.Calv.
Com.in Pf.
1 5r/w. «
JHuitin
Arg.adPf.
79-
Jo. Foari
in Expire.
Pfal. 79.
Teinpus.
ifrn. vWa/-
/f r. rn Arg.
Pfal. 79.
u Jo.Foord
in Expire.
Pfal.19.
Tempus.
Hen. Mai-
ler, in Arg.
rfal.79.
11. Let come before thy face slight
Thy Prifoners/Wfighing-cry,
According to thine Arme's n great might :
0 Preferve thofe that are doom'd to dye.
12. And to our neighbours Seven-fold,
Into their bofome, thou p reward ;
Their vile reproach, wherewith/a bold
They have reproached thee, O Lord.
15. So we thy folk, and q paflure's Cheep
For ever will confeffe to thee :
r To all Gen'rations we will keep
Such thoughts, Declare thy praife will we.
Sett. III. The Kinde, Occafion, and
Penman.
This Pfalme is a. Prayer, chiefly made up of patheti-
ral Lamentation, fervent Supplication,andprofe(Ted
Gratulation.
Occafion of this Pfalme was fome fatal calamity and
mifery which befell the Church of God in great ex-
tremity. Somef think the words and phrales are
fuch as may agree. Either to the cruel times of An-
tiochm, or to the devaluation of Jerufalem by Nebu-
chadnezzar. Some t incline rather to the later, be-
caufe of that paffage; Pour out thine Indi^natinn, &c.
v. 6. which is the fame imprecation which Jeremiah
hath againft the Babylonians, Jer. 10. 25. which
makes ic fomwhat probable that Jeremiah might pen
thispfalrn towards the end of the Babylouifh Capti-
vity.This Pfalme, and74.are thought to be penned
about the fame time, andthe 102. a little after u.
Penman of it feems not to be D >vid. This Hiflo-
ry here lamented falling out long afterD^w^j dayes.
Nor is it probable, as Calvin notes, that Ddi/ri by a,
Prophetical fpirit would fj^eak thus hiflorically. But
whether nv/ereAfaph, whofe name is prefixed : Or
Jeremiah, whofe words are here in part nfed .• Or
■Ifaiah, who prayes fomewhat like to this Prophet
here, (See Ifa.64.) Or fome other Prophet living a-
bout the time of the Captivity: is fomewhat hard po-
fitively to determine.
Seel. IP. The Scope.
The Scope .in this Pfalme intended, is ; To intreat
the LORD for Deliverance of his Church from all
thofe woful miferies and defolating cruelties brought
upon Gods people the Jewes, by their wicked hea-
thenifh Enemies, efpecially feeing the glory of God
was fo much impeached by their Perfecutors blafphe-
mies, ver.$, 10.
Seer. V. The Analyffs, or Principal
Tarts.
The Title denotes 1. The Denomination ofit; A
jy*/»ie,compofed in Meetre. 2. The Direction of
it as to the Mufick of it -, To Afafh j or, For
Afaph.
The Subflance of the Pfalme hath in it, the defo-
Iated Churches 1. Lamentations. 2. Petitions.
And 3. Profefjion. The whole feems penned in the
Churches name: and molt pathetically.
I. The Lamentation or Complaint of the Church, is
twofold, I. In reference to her Heathen enemies. And
here is a doleful Complaint, 1. Of rhe cruelrv of
fome enemies •• probably the Babylonians. As, (ij
7nva ding Gods inheritance, Canaan, ("2) Defiling
the Temple. C$J Defolating, and laying on heaps
Jerufalem, ver. I. (4J Cruelly deftroying Gods
Saints and Servants round about Jerufalem, and in-
humanely denying their dead Corpfes honeft burial,
ver. 2, 3. 2. Of rhe fcornful derifions of others
roundabout them, as Philiflines, Edomites, lfltma-
el'tes, Mtabites, Ammonites, &c. rcjoycing at their
calamity, ver. 4. II. In reference to God himjelf.
And here fhe fadly complains of Gods lb long delay-
ing to reftore her out of lu-r prefent grievous mife-
ries, into her prifiinc felicities in the Holy Land^.5.
Both thefe Lamentations are Amplified by a vehe-
ment Imprecation againft her Heathen-enemies, that
had fo miferably eaten up and defolated the Church
of God. Herein, 1 The Severity of the Judgment
imprecated is pathetically expreffed ; Pour out, . And
thy faces.
h Heb. wile
thou l'moak.
ib,£Shalilh
Athird part
ofthegreat.
ell meafure,
four times
as big as the
uiual cup to
drink in :
Ainfxv.
k Heb. put-
ted or, haft
fft
! heb. thy
faces.
Thou that flock-like doft Jofeph lead :
On Cherubs fit'ft, rffhine-clear.
2. e Before Ephraim and Benjamin,
Before ManaiTeh too
Scir-up thy ftrength : And thou come in
For/our Salvation now.
3. Turn us,0 God ;g Thy face make-fhine,
Be faved then fhall we.
4. LORD God of Hoafts, at thy folk's Pray'r
How tang h wilt angry be?
5. The bread of Tears, thefe many years,
Thou-makeft-them-to-eat ••
And-makeft-them-to-drink of tears
i Ameafure-very great.
6. Thou f^makeft us a very ftrife
Unto our neighbours near :
Our foes likewife, at our fad life,
Among themfelves do jeer.
7. O God of Hoafts to uiincline,
Return us, fet usjfee;
And make / thy Countenance to-fhine,
And faved-wc fhall be.
H.
8. From Eypt-Iam/a Vine of worth
Thou did'ft of old remove .•
Tea thou didft drive the Heathens forth,
But didft it plant and love.
9. Thou-didft-a-way-prepare and/it
m Heb. To A ms before it *r thy hand:
the laces of And thou-didft-rooc the Roots of it,
it. And it did fill the Land.
io. The Mountains there were covered
With hsout-ftretching fhade :
And lil(e Gods Cedars largely faread
Its Branches were difplaid.
il. Tea it did fend its branches out
Along unto the Sea :
And to the River far remote
Its-fuckmg-fprigs convey.
12. Then wherefore haft-thou-broken-up
Its Hedges day by day : •
That all opprejjively it crop
Paffing-along the way.
13. The Boar out of the Wood/o wilde
Doth root-it-up with (peed :
Likewife the wilde-beaft of the field
■Doth)?;// upon it feed.
III.
14. 0 God of Hoaft return, O now,
Look-down n from Heav'n to thine,
And fpeedily behold-do thou
Andvifit this thy Vine.
15. And view the Vineyard which below
Thy right-hand planted fafl :
And on 0 the Branch which for thee thou
Strongly confirmed-haft.
m heb. from
theHeavcns
o Heb. Ben,
Son. viX.-of
tbt vine,
note, in He-
brewpbr.ifi
there ii the
Son of the
floor i. e.
Come. I fdt.
21. 10. Son
16. Ah it ii burnt with flaming fire,
Andwojully cut-down ;
They pcrifh through thy fervent ire
Thy countenance's/) frown.
17. Upon the man of thy right-hand
O let thine hand beftaid:
of the coal, Tjp0n the Son of Man, whom thou
)&&*. \ For thy fcIf ftrons- hafl rnadc-
7. Son of the
bowe.i. t, ^in ^irroxo, Jibt 41. 17. Son of a tree i. e. Bought, branches,
Gcn.itf. u.Soiolthe Vine, i.e. branchy at here P/.to. 15. p lltb. rebukf.
18. And back from thee we will not go ;
Thou flialt us vivify.
We on thy gloriom Name alfo
Will call uncejfantly.
19. LORD God of Hoafts,<»r I aft incline.
Return us, fet usfiee:
0 caufe q thy Countenance to fl:ine,
And faved we fhall be.
Sed;. III. The Kind, Occafion, and
Tenman.
This Pfalme is for Kind, A Prayer. A fervent
Prayer, A Lamentable Prayer, faith one r, in the
perfon, of the miferable diftreffed and defpoiled
Church of God, begging Reftauration from her mi-
feries and Captivity.
The Occafion of it in General, was fome great and
long Calamity upon the Church, ver. 4, 5, 6, 12, 13,
16. As to the Particular f\u% varioufly apprehend-
ed by interpreters. Some think it was written upon
Occafion of Judafrs Captivity in Babylon f. Some ei-
ther upon Occafion otjudalfs being carried Captive
into Babylon, or of the ten Tribes being carried cap-
tive into Affyria by Shalmane^er r. But Calvin u
excepts againft that Opinion touching the Babylonifl)
Captivity, there being here fuch mention of Ifrael,
Jofeph, Manaffeh, Ephraim , which were not
carryed captive to Babylon. Others therefore rather
think that fome great affliction upon Judah, and
fome of Ifrael, gave Occafion of this Pfalme. Efpe-
cially when the ten Tribes forfook the houfeof Da-
vid, 1 King. 12. iChron. 10. and when Rehoboam.
forfook the Lord, 1 King. 14. 22. $* zChron. 12. 1
Then Shifl)ak_ K. of Egypt wafted Rehoboam's King-
dom, 1 King. 14. 25. and 2 Chi >on. 22. 2. But the
Jews repenting, God fpared them, zChron. 12.12.
and thereupon the Prophet feems to have written
thisPfalm. For,i.When this Pl'alm was written, God
did fit between the Cherubims, Pfil.So. 1. but God
did not fit between the Cherubims under the Babylo~
nifl> Captivity, the Temple being deftroyed. 2.
Ephraim and M.maffeh mentioned, ver. 2. were nor
carried captive to Babylon. But after the divifion of
the Kingdom, not only the Priefts and Levites, but
alfo many of the People out of all the Tribes came to
Jerufalem and adhered to Davids houfe, 2 Chron.
11. 13, 16, v^rr. x. However let the Learned
judge.
Who was Penman of this Pfalme cannot certainly
be determined. Probably not David : becaufe the
Churches afflictions, here lamented, feem to have
befallen her long after Davids death. Nor Afaph:
for he lived in thedayes of David. And, though
Afapffs name be prefixed in the Title,yet the Phrafe
maybe rendred, A Pfalme for Afaph, or To Afaph,
i.e. recommended to the fonnes of Afaph, for the
Mufick of it. Tt is likely to be written by fome holy
Prophet who lived in the time of thefc affliftions of
the Church, as Shemaiah the Prophet, 2Ckron.11,
2, &c. andi2. 5., 7,15. or fome other. .
Sect. IV, The Scope.
The Scope herein intended, is ; To intreat the
Lord, to return and reftore his deeply diftreffed
Church and people out of all their prefent mifcries,
and to make his face to fliinc upon them for their
Salvation. This is the very Burden;* of the Pfalme,
thrice repeated, and every time augmented : O
God return m, verfe 3. 0 God of Hofts, re-
turns, verfe 7. 0 LORD God oj Hiitilf .
returnm, verfe 19. and there is another Paf-
fige partly like this, \ti verfe 14. So that this is the
very Scope of this Prayer. And therefore that of
Augujline^s, making this Pfalme to intend, Tbecom-
in
r Precati©
Iamenta-
bilis, Jo.
Calv. in
Arg. Pf 8<3
(Amef.
Lett, in Pf
8c. Anatyf.
Sim. de
Mais Jun.
t HenMol'
let: in Arg.
Pfal. 80.
u Jo. Calv
inP/.8i.
x Jo.Foori
in Expofit.
Vf. 80.
Tempus &
Jo. Calv.
in Com. ad
P/.8d. I.
aliquantu-
Ium fa vet
hilic opi-
nioni.
y Verfus
interca-
laris,vel,
verfus
Amot-
ions, Jun.
See Vfil.
107. &
136. which
are o//i%
for me,
with a
Burden. 1
P S A L M E. LXXXI.
261
u;-
K Cantatur ing of our Lord and Saviour Jejut Chrift z, &c. is
hjc de Ad- terly befides the intent d£ the Pfalme.
ventu
Domini & falvatoris nofbi Jefu Chrifti, &: de vinea ejus
Teflimonium, &c. ~] Bonum Teflimonium veritatis. Denique hoc
reftimonium, & Chriftum & vineam confitetur : hoc eft, & Caput
& Corpus, Regem & plebem, Paftorem & gregem, & totum om-
nium Scripmrarum Mylteriutn Chriflum & Ecclefiam, Aug.
Enarrat. in Pfal.19. Tit. Tom. 8.
Setf. V. The Analysts ', or Principal
Parts.
The Title reprefents to us, 1. The Direction of the
Pfalme, as to theMufick of it : More Generally ; To
the Mafxer-Mufician. More Particularly, to Afaph.
2. The Mtifical Inftrutnents whereon it was to be
tuned; or the Tune, whereunto it was to be fet;
On Shoflmnnim Eiuth. See the Interpretation of
thefe words in the Analyfis of Pfal. do. Title. Eduth
fignifies a Teftimony or Ornament. This Pfalme is an
excellent Teftimony of the Faith of Gods People in ex-
treameftafjUttionsz. 3. The Denomination of it; A
a Hen Pfalme.
Ainfw'.in The Pfalme h felfhelnZ fingular'y pachetical is
his Annot madeupof Petitions and Lamentations. 1. Petitions
on Pfal 80' Pr°Pounc*cd, t/er/". 1 to 14. 2. Lamentations infert-
Title. ' ed, ver. 4. to 14. 3. Petitions re-inforced, ver. 14. to
the end.
I. Petitions of the affiled Church, Propounded. Here
note, I. The Ob)el~l, to whom the Petitions are di-
rected, Defcribed 1. By his Paftora! Office off 1 J
Feeding Ifrael; C2 ) Leading Jofeph. 2. By his fpe-
cial Prefence and Refidence among them Symboli-
cally, fitting between the Che'rubims. If! thefe Defcrip-
tions are notable Arguments implied for Gods grant-
ing their Petitions. II. The Petitions themfelves,v\z.
1. For Audience. 2 For c'?ar manifeftationofGods
favour tothem; Shine bright, vet. 1. 3. Forftirring
up hit ftrength before Ephraim, Benjamin, and Ma-
naffeh, (" An Allufion to their pofture and march in
the Wrldernefs, thefe three Tribes coming next af-
ter the Tabernacle, Numb. 2. 17, i8» 20, 22. and 10.
21,22,23,24. J to come and fave them, vet. 2. 4.
For returning them from mifery, and caufing hU face
tofliine, that they might be faved, ver. 3
II. Lamentations and Complaints of the afflicted
Church, are pathetically interwoven : And they are
laid down 1. Pofitively. 2. Comparatively.
1. More Pofitively, and Abfolutely. Here confider
I.- The Ob)ett of their Laments and Complaints: 0
LORD God ofHofis. II. The Matter of their Com-
plaints, vi^. 1. Gods difpleafure at their Prayer.
Aggravated, C 1 J Hot-difpleafure, fmoal^ againtt
Vrayer, (~ 2 J Againft Prayer of thy People. ( 3 J
For a long time. How long ? emphatical Interrogation
ver- 4, 2. Theextreame mournfulnefs of their con-
dition. Teares their bread and drink from Gods
b Fran nand- Yea> * great meafure of Teares, Shalifio, A
j ■' Tiientalb. So called from three: coutaining a third
A n't ad Part0^ the greateft meafure , four times as big as their
PfSo' Hen or^'nary drinking cup. Teares by flagons, rather then
A'nfw in CuPs> ver' !>• ?• The great reproach that hereupon
they were in by reafon of their neighbouring enemies
ver. 6. III. The Manner of their Complaints, with
renewing the burden of their Prayer, for returning
them from mifery, and caufing his face to fhinefor
their falvation, ver.y.
2. More Comparatively, So they aggravate their
Complaints by an elegant Parallel betwixt their for-
mer and prefent condition, under the fimilitude of a
Vine and Vineyard. I. Their former profperous State
is defribed what it was from their coming out of Egypt
fill the time of this Pfalme, vi^. How 1. God brought
Ifrael as a Vine out of Egypt. 2. Hecaftout the Hea-
then, Canaanices, &c. 3. He planted this Vine in
his Annot.
onPf. 80.
Canaan, ver. 8:4. He prepared the Land for it,v/^.
By his Promifes to Abraham, Sec 5. Rooted this
Vine there, d. It filled the Land : covering the Hills,
extending its branches and roots tar and necr from
the River Euphrates to the Sea, ver. 9, 10, 11. II.
Their prefent calamitout Condition is contrariwite, un-
der the fame Metaphor or Allegory of a Vine, La-
mented 1. More Generally, That God had broken
down her hedges, her defence. 2. More Particularly,
That hereupon fundry fad effects enfued unto here,
W{. I. E very Paffer by did crop her, ver, 12. 2. The
Boareoutofthe Wood wafted it. 3. The wilde Be aft of
the field devoured h,ver. 13.
III. Petitions of the Church are hereupon afrefh
rc-inforced, with refpect to the foregoing Com-
plainrs. And this, I. Allegoric idly, for the whole
Church of Ifrael. Wherein note, I. The Requcfls;
That God would return, lool^down from Heaven, and
mercifully vifn tbU Vine and Vineyard, 2. TheRea-
fons of this Requeft. And they are drawn, 1. From
the Equity of the thing defired* It being a Vine-
yard of Gods own planting; A Son of the Vine, that
is, a Branch of his own corroborating, ver. 14, 15.
C2 J From the extremity of their mifery. Burnt. Cur
down. Periffoing under Gods difpleafure, ver. 16. IL
Plainly, fj) For Gods gracious helping hand upon
the man of hit right hand, Benjamin ; and on the Son
of man,&c. Jacob, beloved of God. Hereby fome c % ""
think CHRISTalCoK meant, with his Body the /""„""'**
Church, ver. 17. (2) For quickening or reviving
them. The Arguments by which this is urged, are,
1. A Promffe of their conftancy with God. 2. A
Promife of their Worfhipping of him, ver. 18. III.
Pathetically, The burden of the Pfalm being now the
third time, with fome addition, repeated : For
Gods returning them from prefent mifery, and cau-
fing hit face to floine, that they might be faved. And
herewith the Pfalm is concluded, ver. 19.
Hen.
Ainfw.
Anrtoi. on
Pf.Zo. 18.
Pfalme LXXXI.
Scff. I. The Summary Contents.
t. An Exhortation toafolemn worfhiping and
praifing of God, ver. 1. to 8. 2. The LORD exhort-
ing his people to Obedience, complains of their Difo-
bedience, which turnethto their hurt, verfe 8. to the
end.
Se&. II. The Vcrfwn out of the
Hebrew.
To the Mafler-Ainfician upon Git tit h0
A Pfalm a of Dfaph.
i/TpO God, our ftrength,fhout-forth, anJfing ;
L To Jacobs God fhrill-out.
2. Take-up a Pfalm, and Timbrel b bring :
The pleafantHarp with Lnte.
3. The Trumpet in New Moon, Ifayl,
Blow-up triumphingly
In time-appointed, at the day
Of our Solemnity.
4. For unto Ifrael of old
This was a- firm-decree :
A judgment due to Jacobs God.
5. For-Teftimony he
Xxx P*
a Heb. or J
To For-
b Heb. giy«
yce.
262
h keb. or ; In
" going
againft the
land of
Egypt or.
in his going
out upon- —
d heb. A lip
I knew not.
C Heb or i
ftrife.
P S A L M E. LXXXI.
f Heb. mak-
ing the af-
cend.
g heb, I wil-
fill-it.
h Hib. and
Ifrael was
not well af-
fected to me
) heb. I fent-
himaway-
i. e. every
one of them.
k heb. or j
jflowet of
cornC.
Selab.
I Jun.in
An nor. ad
Pfal.8i. 1.
m Joan.
Foord in
Expof.
T. 81.
lv.xipus.
Put it in Jofeph c when he did
Go-forth from JEgypt land :
Where I did hear d a language bid,
I did not understand.
6. From load his fhoulder I remov'd :
His hands from basket paff't.
7. Thou cryd'ft in ft raits, 0 my beloved,
Thee a!fo I releaf'd •,
Thee-I-did-anfwer at the Sea
Infecret-place of thunder:
At waters ev'n e of Meribah
I proved thee with wonder.
II.
8. Hear O my people dear-, and I
Will teftine to thee :
O Ifrael obediently
If thou will hark to me.
$. In thee there fhall not one be known
A ftrange an'idol god:
Nor-yct-fhalt-thou-thy-felf-bow-down
Unto a forreign god.
10. 1 am the LORD thy God, from Land
OfEgypt f bringing thee.
Do thou thy mouth wide-open, and
g It-fhall-be-fill'd-by me.
1 1. But to my voice my people deaf
Did not then hearken well :
b Nor any good affeftion-bear
To me did Ifrael.
12. So in their hearts perverfe intent
i I-did-them-fend-away :
In their own counfels lewdly bent
Still walk along fhall they.
13. O-that my people would have bin
To-me-obedient :
That Ifrael had walked in
My w&yes, ftili permanent.
14. Their enemies full-fpeedily
I had debaf'd to thrall:
And turn'd my mighty hand had I
On their diftrelfers all.
1 5. The haters of the LORD, to him
Had-crouched-feignedly ;
Butter the time of them had bin
To perpetuity.
\6. Him alfo with ^the fat of wheat
Compleatly fed had he :
And from the Rock with Honey-meat.
I-had-fufficed-thee.
SeU. Ill . The Kind, OccaJiott> and
Penman.
For Kind, Thrs Pfalm is of a mixt Nature, being
borh Hortatory and Doilrinal. Exhorting Ifrael to
praife God folemnly, and obey him fincerely:
Teaching them alfo what great and manifold caufe
they had to be obedient, and how much they preju-
diced thcmfclves by their Difobedience.
Occafion is not fo certainly and particularly evi-
dent. .Some rhink this Pfalm was penned after the
timeof the Judges, when the worfhip of God was
rcftoredby Samuel or David I. Some, that it was
written after Ifrad had rebelled in the wildernefs,
and would not go againft tre Canaanites , that they
might fubdue them and poflefs their Land, Numb.
<4- and this is gathered/' om wr. 1. 2,13,14, fycm.
The paffages of the Pfalm may be very well accom-
modated to this later Time and Occafion : but the Title
feems not to agree thereunto ; Afaph living in Da-
vids, not in Mofes dayes. And for this caufe I can-
not think that Mofes did penne it. When, or by
whomfoever it was written, In the general ic feems
to have been occasioned by Ifraels Difobedience to
God, after his many obliging mercies manifefted to
them, ver. 10, 1 1. ere.
SeB. IV. The Scope.
The Scope herein intended, is j 1. To Excite Ifra-
el to praife the LORD mod cheerfully in the fet time
of their Solemn Feafts, vii^ The Feajl of unleaven-
ed Bread, Feaji of Wee\_s, and Feaft of Tabernacles,
Deut. 16. 1. 1» 18. 2. And to provoke them to obe-
dience, by the mercies of God. 3. As alfo to bring
them to repentance for their difobedience by bring-
ing them to know what mercies they came fhort of
thereby.
Sefr. V. The Analjfis, or Principal
Tarts.
The 7/7/e fets before us, i. The Direction of it, as
the Mufick, Generally , and Particularly ; To the
MaSler-Mufictan, To Afaph. 2. The Mufical Inftru-
ment whereon it was to be tuned , upon Gittitb.
Though fome, not without good probability, are of
opinion,this may point out the Occafion of this Pfalm
as hath been formerly noted, See Flat. 8. Seft. 3.
The Kind, Occafion, &c.
The Subfiance of the Pfalm it felf is Doftrfnally
Hortatory. Ifrael is here Exhorted 1. To Praife
God cheerfully. 2. To obey God dutifully.
I. The Exhortation of fyael to the cheerful praifin^
of God, is, 1. Propounded, and Described diverfly,
vi^. 1. By theA&sof thankfulneffe. 2. By the Ob-
ject. 3. By the manner, with variety of mufical In-
struments. 4. By the folemn time, when, ver. 1, 2,
3. Il.Vrgedznd enforced by fund ry cogent Argu-
ments,drawn, I. From Gods inftituting and ordain-
ing of this Duty , when Ifrael came out of Egypt,
vi\, at Mount Sin.ni, v. 4, 5. 2. From Gods Redeem-
ing Ifrael out of Egypt, and from all their opprefli-
on there, v.6. 3. From Gods hearing Ifrael in ftraits,
at Red-Sea, &c. delivering them there. 4. From
Gods proving them, and giving them waters out of
the Rock,at Meribah, ver. 7.
II. The Exhortation of Ifrael to due obedience unto
God. And God himfelfis brought inas fpeakingto
Ifrael moft pathetically. Here, I. God incites Ifra-
el obediently to hearken to him, and tohisTefti-
mony, ver. 8. II. God chargeth them ftriftly not to
have, or vvorfhipany ftrange forreign god, ver.$r
Bccaufe he is, i. The LORD. 2. IfraeJ's God.
3. His Redeemer out of Egypt. 4. He will fulfil his
defire, Prayer. If he open hit mouth wide, ask libe-
rally andfreely, he will fillit, ver. 10. III. Gods
complaint againft his people, up-braiding them, 1.
Partly, for their Difobedience to his vojee. 2. Part-
ly, for their difaffection to himfelf, ver. 1 1. This is
aggravated by Gods fpiritual judgments upon them
for this, leaving them to their own per verfe-intend-
ments, and their own Counfels, ver. 12. IV. Gods
pathetical wifli that Ifrael would have been obedient
to him, and have walked in his wayes, ver. 13.
which he notably Amplifies, by the great benefits
that thereupon would have enfued to Ifrael, (which
through difobedience they deprived thcmfclves
of, J vit^. I. His debafing and deftroying their c-
nemies ver. 14. 2. H'u fubduing the haters of the
LOR D to, at leaft, a feigned lubmilfion to him.
3. Hk perpetuating of his peoples time, vcrfe 15.
4. Hit
P S A L M E LXXXII.
263
a Htb. #r,To
For.
%/fcfr.ftand
ing.
e beh.Mkup
honour, re-
rpca, &c
dHt&.jufti-
fie yee the
afflided
and poore.
e H<*. They
know not,
and will not
understand.
4. Hit feeding them with the fat of wheat, for necefti-
ty .* and fatitfying them with Honey out of the Kocl^
for delight, ver. 16.
Pfalm LXXXII.
Se3. L The Summary Contents.
The Pfalmirt, 1. Having tanght and exhorted
Judges to do their Doty, and reproved their negli-
gence, ver. 1. to 8. 2. He befeecheth God hira-
felf to judge, ver.3>
Se&. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
A Pfalm a of Afaph.
l.TN God's Aflembly great
J. The mighty-God b doth ftand:
Amidfl the Gods on Judgement Seat,
He judgeth in the Land.
2. He faith, How long will you
Judge Juch injurious-ill
And faces of the wicked crew
c Refpecting-honour./r/tf ?
Selah.
fHc». As
A.
3. Judge ye the poor-opprefT'e
The Fatherlefs alfo.*
Vnto the poor and much diftreff'c
//»p4m\j/ Juftice do.
4. The weakling out of band
And needy refcue ye „•
Them out of the oppreffing hand
Of wicked-ones fet-free.
5. e Nor underftand do they,
Nor know f though oft reproved, J
They will in darknefs walk afiray :
Earth's grouud-works all aremov'd.
6. Thus fay of you did I,
_ Ye Gods by Office are :
Likewife the Sons of the moft-High
Ye-every-one-rf/>/>en± Saul, asfomethinkg ;
in Expof. who therefore fuppofe that David penned this
Pf.82.Au- Pfalm after he had written, Pfal. $2. againft Doeg,
tyr (cV and after Pfal. 58. againft King Saul and his Court-
.Stmpus. Parafices, this Pfalm notably agreeing with Pfal. 58.
Or the corrupt Judges before aad in King Jehojha-
phats dayes ; which therefore put him C after Re-
formation in Religion J upon the appointing of
Judges and Magift/ates in all the Cities of Judaht
aud giving them great charge about the due perfor-
mance of their Fundion, 2 Chron. 19. 4, 5, 6, 7. as ,
others h think : I fay, whether cichcr of thel'e, or "Kimcbiy
fome other corruption of Judges, gave Occafionio ut habet
this Pfalme is very hard pofuivcly to dctermine.The $im. de
former feems more probable, becaufe this Pfalme Muit m
was Penned in dayes of Afaph, and dire&cd to bim Arg. ad
in refpect of the Mufick of it. pfa^ 82,
Sefr. IV. The Scope.
The Scope intended herein, is; To teach and ad-
monifh the Judges, Rulers,and Princes of the Earth
about their Office, and to excite them to all due
care in the faithful difcharge thereof, ver. 2, 3, Sec.
This is, The Judges Pfalme. And It it very profitable
to Sing this Pfalme before new Judges : or others, when
they are about to fit down on the Judgement Seat i.
Se&. V. The Analyfis^ or Principal
Parts.
The Title contains, 1. The Denomination of it ; A
Pfalme. 2. The Drieftion of it, as to the Mufick of
it ; To Afaph. And fome j^ think Afaph Penned
it.
The Pfalme it felf contains
I. An excellent Dottrine, or Fundamental Pofition,
fit for all Judges ferioufly to Confider upon, vi^.
That God himfelf is Prefent with, and Prefident 0-
ver, all Judges, and their Judgements, ver. 1.
II. A notable Improvement of thit Dotfrine an i Pofi-
tion of Gods prefence with Judges and Rulers in all
their judicial Proceedings, exactly obferving them.
And this, r. Towards Judges. ^.Towards God.
I. Towards Judges, ver. 2. to 8. Whom I. He
fiarply reprehends, for their corruption contrary to
their Office, 1. In their unjuft Judgements. 2. In
their partial acceptance of the perfons of wicked
men. Both which are aggravated by their long
continuance herein, ver. 2. II. He exhorts them to
their duty of doing Juftice and Judgement, in de-
fending the innocent, though 1 Poor weaklings.
2 Fatherleffe. 3 Affliiled. And 4 Poor, and deli-
vering them from the oppreffing hand of wicked
ones, ver. 3. 4. Hereunto they are urged by two
forts of Arguments, viz.. I. By Arguments drawn
from the pernicious effect of the contrary to the
Publick, w$. Confufion of all things will follow
through want or neglect of Juftice: All the Foundati-
ons oj the Earth fl)all be moved out of place. Hyper-
bole. This is further aggravated by the threefold
faultinefs of the Judges caufes of this great evil j
fi J Their ignorance of the Law. (2 J Their un-
willingnefle fully to underfland matters of Fact'
("3 J Their wilfulneffe to walk on in darkneffe, with-
out due refpect to Gods will or their own Confciencc
in matters of judgment, ver. 5. 2. By Arguments
drawn from the pernicious effect of the neglect of
Juftice and Judgement to the Judges themfelves,
vi^- Death, and fuddain unexpected punifhment,
notwithftanding all their prefent greamefs and po-
wer, ver. 6, 7.
^.Towards Godhimfelf. "Who f~upon confiderati-
on of the incurable and unfufferable Corruption of
Earthly JudgesandRuIers) isintreatedtoA7/>, and
take the Reines of Juftice and Government, over
the Earth, into his own hand. Hereunto he is urg-
ed, from his inheriting Soreraign Right and power
over all Nationsjver. 8.
Pfclmr
i Utile
profecto
effet novis
judicibus,
aut jam-
iamadju-
dicandum
fefluris
percini
hoc Car-
men. Sim.
de Muisin
Arg.Pf.B2
k Sim. de
Muit in
Arg.Pf.82.
264
P S A L M E. LXXXIII.
}
a Hf& or {
To For— -
b Hcb. Not
filerce to
the.
C Me b. And
let not the
name of 1 f.
rati be re.
membred
yet.
Pfalm LXXXIII.
Sett. I. The Summary Contents^
1. APathetical complaint unto God of the joynt
Confederacy and Confpiracy of many enemies a-
gainft Gods people, verfe 1. to 9- 2. An earnelt
Prayer againft them, verje 9. to the end.
Sect. II. The Verfwn out of the
Hebrew.
A Song, A Pfalme a o/Afaph.
I.
1. f~\ God, b do thou not ceafe-to-fpeak :
l^/Nor deaf, nor ftiil, O God,be thou.
2. For lo thy foes a-tumult-make ••
And lift up Head thine haters do. ,
3. Againft thy people craftily
They kcxtt-Cour.fd Ao devile ;
They liave-confulted-mutually
Againft thine-hidden-ones likewife.
4.Theyfaid ; Come, from a Nation's /dme
And let uscut-them-quite-away :
c That Ifrael's Expunged name
Be be no more remembred ay.
18. That they may know, when thk if done.
That thou whofe Hume peculiarly
JEHOVAH h-Xhat thou alone
Art over all the Earth moft-High.
Sett. III. The Kinde, Occasion, and
Venman.
This Pfalme, for Kind, is a Prayer.
Occafion of it ; In the General, was fome malicious
confederacy and mifchievous confpiracy of die Edo-
mites, Ifimaelitesf Moabites, and other enemies a-
gainft the people of God utterly to ruine them and
the very name of Ifrael, ver. 2. to 9. But in Parti-
cular, At what time this fell out •, whether in the
dayes of King He^ekjah when Sennacherib by his own
Forces, and by affiftance of other enemies of Ifrael
round about, did violently and infolently invade
Judah, Sec. as 2 Kings Ch. \B.andCh. 19. as Juniitt
^thinks. Or whether in the days ofKingjehofhaphat,
when Moab, Amman, and Mount Seir, and with them
probably many others, came to fight againft Jeho-
(haphat and Juiah, 2 Chron. 20. 1, &V. asmoft Inter-
preters both Jewiih and Chriftians are of Opinion /•,
or whether at fome other time, is hard pofitively and
fatisfaftorily to determine.
Penman alfo of it, whether it was King Hezekjah,
or fome other Prophet in his time, or in the dayes
of Jehofliaphat, is much more dubious, and uncer-
tain.
A Htb. teto
Sifera. as to
Jabin at the
Proolc Kt-
fhon.
e flet.They
were abo-
liihed.
f He6 Put.
fet.—
gfcet. And
as--
h heb. To
the facts of
the winde.
5. For, they in heart confult together :
Againft the Covenant ftrike they do.
6. Both Edom's Tents,and Ifhmaelites,
Moab, the Hagarenex alfo.
7. Gebal and Ammon, and Amaleck :
With Tyre's dwellers the Philiftin.
8. Yea joyn'd with them is Amur's neck.'
They to Lot's fons an Arme have bin
II.
0. Do to them as to Midian •,
rfSiferah, Jabin, At Kifhon's ftream.
1?. Which e were deftroy'd in Endor than :
They at dung for the Earth became.
it. Them and their Nobles f make I pray
Like Oreb and like Zeeb fall,
g As Zebach and as Salmunnah,
Their Authorized-Princes all.
12. Who faid, let's in-pofTeffion-take
Gods houfes to our felves combind.
13. My God, as- rolling thing them make :
As Stubble tofs'd h before the wind.
14. As fire bumes up a wood : alfo
Like as the flame doth mountains burn,
15. Purfue them with thy tempeft fo :
And terrify them with-thy-ftorm.
Selah.
1 btb. Terri-
fied, or,(ui.
denly trou-
bled to per-
petuity.
16. Their faces fill with fhame: that they,
O LORD,may feek thine holy name.
17. Let them be bafli'd, and i troubled ay,
And perifh,and be-cloth'd with fhame.
Sect. IV. The Scope.
The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; Toim>
p'ore the LORD'S help againft the many violent e-
nemies Confederate andConfpiring together againft
the People of God, and againft God himfelf,iM, £rc.
v. 5.— 10, <&c.
k Pratt.
Jun.i
Annot. ad
Pfal. 33.1*
1 Sim. de
Muit Arg.
inPf.Sz..
Joan.Calv
Com. in Pf.
83. 2
Hen. Mai-
ler. Com.
inPf.83.
*>■>!■> &c.-
Jo. Foord
Expof.Pf.
%l.TempHt
Sett. V. The Analyfis^ or Principal
Tarts.
In the Title are, 1. The Denominations of it;
(2) A Pfalme for Mufical In-
ftruments. 2. The direction of it, as tothe Mufick,
CO A Song, for voice. (2) A Pfalme for Mufical In
To Afaph
In the Suftance of the Pfalme, are •, 1. A Petition :
2. A Narration : 3. An Imprecation.
I. A Supplication or Petition to God, that he would
no the as Silent, Deaf, or Still : efpecially at that
time when the enemies made fiich a tumultuous
noife, and lifted up the Head, ver.i. This Petiti-
on is Pathetically urged, I. By Arguments drawn from
the deportment of the enemies and haters of Goda-
gainft Gods people, vi^. 1. Infolently tumultuat-
ing, or making a tumultuous noife. 2. Proudly ex-
alting them£ Ives, v. 2. 3. Craftily confuting and
deviling againft Gods people, his hidden-ones, ("hid
of God in day of evil, Pfal. 27. 5. and 31. 21. J v. 3.
The fum of their crafty Confultations, being; fij
Partly, to cut off Gods people fiom being a Nation.
2. Partly, to blot out of memory the very name of If-
rael.v. 4. II. By an Argument drawn from their con-
fpiracy and wicked confedcracv herein againft God
himfelf,x'. 5.
II. A Narration or Enumeration of the many enemies
againft God and htf people. Then are reckoned up,
viz,. I. Edomitcs. 2. Ifhmaelites. 3. Moabites.
4. Hagnrenes, or Arabians, ver. 6. 5. Gcbal. 6.
Ammonites. 7. Amalekites. 8. Philiftincs. 9.
Tyrians, ver. 7. 10. AiTyrians alfo helping Lots
Children, viz^. the Moabites and Ammonites ,
ver. 8.
III. An Imprecation of Gods people againft thefc ene-
mies
P S A L M E. LXXXI.
261
mies and haters of God and his People. And its very
fevere : they pray for Gods judgements upon them,
I. Under fundry Examples, w£ That God would
do to them, as he didofold, l. To the Midiartices ,
Judg. 7. 22, &c. 2. To S'lfera and Jabm at the
Brook Kifhon, fxig. 4. 1$, 24, &c. who pertflf at
Endor, and became as dun> for the Earth, ver. 9,
lo. 5. To make their Nobles, as Oreb and Zeb, two
Midian-Princes, fudgi 7. 25. 4. And all their
Princes as Zeb ah and Zalmunnah f two King? of Mi-
dian, Judg.8. 12,21. J ver. it. Tliefe examples
areamplified, by the fin whereof they were guilty,
vit. inyadingthc inheritance of God : and therefore
their prefent enemies, being guilty of the like fin, v.
4. deferve the like judgements, v. 12. II. Under
divers Similitudes. As, 1. Of a Wheel, or rolling
thing. 2. Of Stubble before the wind, v. 13. 3-01 a
Wood burnt up with (ire. 4. Of a Mountain allmz
flame,i/. 14, 15. HI. More plainly, they pray, I.
That God would fill their faces with flame, which is
Amplifiedby the good effect defired to them thereby,
viz. That they may feek. Gods Name, ver. 16. 2
That God would abafe them, and trouble them per-
petually, yea put them to fhame and deftroy them
ver. 17. This is illuftrated by the end herein in-
tended,w>.Gods glory .That all men may know that
JEHOVAH it moft High and reignes ow all the Earth
ver. 18.
a heb. And
my ■
b Htb. A
trft to her-
ferf.
c Htb. or,
may p':t,
lay.
d Aeb. and
* Hib. blef-
fednrffes of
the inhabi-
tants of thy
houfe.
fHeb.The
bleffednerfe
of the man,
to him
ftrengthin
thee.
g Heb. they
put it a well
fpring.
Pfalm LXXXIV.
SeU. I. The Summary Contents.
i. ThePfalmift, Exiled from the Sanftuarydongs
for the Communion thereof, ver. 1,2,3. 2. De-
clares how happy they are that dwell therein, ver.
4. to 8. 3: And earnefily prayes to be refiored
thereto, ver. 8. to the end:
SeB. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew*
To-the- Mafler- Muftciarij ufon jGittitb,
A Pfalme } to the Sons of Korach.
I.
1. TTOw lovely are thine Habitacles
PI O LORD of Ho arts adofd!
2 Still for the Courts and Tabernacles
Of thee the holy LORD
My Soul doth long, and alfo faint .*
My heart, a my flefh alfo
Shout-out, in this my fad reftraint,
The living God unto.
3. Yea, eVnthe Sparrow finds an houfe,
And Swallow hath b her neft,
Where fhe her young-ones c doth-repofe :
Thine Altars, there they reft,
O LORD of Hoafb, my King,rfmy God.
4. e O they feblefs't alwayes
Thatm thine houfe have-their-abode :
AndMl they fliall thee praife. Selab.
5./*0-happy m.in,whofe flrength art thou :
T^/'iehigh-waies in their heart.
6. They Baca's valley paffing-through.
g To well-fpring it convert ?
Yea h rain with blcffings covereth them.
7. They go from ftrength to flrength :
In Sion fhall the God of Gods
Appear to them at length.
II.
h Hib. or;
the teacher.
DoHnn m
compared to
rain, Deut.
3*. i. Efay.
4J.8.
8. LORD God of Hoafls, that art above,
Do thou my Prayer hear :
O God of Jacob in thy love
Attentively-give-ear. Selab:
9. O GOD our fhield with fomefweet glance
Do thou fceJFom thy Throne :
And look-upon rthe Countenance
Of-thine annointcd-one.
10. For, in thy Sacred Courts a day
To me is better farre
Than elfewhere in the world to flay
A thoufaad others are :
Ichofein houfe of theemy God
^The-chreihoId-to-poflefTe •,
Farre- rather than toniake-abode
In Tencs of wickednefs.
1 1. For, to his Saints the LORD God ii
A Sun, and mighty Shield,
Both Grace and Glory unto his
The LORD / will freely-yield ;
From-them that- walk in perfe&nefs
m Withhold no good will he.
12.O LORD of Hofls, n liow-blefled if,
The-man that-trufls in thee?
i Heb. the
facet.
kHebto-fit-
at-the-
threfhold-
er; to-be a C
the thre-
shold.
1 heb. will
give,
m hib. he
willnor with;
hold good,
n Htb. the
bleffedneffes
of the man
hoping in
thee.
Setf. III. The Kind, Penman, and
Occasion.
This fweet Pfalme is a Prayer, a mod devout, fer-
vent, and patheo'cal Prayer, for the exiled Pfal-
mifls. free and full Reflicun'on to Gods Sanftuaryand
Communion with God in his Ordinances there.
Penman of it, Interpreters generally fuppofe to
be David 0, though his name be nor prefixed. And 0 Sim. de
I much incline to their Judgments herein •, 1. Becaufe Muis in
the Subjeft-matter and Subfiance of the Pfalme is fo Arg.Pf.84
homogeneal and fuitable to Pfal. £3. written byD. Jun. in
Others referre it rather to the time ofDavids exile by Annot. ad
reafonof his fon Abfxloms rebellion againft him q. Pf.%\.i.
To this later alfo I fhall the rather fubferibe, be- q ]o. 9 1 . 7 .B. hement defire after Gods Tabernacles. 2. His Deda-
Tom. 8. ration of their happineffe that have their abode
Bafil.\<,6cj therein, or free accefs thereto. 3. His earneft re-
/Orditur queft that himfelf may be reftorcd to this gre-at
mercy.
I. The Pfalmifts vehement defire after God and his
Tabernacles, is Propounded and Illuitrated. I. Pro-
pounded, 1. By way of Admiration or pathetical Ex-
quar ingen clamaiion ( afign f of intenfive defire, J at tbeA-
ti/defide- mi ablenefi of Gods Tabernacles. Which amiablenefs
rii fignum was the procreating caufe of this his defire, even
eft. Sim. fnatching his heart after them, ver. r. 2. By way of
pathetical ProfefTion of his vehement defires. Where
note, f'l) The Object: of his defires ; The Courts of
the Lord: The living God. (~2 JThe Quality of them,
as to their fincerity and integrity, being the Defires
of his whole man ; Soul, Heart, and Flefti. C^J
The quantity of his defires, being moft extenfive
and intenfive, in higheft degree, exprefled by his
longing, fainting, and fhout ing-out, ver. 2. II. Illu-
ftrated, 1. Partly, by the liberty of the very defpica-
ble Sparrow m& Swallow, who without impediment
can nettle themfelves and put their young nigh to
the Altars of God : when himfelf was forcibly de-
barred of like freedom, v. 3. 2. Partly, by the en vy-
ed happineffe of them that had free abode in, and
accede to Gods Tabernacles, v. 4. to 8. which makes
up the fecond Branch of the Pfalme.
II. His Declaration of their happinefs that enjoy the li-
berty and Ordinances oftbeSanlluary, whereof at pre-
fent himfelf was deprived. Thefe happy perfons,
were I. They that dwelt in Gods Houfe : vi^. The
Pricfts and Levitcs. They herein happy, becaufe
they were ftill exercifed in the Praifes and worfhip
of God, ver. 4. II. They who had firength in God,
i. e. The people who by God had ability and liberty
of coming to Gods houfe : and did affect to come thi-
ther, having the High-wayes to the Sanctuary in their
hearts, ver. 5. Such people are here counted hap-
py, 1. Becaufe, God profpers their journey with
good fuccefie, ver. 6. 2. Becaufe, by going to the
Houfe of God their number ftill incrcafcrh, v. 7.
1I\. His earneft Petition for his Reft juration to the
Sanlluary. Here confider, I. His vehement and Pa-
thetick requeft, To the Lord God of Hofts, To the
Godof]acob\ To God ourftneld, that he would Hear,
Give ear, See, and lool^upon, tbefaceofhiiannointed,
ver. 8, 9. H. His Arguments whereby he enforceth I
this his Petition. And they are drawn, 1. frj/n the/
autem
Pfalmum
ab excla-
matione,
de Muii in
Com. ad
Pf.84,2.
excellency of this Priviledge of enjoying Gods San-
ctuary, &c. fi J There a day, if better than a thou-
fand elfe-where. (2) There its better to be at the
threfhold, than to dwell in Tents ofwic^ednefs, ver. 10.
2. From Gods Properties and Promifes. ("1) His Pro-
perties are Metaphorically fet forth under the noti-
on of ASun and Shield. A Sun for Influence and
Direction : A Shield for Defence and Protection.
(V)His Promifes, of giving Grace, ind Glory : of with-
holding no good thing fiom upright w,.l\ers. Or, the
former, of ASun and Shield, may be taken as a Pro-
mife alfo. Nothing in the Hebrew is to the contrary,
ver. 1 1. III. His fhutting up his Prayer with an Em-
phatical Admiration at that mans happineffe that
trufts in the LORD of Hofts, ver. 12.
Pfalm LXXXV.
Se&. I. The Summary Contents.
_ 1. The Pfalmift out of Experience of former Mer-
cies, prayeth for the continuance thereof, and re-
moval of prefent troubles, ver. 1. to 8. 2. HePro-
mifeth to wait thereon in confidence of Gods good-
nefs, ver. 8. to the end.
Se&. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
To the Mafter-Ziluftcian, a to the forts
0/Korach, A Pfalm.
1. "I" ORD,with thy land well-pleas'd-thou-wafl
J_ Haft turn'd-back Jacob's b thrall.
2. Thy folks rnjuftice c pard'ned-haft;
Their fin haft covered all. Selah
3. All-thy-great-wrath rfthou-didft-affwage:
Turn'dft from eheat of thine ire.
4. Turn us, O God/our Health : g Thy rage
Againft us make-expire.
5. Wilt thou for-evermorewithus
Have-wrath perpetual f
Wilt-thou-draw-out-/; thine anger thm
Tor Generations all ?
6. That joy in thee thy people may,
Wilt not turn, make-us-live ?
7. \ Thy mercy, LORD, to us-difplay .•
lis thy Salvation give.
8. Pie hear what God the LORD will fpeak,
For to his people all,
And to his Saints, he peace will fpeak ••
But let them Inevcrfall,
Or turn to fickle fooliflineffe.
9. Sure, hisSalvationyr/tna'j
Neer m his fearers ; That Glorioufneft
May dwell within our Land,
10. Met TruJh and Mercy are: yea Peace
And Jufticc kifs-have- given.
1 1. Trutli buds out of the Earth apace :
And Jufticc looks from Heaven.
1 2. Yea, good, the LORD will give : And/»
Our Land n give her increafe,
13. Before his face fliall Juftice go:
« Her fteps in way be'I-place
a heb. »r J
for
sea. III.
b Heb. cap.
tivicy.
c fcfi.er,haft
taken, away
d bib, thou-
didft-ga-
ther-away.
eh That nor this, nor any
other Pfalme, nor any other Scripture was written
in the time oi Anthiochut : becaufe M.tlachi, the laft
Prophet and Writer of the Oldteftament, wrote his
Prophecy a little before the end of the Perfian Mon-
archy, as may appear bv comparing his Prophecy
with the laft Chapters ofNehemiahf. Let the Learn-
ed Reader Judge. Penman, who he was, is altoge-
ther uncertain.
i
Se&. IV. the Scope.
The Scope of the Pfalmift in this Pfalme, is ; Upon
commemoration of former deliverance from Babylon
received, to intreat the L O R D to refcue the Church
of God from her prefent preffing Calamities, and to
incite himfelfand the Church to wain for this Mercy
and Deliverance, ( which as a type ) was to have its
full accomplifhment in their Deliverance and Re-
demption by Jefus Cbrift.
Se&. V, The Analysis , or Principal
Parts.
■ •
In the Title are, 1. the Direction ofitastothe
Mufick : More General, and more Particular 2. The
Denomination of it ; A Pfalme.
In the Pfalme it felf note,
T. A grateful Recognition or Commemoration of
mercy received from God by his people, which is
here laid down as an experimental encouragement
to Faith in the enfuing Petitions. The mercy ac-
knowledged is here defcribed, 1. By the Primary
Caufe thereof; Gods good- pie afure to his Land 2. By
the kind of the mercy, vi\. Returning Jacobs Cap-
tivity, from Babylon, ver. I. 3. By the l'weet way or
effectual manner which God took in effecting here-
of: He removed all the chief Caufes of their Capti-
vity, and impediments to their deliverance, v \. (1)
Theirfin and iniquity: which he had forgiv:n and
covered, ver. 2. fj 2} His own exceeding wrath, and
fervency of anger; which he hid gathered away, and
turned from, ver. 3.
II. An earnefl Prayer v> the LORD for delivering
his people again from renewed diftreffe and affliction
Htrenotc, 1. TheCompellation ofGod, fuitably to
theraifingupoftheir hope; OGod of our Salvation.
2. The Petitions, ( \~) Partly, for rcfloring them ;
turn thou us: that is, from prefent trouble, to our
former good eftate.f" 2} Partly, for celTation and
removal! of his indignation, ver. 4. 3. A Pathetica!
Expoftulation, (iJAgainft the long continuanceof
Gods anger upon them, ver. 5. (2 J About Gods
not turning and reviving his people, that they
might rejoyce in him, ver. 6. 4. A renewed rc-
queftfor Gods Merry .md Salvation, ver. 7.
III. An holy and faithful refulution of the Pfalmift,
to expect and wait upon the LORD by hope, faith,
and patience, &c.and for his gracious anfwer. Which
refolution he confirmes and ftrengthens by fundry
choice Arguments. A?, 1. Becaufe the Lor&will
fpeal^peace to his people, and to his Saints. This is
amplified by the good effect of both their Trouble
and Peace, That they fhall not return again unto folty
and wickednef&r, ver. 8. 2. Becaufe, Gods Salva-
tion is near to his fearers. This his Salvationh illu-
ftrated from Gids end intended therein, vi^. That
Glory might dwell in their Land, ver. 9. This G/;ry
is excellently defcribed, wherein it fhall confift,w^.
CO Partly, In Spirituals. Set down in two Relati-
ons mutually embracing. vi%_. Mercy, and Faith,
ox truth: The Meny of God, received by the Faith
of man. Righteoufnefs and Peace. Gods Righteouf-
nefs working Peace in man, as Rom. 5 . 1. u ver. 10.
11. f2 J Partly, In Temporals, all confluence of
Temporals, ver. 12. ("3) Partly, in the Habitual
Prevalency and ftability of Righteoufnefs before the
LORD, v. 13. All which glory feems to be here
intended to have its Primary and moft Plenary ac-
cemplifliment in the Kingdom of Jeftu Chrift : As both
Ancient and Modern Writers expound die fame.
Pfalm LXXXVI.
SeB.l. The Summary Contents,
1. David ftrengtheneth his Prayer ; fij Partly,
by the Confcience of his Religion, ver. 1. to 5.
(2 J Partly, by the Goodnefs and Power of God,
ver. 5. ron. 2. He defireth the continuance of
former Grace, ver. n.ro 14. 3. And, Complain-
ing of the proud, he craveth fome token of Gods
goodnefs to himfelf, ver. 14. to the end.
Seer. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
A Prayer of David.
I.
i>(~\ LORD, do-thou-bow-down thine eare,
\_J And anfwer-me-do-thou :
For, I am poor-afflicted here,
And very needy now
2. 0 keep my Soul, I humbly crave.
For, merciful I be.'
My God , do thou thy fervant fave
a That-trufteth unto thee.
t Sic. Joan
Calv. in
Com. ad
Ff.8s.9-
u Sic. Fran
Jun. in
Annot. ad
Pf. 8$. 11.
3. LORD
2 IhbMoy-
ing unto—.
264
JJ)Q Captivity^ and re-e-
difying of the Temple and Jerufalem4 -."whereupon
perhaps fomeof the Sons of Korach took occafion by
the Spirits [nfpiration to write this Pfalm, forthe
fupport and comfort of Go: (4) Much of loving kjnd-
neff : (*$) M-tch of truth, v:r. 1 5.
III. Davids Petition to the LORD, for his Return,
Mercy, Strength, Salvation, and fome fign for good
to David. Which is urged, I. Partly, from Davids
Relation to God. His Servant: Son of his Hanl-
maid,W\s born-fervant. 2. Partly, from the effect
hereof upon his enemies, fhameand confufion,vvhen
(Acfmvifli they fhall fee chat the Lord /«//>j and comforts, (Da
meincer-^™'-16'1?-
tamine, &
confolatuf ______________^______________
es me in
trifticia.
Pfalm LXXXVII.
SeB. L The Summary Contents.
x. The Nature and Glory of the Church, ver. i.
to 4. 2. The Increafe, Honour, and Comfort of
the Members thereof, ver. 4. to the end.
Seft. II. The Verfwn out of the
Hebrew.
To the Sons of Korach, A Pfalme^
ui Song.
*h/b. In the
mountaines
ofholynefs.
i.a
AMong the holy Hills above
Is'
his Foundation.
b He/lo/l 2* The L0RD Pecul'lc[rh b doth Iove
jng. " " The gates of his Sion :
c h'eb.or,he. c Farre-more than Jacob's dwellings all.
fore above. 2,. Things- glorious all abroad
Arei poke of thee, and ever (I) all >
O City of our God.
Selah.
a btb. And ■
he the moft-
H.ghflnll
eftabli/h hct.
e Heb. peo-
ple.
(Htb. or;
eyes. Afpe 6ks
g Pfalmus
ifte brevis
eftnumero
verborum,
magnus
eft ponde-
re omni-
um fen-
renciarumj
Aug.Enar.
in Pf. 86.
Tom. 8. in
initio.
h In hoc
porro
Pfalmo
magna?
ubiq; te-
nebra?.
Sim. de
Muii in
Arg.Pf.87.
4. I le mention Rahab, and Fabel
To-thofe-thac-know-me here,
LoPaleftine, and Tyre with Cum:
Born was this perfon there.
$. And faidofSion it (hall be,
Tiiit man, that man alfo
Was born in her: d The Higheft, he
Shall her eftabli/h fo.
6. The LORD, in writing e folk, will count;
Th\$-man, there born was he.
7. And Singers, as Flute-players there :
All my/Well-fprings in thee.
Selah.
SeB. III. The Kind^ Occajion^ and
Penman,
This Pfalm is Laudatory or Commendatory, and
Prophetical, in reference to the Church of God.
Short ("as Augufiine g faith wellj '" *he number of
words : but large in the weight of all its Sentences.
And by reafon of its brevity, ic hath in ic the more
obfeurity.* infomuch due another faith; In this
Pfalme every where are great darl^neffes h.
Occafion ofk,Calvin and others think was the low,
mean . and weak condition of the Church of God af-
iJo.Cal.in
Jri.Pf.87
<& ante
ver. i.H.
Moller. in
Arg. Pfal.
87.
k Joan.
Foord in
Expof. Pf.
8i. Author
t&Temp.
1 Sim. de
Mu is in
Arg.Pf.87.
Jo. Foord
Expof. Pf.
87. Author.
mTo.Calv.
Com. in
Pf.87-«nr
v. I.
270
P S A L M E. LXXXVIII.
a Htb. or;To
anfwer, »r,
fing-by-
turnes.
b tick. »r,an
inftru&ion
to
C Htb.inthe
night, by
night
d Htb. thy
faces,
e Htb. my
Soul is fil-
led with
evils
(Htb. lives
g H,/'. I am
counted-
reputed.
h Htb. ie-
membreft-
tbenvnot-
any-more.
Pltonafm.
i Htb. pit of
lowcft flatcs
kh'b. civ u
haft put.mC
abomina-
tions to
them.
1 Htb. in all
the day or,
in eve.y
day.
m H<£. my.
palmes,
n Htb. X
wonder.
oh<* lo»ing
kindnefs-
kmd mercy
C$ J Paleftina : the Land of the Philiftines. (4)
Tyre. ($)Cnfh, i.e. Ethiopia, Pfal. 68- 32. Un-
der theie, by a Synechdoche, underftand all the reft
oftheGentiles.2. By the Profetfion and Obfervation
ofthat their Call; Iwillma^e mention And
itflyaUbefaid Where, this Call is illuftrated
by the powerful effect it fhould have upon the called
Gentiles ; They fhould be born in the church. 3. By
the fruit and end of this their Calling. Thus the
mofl High ffmll eft ablifl) the Church, v. 4,5. 4. By
the LORD'S own Teftimony confirming this Call of
the Gentiles, in an elegant allufion to the Praftice of
men, in Regiflring and Enrolling free Citizens, v. 6.
II. Th'u Enlargement, and the other glory of the
Church, is notably Illuftrated, by the great joy and
refrefhment which it fhall effeft in the genuine mem-
bers thereof, metaphorically fet forth under the fi-
militudes of Singers, Pipers, and Well-Wrings there ;
or, Eyes, afpeils there, The faithful beholding with
great joy and delight this Enlargement and Glory of
the Church, v. 7.
Pfalme LXXXVIII.
Se&. I. The Summary Contents.
A Prayer containing a grievous and bitter Com-
plaint, by reafon of great and manifold miferies, e-
ipecially Gods Defenion and deep Difpleafure.
Se&. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
A Song, A pfalme to the Sons ofKoracb,
To the Maftcr-Mnfician, on Macha-
latb-a.-leannoth, b AUfchil of Heman
the Ezrachite.
1. T cry'd before thee c night Wday ;
1 LORD God of my Salvation.
2. Before d thee let my Prayer come :
Bend to my cry thine ear anon.
3. For, e full of evils my foul became:
My /life likewife to grave drew-nigh.
4. With Pitt's Defenders^ rank'd-I-am :
A% man, that bath no ir.igbt, *m I.
5. Among the dead freedike the (lain
That in the grave We over thrown,
Whom thou h remembreft nor again:
And from thine hand they- a re-cut-down.
6. In i loweft pit thou-do'ft-me-Iay:
In darkneffes, in dcepeft graves.
7. Thy wrathfull-heat on me doth flay :
And thou afflicVft with all thy waves;
8. My known-acquaintances decajd
From me far-diftanr-rhou-haft- kt,
k Abhorr'd of them thou me haft made .*
Shut up I am, nor forth can gcr.
9. Mine eye quite languiflieth-away
Through mine affliction's heavy bands:
I-calI-to-thee,LORD,/aII the day,
I unto thee fprcad-out m my hands.
10. Wilt thou do n wonders to the dead
Shall dead arife, rt«ie, Thax Sacramen-
though decpeft afflictions and miferies befall them, ta> ea Pf°-
they fhould not look upon rheir condition asdefpe- ferens uf-
rate, but hopefully look up and pray to the LORD que ad
their God for deliverance and faJvation. And its confum-
one of thofe which are called both A Song, and A mationem
Pfalme: the reafon whereof is varioufly apprehend- qua? 'dem
ed, Probably, it denotes fome obfervable fiogulari- Dominus
ty in the Subject-matter of the Pfalme. See what it Panuspro
noted to this purpofe on Pfal.^o. Sect. 5. mundi Sa-
Occafion of writing this Expoftulating Pfalme, was lucead
(as the Subiect-matter of it in the general hints J Partem
lome extream afflictions and miferies even almoft l05utuseii
1 1 . !• i_ ■/-,••_ . . , H'Pr in
Complaints by Prayer to his God, yet not without (
hope of his Salvation and Deliverance by the Lord j T'^'
out ofall his extremities. Annius a Commentator of '
Philo, thinks f as H. Molkriuy hath noted J that „
this Pfalme was fet forth and fung in the fix years M fi?' •
.wherein ]eho']akim was in prifon at Babylon : And a? PfMi
Philo faith, the following Plahn was fetforch to give '*•*./•'»*•
thanks for the prefervation of the Jewifii Nation,
when Evilmerodach brought }chc)a (■///; out of prifon.
But hen in Mollerut determines nothing; nor dare I
in a cafe fo dark and dubious.
Penman of this Pfalme, ("as the Titlefccms to in-
form us) was Heman tb: Eiracbhe, There were
tvv 0
P S A L M E LXXXIX.
271
Zften.
Ainftv. in
his Annot.
on tit. of
Pfal. 83.
a Joan.
Calv Com.
MP/. 88.
i.Tit.
b Fran.
Jun. in
Annot. ad
P[al.88.l.
Jo. Foord
in Exvoj.
Pfal.88.
Author
c Sim. de
Muit Com.
in Pf. 88.
l-Tir.
Vid. etiara
Jo Foord
Expof. in
Pf. 88. Au-
thor & in
Pfal. 89.
Tempus. —
d Fran,
Jun. in
Annot. ad
Pfal. 88. 1.
Jo. Foord
in Expof.
P/.88.7.
Author —
two Hemans and JE.hans ; viz. 1. Heman and JE-
than, Singers and Muficians of the poftcriry of Levi
the Patriarch, 1 Chron. 15.17, 19. and 16.42. Hunan
being the fonof /«/, the fon ol Samuel the Prophet
1S.1//1. 6". 33. himfelf being alfo a Seer or Prophet in
King Davids dayes, 1 Chron. 25. $. And of the
Kingdom promifed to David doth JE'ban treat,
Pful.89.4- &c. Chrifh Afflictions and Ki.igdomare
in thefePfalmes foretold, ("thinks ^ Ainfworth. ) He
was the true David, Hofi 3. 5. 2. Heman and /Ethan
fons of Zerach the fon of 7«rf n- of their
pofterity called after their Names ("who probably
lived in the dayes of King Soli »>in~-\ Reh.'.namJ
and Exrachites from Zerach H.ad of their Family.
For my part,I fee no inconvenience in this hisRefolu-
cion.But I leave this to thejudgement of theLearned.
SeB. IV. The Scope.
The Scope intended in this Pfahne, is ; 1. Mm Im-
mediate and peculiar to Heman. himfelf : vi^. To
intreat the LORD for Relaxation and Deliverance
from his manifold and extream miferies, patheti-
cally fpread before the LORD, v. 1,2,13. 2. More
mediate and Common to orher of Gods deeply a-
fflifted people : vi^. To inftruft and teach Gods beft
anddear;it fervants, that they are not in this life
exempt from fevered extremities of deadly diftrefs
and affliction : and yet they fhould not in any the
worft extremities defpond or defpair, but open all
their grief by prayer,comp!aints and expoftulations,
to their God in hopes and expectation of relief and
fuccour from him even in lowed condition. In this
Pfalme we have fj as fome think 3 a Patern of Prayer
and Deportment in our private affl'Won : In Pfal. 89. a
Pattern of Prayer, See. in cafe of the Churches public^
Calamity d.
Se&. V. The Analyjts, or Principal
Parts.
Iother/ffeofrhis Pfalme are, 1. The Denomi-
nations of it, A Song, A Pfalme. See Pfal. 30. Sett.
5. Title. 2. The Direction or Recommendation of it,
as to the Mufick, (" 1 ) More Generally ; To the Sons
ofKorach C 2 J More Particularly, To the Mifter-
MuficianuponMxchalath leannoth, that is, Either A
Wind-Inflrument, tofingorplay by turnes. Or, the
beginning, or name, of fome famous fad Tune. Or
the words may be nt erpreted ; Touching infirmity;
to affliU, or Humble. Having refp^ft to the Subjeft-
Muter ef the Pfalme. 3. The Nature, Kind, or Sort
of the Pfalme : M.tfcbil. See P/^.Seft. 3. A Pfalme
to give Infraction to the deeply afflicted children
of God. 4. The Author or Penman of it : Heman
the Erjachite.
In the Pfalme it felf, which is, A moft fad Lament-
ing E^poftulating Prayer, note
I. The Gnund and Foundation of hit Prayer, vix^.
His confidence inGod,as fole Author of his Salvation.
IF. Hk Prayer grounded hereupon, is defcribed j
As Part, As Prefent: I. Hit Prayer for rime pad, is
fet forth, by the i.Zeal and fervency of h;lhave cryed
2. Sincerity of it ; before thee: 3. Affiduity, and im-
portunity of it ;r.ight andday,ver. 1. II. Hit Prayer
for prefent, is for Audience of his Prayers now in his
diftrefs : fet forth in two phrafes.,a/er 2.
III. Hit Arguments or Reafons whereby he endea-
vours to enforce his Prayer, are drawn from the Ex-
tremity of thofe Miferies and Calamities, wherewith
he was even overwhelmed. As
i. His Soul was even glutted with evils o*" pfflicti-
on.
2. His very 'life was in condition of Dea^h : vi^.
He was, 1. As a dying mm, vsr. 3. 2. As .1 man
quite dead, and withou- ftrength,goirJg to the grave;
ver. 4. 3. As a m?.n L< n ad lif^ the /lain, forgotten of
God, and cut off from hit hand, ver. 5. yea z-> a mnn in
hwefi pit, darknefs, and deeps : paft all hopes of re-
viving, ver. 6.
3. All Gods waves afflicted him, flowing from
Gods wrath permanent upon him, ver. 7.
4. His defolate and extream defritute condition,
i. Being deptived of his Acquaintance, abominating
him. 2. Being (Jjnt-up as in a Dungeon or Prifon, that
he could not comt forth to rcfrefh himfelf, ver. 8.
5. Hismournful tears through fffrVft ion, mingled
with his dayly and inftam Prayers ver. 9.
6. His extream loi condition of mifery into which
God had brought him. Beji;0, 1 A- Dead, 2. In
the Grave, 3. In D.JiruiTion, 4. In Darknefs, 5. In
the Land of forgetfulneffe. Whereupon he expoftu-
lates the cafe with God : wether God in tfiat his ex-
tremity intended to work miracles ; And how men
in fuch (late could poffibly declare and propagate
Godspraifes, ver. 10, n, 12.
IV. Hit Prayer it afrefh repeated, and defcribed,
by 1. The fervency of it. 2. The earlineffeofit, v.
13. This is again Amplified and enforced,
1. By a Pathetical Expodalation with God, r.
For rejecting him. 2. For hiding his face from him
f.14.
2. By a doleful complaint of the extremity and
grievo'ifnefsofhis Afflictions, Defcribed moft pa-
thetically and elegantly. He being, 1. Ready to dye
through affliction, fiom hk youth up. 2. DiftraZted,
through Gods terrour s, ver. 15. 3. Overflowed with
God's burning wrath. 4. Cut-off quite with his ter-
rours,ver. 16. 5. Surrounded and encompaffed dai-
ly with thefe miferies, as with waters, ver. 17. 6.
Deprived utterly of Lover, fellow-friend, and Ac-
quaintance, hiding them as in darknefs from him, or
hiding them from him thus brought into darknefs,
ver. 18.
Pfaim LXXXIX.
SeB. I. The Summary Contents.
The Pfalmifi, I. Praifetb God for, 1. His Cove-
nant, v. 1. to 5. 2. His wonderful j-ower, v. 5. to
15. 3. His care of his Church, v. 15. n 19. 4. His
favour to David's, and therein to Chrifr.s,Kingdome,
v. 19. to 38. II. Prayeth, I. Complaining of contra-
ry events, v. 17. to 46. 2. Expoftulating, Petition-
ing and Blefling God, v. 46. to the end.
Sea.II.
272
P S A L M E. LXXXIX.
a htb. or, an
InftruQing-
Pfalme.
b Htb. Ge-
neration,
and Gene-
ration.
c htb. to ge-
neration
and genera-
tion.
SeU. II. the Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
a Mafchil ofJEthan the Ezracbite.
I.
1. npHe LORD'S kind-mercies clearly ffjown,
J, For ever fing I fhall :
Thy truth Tie with my mouth make-known
To b Generations all.
2. For, I have faid, kind-mercy ay
Shall-be-built-up on high :
In-Heav'ns, thou (halt confirm alway
In them thy verity.
3. 1 ftricken have a Covenant
With-mine-eleft, fo dear:
Tea unto David my fervant
I faithfully did (wear.
4. Thy feed for evermore I will
Eftablifh, 1 alone.
And c to all Generations^// .
I will build-up thy Throne. Selah.
d htb. over
all his cir-
cuits.
e He&.of the
circuits of
thee.
fHeb.rule-
ingin the
fwellingof
the Sea.
g Heb. haft
beaten,
down,
hhrb- the
arme of thy
might.
i Hit. to
thee the
Heavens;
yea to thee
the earth,
kHtb. didft
creat-tbem
IH-4. To the
an .
m Htb,
vent thy
facet.
pre-
II.
5. Likewife thy wondrous-works, O LORD,
The Heavens fhall confefs :
Yea in the Church of Saints, adord
Shall be thy faithfulnefs;
6. For, to the LORD, who in the fkies
May duelybe compar'd ?
Among the Mighties fons likewife
Who likened to the LORD?
7. In fecret of the Saints, our God
Mofl terrible if found:
And dreadful Coverall abroad
That-are-about-him-round.
8. LORD God of Hoafis, O mighty JAH,
Who like thee, earth throughout i
Or like thy faithfulneffe, e that ay
Thee-compafle t h-about i
0. Thou /ruled mofl puiffantly
O're-fwelling of the Seas :
When rolling-waves thereof rife-high,
Thou ftillefi them with eafe.
10. Thou Rahabg down-haft-fhattered
As wounded man doth fall:
With h thy might's arm haft fcattered
Thine Adverfaries all.
11. * Thine are the Heavens, topojfefl j
And thine the Earth below :
The world and all its plenteoufnefs :
Faft-founded them haft thou.
12. The North, the right-fide-S'oHtfc alfo,
Thou j^didft-create-the-fame •'
Tabor and Hermon, to andjfo,
Shall-fhout-forth in thy Name.
13. / Thou-haft an Arme with Potency :
Thine hand is very ftrong.
Thy right-hand is exalted-high
Thy creatures all among.
14. Pure righteoufnefs and judgment are
Thy Thrones prepared-place:
Vnftained truth and mercy rare
m Do-go-before thy face.
III.
15. n O happy folk that-know aright
The jubilation /
In thy fweet Countenances Jight
They-fhall-be-walking-on.
i(5. They, in thy Namejhall all the day
Exult-with-gladfomnefie :
And be-exalted-high-fhall-they
Through thy great righteoufnefs.
17- Eecaufe thou art the glory ft ill
Of rt//their-mighty-ftrength :
Our Horn likewife through thy good-will
Shall be advane'd at length.
18. Eecaufe, unto the LORD alone
_ Our Buckler appertains :
Likewife to Ifr'els Holy-one
Our King, thatonely reigns.
IV.
19. Then to 0 thy Saint by Vifion
Thou fpak'ft,and dideft fay,
I've laid help on a mighty-one :
I have advane'd, tofway,
One-chofen from the-people all.
20. David my fervant dear
I found • Him with p mine holy oyl
I have annointed here.
2r. With-whom mine hand 9 (hall ftablifh'd be,
r Him ftrengthen fhall mine arme.
22. The foe fhall not exaft on-him •"
And himafilift, or harm,
Shall not the fon of wickedneffe.
23/BeforehisfaceI fhall
Beat-down the-foes-that-him-diflrefs :
And plague his haters all.
24. And my truth and my t clemency
Shall be w ith him the fame :
Likewife his horn exalted-high-
-Shall-be through my great Name.
25. Likewife his farre prevailing hand
I will put in the Sea :
Yea his right-hand with great command
In Rivers far re away,
26. He (hall-call-on me in thU wife,
My father thou alone
Art : andmy God, The Rock likewife
Of my Salvation.
27. 1 attojreely will him give
My fir ft-born fon to be :
Above-the-Kings on earth that live
Be very high ff/atl he.
28. My loving-kindnefs I for him
Shall-fafely-keep foray :
Likewife my Covenant for him
Shall faithful be alway.
29. And I will fct his feed full Jure
To perpetuity :
Yea as the dayes of Hca v'n, to dure,,
Confirmehh Throne will J.
V.
30. Teit'tf his fons my law forfake :
And u from my judgments fvvervc.
31. If they my (tatutes x lewdly break •,
Nor my precepts^ obferve .•
n Htb. The
hippinctics
ot* the
people
knowing.
o htb. thy.
gracious-
iamctby-
mercifuU-
one.
p Htb. oyle
of my
holinefs.
q Htb. fhall
be lUbli-
Ihcdw.th-
him.
c Htb. And
him
or, yea him
a Hfi.Ar.d I
Hull beat
down his
diftrcflers
before his
faces.
c htb. loving
kinduefs.
kind-metcv.
52. Then
u htb. fhall
nt>c walk in
rov judg-
ments,
x Htb fliall
prot'hane.
y Heb con -
!er\c keep.
P S A L M E LXXXIX.
273
% Hib. their
prevarica-
tion*
a htb. from-
with him
mv-loving-
kindnefs.
b Htb. will
nor prophan
c Heb. the
going-forth
of my lips.
dHeb. Haft
put a mine
all
e htb. the
dayes of bis
youthful-
nefses.
iHib. over.
him --
or,upon him
g Heb. Re-
member,
hovsrtranfi-
tory I.
h He b. the
hand, of hel
i Heb. Re-
member -..
k htb, my
bofome,
ltW'.peoples
m Heb do
*eproach.
32. Then vih"t with the Rod will I
^ Their-crofe-tranfgreflion ;
And their abhm"d iniquity,
Which ftripes fent thereupon.
33. But a towards him my gracioufnefs
I will not make-to-faile :
Likewifeagainft-my-faithfulnefs
I will not falfly-dealc.
34. My fir mely-ft a blfi^d Covenant
I b never will prophane :
And c that which from my lips forth-went
I will not change again.
35. Once by mine holynefs I fwore.-
If I to David ly.
35. His Seed (hall bee for-evermorc
Likewife his Thronejer bight
Shall\\kc the Sun before mee bide.
37. Like-Moon, be-ftablifh'd ay:
And as a Witnefs doth refide
In sky faithful alway.
VI.
38. But thou haft caft-off, and refuf'd :
And waft-exceeding-wroih
Which thine Anoynted,/7;dr/>Jy vWd.
39. Thy Servants Cov'nant-0?• 5- Prom fundry Efenrial Attributes of God,
chedout Juftice, Meriy, and truth: whereby he is able and
over the willing to make good his Covenant, advance Davids
emyry- dejected Kingdom, and fupprels the enemies there-
place Jo!) of,^er. 14. »
26. 7.
The riglu-fide "J that U, the South, (as the Chalice Paraphraft
explaineth, J fo called; because, a man ftanding with his face to
fie Eaft C'tf they were wont when the prayed J the South as on bb
right hand. So the Eaft, « called Kedem, before : And the Weft,
Achor, that is, behind, Job 23/8. Ifai.y. 12. It feemed that this
turned to Superftition and Idtlatry, that men prayed towards the
Eaft ; Vierefre God fo ordered his tabernacle and temple, that all
worfiipped there, with their faces to the Weft, E^ek.8. 15. Exod.
27. Numb. 3. Tabor 1 a goodly Mountain in Galilee, Jofh. 19. 22.
Judg. 4. 6, 12* Hermon } Another fair Mountain Eaftward,
without Jordan, called alfo Shirion,See Pfal. 42. 6. and 29. 6, By
thefe are meant the Eaft and Weft-parts, anfwtrable to the former %
North and South .• As the Chaldee Paraphraft faith ; tabor in the
Weft, and Chermon that is in the Eaft. H. Ainfworth in his Annot.
on Pfal. 89. 13.
3. In refpeU of Gods benignity and care over his
Church and People : efpecially in the Kingdom of
David, and Chrift, Here, 1. His Church and people
are defcribed ; A people that know the 'joyful found, viz.
Of the Trumpet calling to Solemn Afiemblies wher-
in they were to have communion with God. 2.
Their happinefs isatfcrted, 0 the bleffednefs of the
people . 3. This their happinefs is explica-
ted, bythefweet fruits and effects of enjoying Gods
ordinances upon the joyful found, vi\. (ij Walk:
ingonin the light of Gods Countenance, ver. 15. (2)
Conftant gladnefs in God's Name. (2, J Exaltation
in his Righteoufnefs, ver. 16. 4. All this isillu-
ftrared by the Caufes thereof, vi\. QiJ The Lord
being the glory of their ftrength. C2J His favour,
exalting theio, ver. 17. ("3 ) Their Shield f^in
Davids and Chrifts Kingdom} being from him.
CaJ Their King ( or Davids R-.ce, efpecially
C HR IS Thimfelf J being of the Holyoneoflfrael,
ver. 18.
4. In refpetl ofGodsfmgular favour to Davi/s King-
dom and Seed; and efpecially to Crirm and his E-
verlafting Kingdom, principally intend -d therein.
In both, Gods great care and love r,q his Church
was Eminently Demonftrated. Here Note. I.
the Manner of Gods revealing his pleafure andpur-
pofe touching Davids and Chrifts Kingdom, vi^.
By Vifion to his holy Prophets. II.. Gods Elelihn
and Vocation of David to the Kingly Office, ver. 19.
20. III. Gods Promifes to, ap.d Covenant with
David, 1. to eftablifh and ftrengthen him, ver. 21.
2. Tbproteft him from his enemies power and pre-
valency over him, ver. 22. 3. to fubdue his enemies
and haters, verfe 23. 4. To be with him by his mercy
and faithfulnefs, andtoexalt his power, verf. 24, 5.
to enlarge his Dominion to the Sea and Rivers, verf,
25. 6. to accept him in a near and dear Relation to
himfelf, 3i a Father, Sec. his firft-born, &.c.ver.26t
27. 7. to perpetuate his mercy to him, and eftabli/h
his Covenant with him, verfe 28.- 8. to prepetuate
his Seed, and his Throne for ever, verfe 29. This
laft Promife is further amplified, (~ 1 J From adver-
fity of Difpenfation in cafe of his Childrcnsdifobedi- .
ence , tur. Caftigation of them with his Rod and
Stripes of affliction, ver. 2,0, 31, 32. £ 2) From his
fixed refolution notwithftanding, ?.Tot vtterly to tak?
from him his loving-kjndnefs; Nott? fttffer his faith-
fulnefs to fail, verf. 33. Not to break, his Covenant ,
Not to alter his Promife, •ver. 34. f 3 J From the Ad-
junft Oath of God for confirmation of his Cc ^cnanc
with David, verf. 35. Q 4 ) From Similitude of things
durable in Heaven above, vi\. The Sun, and Moon,
the faithful vvitnefs in Heaven to this Covenanc of
God, ver. 36,37.
II. Puerto the LORD, is hereupon Pathetically
poured forth, •uerf. 38, foe. wherein, the Pfalmift
Complainetb , Expoftiilateth, Petitioned, and Blef-
feth.
1. Complaineih of fundry fad Events to the King-
dom of David, feemingly contrary to Gods former
Covenant and Promifes, vh(. 1. that God hadre-
)elled, abhorred, and been wroth with his Anointed,
ver.2,%. 2. T/JrtfGodhad abolifhed his fervants Co-
venant. 3. that God had Propbaned bis Crown to the
Earth, ver. 39. 4. that God had ruined all his King-
doms, Defences, and ftrong-holds, verfe 40. 5. tliat
here-
P S A L M E. LXXXIX.
hereupon he was fpoyled by all papers ^and re-
proached by his neighbours, ver. 41. 6. That his
enemies were exalted, and reioyced, verf. 42. 7.
Tnat God had deferred him in the day of Battel, ver.
43. 8. That God had diminished and made ceafe hit
glory and bright nefs. 0. That God had thrown down
hit Throne to the ground-, ver. 44. io. That God had
fljortnedthe dayes of hit youth, and coveredhim with
fhame, ver. 4*5.
2. Expoftulateth with God, r. For his hiding him-
felffo long from all this mifery upon Davids King-
dom for ever. 2. For the vehemency of his wrath
burning like fire, ver. 4.6.
3. Petitioned the L O R D, 1. To remember, the
fhortneffeof his time; The vanity of all men ; The
certain and inevitable Mortality of Man, verfe 47,
2. To remember and manifefr. his former loving- \
I
43
kindneffes [worn to David in truth-, verfe 49. 3. To
remember, the reproach of hit Servants ; His own
reproach from all the mighty-people ; The reproach of
Gods enemies wherewith ibey have reproached the foot-
fteps of hit Anointed, vi*. The waves, Mfe, aftions,
fufferings, Sec. of David, o(Ch>ift ind his Members
verfe. 50, $ 1.
4. Bleffeth the L O R D, hoping the L O R D will
hear, and reflore Davids Kingdom. And fo con-
cluded this Pfalme (and this third Book. ofFfalmes )
with, Amen, and Amen u, verfe 52. u De par -
ticula
Amen,ScAmen, facile aflentior, diftinguendi Iibricaufa, hic,uc
alibi, efie pofitam. Joan. Calvin. Comment in Pfal. 89. 53.
After this Pfalme,and before Pfalme 90. next follow-
ing. The SyriackVerfionx. hath it thus j
The end of the Third Book,
jttfU%Mt% of the Fourth Book:
X Bibl.
Polyghtt.
ante Pfal,
9o.
13D
V S A L M E. XC.
«*» <&* *3r* «S» «&» *3» *4r» <4-» . *S»
i-» . *&* *•» *£'» «*• «*»
WmSmmmt
«$» •#» «4k* *j<> «i»
*&» •*» ««•
www®
^3CM3CA3'
«$* **» •$»
'.J? "VJ? Ip" 'ti? if? %v xJ>s> "p X? S?^*?
*•£* «j» «-J<» e-^k» *J» e^» «£k»
^ym nso
THE FOURTH BOOK
Viz,. OF
P S A L M E S.
y See the
Preface
before the
Pfalmes
SetfionVI
o
Fthe Partition of the Pfalmes into Five
t/iftinlf Books, enough hath been noted
already. This FOVRTH BOOK OF
PSALMES begins with Pfal. 90. 1.
years,
In them are threefcore years and ten ;
And if in /ftrength be fourfcore years,
Yet is their m prime but grief and pain :
For it is fpeedily cut-down,
And hence we fly, and d/f appear.
11. Who knows the ftrength of thy n (harp-frown*
0 Thy wrath, according to thy fear ?
II. 1 2. To
a Hf i toni
an habicaci.
on.
b ^''.gene-
ration and
generation
c fcrfc.and
d beb. or ;
bring-forth,
form.
e h,b. contri-
tion, comrni-
nution.
f beb. Adam.
gbtb.tsyC'
itenlay
when it is
pa ft.
hheb.
changeth.'
i fcel'.chang-
etli. «(>
\
r S A L M E XC.
277
IL
pHeb.
maybring
or caufe-
to-come.
12. To number our declining dayes'
So make us know, 0 thou mofi hjifkt,
That unto Wifdom'j choifefi wayes
The heart wepclofely-may-apply,
13. Tet once again-return-do-thou,
O LORD, how long wilt difappear !
Likewife let it repent thee now
Concerning ur thy fervants dear.
14. Us in the morning fatisfie
With thy kind-mercy fweet alwayes ;
That we may fliout triumphantly.
And may rejoyce in all our days.
15. Make thot us to reioyce once more,
According to the days wherein
Thou haft attWftcdusfulIfore,
The years wherein we ill have feen.
16. Thy work ^apparently-exprefs
q HebXtx Tjnt0 thy fervants, now down trod.
it appear. And on 'their Sons thy glorioufnefs.
or;befeen. 17. The r beauty of our LORD our God
r#U6.plea- Up0n us let it be likewife ;
fantnefs. And/unto us eftablifh yet
(Heb. or ; The work our hands flail enterprife :
upon-us yea our hands work eftablifh it
Tfjejec ond Verfion out of the He-
brew of an ea(ier Tune.
A Prayer 0/ Mofes the Man of God.
i./^vLORD, an Habitation
\Jr Tliou haft been to us here
In Generation and Generation.
a Heb. the 2. Before a the Hills born- were ;
moun- Before thou hadft-brought-forth alfo
tains. The Earth and World abroad ;
Ev'n-from-Eternity thou to
Eternity art God.
3. To Deaths utter contrition
Thou forry-man doft turn -,
And fay'ft, ye Adam's fons anon
Vnto your duft return.
4. For /o, a thoufand years at lafi
bHeb in ifrr £w ft before thy fight,
thine eyes. As yefterday when it is part,
And of a watch by night.
5. Them-as-with-flood-thou-tak'ft-aw ay,
Evn at a fleep they ate .-
And in the morning-/e/ declares.) is A Prayer.
Penman of it, was Mofes the man of God: it being
entituled, A Prayer of Mofes the man of God: who
can rationally be imagined to be the Amanuenfisof
it, but Mofes? And C as Calvin notes ) the rather, yJo.Calv.
becaufe even in Mojes^s times Pfalmes were in ufe p. Tit. Pf. 90.
And therefore, Auguftine and others do caufclefly q Aug.
doubt of Mofes writing this Pfalmo/. And the con- Enarr.in
ceit of Saadia, under/landing by thisPhrafe,^Frfes writing this Pfalm is varioufly Tom. 8.
apprehended. Some think Mofes wrote it when he iJo.Voord
had numbered the people of Ifrael the (econdtime in in Expof.
the Plains ofMoab, Numb. 1. 1 , 45 , 46 t. The Chat- Pfal.90.
dee Paraphraj} hath it thus; A Prayer, wherewith Tempw.
, Mifesthe Prophet of the LORD prayed, when the Peo- u InBibl.
pie of the houfe of Ifrael finned in the Wilder nefs, H: Polyglot.
fp*ke and faidu: Hereupon, fundry Interpre- P fat. 90.
B b b b tcrsx,
tl Heb.forxs
o Heb. JE-
HOVAH
our God.
zjB
r S A L M E. XC.
X Sim. de
Mu'ts in
Arg.Pj'90.
Fran. ]un.
inAnnot.
ad Pfal.
90. l
H. Ainfw.
in hit
Anuot. on
Hen. Moll,
in Arg. Pf.
90.
rers x, eying the Matter of the Pfalme, incline to
follow the Cbaldee Parapbrafl : Only whereas the
Chaldee (peaks more Generally, they point out
Hie Occafion more particularly, viz. That, when the
Spies, fent to fearch the Promifed Lanrl, had return-
ed and made their report of it, all Ifrael murmured
fogrievoufly againft Mofes and Aaron, the Lord was
fo deeply difpleafed, that he fware, that none of
them of that Generation that provoked God, mould
enrer into it, but they fhould wander in the Wilder-
nefs, till all their Carcafes fhould be fallen there,
See Numb. 13. and 14. th, roughout. Hereupon, at
Gods dreadful Sentence of Death upon that whole
Generation, they conceive Mofes Penned this Pfalme,
Asa Form of Prayer wherein the people were to la-
ment their own exceeding fragility, as well as the
common mortality of mankind ; confeffing and be-
wailing their fins the Caufe thereof, and imploring
the Lord for his Grace and favour againft their pre-
fent mifery, and for their prefent and future under-
yJo.Calv. takings. But Calvin v thinks , if conjecture may
in Com. ad have place, it is credible, that Mofes wrote this
Pf. ?o.Tit. Prayer, when now the time of his death was at hand
that he might leuify the daily grief under which the
people had almoft pined away, and might refrefti
their minds oppreffed with an heap of evilsfor forty
years together in the Wildernefs. Therefore he op-
portunely prayes ; Make thou in reyoyce, according to
the dayes thou baft afflict" ed ut, the years wherein we
bavefeen evil, ver. 15. I fee not any inconvenience,
why thefe two laft Opinions may not be joyned toge-
ther : The Occafion being, Ifraels many miferies,efpe-
cially their great mortality in the wildernefs j The
time of writing this Pfalme upon that Occafion, being
a little before Mofes\ death. Let every one here-
in enjoy his own judgment.
Seft.IV. The Scope,
The Scope chiefly intended in this Prayer, is; In
deepfenfeof humane frailty, and of Ifraels great
mortality and miferies in the Wildernefs, together
with the caufe thereof, their fins and iniquities,
To befeech the Lord, in the name of Ifrael; To
inftruft them in the beft improvement of this
their frailty unto wifdome; To return to them
with wonted favours, and make them rejoyce accor-
ding to the long time of their affiidions-, To reftore
them and their children from diftrefs ; To accom-
plifh his Covenant with them, in ftabli/hing their
great work which they were about, the taking of the
promifed land into poffeffion. Now thefe things
throughout this Pfalme are fet forth with fuch abun-
dance of elegant Rhetorical figures, metaphors, and
fimilitudes, adorning the Pfalme as theftarresrhe
fky^, that many things therein are the harder to be
underftood, though the ftrain be the more (lately
and lofty.
Sett. V. The Analyfis^ or Principal
Parts.
z Difficile
& obfeu-
rum eft
hoc car-
men
propter
figuras &
fimilitudi-
ncs varias,
necnon
genera
loquendi
fublimi
poefi
digna,
quibus, ut
ccelum fy-
deribus,
diflingui-
tur arque
ornarur.
S/m. de
Muit in
Arg.Pf.90.
The Title of this excellent Pfalme manifefts, 1.
The kind of k ; A Prayer. Many Pfaimes are Pray-
ers : but four are fo (tiled, vi^. Pfal. 17. 86. 90.
102. 2. The Penman of it, defcribed; ( I J By
his Name; Mofes. f"2 J By his Office Prophetical;
tlie man of God. i. e. The Eminent Prophet of God,
or Seer. See 1 Sam. 9. 6, 8, 9, 10, 11.
The Pfalme, or Prayer itfelf contains
I. A Preface,whcte\n Ifrael ("now in great mifery
in the wildernefs ) acknowledged), 1. Gods pecu-
liar providence and protection ro them in all for-
mer Generation?, cfpccially in dayes of Abraham,
rf.v't.-tod\iftyver.2.. 2) Expound-
ed and Illuftratcd by many Comparjfons and Simi-
litudes. Mans frail life being refembled, f O To
yefterday when it it paft : though a thoufand years
long, yet its no more in Gods fight. CO To a watch
m the night, ("which was but three houres long, ver.
4. (3)Toafwift/<,0'& fl"H
beat thee .
up upon
theirPfaImus
ifte eft de
quoDominum noftrum Jefum ChrifUimtenrareaufuseft. Au-
diamus ergo, ut poflimus Inftru&i refiftere tentatori, Nonpra?-
fumentes in nobis, fed in ipfo qui prior tentatus eft, nenos in
Tentatione vinceremur: Illi enim tentatio non erat r.eceflaria.
TentatioChrifti,noflra Do&rina eft. Aug. Enarrat. in Pjal. Xc.
p. 998. C. Tom. 8 Ideo tentatus eft Chriftus, ne vincatur
a tentatore Chriftianus. Aug. ibid.p. 1007. D- Tom. 8. Bafil. 1569.
This Pfalme, as touching the Kind of it, hDoftri-
nal, and Eminently Confolatory. The whole Do&rine
of it is moft comfortable to every one that truly be-
lieves in God, apd relyes peculiarly upon hisAH-
fufficient protection j againft all dangers and diftref-
fes. I may fitly ftile it ; — The Saints Cabinet of com-
fort under Gods Proteilion againft all feared or felt af-
fliSion. It is an Vntituled Pfalm in the Hebrew, as
many others are. See P fa I. 1. Sect. 4. and there-
fore we cannot be fo certain who was Inftrumental
Author or Wricer of it ; efpecialiy the New Tefta-
ment and other Scriptures being wholly filent here-
in.
Penman is varioufly gueffed at ; and but gueffed
at. The Hebrews think it was Mofes q, So Eqra,
and others, And their Reafon is ; becaufe Pfal. 90.
being Entituled A Prayer of Mofes, all the Pfalmes
following till Pfal. 101. ("which is Entituled A Pfalme
of David, J make no mention in their Titles of any
Penmanzt all : whence they judge it probable that all
thefe Pfalmes were written by Mofes. But the in-
efficiency of this Reafon is eafily evinced by that
confederation of Sim. de Muis r, vi^. Thac in Pfal.
99. 6. there is mention of Samuel,who was born long
after the death of Mofes. Therefore at leaft Pfal.
99. was not written by Mofes. Moft Wricers think,
Davidxvas Penman of this Pfalme. The LXXII. ac-
cording to the moft Ancient Roman Vatican Copy,
hath this Title prefixed ; "''Atvo$ sJillltruft,ver. 2.
JU.The compleat Protettion and fafety of every fuch
faithful foul thm confiding inGod, isafiured by heaps
offwecteft Heart-reviving Promifes to him, for his
compleat Defence againft, Support under, Delive-
rance from, and Triumph over all imaginable
ftraits and dangers. Which Promifes are laid down
in Exprefftons moft Elegant, Emphatical, and Com-
fortable, v. 3. to the end. This his AH-fufficient
Protection of the faithful, is Defcribed, Illujlrated,
and Confirmed, very Pathetically.
1. Defcribed, 1. By the Deliverance promifed,from
Fowlers Snare, and Peftilence of woful evils, v. 3.
2. By the Defence promifed, under the Metaphor of
the Fowles wing covering her young. Which is
further ilhiftrared ; Partly, by the tru ft of the faith-
ful in this Divine Defence, as the young under the
Fcathcrsof the Dam. Partly, from the ftrong Rca-
fon of this his Confidence, vi%_. GodsTruth, compa-
red for the furcneh'e and fafety thereof to a Bucljcr
and Shield,v. 4.
2. Illuftrated notably, r. By diflribution of Perils, 1
vi\. By Day or Night, from fear of which he pro-
mifeth to fecure the Faithful, v. 5,6*. 2. Byanin-
ftance or lli ppoficion of the greateft and moft over-
whelming Calamity ,_ from which he ftlall be fecured,
v. 7. 3. By companion of the unlike condition of
the ungodly, v. 8. 4. By defcription of the fulneffe
of Protection from evil, which ftia II enfue upon full
affiance in God, v. 9. 10. 5. By the Jnftrumental
Means, or AdminiftringCaufes of the Faithful per-
fons fafety, vif. Gods good Angels, and their exaft
cuftody, v. 11,12. 6. By his Triumph even over
the moft terrible and dangerous evils or enemies
imaginable,!). 13.
3. Confirmed and further Amplified by fbndry Pro-
mifes propounded as by God himfelf, fpeaking in
the firft Perfon. Thefe Promifes of Gods Protec-
tion, are, i. Laid down in variety of fweet Exprefli-
ons ; / will deliver him, t will fet him on high, &c.
2. Amplified ; (ij Partly, by certain moving Caufes
as it were inclining the LORD to protect him, vi^.
His Cleaving to God : Knowing his Name : Calling upon
him. C2) Partly, by the Adjunct benefits or ad van*
tages that fhall refult from that Divine Protection,
vi^. Gods honouring him ; Satisfying him with length,
of dayes, Maying him his Salvation, v. 14,15, \6.
Pfalm XCII.
Seff. I. The Summary Contents.
The Pfalmift reacheth how Good it is to praife
God, Morning and Evening, efpecially on the Sab-
bath-dayes, v. 1. to 4. 1. For his great Works, 11.4,
5,5. 2. For his judgments on the wicked, v. 7. to
11. 3. For,hisgoodneffetotheRighteous,v.ii.ror/;e
end.
Sett. II. The firft Verfion out of
the Hebrew.
A Pfalme, A Song for the day of
Sabbath.
1. /^\ it U good n the LORD to praife :
\_J And b ling unto thy Name,Moft-High.
2. In morn thy mercy c forth to blaze :
And in nights thy fidelity.
3. On d ten-ftrings, and on Pfaltery,
On e Higgajon with Warp's fweet noife.
4-For with thy work thou-mad'ft-me-ioy,
LORD : Tie in thine hands Actsrejoyce.
5. 0 LORD, /How great thine Acts do-fhow /
Thy thoughts g moft deep are, tobefcand.
6. Abrutifti man doth not this know,
h Nor doth the fool this underftand.
7. When th'wickcd fpring as grafs, And all
The workers of iniquity
Do riourim : It is that they fhall
Ec /' ftroy'd to perpetuity.
8. Eut thou, O LORD, art high for ay.
9. For lo, O LORD, ^ the Foes of thee
For Io,thine enemies / fhall decay .•
//; 111 workers all (ball fcattered be.
io. Ei:t
a H(h. to -'
caiifefs to
JEHOVAH
b He') to
fing Pfalme
c beb. to
fliew forth,
d Htb. deca-
chord, or }
ten- ft ring-
ed-inftru-
ments.
e Heb.or-
meditation.
or, medita-
ted fang.
f bcb. How
greatned
are chine
AQs
R Ucb. ve-
hemently.
h Het. and
the uncon-
ftant-f>ol
doth not
•mJerftanJ
this.
1 Heb. or ;
aholilhed,
extermina-
ted.
k Hcb. thy
rites.
1 btb. Hull
penfti.
m bcb. all
workers of
iniquity.
P S A L M E XCII.
10. But thou mine horn fhalt-Iifc-on-high,
as Horn of Unicom the while :
n He!', or, « I am anoi nted plentcoufly
myne old- withfrefh and delegable oyle.
wnen-Iam- ... ._
old, ipj«4« 1 1. Mine eye fhall fee f&e doom hkewife
tnomud &c 0 On-thofe-ro-me-rhat-cnvy-bear.
o Hcb. on Tjpop^, ill-doers that up-rife
Againft me, III mine cars fhall hear.
mine Envi-
ers
p Htb. ma-
lignant*.
<| Heb the
planted
ones in the
Houfe of
jEilOVAH
r Heb. that
the —
s H. in-:
conftanc-
fool.
hHeb.
workers of
vain iniqui-
ty
1 keb. abo-
lifhed, or,
extermina-
ted to
perpetuity.
* beb. fhall
perilh.
1 beb. or ;
mine-old-
age (ball bee
anoynicd
with-
m beb. ma-
lignant;.
nheb. Date-
thefecond Verfion out of the
Hebrew^, for a more com-
mon tune.
A Pfalr/iej A Song for the day of
Sabbath.
1. T TNto JEHOVAH to tonfefs
U. It it a a pleafant thing ;
And, O moft-Hign,wir/) than\ftdnefl
To thy Name Pfalme-to-fing.
2. Thy-loving-kindnefsforth-to fr.ew
Stillia the Morning tight,
Thy confiant fi ithfulnefs alio
To publifl} b every night.
3. Upon the Ten-ftri ng'd-Inttrument,
And on the Pfaltery- •,
e With meditation pertinent
An Harp, melodioujly.
4. For with thy -wondrom work, O LORD,
Thou-haft-rejoyced-me ;
In thine hands Actions adored
I-will-fhout-forth to thee.
5. How d great, LORD.are thine Ads/ Thy thoughts
Are e very deep, unfeari'd.
d./ The brutifh knows not,and the g fool
Doth nor this underftand.
7. When th'wickcd fpring as grafs, and all
h That work iniquity.
Do flourifh ; Ir is that they fhall
Ec i ftroy'd perpetually.
8. But thou O Lord, art high for ay.
9. For lo, O Lord, thy foes,
For lo, thy foes ^,fhal!-qaite-decay :
Be fcattered fhall all thofe
Vile workers of iniquity.
10. And mine horn fhall the while
As Unicorns be-lifced-high ;
/ 1 'nointed withfrefh Oyle.
1 1. the doom of mil e env'.^rs here
Mine eye fhall fee likewifi ;
Of m ill-doers mine ear fliall hear
That up againfl me rife.
12. So fpring-up fhall the righteous-one
As n Palme-tree here-below :
As Cedar in Mount Lebanon
He pie, if ant ly fhall grow.
q In Eibl.
Polyglot t.
Pfal. 92.
r See Pfal.
Qi.Seft.3.
f ' Jo.Foord
Expof. Pf.
92. Author
1 3. Within the Lord's houfe, grace to nourijh,
Thcy-that implanted fl.iy,
In Courts of our God they fhall flourifh.
14. Yet fprout 0 in a;>e fliall they :
They alwayes fhall be fat and green.
15. To fnew the LORD is frill
Upright : My Rock, andin hlm/een
Isp no injurious-ill.
Sett. III. the Kindcy Penman^ and
Occasion.
This Pfalme is of a mixt Nature, being Dcftrinil,
Laudatory, Prophetical, and in a fort Hortatory, Pen-
man ofit is not certainly fignified here or cHevvhere
in Scripture. The Chaldee r'< us paraplirafeth ; An
Hymn, a Song, which tbefirfl man Adam faid fir the
Sabbath day q, The Antient Hebrews afcril.cicto
Mofes, as was noted formerly r : Eut their ground is
not cogent. Some attribute it to D.-ividf who ( as
is fuppofed J foretells here the deftruction of King
Saul,ver.']. but his own advancement to the Throne,
ver.io. And that David wrote this Pfalme, vhen
SWhad jnftiiied and cleared David ("now vexed
and purfued by him about four years, 1 Sam. 24. 18.
and 26. 18,21. from all Imputation of Treafonable
or Seditious Practices againft the King. Thereupon,
Drfwrfrejoycing that God had thus vind'eared him,
and that Kin* Saul had fo cleared him, and openly
profelled that the Kingdom belonged of right unto
him, wrote this Pfalme and denir.ated i: to rhe
Churches ufe on the Sabbatb-dayes. Others t chink t Amef.
this Pfalme was not Penned upon this, or any fuch Left in Pf.
like lingular Occafion: But rather fjas the Title not 92. Analyf.
obfeurely imports 3 for the Common ufe of the Sim. de
Church in the praites of God every Sabbath-day. Muti in
And Sim.de Muis reports that R. Kimchi faith ;This Arg. Pfal.
Pfalme was antiently fung in the Houfe of the Sancluary 92. Jo.
on the Sabbath-day. And to thefe latter I rather in- Calv.Com.
cline, becaufe of the Title, and Sub]etl- Matter of in Pfal.
this Pfalme, which feems fo excellently fuited and ,92. 2. Jun
accommodated to the Sabbath-day, and the worfhip Annot. in
and Meditations then to be exercifed touching the Pf. 92. 1.
works of God. Yet I will not peremptorily exclude,
as improbable, che forementioned particular Occa-
fion : but leave every one to his own Judgement
therein.
Sett. IV. the Scope,
This Pfalme's intended Scope is;To Inftructand di-
rect the people of God how to Sanllife the day of
Sabbath. 1. Not onely by an Holy Reft ( as the
word FQUJ Sabbath fignifies ) vi\. from our own
works, wayes, words, and wills u ; according to
Gods own example of Reftingjfom all his worlds on
the Seventh day from the Creation, blefjing and Santti-
fyingit, and commanding it to be kept holy to him x;
which was a Token of his mercy unro, and of his
Santtification of his People y. 2. But alfo by an holy
employment and cxercife therein, both Morning and
Evening, viz^. 1. By confeffing to him, 2. Singing
Pfalmes to his Name, 3. Shewing forth Gods Lov-
ing-kindnefs and faithfulnefs, 4. With Meditation,
ver. 1, 2, 3,4. j.Rejoycing in and Praifing Go ' tri-
umphantly, For his great Works, More Generally,
ver. 5, 6. For his Judgments upon the Wicked,
ver. 7. to 11. and his Mercies to the Righteous, More
Particularly, ver. 11. tothe end.
Thefe were fome of the Holy Exercifcs, where-
with this day of Holy Kelt was to be Sanctified, As
this Pfalme imports. But there were many other
Holy Employments (or the Sabbath, as other Scrip-
Cccc tures
u Exod. 20
10. Ifaiah
58. 13.
Heb. 4. 10.
x Gen. 2. 2
3. Exod.
20.8.
y Neb. 9.
14. Exod.
31. 1$ 14-
;82
V S A L M E. XCIII.
tures informc us ^. And therefore Auguftine, not
Sabbath without caufe, condemns the Jews for their Reftmg
day was on the Sabbath for Tritfes, Sports, Sec. But com-
fanftified, mendi the Chriftiansfor Refting unto Religious Ex-
byanHoly ercifes. Saying-, Behold thit ti the Sabbath day, Thti
convoca- the Jews celebrate at thti time with a kind of corporal-
tion or ly languid, fluid and luxurioui idlenefi : For they Reft
Af embly unto frfles:and when God hath commanded the Sabbath
of the to be observed, they Exercife the Sabbath in thofe things
people, whicbGodhatb forbidden.Our vacation tifiom evil works:
Levit. 23. their Vacation tifiom goodWork/.For it ti better toPlow,
3. Offer- than to Dance. They Rett fiom good Work.: fiom nugatory
ingofSa- worl^tbey Reft not a,&c.
orifices,
Numb. 28. 9, 10. Singing of Pfalmes, as this Title fhevvs, with 2
Chron. 26, 27. Reading and expounding the Scriptures, Alls
13. i$.andi$. it. Praying, Alls 16. 13. Difputing, conferring
meditating of Gods word and works, Alls 17* 2. and 18. 4- And
doing works of Mercy to them that were in need,Mattb. 12.2.7,8,
Ii, 12. Hen. Ainfworth in hti Annot. on Pj, 92. i.
a Ecce & hodiernusd/es fabbati eft: hunc in prxfenti tempore
otioquodamcorporaliter languido..& fluxo & Juxuriofo celebrant
Judzi Vacant enim ad nugas : & cum Deus prasceperit obfer-
vari,Sabbatum, i ill in his qus prohibet Deus, Exercent Sab-
batum. Vacationoftra amain operibus, vacatio illorum a bonis
operibuseft. Melius eft enim Arare,quamSaltare. Illiabono
opere vacant, a nugatorio opere non vacant, &c. Aug.Enarrat.
inPfal.cjz.Tit.Tom.S.
Seel:. V. The Analyfis, or Triticeal
Parts.
The Title fets forth , 1 . The Denominations of this
Pfalme, vi^. A Pfalme, A Sovg. See on Pfal. 30.
Seft. 5. The Analyfts. 2. The fpecial ufe for which it
was defigned ; For the day of Sabbath.
The P \alme it felf, which is chiefly Doltrinal and
Laudatory .contains
I.. A Dolhinal Propofit fcn,racitly (but forcibly,) ex-
horting and exciting to praife the Lord, and his
Name. This duty of praifing the Lord, is, l.Com-
mended generally, from its lingular goodnejfe, plea-
f.mtneffe, &c. II. Defcribed generally, 1. By its Afts;
wherein it exercifeth and ffcewes it felf, vi^.Con-
feffing to the LORD ; Singing Pfalme to hti Name ;
Shewing-forth. 2. By its Object and Caufe of this
Praife, viz* The LORD; His Name; His Loving-
kjndnefi; His Faith fulneffe. 3. By its adjunct -time,
fet forth by Diftribution of Morning and Nights : de-
noting all fet time; and in fome fort, a conftant con-
tirftration of time, but efpecially on every Sabbath
day, in Gods folemn worfhip •, In the morning,(th\nk
fome b) fiom the third to thefixth hour of the day. See
1 King 18.26. 29. Nehem. 8. 3. Alls 2. 15. declar-
ing his loving kjndnejfe. In the nights, i.e. everp\ight;
viz* fiom the ninth to the twelfth hour, 1 King. \8. 36.
Ails 3. 1. Dear. 1 6. 6. Nehem. 9. 3. fiewing forth his
faithfulneji, ver.\,2. 4. By its manner-, upon, or
with mufical lnftruments .* Among which Higga'pn
(''which fome count a Mufical Inftrument ) is by
ibrne interpreted, A folemne found; or , Meditation ;
or, Meditated-Song, ver. 3.
U.An Illuftration of this Dolhinal and Hortatory Pro-
pofition,by the Caufe and Matter of this Divine Praife
to be performed to the Lord : viz.. The Works and
Arts of God, ver. 4. />(?op/e doth chaftife ?
He that doth teach man knowledge, How
Shall be not know mofi perfectly ?
1 1. The Lord the thoughts of man doth know.
That they are very vanity.
II.
i2.£Eleft man,whom Lord thou chafteneftj
And learn'ft him from thy Law, « Hee.
13. From dayes of ill h to give him reft :
Till pit for wicked digged be.
14. For, leave his folk the LORD will not3
Nor will his Heritage defert.
15. But judgment fnall to juftice turn,
And after him, all right in heart.
16. Who will rife up for me againft
i Heb.mtV.g- j Ill-doers, and their villany ? m
runes. Who will ftand-up for me againft
The workers of iniquity ?
veil
u h.almoft.
; Heb. In the
multitude
of ii v pc-
ple*ed
thoughts, in
.n>y inwards
tr Heb. or >
moleltatioii.
17. Unlefsthe LORD mine aid hadprov'd
My Soul in filence had ^nigh dwell'd.
18. When I did fay, my foot is mov'd*
O LORD, thy mercy me upheld.
19. I In my thoughts multitude in me,
Thy comforts did my Soul delight.
20. The Throne of miich>efs, by Decree
Stitt framing m trouble with defpight,
Shall it have-feilowftiip with thee ?
21. They-run-by-troopSrf£-Thus he. But its more fafeto rJo.Foord
reft in the General Occafion, which is evident and in Expof.
certain.- than to be peremptory touching the Par- Pfal.94..
ticular3 which is doubtful and uncertain. adinit.
Se&. IV. The Scope.
The Scope of the Pfalmift herein,is; To fupporc
and comfort himfelf, and other the affiifted people
ofGod, againft the Tyrannical infolencies and cruel
Oppreffions which proud atheiftial ungodly men
did, nr might exercife upon them: by Hying unr.01
God by Prayer for juftice againft them-, and by de-
claring the vigilancy of Gods Providence, The blef-
fednefs of Gods people under hischafti(tments,and
the fecurity of Gods affiifted under his Protecti-
on.
SeU. V, The Anahfis, or Principal
Parts,
In this Pfalm, in order to this intended Scope, are
three Principal Parts,vi^.
I. Prayer. Wherein he intreats the Lord for iu-
ftice againft the cruel and wicked Enemies of his
People : and that upon many confederations, i/er. I.
to2. In this Prayer, I. His Petition or Requeft is
propounded, under a double Metaphor, viz. of
the clear rifing or fliining forth of the Sun ; and of a
Judge's afcending and /hewing him on his judgment-
fear,^. 1.2. II.This his Petition isurged by many co-
gent Arguments. As, i.From the Nature and Office of
God,being A God of Vengeances, and the Judge of the
Earth. knA therfore one from whom exaft juftice &
recompences may be expefted againft his peoples
cruel oppreffours. 2. From the Nature and Proper-
ties of his peoples Enemies.Being, 1. Proud, ver. r,
2. 2. Wicked , ver. 3. 3. From the wretched
carriage and Deportment of thefe proud wicked E-
nemies, laid down by way of pat hctical Lamentati-
on; vi^. (1 J Infolently triumphing for a lone time
together, v. 3. (V) Belching-out hard fpeeches.
("3 ) Haughtily boafting themlclve'. - • 1 C "d Cru-
elly breaking in pieces Gods Pe pie, and ,ijfli fling his
Heritage, ver. 5. ( prov'd,
Yea faw my work difplaid.
io. With that Gen'ration I / was mbv'd
Full fourty years, And faid 5
They are ma. folk in heart that-ftray,
Nor they my wayes did-know.
11. n That in my wrath I fware,if they
My Reft fhall come into.
Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, and
Occafwn.
This Pfalme is in the Hebrew, fas many others,
See Pfal. 1. Sect. 4} without Title* Though the
Greek Verfion of the LXXII. and the vulgar La-
tin have this Infcription •, The praife of a Song of
David 0. The praife of the Song ("faid Augufline')
fignifies both Mirth, becaufe it if a Song : and Devotion,
becaufe it it Praife p. The Syriack •, Of David, &c.
The Arabick ; Of David, A Benedittion and a Song.
As to the Nature of this Pfalme, it is of a mixt Kind:
being Hortatory, Laudatory, and Prophetical* Hor-
tatory, inciting both to the worfhip of God, and obe-
dience to him : Laudatory, praifing God for his
Greatnefs, in creating the world; for his Goodnefs,
in adopting the Church .-Prophetical, having a Pro-
phetical aim at Chrift,and eminent tendency to him,
who is the LORD, and the Rock_ofour Salvation ; that
is, our moft ftrong Saviour, ver. 1. For the Apo-
ftle Interprets this Pfalme ofchrift, Compare ver. 7.
to the end, with Heb. 3. 6,7, (fyc. 14, 15. and elfe-
where, their tempting of the LORD, is Interpreted
tobe their tempting of Chrifl, Compare ver. 9. with
1 Cor. 10. 9. And the whole Current and Subject-
matter of the Pfalme is fuch, as may moft fitly be ac-
commodated to Chrift, who is to be praifed and wor-
shipped for his Greatnefs in Creating the world, and
for hisGoodnfs in adopting his Church, and whofe
voice or word is obfequioufly to be obeyed, left he
fhut us out of his eternal Reft in Heaven. Kimchl
and other Hebrew-writers think this Pfalme is to be
referred to the future times of the Mefjiah.
Penmanodt, isnothcreexpreffed ; buttheApo-
ftle, alledging this Pfalme, referres it plainly to Da-
vid; Again he limiteth a certain day, faying inDa-
vid, To day, after fo long a time ; as it if faid, To day
if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts, Heb.
4. 7. And elfewhere the Holy-Ghofl is afferted to be
the Author of it, fas he is of all Holy Scripture ; J
Wherefore as the Holy-Ghofl faith, To day if ye will hear
hit voice, Heb. 3, 7. with Pfal. 9$. 7 , fare .
Occafion of Davids Penning this Pfalme, is vari-
oudy apprehended. One thinks David wrote ir,
Dddd when
b titb. 1 ec-
us- rui^ 011
triumphant-
c H>_ with
con fc (lion :
d Heb. nn ».
out trium-
phantly,
e W'.and
above
iHtb.or;
that in his
hand are
earths deep
places.
K heb And
his .
h titb. faces
i Heb. in his
Voice.
k Heb. and
proved.
1 Heb. was
irked.
m Htb. folk
of ltrayers,
or errers, or
wanderers.
n heb, or i fo
that.
0 B'lbl.
Polyglott.
in Pf. 95.
p Laus
cantici, Et
hilarita-
tem figni-
ficat, quia
cantus eft:
Et devoti-
onem,
quia laus
eft. Aug. in
En an at.
Pfal. 94.
286
V S A L M E. XCVI.
q Jo.Foord
in Expcf.
Pfal. 95.
r Sim. d'
Muk in
Arg.Pl.9i.
iJo.Calv.
Atg. in Pf.
9$.&Com.
ad ver. l.
when he took in hand his martial expedition againft
rhofrmany forreign Nations in Syria and Arabia ,
from Euphrates to Egypt, and from the Mediterrane-
an ro the Perfick. Sea, 2 Sam. 8. &c. and that by
this Pfalme he encouraged his Army in God againft
his Enemies q : But this feems too much forced, and
reftriftive. Another rather referres this Pfalme to
the time of Davids bringing up of the Ark from
the houfe of Abin.idab, or Obed-Edom, 2 Sam. 6.
I Chron. 13. andi 5. and 16. r. Bur. this fatisfies not
becaule upon this Ocafion David delivered other
Pfalmes, to thank the LORD, into the hand of Afaph
and his Brethren, iCbron.16. 7. to 37. IlikeC«/-
^rn's judgment herein beft of all .- who faith ; This
Pfalme agrees to the Sabbath day, wherein we know
facrei Affemblies were had for pr aifing the Name of the
LORD. For here he exhorts not every godly perjon to
praife him privately, but in the PublickjAjfemblies. And
to this end he spreads before them fmgular matter of
pra>fing God, with incitements to worfiip and obey him
dut:jullyf. And therefore this is an Excellent Pfalme
to begin the Solemn Worfhip of God withall, in
Church-Aflemblies on the Lord's-day-Sabbaths.
Sed. IV. The Scope.
The Scope of the Holy Ghoft in this Pfalme is, ^ To
exhort and incite the Church of the Jews Immediate-
ly, and in them all the Chriftian Churches and Peo-
ple of Jews and Chriftians Mediately ; 1. To Praife
the Lord, even the Lord Chrift, joyfully, for his
Greatnefs in creating the World : 2. To Worftup
him reverently for his Goodnefs in Adopting and ac-
cepting his Church : 3. And to hearken obfequi-
oufly to his voice and word in thit day of Grace and
Salvation had in this World, left otherwife they come
fhort of his Spiritual and Eternal, as Ifrael of old did
of his Typical, Reft. Compare Heb.3.6, 7. to the end,
and 4.7. Sec. with Pfal. 9$.
Seff. V. The Jnalyjis, or Principal
Parts.
In this choice Hortatory and Prophetical Pfalme,
The Holy Ghoft by David fweetly and forcibly Ex-
horts and incites Gods people.folemnly, 1. To Praife
2. To Worfhip, and 3. To Obey the Lord, even the Lord
Chrift.
I. To Praife the Lord, 0 come let us fmg joy fully unto
the Lord, &c. He invites to great banquets of exulting
ffaidonej not to the World, but to the Lord t. Now
admagnas here> !• TheOb'jeS of this Praife, is defcribed, 1. By
epulas his efential Name ; JEHOVAH. 2. By one fpecial
exultandi, Attribute of his goodnefs to his people ; The Rocl^of
nonfeculo our Salvation, i.e. Our ftrong Saviour, v. h IL
fed Do- The Ails oi this his Praife,whereunto they are exhort-
miao.Aug. cd> arefet forth in fundry choice expreffions: As
inEnarrat. *« Singing-'yy fully, or Shouting-'pyfully. 2. Shouting-
Pfal. 94. triumphantly, or ringing-out, &c. 3. Preventing his
Tom. 8. P"* wlt,) Confeffion. That is, readily, fpeedily,
u Eft con- chearfully, as ic were, meeting the Lord, anticipat-
felfio iog him with Confeffion, u/^. with confeffion of Prai-
Jaudantis, fers. not of Penitents u. ^.'Shouting-triumphantly,
& eft or ringing out to him with Pfalmes, v. 1, 2. III. The
confeftio Argument inciting to this divine and triumphant
Praife of the Lord, even the Lord Chrift, are drawn,
1. From his divine Majefty and the greatnefs thereof,
Which is illuflrated by Comparifon. v. 3. 2 From
t Invirat
^emcntis.
Confeflio
laudantis,
ad ho-
noivm pertinet ejus qui laudatur. Confeffio gementis, ad poeni-
tentiam pertinet ejus qui conficetur. Confitentut enim homines
cum laudant Dcum : Confitenturcum accufant fe, & nihil dignius
facie lingua Ergo quia & hie exultationis locus eft, forte
illamdebemus intelligercConfellionem, qit* eft in laudcDei,
lit non hicintelligamus Confefhonem pcenicentium,
fed fjudantium. Aug. inEnarrat. Pfal. 94. Tom. 8
his Efficiency, in Forming and Governing the World
intimated Synechdochically by mentioning feme fpeci-
al parts thereof, As Deeps of the Earth, Heights of the
Hills, Sea, and Dry land, in which his greatnefs h
moft confpicuous, ver.4.5.
II. To worfhip the Lord our Maker mod reverent-
ly. Here alfo note, 1. The Ads of Worfhip incited
unro, vi^. 1. Adoring. 2. Bending-down 3. Kneel-
ing before hit face. 2. The Arguments urging here
tin-o, which are drawn from his lingular Goodnefs
to his Chutch and people. He being 1. Their Ma-
ker. 2. Their God, viz_. Their Covenant-God. 3.
Their Shepheard : and they the people ofhisPafture
and Sheep of bis hand, ver. 6,7.
HI. To obey the Lord, hearkening obfequioufly
to his voice, his word, &c. Here, This Obedient
hearkening to his voice, his Word, is, l.Propunded
2. llluftrated. 3. Vrged. I. Propounded ; If ye will
hear his voice. II. llluftrated, 1. By the Adjunct
Seafon, wherein this Obedience is required •, To day,
vi^. In this day, Seafon, or time of Grace during
the preaching of his word in this life, ver. 7. compare
Heb 2,-6,1. Q^yc. and $. 7. &Y. 2. By the oppofite
impediment to this obedience, vi^. Hardening their
Hearts, which is dehorted v. 8. in the beginning of it.
III. Urged. This obedience to the Lord's voice and
word is urged and enforced, I. Partly, by former
Arguments, drawn from the Lord's goodnefs, v. 7.
8. 2. Partly, by a tacit Comminarion of greatcft e-
vils, in cafe they difobey and harden their hearts.
Which Commination or Threat is laid down,and con-
firmed by the Example of their fore-fathers difobedi-
ence to the Lord in the Wildernefs. Touching
which their difobedience, Note here, fi) The
Nature of it. £2 J The Place of it ; in the Wildernefs,
v. 8,9. (3) The Continuance of it, and of the Lord's
grief and offence at them for it ; forty years long.fqj
The Rife & Root of it; Their error of heart fy Ignorance
of Gods ways, v.io. f$J Tfje fad and woful Fruit ofic,
vi^. Gods fwearing in his wrath they fljould never enter
into his Typical Reft of Canaan : Confequently, nor
fhall like difobedient perfons enter inro the Lord's
Typified and true Reft of Heaven, ver. 1 1, with Heb.
3. 7. ro the end. and 4. 7.&C.
Pfalme XCVI.
Setf. I. The Summary Contents.
Drfi'A/Exhorteth, I. To praife the LORD, for his
many praife-worthy Excellencies, ver. i.to8. 2.T0
worft)ip him duly, ver. 2, 9- 3- To declare among the
Gentiles, the Kingdom and righteous judgement of
the LORD, even the LORD Chnfi, over the whole
world, ver. 10.ro the end.
Setf. II. Thefirfi Verfion out of the
Hebrew*
1. XT Ew Song fmg to the LORD'S high fame :
1\1 Sing to the LORD all th' earth,
a. Sing to the LORD,blefs ye his Name ••
From day to day a preach forth
His faving-health, to great and fmall.
3. In Nations declare
His glory: Among peoples all
His marvels, what they are.
£clixe his
(aWatiun. or
preach-the- :
<;Ud-tidings
ofhisfilvl
4. Be-
P S A L M E XCVI.
287
4. Eecaufe great it the LORD our God,
And praifed vehemently :
Above all other Gods abroad
He fearful it, and High.
5. For, of the Heathen-peoples, all
The Gods vain-idols are :
Em yet the Lord, on rvhom we call,
Did make the Heavens ra) e.
6. b Before him glorious-majerty
And comely-honour tarry .
bHeb. At
bis faces.
Moiis-»lorU". Great ftren8rn'r anc* c beauteous-dignity
or beaute-
oufncls.
A Heb. bow-
down-your-
fcives.
e b_) To Evangeline hit Sal-
vation duly. Efpecially his Salvation by Chrift, v.1,2.
C4J To declare hit Gliry and Wonders, (yir^ reveal-
ed in Ifrael, J among the Heathen, among all peoples,
a/. 3. Therefore Chrifts Salvation and Gofpelwas
to be preached among all the Heathen.
II. Enforced, i/. 4.(07. And this by fundry Co-
gent Arguments, drawn from 1. Gods greatnefs.
2. Gods praife-worthinefs. 3. The LORD'S dreadful-
nefle above all godsi/.A. This his drcadfulneffe is dc-
monftrated by the vaftdifparity betwixt him and all
other gods. All they arc vain-Idols : But the Lord
made the Heavens, that is, the World. Syncchd.
This fhould move all the Heathens to turn from Idols
to the true God, v. 4, 5. 4. The LORD'S Majcfty,
Honour,Stength,and Beauteous-glory in his Sanctu-
ary.^. 5.
III. Amplified hereupon, v. 7. to the end. And
here, I. The Jewes (" or the Gentiles thus preached
to, andiiiftrncTc.il by the Jewes/J are incited, 1.T0
, g;ve the LORD ins Names due glory, (frc. 2. To bring
' anOblation, andWorflj'tpbiminthe beauty oj Hdyncffe.
3. To fear before him, v. 7 ,8,9. 4. To proclaim the
LORD's.Kingdcm among the Heathen, v. 10. beginning.
II. The fettlement and eftabliftiment of the whole
world, fhattered and fhaken by mans fin, ispro-
mifed in the Kingdom and righteous judgement of
the Lord Chrift, v. 10. III. The univerfal triumph
andgladnefs, as it were, of Heaven, Earth and all
Creatures, is in a moft Elegant Profopopeia reprefent-
ed, upon the LORD Chrifts Presence and Dominion
with Rigbteoufnefs andtruth, among theGentiIes,as
well as among the Jewes, i/. 11,12,13.
Pfalm XCVII.
Seff. I. The Summary Contents.
1. The Majefty of the Lord's Kingdom ver. i.fo 7.
2. The Churches joy, at Gods judgments upon Ido-
laters, ver. 7, 8, 9. 3. An Exhortation to Godlinefi
and Gladnelfe in the Lord, ver. 10,1 1, 1 2.
Seer. II. The Verjion out of the
Hebrew.
1. -pHe LORD reigns, let the Earth rejoyce
_L Let many Ifles be glad.
2. The Cloud and gloomy-darkfomnefs
Are a rcund-about-himi^re
cepir, ille
quiflagel-
latus eft,
illequi
confpunis
Parts.
In this Pfalme, to this end
I. The Kindome of the LORD Chrift is Prophetically
Declared and Defribed. I. Delared and foretold ;
-# The Lordreignes. How elegantly and pathetically,as
eft,il!equi with a fudJain eruption of joy and arTeftion / Ad-
fpinis co- mirabl y Augufline; He who Hood before the Judge, he who
ronatus Was buffeted be who waiffit-upon,&c.he is rifen.TheLord
eft, ille reigns i&c.ip.This his reign hAmplyfied,!. By the fweet
qui cola-
phis exfus eft, ille qui in ligno fufpenfus eft, ille cui pendentiin
lignoinfultatuin eft, ille qui in crucc mortuus eft, ille qui lancea
percufius eftjlle qui fepultus eft, ipfe refurrexit : Dominus regna-
vir.Sajviant quantum poiTunt regna. Quid funt fafturaRegf Rcg-
norum, Domino Omnium Regum, Creatori Omnium Sa;culorum ?
&c. Aug. in Expof. Pf-5>6.p. ie82. ATm. 8. BaftL 1569.
effects thereof, joy and gladnefs, whereunto hisSub-
iefts are exhorted. Chrifts reign is his Sub-
jects rejoycing. 2. By the extent of his reign, not
only to the land of Jews, bm to the many Ifles, thac
is. the Gentiles (compare Ij "a. 42. 4, with Mat. 12.
2\.J who are exhorted to rejoyce in his reign, which
they could not do,tilI he actually reigned over them,
ver. 1. II. Defcribed, very figuratively under fundry
taphors: fhewing that as is were all Creatures in
Heaven and Earth yield Teftimony and obeyfance
to Chrift Reigning, and that more glorioufly then at
the giving of the Law in Moun-S'tnai, Exod. 19. Deut.
4. & 5. His Reign is defcribed, x.By his inacccffible
and incomprehenfible Majefty; The cloud and darkr
nefs round about him. 2. By the righreoufnefs of his
Throne, (~i) Towards his own, ver. 2. (2} To-
wards his Enemies. To whom he is as a devouring
fire, ver.z,. 3. By his power and terriblenefs ro the
whole World.- So that the mart ftrong and fenfe-
lefs Creatures quake and melt at his prefence,v. 4,5.
4. By the Univerfal confpicuoufnefsofhisRighteouf-
nefs and Glory, v 6,
II. Toe confequent effetts orufesof this Kingdome
of the Lord Chrifts arc represented, r. In regard of
all Idolaters ; They fli.ill be confounded. 2. Tnre-
fpecr of the Angels : they all (Juil! worjhip him, v. 7. 3.
In refpeftoftheChurch,TypificdbyS?37i,& the peo-
ple of God, fi) They fhall obrcrvc and acknow-
ledge the Lord's judgments and righteous admini-
ftrations. (2) They flail reioyce and be glad at
the hearing thereof, v. 8. Thefe confequent ef-
fects are all am plyfied by the rea fon why they fhould
enfue from this Kingdom of the LORD : which rea-
fon is drawn from the Lord's imcomparable excel-
lency and fupereminent Majefty above all in Heaven
and Earth,(r# Eph. 1. 20. 21. 22.J v. 9.
III. Finally, An Hortatory conclufion is annexed.
Wherein confider, I. The Perfons exhorted : Toe
Lovers of the Lord. A periphrafis of Chrifts true
Saints and Subjects. II. The Duties whereunto
they are incited, vi\. 1. Hating of evil. This Du-
ty is urged, CO From the Lord's conftant Protefti-
or keeping the Souls of his Saints, f 2 J From his
delivering them out of the hand of the Wicked,uio.
C3) From his preparing for future,L/^/jr andGladnefs
j- e.Soul-refrefhing Comforts after troubles for the
juft and upright in heart, (h Jia Jlio The fame
thing in feveral exprefllons as Bftk. 8- 16.) this is
Elegantly fet forth in the Similitude of Sowing Seedt
Which comes not up till afterwards, ver. if. 2. Re-
joycing in the LORD, their King. 3, Thank_ful-con-
feffion at the remembrance of his Holinefsfivho is the Au-
thor of all good, and the Averter of all evil from his
Saints, ver. 12.
Pfalm XCVIII.
Seff . I. The Summary Contents.
The Pfalmift Exhorted, 1. The Jews, ver. l, 2, 3.
2. The Gentiles, ver. 4.^7. 3. All the Creatures ;
to Praife the LORD for his Salvation and Judgments
by Chrift, ver/], 8,9.
Seel. II. Thefirjl Verfion out of
the Hebrcrv.
A Pfalme.
*.(~\ Sing a new Song to the LORD,
K_) For, wonders he hath done :
E e e e
Hrs
2Q0
» Heb the
arm of his
holinefs.
bHtb.*a±-
caufed Sal-
vation to
him.
c Hf&. or J
lovin;-
kindncfs.
d Heb. re-
member.
C Heb.oai
Cod.
V S A L M E. XCVIII.
fHei.it the
faces of tbe
King J E
HOVAH.
g bebxltp
the p^l ..ci.
h heb. At
face* of
JEHO-
VAH.
ifc^.he
will judge.
k Heb. or,
uprightnef-
fes.
a Hci.hath-
caufed Sal-
vation to
him.
bfceb made-
known his
Salvation,
c heb. lov-
ing kindr.efs
d Heb. His
truth.
e heb. falva-
tion.
ih.b. And
ihout---
gfcrt.at the
faces of— -
h Heb. palms
i heb. the
Rivers.
k bib. Will
Judge.
1 heb. or,
iiptightncf-
fes.
His right-hand, and a his holy Arm
b Him viftory-hath wonne.
2. The Lord hath his Salvation
Made-known, fo long concealed,
Hath to the eyes of Nations
His righteoufnefs reveal'd
3. His c Mercy and his Truth did he
To Ifrael'shou/e (/record:
All Confines of the Earth did fee
Salvation of e our Lord.
4. Unto the Lord, O all the Earth
Shout-ye-triumphantly :
Shout-chearfully, and fhout-with-tnirth,
And fing-Pfalm^/e/i/^nr/y.
5. Sing-Pfalm with Harp nnto the Lord .-
With Harp, and Pfalm's/weef voice.
6. Wirh Cornets voice, and Trumpets loud:
Triumphanrly-rejoyre
/Before the King, the LORD alway.
7. The Sea let roar andfwell,
And her fulnefs : The World, and they
That now therein do dwell.
8. 0 let the refllefs rivers all
For gladnefs .gclap the hands :
Together let the Mountains tall
Shout-forth in all the Lands.
9. h Before the LORD 5 For he doth come
The Earth to judge and blejs :
The World in Juftice / he will doom,
And folk in £rightnei!es.
Thefecond Verfion out of the He-
brew.
A Pfalme.
1. A New Song to the LORD fing-ye,
f\ For done things-marvellous hath he :
His right hand a hath for him prevail'd,
His Holineffes A rm likewife,
2. The Lord b his health fhew'd, his Juftice
To Nations eyes he hath reveal'd.
3. His c mercy he remembred hath,
And unto Ifraels houfev d his faith :
Our God's e health all Earth's confines faw.
4. Shout to the Lord triumphantly
O all the Earth : fhout chearful,
/Shout- joyfully, Sing-Pfalm alfo.
5. Sing-Pfalme with Harp unto the Lord :
With Harp, and voice of Pfalm record.
6. With Cornets voice, and Trumpets fhrill
g Before the King,the LORD flirilI,fhout.
7. LetSea,andherfulnefie roar-owr.*
The vvorld,and they that therein dwell.
8. Clap /; hands/or joy let ievery-River .*
Let Hills fhout-joyfully together.
9. Before JEHOVAH'S holyneffe ;
For, he to judge the Earth doth come :
The world in Juftice he £ will doom,
And peoples all\n / rightneffes.
SeU. 111. The Kinde, Tcnmat?^ and
Occasion.
This is the only Pfalm, that hath meerly this Tide
„ . "UQ1G Mizmor, A Pfalm. The fenfe of this word
m bee the nathb:n formerly explicated w.ThisPfalmisofmixt
I retace is;.,j 1. ,.;.,„ ir„Y..,,n.,, r ^J.,>.r. -mJ »><„../.,>»;,.,
enemies by his own power, fo working our Salvati-
on,and revealing it to all the Nations of the World .-
So that both Jews, Gentiles, and all Creatures are
incited to triumph with praifes in the LORD's tri-
umphs. It is evidently of like Argument with the
two Pfalmes foregoing. Yea, not only the Matter,
bnt the very words and Phrafes are many of them the
fame with thofe in Pfal.96. which further confirms;
that as that, fothis, is Prophetical alfo, And moft
Expofitors do account it A Prophecy Chrift andhif
Salvation, and fo interpret it. As Auguftine, Hie'
rome, Junius, Calvin, H. Molkrut, AmesiAJnfwortbi
Sim.de Muit,&c.
Penman of it, is moft probably fuppofed to be Da-
vid, becaufe it fo notably agrees with Pfalm 96,
both in Matter and Epreffions which 96. Pfalm was ;
Pennedby David, See i Chron. i<5. 7 — 23. _<£rc.
Occafion of Davids writing this Pfalm, is not par-
ticularly any where laid down. But poflibly it might
be fome wonderful and glorious viftory given by the
LORD unto David and Ifrael over their enemies,the
Heathen-Nations about them •, as thofe recorded,
2 Sam. 8. which were great matter of peace and joy
to Ifrael, as this Pfalm imports. But in this Pfalm
David reaches higher, under thefe Types and Sha-
dows of his Victories, tocelebrate Prophetically the
moft glorious and wonderful Spiritual Viftories of
the King Chriftover his Spiritual enemies,for the
Salvation and furpafling Confolation of all his among
Jews and Gentiles n. And this New Song, imports
not any vulgar or ordinary, but an exquifite and ex-
traordinary occafion of Mercy and Salvation : fucli as
is peculiarly found in Chrift out Saviour 0.
Se8. TV, The Scope.
tiHen.
MoUer.in
Arg,P\al.
98.
o Jo.Calv.
in Com. ad
Ff.99.1.
before the
Kind, being Hortatory, Laudatory,and Prophctical.Hor-
tatory and Laudatory, Exhorting Jews,Gentiles.and
S-rtVF5' a"crcatlirest0 Prairc rlie LORD for his Salvation,
, ,'rT &£"• Prophetical, foretelling the marvellous viftori-
numb. ill. oufagffc 0f Chrift our King over his and our Spiritual
_ The Scope herein efpecially intended, is; To in-
cite both Jews, Gentiles, and all Creatures in their
kind to rejoyce and praife the LORD triumphantly,
for his marvellous Salvation wrought for his people
againft their Heathenifh enemies : but moft of all,
for his miraculous Viftories over all our Spiritual e-
nemies by ]efut Chriji and his Kingly power; for the
Salvation of both Jews zndGentiles, throughout the
World.
SeU. V, The Analyjis, or Principal
Tarts.
The Title prefixed, contains only the Denominati-
on of it; A Pfalm.
The Pfalm itfelf contains a threefold Exhortation
to joy and praife, efpecially in reference to Chrift
and his Viftorious, Salrifical, and Righteous King-
dom.
I. Jews are exhorted. Where note, I. The Ex-
cellent Duty Exhorted to ; Singing a new Song to the
LORD. A new Matter calls for a new Song, faid
Hierome p. II. The Grounds or Reafons of
this Duty. More Generally, becaufe he had done p Hier.in
wonders. More Particularly, becaufe, 1. The Com. ad
LORD, by his own meer power, had wrought Sal- Pfal.yr.
vationandgot him the viilory over his enemies ; Sin,
Death, Hell, Satan, &c. efpecially, v. 1. 2. The
LORD hath made known this hit Salvation. 3. He
hath revealed hit Righteoufnefs in Chrift, to the very
eys of the Nat ions, v. 2. 4. The LORD hath remem-
bred bit Mercy and Truth to the houfe of Ifrael, fvveet-
ly accomplifhing them in Chrift and his Kingdom.^.
All the ends of the Earth havefeen the Salvation of our
God. God hath made it lyown, there's the Caufc:
all have feen it, there's the effeft, v. 3. Thefcf/;e
wonders which the LORD hath done.
II. Gentiles are Exhined. Where confider, I. ,
Who a re Exhorted ; All the Earth. AW the Nations
of the Earth. 2. What they are exhorted to do ; To
ex-
F S AL M E XCIX.
291
a htb. or ;are
ftirred. vix..
mtb ?.
Setf. V.
obtb. right-
iielFci.
c Htb. and
juftice.
d beb. And
Samuel.
e htb. he ard
them.
f Htb. thou
waft co
them a God
taking-
away, viz.
fin.
g btb. pra«
aices.
h He*. Hill
of Hit holy-
nefs.
i Eibl.
Pilyglott.
in Pf. 99.
kHen.
Moller. in
Arg. Pf.
99
Fran.Jun.
in Annot.
ad Pf. 99.
I In Bib!.
Polyglotr.
ad Pf. 99.
m Hier.
Com. ad
Pf. 98.
n Jo.Calv.
in Arg.
Pfal. 99.
\<)1
P S A L M E. C.
SeU. V. The Analyfis, or Triticeal
Parts,
In this Pfalme is laid down elegantly, as the bur-
den thereof, a threefold Exhortation, for fubftance^
the fame, but in variety of Expreflions. As,
I.An Exhortation to Confefs the Name of the LORD
To confefs it with praife, ver. 3. This Exhortation
isurged, 1. From the Lord's Kingdom. Amplyfied,
by the vexation of his and his peoples enemies there-
at. 2. From the Prefence of this Ring in his Church
fitting between the cberubims. Illuftrated, by the
Earths (h aiding thereat, or being moved with indig-
nation or fear, v.I. 3. From the LORD'S greatnefs,
and matchlefie Highnefs in his Church over all peo-
ple in the World, v. 2. 4. From his Names Greatnefs,
Dreadfulnejl, and Holynefs, v. 3.
II. An Exhortation, ro Exalt the LORD, and to
Worfhip at his fooi-ftool,v. $.Th\s is briefly but forcibly
preffed, 1. From the eminent righteoufnefs of this
King the LORD, fet forth in three Expreflions ; CO
His Strength (''whereby he is able to execute judg-
ment for his own againft his and their enemies J lov-
eth Judgment. (V) He hath eflablifljel right neffes:
i. e. Lawes and things mod righteous. ("3 J He
bath done judgment andjuftice in Jacobjn the Church,
actually, v. 4. 2. From his Covenant-Relation to his
people; Our God. 3. From his Holynefs, v. 5.
III. An Exhortation ro Exalt toe Lord; and Wor-
fhip at ihe Hill of his Holynefs. At Mount Sion : in his
Church, &c. v. 9. This is enforced, 1. From the
Example of For-fathers worfhipping the LORD:
whereof three eminent perfons are mentioned, Mo-
fes, Aaron, and Samuel, who as Priefls and Inter-
ceffours were wholly employed in Gods Worfhip,
end efpecially in calling upon the Lord. And there-
fore the higheft and greateft lhould not difdain nor
defpife Gods Worfhip. 2. From the Lord's gracious
Acceptance of their worfhip performed to him, CO
Anfweringthem; andfpeakjngtotbem, in the pillar
of cloud, his will and pleafure : (They keeping his
Teftimoniesand Decree which he gave them,} v. <5,
7. CO Pardoning and taking away their finiyettaks
ing vengeance of their Piattifes and Inventions. That,
for their and our comfort : This, for their and our
Caution, v. 8. 3. From the Lord's Covenant-Rela-
tion to his people ; our Gad. 4. From the Lord's
Holynefs. Who therefore is to be fanftified by his
peoples holy worfhip of him, v. 9. Now all thefe
Exhortations, and Arguments enforcing them are
very applicable unto our Lord and King Jeftts
Chriji.
Pfalm C.
SetJ. I. The Summary Contents.
An Exhortation ro praife the Lord cheerfulIy,For
his 1 Greatnefs, 2 Grace, 3 Goodnefs, 4 Loving-
Jiindncfs, And 5 Truth, or Faithfulnefs.
Sect. If. Tbcfirfl Verfwn out of the
Hebrew.
A Pfalme for Confeflion.
1. T TNto the Lord,0 all the Earth,
\_A Do ye-fhout-forth-triurnphantJy.
2.Serve ye the Z.o»-i with gladfom-mirth :
a Before him come with fnouting-joy.
3. Know that JEHOVAH he U God ;
He did us make, and b his we are :
His Covenant people ktwwh abroad,
Zikewile his Pafture's fheep/«/7 dear.
4. O enter with Confeflion
His lovely Gates,his Courts with praife :
To him confefs ye every one.
Elefs ye his holy Name alwaies.
5. Becaufe the LORD alone is good,
His c mercy doth for ever dure :
Likewife his faithfuInefs/WjJrW
Unto dall Generations fure.
The fecond Verfion out of the Hebrew.
A Pfalme for Confeflion.
1. T" "I Nto the LORD, O all the Eartlv
V_-4. Shout-ye-triumphantly.
2. Serve ye the LORD with gladfom-mirth;:
a Before him come with joy.
3. Know that jEHOVAH,he is God ;
He made us, b and not we :
His CowndM-peopIe known abroad,
And c Paflure's Cheep we be.
4.0 enter with Confeflion
His Gates, his Courts with praife :
To him confefs ye every one,
Blefs ye his Name alwaies.
5. Becaufe the Lord is good, fofl)all
His d mercy be for-ever:
And unto e Generations all
His Truth doth firm perfever.
Seel:. III. The Kind, Penman, and
Occafion.
This Pfalme is Hortatory and Gratulatory. It Ex-
horts unto thankful Gratulation and Confeflion of
praife unto the LORD: and this from fundry co-
gent Motives. It is very fhort, but very full and
jweet : fhort in words, but full and fwect in
Matter. A few verfes (_ faid Augufiine ) bigg with
great things f. It Exhorts hereunto, not only
the Church of the Jewes, but all the Earth, ver.i.
Whereupon fome think this Pfalme to be in a fort
Prophetical^ indited by a Spirit offrop/^/orefeeing
and foretelling the calling of the Gentiles into one
Church-body with the Jewes, by Jefus Chrifl g. For,
till all the Earth, the Gentiles be called, theycannot
(as here is required} confefs unto God, or praife him
for thofe fpiritnal mercies, which arc here made the
matter and ground of Gods praife. And therfore I
fee not, why we may not account this Pfalme A tacit
Prophecy of the calling of the Gentiles unto Chiift, as
elfewhere upon like ground the Apoffle accounts,
Pf. hi. tobe: Sec Rom. 15. 9, 10, 11. So that both
Jewes and Gentiles fhotild with triumphant chccrful-
nefs fing- this Pfdme of Confeffion and Praife in their
folcmn Afemblies.
Penman
a heb. before
bis faces.
bfceKto him
we belong or,
not we mr.dt
our felves.
Here art ivp?
Readings it
Htbr.
cHtb. loving
kindnefs-
d beb. geiv:.
ration and
generation.
a. beb before
his faces,
b Heb or,
And to him
we v;.z. be-
long, be Htb.
bat it here
bitb thefe
reddins.
c Htb. his
pa (lure— —
dHfM'iving
kindnefs-
e Heb gene-
ration and
generation.
f Pauci ver-
fus funt
magna-
rum re-
rum gravi-
di. Aug. in
Enarrat.
Pf. 99- P-
nix. A.
Tom.8. Ba-
fil.1^69.
gQiih au-
tcm pro-
mi fcue
compellat
totam ter-
rain, vide-
tur Spirim
Propheti-
coadTcm-
pus re.
fpexiffe
quo ex va-
riis gemi-
bus colli-
genda crat
Ecclefia.
JoanCJv.
Com.adPf
100. 1.
P S A L M E CI.
293
h Sim. de
Muisin
Arg.Pf.100
Penman of it is fnppofed to be David, bccaufe the
Matter and Current of it is fofuitableto thefe forgo-
ing Pfalmes, v:\. 96,91 ,98,99s
Occafion, feems pointed out in the Title, That it
might be ufed, by the Catholick_ Church confuting
both of Jewes and Gentiles throughour all the Earth ,
as a Form of Solemn ConfefTion and l'raife to God,
for his Greatnefs, Gracioufnefs, Goodnefs, Loving-
kindncfs and Truth. The Chaldee, Rafi, and Ra-
buenakj think this Pfalme was written, that it might
be fung at Sacrifices ofConfcffion or Thank-Offer -
ings h.
Sett. IV. The Scope.
The intended Scope of this Pfalme, is; To Ex-
hort and Incite all the Earth, ali the Church of God
throughout the Earth, To Confefs unto, and Praife
the LORD with all poiTible Devotion, Joy, and
Cheerfulnefs, in their Solemn AfTemblies : efpecial-
ly for his 1. Greatnefs, 2. Gracioufnefs, 3. Goodnefs,
4. Mercy or Loving-kindnefs,And $. Truth or Faith-
fulnefs.
Sett. V. The Analyfis, or Principal
Parts.
TheTfr/e, which is peculiar to this Pfalme onely,
hath in it, 1. The Denomination of this part of Scrip-
ture , A Pfalme. 2 The fpecial end and ufe of the
Pfalme, For Confeffion ; vi^. Thankful confeffion un-
to the LORD : As the current of the whole Pfalme e-
vinceth.
The Pfalme it [elf contains principally An Exhor-
tation of all the Earth) to confefs and praife God.
Wherein are,
I. A Defsriptionof that Confeflion to, and Praife of
God whereunto all the Earth is Exhorted.lt muft be,
J Compleat in all its parts. As is hinted in the a-
bundance of Hortatory Expreffions. Shouting Tri-
umphantly, Serving the Lord with gladness, Singing-
by, Confeflion, aife, Blefling, &c. 2. Moft zealous
indfervent ; Shout triumphantly to the LORD, ver.i.
3. With religious fer vice and obfervant-worfhip to
the LORD ; Serve ye the Lord. Herein efpecially
the eflence of ic muft confift. 4. Moft cheerful, joy-
ful, and free-hearted ; with gladnefs, withfinging-
)oy, v.2.$. Grounded on knowledge of God, and of
the great caufes which we have of praifing him ;
Knowye that — v. 3. 6. Solemn, in publique Af-
femblies ; Enter ye hit Gates with Confeffion, hit Courts
with Praife,v.\.
II. A Declaration of the Grounds or Motives, in-
citing forcibly to this fo eminent Praife of the LORD.
And they are drawn, r. From the LORD'S glorious
.Nature and Greatnefs ; He is God. 2. From his
eminent Gracioufnefs to us; He made us : vi^. Not
ot.ly Naturally, by Creation; Gen. 1. 76. but alfo,
(and efpecially^Spiritually andSupernaturally by Re-
generation, Sanai'lcanon, Adoption into Covenant
with hiaifeJf, and other high bleftings &c. As the
the word [made'\ elfewhere imports, 1 Sam. 12.
6. Deut.32.6. Ifai. 43.7. and 29. 23. Ephef. 2.
10. Thishis making hs, is Illuftrated, fi J By the
Contrary; ^;r\JSi<7lve io anachnu, and not we
that is, we have not. made our felvcs what we are, ei-
ther in Nature, or in Grace; All is wholly from the
LORD alone. Or, this parage maybe an Illuftration
of Gods making us, by the effect thereof:here being a-
nother reading in the Margin ; 'ljnjK V?l ve lo
anachnu, and to him we:vi\. appertain. Or; and
his we, viz. are. Either reading is good or fuitable
enough here in this place, f 2 J By two choife
fruits and advanrages refulting from the LORD'S
thus making us, «$. 1 Our Coveaanc-ftate and Re-
lation to God ; His People. 2 The Lord's conftanc
careofus, ('thus brought 10 be his by Covenant, )
as a Shepheard hath of his Sheep. Metaphor, ver. 3.
This verfe alfo may be thus read, with a Parcnthcfis ;
Knowye that the LORD he is God, He made us C "ndr
not we J his People, and Sheep of his Pafturei. Eut
the fence comes all to one. 3. From the L O R D's
Goodnefs. 4. From his Loving-kindnefs, or loving-
kind-mercy. Amplified by its Adjunct, Perpetuity.
5. From his Truth or Faithfulncfs. Illuftrated alfo
by its Adjunct , Conftancy, to all Generations, ver. 5.
6. Upon the faithful of the Land
Mine eyes fl)all be, f That they
May dwell with me : ' He fhall £ me ferve,
That-walks in perfeft way.
7. Within my Houfe fit fhall not he
That doth deceit ; Who lyes
Doth fpeak, fhall not eftablifhd-be
Before my piercing eyes.
8. All wicked of the Land I iha'l
h Betimes cut-down withfword :
For-to-cut-offz ill workers all
From City of the LORD.
Sett. III. The Kinde, Penman^
Occafion.
and
This Pfalme is Doilrinal. wherein Davidtolemn-
ly and ferioully profefling unto God his godly and
upright Refolutions for the due management of his
Kingly Office and Government, both as to his Perfin,
Family or Court, and Kingdom notably teacheth,
what are the moft defirable Properties and Perfefti-
F f f f on*
/ So Jun.
in Pfal.
it ->. 3.
rfalm CI.
Sett. I. The Summary Contents.
David maketh an holy Profeflion of Godlincfs,
touching 1. His own Perfon, ver. 1, 2, 3. 2. His
Houfe, ver. 4. to 2. 3. His Kingdom and the City of
God, ver. 8.
Seft. II. The Verflon out of the
Hebrew.
A Pfalme of David.
1. Q Ing Mercy and Judgment will I ;
0 LORD, I'lefing-Pfalmetothee.
2. rie-wifely-do in perfect way,
When thou (halt come to me :
I will walk in-midft of mine Houfe
In mine heart's perfeftnefs.
3. Before mine eyes a will not propofe
b A thing of vvickednefs,
I hate c their doing that -divert :
Me it fhall not cleave to.
4. The froward heart from me fhall part,
1 will not evil know.
$. Infecret rfwho-with-tongue-doth-hurc
His neighbour, Him e I'le ftroy :
The proud of eyes, and vaft of heart,
Him fuffer cannot I.
a Heb. Twill
notkc «rj
put.
b Hch. a
word ( or
thins ) of
Belial
c Heb. the
doing of de-
clmers-of-
curners-
afide
d Heb. who-
belongeth
c Heb. I
will cut off.
f Heb. for to
fit with me.
g Hib mim-
itei to rr.e.
h Heb. ac
mornings,
i Heb. ill
workers of
iniquity.
294
P S A L M E. CII.
k Sim. de
Mais in
A>g. Pfal.
1 See the
Preface
before the
Pfulmes.
Seft. VI.
numb. IV.
mjo.
Calv. in
Arg. Pfal
lot.
n Am,, in
Enarrat.
Pfal. 100.
cum Joan.
Calv. Com.
ad Pfal.
ii. I.
Jo. Foord,
in Exp'ifit.
Ffal'ioi.
in Analyf.
ons in a good and religious King. Hence, This Pfalme
fetting forth fo many choife Excellencies and Du-
ties of a Good Kings,h juftly ftiledby fome; Speculum
Return, A Liokjng-Glafs for Kings k. And indeed
hereiniCzn^may behold the beauty of good Kingly
Government, lively reprefented in the principal Ver-
tues of Kings, whertunto all their other Vertues may
eafily be referred : and contrariwife the deformity
of bad Government in the contrary Vices of wicked
Princes, fuch as King Saul vvas,whofe i'l adminiftrati-
on probably David did tacitly glaunceat in this Pfalm.
O that all Chriftian Kings andPrinces would ferioufiy
ftudy and meditate upon this Royal Pfalme, and Re-
fo.ve to confbrme themfelves , their Families or
Courts, and Government, to this Princely Pattern
laid before them therein ; Nor need the greatefr
Prince or Emperour in this world difdain to imitate
the Royal Example of King David, the firft King of
Ifraelof Gods choice, A man after Gods own heart,
one of the choifel'l of all Ifraels Kings, and an emi-
nent Type oijefus Chrifl the King of Kings.
Penmanoi this Pfalme was David: as the Title
fhevves. Thirty three Pfalmes have this very Title
prefixed: as I have formerly fhewed /.
Occafion of his writing it, is not particularly noted
here or elfewhere : But it may probably be gathered
from the Pfalme more Generally, That after David
was Annoynted King over all Ifrael, applying him-
felf religioufly and confciencioufly to the well-admi-
niftration and Government of the Kingdom, he fo-
lemnly, in the integrity of his heart, Profefiethand
promifeth before the LORD, to behave himfelf in
his Perfon, Family, and Kingdom, as is expreffed in
this Pfalme. Calvin thinks, this he wrote before he
came to the Throne, after he was Annoynted m. But
hecaufe he mentions here his Government in the
City ofGod,t^r. 8. which was Jerufalem, where he
reigned not, rill he was Annoynted King over all If-
rael ; its probable he wrote not this Pfalme till
then.
Seft.IV. The Scope.
Davids Scope herein intended, is ; Solemnly and
fincerely to profefs unto the LORD his religious and
confeientious Refolution touching the well-governing
of himfelf; his Family or Court, and Kingdom : and
therein to propound himfelf a Pattern of a Good
King, to all in Regal Authority ; Laying down be-
fore them the chief Vertues and Duties wherein they
mould efpecially imitate him.
Se&. V. The Analyfis, or Principal
Farts.
In the Title arc fignified, i. Tne Denomination
of ic i A Pfalme. 2. The Penman of ft ; David.
The Pfalme itfdf hath in it, Davids Profeffion or
Promife of his Good Government. Touching which
note two things: vi^.
i. A General and Summary Propofition of his good
Government intended, ver. I. Where note, i. The
two great Points or Acts of good Government are
mentioned ; Mercy, and Judgment. Some referre
thefe two to Gods Government, in Mercy over his
People, Jn Judgment over the wicked n : but they are
rather to be referred to Davids Government. 2.
Davids thankful acknowledgment of God , as the
fountain of thefe,for which he refolves to fing-Pfalmes
and Praife to him.
II. A Particular Explication of this Propofition,
Unfolding wherein his Good Government intended
fhould confift. And this in refpect of i. His Perfon,
2. His Court and Family. 2.. His Kingdom.
1. In refpellof his Perfon, He Refolves and Pro-
mifeth, To wall^in aright way or courfe of life; /
will do wifely in a per jell way. This hi> perfect and
upright way is defcribed and illustrated, 1. By its
directing Caufe, ffi/I^W or Prudence, 2. By its mov-
ing Caufe; Gods vifning, or coming to him to call
him to an account. Some make this, The afTiftmg
and helping Caufe. 3. By the eflential manner of a
good life \ the integrity of his heart. 4. By the Sub-
ject-Place wherein ; In midft of his Houfe. Privately
and publickly, ver. 2. $ By his efchevving and ut-
ter abandoning of all contrary evils. This is gra-
dually laid down ; fij He will not intend or /a be-
fore bis eyes any word, or thing of Belial, of diflolute-
nefsor wickednefs. (Y) He will hate the doing of
thofe that turn- a fide ; having nothing to do with it,
ver. 7,. foj He will abandon a perverfe and froward
heart, not enduring it himfelf. Ca) He will not
know, or approve, or have any fellowfhip with, any
evil, ver. 4.
2. lnrejpettof his Family and Princely Court; He
Refolves and Promifeth. I. To fet himfelf againft,
and remove or keep out of his Royal Family, wick-
ed Perfons Inftancing in fome forts which are more
dangerous and pernicious Pefts in Kings Courts,™^.
1. Calumniators : who be-tongue and traduce their
neighborus fecretly. 3. Proud Perfons. Whether
f 1 J Outwardly ; Haughty of eyes. (~2) Or In-
wardly, Vafi of heart, vi%. proud hearted ; as Prov.
21. 4. and 28. 25. Thefe he would not endure, but
fupprefs, ver. 5. 3. Fraudulent deceitful perfons.
They fhould not dwell within kit houfe. 4. Lyers,
v. 7.II.T0 accept and admit contrariwife into his Fa-
mily and Court, 1. The faithful in the Land, to be
hisCounfelloursand Favourites. 2. "Upright walks
ers, To be his Minifters, Officers , or Servants,
verfe 6.
9. In refpettofhis Kingdome, He Refolves and Pro-
mifeth to Supprefs the wicked of the Land, (who are
the Calamity of any Kingdome.3 And this, 1. Spee-
dily ; At mornings. 2. Impartially ; All. With-
out refpeft of Perfons. 3. Advantagioufly, that the
CityofGod, the Church of God, may thus be delive-
red from all workers of iniquity, ver. 8.
Pfalme CII.
Seff. I. The Summary Contents.
The Pfalmifl in his Prayer, 1. Craves fpeedy Au-
dience, Deprecating God's hideing his face from
him in day of his trouble, v. 1, 2. This he preffeth,
fi) Fromhh deep miferies complained of: v. 2. to
12. (2) From the Eternity and Mercy of God, v.
12.ro 14. Q2.J From the happy fruits and effects
that fhall enfue upon Gods hearing him, v. 14. to 25.
2. Deprecates Gods immature taking him away,
from the Lord's (even the Lord Chrifl /) unchangea-
blenefs, v.23. to the end.
SeB. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew*
A Prayer a of the-poor-afflitfed when he' *^eb- "■
jhall -be-overwhelmed^and pall poure
out his Meditation b before the faces \n£fats.
ofjEHOVA H.
I.
i>f~\ LORD my Prayer hear do thou,
\_J And let my cry come unto thee.
2. Hide
P S A L M E. XCII.
295
2. Hide not c thy countenance mc fro,
Jn day of fore diftrefs on-me
cbeb.ihy
facet.
<] &'*•»'» To m"e incline thine-ear attent
e Thcno.c In day I call, Hafte, anddmc hear.
accurate; y 3. For, e as the fmoak my dayes are fpent,
prim cd co- And as an hearth my bones burnt are.
pies have
heie two
HeaiUn^s :
Plantinhath \W2inu>.fmoa\. Stevens hath \^)^J .
p Hefc.lhall
vehemently,
praife J AH.
q Heb be-
held to the
earth.
t fcefc.to de-
clare.
(heb. Tn ga-
thering of
peoples to-
gether.
4. Mine heart's fruit, and withered as gnafs ;
That I forget to eat my bread.
5./Through my jW groaning voice alas
My bone cleaves £ to my skin half dead.
6. 1 am like Defert's Pelican,
Like Owle of Wilderneffes weary.
7. 1 vvatch,and as a Sparrow am.
Upon the Houfe-roof folitary.
8. My foes reproach me all the day,
Thofe-that-at-me-are-raging-mad
Againft me caufelefs fworn have they.
9 For, I do afhes eat as bread :
I mix my drinks b with tears alfo.
10, / Through thy {harp indignation'/ frown,
And thine enflamed-wrath : for thou
Haft lift-me-up, and caft-me-down.
II.
1 1. Like fhade declined, are my dayes ;
And withered as the grafsam I.
1 2 . But LORD, thou £ fhalt endure alwayes,
And /to each age thy memory.
13. Thou fhalt arife, OnSion^r
Thou-bowel-mercies-fhalt-exprefs:
For, lo the time to favour her,
For, come the fixed-feafon is.
1 4. For, m to thy Saints her ftoneS are dear :
And they her duft commiferate.
1 5. And Heathens fhall the LORD'S name fear
And all Earth's Kings thy Glory great.
16. When Sion fair the LORD erects,
He in his glory n fhall appear.
17. 0 The lowly's Prayer he refpects.
And he doth not defpife their Prayer.
18. For th' after-Generation
This fhall be writ upon record:
And folk created, thereupon
p Exceedingly-fhall-praife-the LORD.
19. Becaufe that he hath Iooked-down
From high-place of his Sanctity ;
The LORD ,for fuccour of hit own,
q Beheld the Earth from Heavens high.
20. To hear the Captives fighing/W,
The fons of death for-to-releafe.
2 1. In Sion the LORD's Name r to fpread,
And in Jerufalem his praife.
22. f When folk in-one fhall gathered be,
And Kingdoms for to-ferve-the Lord.
23. My flrength in way afflict did he :
My dayes he fhortned, as abhorred.
III.
24. 1 faid t make me not hence be gon,
. My God, in mid ft of my /e«> dayes.*
me noTaf-' Thy years through Generation
tend. Of Generations are alwayes.
u Htb .Af re
limr viz, «l
iie btgtnn'fg
htgtnning.
Buxt Anif.
jt heb.And.
y heb.<»ri he
and thy
years Hull
not
be
x heb.and
theT Seed
before-thy-
facesihall.
a Fran.
Jun.in An-
not.adPf.
102. 1.
Sim. de
Mutiin
Arg.Pf.\:2
25. Ev'n u from-the-firft-beginning, thou
The Earth's foundations-haft-laid :
The glorious Heavens are alfo
The curiam work thine hands have made.
26. They perifh fhall, but thon fhalt ftand,
x Wax-old as garment fhall they all :
Them like a vefture thou fhalt change,
And wholly changed be they fhall. *
27. But thou y artjlill the fame indeed.
Nor fhall thy years be finifhed.
28. Thy Servants fons fhall dwell :^ their feed
Before thee fhall be ftablifhcd.
Sect. III.The Kind, Venman^ Oe-
cafion, &c.
This Pfalm is in the Nature and Kind of h, A Pray-
er : as the Title exprefieth it. A very mournful, yet
comfortable Prayer : Penned, either by the poor-af-
flitted, when he was overwhelmed ; or for the poor -a f-
flitled, when hefhouldbe overwhelmed, &c as the Ti-
tle declares the ufe of it.
Penman of it isby fundry Interpreters a fuppofed
to be Daniel : though hereof they can give no cogent
grounds.
Occafion of writing this Pfa 1m ("whether by Daniel,
or fome other Prophet J feems to be the extrtam "j Fqq)
afflictions and miferics of the Jews through their be * £xp0flt pr
ing carried captive into Babylon, as feeins not oh- ^^.tit. J
fcurcly to be hinted in v. 23. thinks Junius in his An-
notations thereunto.
And the particular time of writing it, was doubt-
lefs a little before the feventy years of their Captivi-
ty, foretold by Jeremiah c. 25. 12, and 29. 10. were
accomplifhed, and their promifed deliverance was
now at the doors : Asverf.12.,14. do notably evince.
And as at that time Daniel afflicted himfelf, and
Prayed for the Captives ReftaurationT i)eut. 9, 1,
(cTc. So it may be thought about the fame timeDVpit-of-corruption
Thy life redeemerhfo :
With rfbowels-of-compaffion
And kindnefs crowning thee.
5. With goodnefle full of pleafantneffe
/ft-fatisfies thy mouth
So that as Eagles youth fulnefs
e Renewcd-is thy youth.
II.
6. The LORD /juft- things and judgements doth
To all oppreflcd-oncs.
7. To Mofes he-made-known his wayes,
His Acts to [fracl's fons.
8. The LORD g entirely-pitying
And gracious we find:
Though fore provoked, h long fuffering,
And much 'mi mercy-kind
a Htb.
thou.
bleft
9. He
bHcfc. his-
tctvards.
c Htb. fick.
neflcs.
d WtbAxmt 1-
mercves and
lovingkind-
nel's.
e tfrb. fliall
be- renewed.
ffcfkiuftices
g Hri.com-
miferartng-
with bo-
wels.
h b(/» long
of nollrib.
i bd>. or j
loving
k indue f *--
P S A L M E. CM.
297
k/W-lovlng
kii-dnefs
over his
fearers
1 Hcb. He-
hath made
fare d fiant
from us
m Heh.huh
bowels, of-
pity.er
Companion.
n Hfi.hath
bowels of
pity on h s
fearers.
0 H and ir.
not and its
place
ej Htb. from
ever
1 H'b. lov-
ing kindnefs
$Heb. re-
member.
9. Wtindifpleafure will not chide
Unto-Eternity :
Nor keep his wrath unpacifide
To perpetuity.
10. According to our fins lil^ewife
To us he hath not done :
Nor after our iniquities
Rewarded us-upon.
1 1. But as the height of Heavens high
Doth o're the Earth Appear :
Spftrongis his ^benignity
O're them-that-do-him-fear.
12- As far-remote as is the Eaft
From Weft, Where Sun doth fall:
I So farrefrom us He-na h-difplac'c
Our vile tranfgrelfions all.
13. As Father m takes compaflion
Upon his children dear :
So doth the LORD n take pity on
All thofe-that-do-him-fear.
14. Eecaufeourbrittle-fafhioning
He knows, in whom we truft :
Continually remembring
That we are very dufl.
III.
15. Frail-man, As Grafs hhdayes do facte,
He fo 0 buds as Fields flow'r.
16. p Wind blowes thereon, and it is dead,
Ij's place knowes it n o more.
17. But on his fearers q ev'r and ay,
The r Mercy of the LORD ;
Likewifehis righreoui'nefe altvay
t Htb. or,
Dong
u Htb. co
hearken in
the voice of
his word,
x Htb. plea-
fuie.
y Htb. Do-
mination.
ForChildrens fons, kftor'd,
18. For-thofe-that-keep his Cov'nant \ind:
For rhofe his fol\ alfo
That rt//his Precepts /keep-in -mind
Them conftamly to do.
19. The Lord in Heav'ns harh ftablifhed
His Throne Magnificat :
Likewifc his Kingdom honoured
Still wltth over all.
20. O ye his Angels blefie the LORD,
Porent in ftrength alway,
t Effecting readily his Word *
» That his word's voice obey.
21. O all his formidable Hoafts
Bleffe ye JEHOVAH/?///,
His Minifters in all the Coafts
Doing his holy x will.
-22. O all his works in places all
Of his ^ Rule and controule,
Blefie ye the LORD Imperial:
O blefs the LORD my Soul.
Seft. III. the Kinde, Penman, and
Occasion.
This Pfalme is mod Sweet, Defirable, and Com-
fortable : As the choice Matter thereof clearly evi-
denceth. The Kind of it is Laudatory and Eucharifti-
cal : wherein the Pfalmift, highly tranfported with
Zeal of Gods Glory, molt thankfully bleffech and
praifeth him for his many remarkable Benefits. And
he provokes himfelf. the Angels, Hoafts, and all
works of the LORD to blefs the LORD; Circularly
returning again to the Provocation of himfelf unto
this Duty, v. 1. 22.
Penman of it, as die Title fliewes, was David.
When he wrote it,it is altogether uncertain.
/ Occafion of his writing it, in the General ; were
the Lords manifold and eminent Mercies to himfelf,
and orhers of Gods people, which here he thankful-
ly commemorates and celebrates. But what thefe
Mercies, manifeftedtohim, were particularly, and
individually and when they were actually imparted to
him,is not eafieto determine.
It isapleafant and profitable Obfervation which
Junius a hath touching this 105. Pfalme and the four a Fran.
following Pfalmes, vis^. 104. 105. 106 and 107. vi\. Jun.inAn-
That thefe Pfalmes arc on purpofe ioyned and fet not at. ad
together, that in one Context the Church of God pM. 13
might have Arguments of Gods praifes; Ordinary
and Extraordinary. 1. Ordinary; In refpeft of
Gods Adminiftrations ordinary, Qi) Towards the
Church and People of God, in Pfal. 103. (2) To-
wards all Creatures, in Pfal. 104. 2. Extraordinary,
i n refpeft of Gods Difpcnfations extraordinary -, w%.
(1) Towards the Church, by Benefits, Pfal. 105. by
Chafiifements, Pfal. 106. (2 J Towards all, by emi-
nent Providences, in Pfal. I07. And unto this Di-
ftributioiulhe Matter of thefe rive Excellent Pfalmes
doth fo admirably agree,that 1 may juftly ftile them*
The Churches Cinque-Ports of Thankfulnefs. Or, The
ChuiJies five- fold Direilory or Plat farm for Divine
Pr.tifis. A Lick Pentateuch of Praifes.
SeQ:. IV. The Scope.
Davids Scope intended in this 103. Pfalme, is; r.
To incite himfelf, and all his inwards, to all poffible
thankfulnefs to the LORD for his many choife Bene-
fits heaped u pon him, &c. 2. As alfo (himfelf being
wh' lly anable to praife the LORD enough ) to pro-
voke the Angels and all the Creatures of God to
praife the LORD together with him And in thefe
Arguments of Praife,are comprized fiiigular Grounds
ofConfolationtoGods people, touching Gods tender
mercies in remitting their fins, and allaying all their
Chaftifements, v. 8. to 20. The Pfalme is an Excel-
lent Platform of praifing and bleffing the L O R D for
his peculiarMerciesupon them that fear and obey him,
and leeep Covenant with him : which any Child of God
may fweetly make ufe of, for enlarging his heart in
true thankfulnefie.
SeU, V. the Analysis, or Principal
Parts.
The Title indicates David to be Penman of this
Pfalme; of David. Nine Pfalmes, Cvi^. 25. 26.
27. 28. 3$. 37. 103. 138. 144.J have only this Title
without any other addition at all in the Hebrew b,
wherein we are tounderftand a Pfalme, or Song, or,
Hymne, foe. of David, according to the Nature of
it.
In the Pfalme it felf. Davidhyes down four
things, vixj.
I. A Preparatory Excitation of himfelf unto the
due praifes of the LORD. Wherein note, 1, The
Principle, or Efficient Caufe of this Aft of praifing
God, vi%. His Soul, and all his inward Faculties
and Affeftions. Synechdochically, his whole man.
2. The way or manner of his preparing his Soul and
all his Inwards to this Aft, vi\. By a refleftion upon
himfelf with much zeal and fervency, The Intitati-
011 being doubled. 3. The Formal Objeft of this
bleffing and praife ;Tbe NameoftbeLORD'sholinefs.
4. The Mean and manner of this praifing God, con-
fining efpecially in the due Commemoration of all
his benefits, v. 1,2.
II. A Gratulatory Commemoration of fome choice
Benefits for which the LORD is to be praifed : which
Benefits are moft rich Cordials to the fincere Saints
of God. Thefe Benefits feem to be of three forts,.
vify I. Such at had refpeft to David peculiarly. As,
Gggg i.RenvfVt-
b See the
Preface
before the
Pfalmes,
Seft. VI.
The Gene-
ral Partiti-
on, &c.
numb. IV.
■■^■■■■M
«
208
P S A L Ad E. CIV.
i. RemiiTion of all his fins. 2. Healing of all his fick-
neffes, v. 3. 3. Redemption of him from morral
dangers. 4. Eminent Communication of all good
things to him :, Crowning him with loving-kjndnefs and
bowel-mercies, v. 4, 5. Donation of fuch bleffings as
conduced to the fweetning and prolonging of his life.
Renewing hit youth-, as the Eagles, v. 5. II. Such at
concerned the Church and People of God more Generally.
As, 1. Righ-eous vindicating of all oppreiled ones,
and exercifing judgement for them, v. 6. 2. Noti-
fication, or Revelation, fiJOihitwayes : His Or-
dinances and Lawes, to Mofes. (2) Of bit Alls ■• His
Eminent Providences, to the fins oflfrael, v. 7. 3.
His moft gracious and companionate dealing with
his own people that fear him, &c. This is fet forth,
and' mo ft fweetly illuftrated, fij Partly, By the
Fountain of fuch his dealing with them, and deport-
ment towards them, vi^ Gods bleffed Nature, de-
ferred in four of his Efenrial Attributes; Tender-
compaffionatr.efs , Gr acioufnefs , Long-fuffering, and
Loving-kjndnefs, v. 8. (2 J Partly, By fome Prin-
cipal Afts ot Grace and Mercy exprefied towards
them, vi^. Moderating and abating their afflictions,
and his difpleafure therein towards them ; For du-
ration, not alwaies cbi ding, v.$, For degree, noc
dealing according to fins defert, v. 10. Remitting
their iniquities, and removing them as jar {f<>mthem,
as Eaftfiom Weft. Which Attributes and Acts are
illuftrated by Emphatical Similitudes, v. 11,12,13.
Cl) Partly, by the moving Caufes inclining the Lord
to fuch companionate deportment towards his peo-
ple, vi^. 1. The Extremity of humane fragility, Ex-
actly known to the LORD, This is Elegantly de-
fcribed, ii. 14 15. i5. 2. The oppofite conftancy
and Immutability of the LORD's Mercy to them that
fear him, Igep hit Covenant: do hit commandments:
and to their Children, v. 17, 18. III. Such as concern
allCreatures, vi^.Tht LORD'S Supream andlini-
verfa! Dominion over all, v. 19.
III. An Hortatory Provocation of the Creatures to
blefle and praife the LORD together with him, w^.
1. Hit Angeli described, (1) By their Power. (V) By
their Obedience to his Word, (i) By their readinefs
to that Obedience, v. 20. 2. Hit Ho aft s. That are
his Inftruments to do his Pleafure, v. 2 r. 3. All hit
worlej in all places of hit univerfal Denomination,
v. 22.
_ IV. A Circulatory Reflexion again upon himfelf, ex-
citing his Soul, as in the beginning of the Pfalme, to
bleiTe the LORD. A thankful heart thinks ic can ne-
ver be quickned enough unto thankfulnefs, v.22.lat-
ter end.
Pfalm CIV.
Sett . I. The Summary Contents.
The Pjalmift,\. Incites himfelf to praife the LORD,
v. 1. 2. Declares many Cau/es why he fhould lb
praife him, vi^. His wonderful Works, (1) Of
Creation, v.2.to2-j. (2) Of Gubernation of the
World Create*/, v.2q.to^\. 3. Conclude s this his
Meditation of Gods Praifcs, ver. 31. to the end.
Sett. II. Thefirfi Ver(ion out of
the Hebrew.
I.
1. VI Y Soul, the LORD blefs ; LORD, my God,
-LV-L rf Thou-art-great vehemently.-
With comely-honour thou-art-clad
And Princely Majefty.
2. As with a Garment/rf/Y, with Light
He doth himfelf at ay :
F^rre-ftretching-out the Heavens bright
Like Curtains every way.
3. His-upper-Chambers planchering
In waters the re combined:
Clouds as his Chariot Ordering,
Walking on wings of Wind.
4. Making his Angels Spirits aU
Fulfilling his defire ;
His Minifters Effettual
Evn as a flaming Fire.
IL
5. The Earth upon her Bafes he
Hath founded there to flay ;
From whence it fhall not moved be
For evermore and ay.
6. As with a Raymenr,with the Deep
Thou covered'ft b the Land .-
Above the Mountains high andfteep
The Waters then did ftand.
7. At thy rebuke with daftiing ncife
Mofthaftily they fled:
They at thy thunder's dreadful voice
Were-headlong-carricd.
8. They did afcend the Mountaines high,
Defcend the Valleys low,
Unto the place which fixedly
Founded for them riadft thou,
9. Thou unto them haft-fet a bound
Left they fhould it pafs-over :
Left they return again, c The ground
To overflow andcov&c.
10. d That-fendeth Fountains in the Vales :
They e go between the Hills.
1 1. All Fields wilde-beafts they-make-ro drink
Wild-Affes/drink their fills.
12. By them the Fowleof Heav'n doth build
And dwell delightfully :
They from between the Branches g yield
The voice of Melody. '
13./; That-wat'reth Mountains with the Rain
From his high-Chambers ftilTd:
Whence with fruit of thy works amain
The Pregnant Earth is fill d.
III.
14. i Thar-maketh f emfrr Grafs to-grow
For Cattel thereby fed :
The HcrbforufeofManalfo,
From Earth) ^ forth bringing bread.
15. And Wine, that doth mans heart make-glad
With Oylc both new and old
/Making the Face to fliine; And Bread,
That doth mans heart uphold.
a Hi b. Thou
arc-greac-
ned.
b btb. it,t Kir
»*,thc earth.
cheb.the
earth.
Abeb. That-
fending
e Hare ,
Wide-open thy free hand doft thoui
With good they filled are.
29 . Thou hid'ft thy ^ face, they are diftrefs't 5
Thou gathereft «j>,theirghoft,
They do expire, by Death ore-prefs,t,
And turn unto their duft.
30. Thy potent Spirit thou fend'ft forth,
Created then are they .•
And thou the face of all the Earth
Reneweft day by day.
31. The Glory of JEHOVAH fhall
Be to Eternity ;
JEHOVAH in his doings all
Shall joy Exceedingly.
32. a He-looks upon the Earth, And much
It quakes as at aflroke :
He doth b the mighty Mountains touch,
Andthev thereat do fmoke.
33. 1 will Sing to JEHOVAH)?///,
c Whil'ft-I-am-kept-from-Grave 5
Sing-Pfalmes unto my God I will
d WhilTt-I- my-being-have.
34. Of him my Meditation
Ee-ve^-fweet-it-fhall :
I will joy in the LORD alone.
35. Confum'dbe finners all
, Out of the Earth, e And be no more
wicked-ores Let w'icked-on'es abhorred :
yet not they Mv Sou5 blefs triou the LORD, Adore
HimfiiU; Praife-ye-the-LORD.
o Heb pro-
ferly ; lurk-
ing -lyons.
pHefr.and to
feek- —
q heb.thcy-
gachcr ibtm
Away: and
r Htb.th\-
pofleffion.
f bib. great
and wide of
hands.
tfcf/».and not
number.
utit'.walk.
* fccfc.waic
vvi.ii hope-
er ; look-
attentively
to thee,
y beb.in his
time.
* heb.faces,
they are.
fuddenly-
ttoubled.
a hfrb.he-
looking—
bhrb.touch.
ing-the-
Mountains.
c rub.in my
lives.
dheb.in-yec
me.
Thcfeconcl Vcrflon out of the Ik-
brew.
I.
I/T\ Elefs the LORD,my Sou! andhcart ;
V7 O LORD my God,'* mod great thou art:
b With Glory and Renown a raid.
2. Decking with Light as with c a Coat :
HeaVns like-a-Cunain ftrctching-out.
3. In wate rs his-loft-Eeams he laid,
^/Making his Chariot Clouds combined:
Walking on wings of fwiftefi winde.
4. His Angels Spirits maketh-he :
His Miniftcrs e a fiery flame.
5, Earth on her Bafcs/ he did frame :
Left it fliould ever ai;d ay mo v'd-be.
6. With deep, it as-with-Robe did fl cover .•
The Waters ftood the Mountains over.
7. At thy rebuke, g thy thundering found,
They fled, yea headlong-tbey-did-run.
8. They went-up Hills,ihey Vales went down
To place which thou for them didlt found.
9. Thou fett'ft abound, left they pafs-over :
Left they return the Earth to cover.
lo. In Valleyes/j fending Fountains deer :
They i walk between die Mountains tall.
1 1. They give-drink to Field's wild-beafts all,
Wilde-Ailes break their thirfting there.
u.
i2.The]7etneg""eat God's Praifes fings,
1VJ Becircled round with Glory's wings,
2.Clothed with light .- o're whom the Sky
Hangs like a Starry Canopy.
3. Who dwels upon the gliding ftrearas,
EnameI'd with his Golden Beams :
Enthron'd in Clouds as in a Chair.
He rides in Triumph through the Aire.
4. The Windes and flaming Element
Are on his great AmbafTage fern.
5. The Fabrick of the Earth fhall ftand
For ay ; buik by his powerful hand.
6. The floods, that with their watery Robe
Once covered all this Earthly Globe ;
7. Soon as thy thundering voice was heard,
Fledfaft* 8. And ftraight the Hills appeared ;
The humble Valeys faw the Sun,
Whil'ft the affrighted Waters run
Into their Channels; 9. And no more
Shall drown the Earth, or pafs their Shore.
10. Along thefe Vales the cool Springs flow,
And wafh the Mountains feet below.
j 1 . Thither for drink the whole Herd ftrayes :
There the wild-A fie his thirft allayes.
12. And on the Boughes that fhade the Spring
The feathered O^uire fhall fit and fing.
13. When on her Womb thy Dew is fhed,
The Pregnant Earth i's brought to bed
And with a fruitful birth increas'r.
14. Yields Herbs and Grafs ;for Man and Eeaft.
15. Hcart-ftrengrhning Bread, care drowning Wine;
And Oyle that makes the fleek face fhinc,
1 6 . On Lebanon his Cedars ftand,
Trees full of Sap, works of his hand.
17. In them the Birds their Cabins dight :
The Firre-tree is the Storks delight.
1 8. The wilde-Goat on the Hills ;in Cells
Of Rock the Hermite Coney dwels.
19. The Moon obfrrves her courfe : The Sun
Knows when his weary Race is done.
20. And when the Night her dark veil fpreads
The wilder Bcafts forfake their fheds.
2 1. The hungry Lions hunt for blood,
And roaring beg from God their food.
hi
ill
HID
■7'.
iii
P',i
1,
if
ii»
Pel
'IRi
h
■ I
•lit
22
Tin
P S A L M E CIV.
3d
mlux ifta,
qua fe ope-
ruit & vc-
fttvic Deus,
eft Elemen-
tnm ijrm
•J". Foord
in Expof.
PfalM 1 04
J.
n Vid.Ku.
Itach, Sum.
Philofoph.
ttrtium
Part, qua
eft Phyfica
2 Parr.
Tra£. j.
Qi'5- p.
141. Colo-
ni.i iij-o.
5. Kecktrm.
Syft. Phyf.
1.2. C. 14.
p. 1 to and
i8s.Hano«r.
22. The Sun returnes,Thefc Beads of Prey
Fly to their Dens, and from the day,
23. And whil'ft they in dark Cavernes lurk,
Man till the Evening goes to work.
24. How full of Creatures is the Earth /
To which thy Wifdom gave their birth.
25. Andthofe that in the wide Sea breed,
The bounds of number farre exceed.
26. There the huge Whales with (limy feet
DaHce underneath the Sapling-Fleet.
27. All thefe expect their nourifhment
From thee. 28 . And gather what is fent :
Be thy hand open, they are fed j
20. Be thy face hid, adonifhed :
If thou withdraw their brcath,they mud
Return unto their former Dud
30. If thou fend back thy Breath,the face
Of th'Earth is fpread with a new race.
31. Gods Glory (hall for ever flay :
He (hall with joy his works furvey.
32. The dedfad Earth (hall (hake, if he
Look down : And if the Mountains be
Touch'd,they (hall fmoak. 33. Yet dill my Verfe,
Shall,whil'ft I Iive,hisPraife rehearfe.
34. in him with joy myjthought (hall meet.
He makes my Meditation fweet.
35. The Sinners (hall appear no more :
Then, O my Soul, the L O R D adore.
' Se&. V, the Analyfis^ or Principal
Tarts.
In this Excellent and Elegant Pfalme, are ; 1. An
Exordium. 2. A Narration. 2,. AConclufion.
I. An Exordium, Introduction, or Entrance to the
enfuing praifesofGod the Creator. Wherein the
Pfalmid, i Provokes himfelf to blefs the LORD.
2. Propounds in General the Grounds he hath for'
bleffinghim, viz. (1 J Partly, the LORD'S exceeding
greatnefi. (2) Partly, his Comely Honour and Majefty,
fo abounding and furrounding him , that he is faid to
be clothed therewith, ver.i.
II. A Narration of the Grounds and Reafons of blef-
fing the LORD, more Particularly Drawn, i. Part-
ly,from his Creation and Ordination of the Creatures
to Excellent Ends and Ufes, ver. 21. to 27. i.Part-
ly, from his Conservation of the Creatures in their
being and well being, ver. 27. to 31.
I. Grounds of bUffing God,drawn ffom hk Creating (fr
Ordaining the Creatures to excellent Ends & Vfes.Here
the Pfalmift following the dep of Mo fes, Gen, 1. 3, 4,
&c. toucheth at the Workstof the five firfl dayes, e-
fpecially. As, J.Ofthefirftday; Light, Gen. 1. 3,
4, 5. This is Metaphorically compared to a Gar~
ment, wherewith God the Father of Lights clothes
himfelfm, Jam. 1.17. Light moft notably refem-
bling Gods Inacceffible Light and Glory, and being
as his Royal Robe neared to him, ver. 2. begin. II. Of
thefecond day, the Heavens; that is, the whole Out-
fpread-Firmament, Gen. I. 6, 7, 8. This is that
which is called the Firfl Heaven, the Ayery Heaven,
confiding "of three Regions n, Loweft, from the
Earth upwards, as far as the Reflection or Refraction
of the Sun-beames returnes .- Vppermoft, from the
Element of Fire downwards, as far as the heat of the
Fire rcacheth ; Middlemoft,betw]x.t thefe two, which
is coldeft, and where all the Meteors, as Rain, Hail,
Snow, &c. are gendered. The u(eo(ih'isOut-(piead-
Firmament is Elegantly defcribed to be threefold,
i#'^. 1.T0 cover, and as it were to hide and with-
draw his Majefty from our eyes, asunder a Curtain,
ver. 2. 2. To have, after the Manner of Great
Princes, variety of Palaces and places, whence at his
pleafurc lie may manifed himfelf. He planchereth
hk lojt s or upper Chambers inthe waters, i.e. in the
Clouds. 3. To have variety of Indrumenrs, Accom-
modated and fitted for fuch his Manifedation of him-
felf, vi^. (1) The Clouds, for his (lately Chariot.
C2) The wings of the wind,for his fpecdy conveyance,
as fwift Horfcs drawing his Chariot, ver. 3. The An-
gels 0; For their Nature made Spirits or Spiritual oTouchin?
SubRances; (and fo differing from Chrifl who is no Angels
Created or made Spirit , bur. the Maker of mentioned
all things J Pjal. 102. 25, 26, 27. with Heb. 1. 10, 1 1, here ver. 4.
12. and from men, according to his Humanity, Seeing
made of demand blood, Lul>e 24, 39. Fortheeffi- Scriptures
cacy of their Adminiftration, a flaming fire, All feem not
activity, 8:c. Hence,^n£f/.f have fometimes appeared pLiinly and
like horfes and chariots of fire, 2 Kings 6. 17. and pojitive/yto
2' II' determine
on what
day they were created ; and Orthodox Writers do but con)efture. that
probably they were Created on the Firlt day : Let the Learned here
make a Quaere; whether this fourth vcrfe (the Context duly anfi-
dered) render sis not moft probable, that Angels were Createdon
the fecond day.
The ApofUe, or rather the Holy Ghoft, in Heb. 1.
7. directs us to interpret this place of Angels Pro-
perly, who in the fame Chapter alfoHeb. 1. 14. are
called Miniftring Spirit *,as here Hit Minifters, ver. 4
I know,divers here render the Hebrew word Hi FIT "1
Ruchoth, windes: and make it the fubiect hereof
this Propofition, thus -, who mahjth kit windes mejfen-
gers: As the word isufed, Pfal.78. 49. and flaming
fire hk Minifters : becaufe fire, hail , thunder, windes
&c. are faid to fulfil his word, Pfal. 148. 8. and thefe
are oft-times forerunners of Gods protection to his I
People, and his deftruction' of their Adverfan'es, as
Pfal. 50. 3. and 18. 8. 10. 15, &c. Job. 38. 22, 23.
Jfai. 29* 6. And Angels are fent rather from the Third
Heaven,^ than from the Fiifl Heaven. And there-
fore, this Interpretation, thus notably agreeing to
the works of the SecondDay, is embraced by many.
But the former Interpretation tome feems bed and
fafed, from that paffage, Heb. 1. 7. Nevertheleff, if
anyfhall think good to put both Interpretations to-
gether,as Mollerm hath donep, I (hall not gainfay ; p fj, m0h.
vi^.Thus. Its faid; Herodeupon a Cherub, & did fly yea inPf.104'4,
he did fly upon the wings of the windePf. 18. io.where the
Minidry of Angels, and of windes are joyned toge-
ther, both of them being created to execute Gods
commands. And in the windes we have a notable
adumbration of the Miniftry of the Angels. III. Of
the third Day. The Earth, Sea, Fruitfulnefs of the
Earth in Plants, vi^. Grafs, Herbs, Trees, Gen. 1.9.
to 14. Thefe the Pfalmift defcribes more largely, v.
5,roi$>. Mote Particularly, He fets forth, 1. Gods
founding and conftituting the Earth in the Center of
the World, and that immoveably, ver. 5. 2. HisCo-
vering the Earth, even the higheft Mountains with
the Deep, as with a Garment, ver. 6. 3. His remov-
ing the deep waters from the face of the Earth, that
the dry-land might appear; and this fuddenly, by his
moft powerful word, along Mountains and Valleys,
to the place which he had founded for them, ver. 7, 8.
4. His confining and bounding the waters therein,
their place; that they return no more to cover the Earth,
ver. p. 5. His making the Earth (' which of it felf is
barren ) very fruitful : And that two wayes: viz.. u
Partly, by fending Springs and Rivers ( vi^. from the
Sea, Ecclef. 1. 7. _)into the Valleys, walking among
the Hills, ver. 10. The ufe of which Springs, &c. is
declared: vi^. (JiJ To afford drink to the living
Creatures of the Earth, ver. 11. CO To afford drink
and refrefhment to the fowles of the Heaven, de-
lighting to build and ftng among the branches growing
by thofe dreams, ver, 12. 2. Partly, By Exhaling
vapours and waters out of the Sea, up into theClouds,
through thefbrae of the Sun. From which Clouds, as'
H h h h
IM^H
■I^H
^m
C2
V S A L M E. CV.
fiom hit upper-Chambers , He water eth the Hills,Trees,$c
High- Mountains. C^JTIie^ Hills or Mountains, i.e.
The upper parts of the. Earth, Synechd. And fo mak-
eth the Earth fruitful, ver. 13. 1 In Grafs, for Cattel.
2. In H:rbs,y¥ine, Oyle, and bread, for man, vet. 14,
15. (~2j The Trees, whereof two eminent kindes,
in ftead of all the reft, are mentioned, vi^. 1. Cedars,
filled with Sap: wherein the little Birds make their
Nefts. 2. Firre-Trees, wherein the Stork, buildeth,
ver. 16, 17. Q 3 ~) The high- Mountains, and Rocks, for
the benefit of wild Goat s and Conies, there flickering
themfelves, ver. 18. IV. Of the fourth Day. The great
Luminaries of Heaven, the Sun and Moon, Gen. 1. 14.
to 20. Touching thefe two Luminaries,He declares, 1.
The immediate end and purpofe for which they
were intended i v;\. For diftinfthn of Times and
Seafons, Day and Night, ver. 19. 2. The. more re-
mote ufe of thefe Seafons, vi\. CO Of thtNigfn,
for the wild-beafbof the Forreft, and particularly
the Lyon* to range abroad for their prey, ver. 20, 21.
C 2 3 Of the Day, for thefe wild-beafb and Lyons to
gather themfelves away and couch down in their Dens,
But for man to go forth to hit w> vl%. In
refpeft. 1. Of their food and ncurifliment, ver. 27,
28. 2. Of their breath and life, ver. 29. 3. Of their
propagation, ver. 30.
III. AConclufion, inferred from all thefe Premifes,
touching Blelfingand Praifingthe LORD, ver. 31.
&c. Which is propounded under the Form or Man-
ner, 1. Of a Confeflfion, or an Acknowledgment
upon the whole, C 1 J O/Gods eternal Glory. (2)
OfGodsrejoycinginhisown works, ver, 31. (3 J Of
his dreadful Power and Majefly, ver. 32. 2. Of a
vow, or pious Refolution. Wherein thePfalmift
refolves and promifeth, ( 1 } Conftantly to praife the
LORD, in fmging, yea in Singing- Pfalmes unto him,
ver, 33. f2jSweetly to Meditate upon him. (3)
Gladfomely to rejoyce in him, ver. 34. 3. Of an Im-
precation againft fmners, and wicked wretches op-
pofing the due honour of God. 4. Of an Exhortation
wherein he incites, ( 1 JHimfelf, asverf. 1. (Ci>-
cularly :J ( '2 J All others, To Praife the LO RD,
ver. 35.
Pfalm CV.
SeB. I. The Summary Contents.
An £x/;orf
The faying of the LORD him tri'd.
20. The King fent, and f releafed him ;
The Peoples Ruler, and him freed.
aHfA.eonfef*
ye to the
LORD.
bHeb. the
peoples,
c btb or;diC
eourfe. me-
ditate.
AHtb. praife
your felves.
e Htb. his
feces.
fHeb.Do ye
remember.
£ btb. And
his oath,
h Htb. And
to
i Htb. A co-
venant of e-
ternicy---.-
k htb. In
them being
men of num-
ber, i.e. few
1 Htb. And
from-
TO. btb. not
man to op-
press them
n Htb. for
them,
o Htb. on
mine anoin-
ted ones.
p htb. their
faces
q Htb. they
affliaed.
«• btb. ot; his
foulentred
the Iron.;.*.
Ht xvm laid »
in irtns,
(htb. loofed
him.
ai.LORD
P S A V M E. CV.
303
t Hefc.heput
bim.
u hcb. And
ruler in all
his poflefli-
on.
x bib. at his
Soul.
21. LORD of Ms Houfc r he-him-affign'd
u Of ail his wealth thc-Rule-to-take.-
22. His Princes x ac his will tobmd :
And wife his Senators to make.
III.
29. Then Ifrael fiom Canaan came
To-Jf.gy pt to be nouriflied :
And in the fruitful land of Cham
Afeafon Jakob fojourned.
24. Likewife his people he did caufe,
Exceedingly to fructify :
And over-their-diftreifing-foes
y He-them-did flrengthen mightily.
25. He turn'd their heart to hare hisfolk ;
Againft his fervants guile to-aft.
26. His fervantMofes he did fend,
And Aaron { whom he did feled.
27. a His figns among them they difplaid ;
And they Cham's Land with wonders florid.
28. He darknefsfent,and dark-it-made.
And they rebelled not at his word.
29. Their waters turr.'d b to bloody-^uce;
And flew their firft.f0 dreadful things Q
30. Their land brought forth offrogsgreatftore
In privy-Chambers of their Kings.
31. He fpake,then came a mixed-fwarui,
Did Vice in all their Coafh command.
32. He gave their Showers, fharp hail-ftorm,
./W fire of flames within their land.
33. And fmote their Figtree and their Vine,
e #«Mhe- And brake c Trees of their Coafts afunder.
wood of—- 54. He fpake,the Locuft alfo came,
d hcb. and And caterpiller (/without Number.
roc number. *
ef/tfe.allthe .... , , . , 1
herb,or, 3?. And e all the Herbs ate in their land,
every herb. Yea ate the fruit of all their ground,
f H_tbe LORD withal, in ihe
day when the Ark of the Covenant was brought up
from the Houfe of Obed-Edom the Gittite, &c. See
iChron. 16. 1,7.^ 23?.
And this was the Occafion of Davids penning this
Pfalme. How fuitably/ A Pfalme touching Gods
Covenant with Abraham and his Seed, at the
bringing up of the Ark of the Covenant in-
to the City of David, into the Tent that
David had pitched for it, iChron. 15.19. and 16.
i,^Tc. But, as one noteth », David after this en-
larged this Pfalme very much, adding an Hiftory of
Gods gracious difpenfations towards Abraham^
Seed, before they came into Egypt, In Egypt, and af-
ter they were delivered thence, fiom ver. 16. to the
end. And Kimchi obferves that his Matters were
wont to fay, that this, Pfalme, vi^. ver. 1. to 16. was
wont to be fung in the Morning, and Pfal. 96. in the
Evenings. And that thefe two Pfalmes were ftill
fung at the fight of the ^r^,till Solomon took the Ark
into the Temple, which he calls the Houfe of
Ages x.
Sefr.IV. The Scope,
q See in
Pfal. 103.
sea. 3.
r An?, in
Enar. Pf.
104.
fSee Pf. r.
in Sect. 4.
t See Pfal.
96. in Sec\
3. and my
Key of the
Bible, in
the Ap-
pendix to
1 Chron.
u Sim. de
Mm in
A) g. Pfal.
105.
x Sim. de
Muii in
Arg. Pfal.'
I05.
The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; To Excite
the Church and People of the Je wes, the Pofterity
ofAbrabamjo all enlarged Praifes and Thankfulnefie
to God, for his extraordinary Mercy and wonderful
Goodnefs to Abraham, Ifaac, Jacob, and their Seed*
in taking them above all other people from among I-
&olaters, and Adopting them to be a peculiar peo-
ple to himfelf; by Covenant, promifing and perfor-
ming to them and their Seed the Land of Canaan,
fja vifible pledge of greater Spiritual Mercies, cove-
nanted Jthat hereby they might be the more effeftu-
ally engaged to keep Covenant with God, obferving
his Statutes,and keeping hit Lawes, Pfal. 105. 44, 45.
Upon like ground, How fhouM Chriftians, Redeem-
ed from Paganifh or Popifh Idolatry, and brought
into the New-Covenant in Chrilt exhibited, be filled
with thankfulnefs to God, for fuch his. Extraordinary
and gracious Adminiftratiom /
Sctf. V.
■■
5°4
V S A L M E. CVI.
Seer. V. The Analyjis, or rrincipal
Tarts.
In this choice EucharifticalPfalme, note
I. An Hortatory Exordium, Emphatically and live-
ly Exhorting the Seed of Abraham, &c. to fundry
Duties belonging to the Praifes of God. Here, I.
The Duties Exhorted unto, are defcribed. And
they are especially thefe three : viz, i. To Praife the
LORD. This is laid down in variety of Acts, tend-
ing to the LORD'S Praifes. As, fi J Confeffing to
the LORD. ("0 Calling on hit Name. CiJ Mak:
ing-known hit Alls among the People, ver.i. fa)
Singing to biig. C'yJ Singing-Pfalme to him. (6 J
Difcourfing of all hit marvellout-worl(S , ver.i. .(7 J
Glorying in the Name of his Holyneffe. fSJ Heartily
rejoycing, &c. ver. 3. 2. To feel^ the LORD : vi%. to
feek Communion with him in his Worfhip. Here is
signified, what it is which they are efpecially to feek
in God, when he is worfhipped, vi\. C*J His^
Strength. HisSufficiency. {2 J Hit Face. His Fa-'
vour, and Efficiency. This/ire^/ ng hit face is ampli-
fied by the Adjunct conftancy thereof, v. 4, 3. To
Remember, \ih Marvels, His Wonders, and The
judgements of his mouth, ver. 5. II. The Compella-
tion of the Perfons thus Exhorted, is expreffed, by
their Relation to Abraham, and Jacob, ver. 6.
II. The Arguments, whereby the Seed of Abraham
and Jacob, the Church of God, is provoked to Praife
God,are drawn,
1. From their Covenant-Relation unto God.
i.From Gods Judgments manifefled in all the Earth,
on the behalf of his Covenant-People, v.7.
3. From Gods covenant with their Fathers,!'. 8. to
12. Here are fet forth, 1. Gods conftant fidelity in
his Covenant, in all Generations, v. 8. 2. The Na-
ture of ic, in fundry Denominations-, Covenant, Word,
tommanded, to Abraham: Oath, to Jfaac : Decree, to
Jacob, verf.8,9. 3«Thc Federates. God on the
one Part ; Abraham, Ifaac,. and Jacob, on the other
ver. 9, 10. 4. One principal Matter Covenanted to
them •, Giving the Land of Canaan for their Inheritance
to them, &c,v. 11.
4. From Gods Providential Difpenfations to them
and their Pofterity, in purfuance of his Covenant
with them. Thefe Difpenfations of the LORD to-
wards them, are Digefted \mo three Periods or Inter-
vals of time efpecially, vi^.
0 J Before they came into /Fgypt, v. 12. &c. Where
note, I. Gods fmgular Protection of their Fore-Fa-
thers., ver. 12. to 16, This Protection is Amplified
and Elegantly Illuftrated (~\j By the paucity of
their number, infufheient to delend themfelves.
C^)By their Pilgrim-condition in the Land. (~$ J
By their Adverfaries oppofitepower and multitude,
ver. 12, 13- (4 J By the fufficiency, and manner of
their Protection, which was not Vulgar, but with a
priviledge of Singular Honour put upon them, as his
Annointed-oncs, his Prophets, ver. 14, 15- II. Gods
admirable Suftentation of them ir. an extream Fa-
mine. Where note, 1. The Extremity of the Famine
which he brought upon Canaan, v. 16. 2. The Mean,
or Inftrument of their Suftentation, Jofeph. Touch-
ing him Gods Providence wrought wonderfully,
Qi) In fending him before, vi^. to prefervc the life
of Gods Church and people, ver. 17. begin, fi) In
his moft wife ordering and difpofing of all his afflicti-
ons, ver. 17, 18. jf£) /nhisftrange delivering him
out of all his afflictions and miferies, ver. 19,20.
(4 ) In his more ftrangc advancing him to high Hon-
our and power in the land of Egypt under Pharaoh t
ver. 21,2;.
C2J Whilejl they were in Egypt, ver, 23. to 37 . Here
are related, I. Ijraels coming into Egypt, II. Ja-
cobs fojourning in Egypt,vcr. 23. III". Gods multiply-
irg them tlx-'rt greatly, and making them ftronger than
their enemies, ver. 24. IV. The Lords leaving the
Egyptians to hate them, and deal fubtilly with them,
ver.2$. V. his fending Mofes and Aaron to Egypt, for
his afflicted peoples relief and redemption, by work-
ing Signes and Wonders there, v. 26,21. The won-
derful Plagues which they inflicted on the Egyptians
are enumerated, but not in the Order in which they
were wrought; As, i.Darknefs, v. 28. 2. Waters
turned to blood, and Fifh flain, ver. 29. 3, Frogs,
y.$o. 4-Flyes, 5.Lice,i/.3i. 6. Hail, with flam-
ing fire, uniting and breaking their Trees, &c. v.
32>33- 7- Locufts, and Caterpillars, v. 34, 35*
8. Death of the firft-born, v. 3(5.
Q$) When they went out of Egypt, and afterwards, v.
37. &c. Here Gods Providential goodnefs to them
is defcribed feveral wayes, vi^. 1. In the Manner of
his bringing them forth. CO with 8reat ricJies>
C2J With general ftrength of them all, v. 37.
Cl)With full confent of the Egyptians, extorted at laft
rrom them, 11.38. 2. In his conducting them through
the Wilderneffe moft wonderfully ; fi J Covering
them from the Suns heat, and directing them with a.
Pillar of Cloud by day. ( 2 ) Guiding them, and giving
them light with a Pillar of fire by night, verfe $9.
Cs) Feeding them, with Quails for ftefli : with
Manna for Bread, with Water out of the Rock plen-
tifully flowing in the dry-places as a River for Drink,
verfe 40, 41. Their bringing forth,and this Conduct
of them through the Wilderneffe, are illuftrated by
their Special Caufe, vi^. Gods ftability and fidelity
in his^ Covenant, verfe 42, 43. 3. In his putting
them into poffeffion of the promifed Inheritance of
Canaan, verfe 44. which is Amplified, by the End
intended by God in bellowing thisMercy upon them;
That t hey might be obedient to God according to his
Word, ver. 45.
III. The Conclufion of the Pfalme, is that Hortatory
provocation of all to the Lords-praifes ; Halelu-jab,
ver. 45.
Pfalm CVI.
Seft. I. The Summary Contents.
The Pfalmifl 1. Exhorteth unto the Praifes of
God: Acknowledging Mans utter infufheiency there-
unto, verf. 1. to 4. 2. Prayeth for the L O RD's
Favour and Salvation which he peculiarly is wont to
manifeft to his own people, ver. 4, $. 3. Confeffetb,
in the name of the Church, their own fins : and their
fore-Fathers many and great tranfgreffions in Egypt t
Wildernefle, and Land of Canaan, notwithftanding
all Gods wonderful mercies to them ver. 7. to 47. 4.
Concludeth, with Prayer, and Praife, ver. 47, 48.
Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the
Hebrew.
1. T) Raifc-ye-jAH. To the LORD confefs,
1 For he's good .• For, a his Mercy V ay
2. The Lord's b great- Acts who can ex prels
All his due praife who can difplay .'
3. O-blcft they-that-keep judgement ever :
In all time acting equitic.
LORD
a heb. his
laving. kind-
rtefs for
ever.
b heb.
power l,
mighiinef
P S A L M E. CVI.
;c>5
4. LORD c mind mc with thy peoples favour
In thy Salvation vifit mc.
cHeb. re-
member me
with the
good -will
(or; fa-
vourable
acceptati.
on of ihy
people.
A H™- t0 fee in the goodnefs of tbine elea,to rejoyce in the joy of thy nation,
To glory wkj, thine Hcr.cage.
5. rfThat thine Elects good I may fee,
That I may with thy Nation's joy
Rejoyce.- With heritage-of-ti,ee
That I may glory gladfomely.
II.
6. We with our Fathers /t//havefin,d,
Per vcrfely-dealt, ungodly-done.
7. Our Fathers did not wifely-mind
Thy-wondrous-works in Egypt fiowne.
t beb. t hey e Thy many Mercies they forget,
lemembred £Ut atsea, at Red Sea rebell'd.
8. For his Names fake he fav'd them yet,
To make his might known and beheld.
not the mul-
titude of thy
Joving-
Jcindnefle<.
(beb. in (or,
at ) the.
t). /The Red Sea he rebuk'd alfo,
And it was dry'd up waterlejs :
And through the deeps he made them go,
As through the drought j wildernefs.
10. And them from hater's hand did fave .*
And them from hand of foe redeem,
g beb. the 1 1« But their diftreiTersj? war.' ry-grave
waters co- Ore-whelm'd : Left was not one of them.'
vered---.
fang'&they I2- Then they believed in-his-words;
His-praife h they fmging-did-re/ H
his i
y beb do-
loirs, for-
•L beb. do- J
Jo rs, or
forfOWS.
a beb. ivas
impii ufly
r'jftainer).
bbe'. noftril
w.i< kindled
c Heb. Ard
their haters
ruled over
them.
d Heb. in
diftrefson
them.
e H(b. he
remembrcd
cowards
them his
Covenant;
(Heb. gave
them co
boivel- mer-
cies before
the faces of
all their
Captives,
g Heb. to
confefs to
the name
of thine
hohnefs.
5oe
P S A L M E. CVI.
SeU. III. the K.ind, Penman, and
Occafionfac.
Tin's Pfalm. as to the matter of it, is of mix t Na-
ture : being Laudatory, iud Petitory. Laudatory v.
1. 2, 3, 48. Petitory, verf. 4, 1048. though in the Pe-
titory part are inferted many Arguments of praife
to the Lord, for his many mercies to Ifrael, notwith-
standing their many and great Rebellions againft
him. And as in the former Pfalme, The L O R D is
praifed for his Extraordinary mercy to his Church and
People in his Covenant with Abraham and other Se-
ll See in nejits. /; So in this Pfalme, he is praifed for his Ex-
Pfal.ioZ,. traordinary Goodnejfe, Clemency and Favour fit U con-
Seft.2,.and tinued towards them, even in his fevereft cbajtijc-
Pfal. 105. merits upon them for their iniqticies, 1/.8, 9, 10, II,
Se&. 3. 3^,23,43, 44, 45, 46. As to the Form of Penning it,
iSee on This is an Untituled Pfalme, as many others are/.
Pjal. 1. And is one of the Halelu)atick_ Pfalmes fas Augudine
Sect.4. k\ fliies nj both beginning and ending with, HJelu-
kPfalmus jab,ver. 1.48.
Halclujati- Penman of this Pfalm is not here exprefed, nor
CUS.Arg. ;n elfewhere plainly and fully fjthatl know J in Scrip-
Enar.inpf. ture> Some do conjecture from ver. 47. that this
io$it.8. pfalme was written in the time of the BabylonifliCap-
1 Sim.de tivhy; oratleaftin the woful times of their difper-
Muitin ^ f;on ny Antiochtu Epipbanes afterwards /. And chat
Arg-pf.io6. confequently fome Prophet, then living, Penned
this Pl'alnie. But the matter of the Pfalm, and the
difperfion^of the Jews among theHeathens.u47.need
not be carried fo farre : And under Antiocbut times
we fhall hardly find any Prophet. Some think it was
Penned in the times of the Judges, in whofe dayes
they were oft oppreffed and delivered : From v. 43.
And that probably then Samuel wrote it. Or when
the Philiftincs and other Heathens much afflicted If-
rael'm dayes of Saul and David. See Pfal. 6o.Tt-
tk. 2 Sam. 2, Sec. m And then David feems to be
Penman of it. For my part, I cannot think this
J7.100.ffir, pr3]mwas written fo rarely, as in Samuels dayes;
or fo late as" in the time of the Babyhnifl) Captivity
or Antioclw his Perfecution : but rather that it was
written by D^r^asa Form of Praife and Prayer
n . , which the Church of God might ufe in all times of
" p'r I ' their Affliction and difperfion among the Heathen n.
m rj. 10 . por -piiat Pfalm which David deliveredinto the hand
ofjfaph and b'u brethren, to thank, the LORD withall,
at the bringing up oft he Ark into the City of David,
lChron.16.1. — 7.IsCompofcd of divers Pfalms,
olnmy as I have elfewhere 0 noted : And it is concluded
Key of the whh three vesfies, which are found in this prefent
Eiblc. Ap- Pfalm. Compare 1 Chron. 16. 34, 35, 36. with Pfal.
pendixto 106.1.47,48. Only two or three words are alte-
zCbron • red. Whence in my judgment its more than pro-
bable, that David,\\di Penman of it.
Occafion ofhis penning it, fetms to have been (as
is formerly noted J fome great thraldom and difper-
fion of the Jews among the Heathen, ver. 47.
Sect. IV. the Scope.
The Scope herein intended, is; 1. Pathetically to
Praife the LORD ([in the name of the Churchj for
his extraordinary Mercy, Loving-kindneffe and Bo-
wel-mercies flill continued in former ages moft com-
paffionarcly to his finful people, even then when he
was conftrained moft feverely to chaftije them for
their many and great Provocations. 2. And to in-
trcat the LORD for like favours and compaffions to
his now deeply diltrcdcd Church, though a like
unworthy people.
Setf. V. The Analyfis^ or Principal
Parts.
fn this PfJm,T]\c Prophet Uycs down four things
mJn.Foord
in Expof.
1. An Exhortation. 2. A Prayer. 3. AConfeffion.
4. A ConcJufion.
I. An Exhortation unto the pra'rfes of the LORD.
Herein note, 1. The Manner of the Exhortation, its
doubled, Praife the Lird,c->nfe(s to 1:1m. 2. The ground
of this praifing him. Q\) Fartly. Hisgoodnefs, (2)
Partly, the conltanry of his lovincj-kindntfs v. 1.
3. An ingenious acknowledgment of mans utter ina-
bility to praife the LORD litfficiently : Pathetically
propofed by way of Interrogation^. 2. 4. Thefpe-
cial Qualification of fuchas can duly praife the Lord,
and their happinefs in that Qualification, vi^. Con-
ftant Integrity of life and converfation, v. 3.
II. A Prayer. Wherein confide r, I. The Mercies
Petitioned for, v/\. fi 3 T/}at the Lord would
remember him ([mentioned in Name of the Church,
compare ver. 6, &c) with the favour, which he if
wont peculiarly to vouch fafe to hit own people. (2) That
he would vifu him with his Salvation, and delive-
rance from mifery v. 4. 2. Vie Arguments whereby
thefe Petitions are urged, are drawn from the fruits
thence rebounding, (\) Seeing the good of Gods cho-
\fen. (2) Re)oycing in the joy of bit Nation. (2,)Glorying
with hit Inheritance, ver. $.i
III. A Confejfion of fins : or tne_better exalting and
magnifying of Gods former mere'es, and for making
way for future bleflings here prayed for. Here are
confeffed, 1. The fins of the Church and peopleof
God then living. Wherein they have wretchedly re-
fembk d their finful forefathers, and juftly deferved ro
be alike punifhed, v. 6. II. the fins of their Forefa-
thers themfelves fnotwithfranding all Gods contrary
mercy and goodnefs to them J both 1. In Egypt. 2.
In the wildernefs. And 3. In the Land of Canaan,
v. 7. to 47.
1. Their Sins in sUgypt, 1. They underftood not
Gods wonders. 2. They remembred not the multi-
tude of his Mercies, v. 7.
2. Their fins after they came out of Egypt, and in the
wildernefs, I. Their firft fin, Their Provocation of the
LORD, by their unbelief, murmuring, fyc.attheRei
Sea. This fin is illuftrated and aggravated, 1 By
their oblivion of Gods former works, that mighc
have prevented this fin,v.7. 2. By Gods faving them
at the Red Sea, notwithftanding. Which Salvation
is amplified, by the impulfive Caufe moving him
thereto, vi^. His own Name and Glory, v. 8. 3. B/
the miraculous way and manner of his faving them,
there from the ^Egyptians; by drying up the Red
I Sea, but drowning all their enemies therein after-
wards, ver. 9«io, it. This wonderful Salvation is
illuftrated by the Effects which it wrought in Ifrael,
fi) They then believed his words. C*J They fang
hit praife, ver. 12. II. Their fecond Stn, Murmuring
for Water and Flefh, and thereby tempting God. Which
is amplified, 1. By the Caufe thereof, Forgetting Gods
works, fyc. ver. 13. 14. 2. By the place, where. 3. By
the Manner how, ver. 14. 4. By the confequent Effeft
thereof; Gods granting their dcfire,but withacurfe,
ver. 15. Ul.Tbeir third Sin, The Sedition of Datbans
and Abiram 's company. Defcribed by 1. The Caufe
of it, Envy. 2. The Objects of it, Mofes and Aaron, v.
16. 3. The Effects thereof, Gods dreadful Judge-
ments upon the Offenders, fij The Earthdevour-
ing fome, v. 17. (2) Fire confuming others,*;. 18.
IV. Their fourth Sin, Idolatry in the Golden Calf. Sec
forth, 1. By the place where the Calf was made and
worfhipped,;"/] Horeb, v. 19. 2. By the folly and bru-
tiflmefs of this their fin, v. 2-1. 3.8/ the Caufe ofir,
then forgetting God their Saviour, and bis wonders in
Egypt ani at the Red Sea, v. 21, 22, 4. By the Effcft
that had like to have enfued, w^. Their Deftruction.
Amplified by the Means hindering, viz,. MofesKis
Interccffion for them, v. 23. V. Their fifth Sin, Con-
tempt of the promifed Land, and unbelief of hit Promifes,
Set forth i. By the Objeft of this Contempt and unbe-
lief; The Landofdepie, and Gods Word, v. 26,. 2. By
the Manner their Sin, murmuring, &c. v. 25. 3. Bj
the fad Effect thereof, Gods fevere Oath againft
them
P S A L M E CVI.
307
them and their Seed, y. 2^,27 yLTbeir fixth fin, Their
Idolatry and Fomicationwith the Moabhes,v. 28. Am-
plified, 1. By the ErYefts enfuing thereupon (1} Pro-
vocation of God. (2) The Plague breaking in upon
them,verfe 29. 2. By the removal of this. Effect the
plague upon Phineahs his executing of judge menr on
Zimri andCorbi. Which aft of his, though not alto-
gether regular, was yet juftifiedand aJlowedby God,
11.30,2,1. VII. their feventh Sin, Murmuring for Water
nt Mer'ibah, Amplified by the Effects thereof, w"{ 1.
Gods great dil'plcafure. 2. M>fes Provocation and
Punifliment,v. 32. 33.
3. Tlieirfins in the Land of Cannaan, viz. 1. Nit de-
fraying the Canaanites,as God had commanded them
^.34. W.Contr ailing affinity with them, and fo learn-
ing their works, ver. 3$. III. Falling to moSl foul and
horrid Idolatry y I. Serving Heathenifh Idols, v. 36. 2.
Sacrificing their Sons and Daughters to Devils, to the
Idols of Cannaan. So (j ) Polluting the Land with
innocent blood, v. 37, 38. (2) Defiling themfelves
with this fpiritual whoredom, v. 39. This their Ido-
latry is Illufirated, 1. By rhe ErYefts enfuing thereup-
on, vi%» Gods wrath. Gods abhoring his own Inheri-
tance. Gods delivering them into their enemies hands
to be afflicted and oppreded, v. 40, 41 , 42. 2. By
Events oppofite to their deferts, Gods frequent de-
liverances of them from Calamities which by their
!>ro vocations they frequently brought upon them-
elves, ver. 43. Thefe Deliverances are Amplified
andfet forth, byC1 J Their Adjuvant Caufe ; His
Peoples Prayers, ver. 44. 2. Their Principal Caufes,
Gods faichfulnels and loving-kindnefic, whence he-
would performe his Covenant, notwithftanding their
fins, ver. 45. CiJ their Manner of his working their
Deliverance and Salvation, By ftirring up even in
their very enemies (~ after their hatred ) Compani-
ons towards them, ver. 46.
In all this Confefjiin, As Ifraels Rebellions are deep-
ly aggravated by Gods oppofite Mercies: So Gods
Mercies are highly exalted and magnified by Ifraels
oppofite Rebellions and Provocations.
IV. Toe Concluflon of the whole Pfalme, is Petitory,
■and Laudatory. I. Petitory. The Church of God in
her deepeit affliftions, notwithstanding all her fins
and unworthinefie, is encouraged to hope and pray
for Salvation and Deliverance ; from all thefe recit-
ed Mercies and Deliverances of God to their Rebelli-
ous Fore-fathers. And therefore they pray for, CO
Salvation. C2J Gathering from among the Heathens.
Urging thefe Requefts ; Partly, from Gods Cove-
tunt-Relacion to them. Partly, from the thanks and
praife, rhac thereupon they fhall be enabled to return
to God,^. 47. 2. Laudatory. Wherein, in confidence
and hope this Petition fhall be granted, fi) The
Pfalraift proclaimeth the evcrlafting blefiednelTe of
the LORD God oilfrael, (^2jlncitefli all the people
thereunto to fay Amen. (3J Exhorteth all topraife
the Lord, ^.48. And as he ended this Fourth Book^of
Pfalmes, So Iclofe up this my Verfion and Expofiti-
on of this fourth Book.-, with Halelu-jah.
LTSD
;o8
P S A L M E. CVII.
/iv
c$* <&9 «&» oT<> eifr» «&> «■?* . gJBjl ♦<
«*• ♦#» *£> «*• «^ «*» «*• «#» «jy» «£» «£•» «•£<■»
«»J*
*j^» «#» *$> Sixtin.
Amam.in
Gram.
Hebr.A-
nom.Spe-
cial. in
Ffal.42.
THis precious Volume of Pfalmes, being by
the Hebrews fas hath been formerly 0
manifefted} difparted intone diftint}
Books, may not improperly be ftiled DA-
VID's PENT ATEVCH: uc.Davids
Five-fold-Volume. TheF/F77/and hftBOOK
OF P S ALMES begins with Pfal. 107.' I. avidy will beft appear when the particular Pfalmes
come feverally to bcconfidered.
PfalmCVII.
SeB. I. The Summary Contents.
1. The Pfalmift- Exhorteth to the Praifes of God,
for his goodnefs and conftant loving-kindnefle to
manner. 1. 2. Hclayes down the Caufesof prai-
fing the LORD, vi^. His fingular Providences to man-
kind; Partly, in the Redeeming a«d Delivering of
(ij Exiles, difperfed and wandring, ver. [2. to 10.
(2) Captives, ver. 10. to fj. f 3 J Sick and af-
flicted pcrfons, ver. 17.ro 23. (4J i'ca-faring pcr-
fons, ver. 23. to 33. Partly, in many varieties of
his Difpenfations, 1zer.33.ro 42. 3. He concludes
the whole, ver. 42,43.
Sect. II. The Verjion out of the
Hebrew.
I.
i.T TNto the LORD do-ye-confefs,
U. For he it ever good :
Becaufe a his-Ioving-bounteoufnefs
For-evermore hath flood. -
2. The LORD'S redeem'd in every land,
Let them fay ever fa:
b Whom he redeemed from the hand
Ofthe-dlftrefling-foe.
3. And gathered them out of the Lands,
From North and from the Sea :
From Eaft and c Weil, from atttheir bands.
4. Inrffolitary way.
They wand'red in 'the Wildernefs .•
eNo dwelling City found.
5. Hungry and Thirfiy,/«ccoHr//> ;
Their foul in them, f did fwoond.
6. Then they unto the LORD did cry
In^ their extream diftrefs :
jWthem he-fet-at-libcrty
Out-of-their-anguifhes.
7. Them likevvife he conduftcd-on
In right and prosperous way ;
To City of Habitation
To come, and there to ft ay.
8. O let them to the LORD confefs
His loving kindnefs then :
And all his wondrous-works exprefs
Unto the fons of men.
9. Becaufe he'hath thcthirfty foul
Compleatly fatisfied :
And he hath fill'd the hungry foul
Wich good, he did provide.
u.
10. /; They-thar in darknefs fit alone.
In fhadc-of-Dtath alfo :
a HtbMis.
loving kind.
ne(s or.hii
mercy.
b Htb.whom
be redeem-
ed.them.
c brbScom
weft.
d Heb.in fo.
litarinefs
of way.
e Hf b found
not a city of
habitation.
(beb.wis.
overwhel-
med.
gM\di-
ftrefs on
ihem.
1*3
Hi
let
it'. «
■ ;:
pHel
i.r.
h
itii
y
t«t
H
inn
\k
r.O.
In
h Tffjp.thcy-
(i;( nt; in
ditknefi.
lit.
P S A L M E. CVII.
309
In Iron and afftiftion.
Faft bou nd with cords of wo.
1 1. Becaufe againft the words of God
They-dealt-rebellioufly :
j Heh.thty The counfel alfo i they-down-rrod
frtfpifcd. of-him-that-is-moit-high.
12. Then their proud heart he humbled
Wfthmole/tation,
They fuddenly down-ftumbled
And helper there was none.
13. Then they unto the LORD did cry
In their extream diftrefs :
And them he-fet-at-liberty
Out-of their-anguifhes.
14. Forth from the darkfomnefs beneath
He did them bring and take,
And from the difmal /hade of Death :
Their bands likewife he brake.
15.O let them to the LORD confefs
His loving-kindnefs then :
And atihh wondrous-works exprefs
Unto the Sons of men.
k H<&.bsrs is. For he hath broke theDootsof Brafs :
P Iron- And hew'n k. Jr'ri barrs afunder.
17. Fools are for way of their trefpafs
Afflifted and brought under.
And for then great iniquities.
18. Their Soul abominates
All meat.- They do aproach likewife V
To Death's amazing gates.
10. Then they unto the Lord did cry
In their extream difirefs ; ,
And them he hvedfpeedily
Out-of-their-anguifhes*
2o.He fends his word, for remedies,
Them likewife healeth he .•
From their / corrupting maladies
He alfo fetsffo/n free.
] Heb cor-
ruptions i.e
eerrupting-
2 r.O let them to the LORD confefs
His loving-kindnefs then:
, And allhh wondrous-work exprefs
Unto the fons of men.
22. AndTSacrifices facrifice
Of hkh triumphant praife :
Let them declare his works likewife
With fhouti;ig-joy alwayes.
III.
m HeJ.They
defccnding
to fea •-
n M.doing
labour.
o Heb. ma-
keth.ftand
the wind of
a ftorm.
p Heb. they
afcend the
Heavens,
they de.
fcend the
deeps.
q feci. they
run tounJ.
xHtb to JE-
HOVAH.
25. m They that in Ships to Sea defcend
That in great waters be
Where they their n labour do attend:
24. The LORD'S rare works they fee ;
And in the deep his w on ders finde.
25. For he but fyeaki,(wh0favesj
And 0 raifeth-up the ftormy winde :
And ic lifts-up its waves.
26. p Mount-up unto the Heav'ns do they,
Down to the deeps they go :
Their trembling Soul doth melt away
In evil and in wo.
27. q They -reel and fiagger up and down
Like to a drunken-one ,
Likewife their wifdom overthrown
Is fwallowd-up and gone.
;8. Then in their ftrait they cry r to GOD;
rn*ke< A"d thet" h?brin8S mi taH?S
Rand to a fi- ^onh from their angui/hes, his rod.
lent calm. 29. The ftorm /a calm he makes .•
And quiet are the waves thereof.
30. Then they joy, and admire,
When they arc ftill : And chem he leads
ToHav'noftheir defire.
31. O Let them to the LORDconfcfs
His loving -kindnefs then,
And all his wondrous-works exprefs
Unto the fons of men.
32, Him alfo in the peoples Church
Let them exalt alwayes :
In fitting off the Senators.
Him likewife lee them praife.
nir.
33. He Rivers « makes a Wildernefs .•
And waters ifTues x dry.
34. Turns land of fruits y to barrennefs ;
For their malignity
That dwell therein, who come to nought.
35. He ^ turns the defert to
A a water Poole : The land of drought
To b water-Springs alfo.
■3,6. And he the hungry feateth there :
And they that were in want,
c A dwelling City do prepare.
37. /Sow Fields, and Vineyards Plant:
And they fruit of revenew e yield.
38. Them alfo he doth blefs,
And they are greatly multipli'd :
Nor their /flock makes-he-lefs.
39. And they by ill, grief, and reftrainc
Areminifh'd, and bow-down.
40, On Princes he g doth-pour contempt :
And where no way is kpown
In wildernefs he-makes-them-erre.
41. Sets-up h the poor likewife
From humbled ftate.- And as a flock
He fets hit Families.
42. The i righteous-ones Gods equity
Shall fee, and fliall rejoyce :
And all injurious villany
Shall ftop her mouth and voice.
43. Who iifo wife in any land
And will thefe-things £_ regard :
And they fhall-fully-underftand
The / Mercies of the Lord.
Se&. III. The K/W, Penman Oc-
casion', &c.
This Pfalrr.is of mixt kind, being for the Matter
of it, Hortatory and Laudatory, vi^. Exhorting all
forts of perfons to praife the LORD for his eminent
and various Providences to the Sons of men ; and
for the form or manner of it, Vntituled fas many fl-
eers m are, ) and Penned with two forts of verfes
inferred and divers times repeated, which are com-
monly called n the burden of the Song ; This Pfalm
hatha double burden, The one Narratory, of mens
diftretfes, of their crying to the LORD therein, and
of his faving them out of their angui/hes, v. 6.13. 19.
28. The other Hortatory, inciting men thereupon
thankfully toconfefs Gods loving-kindnefs and won-
ders to the Sons of men, ver. 8. 15. 21. 31. Some
call thefe Amxbocan verfes 0, Wherein one Anfwers a-
nother by turnes. In like manner, two other Pfalms,
vi^. Pfal. 80. and 1315. are Penned with fuch Burdens
of the Song interwoven, but fomewhat dirTerently/>.
And it is very obfervable that thefe three Pfalmes are
for matter moil Excellent ; and for Form mod Pa-
thetical and vehement. And as Pf. 103. 104, 105.
and 106. Reprefent the Arguments of Godspraifes,
K k k k Orai-
t heb. feniori
elders.
u tfeb.pun
to a wilder-
nefs.
x Heb.no a
thirrlinefs.
y M.cofalc-
ne(i.
2. i lei. puts
a Heb poo!
ofwa-ers.
h heb.vut-
k"oin£s of
waters,
c heb.3 city
ofha Citati-
on.
d Heb. 2nd
they few--.
e HfJ.make.
f heb. cittel.
g be Z>.pour-
ing.
h Hr&.the
needy.
i beb.ri^hC'
ones or,up«
right.
k beb.oh-
ierve,keep.
1 Heb. or j
loving-kind
nefles.
m See Pf.
I. Seel. 4.
n Verfus
inrercala-
res,or ver-
fus amoe-
ba?/',
o Verfus
amoeba??.
Fran, Jun.
in Pfal
lo^.i.
p See on
Pfal. 80.
Seft. ■
510
P S A L M E. CVII.
^SeeonPf.
i03.Sr.ft. 3
r Cantatur
ifted.euni-
verfa Ec-
clefia Dei
difTufa to-
to orbe
terrarum.
Aug.Enar.
inPf. io<£
Tow. 8.
Si gufla-
ftis avidi-
tate,Con-
fcHTione
eruftate.
Augujh in
Enar.in
Pf. 106. i.
Ordinary and Extraordinary, as hath been nored q.
So this lo'jth. Pfalme concludes this fhort Pentatucb
of Gods praifes, with an Elegant Reprefentation of
Gods fingular and extraordinary Providences, and won-
derful difpenfations to mankind in General, _ as emi-
nent and extraordinary Matter of Divine Prailes.
Penman of this Pfalme is not certainly known, and
Interpreters are much to feek herein. Yet to me it
feems probable, that David was Penman of it .* For,
i. The firft verfe, Confe/l ye to the LORD, for he if
good, for his loving kjndnefi is for ever ; is Davids
Language in the Pfalme exprefly afcribed to him,
iChron. 16.7, 8. 54. and therefore its likely enough
thatP/. 106. 1. and 167. 1. and 118. 1. and 13*5. 1.
wherein thefe words arenfed were all of them Pen-
ned by David. The Matter of this Pfalme is not li-
mited to any times, perfons, or places, to render it
unfuitable to David and his times: but rather is of
fuch General Concernment for all times and all forts
of perfons, that it may agree to him and his times as
well as to any other. Auguftine thinks, this Pfalme
was not Penned particularly for Ifrael, but alfo for
the whole Church of God throughout the World r.
Occafion ofwriting it, in Particular is not known to
us ; but onely in the General it is evident from the
Subject-Matter of this Pfalme, that the PfaJmifts fe-
riou; confideration of Gods rare and wonderful Pro-
vidences towards mankind, gave Occafion to him of
penning this choife Pfalme, forinciting all to praife
and magnifie the Lord for his loving-kindnefs and
wonders towards the fons of men in his providential
Difpenfations.
Se&. IV. The Scope,
The Scope intended inthisPfalm, is; to exhort
and excite men to thepraifingand glorifying of God
for his eminent loving-kindnels and wonderful works
towards the fons of men, in his providential Admi-
niftrations of all forts towards the outward man.
For fundry wonderful providences being mentioned*,
This as the Burden of the Pfalm is fundry times in-
ferred thereupon*, Let them confefs to JEHOVAH hit
loving kjndnefs, andhitmarvellom works to the Sons
of Adam, ver. 8. 15. 21, 31. Efpecially they that
have eminent experiences of fuch providences,
fhould fing thefe praifes.
Seti. V. The Analyfis, or Trincifal
Farts.
In this Pfalme principally note, I. An Exordium.
2. A Narration. 3. The Conclufion.
I. An Exordium, Exhorting all to confefs unto
God, to cojjfefs to him with praifes and thankful-
nefs, for his goodnefs, and conflant loving kindnefs,
ver. 1 .
II. A Narrative of the fpecial Caufes, why all
fhould confefs nnto the LORD, and praife him, visu
Gods merciful and wonderful Providence towards
theSonnesof men, efpecially in refpect of the out-
ward man. Thefe Providences of the LORD arc de-
fcribed, as difcovering thcmfelves ; I. Partly in
fome certain felect and eminent Adminiftrations.
2. Partly in variety of Difpenfations.
1. In fome certamfelett and eminent Adminiftrations ,
for redeeming,and deli vcring,and preferving of per-
fons in foinc forts of diflrefles and extremities, i;.2.ro
23. VI 7^.
fij Of differ fed and wandering exiles, ver. 2. to
10. Here for the better inciting unto thankfulnefs ;
The LORD'S mercifull and wonderful! Providences,
in delivering exiles out of their miferies, arc illu-
strated. I. By the miferies whereunto exiles are ex-
pofed, As; 1. Opprclfion under the power of their
Enemy, v. 2. 2, Difpcrfion up and down the Eanh,
v. 3 3. Wandring in folirarinels in the Defert.
4. Privation of fixed City or Habitation, v. 4. 5. Hun-
ger and thirft. 6. Overwhelming trouble of foul,
upon all, v.$. II. By the effect of thefe their Miferies
Crying unto the LORD : which notes fervency, vehe-
mency of their complainrs to him. III. By the man-
ner of the LORD's deliverances vouchfafed them;
vi^. 1. Seafonably, upon their crying to him, v. 6.
2. Suitably according to the nature of their diflrefles
v. 7. This is amplified by an inferred Exhortation
to them, To confejl thankfully the LORD's loving
kindnefs and wonders to the fons of men, v. 8. 3. Suffi-
ciently and fully, according to the extremities of
their wants and miferies, v. 9.
(2) Of Captives, v.io.to 17* Here are alfo de-
fcribed, I. The mifery of Captives, vi^. fmingi.ln
darknefs ; 2. Infliadow of death ; 3. Bound in cords
andirons, v. ic. II. The procuring caufes of their
miferies, «"•*£. 1, Rebellion againft Gods Word.
2. Contempt of his Counfels , verfe 11. where-
upon he brought them to deep and helplefs
abafement, v. 12. III. The effect of their mifery,
Their crying therein to the Lord. IV. The LORD'S
deliverance of them out of their anguifhes : r. Seafon-
ably, upon their cry, v. 13. 2. Suitably, according
to the nature of their miferies, v. 14. which is illu-
strated by the Exhortation, To confers the Lords lov-
ing kfndnefs, and his wonders to the fons 0fmen, v. 15.
3. Powerfully and Irrefiftibly, v. 16.
Cl) Of affliHed and fic\ per fons, v. 17. to 23.
Here alfo note, 1. A ftiarp reprehenfion of fuch in
refpect of the caufe of their affliction and ficknefs;
Fooles. 2. The procuring Caufes of their affliction
and ficknefs, Their Sins, ver. 17. 3. Their great
mifery under their ficknefs, &c. fi. J Abboring ak
fort of meat. (2.J Approaching to the Grave, v. 18.
4. The effect of this their mifery, their crying to the
LORD. 5. The LORD'S deliverances of them out of
their anguifhes : ( ij Seafonably upon their cry,
v. 19. fV) Suitably, fuiting his remedies to their
maladies, v. 20. This is amplified by an inferted
Exhortation to them, To confefs his kving-kindnefs
and wonder st 0 the fons of men; To facrifice facrifices
of Confeffion ; To tell hit works with flouting, ver.
21, 22.
C4J Of Sea-faring perfons, v. 23. to 33. Here
are delineated, I. Their mifery in the tempeftuous
and troubled Sea. Where 1. They behold the
LORD's works and wonders, v. 23, 24. 2#Thefc
works and wonders efpecially are ; His Raifing up
theftormofwind, which Strangely lifts up and makes
rugged the Sea, tumbling and toffing them, v. 25,
26. 3. They feel the fad and mjferable operation of
the troubled Sea and ftorm uponrhem, f/*^^ filling
them with overwhelming fears, v. 26. making them
reel andftagger to and fro like a drunken man, And
fwallowing up all their wifedome and Art of Naviga-
tion, that they know not what to do, but onely to
commit themfelves to Providence, v. 27. II. The
effect of this their mifery and extremity ; Their
crying to the LORD. III. The LORD'S Deliverance of
them out of thefe extremities, 1. Seafonably, upon
their crying to him, v. 28. 2. Powerfully making a
perfect c and theenallage or
change of number, who is wife they (hall under-
hand, tacitly imply, that fuch are very few, J
fuch have the ptomife of undei fianding thekving-kind-
neffes of the LORD-, v. 43.
a Htfcjhm-
ly- prepared
b Hth.l will
ling Pfalme.
to-thee, or ;
I will fing-
praile-to-
rhee
c Htb.be-
tbon exalted
d Htb. And
over all.
Pfalm CVIII.
Setf. I. The Summary Contents.
David,i. Provoketk himfelf to fing and give-praifes (
to the LORD, ver. 1. to 6. 2. Praycth fcr Gc ci< af- '
fiflance and falvation, according to his Promifes,
ver.6.to\z,. coucluding with confidence in Gcdfor
help againfi all his troubles and enemies, ver. 13.
Se&. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew,
A Song A Pfalme of David.
r. \ A Ine heart** a firm-prepar'd,0 God,
IVL Rap) from things tranfuory :
I will fing and fing-Pfalme abroad
To thee, EVn with my Glory.
2. My Pfaltery and Harp full fweet
Awake, Hiipraife dijplay :
I will awake, as if but meet,
At dawning of the day.
3. 0 LORD, among the peoples here
To-thee-I-will-confefs :
And in the Nations every where
AThy-praife-I-will-exprefs.
4. For o're the Heav'ns thy mercy's great :
Thy truth to fkies highftory.
5. O're Heav'ns, O God,c exalt-thy-Seat:
d O're all the Earth tb y Glory.
6. That thy beloved out ofbanH
Delivered may be,
Do thou now fave with thy right-hand3
And-do-thou-anfwer-me.
7. God by his Holincfs thus fpake,
I will exult with pleafure, ; '
I Shechem will divide and take :
And Succoth's valley meafare.
8. Bee mine flail fruitful Gikad,
AndfmmcMatuficsever :
And Ephr'im the flrcngth of mine head,
And Judah my Law-giver,
p. g For waftipot Moab/fcrf// be mine,
My fliooe I will cafl-out
O're Edom ; Over Palefline
I-wil-triumphing- fhout.
10. Into the City /; fortifVd
Who will me lead along?
Or who will me conduct andguidet
To Edom nowfoftrong ?
11. hit notthou,0 mighty God,
That did'ft-us-caft-away :
And wouldefl not go forth.O God,
i In-hoafts-we-did-aray ?
12. O Give us-fuccour from-diflrefs :
For ^.vain man's help w known
1 3. Through God we fhall do valiantnefe :
/Our-foes he fhall-tread-down.
Se&. III. The Kinde, Penman^ and
Occafion of this Pfalme.
This is An Entituled Pfalme, as to the Form of pen-
ning it : The Title declaring 1. The Denomination of
it ; A Song, A Pfalme, The reafon of this twofold
Denomination hath been touched formerly m. s.The
Penman of it ; David. And it is of a mixed Nature,
Partly Euchariltical orGratulatory } Partly Euchti-
cal or Petitory, as to the Sub)ett-matter of it. This
Pfalm is compofed of the latter parts of two other
PfaJmes, viz. OfPfal. 57. 7, 8, 9, io, 11. and Pfal.
do. 5. to the end : very few expreifions being altered.
So that the Subjetf- matter of this Pfalme, and of the
latter parts of thofe two Pfalmes,is one and the fame,
as the very wordsfor molt part are one and the fame.
But why the fame Matters fhould thus be twice hand-
led, is not foeafie to be explained. If it may be law-
ful fur me to conjecture from the matter of thofe two
Pfalmes, of which this is compofed, Ifliould think 5
1. That when David penned, Pfal. 57. & 60, he
was in fome danger by Saul, and by the Edomites,a
the fad beginnings of thofe two Pfalmes do fomwhac
notably imply unto us •, yet he was not without much
hope and confidence of overcoming them and pre-
vailing, as t%c latter parts of thofe Pfalms ('whereof
Pfal. 108. is made up_) do evidently intimate : but
when he penned this 108. Pfalm, he feems to have
obtained a full victory over his dangers and ene-
mies n. And therefore leaving out the beginnings
of thofe two Pfalms, which fpeak more uncomforta-
bly; he joyns together the latter parts of them which
fpeak more gladfomly, confidently, and triumphing-
ly. Or, 2. That as David had expreffed his prayer
and thankfulnels to God in thofe two Pfalmes, for
the hoped-for beginnings of deliverance from K.
Saul, and the Edomites feverally .• fo his thankful
heart confidering the greatnefs of thefe mercies
compleatly vouchfafedhim,defired again toexprefs
his thankfulnefs to God for thefe mercies joyntly,in
Pfal. 108. wherein the choice gratulatory parts of
thofe Pfalms are joyned together. Hence we may
take direction and encouragement to make up or com'
pofe a Pfalme of the parts offeveral Pfalms, whofe
matter is fuitable and agreeable, as here thefe are.
Occafion, of this Pfalme isforfubfhnce the fame with
that of Pfal. 57. and 60. whereof it is compof-
ed.
Se&.IV. The Scope.
The Prophets Scope intended in this Pfalm is the
fame in part which is intended in Pfal, 57 . and 6j.
vir*
e He''. to me
f Htfr. to me
gHeu.Moab
che pot,oj
irif-waihing;
hbtb of
munition.
i Htb.ia cue
hoafts.
k //et.falfe.
vanicy it the
falvation of
earthy-man
Ihtb. And
our-diftref-
feis.
m See on
Pfal. 33.
Sect. 5.
n See ro
this effect
Sim de
Muis in
Arg.Pfal
108.
^m
3 12
T S A L M £. CIX.
«j«f. i.TopraifetheLORD. for his great mercy to '
him, againft the Edomites inthe valley of Salt: 2.
As alfo to pray unto him, and profefs his confidence
in him, forthemore compleac perfecting and im-
proving of received mercies.
Se&. V. The Analysis , or Principal
Tarts.
The Title reprefents to us, i. The Denomination :
2. The Penman, of thisPfalme.
In the Snb(lance oj the Pfalme, note
I. D ivlds Provocation of himfelf unto Praifeand
thankfulnefs to the LORD for Mercies received when
he fled from Saul in the Care, Pfal. 57. tit. with 2
Sam. 24. 1. &c. Herein are, 1. The Nature and
Manner of his thankfulnefs, whereunto he incites
himfelf, viz. fij With hit heart firmely-prepared,
(~2j With bis Glory, his tongue, awakened, ver. 1.
(X) With his Mufical Inftruments awakened.f4 jWith
his whole fclf awakened at day dawning, or awaken-
ing C i. e. preventing Jthe-day-dawning, v. 2. 2.The
Extent of this his thankfulnefs, even to Jewes and
Gentries, v. 3. 5. The fpecial Perfections and Afts
of God, which he will peculiarly praife, viz. His
loving-kindnefs and truth :both amplified elegantly
by their Greatnefs, ver. 4. All whichheclofethup
with an earneft' requeft that God would, in behalf
ot David againil his Enemies, exalthimfelf and his
Glory above Heaven and Earth, ver. 9.
ll.Davids Prayer for Gods Affiftance, Deliverance,
and Salvat ion by his right-hand, and by anfwering
him. This is earneftly preficd by flrong Arguments,
drawn from
1. Gods dear affeftion to him and his people, his
beloved, v. 6.
2. Gods faithful PromiTe,confirmed by his inviolable
Oath, touching the certainty and liability of Davids
Kingdom, &c, For brevity lake, fee the reft of
the Aiialyfis ofPfil. 6o.fiom ver. 6. to the end, and
apply it here. The Matter being the fame.
Pfalm CIX.
Setf. I. The Summary Contents*
David j. Complaineth againft his wicked, deceit-
ful, flandering, and malicious enemies, ver. i.to6.
2. Poureth out dreadful imprecations againft them,
efpecially againft foine one of them literally, and a-
gainft Judas Prophetically ; compare verfe 8. with
Atf. 1.20. ver. 6, to 21. 3. Complaining ofhisown
mifery, he prayeth for help, verfe 21.ro 30. 4. Con-
cluderh with Promifcs of thankftilriciTe, ver. 50, 31.
Setf. II. The Ver [ion out of the
Hebrew.
To the Mzftcr-Muficiari) A Pfalme of
David.
a Heb. or ;
cca(e nor as
deafe. or, he
not filcnt.
I> heb. or j of
deceit.
1. a
I.
HOld not thy peace, God of my praife.
2. For opencd-wide at mc
Are both the wicked's mouth alwayes,
And mouth £ of falfiric:
With me they fpeak with tongue c of guile.
3. And com pa fs'd me about
With words of hatred all the while :
And caufelefs with me-fought.
4. They for my love d mine-enemies-be,
But IroPrayer^o,
$. And ill for good they put on me?
Hate for my love alfo.
6. O're him e <7rr :
LikeOylc his bones into.
19. As Garment to him let it be
Whence hc-himfclf-may-cover :
And-for-a-Girdle p wherewith he
May gird himfelf Tor-evcr.
20. This be mineadverfarics^ hire
Returned from the LORD :
And of thofe that againft my Soul
Do fpeak an evil-word.
c He's, of
fitlfhood.
d Htb. ire 1
mine adver-
faryes.
e htb. make
vifiter<;r,fec
overfeer.
i'heb. Satan.
g heb. In-
binn-being-
Hged-
h htb. All
which to
him.
i be b. or ;
fpoile his>
labour,
k Htb. or, lee
his laft end
he to cut.
ting otf.
I Heb. to do.
m Heb. per.
fecuted the
poor afflict-
ed man and
the needy,
and the
broken in
heart to flay
n Heb. and
« Htb.ori
Jet- it-enter
like waters
into his in-
ward and
likeoyle—
or,it entred-
pH>. he-
may gird-it
alwayes.
q Heb. work
i. e. the rt~
xpirdofhii
■wotl{ Me-
tonymically
21. Euc
^~.
P S A L M E. CIX.
313
r He I', poo re
affliSed.
s Htb. in
myne in-
ward.
t Htb. when
it declines I
am gone
aw»y.
u Heb. is
lean.
x Htb-
according to
thy loving
k ndnefs---
y Heb. that
this is--- *-
1 feci with
ignominy
21. But thou J EHO VIM Lord, in this
For thy Name do with me :
For good thy loving-kindnefs is,
0 du-thou-rid-me-free.
III.
22. Forr poorandneedy I: My heart
Likewife is-pierc'd/in me.
23. As (hade t declining, I depart :
As Locuft tofs'd I be.
24. My knees are weak through farting: And
From-far my flefh adoth-fade.
25. And unto them reproach I was:
They faw me, fhak'd their head,
26. O Lord my God help me, up fland:
x In mercy fave thou me.
27. And let them know_y this is thy hand :
LORD, this is done by thee.
28. Let them curfe,but dothouy?///bIefsj
Let them rife up, likewife
Bebafhed; But with gladfomneffe
Thy fervant let rejoyce.
29. O let my frightful enemies
X_ With-fhame be cloarhed-otw,
As with a Cloak let them likewife
Themfelves with their friame cover.
30. I with my mouth moft vehemently
Will to the LORD confefs:
And in the midft of many I
a His-Praifes-will-exprefs.
a lib. will
praife him.
51. For at the needy-one's right-hand
He fhall fland, to controule :
b heb to fa v * And his Salvation-to-command
ti)n ' ° ave. From Judges of his Soul.
Seft. III.The £>W, Penman, and
Occa(iony
ThisPfalme, as to the Kind of it, is a Prayer; A
cPfalmum Prophetical Prayer c,ful of moft dreadful Thunderbolt s
iflam de ofCurfes againft, not only the Pfalmifts bitter, lying,
Chrifto flandering enemies, but alfo againft the enemies
habere of Chrift and his Myftical Body and Members.
Prophe- Penman of this Pfalme, was David, as the Title
tiam, expreffeth.
quifquis Occapon when, or whereupon D^wWvvroteit, is
Aftus not particularly defcribed. Some refer it to the
Apofto- time oiAbf.ihnfs rebellion, and that Achitophel is the
lurhfide- perfon here principally curfed and devoted to mife-
literlegit ryand deftru&ion. Others .rather refer it to the
agnofcit— . time of Sauls perfecutionof David, when through
Aug.Enar. the perfidious flatteries, malicious lies, flanders3&c.
inPf. 108. of Sauls Courtiers, Servants, &c. Doegthe Edomite
Tom.S.Jo. and others f See 1 S.im. 21. and 22. and2z,.fyc. J
Foard, in David was brought oft-times into defperate (traits,
Expof.Pf. and perils of his Ufcd. Neverthelefs David in this
109. Tit. Pfalme fo reprefents his fad affiifted condition by
d Fran. reafon of his enemies, and by the infpi ration of the
Jun.in Spirit of God thundereth out many terrible curfes
Annot.ad againft them ( like whereunto we fcarce read in the
Pfal. 109. whole Scriptures ; J As that therein, He ("as a Type
1. Hen. of Jefus Chrift and of his perfccuted Body Myftical
Moller. in and Members, ) Prophetically foretels and denounc-
Arg.PfJ. eththewoful curfes and wrath of God that fhould
109. Sim. fall upon Judas for betraying Chrift, and the J ewes
deMuitin for perfecting and destroying him f Compare Pfal.
Arg. 109. 109. 8. w\th AUs 1. 20. Jasallothecurfed condition
eEtfi ' which at laft fhall befall all the malicious, lying,
artem flandering, reproaching, and perfecutiog enemies
dubium oftheChurrh and Members of Jefus Chrift e. And
non eft
de illatis fibi injuriis conqueftus fit David : quia tamen aliam
perfonam fuftinuit, proprie qm'cquid d/citur, id Chriftum Ercle-
fia; Caput competit, & in fingulos fidclcs, quatcnus funt ejus
membra, utinjufteab hoftibus vexati cadeflisfui vindiu'sopem.
implorear. Calvin, in Argum. i 9.
Auguftinc alfo thinks this Pfalme if not to be limited to Judas,
tut to be extended as a Prophecy againii all like wicked enemies of
Chrift, &c. Sed fi de 1II0 uno hominc omnia qua; hie in
inalo difta font intelligerc conemur, Expofjtionis ratio non omni
modo, aut vix valebit occurrere. Sic enim de rali genere hominum
malorum,ideff,inimicorumChrifti, ingratorumque Judeorum,
omniamihividenturpoffeclariusaperiri. Aug. Enarrat. in Pfal.
108. Tom. 8.
therefore, as D.tvMhere flies to God, fo midft of all
the injuries, f.ilfe-accu.'ations, &c. heaped upon him
by his . ncir, U • ; knowing that God would fully pro-
teitJiirrj, arid avenge him of them at laft: 5o.i:oujd
wcwall !'. c. ■ make God qujBejuge, knowing
by thefe Prophetical [mprecatioRS hdhed by the
Spiritof God, that at laft all tiie bit - malicious,
implabable enemies of Chrift, his Church, and his,
Members fhall utterly be deftroyed.
Sett. IV". The Scope,
Davids Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; 1. Im-
mediately, To pray unto the LORD, for his Projecti-
on and Defence againft his malicious , deceitful,
flanderous and wicked enemies3 and to imprecate
hisjuft revenge upon them: 2. Mediately, To fore-
tell the malicious, falfehearted,an<] wicked praftifes
of the Jewesand Judas againft Chrift, and of other
ungodly prefecurors againft the Myftical Eodv and
Members of Chrift, for Chrifts fake ; and to'fore-
prophecy the woful and curfed end of all fuch ar laft
as was the portion of Judas and the Jewes, Ail. 1.
ic5.ro 2r. 1 Thef 2. 14, 15, 16. That fo t' le perf.cut-
ed people of God may not be too much difinayed at
the praftifes of their perfecutors, feein$>Goc? indue
time will take vengeance of all their adverfanes.-
Setf. V, The Analyiis, or Principal
Tarts.
The Title exprefferh, 1. The Denoninarion of it,
A Pfalme. 2. The Penman of it : David. 3. The
Direction of it, as to the Mufick ,
The Pfalme it felf hath in it chiefly foue Principal
Branches, vi^.
1. An Exordium ; wherein flying to God for relief
he fadlycomplaineth of his enemies. Herein are, I.
His requeft to Godmore Generally and Comprehen-
fively exprelTed.- Where note, 1. The Defcription
of God •, OOodof my praife, i.e. whom I have caufe
to praife, for taking my part againft mine adverfaries
2. The Mercie which he beggs of this God; That
God would notbeftill, or filentin mfdftof allhis
fufferings from his Adverfaries, ver. 1. II. Tne Argu-
ments whereby he urged this his Requeft, are drawn
from the vile Difpofitions and Deportments of his
Adverfaries, 1. Being wicked and deceirful. 2. Ca-
lumniating him, impudently. 3. £eIying.him,faIHyt
ver. ^.Compaffing him about with words ofHatred,m Eph.
4. 9. 5 . Hit
P S A L M E CX.
3*5
1 Are all comprized in
5. Hit Refujreifion, v. 1. Sit thou at my {right -
6. Hit Afcention, band, runt ill I put all thy
7. His Sefftonat Gods I Foes far thy Foot-ftool.
tight-hand, ^Compare, Aft. 2. 32,5?,
8. Hit Imercefsion for • 34, 35, 36. Eph. 4.8, ?:
ut there ,
9. His coming to )udge
Quicksand Dead,
0 Sim. er,4. For Chrift
as Prieft dyed , offering up himfelf a Sacrifice for our
Sins, and for forgivenefs thereof, Rom. 4. 2$.2Cor.
5. 21. Eph. 1. 1. Heb. 9. 26.
14. The RefurreBion of the Body, in ver. 1. For,
Death it the laft enemy that muji be brought under Chrifts
Feet. astheApoftle argues from this pfalme : and
therefore the dead muff needs rife again, 1 Cor. 15.
25,26.
15. Life everhfting, in ver. 4. Implyed in his
.everlafting Priefthood. Hence the Apoftk inferreth
the perfection, certainty, and perpetuity otourSal-
vation, from Chrifts living ever, and fitting at Gods
right-hand, Rom. 6, 8, U. andB. 17. Eph 2. 6. Col.
3.1,2,3,4. 1 Cor. 15.49. Phil. 3.20. 21. 1 Thef.4.
i4.Heb.7.2$.iJoh.2.. 2.
By all this its moft confpicuous, that this Pfalme,
astotheSubjeft-Matterofit, is wonderful Precious
and Excellent.
Penman of it, was not Eliezjxr fervant of Abra-
ham 0, but David as the Title ex prefleth, and Chrift
confirms: The Holy Gfro/r Inditing it, Marl& 12.2,6.
Occafionoi Davids Penning it, is noc evidei.c parti-
cularly. Some think, that David (as a Type of Chrift)
being commanded to fight the Lords Battels, and
fubdue his enemies, 2 Sam.-j, 1. <&c. wrote this
Pfalme, Prophecying of Chrifts Conquefts p, whe-
ther that be lb, or no, I (hall not determine. But
this I fay, This Pfalme fo peculiarly agrees to Chrift,
asChrift himfelf hath taught us, Matth. 22.4$, 44,
45. Markj 12. 36,37. Z.h%- 20.41, 42,43,44. That
it cannot be interpreted of any other. And there-
fore the later Jewes, or others, who would inter-
pret it of Abraham, or of David,ot of King Herehiab
are wilfully and fottifhly blind : inrhe judgement of
learned Interpreters ?.
Se&. IV* The Scope,
The Siope intended in this Prophetical Pfalme, is ;
To foretell ('for the fingnlar fupport of David, of
his Family, and of the Church of God inandsfrer
hisdayes J The Supreme and Univerfal Kingdom
of the Melfiah, that fhould defcend of him according
totheflefh: His Eternal and unchangeable Prieft-
hood after the Order of Melch^edich : The wonderful
Efteftsofboth, upon his Subjcfts, and upon all his
enemies : And the States or way wherein Chrift
fhould aft and eflfeft al! this, viX} His deep Humilia-
tion and Paffion, and his glorious Exaltation. As the
feries of the Pfalme moft clearly evinceth.
Se&. V. The Analyfts> or Principal
Parts.
In the Tit leave fct forth, 1. The Denomination of
it} A Pfalme. 2. The Penman cf it, David.
In the Pfalme it felfis laid down a Compendious
Prophecy of CHRISTs 1. Kingdom. 2. Priefthood,
3. The Effefts thereof. 4. And'iis Humiliation and
Exaltation ,wherein he acted thofe Offices to the pro- i
ducing offuch EfTefts.
I. Of CHRISTs Kingdom. This is Prophetically
foretold, defcribed, and magnified, 1. By his Divine
Ordination, Appointment, Unftionor Obsignation
to it, The LORD faid Heb affuredly-faid. De-
noting the verity and certainty of Gods Saying, of
the Fathers Word or Decree 2. By the Eminencyof
the Perfon of this King : fi J Moft Great in himfelf;
LORD. (2) Moft neerely allyed in blood and nature
to David, and to mankind ; My Lord. 3. By the
Glory, power, and Heavenly exellency of this his
Kingdom. In the Adminiftration whereof he fitts ac
Gods right-hand ; Sitt thou at my Right-hand. 4. By
thecompleat viftorioufnefs thereof, And 5. By the
Continuance of it, till all his enemyesbe utterly Con-
quered, untilllput thine Enemies the footftoole for thy
feet, verf. 1. compare herewith, 1 Tor. 15, 24, 2$
26. 6. Cy certain Principal Regalities of Chrift, vi^.
C 1 ) His Scepter, vi^. His Gofpel-word, animated
by the Power of his Holy Spirit, and accompanied
with the influence of the Fathers Authority and blef-
fing, who fendeth it abroad into the world ; The Lord
fhallfend the Rod of thy ftrength out ofSion, The Word
came out of S ion, Micab.4. 2. and the Spirit out of
Sion and Jerufalem, Aft, 1. 4. and 2. 17. This his
Scepter is illustrated by the Adjunft Power of it ; Ihe
Rod of thy ftrength ; and defervedly. For, The Word
and Gofpel is the Power of Chrift, Rom. 1.16. 2 Cor.
4,7. and 10. q. The Spirit al(o,is the Power of Chrift,
1 Cor. 2. 4. 2. Tim. 1.7. hence filled the finger, and
ArmeofrbeLORD,Lul>.ii. 20. Mattb, 1 2. 28. Ifai.
53.1. HisSccprer then is his Word and Spirit. ( 2 )
Hit Tarnne, whence this his Scepter is extended, is
Sion, The Church of the Jewes; out ofSion. Sion
was the Metropolitical-Church, the Mother-Church
of all Churches. The Word was fent thence to all
the Genriles : f^J His Government, is fafe, fecure*
undifturbed, victorious Government, notwithstand-
ing ali his enemies round about; Rule thou in the
nttdfi of thine enemies, verf. 2, 7. By the many Sub-
jefts of Chrifts Kingdome, recovered by his Scepter,
maugreall his enemies malice. Touching thefe his
Subjefts here are fore-pro phecied, (i) 77;e;r Rela- r So Hen.
tion to Chrift, and his proper intereft in them ; Thy Ainfw. in
People. (2 J Their willing, free, and ready Difpofi- hk Annot.
tion or Inclination unto Chrift and his Service, they on Pfal.
as Voluntiers exprefiing their Univerfal fubjeftion, 1 10.3. and
Self-refignation, and Devotednefs unto him ; (hall Edw. Rey-
be willing. This their willing-difpofition is illuftrat - nolds in hk
edbytheCaufes thereof, vi\. The Power of Chrifts Explicat.
Spirit and Grace upon them in Revealing his Gofpel 0fPf. no.
unto them ; In the day of thy Power. ("3 J Their hou- 3. whom I
ourable attire, or beautifull military robes wherein chieflyad-
they are Voluntiers, appeare before him and attend here to in
upon him ; In the Beauties of Holinefs. vi^. Either in this Ana-
rhe comely-honours of the Sanftuary, that is, the Iyfis.
comely places of the Sanftuary, The Church, as Pfal. (See vari-
29.2. Or rather in the beautifull-Ornaments of Ho- ous inter-
linefs, the various and manifold Graces of Chrift as a pretations
Garment of divers colours r. As the Priefts were of this
adorned with Garments for beauty and Glory } Exod. moft dark
28. 2, 40. Ifai. 52. 1. Revel. 19. 8. & 14. C4J Their and diflfi-
age, multitudes, and manner of their Birth; Of the cult paf-
rcomb of the morning; to thee the dew of thy youth. Or; fage, inAf*.
More-tban the womb of the morning ; To thee the dew Ainfw.
oj r'thy Birth f. They are the dew of the morning, as Annot. on
many as the fmall dropsofdew, and theyarcborn pf,iio.$*
to
3 l^
V S A L M E S. CXI.
to him out of the womb of the morning, fas Dew
is generated, not on earth, but in the Aire,J by
an Heavenly Calling, and by the fhining of the
Morning-Starre and day-fpring from on high upon
their Hearts, i Theft 5. 5. verfe 3.
II. Of CHRIST 's Prtefthood, by the merit whereof
lie purchafed that kingdom to himfelf. This is Pro-
phetically defcribed, 1. By the Foundation of his
Prieflhood, vi^. (1) Partly, Gods facred Oath 3 The
Lordhath (worn, (2 J Partly, Gods Immutability of
Coufel herein •, and will not repent. Hence, the Apo-
ftle infers, That Jefm was made Surety of a better
Teftamcnt, Heb.n. 20,21,22. 2. By the Nature or
Quality of his Priefthood : not a temporal, but an E-
tcrnal Prieflhood-, Thou art a Prieft for ever . Hence
again theApoftle infers ; But thif man, becaufe he
continue th ever , hath an unchangeable Priefthood, &c.
.#£. 7. 24, 25. 3. By the Order of it. Not Aaron s,
hut MelchizededC^ ; after the order of Melchi^edeckj,
ver. 4.
III. Of the Effetl of Chrifts Kingdom and Prielihood
powerfully Adminiftred, vi^. His Conqueft of all
his enemies, though never fo potent or Numerous.
This Conqueft of Chriflishere prophetically defcrib-
ed in fuch manner asif it were done already, to de-
nore the certainty of it, In this defcription of his
victories note, 1. ThePerfon Conquering ,The Lord.
2. The Place where he fhail be, when he fhall ob-
tain his Conquefts ; At thy right hand. This is an A-
poftrophe or elegant turning of the fpeech: and it
may be fpoken, either To God the Father, at whofe
Right hand Chrift fits, as v. 1. Or, To the Church and
people of God, at whofe right hand Chrift (lands,
for their Protection, Defence, &c. as Pf 109. 31. and
id. 8. Ifai. 31. 13. 3. The fealbn or Time when
Chrift fhall execute his judgements upon, and ob-
tainVictories over his enemiesi/n the day of ha wrath,
v\\. When the full and let time of his wrath fhall
t The time become, and when his Enemies are fully ripe for his
when judgements. rThe Powerful and victorious Acts
Chrift will which he fhall exert or put forth againfl and upon
execute his Enemies, yir. Wounding them, or imbrewing
wrath up- them in blood,or making them gore-bloody, or fhi-
on his and king them thorough,the fame Heb. word is here ufed
his twice, which notes a compleat Victory, or full con-
Churches fufion of the Enemy. (Y) Judgeing them. Not with
Enemies, Government, as Deut . 32. 36. But with Punifhment,
is called .as Gen. 15. 14. He fhall execute Judgment of con-
theyearof demnarion upon them. $. The O'jjectsof this his
Recompen- Victorious vengeance, his various Enemies, vi^.
fesfor con- (1 ~)King<.vi^. His moft Potent and mighty Enemies,
troverfieof whether Spiritual, or Carnal. Satan, World, &c,
Sionjfai. Qz J Heathens, vi^. The multitude of his contuma-
34. 8 The cious Enemies among the Gentiles, rebelling againft
time to hjs Gofpel : as Gog and Magog, E^ekj 39. Rev. 20. 7*
have 8.9. ("3 J The Head over a great land, or Countrey.
mercy upon That if, Either the Principal of his enemies every
Sion,j>e* where. Or, Satan, the God of this World, The Prince
ihefet-time of the power of the air, that ruleth in the Children of
Pf.102. 13. difohedience, 2 Cor. 4. q.Ephef.2. 2. Or, Antichrift,
Chrift: the Head of Nations, the chief of Chrifts Ene-
hathaday mics, Revel. 13. 7, 8, and 14. 8. and 17. 15.18.Whom
of wrath, a the Lard fltall confume with the Spirit of hit mouth,
prefixed 2 T'oef. 2. 3. 8.and take him,andcafl him alive into the
and con- L.d'e of fire, Revel. 19. 20. &c. 6. The greatnefs
fthii'ed andfpecdinefs of thefe victories of Chrift, over all
time when his enemies ; Hefl>allfiU Cviz^. all places} withdead
he will be bodies. That is , Chrifts victories fhall be fo Llniver-
avenged fal and fpeedy. That the enemy fhall either have
of the none left, or fhall not have ability or Icifure to bury
grcatcft their dead Corpfcs, ver. 5, 6.
andmofl
numerous of his Enemies. Now this time is bounded by thefe
confidetations.
I. When the fins of his Enemies are grown ripe, and their
hearts moft proud and infolent againft God and his People, Pf.
tig.\26.Gen.i<).i6.Jer.<)i.i^.Joel 3-I3.//-33 8.1 1. fins ripenefs&
fulncfs is evident, 1. By the Univcrfality of it ; when an whole
Land is filled with it, that there are none to iutercecd or ftand in
theGap, Jer. 23. io, \i.E\e\. 1. \7.Jer. 3 3. and $.1.-6. Ifai .
48. 4. E^ek.- 22. 25. to the end. 2. By the Impudency of it.
When fin is moft bold and outragious, without fear, modefty,
or reftraint, breaking all Bonds, and like a raging Sea over-rttn-
ing the Banks,///r. 3. 9. Rom. 1. 24. 26.ifj.6p. 27. 3. By theob-
ftinacyofit. When fin isftubborn and incorrigible, the reme-
dy rejected, &c. 2Chron. 2,6. \6.
2. When Gods people are throughly humbled and purged by
their Enemies afflictions, If.t. 10. 12. and 27. 7. when God will
judge his Enemies and deliver his people, he ftirs up abundant-
ly their hearts to pray for it-, Pfd. loft; 16, 17. Dan. 9.2,3. buc
when he will deftroy a people, he fuffers not his Saints to pray,
Jer. 14. 11.
3. When all humane hopes and expectations are gone, when
a people is fo broken and brought low, that they have no cou-
rage, means, fuccorsor probability left, then is Gods timeto
deliver his Church, and puni:Ti his Enemies, Dewr. 32.3d. Pf.68.
20. and log. 31. Ifai. 33. 7. to 13. See Edw. Reynolds in his £x-
plic. ofPfal. no. 5. 6. 503. to 507. London. 1622.
IV. Of Chrifts jlate and condition, wherein he fhould
act thefe his Offices, and effect thereby thefe great
things, recovering fuch Subjects, and fubduing all
his enemies . vi^. i.His deep ftate of Humiliation, or
his pjifion ; He floalldxinl^ of the Brook in the way.
Brook_, notes his fufferings, paffion, afflictions, Sec.
as Pfal 18. 4. 5. and 42. 7. and 69. 1. and 124. 4. 5.
Ifa. 30. 33. Revel.ig. 20. His Drinking devotes the
abundance of wrath and afflictions that he did under-
go, not only outwardly, but even inwaTdly. Inthe
way, may note, either in Chrifts way to glory : or in
mans way from Earth to Heaven, which was unpaffe-
able for man till Chrift had cleared the way, and as
it were taken upon him that wrath and thofe fuffer-
ings that lay inthe way, in the midft as it were be-
twixt Earth and Heaven. 2. His exaltation of him-
felf, ofhis headabove a'l thefe waters, above all thefe
fufferings in the way, vi^. by his Refurrc^tion, Af-
cenfion, &c. as Luke 24. 26. 46. Phil. 2, 8, 9. 1 Pet.
1. 1 i.therefdrefljall he lift up the head, ver.1].
Pfelm CXI.
Seff.l. The Summary Contents.
TheF/<«//n#praifeth the LORD and by his Ex-
ample inciteth others alfo to praife him, v. I. i.Ge-
nerally,For his Eminently Great and Glorious works,
v. 2, 3. 2. Particularly, for his Gracious acts to I)-
rael indEgypt, Wilderack,Canaan,andverfe,^.to
the end.
Setf. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
■
I. . 9. He to hisfolk Redemption fenr,
K. He did command (for hit own fame J
For evermore his Covenant :
p. S.;cred and fearful « his Name.
"1. 10. The /; Rife of wifdom's the Lord's fear,
{y.Good underfranding fhave all they
That Ao-rho^t hU Commandment s dear :
kffiS n-Hispraife tftandsto perpetual-ay.
Se&. III. The Kind, Tentnan, and
Cccafion of this Vfalm.
I Alii ex-
iflimant
Hymnum
ilium
Pfal.m.
JuKta He
brasos, cu
jusiniti.
urn ; Con
Here begins fas fome /think J 7Hjn V?H Ha-
lelu-jah Magnum, The Jews GREAT HALELV-
J AH, orGREAT HT M N E, Containing thefe
tight Euchariftical Pfalms,^ Pf. 111,112,115,114,
ii5,n6,ii7.Wii8.In the Hebrew, three of thefe
(Magnum) begin with Halelu-jah, vi^.m. H2, 113. oneboth
inciperea begins and ends with Halelu-jah, vi^. 113. Three
end v\ich )Huldu-)ab, «/{. PJal. 1 15. 116. 117. The
other two,v/^.Pf.i4.rtni ii8.neicher begins nor ends
with Halelu-iah. But in the Greek Verfion of the
Lxxii'AAA.nAs;ct, Halelu)ah, isptefixed to all thefe
eight Pfalmes. Some others m. fuppofe this GREAT
fitebortibi Halelu-jah contained only fix of thefe Euchariftical
Domine, Pfalmes, beginning at Pf. 113. Sec. But I lliould ra-
&c. ficque ther incline to the former Opinion : 1. Partly, be-
oao
Pfalmi conftituerent ilium Hymnum quern Judxi vocare folent,
Halelu-jah Magnum, S'Hjn 77H in libra pracept".<;v.f.ii2.
Ifraelita? canrabant hunc Hymnum in memoriam liberal ionis ex
j^Egypto & introducf ionis in terram Canaan (de qu^ Pf. 111. &
IT4J ut & Prcmiffionis de Meffia (dequaPf.n8.agiO :SedChri-
ftushocHymno beneficiaNovi Jeftamenti praedicat, fiquidem
agni Pafchalis Antitypum, Secramfc. ccenam jamdum inftituerat
& adminiftraverat, qua de re proculdubio occafione huius Hym-
ni Difcipulos erudiit.Gci/;. Harv. Evangl. de Paffione, (fyc.cap.i.
p. 3. b.Oenev. 16. 18.
m Paulut Bitrgenfis in Pf. 1 12. qui eft 113. fie fcribit ; Ifte Pfal-
muscum 5. fequentibus ufqi ad Pfalmum, Beati immaculati, ex-
ciufive, vocatur ab Hebrseis HALELU-J AH MAGNUM,
h. e. Hymnus Magnus, de quo fingularem fuciunt folennit atem.
Nam in tribus Feftis praecipes, & neomeniis ftantes iftum Hym-
num cum ma jori canrant folennitate quam cxteros Pfalmos totius
Pfalterii. Infuper in node Pafchae qua ndo agnus Pafchalis come-
debatur, port ejus Comeflionem recumbentesad menfam ipfum
Hymnum folenniterdicebantUnde de hocHymno exiftis <5.PfaI-
mis compofito intelligi debet illud quod imminente paffione,
Math. 26. lenitur,//ywno ditto exierant, &c. eo quod Chriflus poft
agni Pafchalis comeftionem hujufmodi confuetum ritum fervans
Hymnum prediftum cum Apoftolis recitavit. Q^uod etiam He-
brai hodie Agno Pafchali carentes in ilia nofte Pafcha; ilium
Hymnum cum azymis folenniter, utpofurat, Canrant. Gerhard
further adds hereunto ; Cumq; Burgenfis ex Judaeis fuerit conver-
fus, ideo de h<~c ritu certi quippiam eidem confhre potuit. Bur-
genfis fententiam approb3t Juftinianus Epifcopw Kebrijjenfis, qui
cdidit Pfalterium quinque Linguarum. Denfiw.lib. 7. Obferv. 15.
annotar. Judsos quamvis agno Pafchali calenresin nofte Pafcha-
tos iftum Hymnum cum azymis folenniter, prout pofiunt, eti-
amnum hodie cantare. Jo.Go hard quo Supra.
caufethe Subjeft-matter of all thefe eight Pfalmes
is Euchariftical, The Matter of the Pfalmes forego-
ing and followingbeingof different Nature and Mat-
ter. 2. Partly, becaufe, as to the outward Form
of Penning thefe in the Hebrew, all thefe except
two fwhereof there is no doubt but they were part
of the G RE AT HAL EL V-J A H, viz. Pfal.
114. and 11Z.J begin, or end, or both begin and
end, with Halelu-)ah. 3. Partly , becaufe thefe
eight Pfalmes were very fuitable to the Jews defign
of giving thanks to God in their three folemn Feafts,
wherein all their Males were obliged to appear be-
fore the LORD with their Gifts, viz. The Feafr of
Vnleavened Bread, of Weelis, and of Tabernacles.
Deut. i5. 16, 17. Exod. 23. 14. to i3. At zhcFeaft
of Vnleavened Bread, they were thankfully to re-
member their Redemption out of J¥gypt : Ac the Peaft
ofWeekj. orPentecoft, The giving of the Law, when
a tribute or firft-fruits was thankfully to beprefented
to God, Deut. 16. 10, 12. At the Peaft of Taberna*
cles or In-gathering, they were to blefie God for
compleating their Harvest, tfyc. Now in thefe three
principal Feafts and in the New-Moons the Jewes
were wont to fing this GREAT HALELV-
J AH with greater Solemnity then all the reft of
the Pfalmes. Moreover in the night of the Pafieo-
ve. when the Pafchal-Lamb was eaten, after the
eating thereof fitting down at the Table, they So-
lemnly did fmg this HTMNE. And this is thought to
be the Hymn which ourbleffed Saviour and his A-
poftles fung alter his laft PafTeover, and after the
Institution of the LORD s SVPPER, Math. 26.20.
As I have formerly touched in my Preface bejore
thefe Pfalmes, Sett. VIII. Thef. 2. And fome are of O-
pinion n, That this Pfalm, and thefe feven that fol-nViderur
low, were written by David purpofely, that there- hicPfal-
with the Jewifh people, in their Solemn Afiemblies mus &ali-
(See Pf. ni.i.£.
But Muii his Notion (~\i not too dilute J is, That the
two laft verfes were purpofely thus ordered, with
three Sentences and three initial Letters in each, that
lo there might be but juft ten verfes, according to the
number of the ten Commandements, ten being a per-
fect number; otherwife there had been eleven verfes.
The like alfo is done in the next Pfalm q. But ano-
ther is of opinion that both the Alphabet in this
Pfalm, and the ordering of the two laft verfes, im-
port fome fingular excellency in the Mufick in this
Pfalm, and fo in the next, if we could poffibly find
ir - .. r. The Aphabet is more exaftly placed upon
this Pfalm then upon any of the former Alphabetical
Pfalmes, vi^. 25.34.37. (as is obvious to him that
will compare this with them : 3 whence Hienme
M m m m counts
oSeePf.i,
Sea.4.
p Jo.Ca.lv,
in Arg. Pf.
III.
q Sim.de
Mukin
Comment.
adPfal.
III. 9.
r Jo.Foord
in Expofit.
Pf.ui.
Temp. &c.
3i8
P S A I Ad E S. CXII.
(H'ennym. counts this the fir ft Alphabetical Pfalm f. The Al-
in Com- phabet feems intended rather as an help to the Me-
ment. ad miry, than to the Afufic^: The Alphabetical Pfalmes
Pf,d. no. being among the reft more Choife and Eminent, as
Tom.%. r\d\Diamonds'\M Jewel, &c. As to the Subjeft-
Matter, This Pfalme is Eucharifiical and Gratulatory ;
in refpeft of Gods many Eminent Works toward's
man. towards Ifrael, giving thanks to him and prai-
finghim.
Penwan of ft probably was David.
Otcafw whereupon, or time when it was pen-
ned, is not particularly evident.
Sett. IV. The Scope.
•The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is ; To cele-
brate the LORD with due Praifesfor his mofl Excel-
lent Glorious and Gracious Works, manifested
efpecially to his own people Ifrael, in Egypt, the
Wdderntfs, and Canaan.
Se&4 V. The Analyfis, or Principal
Tarts.
This Euchariftical Pfalme contains
I. An Exhortation of all Gods people to praife the
Lord ; Halelu-jah, Praife-ye-jAH, vex. I. begin.
This Exhorration is urged by the Pfalmifts own Ex-
ample propounded herein for their encouragement
and imitation. In which example are fet forth I.
The obieft of his praife; JEHOVAH. 2. The Aft of
his praife refoived upon ; I will confefs t •
3. The Manner of it ; with the whole heart. 4. The
tNon fern-
per pecca
torum
confeffio
folcmtiicy of ic in refpeft of place ; inCouncelofthe
righteous and in the Affembly, vi^. for the Churches
eft : Sed 8c edifying, ver. 1.
laus Dei II. A Narrathnof the Arguments or Caufes, why
devotione the Lord is thus to be celebrated by himfelfando-
confeifi- thers, vi^. Thefe are the Matter and Grounds of
onisexpri- GodsPraifes,
mitur. Ilia h The Supereminent Excellency of the LORD'S
luget : ha?c Works, in General, vi^. His Works of Creation,and
gaudet. II- Providence «. Thefe are illuflrated by fundry Ad-
la medico junfts. As 1. Their Greatneffe. 2. Their defirea-
vulnus bleneffe, for all their delights, Or, of all that de-
oflcndir, light therein. The Hebrew may bear both Interpre-
hzec de fa- tations. Sought out x, ver. 2. 3. Their Glorious
nitategra- Maicfty, and Honourable-dignity. 4. Gods conftant
tias agit. and perpetual Jultice in them, ver. 3.
Aug.Erar. in
PJ/iL 1 10, Tom. 3. u Hen. Moller. in Com. ad Pfal. 1 1. 2. X Sought
out'] that is, regarded and cared for; So Ifa. 62. 12. a City
fought-out, that is, cared for, as Deut.n. 12. Or, Sought-out J
that is, found, ormanifefted unto, as Ifai. 65. 1. Compared
with Rom. 10, 20. Or, Sought "I that k, worthy to be fought.
ASy'Traifed, Pft: 1. 13.4. for praife -worthy. Of all that delight']
or, for all their d: lights, tnattf, The delights and pleafurcj of
Godj work/ are fuch, as they arc worthy to be fought into.
The Original may bear cither fence. H. Ainfmrth Annot. on Pf.
III. 2-
2. The lingular worthiheffe of his Works in parti-
cular, towards his people Ifrael, v.:%. I. In bringing
ihem out of Egypt by hismoft Memorable Marvels,
or Wonders. This is illuflrated by the impulfivc
Caufe thereof, vi\. The Lords 1. GracioufneiTe. 2.
Pittifulncfk* towards his People there oppreffed,!/^.
4. II. \n providing for them, and fufraining them
afterwards wkh all Neceflaries in the Wildcrneffc.
J/e hath given a Prey to his Fearers. The word may
l)c rendered A Prey, A Portion, Meat, Sec. and fo In-
rerprctersabound in their own fence, Some refer it,
To the l\if(hal-Lthat o Hie Pfa'-
the former Pfalme, with this and tliofc that follow, mus .
were penned by David to be fung in the Temple, nihil vide-
wben the people met there at the three folemn tur die
Feafls especially, in memory of Gods delivering If- alitid,
rael from Egypt, &c. as in Pfal. 111.114. and of ma- quam exe-
ny other his mercies/), as in Pfal. 112, 113, 119, gefis po-
116, 117, u3.- ftrcmivcr-
lus illius
Pfahni, Initiumjapientia timor Domini, Sec. id quod dico proprer
hujus Pfahni initium,quod ad ilium verfum plane relpondct.Ex-
poniturinhoccarmine, quam illebeatusfit,qui Deum revcretttr,
ejufque mandata fumma voluntate exequ'nm.Sim.de Mutt in Arg.
Pfal.112. In iflisporroapparetconcinna quxdamconnexio in-
ter iflum Pfalmum & antecedentem. Ibi cnim in fine, Reve-
rentia Dei, & Obedientia Commendatur : Hie autem felicitas
praedicatureorumqui Deum revcrentur, & voluntatem ejusob-
fervanr. Itaut ifle Pfalmus (It illius veritatis probatio ac illu-
ftratio. G. Amef. LeZlion,in Pfal. 1 12. in Analyf.
p Hen Moller.in Arg, Pf. 1 1 1.
Sedr.IV. The Scope.
The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is; To excite
men unto the Praifes of God, for his manifold good-
nefs unto thofe that fear God, and delight greatly
in the keeping of his Commandements, whereoy he
makes them exceeding happy in this prefrnr life, to
the envy, pinmg-away, and utter difappointment
of wicked men beholding their profpericy.
Seel. V. The Analysis , or Principal
Parts.
In this Pfa Ime are
1. An Exhortation to Praife the LoRD; Halelu-
jah.
II. The Argument or Subjeft-Matter of this Praifmg
the LORD, which is drawn from the eminent Hap-
pinefs of the Godly, even in this prefent life, ver.
1. (cTc Now here,
i. The truly godly man ("to whom this happinefs
belong J is Defcribed •• vi^. 1. By his fearing of the
LORD. 2. By his delighting in his Commandements,
w£. to do them. Which Delight is amplified by
the eminent degree ofit; vehemently, v. i. qGrachui]
2. The Happinefs of this godly man, affertedfo Thfs may
emphatically, v. 1. 0 the happinefs of the man {curing beunder-
the LORD, &c. is Declared, by an induction of flood of
Gods many BletTings performed or promifed to the God,thus :
godly; fgodlinefs having the Promife of the life that prom him
now it, and of that which it to come, 1 Tim.\. 8. 2 Cor. thatUgra-
1.20. Matth. 6. 33.) Thefe promifed bleflings are, ciout&c.
r. ThemightinefsofhisSeed on Earth, and of the asPf. in.
Generation of the upright ; through divine bleffing, 4.0rof
v. 2. 3. His fuificient- wealth and riches in his houfe: the godly
through the conftancy of his righteoufnefs, v. 3. man,that
4. His light of comfort, joy, profpericy, &c. arifing heitgra-
tohim in darknefs of difcomfort, grief, adverfity, ciow&c.
Sec. And this through Gods GracioufnelTe, Com- asthenic
pafTionateneffe, and Juftice q, y. 4. 5. His ability verfe
and willing inclination to exercife Humanity, in afts fhe^vch.
of kindnelle and lending : prudently managing all Orofrhe
his affaires with judgment, 0.5. 6. His conftancand Light, that
unmoved liability in all perils and temptations: it is naci-
He llill remaining to everlafling memory, ver. 6. om,&c
7. His unfhaken courage and comfort againfl all inor- meaning
dinate fears, through any Hear-fay, evil tidings or it of God,
rumours. This is illullrated, ("O Partly, by the who is our
Caufe thereof ;vi^. His truft or affiance in the LORD Li^ht,.s
fixing his heart, v.%. (z^Paaly, by the event of Pfal.27.i.
his hearts eflablifhment againlt llich fears, vi\. At H.Ainfw.
lafl his feeing his defire upon his DiflrefTers, after Annot.in
his faithful waiting on QoA,ver.S. 8. His great libera- /'/112.4.
lity
32Q
V S A L M E. CXin.
a Htb. the-
gu'ng-in-
of ic
bJM. lift-
ing-himfelf
higbcofic.
cHeJ.for-
to-ciufe-to-
fic.
d htb.mt%-
mficei t or
liberal'
Prmces.thc
liberal-
Princes of
bis people,
e Hii> ma-
king fit the
licy and bounty to the poor- Amplified by the effefts
thereof, vi^. fij The perpetual memory of his
righteoufneffe. f2) The high exaltation of his Horn,
("that isjof his power,glory,dignity,&c.Jwith honour
thereupon,i<. 9.
3. This great and manifold happineffe of the god-
ly man is emphatically illuftrated by the oppofite
unhappineffe or wretchedneffe of the wicked man,
raanitefted twowayes: vi\. 1. In his malignity and
malicious envy at the felicity and profperity of the
godly hcbeld by him. The torture of which envy is
expreffed by the effefts thereof ; Qi") Gnafhing of hit
Teeth. (Y) Melting or Pining away in his heart. 2.
In his utter difappointment in his defires, harboured
either againfl the godly, or for himfelf; The defire
of the wickedjhallperifh, v. lo.
Pfalm CX1II.
Seft, I. The Summary Contents.
1. An Exhortation to Gods fervants al waies and e-
very where to praife the Name of the LORD, ver.
1,2,3. 2. The Arguments or Caufes why the LORD
is fo to be praifedby them, vi%. (1) His own Height
and Glory. C2J His Providence in Governing the
World. (3,) His exalting of the abafed. f<\ J His
making of the barren fruitful, ver. 4. to the end.
Seft. II. Thefirfi Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
1. Halelu-JAH.
I. f~\ Praife, ye fervants of the LORD :
V. /Praife ye JEHOV AH's Name ador'i.
2. Tea bleffed be JEHOVAH'S Name,
From now and to-eternity.
3. From the Son's rifing generally,
UntOrf the-fetting-of-the-fame :
The LORD'sgreat Name is to be praif'd,
4. Above all Nationsg>-es»
going- in.
C Heb. to Be
d Ixb, or j
to Tee. -o
view, tobe-
hold,
c Hcb. raife
eth up
fHet. free,
orbounte-
oiis. princes
the bourne-
pus- princes
ot his people
RH/*..The
barren of
Hmife
making- fit,
v
This Pfalme, as to the Nature and Kind of it is
meerly Laudatory or Eucharijl/cal, wherein the
LORD is praifed efpecially,for his G!ory,Providence,
Goodnefe, &c. and Gods fervants are upon thefc
grounds exhorted to Praife him every where, and
at all times. It is one of the choice Pfalmes com-
prized in the Jewes Great-Halelu-jah h : And it both h See on
begins and ends with Halelu-JAH, ver. I. and 9. pfa] UI
It is an untituled Pfalme, unlefle Halch-JAH muft Seft'. 2. "
be accounted the Title of it.
Penman of h, and Occafion of penning it are both ; 7 p rj
unknown. Onely, it. Is conceived /, That this Pfa lm ;/r'°f
followes Pfalme m.andm. both in time and or-
der. For, The Pfalmift having praifed God, for
in Expof.
F/.113.
Auth. &
giving to Ifrael the Promifed Land, Pfal. in.and^""l
for promising, Levtt. 26. and Deut. 28. to blcfle the F
Ifraelitesif theyrtiould fear the Lord and keep his
Commandements, Pfal, 112. Now in Pfal. 113.
he Exhorts the Ifraclitesto praife God,for advancing
them to this Dignity, who were oppreffed formerly
with the Egyptian yoke, and were but a fmall Nati-
on in refpeft of other Nations, Deut. 7. 7. but now
were become a mighty Nation, Deut. 4. 7. and
28. 13.
Sett. IV. The Scope.
The Scope of this Pfalme, is; To praife the Lord
and to excite all his Servants to praife him in all
places continually, For his Glorious Majefly, Hise-
minent Providence, and His Angular Goodncfs mani-
feftingit felf in his Providence, by exalting the a-
bafed, and making the barren fruitful.
Sett. V. The Analyfis, or Principal
Tarts.
In this pfalme are,
I. An Exhortation to the praifes of xJielORD.
Where-
P S A L M E. GXIV.
321
Wherein note, I. The Objeft 10 be praifed, v/\.
The LORD, and his Name. 2. The Aft of praife ex-
horted to, which is to be exercifed and exerted to-
wards this objeft. This is thrice urged: noting the
excellency of the Duty, and our Dulnefs and Indif-
pofirion therennto. 3. The Subjefts on whom this
Aft is peculiarly itnpofed, and who are able accept-
ably to do it : The Servants of the LORD, ver. I. 4.
The Continuation of this Duty, in all times, ver. 2.
5. The Extention of this Duty , to all places ver. 3.
II. ANarrat ion of certain Arguments orCaufes,
why they are thus to praife the L O R D. And they
are drawn, I. From the Lord's Supream and match-
lefs Maiefty and Glory. Which is elegantly illuftrat-
edbytomparifon with the lefs, vfc 1. He if above
all Nations on the Earth: 2. His Glory it above the
Heavens, ver, 4. II. From his mod accurate all-ob-
ferving ?tov\der\ce,Bebold/ng and ordering all things
in Heaven and Earth. This is Pathetically, t. Am-
plified, (1. ) By the incomparablenefs of the LORD;
CsOBy the Height of his Habitation, ver. 5. 2. Def-
cribed, by his great Condefcention and Self-debafe-
ment to fee and order things not only in Heaven, but
z\(oinEarth,ver.6. III. From his fingular goodnefs
towards mankind in working moft advantagious
changes, and alterations for them, wherein his Pro-
vidence fhines forth moft illuftrioufly : vi^. 1. In
exalting perfons, mod deeply debafed, to higheft
Princely dignity, ver. 7,8. 2. In making the barren
joyfully fruitful, ver. 9. And fo the Pfalme is clofed
up ; at it began, with the Hortatory Halelu-JAH,
Pfalm CXIV.
SeU. I. The Summary Contents,
Here, 1. The coming of Ifrael out from Egpyt'\s
declared, verf. 1. 2. The effects or confequents
thereof are defcribed, vi^. C 0 As upon Judahand
Ifrael, ver. 2.C2J As upon the dumb and dead
Creatures, ver. 3. to the end.
SeU. II. The Verfion
Hebrew.
out of the
thegomg-
out of-
b h
Backward asftonifhed.
4. The Mountains leap'd like Rams : Hills high,
Like c younglings of the flock.
$. O Sea, d what add thee, thou didft fly :
Jorden,/tar thou turn'dftback ?
6. O Mountains, that like Rams ye leapt:
Ye Hii's e, like Lambs abroad.
7. O Earth, /before the LORD'S face quake :
g At face of Jacob's God.
8. h That-turn'd the dry Rock to a lake
Of liquid Waters there :
The flint f whence burning fire men take 3
To fpring of Waters cleave.
Self*. III. The Kind, Penman and
Occafion,
This Pfalme, as to the outward Forme of penning
ir, is untituled i ; As to the Subjelf-matter of it, is i See Pfal.
Hiftorical, compendioufly declaring the Hiftory of I. Sect. 4.
Ifrael's wonderful deliverance out of Egypt, with the
rare Confequents enfuing thereupon, not onely upon
Ilrael themfelves,but even upon the dumb and dead
Creatures.
Penman, and particular Occafionot writing it, are
unknown. It is one of the Pfalmes comprifed in the
Great-Halelu-')ah, as hath been noted £. It well \OnPfal.
follows the reft of them in order,Declaring how won- Iir- Seft;
derfully and gracioufly the LORD brought them out 3
of Egypt ; which as ir was in it fclf an eminent Mercy ,
fo was it a fingular Type of the Elefts Redemption
fromthebitter bondage of Sin, Death, Satan, &c.
by the Death of JelusChrift our rrue PajJeover,i Cor.
5. 7. And therefore this Deliverance is frequently
remembred in the Scripture, as that which is often,
yea alwaies to be admired and extolled.
Sett. IV. The Scope.
The Scope intended in this Pfalme, is ; Summarily
to declare and defcribe t lie Lord's wonderfull Power
Goodnefs, and Providence in his wonderful deliver-
ance of Ifrael out of Egypt, to Ifraels eminent ad-
vancement, and even the dumb Creatures amaze-
ment. That hereupon confequently the LORD
might be highly magnified, feared, and trufted in,
throughout all Generations.
8e&. V. The Analysis, or Principal
Parts.
In this Pfalme ard
I. An Hiftorical and laudative Declaration of If-
raels Deliverance from Egypt. Where, 1. Ifrael, that
was delivered, is defcribed by their Defcent ; The
Houfeof Jacob. 2. Egypt, Whence they were deliver-
ed, is fet forth by the unfociablenefs and uncomfort-
ablenefs of its native inhabitants, being to Ifrael a.
people of a barbarotts-fpeecb, ver. 1. «
II. An Hiftorical and gratulatory Defcription of the
eminent Events or Confequents of Ifraels deliverance
out of Egypt; 1. Upon Ifrael. 2. Upon the dumb
and dead Creatures.
1. Vpon Ifrael 3 twofold eminent effeft or event
enfued, vi*. 1. The LO R D's facred Separation of
that people to be above all people peculiarly Holy
to himfelf; Judah was his Sanituary,or Santtity, or
S anil ifi cat ion : vi^. which God had feparated and
fanftified to himfelf that he might dwell among
them. As Exod. 19. 3,4, $,6.Levit. 19.2. and 20.7,
26. and 2(5. 1 1, 1 2. 2 Cor. 6. 1 6. Judah is by a Synec-
doche named for all the reft, ic being the Principal
Tribe, Numb. 2. 3. and 7. 12. and 10. 14. They now
became his National Church in iheW'ldernefs, wherein
he dwelt. Atl.7. 38. 2. The LORD'S Royal Govern-
ment and Protection of them: He becoming their
Lord and King, and they his Dominion and King-
dome, now no longer under Pharaoh's, or any others
tyranny. This is elegantly oppofed to their former ,
fervitude in Egypt hinted in the firft verfe : ver. 2.
2. Vpon the dumb and dead Creatures J which by
a Profopopceia are brought in, as deeply aftefted and
moved at this great and glorious work of God, bring-
ing Ifrael out of Egypt J fundry miraculous effects
didenfue,t/tr. 3, <£rc. Here, I. Some miraculousef-
fefts, infteadofallthereftareinftancedin. As, 1.
Thedrying-up of the Red-fea, for the people to pafle
through, Exod. 14.21.and Pfal. 77. 17. /! 78. 13.
Ncnn and
,26
? S A L M E. CXVH.
h q. Amef. vedAby divers) in this long Pfalme, there is nor
Jegom one verfe wherein there is not one Synonumom word
hi Pj. *19« or other denoting this Law or word of God, As Law
Sim. Statutes Precepts, Commandments, Teftimonies, Judge-
de Mutt in merits, Juftice, wayes of God, Word, Saying truth, De-
Arg. Pf. pofited-Precepts, &c, f all which are Synonyma's with
119. Joan, much elegant variety of notion-, fetting forth the
Calvin.\in manifold perfections and excellencies of the Law or
Com. ad Word of God ,) except in verfe 122. wherein though
Pfal. 119. fuchawordbenot, yet the thing is implyed in the
ante verj.i Metaphor of a Suretie, which is wont to be done or
-Hieronym given by a word. And therefore it will beufeful for
in Com. ad us to underftand the proper fenfe and meaning of
titulum thefe feverall Synonyma's,by the frequent ufe where-
Pf. 1 18. of the Law or Word of God is here more magnified,
Tom. 8. then in any other pfalme or portion of Scripture
iS.Pagn. belide.
in Thef. ad T\T\T\ Torah, Law, Doilrines, &c. Pfalm. 119. 1.
verb, FTP and often. It is derived from Hll Jar ah, fignifying
primarily, To caft forth, vi^. ftones, arrows, drops,
fi!Owers,&c. Secondarily, it fignifies to Teach, 1%
ftruil &c by a Metaphorical allufion to cafting forth
of rain oxfhowers. For as the often carting forth of
rain makes the Earth abound with fruit : fo the often
carting forth of Gods Will, Doctrine, &c. makes the
foul fruitful in knowledge i. It properly fignifies, A
prefcript, Reafrn, or DoSrine delivered or revealed
by God, touching his Will, whereunto our life and
practice is to be conform. It's of more grneral extent
then the word, Law. It comprehends all parts of
Divine Doctrine, being a very generall comprehen-
sive word*
2. "pi- Derech,wrfy, viz. of the LORD,Pfal.ii$.
I. 3. andoften.lt is a Metaphorical allufion to the way
or path wherein a man walks from place to place. And
it denotes ; 1. Sometimes that way, courfe, or habitual
order of life and practlfe which God hath appointed
us to walk in, and the Rule or Guide thereof his
Word : 2. Sometimes, The example of God, which
in fome things we are required to follow ; as to be
Holy, merciful, per fetf, &c. as he is holy, merclfull,
perfect, 1 Pet. 1.16. Luke 6. 26. Matth. 5. 48.
3. mN Orach , Way, Path, Manner, Cuftome, Sec.
Pfal. 119. 15. &c. It is much of like fignification
with the former word, but not of fo frequent ufe in
the Holy Scripture.
4. "D~l Dabar, Word, Speech, Pfal. 119. 9. 16. and
very often. This word is not applied, no not figura-
tively to things mute, that cannot fpeak, as Hebri-
cians obferve £. It denotes here Gods Word written
whereby in a fort he [peaks his mind and will to us.
Generally^ imports the whole written Word of God.
Specially, it fometimes imports his Word of Promife,
as vex. 28. 6 $.
5. rnQN Imra. A faying, a pronouncing, a promife,
Pfal. 1 19. 1 1, 38, 58. and often. Learned Hebricians
do obferve fome Grammatical "■differences betwixt
this and "Ql /, vi^. 1. That this word mON fig-
nifies the atfof fpeakjng, properly: but that word,
the difpofition of the thing or caufe. 2. Tim word is
applied to things dumb figuratively ; as well as to
things that can #>f ibere. known •, As about not eating of Swine sftefli, not wear*
k Pagnin.
Thef.
in verb.
12-1
Wid.
Pagnin.
Thef. ad
verb.
verbal!
inga garmtnoof Linnen and Woollen, Seen. But fome " Sim.de
contrariwife, by CT pfl underrtand ( faith Calvin) Muu in
Statutes or Rites divinely perfcribed, whereof the Arg. Fful.
certain Reafon is evident 0. l*9-
7. uTOStfJO Miflhpatim, Judgements, Pfalme oJo.CalvA
1 19.7. 20. and very often. This word is often joyned in Cim. ad
W\thLawes and Statutes in Old Tertament, Levit. Pf. no. in
26. 0. and they are thus differenced, Laws import hut.
Moral preceps as the Decalogue: Statutes, all Rites pjadidx
and Ceremonial Ordinances about matters of Religion , ftpt funt
Divine Worfhip, &c. Judgments, imply all judicial prxcepta
Lawes touching political Rites, belonging to the pro- quaffetlat
teftion and wel-fare of humane fociety. But when prcximum-
this word Judgements is ufed fepcrately and alone, etfifape
without Lawes and Statutes, it may have a larger Generali-
acceptation, as Mercerm hath noted p; Judgement terhoc
are often Precepts which concern our neighbour, al- nomine Dei
thought often generally by this Name the Decrees of Deer eta
God, and things pronounced or judged by him areun- intelligun-
derrtood. Called Judgements , becaufe rtill ap- tur,t&
pointed by God in Judgement and J uft ice : asCalvin pronnun-
notes. data fen
8. ni¥0 Mitfuoth, Commandement, Mandates, judicata.
Sec. Pfal. 1 19. 6, 10. 21. and often. Is is derived from Mercer in
ftWTo Command, Decree, Sec. And that with the Pagin.
great Authority of the Law-giver ("thinks qAmes,) Thefaur.
And it properlynotes •, An obliging, or bindingcom- ad verb.
mand. A command that binds to obferve any thing : as D2ty
Mercerm r obferves, 1 G. Amef.
9. Cnp2 Pikkudhim, Precepts Pfal. 119.4. i"^'
15. and often. It arifeth from the roor "IpT 7j vifite, "' Pf- ' J 9*
require, command, conflitute, depefit, commit any office, r ln fagn.
&c. And it properly fignifies An infpeRion, A requir- Thefaur.
ing, An Office, committed to another, &c. Hebrew Doc- ad. verb.
tors fay it imports properlv, Precepts belonging to the fip^®i
equine of Natures, Kimchi faith, They are thofe J/^Calv^
precepts which the underrtanding dictates, and are '" . * ar
as it were a Depofited thing in the heart of man. fh n? '"
Depofited Precepts, committed of truft to us to keep : '"'A* r -
As Ames, and S. de Muk t. So that this word is very „r '"
emphatical. Prolegm.
10. nny Ghueduth, leflimony, witnefs, Pfal. a98, 107, 109,110,115, 122,1 34,139,141, 144.150,153,
154,157,161. which paffages and expreffions do moil
Angularly agree to Davids condition, 2s it is reprefent-
ed in his Hiftory, 3. This Pfalm doth all alone favour
of the Spirit of David, being a.Iively Tdxa of his
Faith, Obedience, zeal Heavenly affections and in-
tegrity in all. 4. This is one of the Alphabetical
Pfalmes. There are in all, feven Alphabercal
Pfalmes (''as hath been hinted: J vi^» Pjal. 25. 34.
37.111.1:2.119,145. Four of thefe, vi%. Pfal.2$.
34. 37. 145. were Penned by David, as is e videnr by
their titles : the other three alfo, though un- tiruled,
more then probably were pennec1 a'fo by him, as
both the matter of them clearly int'mates, and this
Alphabetical Manner of writing them (ufual with Da-
vid) fuggefisunrous. 5. Interpreters, many con-
ceive that David penned this Pfalm, though fome
D. Amb. arc unfatisfied who vvrotk it ^.
1 Prolog.
rt Pfalm 1 18. Tom. 4. verfe Arab, in Bibl. Polyglot.
ran. Jun. in Annotat. ad Pfal. 1 19 G. Amef. Prolegom.
ir.jl. 119. Joan. FoordExpofit.inPfal.i19
-Joan. Calv.inCom.
im. de Muis in Argument Pfal. 1 19.-
fal. u^.adiriit
II. The Occafion of the Pfalmifts Penning this Pfalm
feems from the Subject matter of it to be this; vi^.
David in thecourfe of his Pilgrimage hereon Earth,
meeting with many and great viciintudes of affaires,
conditions and divine dilpenfations, being excerci-
fed with many Enemies and potent Perfecutors;
efpecially King Saul, with deep diftreffes, plunges
and difficulties; grievous dangers,affiicl:ions and Per-
fections, and yet in them all being enabled by the
rich Grace of his God, to adhere unto the Law and
Wordof God as his Guide, Counfellour, Comfort, Porti-
on, Delight, &c. Whereby he held up his head in
deepeft waters of troubles, and ai. Iaft happily arri-
ved at a fafe Shore: Did hereupon take Occjfion in
this Pfalm to bundle up all thole his fweet and Hea-
venly Meditations which in fuch cafes he had io and
about the Wardoj God, Qu's General Antidote againft
all Maladies 2nd Calamities,) and his rich advan-
tages reaped thereby in all conditions, That fo he
might out of his own experience magnifically extol
the Word of God, and recommend the like ufe and
improvement of it in all dangers ,di(ficu!ties,troubles
and afflictions whatfoever, to all the true-hearted
people and fervants of the Lord. Davids Practice
and exercife in the Law of God, is here propound-
ed for our Inftruflion and Exemplary Imitation.
III. The Scope of this Pfalm is; 1. To fet forth the
lingular Happinefs of the Godly, that fine crely love
and obferve the Law and Word of God in Chrift. 2.
To difplay, praile and magnifie the incomparable Ex-
cellency, Worth, Precioufnefs and ufefulnefsofthe
Wordand Law of God unto his faithful people in all
varieties of Conditions, Difficulties, Afflictions and
Perfecutions, by his own great experience^ 3. And
to Encourage all the fervants of the Lord, to make
Gods word, their very Refuge and Remedy againft
all Evils, Extremities and Enemies whatfoever:
Their Counfellour, Comforter, Portion, Heritage, Joy
and Delight tranfeendent in all ftates and conditions,
throughout their Pilgrimage.
Sett. V. The Analysis, or Principal
Parts of the whole Pfalm.
Ambrofe obferves; That fever alftngular Sentences
are explicated in the fever al verfes of this Pfalm a,&c.
And for the moft part it is fo,throughout the Pfalm :
It being made up of many concife Aphorifmes or com-
pendious Sentences, as moft part of the Book of Pro-
verbs is from chap; 10. &c. Like an heap of Gold
rings or Precious ftones , wirhout connexion one
to another. And therefore it will be very hard
to reprefent any handfome Logical Analyfisoi this
whole Pfalm at once, which isprolixe and Sententi-
ous. The Contents and Parts of every Otlonaryie-
verally ,may be more eafily and profitably laid down.
And as to the whole Pfalm, I fhall content my felf
with that diftribution of it into xxi) Parts according
to the Number and Order of the Hebrew Alphabet,
by the Penman of it.
Seel:. V. The Verfion out of the Hebrew^
with the Summary Contents and Prin-
cipal Parts of the feveral Ottona-
ries.
X
a Sin gulis
vedibus fin-*
gtilx expli.
cantur Sen-
tcntir.Un-
de & per
metra alTe-
runtur effe
defcripti.
yAmb. Prolog,
in Pftl. 1 18
I. Odlonary.
In this I. Olhnary, r. The Happinefs of the fin-
cere obferversof Gods Wordand Law, is propound-
ed, ver. 1,2, 3. 2. Godscommand for diligent keep-
ing of them is declared, ver. 4. 3. The great Zeal
and affeftion of the Pfalmift to the right obfervati-
on thereof is pathetically defcribed5t/er. 5, 6,7, 8.
I. Verfion.
1. a(~\ Wonderfully-Ek^ed are
\J The-perfeft-onesofway.*
who in J E H O V A H's Law with care
Are walking every day.
2. b O-Bleffed-BlelTed they that keep
His Teftirnonies/ri//:
They that him diligently-feek
With all the heart and will.
a beb. Tbe
bUftdntffes
of „
3. Yea, who work not iniquity :
But in his wayes c do go.
4. Thy
b heb. The
bleffeHnef-
ff s of :he
keepers
of •>
c beb .do
Witfk.
324
P S A L M E S. CXVI.
and delivered in the LORD, ("though notwithout
fome infirmity,) v. 3- to 12. 3. Deliberated and iiu-
dieth in what way he may be moft thankful to the
Lord, and refolves upon all Religious exprelfions of
gratitude, Even in the folemn Afiembly, verfe 12. to
the end.
Serf. II. The Verfwn out of the
Hebrew.
a htb. my
fupplicjcicm
for grace.
b Htb. or, in
my dayes
j. e. wbiltfl I
live.
c Hffc. cords
of death.
d Htb. O
now. or j I
befeecbthee
c Hcb. out
God is
commife-
ratmg.
f Htb. I was
attenuated.
brou£h-
low. &c.
K Htb hath
bounteoufly
rewarded
uncothee or,
upon thee.
h He b. te ar.
i Hfo.sii-
ding or ;
falling,
k htb. be-
fore the
faces of
1 heb. vehe-
mently,
m h:b.
every man
a lyar.
i.T Love,becaufe JEHOVAH will
J. My voice, a my Prayers hear.
2. And b through-my-dayes will call : becaufe
Hebow'd tomehis ear.
3. The c cord like pangs of Death combined
Encompaffed-me-round,
And Hell's diftreffes did me find :
I ftraits and forrow found.
4. Then on JEHOVAH'S Name ador'd
I called, and did fay,
Deliver thou my Soul, O LORD,
d I-do-thee-6ttm£/j-pray.
5. The Lord is gracious, and juft :
And e tender God we have-
6. The LORD the fimple keeps :f I-was-
-Low, and he did me fave.
7. Return, my Soul, triumphantly
To thy dejiredReft :
Becaufe the LORD g hath-bounteoufly-
-Reward to thee expreft.
8. Becaufe thou haft my Soul releas'd
From Death and deadly thrall i
Mine eye from mournful h tears, now ceas'd:
My foot from i fliding-fall.
9. And now walk-on delightfully ,
^.In prefence of the LORD,
In lands of living-ones will I.
10. 1 did believe hit word,
Therefore I fpake without delay :
I wasafflifted/farre.
if. I in my haftning-/ offer to thee I fhall:
raetrficc to 1 rIc on the L0RD s Namf ca[, ,ikcwifc,
q hew. »8. Before his People all.
courts of Now, to the LORD my vows Me pay.
thehoufepf lt)t \nq Houfe,Courts of the LORD;
r'ieeb°MT' lD midft of t,lce' Jcrufalem-
lelu Jaii. With me, r Praife ye-rhe-Lord.
n heh. thy
fervan:.
Sect. IILThe Kind, Penman, and
Occafion,
This Pfalm, is 1, Amoft Eminent and Pathetical
Graculation for fome lingular Deliverance from ex-
tream mortal danger and diftreiTe/": as to the Sub- ' Infigms
)eil-matter of it. Is uncituled: As to the Form of e"t gratia-
Penning it. And it is one of thofe Pfalmes whereof rurri aftio
theGR£^r HALELV-J 4 # was made up, prohbe-
as hath been already noted r. In the Greeks Ve\fion ratione ex
of the Lxx// here is prefixed as a Title, 'A^Mhxia,- jng^nri-
borh before ver.i. and verf.iio. taking it for two busa?rum-
diftinft Pfalmes. So alfo do the Arabic\znA Athi- n.'Sjterro-
o/>/c£. Verfions : Perhaps in prefixing this they had r'bus,&
refpeft to the Jews Great Halelu-iah whereof this pericuhs.
Pfalm was part u. But in the Original Hebrew there's H.Moller.
no Title at all, nor in the Chaldee Paraphrafi, nor in '" Argum.
the Syriack^Verfwn.
Pf. 11 6.
Penman of thisPfalm, is not particularly hereor elfe- t<-)n Pfal.
whereexpreffedin the Scripture: but Interpreters m.Seft.3
do generally think it was David. And indeed the utoBibl.
Matter and Expreffions are mofthomogeneal to Da- Polyg.ad
vids in his other Pfalmes. Pf.Uf5.
The Occafion of Davids Penning this Pfalm, is vari- x See the
oufly apprehended.The SyriackVetfion thinks it hath Preface
reference to the time, when Saul came into the to this
Cave, in the fides whereof David and his men re- Pjahu in
mained. 1 Sam. 24.3 x, &c. Others to the time when the Sjr.
David was betrayed by the Ziphites, and King Saul v.erfion,in
and his men had almoft encompafled round about Bib.Polyg.
David and his men to take him : but the Lord divert- ad V(. 1 1 6.
ed them by the Philifiines invading the Land, 1 Sam. Y Ut tefta-
23. 19. to 29. y Neither of thefe feem to have been tt,r- Hen.
the Occafion of Davids Penning this Pfalme, becaufe Moller.in
here is mention made of The Courts of the Houfe of the Arg.Pf.\\6.
LORD, In the midji of Jernfalem, ver. 19. But in
SauH time there were no Courts of the Lord's houfe
triHierufakm, and Jernfalem was then in the hands
of the Jebufites, znd long after. See 2 Sam.t,. 6.to 11.
Others referre it to the time of Abfalom's rebellion a-
gainft his own Father David , wherein David was
greatly endangered. See theHiftory, 2 Sam. 15.ro
Chap. 19 ^. Sim. de Mutt, not fatisfied with any of z Ut eft a-
thefe, thinks David wrote this Pfalm, prefently af- apud.//en.
ter he had brought up the Ark into the City of Da- MollerJn
vid, and fate in peace in his own houfe, having reft Pf.116.
from all his enemies, 2 Sam. 6. throughout, and-j. 1. a Sim. de
&c. becaufe in ver. 10. here's mention of Jerufalcm Muk in
and of the Courts of the Lord's Houfe there a. In Arg.Pfal.
midft of all this variety and uncertainty, Its hard to 115. vid.
determine any thing pofitively. etiam Jo.
To fpeak my thoughts freely, I am not enough fa- FoordEx-
tisfied with any of thefe Opinions. Not with the pnjit. Pfal.
twofirfi; for the reafon fore-alledged. Not with nd.Tem-
the third \ Becaufe, the third Pfalm was plainly pen- pus&Oc-
ned upon occafion of Abfalom^s rebellion. See Pf. cafio.
3. Title : And its fcarce probable he would penrrvo
Pjalms upon one and the fame Occafion, Nor with
the fourth ; becaufe, in this Pfal. 1 16. ver. 3. he men-
tions fome particular, notable, extream danger of
death, and deep diftrefs and forrow of foul which
he was in thereupon; Gods gracious deliverance
from which, upon hisearneft prayer, gave him Oc-
cafionof Penning this Gratulatory Pfalm : and about
the timcol his bringing up the Ark into the City of
David, we read of no fuch Mortal danger, or deep
diftrefs of David, as is here mentioned, v. 3. This
is certain and evident; That the Pfalmifts mortal
danger and extream diftrefs and forrow thereupon,
together with Gods gracious delivering of him out of
all upon his earneft Prayer, gave the Occ afion of his
Penning this Pfalm, and all this after David had
conquered the Jebufites, gained Jernfalem, and
brought the Ark of God thither; Pfal.i 16. ver. 3.4,
5,6,7,8,15, 19. But the particular Kind and Cir-
o.unftances of this his danger of Death and Delive-
rance, arc unccrrain and unknown.
Sett. IV,
P S A L M E. CXVI.
325
Se&. IV 'The Scope.
The Scope of the Pfalmift here is-, 1. To declare
hisiingular affection, and refolved Devocion unto
the LORD, for his Eminent Deliverance vouchfafed
him, upon his Prayer and Faich, from extream di-
ftreffes and pangs of Death encompafling him about
2. As alfo to teftifle his refolution to render unto the
LORD for all his Benefits all poffible thankfulneffeby
Confeffion, Prayer, and performance ofhisVowe*
unto the LORD publickly injerujalem in the Courts
oftbeHoufe of the LORD, before all his people.
O this is a mod fvveet and heavenly Plat forme of
thankfulneffe, for every Chriftian to make life of:
efpecially after Gods Eminent Deliverances of him
from extream Sorrows, Diftreffes, and dangers of
Death. Auguftinef aid; Let that Soul fing this, that
fo'purns from the LORD: Let th at Sheep fmg this, that
went aftray; Let that Son fmg this, which was dead
b Canter, and is alive again', was hft and is found b. And I
hocanima mayadde; Let him delight to fmg this Pfalme, wbofe
qua; pere- Sorrows God hath turned into Joy ; wbofe feares and
regrinatur dangers are fw allowed 'up with confidence & deliverance
a Domino, whom theLORD hath refcuedjrom deep andlong afjiiZH-
Cantethoc ons, fiomfevere Bonds and Impiifonments, from the flia-
ovisilla dow of Death and brin^of the Grave.
qua; erra-
verat, Cantet hoc Filius ille qui mortuus fuerat & revixit, pene-
rat & inventus eft . Cantet hoc anima noftra, fratres & filii cha-
riffimi. Auguji. in Pfal. 114. Enarrat. ad hit. Tom. 8.
SeU. V. The Analysis-, or Principal
Tarts.
In this Pfalme the Pfalmift Pathetically reprefent-
eth his thankful 1. Profeffion, 2. Declaration, 3. And
Refolution.
I. His thankful Profeffion, ver. 1, 2. wherein note,
I. The Matters profeffed, vi^. (\) Dearloveand
affection to the LORD. CO Conftant Prayer or in-
vocation of the LORD, In my days, may import, in
thedayesofmy life, /. e. whileft I live. Or, In
the dayes ofmy diftrefle, &c. both may imply con-
stancy. 2. The Grounds of this Profeffion, becaufe
the Lord will hear his Amplications-, becaufe he did
bow his ear to him, ver. 1. 2.
II. His thankful Declaration, v. 2_.to 12. Hethank-
fully declareth, 1. How he prayed unto the Lord in
his diftreffe. Where are laid down, r. The Occa-
sion of his Prayer, Great Extremities of affliction, re-
prefented by four Emphatical Expreffions, Vi\.
(i) Pang, of Death like Coards encompaffing him a-
bout, (2J Hells Diftreffes. Ci) Straits. ( ^Sor-
row, v. 3. 2. The Object of his Prayer whom he
then invocated ; Th*n he called on the Name of the
Lord. 3. The Subject-Matter of his reqneft which he
prefented, viz,. That the Lord would deliver his
Loul, i.e. not only his life from Mortal .danger and
diftrefs, butalfo his Soul from inward agonies and
perplexities. A very fhort, but a comprehenfive
and ("through Faich ) an Effectual Prayer, v. 4.
II. How he was delivered by the Lord out of all thefe
his dangers and diftrefies, according to his defire.
Here he gratefully and Elegantly delineates Gods
deliverance, i.By the Original Root and Rife of it,
viz- Meerly the Perfections and Properties of Gods
own Nature : three Attributes being mentioned as E-
minent herein-, ClJ He is Gracious : therefore
helping and delivering molt freely. C2J He is
Righteous : therefore delivering and relieving ac-
cording to his Proniife moft faithfully. ("3) He is
Commiferatir.g-with-yearning bowels : therefore layes
to heart all his peoples miferies and diftreffes moft
tenderly and compafflonat'ely, All which are ampli-
fied by the Relation and Intereft which his people
have to him and in him i Our-God~ver. 5. 2. £/thc
Exemplification of the Lord's relief and deliverance,
fi) Upon the Simple; i.e. the plain-hearted, that
know not how to prevent or remove evil and dan-
ger. C2J Upon the Pfalmift himfelf, in his low
condition, v. 6. 3. By the enfuing fruits or effects
of this deliverance-, vi^. (1 J His Souls Reftauratioa
to a quiet comfortable reft and acquiefcence in the
Lord, from both inward and outward trouble. Re-
turn my Soul, &c. Apoftropbe to his Soul. As if he
had fjjd •, OmySoui, the Scorm is over, now en-
joy thy defired calm and comfortable reft in God.
This is lllujlratedby a Pathctical Defcription of Gods
Mercy in relieving him -, More Generally, The Lord
hath dealt bountifully with thee, v. 7. More Particu-
larly; Redelivered, His Soul from death : His Eyes
Jrtmteares: His Feet fim falling, ver. 8. (X)His
refolution and promiie by way of gratitude, to walk
uprightly before God and Man in the discharge of
his Office,!/, p; 4. By his Faith in God even in midft
of all his extremities ; I believed—. This his Faith
is fee forth here ft) Partly, from theCcnfequent
Effect of it-, Therefore have J fpoken, i.e. In my di-
ftrefies aud dangers, I have fpoken to the Lord in
my Prayer, as in v. 4. was noted-, And alfo I have
profefied and teftified my Faith in God before others
that I fhould be delivered, raifed up, &c. In this
laterfenfe, theApoftle, 2Cor. 4. 13. applyed this
place to his preterit purpofe. ("2 J Partly, by the
extremity of his diftrefs wherein he exerted this his
Faith, v. 10. (3J Partly, from fomc infirmity of
his Faith intermixed; In his h.'fl counting all men,
Samuel and ethers, lyars, who promifed him the
, Kingdom, &c. while mean time he was ready to be
cut off by death,before it could be obtained. Or, we
may take this paffage, For an Abrenunciation of all
humane help as falfe, vain, deceitful, in his extream
diftreffes, God only being able fully to fuccour him;
Ijaidih mine haftening fox aftonifiiing-confternati-
on c J All men are lyars : i. e. unable to help in time c In pra?-
ofneed, Numb.22_.19. Rom. 3. 4. Pfal. 33. 17. cipiratione
but the former fenfe feems more appofite here, v. 11. mea.
Grs.i. . «(/ 7jJ
Injeifei [ax ; Lat.^'m Exceffu meo; Aquila, h t&1 ' ^ay^H^M ;
Symach. dfitpovuv ; D. Hieronym. In ftupore meo. Nerripehi
exiftimarunt hoc loco fignificari ftuporem feu perturbationem
mentis, qua interdum corripiebatur David, ac veluti obftupefce-
bat ad periculorum magnitudinem. Sim. de Muis in Com-
ment, ad Pfal' 116. II.
III. Hit than\jul refolution, after deliberation, 11.12.
to the end. Wherein confide r,
1. A deliberating Queflion, intimating moft Ele-
gantly, 1. Both hisfinguIarrcadineiTe to render any
thing to the LORD, for the benefits received from
him: 2. And the tranfeendent greatneffeofhis Bene-
fits beyond all poffible returnes of gratitude,
verfe 12.
2. A determining refolution, wherein he promifeth
fundry expreffions of thankfulneile, f. 13, (2 and performance of his vowes unto the Lord,
voveatDo- and both of them publickly before all hit people, and
mino,quae in the Solemn place of Gods- Worfhip. Andfohe
votareddat: clofeth up this fweec Gratulatory Pfalme, with an
fcipfum vo- Hortatory Halelu-jah, ver. 17, 18, »p.
veat,feip-
fum rcddat. Hoc exigitu r,hoc debetu r.Infpefto Numo Domius
dicit, Reddito C&fari qu* C&fariffunt, <& Deo qux Deifunt. Ima-
go fua reddatur Csefari, Imago fua reddatur Deo. Augufi. in
Pfal. 115. Expofit. Tom. 8.
Pfalm CXVH.
Self. I. The Summary Contents.
Prophetically all the Gentiles, and Jewifl) people,
are exhorted to praife the LORD; for his greac
loving-kindnefs, and Eternal Truth towards them
both.
Seft.II. The fir ft Verfwn out of the
Hebrew.
a heb. Iltid-
him vehe-
mently, or,
earncltly,
&c.
bb til! then, Heathens,
though they have many mercies, yet are they not
fo fenfible of mercie, know not Jehovah nor his
Truth; in vain therefore to move them to praife
2. Its rot him.
enough Objeft. But Mountains , Rivers , &c. dead and
for Gods bruit creatures are oft called upon to praife God, as
People to Pfal. 148. 3. 2,
§•11 134- »
&c. 135, 1.
2, 3-S *9-
20, 2 1, ||
148. per
Pfal. 116. 12, (fyc
Jehovah] The prime efiential Name of God,Tctra-
grammaton.; no one word in any other language
canexprepls is fully. The fenfeofit fee el few he re
totum
3» All sre bound to praife the Lord, but fmgularly the called
Gentiles Rom. 15.7. ll.Eph.%. 6, 18, 19,20. 21. Didk. Aft. 13.
47) 48. Confequently, The ollingand converfion of the Gentiles
vvasfore-prophecied of old, Pf. 117. i.with Rom. 15. 7, 8,9, 11.
explicated in my Aimot. on Exod. 34.6, 7, Jehovah
D. 1, See Zanch,de Natur. Dei I. i.eap. 13.
-; — ; Joan Buxtorf. Lexicon ad verbumTs^.-- —
Sixth. Aman.Antibarb,Biblic. dijfertation. denomine
miT p. 47 3. ad p. 559. Herein implicitly Gentiles
are called from worfhip of their idols, to worfhipof
the true God. He is the God of praife to whom all
praife is due, and fhould principally be directed, Heb
13. 15. 17. 18. 3. || 48. 1.
AllyeeGentiles,]tt'lMGojim. TheJewes them-
felves interpret this word of fuch under whom they
were in captivity. All people befides Jewes, are
called Gentiles, or the Nations Before Cbrift ac-
counted not a people, or no people. Deut^ 32. 21, 1 Pet.
2.io.Hofi.io.But now thepeople ofGod.hnd all of them
mult praife, becaufe falvation now hath appeared to
all men, bond, free, &c. without refpeft of perfons,
Tit 2. 10.
Praife him all ye people.] The fame Exhortation 4. Thefe
for matrer and lubftance, buc in different words praifes
IfcOll? Shabbechu (ignifies not barely, to praife, as fhould be
the former word; but to praife vehemently, earneftly, perforrn-
migh'.ily, &c. Amef. in I. and the Aportle implies ed to the
fuch a thing in his alledging rhis verfe, 'Aiviimzy Lord, nor
Kuexov ■myja.'jd 'iSvrt, %) Ixaiiiicnijs dvr'ov, &c. Rom 1 5. coldly and
11. q. d. prai{ehim, and better praife him. Be ear- carelefly;
ncft, zealous, conftant in his praifes, and the dou- but zea-
biing alfo of the Exhortation intimates a doubling of loufly and
diligence in this fo important a Duty. We fhould vehement-
by no means put that off carelefly, which is focare- ly, Pfal.
fully enjoyned. Ycain theclofeof this fhort Pfalm, 103. i.||
it's touched again, left ic fhould be neglected and 2 Sam. 6.
forgotten. 14. Pfal.
People] QlQi^n. Haummim, there s?\empbati- 48. i.|jic5
ck/h prefixed, asif he did point at a fpecial people o( 3!':. 5.
his own the Jewes, which in a ipecial manner are 47.I47. 1.
called, a people, and his people, Rom. 15. 10.
Whereas Gentiles were counred no people, not his
people; Pfalmift then fecir.s here to b.fpeak the
praifes of all men, both Gentiles and Jeues. And
lbme refer the word CTQSG Zimmim, peoples, to
the Jews alone, asMoUcrm. As CZTU Go)im, A'.<-
t-ons, is referred by the Jewes themfelves to the Gen-
tiles. And ufually, when Gentiles and people are
mentioned
P S A L M E S. CXVIII.
i. 77;e ten-
der mer-
cies of God
are won-
derful
great and
prevailing
mercies 2
Sam. 24.
57- 10.
85,||i3.i03
8,n,&c.
119.156.H
145.8.9-
Exid 20.
6,&c.\\
34-^,7.
Rich, Eph.
2. ^.\\ Fa-
ther, &c.
2. Cor, 1.3
2. Thefe
mercies
have been
mighty
prevailing
mercies
both to
towards
its. to
Jews,
Dent, 4. 7,
8. || 33.^.
||P/. 76. 1.
2.|| I47.
19,20.
Rom. 3. I,
2-I19- 4- 5-11
To Gentiles
28, ffVc
u4tf. 10.
34. Epfj. 2.
4- «&V.
3. Tie
7r«f/> of
promifes if
a conflant
and ever-
laying
Truth. Tit.
1. 2.
4. Tfrr rw-
der mercy
and Truth
(rill toge-
ther.
mentioned together. People imports the J ewes con-
tradiftinft from Gentiles. As in Pfal. 2. 1.
Verfe 2. For his mercy hath been mighty (or increas-
ed and lengthened <&c. ) towards us ') lipn
Cbafdo, notes out miferieordiam & beneficcntiam,
eamquegratuitam, Riv. in Hof. 4. I. istaken, i. For
the Fountain and Caufe of mercy, Gods free grace
and bene placitum, meergood-wilI,when heexpreffes
mercy contrary to our deferts of his own gracious
motion, nores s'opybjj pater nam in Chrifto. Moller.
Mifericordia eft aliens, miferia in corde noftro compaffto,
quit, utique ft poffumui fubvenire compellimus. Augufl.
14. II F/yf}uble, conflant, &c. So Aaron andHur didcon-
9.|| E/.i. firm Mifes hands, Exod. 17. 12. There was firmnefs
54. i,&o|| jnhishands, &c. Truth in Scripture- 1. Sometimes
Math. 21. jsoppofedtolyes,as///:4. 1,2. Pjal. 5.10. Eph. 4.
25. 2. Sometimes to fhadowes and types, Job. 1.17.
3. Sometimes to injufticc and injuries, Sec. SoDeut.
32.4. 4. Sometimes to unfaithfulnefs, inconftancy,
&c. in Words, Covenants, Promifes, noting, out
firmrefs, truflinefs, fidelity, conftancy, not fo much faith
as fidelity, not fo much verity as veracity. So Gen,
32. j Pfal. 40. 11. God is Truth \x\a\\ refpefts
(asZancb.ch^x^cs, whoalfo diftinguifhes Truth in
veritatem Phyficam or Metaphyficam, and Ethicam,
fhewing notably how God is Truth both wayes ,
Z.wch. de nat. Dei. I. 3, c. 3.) But here I conceive the
lull chiefly intended j God is alvvayes like himfclf,
fmeand conflant in his Word and Promifes, &c.
Faithfully performing all in due feafon both to
Jewes and Gentiles. He is true in threats, but Truth
in Promifes, rather matter of praifc. l— f7iy7jV
ever. From p'?» latitavit, fignifics jsculum, viz.
of Godlike tempus homini abfeonditum, tarn infinitum (fr sternum
mjeparable qUamfinitum, Bux. Hoc nomine mSp (ignificatur
twins go &ternit as, quod seternitatis principium & finis fimpli-
citer/./re/rf:Seu quod nullum in ca principium, aut
finis aur fuccclfio repcrinqucat Zanch.de N.it. VeiJ.
2. c. 3. p. 7 3.S0 that no timc,nor age,can change Gods
Truth, but its/ew/>er eadem, his Promifes and Word
can no more be moved and fhaken then his Truth,
nor his Truth then himfelf; Deas eft ipfifft ma Veritas.
Now Gods Truth is here affirmed to be for ever, not
in oppofitioB to the mercy of God> as if his mercy af-
ter a little flourifhing proved momentany; for by
the fame Rule his Truth may be faid to be but little,
in oppofition to his merty, which is great ; But the
fen fe is, his mercy is fo great towards us, as italfo
flowesconfin«ocMr/«,becaufe joyned with his eternal
Truth. And if we reade it thus, His mercy hath been
ftrengthned, Sec. Both his mercy and truth are adorn-
ed by their firmnefs and ftability. Calv. Comment, in
Pfal. 117. 2.
Mercy and Truth are here coupled together, a sin
many other Scriptures, Gen. 32. 10. Pfal. 40. 10. 11. j
57- 10.
1. Tofortife the godly in afTurance of Gods mercies
againft temptations, deep afflictions, perfections,
flouts and fcornes of the wicked, extremities, &c.
In all thefe his promifes and truth remains full firm,
though his mercy may feem to be abated.
2. To fet forth what a compleat and inexhaufted
fountain of all goodnefs God hath opened to all men;
mercy importing all fulnefs, Truth all firmnefs of all
good things that maybedefired. Prima promittitur
quodnon debetur, allterl prsftatur quod promiffum eft.
A.- Riv m pfal. 40. 12.
|— "PIT/H Halelujah Praife ye Jah. Its compound-
ed of two Hebrew words. Wr. ex Imperativo Plel '
V77H praife ye f which in Kal and Paul fignifies in- JE^ T
fanire: in Piel aud Hithpael, laudare) and IT* Jah /' ' r
one of the ten proper names of God fyncopatuma^j, a f n
fUrP Its a word ufed often in the Hebrew, fpecially fu eve aJt'
in the Pfalms, both in beginning and ending: as, /.*' a!e
Pfal. 104. 35. where its firft ufed, Pfal. 135. i.2i.Jl"s"l*r r
io5.48. matter of
Its retainec
as Rev. 19. i$.t
mane, Englifh,
Hebrew names, Amen, Hofanna, Abba, &c. oumc jyedull
obferve that its firft ufed in the OldTeftament,vvhere r .
confuming of finners is mentioned, Pfal. 104. 35. \pord((ot}
and firft in New Teflament, where deftruftion of an(i^
Antichrift that man of fin is foretold, Rev. 19. 1. 3. 6. jolt^tjngof
H. Ainfw.on Pfal. 1 04. 3 5 . £ xi)orfa.
Vox eft excitantum fe & alios ad Deum laudandum t- . uaje.
&celebrandum •, Parens in Rev. 19. 1. In beginning j-'^
ofPfalmes, its a word of joyful exhortation, quick-
ning themfelves and others to praife God forhis mer-
cies, as Pf. 135. 1. In end of Pfalmes, as here is ad-
ded as a cheerful acclamation, as an Amen, whereby
the duty of praifingGod is emphatically enforced.
The firft word and laft being forcible and flicking
words, leaving deepeft impreffions behind thereup-
on the Readers or hearers«
mercy and
tained alfo, in the Greek in New Teftament, JfJJf. 1"/.
19. 13.5- 'A^AHAsi'* as alfo in the Latine.Ger- ??,' °j
j 1 ~w j:. l jews ana
and other Tongues, as divers other Qentlres '
Some
Pfalm CXVIII.
Seft. I. The Summary Cotitcnts.
In this Euchariftical and Prophetical Pfalm, arc I.
An Exhortation to confefle in praifes unto the LORD
for his goodnefs and loving-kindnefs, or Merciful-
kindnefle, ver. 1. ro.5. 2. An Experimental Narra-
tion of fundry Caufcs which the Pfalmift had to praife
the LORD and to truft in him alone in all Difficulties
and Di(trefles,ver.5.ro 19. 3. An Elegant Defcription
Qaid down Dialogue-wife) of Davids thankful and
triumphant deportment upon his compleat coming
unto his Kingdom, ver. it). to the end.
In all which we have A Prophetical PrcdiiTtonoi
Chrifts Afflictions, Paflion, Refurrcction, and En-
trance into hi; Kingdom ;• and fo becoming The Head
of
p S A L ME CXVIH*
32? -319
tbtb. *r;
merciful -
kindncfs-
Joving
kindnefis.
b btb. to e-
ternity
c U*b. That
bis merciful
kindnef* to
eternity.
d Htb. That
his merciful
kindnefs to
eternity.
eHe&.mer-
ciM-kind-
nels .
f beb. to
etcnity.
gb«fr.JAH.
faHfi-jAH.
iHef-.IwiU
hoc fear.
of the Corner, uniting both Jews and Gentiles into
one Building, making- «" himfelf of twain one new Man
fo making peace, Ephef. 2. 14, i$,&c. mthMatth.
2r. 42. Mark. 12. 10, 11, £"k 20« »7« *#• 4* »•
Ephef. 2. 20, 21. 1 Pet. 2. 4, 5, 6.
Seft.H. ThefirftVcrJionoutofthe
Hebrew,
I.
1 v^ Onfefs ye to the LORD,
V^ For he U good atrvay :
a For his-kind-mercy,/ritf adorei
By hit, endures b for-ay.
2. Let Ifrael now fay ,
c His mercy dares for ever.
2,.Let Aaron's facredhoufe now fay,
<*" His mercy dures for ever.
kHeJ/r;
to betake
ones felf.
for covert,
or f»fety.
1 Hf b. or ;
to betakc-
©nes
felf for-co-
covertjor
fafety.
tn Htb. I did
cur-them-
off.
n fc*i.I-did-
cut-themoff.
c Htb. or ;
Bur
p Heb-l-diA
tbemcut-off.
4. Let fearers of the LORD
Now fay, as heretofore,
That e his kind-mercy , much adofd,
Endures /"for evermore.
5. 1 out of fore-diftrefs
Upong the-LORD did call :
h The-LORD in-ample-roomthinefs
Did anfwer me withal.
6. JEHOVAH it mine aid
For me againft my foe ;
Therefore i I will not be afraid
What man to me can do.
7. JEHOVAH hath for me
With all mine helpers /are- :
And therefore I fhall vengeance fee
On-them-that-do-me-hate.
II.
8. Oh it it better (lilt
Upon the LORD oft tride,
k To-hope-for-fafety in all ill:
Then in man to confide.
9. Tea, it much better it?
Upon the LORD mufl wff
/To-hope-for-fafety in diftrefs :
Than in Princes to truft.
10. All Nations pyntlycame,
Encompafs-me-did-they :
But in the LORD'S viRoriotu Name
tn I-did-cut-them-away.
11. TheymeencompaiTd-round,
Yea compafs me did they .•
But in JEHOVAH'S Name renown' d
n I-did-cuc-them-avvay.
12. As Bees theycompafs'd me,
As fire of thorns were they
Quenched : 0 For in JEHOVAH'S Name
p I-did-cur- them-away .
1 3. Thou ( 'enemy ) didft me thruft
Tht ufting to make me fall :
But then the Lord, mine only truft,
Did help me at my call.
III.
qHtl:J\H.
14. q The Lords my ftrength andfong,
And for falvation high
To me hath he been all along.
i§. The voice of fhouting-joy,
And of Salvation
t Htb.Tinv. In juft-men's r dwellings it t
The right-hand of the Lord alont
Effefteth valiantnefs.
16. The right-hand of the Lord
it nowexzhed-kigh:
The right-hand of the living Lord
Doth /very valiantly.
17. 1 fhall not dye, but live ;
And tell th' Afts of r the Lord.
18. JAH h chaftned me,but did not give
Me nnto death abborr'd
19. Open unto me th'tt day
The Gates of Righteoufnefs :
That enter into them I may,
And may x the Lord confefsi
20. This SanSuary Gate
Of the Almighty Lord,
y The righteous-ones /hall in thereat
Enter with one accord.
mi.
2 1. To thee will I confefs,
Becaufe thou didft me hear :
And haft to me been in diftrejs
For a Salvation dear.
22. The very Stone, which fomt
CMe/builders have refufed,
Is of the Corner now become
^ The Head, and chiefly ufed.
2?. This of the Lord was laid :
ItV wondrous in our eyes.
24. This is the day the Lord hath made,
Let us be glad likewife
Rejoyce in it with mirth.
25. a I-pray-thee, Lord, fave now :
Lord I befeech thee, In the earth
Now profper him do thou.
26. He-that comes in the Name
Of God the Lord be blefs't :
Out of the Lord's houfe/af of fame
We blefs you with the befl,
27. God k the Lord of Lords ,
And b us his light adornes :
Bind ye the Feaft-offering with cord*
Unto the Altar's homes.
28. Thou art my God alone
And c thee confefs I will :
My God and file Salvation,
I will exalt thee/?//?,
29. Confefs-ye to the Lord,
For he is good alway:
For his d kind-mercy ftMador'd
By bit endure e for ay.
f Htt. vatf-
antntft.
1 Htb. JAH.
nfcf&chaftn-
ingxbaften-
Cdmc.
x Htb. JAH.
y Htb. the
righteous
ones lhall
enter into it
* Hti.For
the Head*
%H,l tbe>
leech cb.c«.
bifc6.be
hath given
light to us.
*r,he hatb
fhinedon
us.
c Ht b.or j to
thee....
d Hthjtr,
loving kind-
nefs merci-
ful-kindncfe
c Htb. to
eternity,
Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, and
Occajion,
Thii moft-exceHent Song (as one f ftiles it deferved- f hoc PuW
ly)isofa JM/xr Kind or Nature, being Eucbariftical cherrimum
and Prophetical,is to theSubjeft-matter ofit. Where- «*men
in(i)Vnder the afflictions and enemies of Da vid,thc
cnemiesChriftSi his fufferings;C2jZ/nrfcr the Tempo-
ral Deliverances and Viftorlei ofDaviJjihe Spiritual
Deliverances and Victories of Chrift ; 3. Vnder the
coming of David into his Earthly Kingdom, the
coming oichrift into hisHeavenly Kingdom,beingad-
vanced after all his Debafements to be the Head ft one
of the Comer ; AndfV) Vnder the gladfome Appreca-
tions of Davids Subjects unto him, the like joyful
Apprecations of Chrift Spiritual Subjefts unto him,
are moft notably fhadowed forth mi reprefented.
P p p p That
•pm.
cit Af mm tn
33°
? S A L M E S. CXVIII.
Sect. 4.
h See on
Setf.3
That this is an Eminent Prophecy of Chrift, is evi-
dent; 1. From Chrffts own Teftimony, applying
fome part of the Pfalm to himfelf. Compare ver. 22.
25. with Matth. 22. 42. Mar. 12. 10, 1 1. Luk,2o. 17.
2. From the Teftimony of the Apoftles, interpreting
and accommodating the fame paffages unto Chrift,
ver. 22. 23 with Alt. 4. "• Ephef. 2,20,21,1 Fer. 2.
4,5,6. 3. From theufe that the people and Chil-
dren of the Jews made of thisPfalm. The Jews
counted it fo famous a Prophecy of Chrifl, that with
fome of the paffages Tn this Pfalm they welcome
Chrift into Jerufalem, flnging Hofl)iang-na, or Ho-
fanna Cas its expretfed in the Greek} to the Son of
David, fcc,'\. e. Praying God moft High to fave the
King Chrift,who then came in theName of x\k Lord,at
hii Lft Sole mnenning into Jerufalem, compare Pf.i\8.
25, 26. with Math. 219,15. Lukz J9-37, 38.Asto the
Form of this Pfalm, it it one of thofe that have no
c or Title prefixed g. And it is the laft of thofe Eucha-
™'h riftical Pfalms,concluding the ]ewsGREAT HA-
L ELV-J A H, as hath been heretofore rioted h.
Penman of it was probably David. Forafmuch as,
1. It it fuch an Evident Prophecy of Chrift, and his
enemies, fufferings, and Kingdom, wherein David
was efpecial Type of him. 2. It moft exactly agrees
to the condition of David, who was exercifed with
many enemies and afflictions roundabout, vvasop-
pofed and rejected by the cheif Rulers in reference
to his Kingdom, and yet at laft was by the peculiar
hand and Providence of the Lord both delivered out
of all his troubles, made victorious over all his ene-
mies^ peaceably pofeffed of his Kingdom.Herin the
Sub)ett-matter of this Pfalm and the Hiftory of Da-
vid do moft harmonioufly agree.
Occafion of Davids Penning this Heroick and Tri-
umphant Pfalm, feems to be thus; David having
been long exercifed with varieties of enemies and
afflictions, As with Sauls reftlefs malice, and after
his death with \ftiboftieth Sauls fon, who by the affi-
ftanceof.46ner ( his, and his Father Sauls General)
kept David for a time from his rightful Reign over
Jfrael, 2 Sam. 2.8, &c to Chap. 5. 1. And Ijhbo-
Jhethbe'ing dead, and David annointed King over
Jfrael thereupon, while his Kingdom was now di-
ffracted and unfctled, David had fundry Conflicts
with the Philittines, whom he victorioufly deftroy'd,
2 Sam. 5. throughout. Now when God had delive-
red David from all his troubles and afflictions, and
from all thefe his enemies, that he was quietly pof-
fefled of the Kingdoms both oijudah and Ifrael, and
fo became the Head-ftone of the Corner : then he is
thought by way of grateful return to God to have
penned this glorious Pfalm vihh an heart and mouth
11 *"" ant* overflowing wifh Divine Praifesr. Some
1 1 H.Mouer. th j^ ryav\^ penned it after he had fubdued fundry
10 ^r8* . other Forreign Nations, mentioned in 2 Sam. 8.con-
• fidering the expreffions here in Pfal. n8. io, 11. 12,
22. yea after David in a Battel with the Philiftines
had that dangerous conflict with Jfhbibenoh the Gy-
Sim.de
Muisin
Arg.Pf.118
, ant, who being girt with a new Sword thought to have
k p.Foord j,ain Davic« , but Abiftiai fuccoured him and lulled the
'" Expojit. Phiijjtjney 2 Sam. 2 1. 1 5, 16, 17. £and indeed Pfal.
F/.118. 1 11 ver. 13. feems to import fome fuch deliverance
Temput. Qf jjjyjd from a particular enemy. Only this Bat-
tel with the VkWifWnewnd lfl'bibenoth feems to be too
long after Davids annointing by Ifrael : whereas this
Pfalm feems to be written prefently after Davids
coming to the Crown of Jfrael, from ver. 22, 23. 24,
25. And there might be fome pther deliverance of
David from a particular enemy meant in ver. 13. As
Saul, or Tjhboflieth, &c. or, his adverfary fpoken of
there tn the fingular number, may be intended col-
lectively of all his enemies.
Sett. IV. The Scope.
The Scope of the Pfalmift intended in this Pfalme,
is ; i. Literally to Incite all forts toconfefle and give
thanks unto God the LORD for his goodnefs and eccr-
nal loving-kindnefle, as alfo to enlarge himfelf in ail
poflible affectionate thankfulnefle to God, for hear-
ing him in trouble, helping him to fubdue and de-
ftroy all forts of his enemies, and after all difficulties
and oppofitions ftablifhing him upon the Throne of
his Kingdom over Ifrael, as well as Judah, making
him ("though at tuft a Sr one reje#e by theBuildets,
yet at laft) the Head of the Comer, by the LORD'S
own wonderful difpenfation. 2. Prophetic ally, To
praife theLOR D triumphantly, and to provoke o-
thers alfo to extoll him, For the true David the
LORD Jefiu Chrift that was to defcend of David ac-
cording to the flefh, That God heard and fupported
him in all his diftrefles, enabled him to fubdue and
deftroy all forts of his Spiritual enemies; and after
all his deep Humiliation, Rejection, and Sufferings
at laft raifed him from the dead, advanced him to
his Kingdom at his own right-hand, and fo made him
Concert Stone refufed by the Builders J the Head of
the Corner, uniting both Jewes and Gentiles into one
Spiritual Building, Ephef. 2. 13. fo the end.
Seft. V. The Analyfis^ or Principal
Parts.
In this Pfalme are chiefly confiderable.
I. An Exhortation, To confefs unto the LORD:
i>/^.all due praife f As Hterome and Auftin do here
rightly interpret it to be A Confeffton, not of Mans
fins, but of Gods praifes 1. Here note, 1. The Act /Confeffio
of Gratitude; Confeffing. 2. The Object praifed and hsecnon
to be confefled unto ; the LORD. 3. The matter or ad pecca-
caufe for which he is to be praifed: 1: Partly, His torumre-
Goodnefs. 2. Partly, His eternall loving-kindnefs, mifTionem
or merciful kindnefs : 4. The parties who are incited fed ad lau-
to this Duty are, Generally, All forts. Particularly, demperti-
Jfrael, Aarons houfe3 and the Fearers of the LORD, net Deita-
f- 1*2,3,4. tis, Hier.
in Com. ad
Pfal. 117. Tom. 8* Hie nicerte manifeftum eft, vocem confeffio-
nis&fonum, nonadmerorempoenitentiasfedadlstitiam Fefti-
vitatis celeberrimx pertinere Aug. in Enarrat. Pfal 117.
Tom. 8.
II. An Experimental Narration of the many and
great Caufes which the Pfalmift himfelf had to praife
theLORD, and truft in him alone, verf. 5, to 19.
Here,
i. His truft and affiance in God in all ftraits and
conditions: is hinted, vi^.v..6,j.
2« The grounds of fuch his truft and confidence
are declared, vi^. Becaufe, 1. The LORD anfwer-
edhim with much inlargement in the day of hisdi-
ftrefs, v. 5. 2. The LORD was for him againfthis
foes, v. 6. Yea, was chief among his helpers, ' v.i.
3. It is better to fyto-the-LORD-for flielter andfafetyt
then to any Man, v,8. Yea, then to the chief Po-
tentates among men, Princes, v.9. 4. In the Name
of the LORD, he had cut off and deftroyed All Na-
tions encompaffing him, yea, encompaffing him like
Bees, v. io, 11, 12. 5. The LORD fingularly
aided him againft the dangerous enemy, that thruft-
ing, thrufledathimtomakehimfall, v. 13. <5.Thc
LORD hath been his ftrength, fong, andfalvation,
v. 14. "j.The voice of'py andfalvation is at laft in the
dwellings of the righteous, v. 15. 8. The right hand
of the LORD doth valiantnefi, for his people that reft
upon him, v. 1$, \6. 9. Hefl)allnot now dye, though
he hath been fore chaftized, but live to declare the
LORD'S Acts,v.i7,i3.
III.i4n elegant andemphaticalDefcriptionot Davids
high thankfulnefs to God upon his full coming into
his Kingdom over Ifrael,v. 19. to the end. And this
is laid down Dialogue-wife, as if it were a Difcourfe
betwixt divers fpeaker$.Here,
I.David fpcaks to the Porters and Levites to open
to
F S A L M E. CXIX.
331
to him the Court paces of the LORD'S Tabernacle,
Declaring that to be the LORD'S Sanftuary-gare into
which the righteous fl>all enter, v. 19,20.
2. David being enrred in, I. David confefferh to
the LORD with thankfulnefs,i. For hearing his Pray-
er. 2. For being his Salvation, v. 21. 3. For mak-
ing him the Head Corner-Hone in his Kingdome,
though formerly refufed by the builders, v. zL This
Iaft is amplified elegantly by a double Epiphonema .
1. That, this work was of the LORD' sown contriving,
and marvelloutin mens Eyes, v. 23. 2. That this was
a Day of the LORDs own making, and therefore a
Day of JoyandGladnefs to his people, v. 24. II.
The people apprecateSal vation and profperity to their
King, v. 25. As once the Difciples and Children did
to Chrift entering inrojerufalem, Matth. 21. 9.15.
Lul(. 19. 37,?8- III. The Priefis blefs King David
out of the Sanftuary, Coming in the Name of the Lord,
v. 26. HIT. David thus having received the Accla-
marions of the people, and benediction ofthePrieft.
1. Offers his Thank-offerings to God, v. 27. 2. Pro-
fefleth the Lord to be his God, and that he will con-
fefshim, and exalt him, 11.28. 3-Concludeth, with
an Exhortation to all to confefs unto the LORD, for
his goodnefs, and eternal loving kindnefs (~as he be-
gan the Pfalme} v. 29.
Pfalm CXIX.
Sett. L The Summary Contents of
the whole Pfalme.
-r ' In this Pfalme are promifcuoufly laid down, 1. the
great happinefs of all fuch as in Chrift rightly obferve
God's Law, Word or Doctrine. 2. Manifold praifes
of the Excellencies of the Law or Word of God, and
of the fweet effects of the fame. 3. Many profeffions
of dear affections and fincere obedience to the Law or
Word of God. 4. Some complaints againft his afflicti-
ons, Perfecutinrj and opprefTing Enemies, and wick-
ed-mens breaking the Law of God. 5. And Sundry
fathetical Prayers, Petitions, wifhes and defiresin'
order to the Pfalmifts due observance of the Law
and Word of God. Which things are fo frequently
intermingled, that the Method and order of them
cannot fo well be noted and pointed out in the whole
Pfalme, as In the feveral Otlonaries or Parts there-
of. And therefore in the explaining of this Pfalme,
The ufual method muft be a little altered : General
Explicationsbdng premifed before the whole Pfalm ;
Particular Contents mdAnalyfis being annexed to the
feveral OUonaries.
Se&. II. The Nature or Kind^ and Ex-
cellency of this Pfalme.
I. The Nature or Kind of this Pfalme may be con-
fidered, i.As to the SubjeH-matteroih, which is
mixt, and made up of Doilrines, Prayers, Praifes,
Profeffions, Holy Refolutions,Complaints,Scc. varioufly
rtlftePfal- interwoven: but aJl having fome eminent tendency,
mus mag- refpect, or reference to the Law or Word of God,
numin fe in one refpeft or another. In which refpect,//irerora
myfterium feems to fay ; Thit Pfalme contains in it a great myfte-
continet. rya. 2. As to the Form of penning it ; It hath no
Hieronym. Title or Infcripcion prefixed. As hath been former-
inCom. ad ly notitf on Pfal' I. Sect. 4-And that in regard we are
tit.Pf.118, deftitute of fome certain light touching the Penman
Tom, 8. and particular Occafion of it. It is one of the Alpha-
betical Pfalme s fjas hatlibctn noted J penned after
the order of the Hcb,en- .;, h abet, which confifbof
22 Letters*. For in thit Pfalme are 22 pamfwhich 6 See in
thclearned.call0#s joyned with "2
and HS, and not HQK except when it fignifies
freaking in the heart.
6. IZTpn Chukkim, and JTlpn Chukkoth,
Statutes., Decrees, Conftitut ions, conjiituted or prefcrib-
m Mercer, ed Ordinations, &c. Pfal. 119. 12. 16. and often. It
in I'agn. properly denotes { as Mercerm m hath it out of
Ihefaur. Ki:nchi J Statutes, Decrees, Rites, Ceremonies, &c.
adverb. appointed and ordained of God, about mattertof
ppn/f.t- Religion, or the worfliip of God, as Circumcifion,
tuere, fori- Sacrifices, Feftivals, &c. and fpedally for thole 1*11-
bere,de~ rtitutions, the reafon whereof is in great parrun-
fc> ibcre. known ; As about not eating of Swine sfofli, not wear.
ing a garmtno of Linnen and Woollen, Seen. But fome nSim.de
contrariwife, by Q^pn underrtand ( faith Calvin) Mv'u in
Statutes or Rites divinely perfcribed , whereof the Arg. Pfal.
certain Reafon is evident 0. 1 19.
7. CTDi'ttJQ Miflhpatim, Judgements, Pfalme oJo.Calv.
1 19.7. 20. andvery often. This word is often joyned in Com. ad
with Lawes and Statutes in Old Tefhment, L:vh. Pi. 119 rn
26. 0. and they are thus differenced, Laws import init.
Moralpreceps as the Decalogue : Statutes, all Rites p Judids
and Ceremonial Ordinances about matters of Religion , fspe funt
Divine Worlhip, &c. Judgments, imply all judicial pr&cepta
Lawes touching political Rites, belonging to the pro- quafredat
teftion and wel-fare of humane feciety. But when proximum-
this word Judgements is ufed fepcratelyand alone, etftf&pe
without Lawes and Statutes, it may have a larger Generali-
acceptation, as Mercerm hath noted p; Judgement terhoc
are often Precepts which concern our neighbour, al- nomine Dei
thought often generally by this Name the Decrees of Deer eta
God, and things pronounced or judged by him areun- intelligun-
derrtood. Called Judgements , becaufe rtill ap- tur,&
pointed by God in Judgement and Juftice : ttCahin pronmm-
notes. data fen
8. mXO Mitfuoth, Commandement, Mandates, judicata.
Sec. Pfal. 11$. 6, 10. 21. and often. Is is derived from Mercer in
tV\HTo Command, Decree, &c. And that with the Pagin.
great Authority of the Law-giver ("thinks qAmes,) Thefaur.
And it properfynotes •, An obliging, or bindingcom- ad verb,
mand. A command that binds to obferve any thing : as U2l£J
Mercerm r obferves, 1 G. Amef.
9. OHpS Pikkudhim, Precepts Pfal. 119.4. {"Fri&g.
i$.andoften. It arifeth from the roof Ipl Tivifite, '^Pf.\\: u9 '"
Depofited Precepts, committed of truft to us to keep : ""^' r .
As Ames, and S. de Mm t. So that this word is very r„ .?• m
emphatical. Prolegom.
10. nHy Ghueduth, Teftimony, witnefs, Pfal. *)'}}*
119. 2. and often. Its derived from "Py which in .'*? m*
Hifil fignifies To teflifie, bear witnefs, &c. Hence '" Arg' F*'
Teftimony denotes the Law and Commandements of „ rvmt
God,which God gave in a way of Covenant to Ifrael(as J}}^.
Calvin notes : J To witnejland teftifie betwixt God and HJr£"
them the Covenanted agreement u. Hence the .dr^con- trnjnar:ni.
taming the two Tables of the Law and Covenant, r°u % J
Deut. 5. 2, j, 6. &c. is called the Ark of Teftimony, "•*£,
Exod. 25.22. and 26. g^.and the Tab:rnade contain - fjntat;nnt,\
mg thc,4rk The Tabernacle of Teftimony, Numb. 10. %£!*'
1 1. And the Tables are called. The Tables oj Teftimony ju;"™.
Exod, 31.18. And 32. 1 $. and 34. 29. And Tiie Tefti- prefjen^
mony, Exod. 40. 20. But alio generally this word, auemodo*
Teftimony, imports to us, the Word of God f faith Mer- Deu. „
certu, J whereby God teftifies his Will unto us x. And pmh r™
C as Ames further adds J Teftimonics, fo called; be- tL\icltur
caufe this Will,M*TeiMmony or Testament of God, foC'au,
dothteftifie, 1. Of Right what we ought to do. 2.0/y„'c ''j
Fail, when we do well or ill. 3. 0/£^tw,whargood pr, ,j'
or evil we aretoexpeft according to the good or xlnPaen
evil we do. And by this means it directs our ton- Thefaur '
fciences in giving tertimony, as well of our rtate, as ajyCY^
of our actions part, prefenc, and future> So he. r J ' r
11. plX Tfedeck, Juflke, Righteoufnefs , Pfal ftpS*
119.40. 142. 144. The Law and Word of God isfo
called; becaufe 1. It is in it felf mort exejuifitely
and exactly jurt, right and equal, Rom.7.12. Pfal.
19.9. 2. It is iuftified by all manner of proofs, trials,
and experiment, Pfal. 1 38. 2. And ought rtill to be
jurtifiedby all thechildrenof wifedom, Matth. it.
19. 3. It render's a man jurt and righteous before
God that uprightly obferves the Law and Word of
God, Luke 1. 6.
12. H jlOK Emunah, The Truth, faith fulnefs, Pf.
1 19. 30. 90. 142. 151. The Law and whole Word of
God is fo rtiled, The Dottrine,Promifes, i
Threats, Narratives. &c. thereof being molt exafily
true.
ad Pfal.
lie.
P S A L M E. CXIX.
333
true, faithful and fure, without any the leaft fhadovv
of errour, deceir or falOiood.
By thek twelve words ( which for fubftance are
Synonyma's, pointing out the Law and Word of God
in this Pfalme J the excellency of this Pfalme, and of
the Law and Word of God ("the fubjeft-Mattet there-
of^) is notably jlluftrared, with Elegant variety. All
which I thought ncceffary here to explain, becaufe
the right fenfe of them conduceth much to the true
understanding of this choice Pfalme.
Sect. III. The Penman, Occafion and
fcope of this Tfalm.
I, The Penman of this Pfalme is not here or elfe-
where plainly declared who he was: P,utitisvery
probable, Djtvidvtn the Penman of the Holy Gholt
in writing it. For, i. The matter of it notably a-
grees to David's 19. Pfalm, wherein the Synonymous
Denominations, and high praifes of God's Law and
Word are laid down, v. 7, 8, ?,&c. as in thisPfalm.
2. The afflicted and perfecutedftate of David, efpe-
cially under Saul, is frequently hinted in this Pfalm,
what reproach, fears, dangers, injuries, oppreffions,
&c. he was expofed unto by his enemies, yea, by
Princes and great ones, Seev. 19,21,22,23,25,28,393
42,46,50,51,61,57, 69,70,71, 75,78,84,85,86,87,923
5*5,98, 107, 109,1 10,115, 122,134,139,141, 144.150,153,
154,157,161. which pafiages and expreffions do moil
fingularly agree to Davids condition's it is reprefent-
ed in his Hiftory, 3. ThisPfalm doth all alone favour
of the Spirit of David, being ajively Tdsea of his
Faith, Obedience, zeal FIcavenly affeftions and in-
tegrity in all. 4. This is one of the Alphabetical
Pfalmes. There are in all, feven Alphabetical
Pfafmes ("asharh been hinted: J vi^. Pjal. 25. 34.
37. xii. 112. 119, 145. Four of thefe, vi\. Pfal.2$.
34. 37. 145. were Penned by David, as is evident by
thcirtitks : the other three alfo, though un- tiruled,
more then probably were penneo alto by him, as
both the matter of them clearly inr'maces, and this
Alphabetical Manner of writing them ([ufual with Da-
vid) fuggefisunro us. 5. Interpreters, many con-
ceive that Da vid penned this Pfalm, though fome
Z D. Amb. are unfatisfied who wrock it ^.
in Prolog.
ad Pfalm 118. Tom. 4. verfe Arab, in Bibl. Polyglot.
Fran. Jun. in Annotat. ad Pfal. 1 19 G. Amef. Prolegom.
in Pfal. 119. Joan. FoordExpof1t.inPfal.i19
Sim. de Muis in Argument Pfal. 1 19. Joan. Calv.in Com.
Pfal. U9.aduik.
II. The Occafion of the Pfahnifts Penning this Pfalm
feems from the Subjeil matter of it to be this 3 vi\.
David in the courfe of his Pilgrimage here on Earth,
meeting with many and great viciffitudes of affaires,
conditions and divine dilpenfations, being excerci-
fed with many Enemies and potent Perfecutors;
efpecially King Saul, with deep diftreffes, plunges
and difficulties-, grievous dangers,affiictions and Per-
fections, and yet in them all being enabled by the
rich Grace of his God, to adhere unto the Law and
WordofGodashlsGuide, Counfellour, Comfort, Porti-
on, Delight, &c. Whereby he held up his head in
deepeft waters of troubles, and at laft happily arri-
ved at a fafe Shore: Did hereupon take Occifion'm
thisPfalm to bundle up all thofe his fwect and Hea-
venly Meditations which in fuch cafes he had 'n and
about the Word of God, ([his General Antidote againft
all Maladies undCalamities,') and his rich advan-
tages reaped thereby in all conditions; That fo he
might out of his own experience magniflcally extol
the Word of God, and recommend the like ufe and
improvement of it in all dangers,di(vtcu!ties,troubles
and afflictions whatfoever, to all the true-hearted
people and fervants of the Lord. Davids Practice
andexercifeintheLawof Goda is here propound-
ed for our Inftruftion and Exemplary Imitation.
HI. The Scope of this Pfalm is 5 1. To fet forth the
fingularHappinefs of the Godly, that finccrcly love
and obferve the Law and Word of God in Chrift. 2.
To difplay, praife and magnifie the 1'ncomp.irable Ex-
cellency, Worth, Precioufnefs and ufcfulnefsof the
Word and Law of God unto his faithful people in all
varieties of Conditions, Difficulties, Afflictions and
Perfections, by hi s own great experience. 3. And
to Encourage all the fervants of the Lord, to make
Gods word, their very P^efuge and Remedy againft
all Evils, Extremities and Enemies whatfoever:
Their Counfellour, Comforter, Portion, Heritage, Joy
and Delight tranfeendent in all Hates and conditions^
throughout their Pilgrimage.
Sett. V. the Analyfis, or Principal
Parts of the whole Pfalm.
Ambrofe obferves; That fever alfmgular Sentences
are explicated in the fever al verfe s ofthk Pfalm a,&c.
And for the moft part it is fo,throughout the Pfalm :
It being made up of many concife Aphorifmes or com-
pendious Sentences, as moft part of the Eook of Pro-
verbs is from chap: 10. &c. Like an heap of Gold
rings or Precious ftones , without connexion one
to another. And therefore it will be very hard
to reprefent any handfome Logical Analyfis of this
whole Pfalm at once, which is prolixe and Sententi-
ous. The Contents and Parts of every Ollonary fe-
verally,may be more eafily and profitably laid down.
And as to the whole Pfalm, I fhall content my felf
with that diftribution of it into xxij Parts according
to the Number and Order of the Hebrew Alphabet,
by the Penman of it.
Seel:. V. The Ferfion out of the Hebrew^
with the Summary Contents and Prin-
cipal Parts of the fever al Qttona-
ries.
K
I. Odtonary.
a Sin gulis
verlibus fin"
gula expli.
cantur Sen-
tCntir.Un-
de & per
rnetr* afle-
runtur eflie
defcripti.
^mb. Prolog,
in Pfal. 118
In this I. Ollonary, 1. The Happinefs of the fin-
cere obferversof Gods Word and Law, is propound-
ed, ver. 1, 2, 3. 2. Gods command for diligent keep-
ing of them is declared, ver. 4. 3. The great Zeal
and affection of the Pfalmift to the right obfervati-
on thereof is pathetically defcribedji/er. 5, 6,7. 8.
I. Verfion.
1. a/^\ Wonderfully-\l\zvre.c\ are
\y The-perfect-onesofway.*
who in J E H O V A H's Law with care
Are walking every day.
2. b O-Bleffed-Bleffed they that keep
His TeftimoniesJr/7/:
They that him diligently-feek
With all the heart and will.
a beb. The
hUftdnrJfet
of — •
3. Yea, who work not iniquity :
But in his wayes c do go.
I Q. q q q
4. Thy
b heb. The
bleffednef-
fes of he
keepers
of— — — »
c heKdo
W».lk.
33 +
V S A L M E. CXTX.
d Heb. were
firmly -iU-
re^ed.
c bli..vhen
I have re-
1 re£> u no
all •
Thy Laws, robe kept vehemently,
Commanded oft hift rhou.
, O that t' obferve thy Statutes W^ft,
My waves rfAvere-fix'd-direct /
. Then fftall I not be fham'd, e when I
All thy commands refpeft.
Thee I will joyfully confefs
With/ righteoufnefs of heart :
f Heb. recti. Wrien judgements of thy righteoufnefs
rude or, t /i 11 i j ■ J .
ftrii"htne'"5 * '"a'' 'earn< <*n" lmPart-
upn|iuncn. 8. Mfheedfully obferve will I
Thy ftatutes r£o« i/^/r wa£e :
O do not unto vehemency
In anger me forfake.
II. Verfion.
i H-S.The
blertedneffes
of
b H.fr. walk-
ing.
c HcK Th:
UejfiAn £is
of the keep-
ers ofhis
Teftimo-
nies— ■
d H(l> uu-
qutty.
e Uib. were
firml,'
duel-
ed
( Heb.have-
refped to
g Htbl will
confeis thee
h Hrb. learn
i Wrfr. unto
\chcmcnry.
i. <*T} Left (irc-the-perfect-onesof way :
1) Who in JEHOVAH'S Law, b do go.
2. c Blefs't rtce his Records keepers ay :
With all the heart feek him who do.
3. And they that work not d wickednefs ?
But in his wayes walk heed fully.
4. Thy Precepts thou commanded haft,
To be obferved vehemently.
5. O that my waves e were fix 'd- direct,
To keep t hy Statures thou didfl frame.
6. When I/all thy commands refpect,
Then lTiall I not be bafh't-with-fhame.
7. With heart's uprightnefs^ I'le the praife :
When thy juft judgments I fnall /; know.
8.1 vvill obferve thy Statutes wayes :
Mee i very much forfake not thou.
In this Fiifl Oilonary, ("every verfe whereof in the
Hebrew begins with the Firfi Letter RAleph J Are
confiderabte.
I. A Declaration, or Proportion of the wonder-
ful Happinels of thofe that are truely obedient to God
in his Word and Law. Otbebleffedneffes,&c ! This
their obedience is illuftrated, 1. By the Objects
thereof, viz. God, himfelf, Toe LawofjEHOVAh :
flit Testimonies: Hit wayes. z. By the Acts thereof
Scel;ing-> keepingi walking. 3. By the Adjuncts there-
of, viz,. Sincere Perfection of way orcourfeof life-
Entire Coydialnefs herein. Abnegation of all oppo-
site iniquity. And conftancy in all, a/er.1,2,3.
II. A Signification of the efficient Caufc of keeping
and obferving Gods Precepts, v\. Gods will decla-
red by his commands. This obferving of his Pre-
cepts is amplified by the vehement andutmoften-
dc avour that fhould be manifeftcd therein 3 to be ob-
lerved vehement ly,ver. 4.
til. A PatheticalDefcriptionot the Pfalmifts Angu-
lar Affection and zeal to this commanded obedience,
wherein true Happinefsis to be found, ver. 5. to the
end. This his zealous Affection is laid down, and
Amplified. I. By way of fcrious wifh, that his ways,
his whole courfc of life, were fo fixedly direUed, that
he might keep Gods Statues ver. 5. 2. By the Reafon
of this wifh, vif. A double advantage or effect that
would enfue upon his obedience. That is ^ ft) An
avoiding of fhame and confufion by having fincere
and entire refpeil to all Gods commandments, ver. 6.
C2) An obtaining ofiweec caufe and Occafionof
praifmj.; the LORD with righteoufnefs of heart, upon
learning the judgements of his juftice, ver.'j. 3. By
his holy Pu rpofc of obferving Gods flatntcs. Ampli-
fied, By a Deprecation of the LORD'S utter deferr-
ing him : wherein isa tacit Implora.ion of the Lords
alhftancc of him in his rcfolved obedience, ver.. 2.
II. Odlonary.
In this II. Oilonary the way of Happinefs in obferv-
ing the word of God is further illuftrated, 1. By the
efficacy and ufefulnefs of the Word to work Sand ity
of life, even in youth, a fubjeft leaft difpofed there-
unto, ver. 0. By that way and Courfe, according
to the word, which the Pfalmift fandconfequent-
ly every godly perfon} defires and refolves to take,
in order to this Sanctity of life, which is a great part
of the Saints Happinefs, ver. loto 17.
a
I. Verfion.
9' W 7^erew'tn ft13" young-man a purifie
V V His way from fin abborfdl
By-taking-heed continually
According to thy Word.
10. 1 have-thee-diligently-fought
With all mine heart'j intents :
b Let me not erre, no not in thought^
From thy Commandements.
1 1. 1 hid thy Sayings in mine heart,
'Gainft thee c left I fhould fin.
12. O LORD, thou ever blefied art:
Thy Statutes teach me in.
13. All thy mouth's Judgments •
d heir I told
or I decla-
ed< .
e heb as a-
bove all
ftore-of-
rches.
(heb. medi.
tate.
g beb.l will
delight my
felf or, re-
create my
felf.
a bcb. or ,
according
to
b btb.mike
me-not err
b fcrfc.fee.
e Htb.i did
declare^',
I-did tell,
d Htb.iS
above all
liore of-
riches—
e Hefr.ro thy
waytl Will
look or,
haverefpeft
(bib.tr,
delight my
felf.
In this Second Ottonary, ( every verfe whereof in
the Hebrew begins with the Second Letter "2 Beth. J
The true Happinefs of the godly in obferving and
keeping Gods Law or Word, is notably illuftrated
and Amplified;
I. By the efficacy andfingular ufefulnefs of Gods Word
to effect Sanctity and purity of life, yea even in a
young man, whole life is mod apt to be contaminated
with all manner of youthful lufts, and whoismoft
indifpofed tobc elenfed fiom them. Here note, I.
Toe
r S A L M E CXfX.
335
The Matter Propounded, which dotli emphatically
comprize and reprefent, I. A great fpiritual mala-
dy, vi\. Sinful defilement of way, of Converfation,
orcourfeoflife, jmplyed in that phrffej clenfehU
way. 2. The Patient labouring under this Malady ;
A young man. Moft apt to be corrupted: and moft
indifpofed to be reformed and cured. Confcquently,
by a Synechd. We may here under/land, any man.
3. The Remedy, QlJ Inquired after; Wherewith /hall
heclenfe f C2J Difcovered , Gods Word.
fi) Applved •, By taking heed to hit way, his life,
according to hit word. II. The Manner oj Propounding,
iii^. In form of a Dialogue, by way of queftion
and Anfwer, for the more clearnefsand emphafis,
ver. 9.
II. By that holy way or courfe of life, Cwherein no
fmall part of the Saints Happincfs in this lifecon-
fift$,J according to the word, which the Pfalmift
here, and every Godly perfon anfwerably, defires
and refolves to take, in order to this Sanctity and
Purity, of life, v. 10. to 17. vi%. Particularly, x. In
feeding the LORD with the whole heart. And fpccial-
Iy, that he may not fuffer him to wander from his
commandements, v. 10. 2. In hiding Gods fayings in
bit heart, that ke might not fin againft him, v. 11.
3. In defiring the blefied LORD, to learn him hit Sta-
v. 12. 4. In declaring abroad (for Gods honour and
others fpiritual benefit,) all the judgements of Gods
mouth, v. 13. 5. In re)oycing in the -way of Gods Tefti-
monies more then in all plenteout fiore 0/ Riches, v. 14.
6. In mediating upon Gods Precepts, and contem-
plating or having refpeft to his wayes, v. 15. 7. In
delighting bimfelj, or recreating himfelf in Gods Sta-
tutes, and anfwerably not forgetting his Words,
ver. 16..
a Heb. To
thy fervant
reward -
boKnteoufly
cHeli.is bro-
ke n fmall.
d heb in all
times.
C Heb. thou
didftrebukc
f Heb. wan-
ting
g Hf&.con.
tempt.
h hrb.Ttiii-
monies.
i Heb. thy
fervant me-
ditatcth on-
k Heb. left i-
uionies.
III. OcSonary.
Tn this TllOclonary ( which is Petitory) the Pfal-
mift prayeth, x.Generally, For Gods bounteous Be-
neficence to him, ver. 17. 2. Particularly, For,
(1 J Divine affiftance againft all inward inherent in-
firmities and impediments, ver. 18, 1 9, 20. (2) De-
liverance from all outward adventitious evils where-
by the world is wont to exercife and afflict the peo-
ple ofGod, that defire to keep his word, ver. 21.
to 25.
I. Verfion.
17* "■ T^Hy Servant well-reward, Then I
X Shall live and keep thy word.
18. Unveil mine eyes, that I may b fpy
From thy Laws wonders, Lord.
19. 1 Stranger am on Earth .-Hide not
Thou thy commands me fro.
20. My foul c is-broken with defire
d All times thy judgements to.
21. The proud accurs'd e thou-didfl-controul,
From thy commands, who-fwerVd.
22 From me Reproach andg fcorn off-roll
For I thy h Laws obferv'd.
2 3. Yea Princes fate, againft me fpake:
i I on thy Scatutes rr.ufe.
24. And my Delights chy ^Records make j
My Couufel's men, to uft.
II. Verfion.
17. O Eward a thy fervant bountcojfly :
Ia That I may Iivc,and keep rhy word.
18. Unveil my darkened eyes, That I
May From thy Laws fee wonders, Lord.
19. A ftranger I on Earth refpbe:
Thou thy Commands hide not me fro.
20. My foul b is broken with defire
Ev'n c at all times thy judgments to.
21. The proud accur'd rfthou-didft-comroul,
From thy commands who wandring fl ept.
22. From me reproach and e (corn o(T-rolI •,
For I thy Tcflimonics kept.
23. Yea Princes fare, agjinft me fpake ;
Thy fervant in thy Sutures f rnu fe.
24. And my Delights rhy gKecordsmake;
Them as men of my Counfel ufe.
IV. Ocftonary.
Thfs Fourth Oclonary is a Prayer, fetting forth the
Excellent ufe of the Word of Cod in deepeft afflicti-
ons
a lUb.'o thy
ferrauc.
b hefa.is i,ro;
ken fmaii.
ch«l'. in all
time,
riheb. dirlft
tbou-rehnkc
e heb. con-
tempt.
f IM.medi-
tareth
p / rt.Tefti-
rr.onies.
In this Third Oclonary ("every verfe whereof in
the Hebrew begins with the third Letter of the He-
brew Alphabet 3 Gimel) which is a devout Prayer,
ThePfalmiftPetiuoneth, in order to the inciting of
his Heart to the due fiudy of the Word of God.
1. More Generally, for the LORD'S bounteous-
beneficence towards himfelf, His fervant, That he
may live andobferve Gods Word, wherein norc,
1. TheEminency of the favour defired. Bwnty. 2.
The Author of it. 3. The Subject recipient; Thy
fervant. 4. The end for which this favour is defired,
Subordinate^, Life. Ultimately, Obferving Gods
word,v. 17.
II. More Particularly,
1. For Gods affiftance of him againff, and delive-
rance of him from all inward inherent infirmities and
impediments, hindring his due underftanding and
keeping of Gods Word. As, 1. His darknefs of
mind, v. 18. 2. His Imperfection, in his abfence
from the Lord,during his Pilgrim condition on Earth,
v. 19. Againft both which his requeft is enforced
very pathetically, by the conftant vehemency or in-
tenfivenefie of his Souls defires after Gods Judge-
ments, v. 20.
2. For Gods defence againft and deliverance from
outward adventitious evils wherewith the world is
wont to exercife the Godly that defire to keep Gods
Teftimonies ; As ; Reproach and Contempt. This is
laid down, v. 22. And urged, 1. From Gods jufiice,
who is wont to rebuke the Proud accurfed, Wandring
from Gods Commandements, v. 21. 2. From the Pfal-
mifts conitant care to perform his Duty to Gods
Word: 1. Keeping hit Teftimonies. 2. Meditating in
hit Statutes. 3. Making Gods Teftimonies hit Delights,
and the men of bit CounfeL And all this with undaut-
ed refolution, notwithftanding Princes fate and fpake
againft him, v. 22, 23, 24.
336
V S A L M E S. CXIX.
ons. Heroin the P&lmift affiided. i. Prayes for
certain benefits bv or from the Word, for the better
ni.inagemi.nt of his affiidions, ver. 25. to 29. 2. De-
precates fundry other evils, ver. 29.ro 33.
I. Verfion.
25. \ /TYSoul unto-the-duft cleaves-/d/r :
I VI Me-quicken a by thy word.
26. 1 fliewV. my wayes,6 heard me thou haft:
Teach me thy Statutes Lord.
27. Make-me-tounderftand the way
Ot thy dear Precep:s all.
And of thy wonders da\ by day
Much meditate I fhalj.
28. My Soul for-heavinefs doth drop :
According to thy Word.
Thou merctfHlly-niie-mevip.
c ficb. take- 29. c Take fal/hood's way abbor'd
away, or,re- From me : And oive-me-^racioufly
move- Thy Law clearly Jifctos,d.
30. The way of Truth chofen-have-I:
Thy judgements I propos'd .
ihtb. let me
11. r he a-
baflV . with
lhame.
e H.b ihou
flul:.
a btb. and
thoqdidft
an wer me.
b Heb. m ike
tne-to-' n-
derftand.
c Htb Jrop-
ptth fothea-
vinefs.
d beb.raiCe
ire up, ot i
l.fctboa me
op.
e Heb. take.
aw {■;.
t .: fr.thave
I>. le^
b.ilii d With
111 4 :.C.
31. 1 to thy Teflimonies clave/?/'//:
LORD.rf let no fhame me charge.
32. Run thy Commandments way I will,
When e thotfft my heart enlarge.
II. Verfion.
2$. A A Y Soul unto the duft cleaves-fu/r:
LVj Me quicken according to thy Word.
25. I fhewM my wayes,/i heard me thou haft :
Do-thou-teach-me thy Statutes, Lord.
2". Thy Precepts way b make-me-to-know
Lie on thy Marvels meditate.
28. My foul c for grief-doth-dropping-flow :
After thy Word d me elevate.
29. The way of falfliood from me e take :
And thy Law give-me-pracioufly.
30. The way ot Trnth/my-choice-I-make,
Propofed thy judgements have I.
3 v I to thy Testimonies clave ftill :
LORD,£ let not fhame me overcharge.
32. Run thy Commandments way I will :
When thou fhaltmyjrni/r heart enlarge.
In this Fourth Ottonary f*every verfe whereof in
the Hebrew begins with the Fourth Letterot the He-
brew Alphabet "I Dalcth } The Pfalmift being under
deep affiidions Fntvcr/;, and in his Prayer reprefents
the lingular benefit and ufefulncfs of Gods word in
the heavicft diftrefles. To this end,
I- Hj Prayeth for fundry benefits by or from the
Word, in order to his better management of his af-
fiidions. As for, 1. Quickening according to hit Word.
Which is urged, from the Extremity of his diftrefs,
v. 25 *. 2. Inflrutlion in his word. Urged, from
Gods former Anfwering of his Prayers, Experiment-
ed, v. 26. 3. Information in the way of hit Precepts.
Urged, from his rcfolution and promife thereupon
to Meditate on Gods wondrous-Works, v. 27.
. An- 4« K.iifingkim-up, according to Gods word. PrefTed,
for From rhe inenlivenefsofhisdiltrefs-, HhSouldrop-
his (laugh- PH Ca;'t were melted into tearcs unddifiblved J
tcr of j- through heavinefs, v. 28^
.
.t Th •(]'..! mi ;-.< innocent and nocent, without diflinftion, &c en-
remple, not Handing nor kneeling, but carting
If down upon the ground, recited that verfe 9{ Davids;
untotbeduft, quicken me according to thy Word;
hair with his hands, he began to beat hisfore-
hcad, to water the ground, with hj* tears, and beg pardon, &c.
/.5 r.17.
* Tieed {i-
wthr Em-
perour be-
ing n
|v repT.v
II. He deprecateth divers evils, Efpecially, i.Tic
wayoffaljhood. i.e. The falfe way of Religion, erro-
neous Dodrine, Opinion, Worfhip, &c. Or the
falfe way offinful pradifes, &c. Both oppofed after-
wards to thewayojTmth. This is illuftrated, fij
Partly, By the proper Antidote againft this way of
falfhood, here defired •, Gids Law given gracioufly to
him, v. 29. C2)Partly-> Byhisoppofite ftudyand
endeavour; He having chofen the way of Truth, and
PropofedGodsjudgements to himfelf, v. 30. 2. Shame
orConfufion. Thatnotwithftanding al! his deep di-
diftrellesta may not be dafht for with flyame, or be o-
verwhelmed with fhame as difappointed of his hopes
of deliverance and Divine fupport,8:c. This he
amplifies and urgeth, (f) Partly, From his former
Conftancy of Faith and obedience, cleaving to Gods
Teftimonies, v. 31. (%) Partly, From his pious
Refolution for future, To mend his pace in the way
of Gods commandments, When^GodJhall enlarge bis
fadned and ftraitned heart, v. 32.
'
ikeb
V]
|W
V. Oftonary.
This V.Oftonary is alfo/l Prayer of like Nature to
the former, Touching the ufe of the Wor din the Evil of
afliittion. And as in the former the Pfalmift had
prayed for benefit by the Word againft the Mifery
of Affiidions : So here he prays fot good by the Word
againft the Temptations of Affiidions ; 1. Petition-
ing to be Informed in, and inclined to Good, ver.
33. to 36. 2. Deprecating fundry Temptations unto
Evil, ver. 36. to 41.
I. Verfion.
33./^ LORD, teach me thy Statutes way,
V^/ a To keep it to the end.
34. b Learn me, that keep thy Law I may,
And c with whole heart it tend.
35. In thy Commands path make-me-go :
For d there my pleafurelies.
36. Thy Teftimonies bow mine heart to
And not to avarice.
37. From feeing vainnefs mine eyes e turn ;
In thy wayes quicken me,
38. To thy fervant/thy Word confirm,
ThiCsfix'd to-fear-of thee.
39. Myg fear'd reproach away-turn-thou :
For, good thy judgements be.
40. Lo, I-have-Iove thy Precepts to :
In h Juflice quicken me.
If. Verfion.
a Heb. And
I (lull keep
b heb. make
me- under-
ftand.
c heb. with
allche heart
obferve it.
d heb. in it
have plea-
lure.
e i.turn-
away.
f heb. thy
faying.
c, neb. re-
proch which
I fear,
h heb. thy
juftice.
OLORD, teach me thy Statutes way ,
7And I fhall keep it to the end
34. a Learn me, that keep thy Law I may
And it with all the heart b attend.
35. In thy Commands path make-mc-go ;
Becaufe in it c my plcafurc lies.
35'. Thy Teftimonies bow mine heart to j
And not to loathfim avarice.
a heb. make
me under-
Hand,
hheb. ob-
feive.
cheb.l have
p'.cafure.
2. From
V S A L M E CXfX.
335
dheb. turn
away,
eheb. thy
frying.
57. From feeing vainnefs mine eyes d turn ••
Mc vivify in chy wayes dear.
38. To thv fervant ethy Word confirm,
That K additted to-thy-fear.
ftrtjreprech 29. /My fear'd reproach away-turn thou .•
which I fear For very good thy Judgments be.
40. Lo,I-have-Iove thy Precepts to :
Thou in thy Juftice quicken me.
In this Fifth Qtionary, ("every verfe whereof in
the Hebrew begins with the Fifth Letter of the He-
brew Alphabet n He J the Pfalmift continues his
Prayer, in reference to his AffiiZlions, and the Tem-
tations incident thereupon . lor benefit by the Word
of God. And herein,
I. He petitioned for good, viz. 1.T0 be taught the
way of Gods Statutes. This is urged from his (cope
therein; that he may l&epit to the end, vet. 33. 2. To
be made to underhand, to be made intelligent. This
is urged, from his intended practice in keeping Gods
Law, and entire obferving thereof, ver. 34- 3« To
be made to tread in the path of Gods Commandments,
urged, from his delight therein, ver. 35. 4- That
the LORD would incline his heart unto his Jefiimonies,
v. 36. in the beginning.
II. He deprecateth, or prayeth againfi fundry Evils,
or Temptations and Inducement to evils. As, 1. A-
gainfi his hearts inclination to evil Concupifcences,
Synechdochically noted by one kind thereof, Covetouf-
nefi, v. $6. latter end. 2. Againfi all fa Ife vanity, all
vain and evil external Objects, that by means of the
outward fenfes are apt to make ill Impreffions up-
on the Inward Soul : That his Eyes may be turri'd
awayfiom beholding them. This is Illuftrated by the
fruits or effects that fhall beconfequent thereupon,
*"%• CiJ His Quickening in Gods wayes, v. 37.
("2 J The Confirming and Fulfilling of Gods Saying,
Gods Promife unto him, addiiled to his fear, v. 38.
3. Againtt all reproach and infamy, which through
his failings he was afraid might fall upon him : that it
might be averted and prevented. This is urged,
From thegoodnefs of Gods Judgments, whereby he
fhould be prefer ved from this evil, v 39. ^.Againfi
all fpiritual dulnefs and deadnefs in his obedience :
implied in his Petition for Quickening him. This
Quickening is urged ; Partly, from Gods Righteouf-
nefs and Juftice. Partly, from his own affectionate
love and defire after Gods Precepts, ver. 40.
VI. Odtonary.
The VI. Oltonary is mixt of Petitions, and holy
Refolutions, Purpofes, or Promifes, upon the obtain-
ingofthofe Petitions. Thefe are interwoven one
with another. Herein the Pfalmift 1. Prayeth for
Mercy andSalvation out of his Afflictions, ver. 41,
42. 2. Deprecateth, or Prayeth againfi Gods pulling
the Word of Truth out of his mouth, ver, 43. 3. Pro-
fejfeth hereupon his endeared Refpefts to, and ob-
fervance of Gods Word, In Work, Word, and
Heart, ver. 44. to 49. In the whole here's the right
ufe of Gods Word after deliverance out of Afflitlton.
I. Vtrfion.
41. A Ndlet-thy-Ioving-kindneffes
Jtx. Come unto me, 0 LORD ;
Ev'n thy Salvationjfom difirefr
According-to-thy- * Word.
42. a Then fhall I anfwer eafify
b Him-that-roproaeheth-me,
Eecaufe c I trufting-did-rely
Upon thy Word and thee.
43. And thou Truth's Word take not awiy
From my mouth i utterly :
Becaufe I for thy Judgments ay
H a ve-waited-hopefully,
44. And I thy Law will keep a! wayes,
For ay and evermore.
4$. And I fhall walk eat large, becaufe
I fought thy Precepts lore.
46. And of thy TefHmonies deare
I will fpeak/in the fight
Of Kings, andnotbeftiam'dor/^re".
47. And * I'le-my-felf-delight
In thy Commands, which I have Iov'd.
48. And g will mine hands up-ufe
To thy Commands, which I have lov'd :
And on thy Statutes h mufe.
g btb. I will liftup-n-y-palmc ■ h Htb. I will mejlrt^t.
j Heb. er ;
And I fhatt
anfwer a
•vord.
o Htb. my-
leproachr-
myne-up
braider.
cbrb.l
uufteci.
hoped.
■•
in a large-
roomth.
f i/ri'.bcforr
or ^in the
prcfence
of
*btb. I w»1
delight my
felf- delight-
fully. Tbt
r>»t is dtub-
hi.
II. Verjion.
41,
* T"1 O me let come thy a mercies all,
As-thou-faidft, thy Salvation, LORD
*H,b. And
42. And b I my Scorner anfwer fhall,
Becaufe I trufled in thy Word.
aHfi. lov-
ing kind-
nerses. ac-
cording to
thy Saying,
b W.I fliall
anfwer my
upbraides
avoid,
c htb. And
pull not the
word of
trueth
utterly unto
veheraency.
dH<&. All-
waies.
e He*. And
I {hall
fpeak;
f Htb. or i
delight my
felfdelight-
fully. g Htb. I will lift up my palmes to thy comminds which I hare
loved
43. c Truth's Word quite from my mouth take
C never,
For, for thy Judgements waite did I.
44. And I thy Law will obferve d ever,
For ay and perpetuity.
45. And in large-roomth then I fhall walk,
For I thy Precepts fought and claimed.
46. e I'le of thy Teitimonies talk,
Before great Kings, and not be fham'd.
47. 1 alfo will in thy Commands,
Which I have lov'd /, me recreat.
48. Andg lift to thy lov'd Lawes my hands,
And on thy Statutes meditate.
In this Vlth ORonary, ("every verfe whereof in
the Hebrew begins with the Sixth Letter of the He-
brew Alphabet ) Vau) the Pfalmift praying for Gods
Loving-kindneffes andSalvation of him from afflicti-
on, & that God would not utterly take the Word of Truth
out of hit mouth, viz. by non-performance of his Pro-
mifes, &c. for fulfilling whereof he defires his mouth
might ftill magnifie him •, Profeffeth and promifeth
upon receipt of thefe favours by way of gratitude, to
refpeft and obferve his Word and Law, in Deed,
Word, and Heart. More Particularly,
I. He 'prayeth, 1. For Gods Loving-kindneffes and
Salvation ifvi^. out of Affliction, J that they might
come to him. Where he expreffeth , fij The
Ground of this his Petition, vi\. Gods Word of Pro-
mife fyc.v. 41. (2)The good effect which will enfue
upon granting of it, vi^. Thereby he fhall be really
furnifhed with an Anfwer to every one that reproacheth
/;//wfortruftinginthe Word of God, ver. 42. 2. For
conftant Caufe or Occafion of extolling the Word of
Truth in his mouth, viir. Upon Gods performance
of his Word of Promife to him. This is implied in
his Deprecating the contrary. And it is urged,
from the Pfalmifts hopeful waiting for Gods Judge-
R r r r ments
333
V S A L M E. CXIX.
mentsof his mouth to be accomplifhcd for hira ac-
cordingly, v. 43.
II. He Profeffeth, Refolmh and Promfferh, by way
of gratitude upon Gods performance ofhisRequelh,
1. In Deed, (i) His continual obfervance of Gods
Law, i/er.44. C2J His conftant walking in much
enlargednefi, having fought Gods Precepts. fThis
Enl argedneffe may import, either the enlargednefle
of his heart in his duty, isver. 32. or the enlarged-
nefs and plainnefe of his way wherein he is to walk.
As Pfal. 18. 7,6. or the enlargedneffe of his condition
in way of mercy from God, as Pfal. 4. 1.) ver. 45.
2. In word, his [peaking of Gods Teftimonies, to their
praife, &c. even before Kings : and not being afham-
ed of them, ver. 46. 3. In Heart, fi) Hti delight-
ing himfelfin Gods Commandments which be had loved,
ver 47. ("2 J His meditating in Gods Statutes. Am-
plified by his Refolution of revolving and lifting his
hands to Gods Commandments, which he had loved.
ver. 48.
VII. Octonary.
Thisfr77. OStonary is of mixt Nature, being Peti-
tory, and Narratory. Wherein the Pfalmift I. Peti-
thneth for divine favour in his diftrefs, ver. 49. 2.
Declareth what great and manifold comfort he had
from Gods Word in his greateft afflictions, ver. 50.
to 57.
I. Vcrfion.
*Ht. re-
member.
a Hub. unro
vehemency.
h Htb.l ic-
nien.br d
thy Judge-
ments of old Mtfcorn'd
49'*~Y* He Word unto thy fervant * minde,
X For which thou mad'ft me-waite.
50. In mine affiiftion ftill Ifinde
This i* my Comfort great :
That thy fweet Saying quickneth me.
51. The proud ^exceedingly
But from thy Law or thee
c Heb. burn-
ing horronr.
or; a it< r:ny
rerrcur.
d Htb. or,
from he
v.':cked.
Declined have not I.
52 LORD, b I recall'd thy Judgments old :
And-my-felf-comforted.
$3. c Great-horrour did on me take-hold,
d For wicked ones mifled,
Forfakers of thy Law through Sin.
54. Thy Statutes precious
Have unto me been Songs within
My Pilgrimages houfe.
55. Thy Name remembred I by night,
LORD, and thy Law obferv'd.
56. This was tome : becaufe aright
Thy Precepts I conferv'd.
II. Verfioit.
% Htt re-
member,
b Hamed of hit hope and
truftinGod,8rc. v.Bo.
Xl.Ofto-
P S A L M E. CXIX.
341
XL Oftonary.
This Xlth OBonary Is a continuation of thePfal-
mifts Prayer under his affliction continued. Wherein
the Excellent ufe ofGodsWordundaGods delaying of ex-
pelled help and relief againfi long afflitHons,hnotMy
reprefented.Here, I. He complaines of the great-
neffe of his mifery under his long continued afflictions
■ver. 81. to midft of 84. 2. He Petitions for Divine
Judgement upon his perfecuting enemies, and for
Gods aid againft them, ver. 84. to 88. 3. He prays
forquickning, ver. 88.
I. Vcrfion.
* w,j. ,»« 81.A /f Y Soul for a thine health faints-away,
HhSto? lVl While for thy Word I wait,
faileth. «r is 82. Mine eyes b fail for thy Word : I fay,
confumed. when wile me confolate .*
b Hefc.orace TnouJ,h t amparched\ike unto
eonfiimc 'tor ' _ y> . . ' r l,
thy faymg : A Bottle in the fmoke,
in faying. Yet did I not forget, ftartfio,
Thy f acred Statutes.^.
c YLth. when
wilt thou
do upon my
Perfecutors
Judgment,
d Hffc.which
is not accor-
ing to thy
Law.
c Heb. or;
faithfulnefs
f He b. or ;
fjlfly.caufe-
lefly.
g Heb. thy
loving kind-
net's.
a Hib, or ; is
confumed.
b Htb faying
mine eyes
are confum-
ed.
c //e J .In the
fn oke.
d Heb wilt
thou do up-
on my per-
fecutors
judgment,
c He*, which
is not accor-
ding to thy
Law.
(Heb. faith-
fulncfle.
g Heb. they
perfeccue
me falfly,
wrongfully,
ca"ife!cfly.
b heb. I have
84. How many are thy fervants dayes ?
c When fhall thy judgements be
Done on my Perfecutors wayes f
8$.The proud digg'd pits for me
d To thy juft Law which do not fait.
86. e Truth are all thy commands ••
They f wrongfully me perfecute,
Help thou me from their hands.
87. Almoft confumed me had they
On Earth, to be forgot,
But thy choice Precepts, my Souls flay,
Forfaken have I not#
88. After^ thy Mercy and thy Truth
Do thou me vivify :
The TefHmony of thy mouth
Then well obferve fhall I.
II. Verfion.
81. A A Y Soul for thy Salvation a quailes:
IVi Whilft for thy Word I hoping-waic.
82. For thy dear b mine eyes do fail,
Saying,when wilt me confolate ?
8?. I've not forgot thy Statutes wayes,
Though I as Bottle am c in fume.
84. How many are thy fervants dayes?
When d wilt my Perfecutors doome ?
85. The proud have digged pits for me,
e To thy )ufl Law which doth not fuit.
86. AH thy Commandments/faithful be,
Help me,£ whom they mifs-perfecute.
87. Almoft they me confum'd on Earth j
But h from thy Laws I did not fwerve.
83. After thy mercy quicken me:
And thy mouth's i Records Tie obferve.
sot forfaken thy Statutes, i Heb. Teftimony.
In this Eleventh Ottonary ("every verfe whereof in
the Hebrew begins with the Eleventh Letter of the
Hebrew-Alphabet, D Caph J The Pfalmifl having
been long continued and excrcifed under afflictions,
and, Hill Divine help and deliverance being delay-
ed, fhowes what ufe he made of Gods word in that
cafe, for our inftruction and imitation in like conditi-
on.
I. He complains of the greatneffe of his mifery,
through his afflictions continued, and Gods help de-
layed. So great were his miferies, that 1. His Soul
fainted for Gods falvation. Yet he Aill hopefully-wait-
ed on Gods Word, ver. 8 1. 2. His eyes failed for Gods
Word of promife, thatit might be fulfilled in Gods
comforting of him, which he thought long deferred;
When wilt thou comfort me ? ver. 82. 3. His body
was lean, fhrivelled, and wrinkled like a Bottle dry-
cdinthefmoak? Which is Amplified, by his not for-
getting Gods Statutes in all this extremity, verf.8^.
4. The dayes of his mifery, and the time when it
fhould end, was wholly in fufpence and uncertain to
him , v. 84. at the beginning.
ll.f/e Petitions God to avenge him of hit Perfecutors,
and help him againft them. : Complaining that God
herein fo long delayed, v. 84. latter end, (fyc. En-
forcing thefe his requefts, 1. From the fidelity of all
Godscommands. 2. From the unlawful, injurious,
and wrongful dealing of his proud Perfecutors, v .85.
85. 3. From the extremity of his diftreffe which
they had brought upon him, having almoft confum-
ed him. This is illuflrated, by his-conftancy in Gods
Precepts notwithftanding, v. 87.
III. He clofeth up all, Praying the LORD according
to his loving-tyndnefs to quicken him. Urging this re-
queft, by his promife obferve the Teftimony of Gods
mouth when he fhall fo be enlivened, v. 88.
XII. O<5tonary.
This Xllth OBonary is a devout Prayer. As, in
the former he fets forth his diftreffe and mifery while
his affliction was continued, and Gods help was de-
ferred; and what refpeft he had to Gods Word in
the mean time : So in this Oilonary the Pfalmift
fhowes how he comforted himfelf by Gods Word
during the faid continued affliction and temptation
upon him, vi^. By confidering well the exquifite
perfection of the Word and Will of God, ver. 89. to
94. 2. By Praying for GodsConfervatfon of him in
his afflicted condition, ver. 94, P5,5?5.
I. Verfion*
89.T70r ever a ftedfaft is thy word,
r LOR D,in the Heavens high.
90. To generation and generation
Is thy fidelity :
Thou-haft-eftablifhed b the Land,
Andfirmly ftand-it-fliall.
91. This day they to thy judgments ftand :
For thy fervants are all.
92. c Had not thy Law been my Delights,
In mine affliction
Then had I perifhed outright.
93. For ever rfl'Ie think on
Sfff
a Heb. »r ;
Handing,
fettled.
b Htb. the
Earth.
c btb. unleft
thyLaw bad
bitn my de-
lightful-de-
lights, the
Root iiioub'
ltd in tbe
word.
dHft.I will
not forget.
The
■MM
Mi
542
V S A L M E. CXIX.
eH.Mr;
large-W ile.
i.t.of infinite
extent. &C.
Thy preaowt Precepts : For by thofe
Thou didit me vivify.
94. 1 <}. I'm wife my Teachers all before :
For thy Records my pond'ring are.
100. Than Ancients underftand I more:
For I thy Precepts kept with care.
101. 1 have my feet from each ill way
Reftrayn'd, that I may keep thy word.
102. 1 from thy Judgments did not rfftray :
Eecaufe thou haft me taught, 0 LORD.
103. Thy words unto e my taftc how fweet /
/ 'Bove Honey to my mouth are they.
104. I by thy Precepts g knowledg-ger :
I therefore hate A each falfhood's way.
a hi. It if
my medita-
tion.
bhth.lt, i.e.
every one of
thy com-
mands.
c heb. thy
TeftimoniM
dd&ft. every
path of fall-
hood.
a '.>«>. com-
mande-
ments : for
it, i. e. evfty
one of rfcy
commands.
b M. for
ever.
c Hfi.Tefli-
monies are
my medita-
tion.
d Heb. De-
part.
e Heb. my
pala-e.
f H<&.before
honey 0',
more thin-
honey,
g Htb.<*tt-
underltand-
ing.
h heb. every
path of falf-
hood.
In this Thirteenth Oilonary f every verfe whereof
in the Hebrew begins wirh the thirteenth Letter of the
Hebrew Alphabet, Q Mem J The Pfalmift, having
formerly exprefled, How fweet and comfortable the
Word was to him in his great Afflictions, here he
pathetically burfts forth into a rapture of Exclamati-
on and Admiration touching the incomparable dear-
nefs of the Word unto his heart and affections. Pathe-
tically declaring before the LORD.
r S A L M E CXIX.
343
I. Hii vehement and intenfive Love to the Law and
Word of God: with a kind of Admiration, ver, 97.
Thisheilluftrates, 1. Bytheeffeft of this love. His
conftant meditation in the Word, ver.97.lat. end.
2. By the moving-caufe inclining him thus to love
Gods Law: vfc That Wifedom, Prudence, and In-
telligence Qi.e. all manner of perfect direction in
spirituals J which he gained by the Word. Which
fkill and direction is fet forth by a triple comparifon:
being preferred, To the wifedomeofhiscrzitieft ene-
mies, To the Prudence of this Teachers, and to the In-
telligence of the long-experienced Ancients-, ver. 98,
99, 100. 3. By his practical refpeft unto the Word :
Partly efchewing all evil, that he might keep the
Word, ver. 101. Partly, Perfevering conftantly in
Gods Judgments, the LORD having taught him fo to
do,ver. 102.
II. HUfweet and great delight which he took in the
Word and Sayings of God. This is laid down with Ad-
miration, ver. 103. in the begin. This is illuftrated,
I. Comparatively The fweetnefs of the Word to his
Soule, being preferred to the delicious iweetnefsot
honey to the mouth, ver. 103. 2. Declaratively. The
reafon of this his furpaffing delight in the Word be-
ing fignified,W^. His gaining of fpiritual and faving
underftanding thereby. Whereupon on the con-
trary he hated every path oj falflwd, ver. 104.
aH^.ihc
judgments
of thy rgh
teoufnefSi
b Hcb. unto
vehemency
c Heb. or j
I pray thee,
d beb or j
ahvaies.
e Heh. my
heart.
XIV. Oftonary.
This XIIII. Ottonary ts of Mixt Nature, being Pro-
mijfory, Petitory, and Narratory. As in the former he
had fetforth hisendeared Affections to theWord:So
here he makes known his finguiar care and ftudy to
conform his whoie Converfacion to the Word. De-
claring 1. the Word tobethe Rule ofhio life and
courfe,iw. 105. 2. The firrnnefs of his Refolution
herein, verf. io<5. 3. The inviaciblenefs of his pur-
pofes to this end, againft all manner of impediments
of afflictions and enemies, v. i07.ro Hi. 4. His
conftant complacency in the Word, ver. m. 5. His
hearts conftant inclination to walk according to
Gods Word, ver. 112.
I. Ver ft on.
ic$. •"I""' Hy W , Lamp to my hoiftill,
J. Ana to my path a light.
106. I fware, aud-it-confirme-I-will,
To keep a thy Judgments right.
107. I am afflicted here below
b Moft vehemently; OLORD,
Me favourably quicken thou
According to thy Word.
108. Accept my mouth's Free-offerings e now,
Which, LORD,thou didft command:
And me thy judgements learn do thou.
109. My Soul's d (till in my hand :
Eut I have not thy Law forgot.
no. The wicked ones have laid
A fnare for me : yer have I not
From thy deare Precepts ftraid.
in. For-heritage-I-havepoflefl
Thy Teftimonies rare
For evermore : For of e my breaft
The very joy chey are.
112. Mine heart and Inwards alHme. I
Inclined, and ft' 11 bend,
To do thy Statutes faithfully
For ever to the end.
II. FerfioH.
105. T1 Hy Word's a Lamp to my hotftill :
JL And to my path a finning light.
106. 1 fware, and ftablifh it I will,
For-to-obferve thy Judgments right.
107. Afflicted b fore I am, and low :
LORD, quicken me c after thy Word.
108. Accept my mouth's Free-offrings rfnow,
And me thy judgements learn, O LORD.
1 09. My Soul ftill in my hand Ibeare .-
Yet have I not thy Law forgot.
1 10. For me the wicked laid a fnare ;
Yet, from thy Precepts ftrayd I not.
1 1 1. Thy e Laws I took-for-Heritage
For ay; For mine hearts joy are they.
112. /To do thy Statutes, I engage
Mine heart, unto the end for ay.
a Heb. the
judgments
of rhyright-
oufnefs.
b Htb. unto
vehemency.
c Htb. ac-
cording to- -
d Heb. 01, 1
pray thee.
ctieb.
Teftimo-
nies.
{Heb. I
have in
clined my
heart to
do thy Sta-
tutes, for
ever to the
end.
In this Fourteenth Ottonary fjevery verfe whereof
in the Hebrew begins with the Fourteenth Letter of
the Hebrew Alphabet, 2 2v«n)TnePfaImifteameft-
ly deilring and refolving to conform his heart and
life unto the Word, Declares
I. the word of God to be the Rule of his Courfc
and Practice, in every particular ftep, verfe 10$.
II. The firrnnefs of his Refolution in making choice
oi the Word as his Rule of life. This is fet forth, 1.
By his ferious vow or Promiffory Oath, to obferve
Gods judgements, 2. By his faithful refolution to
confirm, ftabli/h, or perform this accordingly. 3. By
the moving caufe of both, vixj. the Right eoufnefs of
Gods judgements., verfe 106.
III. The invinciblenefs of hit purpofes herein againft
all impediments and difcouragements, is evidenced,
by his anlwerable. 1. Affection to Gods Word. Beg-
ging quickning according to the Word, in his ex-
treame t afflictions, verfe 107. Praying the Lord to
learn him his judgements, (fyc. verfe 108. 2. Practice
01 Gods Word, notwithstanding he had alwayes hii
S'julinhis hand, the fentence of Death in himfelf,
verfe 109. And notwithstanding the fnares that
wicked ones have laW againft him, verfe no.
IIII. his great and conftant Complacency inGodt
Teftimonies, as in his Heritage. Amplified by the
Delight his heart took therein, verfe m.
V. His hearts inclination to do Gods Statutes, for
ever to the end, verfe 112.
XV. Oftonary.
This XV.OUonary is mixt oiProfeffton and Petition.
Herein David fets forth how careful he was, accord-
ing to the Word , to efchevv evil. To this end, 1. He
Profeffeth his extream enmity to evil, and great op-
pofite love to the Word, ver. 113. 114. 2. He il-
luftrateth his hatred of evil, and love to the Word,
( 1.) Partly, by the effects and by the Adjunct there-
of, ver. 115, n 6, 117. f 2. J Partly, by the Caufes
or Motives thereof, verfe 1 18, 119, 120.
I. Verfion,
144
P S A L M E S. CXIX.
a Hei. co.
verc.( le-
ctet.place,)
and 1117
Shield.
bHfi. de-
part, ye.
c H b. up-
hold-me
according
to thy iay-
d Hci. and
let me noc
be aoafhed
for, _.
eJHei. Sta-
tutes for
their deceit
m falihood.
f Htb. thou
makeft-
etafe
g Ht/>. feel-
eth honour
a Hf&. up-
hold me ac-
cord in; to
thy Saying.
bHfKAnd
let me not—
c Htb, con-
tinually I
will delight
in
d HfKtheii
Jccnt is
falfh .od.
e He/.. Te-
(limonies.
I. Verfion.
ti^.\T Ain-cogitationsldohate:
V But I do love thy law.
114. I for thy Worddohoping-wair:
My a fhroud and fhield art thou.
115. That I may keep my Gods commands ,
Ill-doers b pare from me.
1 16. c Stay me, as faidft, rhat I may live :
d Nor for my hope fham'd be
117. Suftainme, andbefav'd fhalll:
And in thy Statutes way
I will delight continually.
118. Thou trodft-down all that flray
From thy e Lawes: For their guile's a ly.
1 1 9. bk? drofs f thou doft remove
Earth's Wicked all : Therefore do I
Thy Teftimonies love.
120. For dread of thee LORD (_gloriout J
My flefhg quakes much dijmaid:
And for thy judgements righteout
I deeply am afraid.
II. Verfion,
1 1 3. \ T Ain-cogftations I do hate :
V But I do dearly love thy Law.
114. Eor I thy Worddohoping-waite:
My Covert, and my Shield art thou.
11$. Thatlmay keep my Gods Commands,
Yee doers-ill depart from me.
116. a Stay me, as faidft, that I may live:
• b Nor for my hope fham'd let me be.
117. Suftain me, and be fav'd I fhall :
And c ftill in thyStatutes joy.
118. Who from thy Statutes dray, them all
Thou-trodft-down : For d their guile's a ly,
1 1 9. Earth's wicked all ceafe-thou-doft-make
As drofs : Thy e words I love therefore.
1 2c. My rlcfh for dread of the doth ijuake :
And for thy judgements fear I fore,
In this Fifteenth Oilonary C every verfe whereof
in the Hebrew begins with the Fifteenth Letter of
the Hebrew Alphabet D Samech,J David continues
rhis pious Profeffions and Petition m reference to God
Word. And, as in the former Oilonary he had fet
forth his zeal in Fur filing of that which is good : So
in this he manifefts his diligence in oppofing and ef-
cbewhg of evil. More Particularly,
I. He frofeffeth hit nppofiiion to evil. Which is ve-
hement, C '• ) Intcnfively, as to his Aft-, hating it.
(2.) Extenfively, as to the object, not only evil works
and words, but even vain thoughts, where evil firft
discovers it felf. This he illuftrates on the contrary,
by his profefled love to Gods, Law, the caufe and
principal of his hating evil, verfe 113. Ofthishis love
to Gods Law he gives the ground or reafon, vi^. His
comfortable hope he had of Gods Protection of him,
according to his Word, verfe 1 14.
II. He further illuflrateth and Amplyfied, This his
hatred of Evil, and hisoppofite love to Gods Law.
1. By the effeffs and an Adjunfi- thereof. I, By the
effeth thereof. Which were, f 1 ~) Partly, His de-
clining of evildoers ( 2) Partly,\i'n defire to keep
•the Commandments of God, ver. 115. 2. By an Ad-
junlt thereof, especially of his hope of Gods Protecti-
on according to his Word. vi^. By his Adjunct Pray-
er, fo God lirme upholding him, that he might live
and notbeafhamedofhishopc, verfe 11$. And of
Gods fuftaining him, that he might be faved from all
evils and Enemies. Which he Amplifies by the eflfeft
eufuing, w>\ His continual delight in Gods Statutes,
ver. 117.
2. By fame Secondary Caufe s or Motives thereof, vi^.
Gods fevere judgements upon the ungodly. Here,
1. Thefe ungodly are defenbed, (Ji J By their devi-
ation from Gods Statutes. (2) By their Wickednefs
on Earth. 2. Gods judgements upon them are ele-
gantly expreffed, By the Metaphors, (iJOf tread-
ing them down-, (2 J And of caufing them to ceafe
or removing of them at drofs from the pure Mettle. 3.
One Reafon of Gods judgements upon them is given,
yi^. Becaufe their Deceit it falfiood, or a lye, a ly-
ing vanity. To wit, All their deceits for themfelves,
in retaining Gods bleffings, or avoiding his judge-
ments, orindiffembling their wickednefs : And all
their Deceits againft the Righteous to work them
mifchief,&c. All is but falfhood and vanity, abortive,
and not like to take ejTeft,t/.i 18, ^.beginning. 4.The
effects of thefe judgements of God upon theWicked,
The godly reap double advantage by thofe Monitions,
viz. Partly, More love Gods Word, according to
which they are judged, v. JI9. Partly, More awful
dread of God and his judgements, ver. 120.
XVI. Oftonary.
This XVI. Oilonary is A Prayer. Wherein David
principally Petitioneth, 2. For Gods Aid and Pro-
tection againft his proud opprefTing Enemies, very
121, fo 124. 2. For Gods inftructing of him in his
Word fo throughly, that no Enemies or Afflictions
may divert him from it, v. 124,125. 3. For Gods
appearing in his judicial Acts againft the Wicked.
making void Gods Law, ver. 126 Jo 120.
I. Verfion.
1 21.T Judgment and true righteoufnefle
J. Have done : Leave thou not me
To mine oppreffours mercilefs,
122. a Pledge/or thy fervant be,
For good : Let not the proud affail
Or me oppreile down thrufl.
123. Mine eyes for thy Salvation fail:
And for b thy fayings juft.
124. According to thy c mercy do
With me thy fervant here :
Thy Statutes learn thou me alfo.
125. I am thy fervant dear,
^Do-thou-inftruct-me, Thatlmay
Thy Teftimonies know.
126. Time for the LORD to work ; for they
Have fruftated thy Law.
1 27. Thy choice Commandements therefore
Exceedingly I love,
Above Gold and all wealthy flore,
Yea fine-gold- /rtof-above.
i28:Thereforcas righteous- I-eftecm
Thy Precepts a\\for ay,
Concerning evcry-thing in them :
I hate each falfhood's way.
II. Verfion.
a Heb. or
Surety.
b Htb. the
Sayings,
of thy iu-
ft ice.
c heb.ar,
loving
kindneTs.
d heb.makc.
me under-
ftand.<
P S A L M E CXIX.
345
> heb. the
Sayings of
thy righte-
oufneO.
b H«*."rJ
loving-
kindnefs.
cfcefr.make-
meunder-
ftand.
d Hfi.there-
fore I
lo»e -•-
e //^-.there-
fore .s-.-
i Heb or,
of every-
thing.
II. Verfion.
i2i.'"T",0 mine Opprcffors leave not me,
J. I judgement did and righceoufnefs.
122. Thy fervants furety, for good be :
Let not the proud-ones me opprefs.
123. Mine eyes for thy Salvation fail :
And for . Letter of the Hebrew
Alphabet, 2 PeJ thePfalmift perfifls in his zealous
eftimation of, and affeftion to the WordofGod.in
his Devout meditation and Prayer. More particu-
larly herein are,
I. /fahigh eftimation and commendation of Gods
WordandDoftrine; 1. As, mofl wonderful in them-
felves. This admirablenefie thereof, being illuftra-
ted by the effeft thereof upon his Soul ; defiring to
keep them,!;. 129. 2. As mo ft illuminating, in the
Opening thereof, or firfl entrance thereunto. This illu-
minating perfeft ion of the Word is Amplified, 1. By
the Subjefts illuminated thereby ; thefmple, ver. 130.
2. By the Pfalmifts vehement defire, panting, and
longing for Gods commands, for this marvellous per-
fection therein, v. 131.
UHii Petitions for feveralblefllngs,in order to his
better learning and obferving of Gods Word, (accord-
ing to his mannerthroughout this whole Pf> As, For
i.The Lord's favourable afpeft towards him. 2. His
ftiewing-grace to him. Both illuftrated, from the
purity of Gods dealings wkhthofe that love hit name
ver. 132. 3. Gods direfting every ftep of his life
firmly in his Word. 4. Gods removing of Sins Da-
T t t t niinhxi
* Heb. or J
wonderful,
marvellous,
&c.
b btb giveth
lighc.giv-
lng.under-
ftanding to
the fimple
ones,
c Heb. do-
thou turo-
the face,
do thou-
look.
d Vltb.io the
judgement,
cultome,
manner. 8fC
e Hrb.k:
not all ini-
quity --
i.e. any of
all
f Hc?'.or, ri-
vets-floodf.
by;eib*te.
a He b. or,
marvellous,
wonderfol.
b Hf/>.open«
ing of thy
words giy-
eth light,
giving.un-
derftanding
to the fim-
ple-ones.
c Htb. be-
caufe
For ■
d Heb. or j
turnthe-
face to me.
e //^.accor-
ding to the
judgment to
the lovers
of thy name
f beb.let nor.
all 1
i. e. not any
of all.
g Heb. re-
deem me.
h Heb. Ri-
vers,
ftreatns, Di-
visions, &c.
346
P S A L M E. CXIX.
iCur au-
rem non
cuflodi;a
lege fie
flcrur, nifi
ut impe-
mimcn from him, ver. 133. 5. His redeeming him
from the oppreffions of men. Amplified by his pro-
miie thereupon toobferve Gods Precepts, ver. 134.
6. Gods illuftrious manifeftacion of his favour to him,
making hit face flnne upon him. 7. Gods learning him
ha Statutes, ver. 135.
III. Hi* lamenting others oppofite neglect and
violation of Gods Law. This his lamentation being
H) perbolically defcribed,as difcovered by Rivers of
waters 1 running down hi* eyes for others prophane-
nelle, v. 136. theyk_eepnot]i.e. men in general, or,
the wicked, or his enemies, as v. 139. How did he
lament his own, that thus lamented others fins ^
what intenfive zeal was here to the Word and Law
of God /
140. Thy word it fined vehemently :
Thy fervant therefore loveth it.
141. Small and defpis'd am I each way:
Thy precepts^ forgot not I.
142. Thy juftice it a juftice ay :
Thy Law likewife U verity.
trerurgra-
tia,qus pcenittntis delet iniquitatem, & credentis adjuvet volun-
tatcm ? Au^ufi. Enar. inPfal. 1 18. Cone. 27. adfin.Toin. 8.
a Heb. or ;■
cutteth-
off.i.ccon-
fumeth.
b heb my -
diftrefiers
c ^.fin-
ed vehe-
mently**
thy Saying
dheb.hwc
found me.
e Heb. de-
lights.
f Heb.or ;
make-me.
undcr-
ftand.
XVIII. Oftonary.
This XVIIIth. Otlanary fsmixt: being efpecially
Laudatory, Narrawy. and Petitory. Wherein, 1.
Many perfections and excellencies of Gods Word
are laid down, for raifingup in all Gods people an
higheftimarionof it, and due affeftion to it: As,
The JUgbteoujnefs, Faithfulness, Purity Truth, and
Perpetual juftice of ir, ver. 137. to midjt of 144. 2.
Hereupon the Pfalmift prayts to the LORD accord-
ing to his word ) to inftruft him in the way of life,
ver. 144.
I. Verfion.
1 37. f~~\ LORD, thou art mofl juft : likewife
\_J Thy judgments righteous.
r38. Thy Teftimonies Righteoufnefs
And faithfulnefs to w,
Thou-haft -commanded vehemently.
139. My zeal doth me a fupprtfs :
Becaufe thy words forgot have b they-
That-do-me-fore-diftrefs.
140. Thy word i* c mofl refin'd •, And lo
Thy fervant loveth it,
141. Smallanddefpis'd^ml: B«tdo
Not thy Precepts forget.
142. Thy juftice it iuftice for-ay :
And thy law, Truth ftillflands.
143. Diftrcfs and anguifh don me lay :
My e joyes are thy commands.
144. Thy Teftimonies righteoufnefs
Kor-everK : O /give-
-Me-underftanding touching thif,
And I ihaUfweetly live.
II. Verfion.
H tnou m mfi >uft '• likewife
J«r*.'nrl v ^ Thy Jud8emcnt r'fihf eous on each hand
uuhtZ' 138- Thy Teftimonies Righteoufnefs
?, r . , And Trulh thou a greatly dW.rt coir
prciiccn
command.
me,cuts
me-off.
1 39. My zeal b confumes me : Kor-that my
Diftreflcri did thy words forget.
i43.Diftrefsand anguifh c on me lay :
Me thy Commands delights do give.
144. Thy Teftimonies juftice d ay :
e Inftruft-thou,me, And I fhall live.
c heb.bive
found-me
dhe b. for-
ever.
cHeb.
In this Eighteenth Ottonary, ('every verfe where- make-me-
of in the Hebrew begins with the Eighteenth Letter under-
ofthe Hebrew Alphabet, XT^ade 3 David, for rai- ftand.
fingefteem and affeftion towards the Word of God,
doth principally two things, vrr.
I. He declares and magnifies fundry Perfections and
Excellencies of the Word of God. As, 1. The Righte-
oufnefs thereof. Uluftrated by Gods righteoufnefs,
the Author of it, ver. 1 37. 2. The faithfulnefs of it.
This faithfulnefs and juftice being amplified, (1 ) By
Gods vehement commanding of them, and fo eftablifh-
ing them, to be fuch, ver. 138. (Y) By thePfal-
mifts zealous indignation againft his diftredcrs that
forget Gods Words, ver. 139. 3. The moft exqui-
fite Purity of the Word, being refined vehemently. Me-
taphor from Mettles refinedm the fining Pot. This
is illuftrated, by the effefts of this purity of the
Word upon the Pfalmift. (jJHe therefore hvedit,
ver. 140. ("2 J He therefore ("though fmall and de-
fpifed, yet was mindful of it to keep it, ver. 141. 4.
The Everlaflingjuftice and Truth of the Word, ver. 142.
This is Amplified, QiJ By his delights in Gods com-
mands, notwithftanding all his diftrefs and anguifh
that came upon him, v. 143. (2) By the like perpe-
tual righteoufnefs of his Teftimonies, a-er.144. in the
beginning.
II. He petitioned the LORD(uyon confideration.'oT
all thefe Excellencies and perfections of Gods Word}
to-give-him-underftanding therein. Urging his requeft,
from the happy effeft of life which fhall thereupon
redound to himfelf,'ve>-. 144. in the end.
XIX. Oflonary.
This Nineteenth Offonary is Petitory. Wherein Da-
vid, Exercifed with many Afflictions and Enemies,
Prayesfor, 1. Hearing of his Prayers, ver. ^^.Sal-
vation out of all his Amiftions and from his Enemies,
v. 146.ro 149. 3. Hearing and Quickning,ver/e. 149.
to 153.
I. Verfion.
145. T ORD, with whole heart I cry'd,) David perfifting in his
former requeft to the LORD for deliverance from
his Afflictions and Enemies.
I. Propounds and ingeminates hit Petitions for his De-
liverance out of all hisdiftreffes, Pathetically: Pray-
ing the LORD, 1. To fee his Affliction. 2. To releafe
him from it. 3. To Plead hit plea, his Caufe, vi^.,
Againft his Enemies. 4. To Redeem him. 5. To
quickenh\m,ver, 153,154.
II. Preffeth andVrgeth thefe his requefts by many
Arguments, or Motives. As, 1. From his conftanc
mindfulnefs of Gods Law, verfe 153. 2. From Gods
Promife, or PromifTory faying, verfti$4. %.From
wicked
V S A L M E. CXIX.
wicked mens contrary incapacity of Salvation and
deliverance out of trouble, in that they feek. not Gods
Statutes, verf: 155. 4. From the multitudes of Gods
bowel-Mercies, r he prime efficient Caufe of a 11 deli-
verance, fee. 5. From Gods judgments revealed
in his Word, v. 156. 6. From the multitude of his
Perf'cutor s. and D'tftreflers, necelTuatin^ him to fly
totheLORDforfuccourr v. 157. beginning. 7. From
his own gracious qualifications and deportments.^^.
CO Not declining from Gods Testimonies notwith-
itanding all his Enemies, v. 157- fa J Deeply
grieving upon fight of unfaithful tranjgrejfirs con-
tempt and violation of Gods Word,v.i58 f 3JDear-
ly loving Gods Precepts, in uprighenefs in the fight
of God, v. 1551. This his love to Gods Word is il-
luflrated, from the impulfive caufe or Motives there-
of, viz. The Excellency, Truth, Rightcoufnefs,
and perpetuity of Gods Word and Judgments there-
in. Tl)e beginning of thy Word if Truth ; or, as the
Hebrew may berendred; The head or top-excellency
k Pr&ftan- of thy Word.i.e. Thy moft-excellent Word is Truth ^.
tiffimum IhcChaldee, and GreekVerfion of the 7 2. explain it ,
verbumtu- Fromthe beginning thy Word if Truth, and fo jor ever,
urn'] Heb. verfe 160. But the former Interpretation feeras
Caput, five better,
prtftantia .. .
verbi tui, Hypallage, utExod.30. 23. Fran. fun. in Annot. aclFJ.
119. 160. See alio, Hen. A>nfmrtb"s Annot. on Pfal. 119,160.
Auguftine renders it to this effect, but gives the fence differentlyi
Principiumverborumtuorum Veritas, &c 3 A veritate (inquitj
tua verba procedunt, & ideo veracia funt, & neminem fallunt,
quibuspraenunciaturvi a jufto, poena impio. Ha?c funt quippe
in eternum judicia juftitia- Dei. Auguftine in Pf. 1 1 8. Conc.30. in
fin. Tom. 8 .
\tf
I. Verfion.
icSi.
bKHlove
(M the
I . cms
ofth/j (lice
A h ib. much
peace n to
the lovers
ofthv law.
e Heb. and
not to them
Stumbling.
S aml.il,
ce —
f / ^/..Tcfti
inunie;.
E Princes perfecuted have
Exceeding caufelefly ••
But for thy word my heart's in-aw.
162. I for thy laying joy,
As-one-that-finds much fpoile and prey.
163. .4// fa I (hood I do hate,
Yea I abhor it every way :
Thy Law b I eftimate.
154. For c thy juft judgements, in a day
SeVn-fime* I do thee praife.
165. d Who love thy Law much peace have they,
e No flumbling'j in their wayes.
t.66. Ihop'dfor thy Salvation, LORD:
And thy commands did I.
167. My foul obferv'd thy/Records : And
I love them vehemently.
1 58. Thy Teftimonies I have kept,
And thy Precepts with care:
For all my wayes wherein iftept
Before thec ever are.
II. Verfion.
161.
ME Princes a cauflefs perfecute :
But £ aw 'd mine heart is for thy word.
162. As-one-that-doth much fpoile find-out ;
Glad am I for thy Saying, Lord.
163. 1 hate and quite abhor falfneffe :
But thy dear Law I love alwajes.
164. For judgements of thy Righteoufneffe,
SeVn-r imes a day do I thee praife.
id$. Much peace have c they thy Law that love
And ftumbling-block to them if none.
166. For thy Salvation hop'd I have,
O LORD: And thy commands have done.
167. My Soul thy Teftimonies kept :
And them I d greatly love and fear.
168. 1 kept thy e Records and Precepts,
For all my wayes before thee are.
a beb.cirSe-
lefly hive
perfecuteA
b Heb. or is
in aw.
XXLOdlonary.
This XXI. Oclonary is a continuation of the Pfal-
mifis Prayer, wherein he principally declares unto
the LORD his fingulardilpofitions and pioiu affecti-
ons towards the Word of God. As, 1. His fear, v.
161. 2. His by, ver. 162. 3. His love, ver. 163.
to 166. 4. His hope, ver. 166. to 169.
c Heb. the
lovers of
thy law.
d Hrfc.vehe-
nently.
e Heb.Te&h-
(nontes.
In this Twenty one Oclonary, ("every verfe whereof
in the Hebrew begins with the Twenty one Letter of the
Hebrew Alphabet yj Shin J David, having former-
ly often implored Gods Direction and deliverance
out of his Afflictions according to the Word, Urging
this from his fincere affection and pious deportment
towards this Word of God, doth now exprefs a bun-
dle or clufter of thefe his holy Affections to the word,
very Pathetically. As, '
I, Hit fear and awe of the Word. Amplified by his
oppofite Perfecutions : Aggravated, 1. By the Authors
of them 5 Princes. 2. By the Malice of them; caufe-
lefly, v. 161.
IT. Nit joy in the Word. Illuftrated by a Similitude
of a mansjoy in finding much fpoile, v. 162.
III. His love to the Word. Amplified, 1. By his hat-
ing and abominating of all falfhood : which isoppo-
fice thereto, v. 163. 2. By the effects or fruits of this
love; fO Partly, in himfelf, Praifmgthe LORD
feven-times (i.e. often) in a day jor the judgement of
hisjujiice'm the Word, verfe 164. C2J Partly, on
others, They that love his Law, have much Peace,
andnoftumbling (or Scandal, ox Offence J is to them.
They walk inoffenfively as Paul AH. 23. 1. and 2$.
16. verfe 165.
IV. His hope for Godsfaving him out of his Affiiilions
accordingto his Word. This is illuftrated, 1. By the
fruits and effects of this his hope, vi^. Doing Gods
Commandements: Obferving his Teitimonies : kjeping
his Precepts and Teftimonies, verfe 166, &c, 2. By
another Con-caufe of thefe effects, His vehement
love to Gods Teftimonies, verfe 167. 3. By the fin-
cerity of thefe effects of keeping and obferving Gods
Precepts, &c. Wherein he approves himfelf to
Gods Omnifcience that knows all his wayes, verfe
168.
XXII. Odonary.
This XXII. Oclonary concludes this Excellent
Pfalme with a heap of Heavenly and fervent Petitions,
as the former with 1 bundle oj Holy ajfeilions. Herein
the Pfalmift Pctitioneth, 1. For audience to his
Prayers, verfe 169. 170. 2. For practical direction
andinftructioninGods Word, and deliverance out
of
F S A L M E CXX.
349
ofhis Diftreffes, ver.169.t9 173- 3- For Gods help,
ver. 173, 174- 4- For his Souls life. 5. For aid from
Gods Judgements ver. 175. «• For Gods feeking of
him from his wandrings.vcr. 175.
a H«5. faces.
b Ptb. »c -
cordmt; to
thy Saying
deliver me.
c heh. QwlU
anftfer.
d Hrfr. let
thy hind he
cbeb have
cbofen.
{Heb. great
delights
here the mot
U doubled
emphatically
g Htfr. Ihall
praife thee.
bHeb.l have
not forgot,
ten.
169.
I. Verfiori.
NOw let my fhouting-cry-come-near
Before thy .1 face O LORD,
0 give-me-underftanding cleere
According to thy word.
170. To thee come lee my prayer now :
b As thou faid'ft, fet-me- free.
17 1. My lips fha'l utrcr praife when thou :
Thy Statutes haft leam'd me.
172. My tongue thy Saying c fhall refound:
Becaufe all thy commands
Vnfpotted righreoulhefs are found.
173. To help me rflend thy hand's,
For I thy Precepts e made-my-choice:
174. LORD, thy Salvation
1 long for: My /delights likewife
Is thy pure Law alone.
175. O let my troubled Soulier live,
And it g (hall honour thee :
And let thy righteous judgements^/ve
De/irerfhelprome.
176. Like to a loft Sheep I have ftray'd,
Thy fervant feek and find:
For thy Commandments on me laid
b I Blot not out of mind.
II. Ver {ion.
169. \T Ow let my fhouting-cry come-neer
i\ Before thy plcajeda face, O LORD;
a Hefc fices. Qjve.ti10U.rne-underftanding cleere,
According to thy faithful word.
bHe&. ac-
cording t o
thy faying
deliver mc.
170. Come to thee let my Prayer now:
b As thou haft faid, fet-thou-me-free.
171. My lips fhall utter praife: when thou
Thy Statutespare haft learned me.
e Wf&. Dull x72. My tongue thy Saying c (hall refound :
anfwer. For thy commandsall, juftice are,.
173. To help me, let thine hand be found:
For I have chofe thy Precepts deare.
174. I Iong'd for thy Salvation, LORD :
And my delights thy Law I made.
175. My Soul let live a" and thee record:
Me alfo let thy judgements aid.
d He b. and
it (hall
praife thee.
2. From Gods honour which will /jence refult. For
he promifeth, C i)Topraife him, upon learning his
Statutes, ver. 171. (J2* J To refound Gods Promife,
hisSaying. Which is amplified by a reafon thereof,
vi^. The righteoufnefs of Gods Commandments,
ver. 172.
III. For Gods aid and fuccour in h'u liftreffes. This
is preffed, 1. From his efteem and choice of God's
Precepts, ver. 173. 2. From his fervent defire after
GodsSalvation of him out of trouble. 3. From his
Delights in Gods Law, ver. 174.
IV. For his foul's life, vi^. That his life may com-
fortably be prolonged, notwithftanding all his af-
flictions and Enemies. This is urged from the effect,
or end intended in this mercy, vt^. The praifing of
God in his life, ver. 175. in beginning.
V. For help by Godsjudgements, vi\. By the Doctri-
nal judgements of his word : which greatly help the
afflicted, by Directions, Confolations, &c. verfe
175- ,. ,
VI. For Gods Pafloral feeing of David, Straying,
rhrough the Perfecution of his Enemies, from his
fold f from his Country, Kingdom, and the Church
of God therein ) as a loft Sheep in the Wildernefs.
This Petition is enforced, 1. From the prefent mifc-
ry of David, exiled from Houfe, Home .Kingdom,
Church, &c. reprefented by the fimiiitude ofa Sheep
flraxing from fold, Pafture, &c 2. From Davids Re-
lation to God; Thy fervant. 3. From Davids conftant
mindefulnefs of Gods Commandments even in his
deepeft diftreffes, exiles, and wandrings from place
to place, verfe 176. His Straying here, is not through
iniquity, but through afflifiion and mifery ; not from
God, and his commands,- but from Houfe,Home, &o
To Caves, Woods, &c. in midft of many dangers : As
Interpreters e take it generally. Auguftine under- eFran.
ftands it of Spiritual wandring/. But that's notfo Junius in
fuitable to the words following. Annot.ai
Pf. 119.
175. Hen. Mollerusm Comment, ad he. ■ Joan. Calvin in
Comment, ad Pfal. 119. 17 6. Sim. de Mu'u in Comment, ad Pfal.
1 19. 175.
/ Adhuc quseritur, adhuc quaeratur, ex parte inventa*
adhuc qua»raturjEx ea namque parte qua dicit ifte, mandata tua
non fum ob!itus,inventa eft:fed per eos qui mandata Dei eligunt
colligunt, diligunt, adhuc quseritur, & per fui paftoris fanguinem
fufum atque difperfum in omnibus gentibus invenitur. Aug. in Pf,
1 .18. Enarrat. Conc$2. Tom. 8.
1741. Like to a loft Cheep I-have-ftray'd,
Seek thou thy Servant, tarry not:
For thy commandments on me laid
I have not wretchedly forgot.
In this Two and twentieth andlaft Ofionary ( every
verfe whereof in the Hebrew begins with the f»>o
and twentieth and lafl Letter of the Hebrew Alphabet,
n Thau J David fweetly clofeth up this his Devout
prayer and Mediration touching Gods excellent
Word and hisgreat affection to it, with fundry ac-
curouIatedPetitions, pointing out pathetically the in-
tenfive zeal andfervour of his Prayer. And he Pe-
titioneth to the LORD,
I. For audience and acceptance of his Prayer. De-
fcribed by the fervency of ic ; my fiouting-cry, verfe
169. 170. beginning.
II. For JnjlrulHon'm, and according to Gods Word,
and deliverance out of all his diftreffes. This is urg-
ed, 1. From Gods Promi fe or Saying, verfe 169. 170.
Pfalm CXX
SeU. I. Of the XV. Songs of Degrees in
General.
Next and immediatly after the 119th. Pfalm. in
XXII. OUonaryes according to the order and number
of the Letters of the Hebrew Alphabet ; here are pla-
ced fifteen other Pfalmes, called every one of them
m7yftn *^U; Shir Hammaghualoth, A Song of
degrees, or A Song oj Afcenftons, or A Song of Dignities
Thefe Songs are thought by (bme to be here ranked
together as in one bundle, not for the famenefs of
their Matter, but rather for the Similitude of their
invention and compofitron a. They are, as it were,
Sacred Epigrams containing much variety of Excel-
lent Doctrine, in wonderful brevity, Adorned with
much Splendor, Sweetnefs, and Elegancy of Speech,
to the great delight of the pious and intelligent Rea-
der. And therefore wefhould account thefe moft
fweet Songs as the Poems of the Holy-Ghofl, and every
verfe therein as fo many Oracles. For they are very
U u u u eminent
a Hen.
MollerM
in Arg.
Pfal. 1 20.
■MB
350
P S A L M E. CXX.
eminenc in this whole Book of Pfalmes; as fomany
excellent Gems or Jewels. The ordinary Glfi tells us;
T if the Bleffednefs which the former Pjalme fung with
united variety, ZccTneje following Pfalmes explicate
iti 15. orderly degrees-, &c. To toe M)fiery of the Old
,;*.: NewTe^amem. The number feven belonging to the
Old Tekantent becaufe of the Sabbath: the number
eight unto the New b, foe. But this, is rather wittily,
than folidly excogitated.
Thus p^^xJQTiiffammaghualoth, is
allude and iay ni^iy HisO1? Le-
fe-
b Bearitu-
dincm
c\v:im . . • • ■ -n-
fupcrior Pfalmus unita vanetate mentorum cantavit; mi
qaenteSPfalmi ordinatis 1 5.gradibus tam Pfalmorum quam meri-
torum.in Sacrament ii Veteris & Novi Teftamenti explicant.Sept-
enarius ad vctus propter SaSbatum:Oftonarius ad No vum.Patres
rjqueveteris Teftamenti Hebdomadi.i.Sepenarioferviebant. Ob-
fervabant er.im Septitnam diem, i. Sabbatum : SrptimamSeprima-
nam,Septimum Menfem,Scptimum annum, &Septimum annum
ftpcima: Decadis, qui jubila?us dicitur. Parrcs vero Novi Tefta-
menti Ogdoadi ferviunt, i. Oftonario, quia fervant oftavam diem
c[\\£ Dominica dicitur-, ScOftavas Martyrum ; & oftavas Rufur-
reftiones expe&ant. Ideoque per Oftonarium & Septenarium
duoTeftamenta defignantur. Unde Salomon ; Da partes fep-
tem, nee non & ofto. Quindecim ergo graduum fit diftin&io,
ut Per hoc fi^nilicetur duorum Teftamentorum Do&rina in his
gradibus comineri. Et lunc hie quindecim Gradus, ficut in
Templo Salomonis totidem erant gradus quibus afcendebant in
Templum, quod eft figura cceleftisTcmpli, ad quod his gradibus
afcenditur. Hasccftfcala Jacob. Gl"fs Or dinar, in Pfal. 119. p.
275. b. Part, tertia Bafil. J 506. die ultim. Junii.
As for theTule, rTiVyGH TtfJ ShirHammag-
hualoth,^ Song oj degrees, ("As Augufline, Hierome,
Mint anus, The vulgar Latin. Mollerm, Calvin, S. de
Afnif, Ainfw. and molt Interpreters render r, J or,
A Song ofAfce'nfions, of Heights ( as the Greeks Verfion
ouh* 72. oiJVi 7wV d.vaS,ahuu>v^nd. as H Amfmrth
iiores, the word may be rendered*, J or A Song of
Dignities, or Excellencies, i. e. A molt Excellent Song
( as Timcll. andjunim ; j It containcs, t. The Kind;
2 The Adjuntt of thefe fifteen Pfalmes fo denominat-
ed.
Fhji. The Kindcf thefe Sacred Poems, they are
DHT Shirim, Songs. Of the Proper Notation of
this Word, & how it differs or agrees with CD^HH
Tc-hillim, /tymne* •, and with D'HIftlQ Mizmorim,
Pfalmes ; hath been already declared, in the Preface
to this Book c.
c Preface Secondly, The Ad]unil p-\ Sy QH Hammaghualoth
Seft.TI. & Of Degrees, &c. This Word is derived from the root
Seft.VI. H ?U ghualah, haih dimcd-up,afiended d. &c.Thence
numb.3. n^/yQ Maghualah, AClfie, A Degree, AnAfcent,
dScandir, An Afcenfion, An Heights Anhigh-Dignity, An Excel-
afcendic, lency, &c. And from this latitude of the fignificati-
confeen- on of the word, it is and may well be rendered, A
dic,&c. S,H of Degrees- or, A Song of Afcenftons : or, A
Song of Excellencies.
Bur the true Caufe and Reafon why thefe Pfalmes
were peculiarly among the rclt fo Denominated, is
not Co cafie to be found our. Both Jewifh and Chrifti-
an Writers have variety of Conjectures hereupon:
but moil, if not a!! ofthem very uncertain,and unfa-
risfactory. I fhall briefly propound fome of the
principal of them, and leave the learned and ingeni-
ous Reader to his own apprehenfion and judgment
therein. Ncr is there any danger, \(\ri thitsbfewe
mi.', er and of lefs moment, we dilient in opinion one
fron: another.
This7/7/eis expounded two vvayes, <0t\. 1. Figu-
ratively. 2. Literdlty.
I. Figuratively. And fo its interpreted varioufly.
As,
I. Of the Afcenfion, i.e. The Dignity, Degree, or
Excellency of the Matter of thefe fifteen Pfalmes.
For, Ajcenfion is nothing elfc but the excellency of
one man, or tiling, above another. A Son? of A-
fcenfiohs, Degrees. Excellencies, i.e. A moll excel-
lent Song; As Jan. foTtemel, render it, by an c-
int Antimeria, or Hebraifme;The fubflantive plu-
ral bcin.i; put for the Adjective lingular of die Super-
lative degree
as if one fhould allude and'iay Hl^iy
meahghuolotb, to an hundred Jacrifii.es. R.S~.jarki.
And doubtlefs theSubjeft-matter of thefe Pfalmes is
moft excellent, as will appear in the explicating of
them particularly. Eur this feems not to be the Rea-
fon of the Title, For, why fhould not other Pfalmes
alfobe entitled P fames of Degrees, Afcenfions, Ex-
cellencies, &c. which for matter are as excellent as
thefe/ ASP/. 2. 25. 37.45.51. 119, foe.
2. Of the Afcenfion of the Heart, from the Valley of
teares to the Mountain ; from the humbled and a-
bafed Humanity of Chrift, to the high Divinity of
Chrift. Auguftine pleafeth himfelf exceedingly in
this Allegory, wherein he runs out wittily f as
his manner is J but not pertinently and fubftantially
to the Pfalmes in hand e.
3. Of the Afcenfions and Degrees of vermes unto
which thefe fifteen Pfalmes are fitted and accommoda-
ted, every Pfalme commending fome peculiar ver-
tue more fublime and excellent than the former.
As, 1. The Firfjt Degree, is; to depart from the evils
of the World, and to renounce allvanity, taught in Pfal.
120. 2. The Second Degree, is; to beg the LORD^s
defence, which nothing can wi'hftand , as in FfJ.
121. 3. The third degree, is; The great py of being
verfed in the Church with a pure mind, and to wall^
worthy of God in this Pilgrimage: whence wefigh af-
ter the heavenly Jerufalem, whereunto we are ele-
vated by the two wings of Love : as is Pfal. 1 22. 4.
The Fourth degree, is; Conflantly to depend on God in
all fir eights, until he have mercy and hear : as in Pfal.
*2?,. 5. Tlie Fifth degree, is; That they who are de-
livered out of perils, attribute it. not to themfelves,
but to the LORD; as in F/124. 6. The Sixth de-
gree, is; The Confidence ofthemofi faithful Chriftian,
which he hath in the LORD : compared to the moft
folid Mountains: as in Pfal. 125. 7, The Seventh
degree, is ; A Prophecy of return from Captivity, as it
were fiom Babylon in the figure of the OldTeftament,
through Chrift to come : when now is Confolation and
fowingfora greater Harveft: asinP/d/.i2*5. S.The
Eighth degree, is ; The figure of the New Teftament,
fignificd by the number Eight, where is fpol^en of the
building of the Houfe of God, i. e. The Church, by the
true Solomon, Chrift; who is the true Peace-maker,
who made both one, and in himfelf the Corner-ftonc
harhbuilded his Church of the two Walls of Jews
and Gentiles; as in Pfal. 127. 9. The Ninth de-
gree,U;Tb.uthe Peace-maker be chafily feared,becaufe
he alone doth exalt, l^eep, build: asinPfal. 128. 10.
The Tenth degree, if; That he who chafily fears, may
endure all things for him, which is now expedient ro
the Church among evil men: zsinPfal. 129. 11.
The Eleventh degree, is ; A Penitential Supplication :
becaufe nor he that fears, nor he that endures all
things, thinks himfelf worthy of Chrift, forafmuch
as in the body none is without fin, and the only Se-
curity is to lean upon Prayer : as in Pfal. 130. 12.
The Twelfth degree, is; Humility ,vihkh aman/hewes
himfelf to have,both inwardly and outwardly.Therc-
fore he incites to Humility, in Pfal. 131. 13. The
Thirteenth Degree, it; When the humble and meel^gn
about the building of the Spiritual Houfe : as David to
the letter did, who wonld have built an houfe to
God. And congruoufly after the Degree of Humili-
ty,he treats of the building of the Houfe, becaufe by
humility a man is made thehcufe of God fjfa. 65.
i.Pf.\7,2. 14. The Fourteenth degree, if; Charity,
which maizes brethren dwell together inVnity: wherein
is Blelfing and Life; as in Pfa.. 133. 15. The Fif-
teenth degtee, if; The Love oj Eternity. The Love of
God, as in Pfal. 134. And after thele Degrees which
lead unto Eternity, congruoufly is placed Halleltt-
jab: that the Church may enjoy the praifes of God,
lor which that Office is prepared : a.1- in Pj. 135 .
All thefe Fifteen degrees of vcrtues conducting to E-
ternity, are thus laid down and accommodated to
thefe Fifteen Songs of degrees by the Ordinary Gloft :
whence
e Aug.E-
natr. in pfi
U9-p.
1412. tfyc.
T.8. Bafil.
1559.
- — Can-
ticum Gra-
duum efle
Canticum
afcenfionis
noftra;,
eandem-
quc afcen-
iionem
non cor-
poris pe-
dibus fieri
fed cordis
affeclibus.
Aug.in Pf.
123, Pr&f.
Tom. 8.
f 7/4.57.15
is more
hill to that
purpofe.
P S A L M E. CXX.
35»
g V'ulGlf. whence g I have collected them. And ("chinks Mil-
Or dinar, l.-rm) thefe D;s>x - :s of verruj feem ro be taken from
adinitia Greg. Nxx)anxen.. who, in hisOaiion hid afcer his
Cantic. return, doth Allegoricalty apply and interpret thefe
Graduum, Songs of Degrees to chem tin- profit in venue b.
p.2i$.ad Buci i. Tliefe accommodations bring fometimes
287. Part, (omewhat forced -, 2. And the following degrees of
tertia. venues not always furpaffing the foregoing,as is pre-
hHMoll. tended; 3, And the whole accommodation rather
inA<-g. ameer contrivance of humane wit, than any intend-
Pfal.Ho* ment of che Holy Ghoft : thefe degrees of venues pre-
rended,givelictlcor no Satisfaction as totheReafon
of this Tide ; A Sing of degrees.
II. Literally, And Co this Tide, ASong of degrees
is explicated very many ways. As
i.Ofthe Afcenfton of the Waters of the Sea,at the lay-
ing of the Foundation of the Temple& the ChaUee Pa-
raphraft feems to incline fomewhac to this conceic,
rendering it -, A Song which was fpok?n touching the
iChalA. Degrees 0] the Abyfs'u The Rabbines do fable fjhey
Para- . vvereapt tofancy, feign, and fable any thing,) That
phraft. in wnetl the foundations of the Temple were laid, die
P(.i2oficc Deep did foafcend,that they feared the whole world
would have been overflowed. Whereupon Acbito-
pbel wrote the Name Hirp J EHOV AH, (which
the Jews call ttHSQn Q'jy Shem-Hammepho-
rafii. A Name Separate: lay fome. A Name Ex-
pounded; faith Druf. A Name Pronouncedivi^. with its
kVicLS/xr. own ProPer Letters, faid S- Amama k_, and pre-
Ama'm.in ' fe'idy call it into the Deep, whereupon the Deep de-
Amiba'rb. tended 16000 Cubits. Then they faid it were bet-
Bibl.1.2. ' ter f°r die World, if the Waters of the Scj. were not
differt.de f"nk f° deep. And the Warcrsafcended 1 5 ,co Cu-
Noml'ne bits, and there flood. Whence thefe fifteen Pj'alms
JEHO- were ca"ed Pfalmes of Afcenfnns, or of Degrees. This
VA<,p. >s found in their Majfora faid Jark'i- But this is fuch
470 480, a me*?r dream, and fo giofs a fable, that to have re-
cited ic, is to have refuted it.
2. Of the Afcenfton cfthejevrs out of the Babylonifl)
iXV.ifti Captivity. As,InExoof. pfal. 120. Mr. Jo. Foord I
Pfalminoc oflate; and of old, R~ David Kimchiv>o»)ci bavcit.
Titulo As if thefe fifteen Songs were Compof A a • . Mmg, in
pramoran. fo many Stations of the jews returning and Amending
tur, quia
Judaei e captivitate Bahylonica Afcende"iv-s Annoi.Cyri, hos
Pfalmoselegerunt, quosin itinere five in Atcenfione decanta.
rent. Sicexpono, 1. Quia convenium ceoipori &occafioniilli,
2. Quia vox hhy Qmaghualah fie uiurpacui Ezra 7 9. Et 3
Quia ca?terae expohtiones omnibus Pfalmis aeque conveniunt at-
queiflisij.
from Babilon. But this is not at all probable. For,
1. We have no certain ground for the Jews fifteen
Stations in their Return from Babylon. And therefore
how can we account otherwise of it, than that it is a
meer FiSion1. 2. Thatthde were not compofed up-
on Occafion of the Jews return from Babylon, and
then firft Sung, is evident. For fome of them were
penned by David, as their Titles fignifie, asPf. 122.
mJoCalv I24'1?1' 133* One by Solomon, or for Solomon, Pf.
in An ad' l21' And (zs Calvin m hath noted,) we may readily
Pfal.x.20 conie
Non afcriSirurquidcm AuthorisNomen. Sed totusverborum
Gontextus DavidetD nobis reprefenrar. Itaquc licet nihil aufim
procerto aflercrt, huctamen magis inclino, Pfalmum fuifTe ab
,,]ipofku>m. Nequcabfurdi'in (meo judicioj erit perindc
interpretari, acfinoincncxprcflumforer. Joan.Calv. inCom.
adl'f. 120. 1.
Occafion of Davids writing this Pfalme, feemstobe
Davids exile from the Land of Judea, when he fled
from King Sauls Perfections to Mefliec, or a pro-
phane barbarous people, fojourning in the Tents of
Kedar among the falferfraudulenr, unpeaceable Ara-
bians, to the great grief and affliction of his Soul,
Some think it was, when David went into the Land
of the Philiftines, and dwelt in Zi.klag, and among
the Arabians Tents, 1 Sam. 27. 1,6,7. with P fat.
120.5,6,7.
Sett. V. The Scope.
The Pfalmifts Scope, is 5 I. Immediatly, To fet
forth, how in ftraitshe prayed and prevailed, How
much he defired to be delivered from the mifchief of
a falfe flanderous tongue, and how fad I y he lament-
ed his unavoidable fojourning among prophane, un-
peaceable men. 2. Mediately, by his own example
to inftruft us how to behave our felves in like ftates
and conditions.
SeU.Vl, The Analysis •, or Principal
Parts.
In this Pfalme Confider
I.TheTttle, which expreffeth 1. The Kind of it;
A Song. 2. The Adjunct of if, Of Degrees. Of thefe
fee before /n Sect. 1.
1 1. The Song it felf. Which confifts of
1. A Narration, how he cryed to God, and with
what fuccefs in former diftrefiednefs : thereby en-
couraging himfelf and others to like courfe in like
cafes. Here note, 1. The perfon invocating, vi^.
David. 2. The perfon Invocated ; The LORD. The
time or feafon of this Invocation ; in diftrefiednefs,
i.e. inextreamdiftrefs,or manifold diftrefs, H Pa-
ragogical being added to the end of the Word
nrn£2 Batftfaratha, to augment the Signification
4. The fruit or effect of this prayer; The LORD an-
fweredhim, v. 1.
2. A Prayer. Wherein are, 1. A Petition for deli-
verance from a Up of Falftood and tongue of Deceit, v.
2. 2. A Reprehenfory interrogation, by way of A-
poftrophe, to his falfe Calumniators and Detractors,
Where note, COtnc vehemency of the Interrogation
What andwhat>. doubled. (2 J The De-
tractors indigitated; Tothee, to thee, vi^. To thee
Doeg, Achitophel, Shimei, &c. ("3 J The refult,
iffue, or fruit of a falfe deceitful calumniating tongue.
Which is laid down, Partly, by way of Quellion dou-
bled : Wbatjliall or what pall i Which
words may be expounded, Actively, or Paffivcly.
1. Actively, and that two way es, vi\. Either thus;
What fiallbe give tothee, wr_. God. Or thus; What
fl>allit give unto thee, or what fljall it adde> &c. vi%.
the falfe tongue, what benefit or advantage fhall it
bring unto thee? 2. Paffively, as our Englifli Ver-
fion; What fliall be given to thee, or what (h all be done
(or added) tothee ? v. 3. Partly, by way of
Anfwer. Wherein the fruit or effect of a falfe Ton-
gue is fet forth by two Similitudes, Mr. Firfiof Ar-
rows, (liarp Arrows, fliarp Arrows of a mighty one,
that wounded not onely the Calumniated and the
Hearer of it, but the Calumniatoralfo. Secondly, of
Juniper coales, which though they fmell fweet, burn
vehemently, Cant. 8. 6.. Yea more vehemently
and flcretly than other coales, v. 4.
3. Afad Complaint or Lamentation, in regard of his
ownmifcrable condition; Wo if me, &c. In which
note, 1. The Perfon csmplaining, vi^. The Pfal-
mift. 2. The Perfons complained of, and they are
three, fij Mefbech, (2 J Kedar- ($J The hate:
of peace. 3. The injury complained of, vi\. (fi_) Hi.i
long exile from his own Country, in Mefliec and Ke-
dar, among a prophane, rude, barbarous poeple :
rcprc-
P S A L M E CXXI.
353
reprefented in an Elegant Climax ; 1 fojournj dwell,
I have much dwelt. (2) His perfecurionby them, as
beingof bloody un peaceable difpofitions, quite op-
pofitetohis peaceable inclination, v. 5,6", 7,
Pfalme CXXI
Sctf. I. The Summary Contents.
Herein, 1. The Pfalmifls Confidence is reprefented
ver. I. 2. The Object of this his Confidence, is Part-
ly, Propounded, ver. 2. Partly, Eepoundedand II-
luftrtued, ver. 3. to the end. In alll which is difco-
vered, The great fafety ofthofe that duly t'ruft io
Gods Protection.
Sett. II. The Verfwn out of the
Hebrew.
a Heb. will-
lifc-up-or,
(hall I lift-
up&c?
from
whence
{hall Src.
b Heb. from
withjEHO-
V AH. -mak-
ing the
Hea^eni—
T Heb. or j
to be moov-
ti
A fftb.is
thy keeper:
eHrt. will-
keep.
f Heb. and
*y .
g btb. will
keep, from
now, and
unto eter-
nity.
bit. Moll.
in Arg. Pf.
12 1. Sim.]
de MuU in
Arg. Pfal.
121.
i Jo. Foord
in Expof.
Pfc/.KI.
k lo.Foord
X. ...
A Song of Degrees.
1. T To the Mountains a lift mine eyes:
J, From whence fhall come mine aid.
2. Mine help doth b from the LORD arife :
Which Heav'ns and Earth made.
3. He will not give thy foot c to Hide .*
Nor (lumber that thee-keeps.
4. Lo, Ifr'el who-doth-keep, and guide $
Nor (lumhereth, nor fleeps.
5. e To Lord d the keeps ; The LORD it tty
Thy fhade, on thy right-hand.
6. The Sun fhall not thee fmite by day ;
Nor Moon by night offend.
7. Thee from all ill the LORD will keep :
Thy Soul he e will-deliver.
8. Thy going-out,./ thy coming-in,
The LORD g keeps, hence and ever.
SeU. III. The Kind \ Penman and
Occajion,
This Pfalme is fuppofed by fome h to be A Mili-
tary Speech or Meditation, and that it was had or ut-
tered in the Camp for the Encouragement of the
Pfalmift and of his Army in Gods fole and All-fuffici-
cnt Protection againft their Enemies. 1. As to the
Sub'jefl -matter of it, it is of a Narratory, Doilrinal,
Promiffory, and Confolatory Kind : Declaring wherein
the Pfalmift. chief confidence was, vhr_. in the Lord
alone, leaching hence where the Saints confidence
andhopefhouldbe in all ftraits and dangers, ia\.
in the Lord only, Whereunto every faithful Saint
is encouraged by many comfortable Promifes. 2. As
to the Outward Forme of it, Ids .4 Song of Degrees.
Penmanofk, probably vwDavid 1: as the mat-
ter of it feems tacitly to imply.
Occafion of his Penning it feems to be fome emi-
nent peril, or fundry perils and dangers that himfelf
and Souldiers were in, either in the Land of Canaan;
or rather in Forreign Countries. And it is thought fe
that David, in the dayesof Saul having fled from
Judea into the Land of the Philiftines, where his
enemies faid he would vvorfliip other Gods, 1 Sam.
26. 19. He therefore upon that Occajion wrote this
Pfalme, rejecting all confidence in the Pagan-Idols
worshipped on Hillj and Mountains, and profeifing
his affiance only in the true J E H 0 V A H that made
Heaven and Ear th. But this is onely conjectural. It's
hard to defcend punctually to fiich particulars, with-
out fome particular light from Scripture.
Se&.IV. The Scope.
The Pfalmifts Scope intended in this Song, is ; r.
To profefs and declare his religious confidence in
the Lord alone ; 2. And to direct and encourage all
theGodly by his Example to do the like. Afiuring
himfelf and all that truft and rely upon the LORD,
of all defirable fafety and fecurity under the LORD'S
Protection againft all poffible evils and dangers.
SeU. V. The Analyfis, or Principal
Parts.
Herein are,
I. The title or Infcription, Exprefling, 1, The
Kind of it •, A Song. 2. The Adjunct of it; Of Degrees
In this Title, there is on Letter in the Hebrew which
makes it differ from the Titles of all the other XIV.
Songs of Degrees. For whereas all they are ftiled,
A Song, rn^yOH hamrnaghuahth, of Decrees:
Onlythisi2uh.iSlti!cd,ri7,\y!27lammaghualoth
To denees,Bui,dS Kimchi not es, it comes all to one :
for 7 Lamed is put for n Ht emphatical. As elfe-
where its ufed in Holy Scripture: hi, 2 King.']. 2.
Then a Lord onwhofe hand the King l}jQ'\lammelecl^
for -fal^ Hammelecl^ — _. So 2Chron. 28.9.
To the Heavens mmtflS-iy ehuad lafhlhamaum.
for CT QUJ !"n y ghuad-hafofbama)im,
II. The Subflance of the Song itfelf- Wherein
1. The confidence of the PJalmiftti pre(ented, in this
meraphorical phrafe of lifting up his eyes. Which
by an elegant Hebraifme imports an Aft of one hop-
ing, expecting, and looking for help, ver. 1.
2, The Ob)e£i of thii b'K Confidence isdefcribed,
C l J More generally In that phraife ; to the Hills
L* or, Mountains ]from whence comcth my help. Becaufe
the particle 7fc*here,inavbevariouily rendred, and
the phrafe may be varioufjy read; therefore there
are varieties of Interpretations of thefenfeofthefe
words. i.Some renderthe particle,7<>,'L'm-o: & take the
word, Mountains, metaphorically, for Kings, Pri nces
great ones, or for any other thing highly magnified
in the world, as an object of confidence in the crea-
ture / As if the Pfalmift at firft were in a Temptation
or-difpute with himfelf where to place his confi-
dence. 2. Some render 7J< Towards : and inter-
pret the word, Mount aines, Metonymically. (ij
Either of idols or falfe gods of the Heathen, which
were wont to be worfliipped on Mountains and Hills.
And take the phrafe interrogatively ; Shall I lift
mine eyes to the Hills ? whence fiould my help come if
And thus the words import the Pfalmift's renouncing
of idols for his confidence, ("2 J Or, of the LORD
the true God, who, from his facred Temple to be
built in the Holy Mountains, Moriah, and Sion, had
promifed help and aid to his people, Pfal, 20. 2.
The Pfalmift being now in a forreign land, looks to-
wardsGods Mountains for help and fuccour, as be-
lievers ufed to do. 3. Some, render the word 7fcJ
above m. Interpreting it, That the Pfalmift looked
above all higheft, ftrongeft creature-helps : placing
his confidence farre above them. 4. Some n render
this verfe interrogatively, thus; Shall I lift up mine
eyes to the Hills' whence ftnuld my help come > As if
the Pfalnu'ft being in danger and diftrefs were at firft
puzJed where to place his confidence ,andwhither to
flie for help. But recollecting himfelf, he rejects all
other Objects of Affiance, refting himfelf on the
LORD alone. Thefe feveral Interpretations are
pious. Let the difcreet Reader cohfider which is
here raoft (Unable and appofite, ver. 1.
C2 ) Mire Particularly. That the object of his
X x x x confidence
/Thns,
Calvin, H.
Mollerus.
Montana,
H. Ainjw.
m G. Ver-
fiori.
nThus,
Amis in
Pf.\2\.
Ourlaft
Engl. ,
Tran fla-
tion in the
margin.
^
354
P S A L M E. CXXII.
confidence for help, is (he LORD; Mmehelp cometh
fiom-mk the LORD. This de-compound Prepofition
is very erophatjcal : no Prcpofitions can furhciently
fet forth Gods help. Now this his confidence of
help from the LORD, is Angularly illuftrated and
rbntirmed divers wayes. As, I. From Gods All-lut-
ticiency for helping, evinced by that great effect ot
his Omni potency •, The creating of Heaven and Earth,
ver, 2. II. From Gods many faithful Promiles ,
touching fafe prefervation and protection of every
one confiding in him, and not only of thcPfalmiit.
In all which Promifes therefore, the Pfalmift fpeaks
nottohimfelfinthe Firftperfon, but to another m
the Second perfon,by an elegant Enallage or change
of the Perfon, ver. 3. to the end. Now, here he pro-
mifeth, i. The LORD'S Prefervation of his foot from
bein* moved, who trurt es in him. 2. The LORDS
conftant and exact vigilancy over him , and over
Ifrael ; nor fleeping , nor flumbring, verfe 3- 4;
3. The LORD'S fufficient, compleat, and univerlal
Proteftion of him : As hit Keeper, As his fiadeon
bit right hand, ver. 5. &c. Which Proreftion is pa-
thetically illuftrated ; ( 1 J By distribution of the
inftrumenral caufes and feafons of harme,from which
his made mail proteft him-, from the harmful in-
fluences of the Sun and Moon, by day andnight ; The
Sun fl>all not finite thee, &c. ver. 6. ( 2 J By the ex-
tent and univerfality of evil, whence he ftiall be pte-
ferved •, fiom all evil. (3) By the peculiarity
and choife excellency of this Protection, reaching
even unto the Soul ; He fliali preferve thy foul. ver. 7.
C4)6/ the d'Aribution ofhis Motions or Actions,
wherein Gods prefervation is promifedj^e/fc.i// pre-
ferve thy going out, and thy coming in. 5. By the con-
stancy of this divine Protection -, From now, and unto
eternity, verf. 8. Othe Amplitude of the LORD'S
providence and protection towards his ! What can
the Saints defire more for their fafety and fecuriry >
Oh we of little faith, wherefoie mould we doubt?
Pfalm CXXII.*
Sett. I. The Summary Content^
In thy Gates, O Jerufalem.
3. Jerufalem bu'M-flands,
As City, that
c Is well compact
Together on all hands.
4. d Whereto the Holy Tribes afcend,
The Tribec of J AH the fame,
To Ifr'els high
Teftimonies
To laud JEHOVAH'S Name.
5. For, there the Thrones of judgment/7 fland,
The Thrones for David's houfe
6. g Pray, may not ceafe
Jerufalem's peace
h Be thy friends profperous.
7. Peace in thy Fort, tranquilitie .
Be in thy Palaces.
8. Becaufeofmy
Brethren, and my
Dear neighbours proffer oufnefi.
I will now fay, Peace be in the
9. That there may flourifhfliU.
Houfe of the LORD
Our God adofd:
Seek good for thee I will.
*This
^22th
Pfalmel
have more
fully ex-
pounded
in my two . . '
Latin- David in this Pfalme exprefleth, I. Htt joyful
LeSures Gratulation, at the zealous deportment of Gods Peo-
had in the pie towards his worfhip at Jerufalem, and for Jem-
Colledge falems moft flourifhing condition, ver. 1. to 6. 2.
at Dublin Hitvehement Exhortation to the godly, to pray for
in Ireland, the flourifhing peace and proipcrity of Jerufalem,
Nov. 29. and the Church of God, ven 6. Which he urgeth
and Dec. 3 from, Godspromife, and his own Example, ver. 6,
when I 7>8,9»
took my
two Degrees of Batchelor and Dr. in Divinity there An. 1658
which perhaps hereafter may be publifhcd.
Seer. II. The fir ft Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
* Hf b. »r ;
for David.
a ''«*. or 1
With them,
bHrS.hive
ben land-
ing.
A Song of Degrees, * of David.
1. ^~X How I did re Joyce a in them
\^J That unto me did fay :
We will untr
The LORD'S houfe go.
2. Our feet^did fland and flay
C Her. i • •
joyned to
ic felt toge-
ther.
d Hth.fot-
thither or
whither,
c Htb. to.
confefs to
the name
of JEHO-
VAH.
tbtb tide.
are fet. or i
fland.
g Htb. Afk
yeethe
peace of
Jerufalem.
hH«*.rh)
lovers flnll
bcfifeiy
quiet orj let
thy levers
be Profpe-
rous.
i Htb. Be-
ctufe of the
houfe of-—
Sett. III. The Kinde,
Occafion.
Penman, and
This Song, 1. As to the Matter of it; is mixt : being
made up of Gratulation, Exhortation, and Supplica-
tion, in referrence to Jerufalem and the Houfe of God
there. 2. As to the external Forme of it, it is a Song
of Degrees, as the Title fhowes. The Penman f as
the Title intimates J was David. The Occafion of
Davids penning it as interpreters ^confent, was Da-
vids bringing up of the Ark of the Teftimonieto Je-
rufalem into the City of David, and placing it there
in the Tent which he had prepared for it, 2 Sam. 6.
13. to the end. As alfo the Con fli tut ion of Gods
Worfhip, and the Thrones of Judgment there in the
Holy City for Davids Houfe or Royal Family, emi-
nent types of the Sacerdotal and Regal Offices of
JESVS CHRIST the true David. For, as one well
obferves, God had promifed by Mofes, Thatatlaft
there fhould be a certain fixed place for his Sanftu-
ary. And now fince then, the Ark of the LORD had
as it were wandred like a Pilgrim hither and thi-
ther above a rhoufand years.iTfownr Sion was difcover-
ed David, as the place where the Lord would have it
fetled, and his Temple built. And as David received
this Oracle with greateft joy : fo he declares here in
this Song,his lingular gladnefs,inbeholdiug the con-
fent of Gods people, and their zeal to Gods Wor-
fhip now there Ordained, and afterwards to be pre-
formed before the Ark. Hence, he extolls Jerufa-
lem with excellent Encomiums , and vehemently
prayes for its Peace and Profperity.
k Jo. Calv
in Com. ad
Pfal. 122.
John
Richardfon
in hit Ob-
fervations
and Ex-
plications
of the Old
Tefiament,
Large
Lond. An-
not. on Pf.
122.
Sett. IV. The Scope.
Davids Scope, therefore, in this Song, as the Sub-
ject-Matter ofirevinceth, was; 1. Joyfully to cele-
brate the bringing-up of the Sacred Arl^ of God into
his place: 2. To commend with gladnefs the pious
affections and motions of the people towards the
Houfe and Worfhip of the Lord : 3. To extol with
many Elogyes both the Sacred and Civil Conftituti-
ons at Jerufalem : 4. And to provoke by many Argu-
ments both himfelf and others, even all the Saints,
mod diligently to pray for, feek, and endcavourr
the Peace and Profperity of Jerufalem. And Proba-
bly, David intended that this Song among others .
fhould be fung by the People, when they came up to „h ,22
Jerufalem to the Solemn Feafis I. l r*Jal:
sca. v.
/ Sim. dc
Muk Com.
r S A L M E, CXXIIL
355
sect.
V.The
Analyfis or Principal
Tarts.
Irj rtiii Son^ are,
I. The Infer iption or T///e dcfcribing, r. The kind
of if, A Song. 2. The Adjunct of ic ; of Degrees. 3.
The Inftrumental Authour,or Penman of it ^ David.
See on Pf, I. 120. Sett. 1.
II. The Song /> /-.'//contains, 1, A Pathetical Gra-
tulation. 2. A vehement Exhortation.
1. A Pathetical GratuLifonof David, at the Zeal
of Gods people towards Gods Houfe and publick
Worfhip there, and at the then flourifhing State of
Jerufalem, ver. i. to 6.' This his Gratulationisillu-
Itratcd there, I. From iheSubjeft of the Gratulati-
on, vi^. 1. David himfelf j / rejoyced; 2.The Peo-
ple of God ; with them that faid, &c. The Prepofiti-
in ZD^DH^Beomrim, is varioufly rendred. As,
CO Whentheyfaid. SoCatyin and Geneva Tranfla-
tion. Referring it to the tims- of David gladnefs.
(2) Inthem that /aid. So Pagnin, Montanm, hen.
Ainfworth. Referring it to the Subject or Object of
David )oy. Ci) For them that (aid. So the French
verfion ; referring ic to the caufe ofhisrejoycing.(X)
With them that [aid. So Kimchi, and Sim.de Muit.
Intimating the mutual and reciprocal joy oiDavid
and the People. If we take it in this lalt fenfe, ic
denotes The Subjecls Gratulating or rejoycing with
David. II. From the Caufes of this Gratulation.
Which are chiefly three. viz,. 1. The People's
f-'orrarory words inciting and provoking one ano-
ther to go up to die Houfe of the LORD, for his pu-
blick '^orfhip, v. 1. 2. The Peoples anfwerable
Deed; and Praftice. They did accordingly go up to
the LOHD's Houfe, their feet did ft and and perfevere
in Gods Worfhip within the Gates of Jerufalem. Apo-
ftrophe of fpeech ro Jerufalem. v. 2. 3. The then
flourifhing ftate of JiTufalenu A type of the Spiritu-
al profpejffty of t«e Spiritual ^r«/iifem, the Church
of God, The Jerufalem which U above. This her
flourifhing ftate was threefold (1 J Oeconomical. And
fo Jerufalem is highly commended, Partly .from her
goodly buildings, and the Families therein inhabiting
partly, from the Unity ofthe Edifices and Citizens a-
mong themfelvs,i/„5.("2 JEcclefiafiical. And fo Jerufa-
lem, is greatly praifed , Partly, from the practice of
the tribes, the Tribes of J AH, Afcending habitually
thrice in the year with one unanimous conflux thi-
ther. Partly, from the end of the tribes Afcending
thither. Which was twofold, viz. 1. To Learn the
word and will of God, from his holy Oracle at the
Ark of Teftimony •, To the Teftimony oflfrael. Called
Tcftimony, becaufe From it God gave Teftimony of
his prelence by his Oracles, Exod. 25. 22. In it was
kept the Teftimony, i. c, The two Tables of the Law
and Covenant given to Ifrael in Horeb teftifying Gods
benefits Ifrael, the Church of God: and Ifraels Du-
-tyes towards God and their Neighbours, Exod. 2$.
21. Hence its called, Tbe Arl^efthe Teftimony, Exod.
2$. 22. and 26. 33. 2.ToConfefs CVK- praife, and
thankfgiving,) to the Name of the LORD, ver. 4.
Ci) Political. Forafmuch as all Juridical Admini-
ftration was at Jerufalem : vi^. 1. Thrones for Judg-
ment. As fome Interprec The Senate of LXXII. or
Great Council the Sanhedrim, who had cognizance
of all great and difficult matters. 2. Thrones for the
Houfe, or Family of David: i.e. Civil Judicatories.
Jerufalem being the Royal Seat for David and his
Seed, ver. 5.
2. A vehement Exhortation of David to all the Peo-
ple of God, to pray for the flourifhing State and
Profperity of Jerufalem, and of the Church of God
typified thereby,i/.6,7, 8. 9.
This Exhortation is 1 Propounded, and 2. IJxgeL
Q) Propounded in thefe words ; OV?ttJ "HNUJ
u37tf^"V Shaaltt fhelom Jerufhalaim, A mofte-
lcgant Paranomafta. Pray ye the peace of Jerufalem;
or ; Askje the peace of Jerufalem, ver. 6. By peace,
undcrftanding, all manner of flourifhing Profpe-
rity.
CiJVrgedby two Arguments efpecially.* viz.. I.
From Gods Promifcof fafe-quietnfs, tranquility or
profperity to Jerufalem^ Lovers; In Jerufalem 's
peace and profperity, they /hall have peace and
profperity alfo, ver. 6. II. From Davids ownimi-
table Example herein. He prayes fervently for the
fame bleffing for Jerufalem, which he Exhorted the
Godly to pray for. Nov* this Prayer of David
(wherein, in the Hebrew, is obfervable another ele-
gant Paranomafta, betwixt Peace and Profperity, }is,r.
Propounded; Let peace be 2. Illuflrated,P< his Majeftical Place and
and Throne; 0 thou— in the Heavens. 2. By hisef-
fefts. In the word, Sitting; 0 thou-fnting in the
Heavens. This [ Sitting "J denotes in Scripture,
Sometimes Teaching : being afcribed to Teachers,
Math. 23. 2. Sometimes Judging: being ufed of
Judges, Pf. 2 4, 5. Sometimes Reigning and Ruling,
being attributed to Kings, Ijai.66. 1. Pfal.l22.$.
3. By his Adjunft , Excellency, or Supremacy in
Heaven. Noted in two Paragogical or redundant
Letters [ 1 and H 3 in the word "Q^m Sitting. All
thefe tendtoftrenghtcn their affiance. v,i.
3. The Illuftration of this Confidence., two waies ;
I. From a double Similitude or Refcmblancc of like
Confidence, Of a Serv ants eye to his Mafters hand,
or of a Maids eye to her Miftrefls hands. They eye
them to obey their Commands, to receive good
from them, or to find favour from them vvhencor-
reftedby thorn, having none other befides them to
ex peft any fa vour from •• So our eyes are to the LORD
our God, exporting Favour and Grace from him one-
ly under thefc fliarp Chaftifements of his hand. In
the former part of this Similitude, note the <&(y-m ate
in the latter, the 'AvaT^Jhaif or Redaction ot it. II,
From the importunate perfeverance, orperfevering
importunity of their Confidence j until he fliow grace
vntout,ver.2.
II. An Oration or Prayer. Wherein note
i. The Bleifing begged ; Divine Grace, or Favour;
fhow-gr ace-to-us
2. TheRequeft repeated. Intimating, Their Zeal
in Prayer, And Gods haftening of his favour fo much
needed.
3. ThePetition enforcedly an Argument drawn
from their great and deep diftrefles and fufferings
under their infolent Enemies. Here are pathetical-
ly delineated, 1. The Nature of their fufferings,!/^.
all mannor of difgraceful opprobrioufnefs. Where-
of two forts are mentioned exprefly. Ci^Contempt.
C2 J Scorning- 2. The meafure of their fufferihgs ,
much, much, They were^//e,fatiated,glutted, much
much, with contempt and fcorn. 3. The Patients en-
during this; We, our foul. Both foul, and the whole
man. 4. The Agents that inflifted thefe injuries,
*>/*• CO Thofe that were at eafe. A Periphrafis
of the rich and profperous in this world, who
take their eafe and delighr; as Luke 12. 15. (2 J
The proud and haughty ones, they are wont to de-
mean themfelves infolently agaift the pious and poor
afflifted, a/. 3, 4.
Pfalm CXXIV.
Seer. I. The Summary Contents.
• In this moft pathetical Song, are: 1. An Exhort a-
rion unto Ifrael to acknowledge and confefs Gods fole
prefervation and deliverance of them wonderfully
and feafonably from danger and utter deftruftion by
their enraged, infolent, cruel, and fubtile Enemies,
v. 1. to 6. 2. A Doxology, wherein the Church blef-
feth God moft zealoufly for this wonderful Protecti-
on and feafonable Deliverance, v. 6, 7; 8.
Setf. II. TheVerftanoutofthe
Hebrew.
A Song of Degrees a of David.
i. T) Ur-for the LORD, vvho-was for-us :
IJ Let Ifrael now fay :
2. But-for the LORD fo gracious,
Who- was for-us that day,
When b men againft us up-arofe ;
3. Then us alive, alas,
That had up-fwallow'd ; when c their wrath
Againft-us kindled-was.
4. When waters had us overflow 'd :
d Stream had our foul pafs'd over.
5. Then had the waters fwelling-proud
Our very foul pafs'd-over.
6. The LORD be blefs't, who gave us not
Unto their teeth a prey.
7. As Bird from Fowlers fnare '» got,
Our foul is fcap'd away :
Broke is the fnare which foes did frame,
And we are fcaped-forth.
8. Our help w in JEHOVAH'S name :
e Who made the Heav'nsard Earth.
a Htb. or,
To-David.
b Htb.
Adam.
earthly
man.chald.
finlul men.
c Htb. their
noftnll.
A Hei.or, the
torrent.
Stft. III.
e Hamate-
ing the — -
P S A L M E CX.XV.
5?
(JoCalv.
in Com. ad
Ff. 124.1.
g Sim. de
Muk in
Arg. Ff.
124.
Ji J of. in
Jud.Antiq.
ltb.j.cap.6
i Jo,Foord.
in Expof.
Ff. 124.
Temp. Cum
Exp\inPf.
qqjempus
Sim. de
Muk in
Arg. Ffal.
124.
k Jo.Calv.
in Com. ad
Ff. 124. I.
Sim. de
Muiiin
Arg. Ffal.
124.
Se&. III. The Kind, Penman^ Occajioft,
and Scope.
The Kind of this Pfalme is, 1. As to the Subjetl-
matter of h, M'xt : being made up of Exhortation
and Praife. It isHortacory vtr. 1 to 6. Laudatory,
ver. 6. (&c. 2. As to the Outward b'orm of \t; A
Song, arid A Song ofDegries : as the Title fhovves.
See on Ffal. 1 20. Sect, t, ,
Penmanofh, was David: as the Title imports.
The Occasion of David penning it, was f as the
matter of it indicates} Some one, or divers won-
derful deliverances of the Church and People of Ifra-
cl from their proud, enraged, and fubcile enemies,
by the LORD'S own omnipotent arme alone, in the
extremity of diftrefs and danger. Thofe that re-
ferrethefe deep ftraics of the Church here hinted,
to the carrying of the remnant of the People into Ba-
bylon, as here foretold by David, have no ground
for fo doing, in the judgment of fome/. For, 1. The
pjffagcsin the Pfalme may as well agree to their
extreamdiftreflcs under Antioclw that cruel Perfecu-
tor. 2. And the Diftreffes and Deliverances here
recorded in this Pfalme, are fpoken of H'tjlorically,
as things already done-, not Prophetically, as things
to be done afterwards. Some referre thefe thl igs,
To Davids victory over the Philiftines it Baal Peri-
?im, and at the Mulberry-trees * 2 Sam. 5. 17. to the
end. 1 Chron. 14. 8. to the endg. Some to his victo-
ry over the Ammonites, and Syrians their helpers,
by Joab his General, 2 Sam. 10. and 1 Chron. 18. 3.
And afterwards over the Edomhes alfo, by Joab
and Abifhai, ("which was probably about the fame
time, as Jofephmh thinks ) Joab flaying 12000. E-
domites, Pfal.60.2. and perhaps Abifhai 6000 more
Whence the whole number of the (lain was 18000.
2 Sam. 8. 13. andiChron. 18. 12. Thus— Foord,
and Muk i. But others, considering, how Ifrael
dwelt like a flock of Sheep in midft of Wolves,
("herein Ifrael being a lively Type of the Church of
God furrounded with enemies in all ages,) The Am-
monites, Moabites, Afjyrians and Chaldeans being on
the Eaft, The Philiftincs on the Weft, The Syrians
on the North, The Egyptians, Arabians, and Edo-
mhes on the South} and how fomtimes divers of thefe
did combine together againft Ifrael, and oft-times
flew many, and endangered all : do conceive £ this
Pfalme may have refpect to many great and glorious
deliverances, yet to all the eminent deliverances
which the LORD had wrought for Ifrael againft all
forts of Enemies, efpecially in the dayes of David.
And the feveral expeffions in the Pfalme do very
well agree hereunto.
The Scope here intended, isj 1. To incite all If-
rael. even the whole Church and People of God, to
confefs and acknowledge the LORD alone to have
been her Defence againft, and deliverer from, her
many proud, enraged, and fubtile enemies, in the
feafonable nick of danger and extremity. To blefs
the LORD triumphantly hereupon, with profeffion
ofhope for help in all dangers and difficulties in the
Omnipotent Lord alone.
Seer. IV. The Analyjis, or Principal
Parts.
In the Infcription note, 1. The Kind of this Po"
em ; A Song. 2, The Adjunct cf it -. Of Degrees'
3. The inftrumental Author, or Penman of ic j
David.
In the Song it felf, which is Hortatory, and Lau-
datory, are ;
L An Exhortation to all Ifrael, to confefs and
afeflbe unto the LORD alone all her glorious and
wonderful deliverances from her many dangerous e-
nemies, v. i.to6. Wherein note,
1. The Duty of acknowledging Gods deliverances,
required ; Let ifrael fay.
2. The Perfons charged with this Duty : even all
that fhared in the deliv erance •, Ifrael.
3. The Time or Seafon of this acknowledgment, e-
ven prefently after the deliverances : efpecially after
fome eminent deliverance ; Now, v. 1.
4. The matter to be confeffed and acknowleded, is
The LORDs Protection and Deliverance of his Ifrael
from her many enraged and Crafty enemies, v. 1, 2.
&c. This is moft elegantly and emphatically fee
forth four wayes : vi^_. I. From the peculiar Pro-
tection and Patrocinie, which the LORD himfelf
vouchfafed Ifrael. Which is elegantly repeated-,
But for the LORD who was form . Butforthe
Lord who witt for m, v. 1, 2. II. From the Nature
and Condition of their Enemies: Here defcribed,
I. By their kind. There are three Kinds of them,
vi^. Obfervers, Infurrectors, Evil-doers: Ffal. 92.
II. Here are mentioned onely Infurretfors. 2. By
their Fame ; Hcb. Adam. Earthly-man. Take the
word collectively. The LORD* was for them : Ear-
thy man againft them, v. 2. 3. By their wrath and
fury v Wnen their anger wot killed 4. By th.ir
powerandmuItiti.de. Compared- fi) To de-
vouring Fifties or wild-beafb, fwalhwir./, up '.heir
prey alive. (~2 J To waters ov flowing. f^)Toa
fierce and ftrong Torrent, 01 Flood irrefiftible.
(_4)Toproudfwelling-waters. Gradat. Ml which
imply, The extrtmiry of Ifraels dange. md the
Eminency of the LORD'S deliverance voudhfaf-i
ed them. III. From the utter imporency of Ifra-
el to defend and deliver themfelve*s from fuch ene-
mies. Being ready to be utterly fwallowed up alive
ready to be overflowed : w, our Soul. IV. From the
Opportunnefle and Seafonableneffe ot their delive-
rance. Even when enemies were at higheft, they
at loweft : when enemies atftrongeft, they at wea^eff.
This, pathetically hinted in the particle [_Toen~]
thrice ufed. See all thefe in v. 2,3,4,5.
II. A Laudatory BenediUhn, wherein the Church
Bleffeth the LORD for the wonderful deliverance
vouchfafed, v. 6. <&c. This Benediction is illu-
ftrated.
1. By the perfon Blefled ; The LORD-, their Deli-
verer.
2. By the Deliverance vouchfafed. This is laid
down, i. Negatively, He hath not given m as a Prey
to their Teeth. 2. Pofitively ; Our Soul « efcaped-
The Snare k broken* &c Metaphor from a Bird's
efcaping out of a Snare by the breaking of it,
3. By the Antithefis, or Oppofitionofthe enemies
power and fubtilty to Ifraels weaknefs andfimplici-
ty. 1. The enemies were as hungry Lyons or Wilde-
beafts.* Ifrael a s a prey. 2. The enemies as cunning
Fowlers that had fet their Snares : Ifrael as a Ally
Bird caught in the Snare/v.6,7.
4. By the profefled Confidence of the Delivered in
the Omnipotent LORD alone for help in all like
cafes of danger and difficulty \ Our help kin
Former experience of Gods deliverances, are an
excellent foundation for his Churches future Confi-
dence in him, v. 8.
Pfalme CXXV.;
Seer. I. The Summary Contents,
In this Song are, 1. The Dotfrine of the conftant
perfeverance and all-fufficient fafety of the faithful
Y y y y people
35§
P S A L M E. CXXVI.
aM.fhill
not I e re-
iroved
bHei.Qull
fit.
c ileb. and
the LORD
to ind about
his people
f. o n now,
and for ever
d Hr/..Thac
the jult put
not forth—,
c I irb. in
their hearts
f H>. their
crookedncf-
ics.
g H. Moll,
in Arg.Pf.
I2S.
Jo.Foord.
in Explic.
Ffal. 125.
TempM—
people of the LORD, ver. 1,2, 3. 2. A Prayer for
the welfare of the Righteous, -uer. 4. 3. A Predifti-
on of the ungodly's piinifhmenr, but of If, ads peace,
•ver. 5.
Sedr. II. The Verflon out of the
Hebrew.
A Song of Degrees.
1. npHey-that-truft in the LORD above,
X As Sion Mount are they,
Which from its bafe a (hall not remove.
But b doth-remain for-ay.
2. Jerufalem about it round
The Mountains ft and together :
c So doth the Lord his folk furround,
Frorn-this-time and for ever.
3. For, reft fhall not on juft-mens lot
The Rod of wickedr.els,
dLeft that the Juft their hands forth-put
Unto unrighteoufneffe.
4. Do t>,ood,LORD,to the good : And to
The'upright e in their-heart.
5. But to/ their-crooked-courfes,/(7,
They-that-afide-divert.
With workers of iniquity
Tile LORD Qwhofe wayes excel)
Will-lead-them-forth :Tet ?cacc fhall be
Upon hit Ifrael.
Sed. III. The Kind , Penman, Occajion
and Scope.
TheK/Wofir, i.Astothe Sub)eU-matter there-
of is mixt, being made up of Dottr ine, Prayer, and
Prophecy. 2. As to the Outward Form oik, it is /I
Song, A Song of Degrees, as the Title intimates. See
Ffal. 120. Sect.i.
Penmanoi this Song is not exprefled, as in the
Titles offome other Songs of Degrees : Buttis pro-
bably conjectured, David wrote it g. And from
ver. 3. The Rod of the wicked, &c. itisfuppofed
that it was Penned much about the fame time, the
1 24th Pfalme was written, and upon like Occafion of
the afflictions &diftrefTes of God's Church and peo-
by the wicked of the World. Againft which they
are here comforted,
Scope intended herein, is-, 1. For the comfort of
Gods Church and faithful people againft all encom-
paffing afflictions, dangers, and enemies, to declare
their conftant liability and impregnable fafety
through the LOID's furroundinging prefence and
protection : And that the Rod of wickedneffe fhall
not itill reft upon the lot of the Righteous. 2. As
alfo to pray for the welfare of the good and upright;
And prefage the wicked's punifhment, but Ifraels
peace.
Sett. IV. The Analyfis, or Principal
Parts,
The Title points out, 1. The kind of this facred
Poem ; A Song. I. The Adjunct of it ; of De-
giees.
The Song it fclf is, Doflrinal, Petitory, and Pro-
phetical.
l.Dothtnal, v. 1,2, 3. Herein the Pftlmift teach-
eth efpecially two things, vi^.
t.TheConftancy, Stability, or Perfeveiance of the
Faithful. Where, 1. The Faithful perfevering, are
defcribed ; By their affiance, they truft in, Hope in.
By the Object of this their affiance, vi\. The LORD.
2. Their Stability or Perfeverance is illuilrated by
Similitude drawn from the Mount Sion, A Type of
the Church. This Mount Sion is fet forth, Qi) By
it's immobility. OJByit's Perpetuity of Sration,
ver. 1.
2. The All-fufficient Sajety and Security of the Lords
people, of hit Church. This is Demonftrated two
wayes. I. From the LORD'S conftant prefence with,
and Protection of his people. Which Prefence and
Protection, is Elegantly illuflrated by the Natural
fafety of Jerufalem from her invading enemies by
reafon of the furrounding Mountains defending it :
So the LORD himfelf k roundabout his peoplefrom now
and for ever. Here's the Similitude, and the Red-
ditjon of it, v. 2. 2. From the LORD'S Promife, a-
gainft the continuance of the Rod of wicked Tyrants
and perfecutors upon the lot of the Righteous. Their
Rod may fall on them : but fhall not reft on them, fo as
to overflow their fafety. This promife is confirmed
by a Reafon thereof-, Left continued afflictions and
perfections fhould expofe or force them fa anyini-
Wity, ver. 3.
II. Petitory. Wherein the Pfalmift prayes for the
welfare of the godly. Here notc,i. What is prayed,
for; Good. All fort of good, which God fees heft,
2. From whom it is begged ; Frour the LORD.
3- For whom , vi^. for the godly. Set foc^i,
C lJ As good. (~2j As upright iu their hearts,
ver. 4.
III. Prophetical. Herein the Pfalmift foretelleth
1. The punifhment of the ungodly. ("1) They are
characterized ; They tum-afide to their crookedneffes:
From the way of Piety and integrity. (2 J Their
punifhment is defcribed, By the Author, Kind of it,
and Co-partners in it ; The LORD fliall lead them
forth, Sec. 2. The peace of Ifrael, the Church and
people of God, ver.$.
Pfalme CXXVI.
Seel:. II. The Summary Contents
Herein are fet forth, 1. The Churches thankful
GratulationtotheLoRDfor the wonderful return
of their Captivity from Babylon, v, 1, 2, 2. 2. A
Prayer for perfecting of that Mercy in refpeft of
them that were not yet returned, v. 4. 3. AConfo-
lation of the afflicted Captives, in hope of an happy
iflue of all their diftrefles, v. 5, 6.
Sett. 11. The Verfwn out of the He-
brew.
A Song of Degrees.
1. "V A 7HenSionV/d(/ weeps bearing the drawing of
Sced.or; purchafed ( 1. 1. feci ui ) Seed, h Heb. coming Hull come.
The LORD d hath done great-things with us :
We joyful are thereby.
4. As (beams in South, do thou, O LORD,
Turfte-our-Captivity.
5. f Who-fow in tears, fhall reap in joy.
6. Who going goes, and gmournes,
Bearingchoife Seed, S«r he with joy,
Beating his fheaves, b returns.
Sett. III. The Kind^ Penman, Occajion,
and Scope.
The Kind of this Pfalme. 1. As to the Sub)c$-
Matter of ir, is Mixt. Confiding of Gratulation, Pray-
er, and Confutation. 2, As to the Outward-Forme of
it, it is A Song, A Song of Degrees, as the Title Deno-
minatesit. See P fat. 120.Se.ft. 1.
Penman of this Song, was, not David by a Spirit of
Frophecy foretelling the Jews return from Babyhns
Captivity, for this f thinks Calvin ) is too much to
i Jo. Calv. forCe the words i : But rather fome holy man of God,
in Com. ad at,out the time of the Jewes firft and wonderful re-
Pfal. 126. turn from Babylon.
Argum. Occafion was plainly The Jewes firft Returne from
Babylonifl) Captivity, upon the Edict of Cyrus, after
he had conquered Babylon. Seethe Hiftory of ir,
Exra. 1. and 2. Which Captives returned into their
own Land, magnified the LORD in this Song, for that
ftupendious and almoft incredible deliverance: Pray-
ing the LO R D to perfect this mercy in Returning
them that were then left behind : And comforting
themfelves.and the reft unretumed,with hopes of an
happy and joyful iffue of all their forrows, though
rhe perfecting of their Deliverance was for a feafon
delayed.
Scope of the Song, is; 1. To magnifie the L O R D
alone for the Jewes admirable Return from Baby-
lonifh Captivity. 2. To pray the LORDtocom-
pleat this great mercy in Returning the reft that yet
ftayed behind. 3. And to comfort themfelves and
the Captives un- returned, with hopes of a joyfull
Harvefi of mercy, after a mournful Seed.ttme of forrow
and mifery.
Seer. IV. the Analyfts or Principal
Parts.
The Title denotes, 1. The Kind of this Poem ; A
Song. 2. The Adjunct of it ; Of Decrees
The Song it felf contains 1. Gratulation, 2. Prayer,
3. And Confolation.
I. Thankful Gratulation of the Jewes for their fitft
and wonderful Returne from Babylonifh Captivity,
i/er. 1,2, 3. This their Returne is defcribed pathe-
tically,
1. By the Author of it; The LORD. It was fo
great, ftrange, wonderful, Sec. that it could not be
afcribed to any other efficient than to him alone.
2. By the Subjects recipient, on whom the LORD
conferred this Deliverance ; Sion. The Church.
The Captive.Jewes, who were thoughttobe buried
as in Graves in Babylon, Ere\. 37. u, 12, 13, 14.
3. By the effects or Confequents hereupon enfu-
ing, vi^. 1. The Jewes, aftonifhmeac, admiration,
&c. at their deliverance, as almoft incredible: Asa
dream, rather than a real Truth, vsr.i. 2. Their
lingular joy thereat. Defcribed, Partly, By the man-
ner of theirexpreffing it; With Laughter, With Sing-
ing. Partly, By the meafure of it j win filled
3. The Heathens (_ vi^. Babylonians, Medes
Perfuns, &c. J Confeffion and open teftification,
that the LORD had magniji'd to do with them. Had
magnifically wrought for them, ver. 2. 4. The Cap-
tives thankful acknowledgment, that the L03D had
magnified to d-> with them indeed. Which is amplifi-
ed By their re'pycing therein, v. 3.
II. A Prayer of the Jewes Returned out of Cap-
tivity, for Gods continuing and compleating of their
Deliverance upon the remnant yet-unreturned from
Babylon. Wherein note, 1. The Object prayed to ;
The LORD. 2. The Parties Praying ; The Jewes re-
turned. Intimated in the Word [_Our'] 3. The
Eleifing prayed for: The Returning of their Captivi*
ty : i. e. Of the remainder of the Jewifh Captive*
lingering in Babylon, who returned not at firft with
Zerubbabel, but afterwards with E^ra, in about the
feventhyearof^Taxerxej Mnemon, See Exrai. 1,
7,8, n. &c, 4. The Argument whereby they, as
it were, moveGodto grant this requefl, is drawn
from the fingular acceptablenefs and feafonablenefs of
the mercy, rcprefented in an elegant fimilitude ; It
will be as feafonable andgravfuIJ asftreams of water
in the dry parched So«r6-Country, ver, 4.
Ilf. A Confolation to themfelves and the reft of the
Captives, encouraging them to undergo with hope
and patience their prefent forrowes and fufTerings, in
expectation of their future joy in their full delive-
rance. This is laid down nnder an elegant Simi-
litude of the Hwbandman, who hach a dropping Seed-
time, but a joyful Harveft : who patiently endures
hardnefs in plowing, fowing, &c. in winter : and
reaps a rich crop in Summer. The Similitude is ex-
prefied : The Reddition of k is underftood, ver.
$.6.
Pfaim CXXVIL
Setf. I. The Summary Contents.
Herein, are ; 1. A Declaration of the vanity of all
Humane endeavours and undertakings inEcclefiafti-
cal, Political, and Domeftical affairs, without the
concourfe of Gods Providence and Bleffing, ver. 1,
2. 2. A Confirmation hereof by one eminent inftance
of Children, whereby all focieties are fupported, who
are the peculiar gifts of the LORD, ver. 3, 4, 5.
Se3. II. The Verfion
Hebrew.
out of the
A Song of Degrees a for Solomon.
i.fFT NIefs the LORD the houfe doth build,
i_A It's builders c toyle therein in-Vlinc :
rfllnlefs the LORD the City fhield ,
The Keeper waketh but in vainc.
2. Early to rife, To fit-up late
For you 'tis vaine ; Of forrowes deep
With carefulnefs the bread to eate :
So he'l give his beloved fleep.
3. Lo, (om are the LORD'S Heritage:
The womb's fruit, his reward alone.
4. So are fonnes e of the youthful-age,
As Shafts in hand of nvghty-one,
5< That*
a Heb. er. of
Solomon.
b Heb. If the
LORD do.
noc.
e Htb. it ;
labour-.-..
d Heb. If the
LORD keep
not the city.
cHd.ofcbc
you :b
;£o
P S A L M E. CXXVI I.
. Hch who
achfilled
is Qjivec
With :netn
£ »fi> or,
Uut chey--
li/o. C.i/v.
in Com. ad
Pf. 127. I.
»fl 2*/f. Ff.
1 27. S//w.
aV /}/«« »n
Arg. Pfal.
Ml. Joan.
Foord in
Expo/. Pf.
227.jit.ffi
Ainfw. on
title.
kGreg*
Nezfan^en
apid Hen.
Miller, in
Arg. Pfal;
»27.
I Tims Jo.
Fiord in
Exp. Pjal.
127.
5. That-man is happy day by day,
J Whofe Quiver is with them repleate :
They fliall not beabafh'd,f when they
Shall fpeak with enemies iu the Gate.
Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, Occasion,
and Scope.
The Krndohhli, Poem, 1. As to the Sub)etl-Mat-
ter of h,\sDoZlrinal. Teaching that all man? acts and
endeavours, without the L O RD's concurrent Pro-
vidence and Blcfling, are vainc. 2. As to the0«f-
wurd Forme of it, is A Song. A Song of Degrees. See
Pjal. 120. Sect. I.
Penman of ic, Some think to be K. Solomon h. Part-
ly, Becaufe his Name is inferted in the Title : which
may, according as the Hebrew will bear it, be trans-
lated •, Of- Solomon. Or; For Solomon. Partly, be-
baufe Solomon had great knowledge in, and experi-
ence of building the Houfe and other affairs mention-
ed in this Song. Others conceive, that it was penned
by David, or by fome other holy man of God, for
Solomon and his Instruction, How to enterprise and
mannage aM his affairs, with dependance chiefly up-
on the LORD for all good fuccefs therein i. And fo
they render the Title ; For-Solomon. And indeed
Solomon had great need of fuch advice as this Pfahr.e
gives, he being to undertake thofe great works, of
building not onely his own Houfe, butGodsHoufe,
offtablifhingthe Politic of the City Jerufalem, and
the whole Kingdom of Ifrael, &c. To this later Opi-
nion I rather incline. And yet I judge it not much
material, whether we afcribe the penning of it to Da-
vid or to Solomon. Seeing the Doctrine of thePlalme
will be one and the fame to us.
Occafion of penning it, was probably; The great
work chat lay upon Solomons bands in reference to
the Temple, City and Kingdome, and his own Family,
which that he might fuccefsfully undertake, he was
to enterprife them with dependance upon the Lord's
benediction alone.
Scope is, 1. Immediately, to teach Solomon in all his
Ecclefiaftick, Politick, and Domeftick affairs, to de-
pend only upon the Providence and concurrent blef-
fing of God, without which all his own wifdom,
power, diligence, industry, &c. would be utterly 1
vain. i.Mediatdy, To teach us and all Gods people,
That without the LORD'S concurrent Providence,
Affiftance and EleiTing, all mans Enterprises and
Endeavours about EcdefiaStical, Political, or Dome-
ftical affaires are meer loft labour and vanity. And
that therefore in all our Actions and Undertakings
we fhould wholly depend upon the LORD, for alfirt-
ance and fuccefs. So true and excellent h that allu-
fionof Naxi.inzen unto this PSalme; 0s» SlJbv\<&,
fiLiJiv \°fic-< pOoc©- : ^ f«) JiJbvjQ-iMtftv r/on,or77rte,exprelTeth; I. The Kind
of writing ; A Song. 2. The Adjunct, A Song of
Degrees, See on Pfal. 120. Sect I. 3. The Object
for whofe fake ir was fpecially penned ; For-Solomon.
The Song itfelf contains
l.ADotlrinal Declaration of the vanity of all hu-
mane Afts and Enterprises about all forts of Afairs
here below, without the concurrent influences of
Gods Providence and Bleffing. But cfpecially,
1. In Affairs Ecdefiaftical. As,in building the
Temple I, which was The Houfe yjl' t^o^f. In vain
did David intend it, unlcfsthe LORD lud approved
his intention. In vain had Solomon attempted it : had
jior God affiftod him in it. Some referrc this to
Amans dwelling-houfe, and efpecially to his Family ;
and all manner of provisions for it. But the former
feems better, ver. i.in begin.
2. In Affairs Political. As, in keeping, protect-
ing, and well-providing for the City, i.e. Jerufalem,
under which, as the Metropolis of the Kingdom, un-
derftand metonymically the whole Kingdom, and
Common-wealth of Ifrael. Vnlefs the LORD be the
Keeper and Protector thereof, every other Keeper,
even Solomon himfelf,keepeth it, and yratcbeth it all
in vain, v. 1.
3. In Affaires Oeconomical, oxDomeftical. As, in
providing for the Family. All the prudence, dili-
gence toyle and travel that the Houfholder can ex-
pect, and all the hardnefs and Straits that he can un-
dergo; being up early, down late, and eating the
bread of forrows /n fj i. e. food painfully acquired,Gen.
3« 19. or courfe dktj will be all in vain andunpro-
Sperous, without Gods, bleffing. This is notably il-
lustrated by Gods contrary bleffing of hisbeloved,
depending upon him and his Providence after all his
toyle and labour; So he will give his Beloved fleepn.
So'} i . e. by fuch early riling, late fitting up, eating
the bread of Sorrowes ; he will eive his beloved fleep,
i. c. he will give fweet fleep and reft without carking
carefulneffe to his beloved, that depends upon him
for fuccefs, and commits himfelf and his way unto
him. The word bOU; Shena, fleep, is written o-
rhervvife then ufual, with ^ a quiet dumb Letter per-
haps to dencte the greater Quietnefs, ver. 2.
If. An eminent Confirmation of this doctrinal decla-
ration, by an elegant inftance in children (by whom
Ecdefiaftical, P olitical,Domeftical, and all other So-
cieties are fupplied & upheld^ who are not obtained
but by the Lords lingular Benediction and Donati-
on. Here touching children , we may note, 1. The
Lord's peculiar influence and providence in bellow-
ing them upon Parents. Signified in two Denomi-
nations. They are called, ( \) An Heritage of the
LORD. (2) Hit Reward ( viz. not of due debt to
anyone, as [Rewarct] is ufed, Numb. 18.31.Gen.
30. 28. But of free grace and favour, &,[Reward~]
is ufed, Rom. 4.4. Gen. 15. 1. Ifai. 62. n.Jrer. 3.
2. The ufefulnefs of children bellowed by Gods blef-
fing. w^.fordefenceofParents, Family, City, and
all Societies, againft all contrary force and oppofiti-
on of enemies. Here to this end, CO They are rc-
fcmbled to Arrowes in the hand of a mighty man, v. 4.
(2 J He that hath bis Quiver, (u e. his Houfe.) filled
with thefe Arrowes ("i.e. children of the youth, is
counted bIeffed.('"3)The reafon of fuch his happinefs
is added; Such ft) all not be afljamed,. 1 13.
T.^Bafil.
155?.
n Hts be-
lovedfor
Dearling.
The Heb.
Jedidhzth
reference
to Solo-
mons name
Jedid-
JAH,2
Sam. 12.
25, that is,
Beloved-of
J AH. Hen.
Ainfw.in
his Annot..
on Pfal.
127. 2.
Pfalm CXXV1II.
Sett. I. The Summary Contents*
In this Song, 1. The true fearers of the LORD are
defcribed, ver.i. 2. Their Happinefs thereupon,
through fundry bleflings enfijing, is declared, ver.i.
2,&c.totbeend.
T S A L M E. CXXVIII.
361
aHf&.the
bletTednefles
ofevery-
one fearing
JEHOVAH
w.lkins; m.
bHtl palms
c Htb.Thc
bleffed-
nefles of-
tbec.
d Htb.hix-
jng
C Heb.[hi\l
blefstbee
out of Sion.
(Htb.zW
dayes of tby
lives.
a HfJ.The
bleflednef-
fes of every-
one fearing
JEHOVAH
walk-
ing ■
b He/'.palir.s
c Ht/'.Tbe
bleifedaef-
fes of thee,
d Hf&.the
man lhall
be. bk (Ted
fearing JE-
HOVAH.
C be b. And
fee thou the
good of Je-
rufakfrwall
dayes of tby
lives.
fPfalmus
hie Proxi-
mo affinis
«ft,8iqu2-
dam velu-
ti Appen-
dix. Joan.
Calv. in
Arg.Pfal.
128.
gPfalmus
hie refte
Yubjungi-
tur pra?ce-
denti,Eum
enim quafi
explieat
& confir-
mat.Hert.
Moller.in
Argum.
Ffal.i2S.
Sett. II. The Versions out of the
Hebrew.
A Song of Degrees.
1. a /"\ Happy-happy every-one
\J Thatdoth JEHOVAH fear:
Still walking in his ways alone.
2. For, thou fhalt eat with chear
The labour of thy painful b hands;
c O-happy-happy thou /
To thee alfo , thy cafe foftands,
Abundant good (hall flow.
3. Thy wife, like fructifying Vine
By thine Houfe fides, fliallfprom :
Thy Sons, like Olive plants, confine
Thy Table round-about.
4. Lo, furely thus the man fhall be
Still b\ck\,dthat fears the LORD.
5. The LORD e from Sion unto thee
#«blefling-wiil-afTord ;
And thou/Wr fee , fall thy life's dayes,
JeruPlems good excel!.
6. And fialt fee thy fons fons, thy praife :
And peace on Ifrael.
A Song of Degrees.
1. af\ Happy every-one
\J That doth JEHOVAH fear ;
Walks in his wayes alone
2. For, thine b hands labour here
Thou glad fhalt eatc:
c O happy thou / And good fl>allflor»
To thee compleat.
3. Thy wife, like fruitful Vine
By thine Houfe fide?. ff> a tffprout ■:■
Like Oljve plant ftill green
Thy formes fhall round-about
Inchfe thy board.
4. Lo, fure thus rfblefs't that-man fhall reft.
That fears the LORD.
5. Jehovah will thee biefs
From Sion, e thou withal
Jerufalem's goodnefs
Shalt fee, thy life's dayes all.
6. And, through increafe,
Thy fons fons thou fhalt fee : andhnow
On Ifr'el peace.
Se&. III. The Kinde , Venman ,
cafion and Scope.
Oc-
The Kind of this Poem, 1. Asto the Sub)eU-Mat-
teroi it, is Doilrinal : Teaching, who are the true
fearer? of the LORD, And how great and manifold
blefiednefs attends upon them. 2. Asto the Out-
ward Form ot'tt, iSi4 Song, A Song of Degrees. See
Pfal. 1 20. Seft. lj
Penman of it feems to be the fame who penned
the former Pfalm •, vi^.Solomon^OT David. For this
is of like Argument, and (aSCalvin (aithj neer of
kin to Pfal. 127. and at it were a certain Appendix to
itf. And therefore (\mh MollermJ it is rightly
fubjoyned to the former, for it doth as ic were ex-
plain and confirm it£.
Occafion of penning it, probably was the former
Pfalm, or fome paftuges in it. For, The Pfaknift
having declared in the former. Song, That the hap-
py fucccefsand good event of all humane undertak-
ings in Ecclefiafticalf, Politicals, and Domeflicah,
depends not upon man's care, wifdom, prudence,
diligence. &c. but meerly upon the good Provi-
dence and Bleflingof the LORD: In this Song he
comes to define and defcribe the Perfons, upon,
whom the LORD peculiarly pours forth his bleffing,
vi\. on all them that truly fear the LORD, walling
in his wayes, ver. 1, ff ain from his negative
Precepts, and by fuch z%walk_in hit wayes-, thofe
that keep his affirmative Precepts i. But this is too
dilute : 3., By the general Extent ; in the univerfal
particle 73 Col, everyone, viz. whether rich or
poor, Scc.verf. I.
II. A Declaration o( their happinefs that thus fear
the LORD,&c. Which is laid down.
1. More-Oenerally ; The happineffes of every one, <&c.
Or ; 0 the happineffes — / as it were with a kind
of admiration. The Abftract plural here is very em-
phatical. ver. 1.
2. More particularly, The happinefs of the godly
Fearers of the LORD, is diftributed into two fojts,
vi\. CO Private and corporal, ver. 2, 3, 4. ( 2 J
Publick andfprritual, v. 5, 6.
Firfi, the privateand corporal, or temporal hap-
pinefs of every one fearing the LORD, is elegantly
laid down by way of Enallage or change of the per-
fon, or Apofirophe, turning his fpeech to the man
fearing the LORD. And this his happinefs is mani-
fold, vix_> He fhall be happy.
(1) In the boneft labours of htiC ailing: Where note,
that 1. To the fear of the LORD,and religious walk-
ing in his wayes, Labour in our particular Calling
muff be added. 2. They that labour in their par-
ticular Calling have here rhe promife of Gods blef-
fing ; 0 happy thou, and good fhall be to thee. 3. It's
a fpecial bleffing to have our labours blefled of
1 z z z God,*
1 Per en;
qui timem
Dominum,
intelligunc
Ezra &
Kimchi il*
los qui fibi
cavent a
prarceptis
negativis :
per eos
vero qui
ambulant
invikejuti,
qui obedi-
unt pra?-
ceptis af-
firmativis,
Sim. ie
Mux in
Com. ad
Ff,l2%.l*
;62
P S A L M E. CXXIX.
God. 4. It is of Gods great bleffingthatwe eatc
of our own hands labours, and not of others,
ver- 2.
Ci~) In his Wife. Which in regard of, 1. Her
fruitfulnefs in children ; 2. The place of her fruitful-
nefs, in her husbands houfe, is elegantly compared
to zfi unifying Vine by the Houfe fides. The Vine be-
ing the only treeplantedin the Houfe, and through
rhe Wall the branches fhooting forth are fruitful on
rhe houfe-fides , through the influence of the
Sunne.
C 3) In hit Children. Compared to Olive Plants
round about hk Table. Thus fomse accommodate the
Similitude; 1. The Olive is ft ill frefh, green, and
flourifhing ; So fhalkhy fonnes be ftill flourishing in
profperity. 2. The Olive is legitimate, admits no o-
ther tree to be ingrafred upon it: fo thy children fhall
be legitimate,not fpurious. ^.Iheirfianding round a-
bout thy Table.vray denote,Their plenty, round-about:
Their Sobriety, thy Tables Their ferviceableneft to
their litems ft anding and attending round about thy
Table.Perhaps all,befides the firft, may be more wit-
ty,than folid, ver. 3.
C4) In the certainty of the godly man's former felici-
ty. Confirmed by an Emphatfcal Repetition of Gods
promife and declaration of his happinefs,i/. 4.
Secondly, The publique and Spiritual, as well as
Temporal happineffe of every fearer of the LORD,
fsfuperadded, ver. 5. &c. Where note, 1. The
Author of this bleffednefs. vi^. The LORD. 2. The
Teftimony confirming this bleffedncffe to them, vi^.
The Covenant which God made with his people,
now placed in the Ark inS7on,the token of Gods fpe-
cial prefence among them, where God commanded
the bleffing, (frc. P/«/. 133. 3. therefore it is added;
out of Sion, 3. The matter of this fpirirual happinefs,
in beholdingthe good of Jerufalem, vi\. The fpirirual
welfare and flourifhing profperity of the Church of
God, wbeteof Jerufalem via 3 Type. 4. The con-
stancy of this happineffe and great bleffing; all the
dayes of thy lives. 5. The estenfion of this happinefs
aIfo,e ven to Childrens Children. The third and fourth
generation fhall even in his fight fhare in thisbleffed-
rieffe. This promife notably implyes to the fearers
of the LORD, Long life, and a numerous fucceffion
ofPofreriry. Thus private bleffings are alfo inter-
woven with the publique : they ufe to Hand and fall
together. 6. Peace and Profperity upon Ifiael, up-
on the whole Kingdom and Nation^/-. 5 ,d. Thefe
are lingular bleffings. For a gracious heart prefers
the wcale Publick of Church and State before all his
own private Concernments, as in Pfal. 137. 5,6.
Pfalm CXXIX.
Sett. I. The Summary Contents,
Herein are, i.The Churches co/w^/rf/nr/againft the
continued,frequent,and grievous afflictions brought
upon her, by her perfecuting enemies, ver. 1,2,3.
2. An acknowledgement of the LORD's delivering her
from them, ver. 4. 3. A dreadful Imprecation of
Confufion and ruine upon all the haters of Sion, the
enemies of the Church, ver. ^.to the end.
a Hri.hatk
cut-afunder
bfcrt.wherc-
with the
Mower fil-
lech net bis
ptlme.
Sett. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
A Song of Degrees.
1. /^\Ft from my youth they me diftrefs'd :
\^J May Ifracl now fay.
2. Oft from my youth they me diftrefs'd :
Yet thiufarre have not they
PrevaiTd againft-me, though full low.
The Plowers, fierce andjlrong,
Upon my very back did plow :
They made their furrow long.
4. The juft LORD,* hathafunder-da/h'd
The Cords of wicked-men.
5. Let Sion's haters all be-bafh d,
And turned back again.
6. Like to the rootlefs jading graft
Of-Houfes-tops be they :
Which e're it gtovicth-up,dotb pajfe
And withereth-away.
7. b Whereof enough to fill his hand
The Mower doth not find :
Or he his bofome, that doth ft and
AndfcatteredShezvcs up-bind.
8. Nor do they fay, that-paffe-by them,
The LORD's good blefling be
Upon-you : In JEHOVAH'S Name
Elefs you thk day do we.
Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, Oc*
cajion and Scope.
The Kind of this Poem, 1. As to the Outward
Form of it, is, A Song, A Song of Degrees. See on
Pfal. 120. Seft. 1. 2. As to the Subjell-Matter of it
is Mixt : being Querelatory, Laudatory-, and Impreca-
tory. Complaining of the Churches diftreffes by her
perfecutors, Praifing the Lord for preferving his
Ifrael from ruine in greateft extremities,and deliver-
ing her ; And imprecating confufion and ruine to the
haters of Sion.
Penman and Occafion of writing this Song cannot
particularly be determined upon with any certainty:
Neither, being here or elfewhere clearly recorded
in Holy Scripture. From the Sub)efl-malter of the
Pfalme, much refembling that ol Pfal. 124. fome
conceive they were both Penned by the fame Author
and about the fame time c. Calvin confidering the cJo.Foord
lingular Emphafis of that Adverb of time, Now, ver. in Exp.
1. Conjectures, that probably this Pfalme was com- Pfal. 129.
pofed when theChurch of God was caft into extream
ftrairs, or opprefled with fome great tyranny, and
infuchdeep danger, that it was notfarre from utter
ruine As, when after the Jewes returnedfiom
Babylon, and had fuffercd many bitter injuries from
their neighbouring enemies, they at laft were almoft
wholly ruined under the tyranny of Amiochus d. d Jo.Calv.
Scope of the Pfalmift herein, is; 1. To incite Ifra- in Com.ad
el, theChurch of God, to magnifie the LORD for Pfal.129.1
his wonderful and conftant preferving her from ruin
againft the many and long-continued diftrefles and
ftrairs brought upon her by her perfecuting enemies,
and cutting afunder the Cords of the wicked .• As al-
fo 2.T0 devote the haters of Sion to utter confufion.
The whole Pfalme is carried on with rauchEmpha-
tical Elegancy .• every Sentence, every Word being
veryobfervable. Auguftine compares this Pfalme,to
Zacheut, little of Stature, but great in Worl&Sc to the
Widows two Mhes Jit tie Money, but large Charity.So this
Pfalme
P S A L M E CXXX.
363
ePfalmus- Pfalme, if you number the Words jffl>ort; if you weigh
brevis eft. the Sentences, it great e.
Sed ficut
Scriptumeftin Evangelio de ZVtttao, ftarura brcvis, fed mag-
nusinopere : ficut fcriptum eft de ilia vidu2, qua; duo minuta
mifit in Gazophylacium; Brevis pecunia, fed magna cliaritas.
Sic & ifte Pfalmus, fi verba numeres, brevis eft : Si fententias
appendas, magnus eft. Augufl. in Pfalm. 228. Enarrat.
Tom. 8.
Sed;. IV. The Analysis , or Principal
Paris.
The Title denotes, I. The kind of writing ;
A Song. 2. The Adjunft thereof ; of Degrees.
The Song itfelf. Conraines
l. A Complaint. Wherein note
1. The parties complaining, or incited by the
Pfahnift to complain i Ifrael. The Church of
Cod.
2. The time or feafon of the complaint •, Now. i. e.
In her then prefent great excrenmieSjinto which fhe
wasplunged,&c.
3. The adverfaries againft whom fhe complaines,
or may juftly complain : hinted in the word [they']
in ver. 1,2. but afterwards branded with the infa-
mous names of Flowers, the wicked, the haters of Si-
on, in verfe 3, 4, 5. thefc were lfraels adver-
faries.
4. The injuries done to Ifrael by her adverfaries,
and here the matter of her complaint, are moft ele-
gantly and Pathetically defcribed, 1. By their Ad-
juncts. 2. By Comparisons.
(1) By their Adjuntfs, Aggravating the enemies
injuries. As, 1. The frequency of thefe injuries ;
Often. Often. 2. The greatnefi and grievoufnefs of
the injuries, hinted in the paflionateingemination ;
Often have they diftrejfed me. Oftenhavetbeydiftreffed
me. 3. The continuance of them; From my youth.
From my youth, vi^. From the dayes of Saul and Da-
vid, when Ifrael was conftituted a Kingdom : yea,
from the dayes of Mofes, when fhe was brought out
of Egypt and formed into a National Church: yea,
from the rfmeof Abraham, when God entredinto
Covenant with him and his Seed: yea, even from
the dayes of Adam when God firft promifed the Seed
of the woman, &c. All this is illuftrated, by their ene-
tniesdifappointments ver. 1,2.
Q2 J By Comparifons. Thefe injuries are compar
ed, 1. To the ftraitning or befieging of a City or
Caftle : in the word ^THX T(emun'\,they diftrejfed
me, theyftraitnedme,ver.i, 2. its doubled Empha.
tically. The enemies as it were laid fiege againft If-
rae I and ftraitned the Church. 2. To Ploughing up of
Grounds. Here, 1. The Plowers, were the enemies
perfecuting the Church. 2. Their Plowing, was their
malicious perfecuting the Church of God, rending,
tearing, &c. 3. The ground plowed, The back, of If-
rael. 4. The length of the furrow was the continuance
and prolonging of their diftreffes, all very elegantly
ver. 3.
II. A thankful acknowledgement of the Churches
deliverance, Here note, 1. The Author of this de-
liverance ; The LORD. 2. ThelmpulfiveCaufe
inclining the Lord thereunto, vi^. The LORD'S
Juftice for his people and againft their adverfaries.
3. The evils and enemies from which they were de-
livered ; the cords of the wicked i. e. ThcCouncels,
Contrivances and other Inftrumental means where-
by they drew the plow upon Ifrael's back. 4. The
way or method of the LORD'S delivering them ; by
cutting afunder the cords of the wicked. He thus
perfifts in the fotmer Metaphor or Allegory of plow-
ing, ver. 4.
III. A dreadful Imprecation upon the Churches
Enemies. Wherein confider
1. The Defcription or Character of the Enemies
imprecated ; Haters ofSion.
2. The extent of the imprecation: to them all;
in the univerfal particle, All.
3. The Judgements whereunto thefe Enemies 3 re
devoted, vi$. 1. PubliqueStame. 2. Flight, turning
back to their mine and confiifion, ver. 5. 3. Untime-
ly deftruftion, under the Similitude of Grafs on Houfe
tops, foon withering, ver. 6. wholly fruitlefs, ver.j,
and without blcffing ver. 8.
Pfalm CXXX*
Se6r. I. The Summary Contents,
Hereinare, 1. A fervent Prayer of the deeply af-
flicted, for divine Audience and acceptance of his
Supplication for Grace, efpecially in the pardon of
fin ; urged by many Arguments, ver. 1. to 7. 2. An
earneji Exhortation unto Ifrael,hopefully-to-waite for
the LORD, ver. 7, 8.
SeU. II. The Version out of the
Hebrew.
A Song of Degrees
i. T ORD, from-the-depths-co-thee-I-calJ.
J_, 2. * My voice, LORD, do-thou-hearc,
Unto b my Supplications voice
Attent-let-be c thine-eare.
3. rfShouldft thou J AH mark iniquities.
LORD, who fhall ftand with thee >
4. But e from thee doth forgivenefs rife
That thou mayft feared be.
$. I. earneftly-expect the LORD,
My Soul waits earneftly :
And for his ever faithfullwotd
Wa it-hopefu 1 ly-do-I.
6. My Soul waits for the Lord, farre more
Than Warchmen in the night
Wait for the Morne, Than Watchmen do
Wait for the Morning light.
7. Let Ifrael wait- hopefully
Upon the LORD fo try'd
For loving-kindnefs conftantly
Doth with the LORD abide :
And much Redemption it with him;
8. His Ifrael likewife
He mercifully will redeem
From /all's iniquities.
Se&. III. The Kind, Penman Occajion,
and Scope
The Kind of this Poem, 1. As to the Outward
Forme of it, is A Song, A Song of Degrees : as the Title
fhewes. See on Pfal. 120.Seft-i.And it is the Eleventh
Song of Degrees in order. 2. As to the Subjeif-Mat-
ter of it, it is Mixt : being Petitory, and Hortatory •, as
is hinted in the Summary Contents. And it is rec-
koned among the Seven Penitential Pfalmes : being
the Sixth in order. See before, on Pfal. 6. Sect. 3.
It is therefore (~ faid one J more known and Sung in
the Church, than the other Songs of Degrees g. And the
matter of it is not obfeure to them that have tafted
the terrours of Conference for fin, and have been ex-
ercifed in the School of fincere Repentance. For here-
in
9 Heb. in.
my-voice. '
b Heb. the
voice of
myfupplica«
tions tot
grace.
c Heb. thine
cares.
dHcb.If.
thou
Ihouldft 1
obferve.— -
e#^.wlthj
chec ; ,-.
fHfJ.all 3
g Hie Pfal.
mus inter,
poenitcn-
tiales re-
fertur .*
ideo prx
ceteris in]
Ecclefia
femper
fuit notus
&decama-
tus. Nee
obfeura eft
fententia
his qui
aliquando
fenferunt
terrores
peccati, &
aliquaha-.
buerunc
poeniten-
tix excer-
citia. H.
Mollerus in
Arg. Pf.
130.
T S A L M E. CXXX.
in the Pfalmi ft being, as it were funk down into the I
deeps of Di ft redes, Cares, Sorrowes, Anxieties, &c. j
perhaps both corporal and Spiritual, and almoft
overwhelmed therewith, cryes out in thefe extremi-
ties to the LORD, for audience, and pardon of fin,
earneftly waiting upon the LOR D to that end ac-
cording to his Word of Promife: And exhorting all
the Ifrael of God herein to imitate his example.
The Prayer is/Wr : but very pithy, fei vent, and pa-
thetical. It is Incomparabilk Thefaurtu, a Treafure
incomparable, faid Calvin b. It may moft comfort-
b Jo. Calv. ably and fitly be ufed as a Prayer, or as a Pattern for
in Com. ad Prayer, by a poor, penitent, broken-hearted Soulal-
Pf. 130. 1 > moft overwhelmed and fvvallowed up with deeps of
mifery by reafon of fin ; againft which, the futfickn-
cy of divine Patdon, and Redemption is here em-
phatically declared. Upon which, faid Auguftine
well ; Therefore if Ifrael be prejfed with hit
Jms, the mercy of God it at band He that did
not commit fin, u bit Redeemer from (in. He will Re-
deem Ijrael. Whence will he Redeem * From this ini-
quity, orfiom that ? Naj, from all hit iniquities. There-
fore let not him that k about to come to God, feare any
his iniquities: onely let him come with hii whole heart,
andnow ceafe to do what before he had done, and not
fay ; that iniquity ft] all not be forgiven me. Do
not fay, 1 am not worthy, becaufe of my fins. Tim art
iErPofi rot worthy: but with him k muib Redemption, and he
premeba- *"'# Redeem Ifrael from all hii iniquities i,
turpec- „.,..,.-. „' . .r
catis fuis, adeftmifencordia Dei. Qui non commnit pecca-
t'um ipfe eft Redemptor a peccato : ipfe Redimet Ifrael._ Unde
redi'met ? Ab ilia iniquitate, an ab ilia ? Ab omnibus iniquitatibus
fuis. Non ergo timeat acceffurus ad Deum aliquas iniquitate*
fuas .• tantummodoaccedat pleno corde, & definat jam fa cere
qua? antea faciebat, & non dicat ; ilia iniquitas non mini diniitti-
tur# _Nolidicere, Ego non fumdignus propter peccata.
Non esdignus: Sedmulta apud ilium Redemprio, Et ipfe Re-
dimet Ifratl ab omnibus iniquitatibus fuis. Aug. in Enarrat. Pfal.
129. p. i<,uA.B.C.D.Tom.2.Bafi.l$6c].
Penman and particular Occafion of penning this
k See H. Song, are uncertain. Somel^ think David penned it,
MoUer. in Either when himfelf was in the Depths of anguifh
Arg. Pl'al. and diftrefsfor his great finsof murder of Vriah, and
133. Joan. Adultery with Bath(liebah, See Pl'al. jr. Title, and 2
Eoordin Sam. 11. and 12. And that in this Song and Prayer
Expof. Pf. lie earneftly beggs pardon of thofe fins. Or, when 1
130. Ghff. himfelf and Ifrael were prefTed exrreamly with fome
Or dinar, in deep calamity, as when the Peftilence came upon
A-ldit.Pf. them for Davids numbering the People, 2 Sam. 24,
129. or fome fuch great diftrefs. Or when David, in the
dayesof Saul, was in deep perplexities through his
Perfections. But others think this Pfalme wasPen-
7ie^hy fome Prophet upon occafion of the peoples
deep diftrcfles in Babyloniff) Captivity, the Prophet
fuftainingthepcrfonof the people : becaufe of the
beginning andclofeof the Pfalme, ver. 1. and 7, 8.
I Demate- As the Ord. C/jf /The Song indeed maybe applyed
ria vero thereto, as to divers other conditions of Gods people
lurjus But none of thefe particulars have any certain
Pfalmi, foundation.
dicunt
aliqui quod eft Oratio ipfius David pro fua liberatione a peccatis
Adulterij cum Bethfabea, & homicidij Vr'u. Scd finis Pfalmi
vj'ik'tur magis pratendere, quod fir Oratio pro liberatione populi
Ifraelis a Babylonica Captivitate, facia ab aliquo fpem Dei ha-
bente, qui loquens in perfona populi, dicit ; De profundi, i. de
terra Bablonica, qui eft demiffa refpetfu Juda? :Et ctiam quia in
Babylone aliqui dejudais erant pofiti incarccribusfubterraneis,
&c. Gloff. Or dinar, in Addition, ad Pfal. 1 29.
Scope oft he Pfalmift herein, is; 1. Partly, to ob-
tain of the LOR D, audience to his Prayer fervently
prefentcdin his deep and almoft defperate extremi-
ties: and acceptance of his Supplication for grace,
especially in the free forgivenefsof his iniquities ;
For accomplishment of which his deSires, he waits
earneftly upon the LORD, according to his Wr.r 2. Partly, To excite Ifrae!, e-
ven the whole Church of God, and consequently e-
very member thereof, after the Pfalmifts example,
To wait-hopefully upon the LORD for his loving-
kindnefs and much Redemption of them from all ini-
quities, ver. 7, 8. And this may be ufed by Gods
penitent people in their deeps of diftrefs, As an ex-
cellent Prayer for Audience, Acceptance, andfor-
givenefs of Sins of all forts: raifing up their Faith
and Hope earneftly to expect the fame according to
the faithful Word and Gracious Nature of the Lord.
This Precious Song, therefore, contrary to the
true ufe, intent, and Scope of it, is moft grofly, Fg-
norantly, and fuperftitioufly abufed and prophan-
ed by the Papifts, who recite it for obtaining mercy
to the dead Saints detained in the pains of Purgato-
ry It k received((a\d Sim,de Muk m, a learn- m porr\
ed Papift ) by the cuftome of the Church, Ttiat this Ecclefia?
Pfalm flmld be recited for the pioufly deceafed, becaufe confuetu-
in it there it often mention of Divine Mercy, which they dine re-
muchneed, if at yet perhaps they be detained in the ceptum
paines of Purgatory. And hence probably arofe utp-opie
that ignorant, fottifh, and Superftitious Cuftom, e- defunctis
ven in our memories in ufe in fome dark parts of recitetur
England, Of poor peoples and Childrens begging of hicPfal-
Eggs, &c the week before Eafter, &c. with recital of mus quo.
thisPfalm, oratleaft fome part of it, in Latin ; De niam in
profundis clamavi, &c. £0 cre(jra
Refut. i.Ther's no fuch place as Purgatory, wher- fit divina
in the Souls of Saints deceafed, and not thoroughly mifericor-
purged from their fins in this life, are more tho- dia?men-
roughly purged, that they may enter into Heaven. tio,qua ii
Its only 3Papalfic7ion,znd avaritious devife for in- multum
creafing of the Popes Revenew and maintaining the indigent fi
fire in his Kitchen. See our Arguments againft Pur- adhiic for-
gatory, with our Anfwersto Bdlarmines Arguments te in pce-
forit; In, G. Amef. Bellarm. Enervat.T0m.2A1b. 5. nisPurga-
c.i. fo 2. p. i2o. foe. Amftelod. 162,0. Willets Synopf. torijdeti-
Papifmi 9th. General Contr over fie QueSl. 2.pag. 404, neantur
foe. Hen. Alfted.Theolog. Polemick. Part. 4. Contro- Sim.de *
verf. 1. de Ecclef, laborantein Purgatorio, p. 433. foe. Muk in
Hanov. 1627. . Arg.PfaU
, 2. There being no fuch place as Purgatory, nor 130.
any Soule~> there, There needs no Suffrage or pray- n Quo
ers for them, either in the words of thisPfalm, or magis de-
any other Form. Calvin faid well; The teftabilis
barbarous ignorance of the Papifts k deteftable, whi left eft barba-
dr awing thk Pfalm to other ufe, thy filthily profane it. ra Papi-
Por to what end do they murmer it over for the dead, but ftarum in-
tbat Satan hath bewitched them to extinguifh a fingu- ' fcitia,dum
larly profitable Dothine by their Sacriledge. For jince Pfalmum
thk Pfalm was applfd to dead fiadowsjt k vulgarly nunc in u-
almoft believed to be of no ufe among the living : andfo fumalie-
the World hath hft thk incomparable Treafure n. num rra-
hentes,
fcede profanat. Quorfum enim demurmurant eum pro mortu-
is, nifiquodeos faScinavit Satan ut doftrinam apprime utilem
fuo Sacrilegio extinguerent .' Nam ex quo ad mortuas umbras
raptusSuit PSalmus, vulgo ferecreditum eft nullum elTecjusu-
fum inter vivos: atque ita mundo periit incomparabilis thefau-
rus. Joan. Calvin in Comment, ad Pfal. 130. I.
Sctf.1V. The Analyfis^ or Vrincipal
Parts.
The Inle declares, 1. The Kind or Sort of this
Poem; A Song.. 2. The Adjunft of it; of Degrees.
The Song it Self contains
I. A Prayer, ver. 1.W7. Wherein note
1. The calamitous condition of the Pfalmift
when he thus prayed ; Out of the deeps, i. e. Out
of great andextream Calamities, from the Gates of
dclpair, &c. A Metaphor Srom deep waters as Pf.
69. 2, 14. The Saints may be in deep Extremities :
And yet even thence may pray unto the Lord.
2. The Objeft to whom he prefented his Pray-
er out of tie deeps ; To thee, 0 LORD.
3. The
PSALM E CXXXi.
. The ' dji ct fervency of his Prayer, ; have I
i have I crfd,ver. i.
4. 1 he Petitions, orRequeftsprcfcnted to the
L d. Which are, 1. For audience. 2. For at-
tention to his Supplicacion-for-grace: efpeciaJly
par .oning-grace, ver. 2, £rc.
5. His Arguments whereby he urgeth and cn-
forccthhisRequeft. And they are drawn, 1. From
the ^commodity of Gods denying this requeft, by
marking and not pardoning iniquities, Then who fh all
ftanJ up before him, ver. 3- 2. From the Gracious
Nature of God, inclining to pardon fin ; But with
thee is forgiveness. Amplified by the consequent
fruir and effeft which that divine property will work
in man, v't^. The fear of the LORD for this his good-
i\efc,ver. 4. 3. From his own carneft-expeftation
of the Lord in this way of pardoning Mercy, which
expectation is repeated for the more Emphafis, and
declared to he his Souls expectation : Auxefis. This
his expectation is illufirated, fi) By the ground
of it ; His hope in his Word of Promife,i<. 5. ("0
By the fervency and intend venefle of it; More than
Watchmen wait for the morning. Which Compari-
fon is doubled for the more Emphafis and Elegancy,
verfe 6.
II. An Exhortation, ver. 7, 8. He exhorts and in-
cites Ifrael, the whole Church of God, and fo every
member thereof, after his example, To wait-hope-
fully for the LORD, in deeped extremities, for mer-
cy and pardon. This Exhortation he preffeth, 1.
From the Nature of God ; For with him is mercy, or
loving-kjndneft. 2. From Gods abundant Redempti-
on; much Redemption, ver. 7. 3. From thepromife
of the Lord's univerfal Redemption of Ifrael from
("no: only few, or many, but ) all hit iniquities,
verfe 8.
Larga Dei Bonitas veniam non dimldiabit :
Aut nihil, ant totum, telachrymante,dabit.
a Heh.or,
to David,
b beh. nei-
ther have I
walked in
great things
and in too
wonderful
matters for
me.
cHft Ih ave
Pfalme CXXXI.
Sect. I. The Summary Contents
David, 1. Profeffeth his Humble hope in the
LORD, difclaiming all oppofite Pride and Pre-
fumptuoufnefs,i;er. 1,2. 2. Exhort eth Ifrael to like
Hope in God for ever, ver. 3.
Sect. IL the Verfton out of the
Hebrew.
A Song of Degrees a 0/David,
iY~\ LORD, mine heart's not haughty, fee,
\_J Nor lofty are mine eyes;
b In great-rA/ngs,and too high for me,
I do hoc exercife.
2. cSure, I mySoulcompos'dandftiU'd,
As weanling with his-mother „•
With me, eVn-as a weaned-c/;?W,
My Soul Ufuch another.
e Sim.de
r°d COmp°* 3- Let T("raeI wait-hopefully
For Gid the Lord aim ay,
d From this-time/orr/j unceffantlj
And to perpetual-ay.
L
d Htb, From
now —
Sect. III. The Kind, Penman, Occafion
and Scope.
Kind of this Poem, r. As to the Outward Form
and frame of it, is, ASong, ASong of Degrees : as the
title Denominates it. Seeon Pf.12 .Scft.i.andit is
the Twelfth Song of Degrees in order. 2. As to the
Sub)eli matter of it, it is Afrxf:being a holy Meditation,
Partly Narrarory, touching the Pfalmifr, humble
Hope; Partly Hortatory, inciting Ifrael to like hope
in the LORD for ever.
Penman of it, was David: as the Title indicates. (
Occafion of Davids penning it, fome e conceive to */»#;,,
be this;v/'^. Thac David was malicioufly atcufed A,-iUm
by Sauls Courtiers, for proud afpiring to the King- p'rl2I'.
dom, and endeavouring aher great matters too high *' ' '
for him, &c. Therefore here in this Pfalm David
purgeth himfelf, and as it were appeals to God, rak-
ing him to vvitnefs, how humbly and modeflly he
had behaved himfelf, attempting nothing at any
time above his ftrength or Hate of life: yea how he
compofed himfelf quietly, depending onely upon the
LORD, even as a newly-weaned child fubmits him-
felf to, and depends upon, his mother. And here-
upon he exhorts Ifrael to imitate him their King in
an humble and hopeful waiting upon the LORD, for
a bleffing under his Government. The Series of the
Song fitly agrees hereunto.
Scope of David herein, is ; I. Partly, To profefs
and avouch before the LORD his humble and felf-
denying deportment in heart, looks, and aftions,
not reaching or afpiring beyond his fpheir, to things
too great or too wonderful for him ; but hopefully qui-
eting himfelfin the LORD, as a weaned child with his
Mother. 2. Partly, To incite Ifrael, after his ex-
ample, to wait-hopefully upon the LORD for ever,
walking humbly with him. Subjects being apt to i- (Aslfocra-
mitate their Kings : Inferiours, their Superiours/. testold his
, » , „„ , „ . Nicocles;
— — — tLKXd. itiV ojctuj* Pfal. funi-> when the A\\ fliould be brought into the Temple
132. builded in the place revealed to him. Theferiesof
the Pfalme perfwades this, and efpecially, ver. 7, 8,
p, 10. Andalfo, That Solomon having brought the
Ark into the Temple built by him, made ufe of ver.
8, 9, io. of this Pfalm in his Prayer, a few things
only altered, See2Chrort. 6. 41,42. and with thefe
he then clofed up his Prayer.
Scope of this choife Son^ and Prayer: is; J.Toin-
treat the^ LORD , in reference to Eccleflafticah accord-
ing to his gracious promifes to David, 1. To remem-
ber David for good all his Affliction, and his Zeal
to find out an Habitation for the LORD the mighty
one of Jacob; 2. Toblefs and fanctify his Refting-
place with his fpecial prefence, cloathing his Priefts,
miniftring there unto him, with righteoufnefs; and
filling his Saints with (homing joy. II. And in refe-
rence to Politicals, according to his Promifes and
Oath to David, i.Toacctpr his Anointed, 2. And
to blefs and perpetuate the Kingdom unto his Seed
forever, for the good of his Church and true Religi-
on. Which Prayer, and Promifes have their fullefr
accomplifhment in JefitsCbtift the Principal Seed of
David, The LORD God giving unto him the Throne of
of hit father David, that he way reign over the houfe
of Jacob for ever,ofwhofe K'rgdom there fliall be no end,
Luke i, 31, 32,33.
Sed. IV. The Andyfis, or Principal
Tarts,
The Title declares, t. The Kind of this Poem; A
Song. 2. The Adjunft ; Of Degrees.
The Song itfelfh A Prayer, wherein the Pfalmirt
in his own Name and the Name of the Church and
People of God, Prayes for, 1. The fpiritual profpe-
rity of the Church of God and Religion in Ifrael ; 22
And in order thereunto for the perpetuity and flou-
rifhing Glory of the Kingdom to the Houfe and Sctd
of David. Urging both from the promifes cf the
LORD to David.
I. In reference to the fpiritual profperity of the Church
of God and Religion, ver. I. to 10. There are fundry
Petitions. As
I. That the LORD would remember, viz. for good
all Davids affliilions, and ^eal in finding out an Habi-
tation for the LO RD ver. 1. foe. Hereconfider, I.
The Perfon invocatediT/ie Lord.Not the Virgin Mary,
as the Papiftshave miferably corrupted this Pfalme,
that they may abufe it to the praying of Soulesout of
Purgatory, in the Lady's Pfalter reading, Lady, q for
Lord. II. The perfon invocating, The Pfalmirt in
the Name of the Church. III. The matter of the
Requeft : vi^. 1. That the L O R D would remember
to David, or for David : i. e. for his good , all his Af-
fiitlon: i.e. Either his manifold outward corporal af-
flictions, ziK\ng Sauls perfections of him about fix
years, His conflicts with the LORD'S enemies about
the ninth or tenth years of his Reign, befidesmany 0-
q Memen-
to Domine
David, &
omnium
invocan-
tium no-
men tuum.
r Jo. Foord
in Analyf.
ther diflreffes from the fword not departing from prai j-J
his Houfe, and from his own Family.* as fome r in- fn Ain(w
terpretit. Or, his Humiliation, perplexing folici- jn'hisAn-
tude, afflicting care, &c. for to have the Ark. brought nott0n p'r
home to him, 1 Chron. 13.1,2,3,12. and 1$. 1,2, I~'2 t. j
foe. Or, to build God an Houfe, 2 Sam. 7. 1,2, foe. Cal'v.in '
As others /rather expound it, becaufe of the next Com. ad
words, How he fware, foe. which they take to be pr j'™, U
exegetical, ver. 1. 2. That the LORD would remem-
ber Davids zeal in finding out an Habitation for the
LORD : i. e. Either a Place for the Ark to be broughc
up unto. Oraplacefor the fixed Temple to bebuile
in. This his zeal is fignified in his Oath and Vowed
that effect, ver. 2. to 2. His Oath and Vow i s defcribed
C 1 ^Bj'the matter of it, vi%. If I go, foe. i.e. 1 1
will not go into the Tabernacle of my Houfe, toeate or
refrefh my felf, &c. 2. I will not afcendthe pallet of
my Bed, to take pleafant reft : 3 I will not allow
my felf pleafant flecp, givefleep to mine eyes, or flumber
to mine ey-lids : ("All this (eems to be fpoken hyper- -r r t .
bolically t, to fet forth Davids intenfive zeal for God *. *"' CalvX
and his Houfe to have been fuch, that comparatively 'pf°.m'
his deareft natural comfortswereas nothing to him.) ^aJf ,*a"
Tilllfinde out a place, an Habitation for the LORD; 2'
where his Temple fhould be built •, Or, His Ark be
feated,iw. 2, 3, 4, 5. (2) By the Acts and endeavours
of David in order to the performance and accom-
plifhment of his Vow. 1 We heard of it at Ephrathah :
i. e. At Shilo in the Country-of Ephraim, where Gods
Houfe and Ark had long continued, judg. 18. 3L
and2\. 19. 1 Sam. 1.3. ( An £/>/;rtf''iwr is called an
Ephrathite,Judg. i2.^)2We found it in the fields of the
Wood, i. e. In the City of Kiriah-jearim f which Signi-
fies, The City of the Woods) where the Ark was twen-
ty years, after it came home from the Philiflines,
2 Sam. 6. 21. and']. 1, 2. 3 We will go into his dwel-
ling places. Or, We went into them : having found
them out. So fome u. We willworfhip, ( or, we wor-
fl>ipped ) at hisfoot-jlool, ver, 6. 7. v Jo. Foord
2. That the LORD with his Arlejwould arifefrom the in Analyf.
place where it was, to his refting-place • by his Ark Pf. 132.
vouchfafing them his bleffed Prefence, ver. 8.
3. That the Lord would.cloath his Priefts with righte-
oufneft, who were to mini fler before him.
4. That his Saints might fl>M-for-)oy, vtr 9.
II. In
■68
V S A L M E. CXXXIII.
flwtfimg Glory to the Houfe and Seed of David, in or'
a: no the profperity oj the Church and true Religion in
lyael.ver. 10. to the end. Where conftder
I. The Petition ; Turne nit away the the face of
thine Annnymed x, i. e. Defpife not the Perfon, Prayer
nor Royal Government of Davids Anoynted Seed:
jc Mi but accept, blefs, profper, &c. them.
avert m 2. The Argument whereby this Petition is urged,
faciem is efpecially Gods Faithful Promife and Covenant
Cb ift't to David. That is meant by the phrafe •, For thy Scr-
tu:. \l e. vain Davids fake, ver. 10. This his Promife to David
Soiomonis is delbribed,
de man- ( 1 } Partly, By the manner of ir ; Ir was with an
daro tuo Oath : declaring the immoveable and unalterable ve-
in regem rityof hver il.ifl the beginning.
vnfti. f^J Partly, Ey the parts or branches of it, vi^. i.
Dicunt The continuation of the Kingdom to Davids Pofteri-
cnitn ty, upon Condition of their keeping Gods Covenant
Hibrai, and Tcflimony, xbo(l>eth's Armies, 2 Sam. 2. 17. And David (Jo.Calv.
reigned in Hebron over the Houfe Judah feven '" C°m' *&
years and fixmonths,beforealI Ifrael would acknow- Pf- ,33- '•
ledge him their King, 2 Sam. 2. n. and 5. 5. during Jo. Foord
which time many difcords, ftrifes. &c. fell out. But >" Exp. Pf*
atlaftall Ifrael confented to accept and crown Da- ill- Temp.
•wi'King in Hebron, 2 Sam. 5. 1,2,3. Whereupon Hen> M^U.
divers/ do conceive DrtwV wrote this Pfalme, High- inArg.Pf.
ly extolling therein the Unity and Concord of Brc- ill-Sim.
thren : of Brethren in the fame Kingdom, yea in the ^e Muls m
fameChurch worfhiping thefameGod. And that Arg. Pfal.
thefirftword, Behold: iloth not oncly incite atten- 1 3 3- Ac-
tion, but alfo tacitly and elegantly point out there- de Lyra in
markable difference betwixt the difcord wherein F/a/. 132.
tfrad
P S A L M E. CXXX1V.
369
Jfratl and Judah had been miferably involved, and
the Concord whereunto under one King they were
now fo happily reftored.
Sco/>e of the Pfalmi ft herein, is; Highly to extoll
and magnifte theConcord of Brethren, and facet Com-
munion of Saints, immediately, in his own united
Kingdome, among Gods People the Jcwes : Mediate-
ly, in any place or Nation, wherein fuch brotherly
concord obtains.
SeU. IV. The Analjfis, or Principal
Tarts.
The Title declares, 1. The Kind of Poem •-, A
Song. 2. The Adjunct ; Of Degrees. 3. The Penman ;
David.
The Son£/r j>//",magnifying emphatically the Con-
cord of Brethren.,
l.Defcribes this Concord, b) Dwelling of brethren
even together, v.i. in the end. Where, i.Thefoun-
dation or fountain of this Concord or Communion is
hinted ; Their Brother-hood : they are joint-brethren
of the fap^FathefT 2. The Art or exercife of this
Concord^rc. is noted ; dwelling together: ^.co-
habiting wich all Concord, Unity, Unanimity,Same-
nefs of Heart, &c. under one Head, under the fame
Lawes, and guidance of the fame Spirit. _ 3. The
degree of meafure of thisllnity and Concord is point-
ed at in the word 5 even together.
II. Commends this Concord of Brethren and Com-
munion of Saints thus defcribed, Where note, i.The
excellencies for which its commended, vifj Elpeci-
• ally thefe two effects , fi) Qoodnefi, or Utility.
(2) PleafantneJI, or Amenity. 2. The Manner of
this Commendation ; which is emphatically expref-
fed and laid down, (~ij By way of Admira :on, and
that doubled , How good i How plea f ant .' ( 1) By
•way of Invitation toconfider it : Behold v. l.
III. 7//«/W«thisConcor i and Comraunion thus
commended, by two Similitudes, elegantly: vi^
i.Of the good annointing oyle, moft precious, redolent,
and fragranr, wherewith Aaron the Higii-PrLf: was
Annointed : which being poured on his ! ?ad, ran down
g ffeb. upon hit beard, andupon the mouth g. f i.e. zhe edge,
Super os collar, border, Sec. J of his 0 arment ■ . This fetsforth
veftiment! the Pleafantnefs of this Concord, ver. 2. 2. Of the
;# e. fu- fruitful Dew, defcending upon the&tountai ns ofHer-
per oram tnon and Sion h, rendering them fruitful Paftures for
fuperio- Cattel and Sheep. This II uftraces the goodm r^ or
rem tuni- profitablenefs of this Concord,^. 3. begin.
ca»hyacin-
thinae & fuper-humeralis. Ora dicitur osveftimenri.
Nonintelligitur ora inferior veftimenti, fedfuperior. Nic.de
Lyra in Pfal. 132.
ANoneft intelligendum, quod idem eos numero de Monte
Hermon defcendat fupcr Montem Sion. Turn quod unus Mons
multum diftat ab alio : Turn quod Mons Hermon eft demiilicr
quam fit Mons Sion : propter hoc dicitur Mons tnodicus, Pfal. 41.
6. Sed idem eos fpecie & in Qualitate fuavitatis & fcecunditatis
defcendit fuper uttumque Montem. Et fie eft fenfus : ficut eos
defcendens in Monte Hermon, & eos defcendens in Monte Sion
funt valde boni : Sic etiam habitatio fratrum modo fupradirto eft
valde bona. Nic. de Lyra in Pfal. 132
IV. Confifmes this goodnefs and pleafantnefs of
Concord and Communion thus illuftrated; From
the rich bleffmg of God there vouchfafed, where
this Concord prevails, For there, <&c. Where note,
I. The Caule of this bleffing ; Gods free and effertu-
al Command. If he do but command the bleffing, it
fhall come. 2. The Kind or fort of the bleffing com-
manded, Life. Heb. Lives. All forts of life, efpe-
cially fpiritual and celeftial. 3. The Adjunrt of this
bleffing, this life •> perpetuity : For evermo,e,
ver. 3.
Pfalm CXXX1V.
Set?. I. The Summary Contents.
The Pfalmifi exhorteth the Priefts and Levires,
and analogically fhe Mini Iters of the NewTcftamenc
1. To blefs the LORD in his Sanrtuary, even by
Night,vt?r. 1,2. 2. To blefs and pray for the LORD'S
People, ver. 3.
Sect. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
A Song of Degrees.
1. a
LO, 3.\]ye fervants of the LORD
Blefs ye the LORD of might,
b That-ftand within Houfe of the LORD
To minifter by night.
2. c Lift your handsro the Holinefs^
And blefs JEHOVAH'S Name.
3. The LORD thee out of Sion blefs.-
rfTiat Heav'ns and Earth did frame.
a Htt.erJ
Beheld,
btf.fr.ftand-
ing in the
houfe of the
LORDin
the nights.
C Heb. er,
Lif: up you*
hands to-
H.-linefr. or, in Holinefs. or, in the SanQuary. A Heb. making the Hea-
vens and Earth.
Seff. III. The Kind, Penman Occaftony
and Scope
The Kini of this Poem, 1. As to the Outward Form
of it, is-, ASmg, yea A Song of degrees. And it is
the Fifteenth and laft of thofe Songs in order. 2. As
to the Subjetf- Matter oi"it, it is a brief but pithy Ex-
hortation to the Priefts and Levites, Q whofe Office
it was to Minifter in Gods Sanrtuary by night e, as esee£eV).
well as by day, J To blefs the LORD evenin the nights g# o, x
even towards the moft Holy place, vi%. not refting in (jhron.Q ^2
the formalities of carnal Service and Sacrifices, but
cheirly intending this Spiritual Worfhip of Gods
Praifes. Asalforopray for and blefs the LORD'S
people. Thefe were two great Arts and Duties of
their Funftion.
Penman of h, is not expreflcd. Writers are touch-
ing him and the Occafton very filent. One /thinks, {Jo.Foord.
this Song was penned by David, and that upon Oc- inExpof.
-fion of his bringing up the Ark of God unto Jerufa- pf 134.
km when he appointed Priefts and Levites there Author Nic. de Lyra in Pfal. 1 33.
Bbbbb 2. Towards
573
V S A L M E. CXXXV.
2. Towards the LORD's people, to Pray for them and
blefs them, befeeching the Omnipotent All-fufficient
God dwelling in Sion, to pour his bletfings oat of Si-
on upon them.
Se&.lV. The Analysis, or Principal
Tarts.
The Title denotes, i. The Kind of Poem ; A Song
2. The Adjunft •, Of Degrees. *
The Song itfelfh Hortatory, To the Priefts and
Levites f and analogically to all Chrifts New-
Teftament-Minifters in their places, J duly to per-
form their Duties towards God, and his people.
I. Towards the LORD God, ver. i , 2. Here,
i. The Priefts and Levites are defcribed, i.By
their Adjunct Office; Servants of the LORD, viz..
they were his Servants by Special and Gngular Voca-
tion, to Minifter to him in managing the Ordinances
of Gods Worfliip. 2- By their execution ?nd dis-
charge of their Office : hinted in the word ; Standing
i.e. Harding to Minifter : as the word often, and
here imports, De«r. io. 8. and 17. 12. Neh. 12. 44-
Eub 44- "' *5- Which is Amplified, fij Part-
ly, by the Subjeft-place, wherein they officiated ;
In the Houfe of the Lord. C2J Partly, by the Ad-
junft time, wherein they were to perfift and perfe-
vere in their Miniftry ; even by night, Levir. 8. 35*
1 cftron. 9. 33. as well as by day. Conftanrly. So
the New-Teftament-Minifters are to be confiant in
their Office : in Seafon : out ofSeaJon, Sec. See 1 Tim.
4. 13, 15 \6. 2T7/M.4. 1,2.
2.Their Duty principally and efpecially to be per-
formed to the LORD, is pointed out, and exhorted
unto,i/?^. Bleffing theLord:by celebrating his Praifes,
&c. Which is illuftrated 1. By the note of Attenti-
on •, Behold. Declaring the connexion of this Duty
of Eleffing God, with the other Duties of the Prieft-
ly Office. 2. By the univerfal particle ; all. Ic con-
cerned all the Priefts and Levites. 3. By the Ad-
junft geflure or pofture to be ufed by them inblef-
fing the LORD ; lifting up their hands towards the
Holinefl : i. e. Devoutly and believingly lifting up
their hands towards tbemoft Holy place, towards
the Ark, A fpecial Type of Chrift, &c.v. 1,2.
II. Towards the LORD'S people, praying for them
and bleffing them. Where note, I. The Mercy
prayed for ; bleffing : i. t. A confluence of all good,
temporal, fpiritual, and eternal. 2. The Obieft
upon whom this bleffing is defired, the people ; Thee
Set the Forme of the Priefts bleffing the people,
Numb. 6. 23, 24,25, 26,27. 3- Author of this Blef-
fing for whom it is begged; The LORD. Who is
defcribed, (\JPartly, by the fpecial place of his
prefenceand refidence among them, whence he im-
parted his bleffing to them according to his promife,
Exod. 20. 24. Out of Sion : as Pfal. 128. 5. (~2 J 'Part-
ly, by the Omnipotency or All-fufficiency of the
LORD,to beftovv all neceffary bleffings upon his peo-
ple prayed for: yea to do abundantly above all that we
can asl^or think^,Ephe(. 3. 20. which made Heavens and
Earth, ver. 3.
The Songs of Degrees are ended. Next followes
h Port Halelu-jAHh.
Gradus,
quiducuntad a?rernitatem, congrue ponitur Halelu-JAH. lit
Kcclcfia fruatur laudibws Dei ; cui tale m anus paratum eft. Glofs
O1d.inPfal.134.
Pfalm CXXXV.
iiP
SeU. I. Tjfie Summary Contents,
The Pfalmift, 1. Earneflly exhorteth in general, all
the LORD'S Servants by Office, (landing in his Houfe
to Minifter to him; To Praife the LORD, ver. 1,2.
2. Annexeth fundry Reafons or Caufes why they fhould
fo praife him, many of which contain the very
Matter of his Praife. ver. 3. to 19. And they are
chiefly drawn (~i) From the verity and perfection of
the LORD, ver. 3. to 15. (2) From the vanity and
imperfeftion of all thefalfe gods of the Heathen,i;er.
15.ro 19. 3. Exhorteth in particular, all forts of
his people to blefs the LORD, and praife him, ver.
19,20,21,
Seft. II. The Verfion outgrf the
Hebrew.
aife-ye-jAH. Praife J
1. a pRaife-ye-jA«. Praife JEHOVAH'S Name:
J. Ye the Lords Servants praife proclaim.
2. That in the Lord's houfe b fix-your-feet :
In c Houfe-Courts of our holy God.
3. rfPraife-ye-jAH,for the LORD « good :
Sing to his Name, for it is fweet.
4. For J AH chofe Jacob e for his own:
Ifr'el for his / peculiar-one.
5. For, that the LORD U great, I know :
And our Lord 'bove Gods every-one,
6. All that the Lord pleafed, hath he done
In Heav'ns,g Earth, Seas, all deeps alfo.
7. He caufeth vapours to afcend ;
Evn from the Earth's remotefl-end ;
He maketh lightnings with the rain :
He bringeth forth the wind likewife
Out of his fecret treafuries.
8. Who hath J.f good: a His-mercy rfwe* for-ever.
2. To God of Gods confefs.do-ye :
For his-kind-mercy dunes for-ever.
3. Confefs to Lord of Lords renown :
For his-kind-mercv dures for-ever.
b feet. won- 4- To him who doih great b Signes alofle :
de.s. For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
5. To him that Hea v'ns w ith prudence made :
For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
c M-Ipread 6 To him that earth 'bove waters c laid :
fouh. For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
d H. t.for-
Rule
or ; for do-
n uiion.
e H.fc.tof-
Rule or.for-
do.nimon.
fH-b.To
him who
did
brOaght-
for:h Ifrael
from chc
mid It oi'
them.
t\Hb.or ',
did cleave,
did difpart
i Heh.h'u
power.
k ^«*.To
him who led
hs people in
the wilder-
nefs.
J Heb. mag-
nificent, fa-
nu)U5,exccl-
Icut.
m Keb.ol
Ladian.
n fect.for
e. for
ever.
q Hti.bale-
eftate,«'>
low condi-
tio .
r heh.dif-
tretlcrs.or,
dm rcilinjj-
f> e«.
t feti.givecb
btcaJ.
7. To him that made great lights tofway :
For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
8. The glorioM Sun rf to rule by day :
For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
. 9. The Moon and Stars e to rule by night :
For his-kind-mercy dures for- ever.
10./ Did Egypt in their-firftbornfmite :
For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
11. And£ Ifr'el from among them fetched:
For his-kind-mercy dures for ever.
12. Withftrong hands, and with Armout-ftreteh'd:
For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
1 3. That into parts Red-fea b did-flit :
For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever
14. And pafs'd Ifr'el through midft of it :
For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever
15. But fhook-off Pharaoh and ; his Hoaft
In Red-fea : For his mercyV ever.
i<5. ^Who led his folk through defert-coaft :
For his-kind-mercy dures for- ever.
17 . To him who great Kings deadly fmote :
For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
18. And killed Kings /of famous-note :
For his-kind-mercy dm es for-ever.
19. /4.r Sihon King of Amorites:
For his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
20. And Ogh King m of the Bafhan/fM:
For his-kind-mercy dures for ever.
31. And for-poffeffion,ffceTe to dwell,
Their land £ave : For, his mercy 's n ever*
22. An 0 Heritage to Ifrael
His Servant : For, hismercy\r/> ever.
23. Which us remember in our q woes :
For, his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
24 And us redeemed from our r foes :
For, his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
25. Which to all flefh/ doth food beftow:
For, his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
26. To God of Heav'ns confefs -do-you :
For,his-kind-mercy dures for-ever.
Sett. HI. The Kincle , Tenman , Oc-
casion and Scope.
The Kind of this Pfalme, [. As to the Outward
Fume of it, is ; Partly, without Title prefixed in the
Hebrew, See on Pfal. 1, Seft. 4. Though in the
u Jo.Foori
in Expof.
Pfal. 136.
Nic. de>
Lyra in
Poftill.fup.
Pfal. 135.
Greekyerfion of the LXXII, and in divers other Ver-
sions } Halelu-jah is prefixed in forme of a Title: but
groundlcfly. Partly, with a burden annexed to
every period, to every verfe : repeated twentvfix
time. ; llDfl Q /ly*? ^D For his kind-mercy '( or,
loving-kjndnefs, gracious benignity, Sec.) en du ret h for
ever. Which is given in here as an univerfal or ge-
neral Reafon why we fhould praife the L O R D, anrl
as a common foundation of all the praife-worthy Afts
of the Lord, common or fpecial, of Creation or Pro-
vidence. And herein this Pfalme is Singular among
all the Pfalmes, none being penned exaftly in this
forme : though fome have a fmall refemblance there-
unto, with fome Amoebean Verfesc interwoven, vif. rVerfus
Pfal. 80. andioi. See on Pfal, 80. Seft. $.iand en Pfal. Amce-
107. Seft. 3. And it is very obferveable that all thefe bati. Fran.
three Pfalmes, that have burdens inferted, are pen- Jun.in
ned very pathetically. 2. As to tbeSubjeff-matter of Annot. ad
it, it is Hortatory or Laudatory, Exhorting Gods peo- Pfal. 80.
pie to confefs-praife unto the Lord : and urging the Verfitt in-.
fame by many cogent Arguments drawn, From Gods tercatark.
Nature, and Gods Works. And it feems to be a very H. MoBer.
Solemn Celebration of the Name of the Lord, from in Arg.
thedayesof David, frequently, yea daily ufed and Pfal. 136.
fung in the publique Worfhip of God, p.Chron. 7. 3,
6. and 20,21.
Penman, is not here or elfewhere certainly ex-
preffed to us. Interpreters are herein very filent :
Yet C asfime u think J it is not improbable but that
David might penne this Pfalme, for the ufe of the
Sanftuary, as a conftant Memorial of the LORD'S
gratuitous mercies to IfraeL
Occafion whereupon particularly he was induced to
write it, is uncertain.
Scope, is ; To incite all Gods people Ifrael thank-
fully to confefs-praife unto God for his excellent
perfeftions, wonderful works of Creation, and pecu-
liar Providences to them from the time of their E-
gyptian Bondage even till the dayes of David, all
which blefiings of his Providence were the meer fruits
of his rich mercy and gratuitous favour or loving-
kindnefs towards them, and every particular guifta
token and feal of Gods love and good will.
Seel:. IV. The Analysis or Principal
Tarts.
In this Pfalme, are
I. An Exhortation to Confefs-praife x unto the Lord.
This Exhortation is illuftrated, 1. By the Univer-
fality of the Subjeft to whom it is enjoyned .- Confefs-
yee : all Ifrael. 2. By the vehement and pathetical x Confite-
ingemination of it again and again, ver.i, 2,3,26. mini'} con-
3. By the Objeft, unto whom praife is to be confeffcd feffione
vi^. To the LORD, &c, ver. 1, 2, 3, 26. laudi?.
II. The Arguments or Motives inducing thus to Con- Nic. de
fefs-praifetothe LORD. Which are drawn, Lyra in
1. From the excellent Attributes, Properties or Pfal. 135-
Perfeftions of his Nature. As, 1. His matchlefs
Effence ; J E HO V A H. 2. His goodnefs, ver. 1. 3.
His incomparable Majefty and Greatnefs ; God of Gods, /
Lordof Lords, ver. 2, 3. 4. His Mercy, or Loving-
kindnefs, gratuitous-benignity &c. and the eternity
thereof. Which is here reprefented as the com-
mon fountain of all Gods praife-worthy bleffings to-
wards his Creatures, and efpecially his own people,
in every verfe.
2. From his admirable works, where note 1. The
Appropriation of great wonders, to himfelf alone, as
the fole and peculiar doer of them, 4. 2. ThcDif-
tributionofthefchis wondrous works, into wprks of
Creation and Providence, ver. $, foe.
C I. J Wor^t of Creation. Of which divers emi*
nent ones are inffanced in. As, 1. His making the
Heavens by his Prudence, ver. $. 2. His fpreading-
forth or HJting up the Earth above the Haters, ver. 6.
3. tih making of great Luminaries, WJ. 1. The Sun,
for
P S A L M E. cxxxvir.
373
for Dominion 6y Day, ver. 7, 8. 2 The Moon. 3 The 1
Starres, for dominion by night, ver. 9.
(TI.} Works oj Providence. Either.
1 Specie/ and peculiar to his own Church
and people- Ifrael ; From the time of their Bondage
in Eeypt until the times of David. As, 1. Smiting the
Emtians in their frft-borne, vi*. becaufe they would
nof relea fe Ifrael, Gods , firft-borne, «r. 10. 2. Snm;-
7j» ifraelfrom the midft of them, with a mighty hand
Jdout-ftretched arme, ver 11,12. 2. Dividing the
Red-feaintopart,. And fo f O M'»* J/Wte //*/,
rWA the midjiofh fafely. fa J D™""""* Pharaoh
and alibis potent Army therein utterly, t/er. 13,14,15.
4. Condufting Ifraelthiough the Wildernefs ver.
16. jf. Smiting and decoying great and famous t Kings
As Sibon King of the Amorites i andOgg King ofBaflyan,
ver 17 18,19,20. 6. Giving their Land for a poffeffi-
cntohUfervant Ifrael, ver. 21.22. f.Remembmg
them in their lor*, bafe eft ate, nd by Judges redeem-
ing them from their DiftreiTers, ver 22, 24.
2. General. Giving bread (t.e.hood) to all
UhThe'conclufton, repeating and re-inforcing
the Exhortation by an Argument drawn from Gods
Supream Cceleftial Majefhe,w. 2d. ,
6. Let my tongue to my palate cleave,
Iftheeereminde not I:
/If I prize not Jerufalem
Above my chiefeft joy.
7. Remember, LORD, to Edom's fons,
Jerusalem's /W day ;
Who, ev'ng to its foundations.
Said, Rafe, Rafe it away.
8. Thou Babel's daughter h to be-wafte ,
Oble(Ted/7;*//he£e,
Thy i deed which done to us thou haft
Who doth repay to thee.
9. O btettcd {hall he be, that takes
Thy cur fed little-ones,
And them in-pieces-dafhing-£re. whin
we remem-
bred Sion,
we wept.
bHefc. the
Words of a
Song,
Pfalm CXXXVIi.
Seft. I. the Summary Contents.
The Tewes being brought Captives unto Babylon,
The Pfalmifthere fets forth, I. A moft patheucaland
Paflionate Narration of the Captives mifenes and ca-
lamities there : vf* 1. The Jewes mourning upon
remembrance of Sron, ^.1,2. 2. Their Captivat-
ing-enemies infolent raunting of them^er. 34. Il-
lustrated by the taunted Captives, efpecially the
Priefls and Levites conftant zeale and affection for
Jerufalem above all earthly joy, ver. 5, 6. II. A dire-
ful and Prophetical Imprecation, I. Againft the Edo-
mhes, provoking to theuttter Rafingof Jerufalem to
the foundation*,^. 7- 2. Againft the Babylonians,
who were Authors of their ruine, ver. 8, 9-
SeU. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew*
I. Verfion.
i, T) Y Rivers of great Babylon
£j There fate-we-down in fe ares ;
Yea, a when we Sion thoughc-upon,
We-melted-into-tears.
2. On Willowes in the midft thereof,
Our pleafant Harps we hung.
3. For, there they-that-us-captive-Ied
DidafkofusfiaSong;
cHei.ofthe
Song.
A Heb.lil
forget — --
And they of ut fought merrimenr,
Who-us-on-heaps-d id-fling -,
Come now, To us with Inftrument
c The Song of Sion fing.
4. Ah ! Sing the LORD s Song how fhall we,
Mere in a Stranger's land ?
5. jerufalem / forget I thee,
Forget let-my-right-hand.
ll.rerfi
tort.
1. T) Y Babel's a dreams there did we fir,
Jj Yea wept b when Sion we thought on.
2. We hung-up in the midft of it
Our Harps the Willow-trees upon.
3. Becaufe there thus
They did of us
Afk c Songs, that-did-us-captive-bring,
For mirth they fue
Wh'-on-heaps-us-threw ,
Come, rfSion's Song unto us fmg.
4. Ah /fing the LORD'S Song how fhall wes
Here captiv d in a Stranger's land ?
$. Jerufalem .' e forget f thee,
Forget her skill let my-n'ght-hand,
6. /To my-mouth clung
Let be my tongue,
If thee remember do not I
g Jerufalem
If I efteem
Not, fane above my chiefeft joy.
7. Remember, Lord, to Edom's fons
Jerufalem'syWday : who faid,
Rafe, Rafe, b to its foundations.
8. Thou Babel's daughter i when wafte-Iaid,
OBlefs'dfehe
That repayes thee
£Thy deed which thou to us haft done.
6. Blefs'd he that-takes
And duftiing-breaks
Thy babes againft the Rock offtone.
e Htb. re-
member---.
f Htb. If I
n.akenot
Jerufalem
alcend a-
bove the
head of my
j»y.
g Hey. to the
funndatioa
in it.
hiet'.wafted,
i. e. worthy
to be waited
er.that (hale
be wafted,
or, The
wafter.
iHtb.tcvrtid
which thou
haft ic ward-
ed to us.
a Htfr or.
Rivers.
b Ht* when
we rtraem-
bied Sion.
c Htb. the
words of a
So~g.
d Htb. of the
Song of
Sion,
e Htb. If I
fo'get
f Htb. let
my tongue
cleave to
ray palate
gHet.Ifl
make not
Jerufalem
attend a-
bove the
head of my
joy.
h Htb. even
to the foun-
dation in ic
i Htb. waft-
ed
i. e. wor thy
to be wafted
or, that Out:
be wafted
or, The
wafter.
k Heb. thy
reward
which thou
haft re-
warded to
us.
Sett. III. the Kind) Penman, Occajion,
and Scope.
The Kind of this Pfalme, r. As to the Outward $
Forme of it, is Vntituled. See on Pfal. i.Seft.4. 2.
As to the Subjelt-Matter of it, hMixt: being made
up, of a Lamenting Narration of the Jewes woes in
their Captive-ftate in Babylon, and of a Prophetical
imprecation againft her cruel enemies, the Edomites
and Babylonians ; Thefe deftroying Jerufalem: and
thofe applauding them therein, yea irritating them
thereunto. And, as the Nature of Complaints and.
Lamentations is, This Pfalme abounds with many
paflionate pathetical Expreffions, fall of force aud
Rhetorical elegancy.
Penman of h, is not certainly known. We can I Jo. Calv.
hardly conclude that David penned it with a pro- in Annot.
phetical Spirit:Forthefe miferies of the Captives are ad Pfal.
notfpokenofinaprophetitalway, but rather in an 137. j.
Hiflorical fort, as experimentally felt and endured m Sim. de
already by the Captive Jewes, as Calvin I notes. It Muitin
is more probable, That fome pious Prophet, Prieft Arg.Pf*
orLevitewroteit, whofe name is concealed: And 137.
I that not after the Captivity ('as fome m think,)
Ccccc For
374
P S A L M E. CXXXVII.
For the Imprecation in the clofe of the Pfalme will
hardly admitof that, i/flr.7, 8, 9. But rather during
theCaptivity, aud their mournful ftatein Babylon,
as the Scries of the Pfalme feems to imporr.
Occajion of penning this Pfalme, was that woful and
mournful condition of the Jewes carried Captives
to Babylon.znA there deprived of Gods publique Wor-
ship, and daily cxpofed to the heart-cutting taunts
andfcomesof the Babylonians-, Jerufalem and the
Temple of the LORD in Sion being burnt with fire,
and laid on ruinous heaps. See the doleful Hiftory,
2 King. 24. and 25. 2 Chron. 36.
Scope, to fet forth •, The deep griefs and forrowes
oftheCaptive-Jewes in Babylon; The cruel mock-
ing? and fcornes of the Babylonians towards them;
The Zealand conftant good affection of the Jewes,
efpecially of the godly Priefts and Levites, towards
Jerufalem, the Temple, and Worfhip of God, for
a dear memorial whereof they had carried their
Harfs and other Mufical Inftruments, as facred reli-
ques, into Captivity with them: Asalfo what heavy
Curfes and Judgments from the LORD, according
to his Word by his Prophets, fhould be the recom-
penfe of their cruel Enemies the Edomites applaud-
ing, and the Babylonians effecting the utter ruineof
the Temple and Jerufalem. In all which we have a
lively Example, Of the forrowes of Gods people, in
the ruine o( the Publique Worfliip of God and preva-
Iency cf the ungodly over them, on the one hand:
And of the prophane fpirit of pride, infolency, and
fcorn in the wicked againft Gods people and Religi-
on, when under affliction and publique difcounten-
ance, on the other hand. In which Cafes, it may
be proper and pertinent to the Churches of Chrift
under the NewTeftament, to Lament and Sing this
mournful Pfalme : as heretofore the Jewes did in
their Captivity.
Sedr. IV. The Analyfis, or Principal
Parts.
In tliis Patbetical Pfalme, are ; ■• A Narration.
2. An Imprecation.
I. A Narration of the Captive-Jewes deep mife-
ries and forrowes in Babylon, ver. 1. to 7. molt pathe-
tically reprefented 5 1. By their own mournful ftate.
2. By their enemies fcornful deportment towards
them.
1. By their orvn mournful condition. Here the great-
nefs of their grief is paffionately aggravated divers
wayes. As, r. From the place wherein they were
Captives; in Babylon- A didolute paganifh place,
and farre remore from their own Country. 2. From
their fiteor pofture in Babylon ;, by the Rivers of Ba-
bel: vi^.Tygris and Euphrates ,in and about the City,
Probably they abode without Houfcs by the Rivers
banks, under Tents, Booths, &c. 3. From their
long continuance there, intimated by their fitting.
As if they were affixed or chained to the Banks.
4. From their mournful difpofuion and deportment
during this their long enthralment there ; They
wept, As it were watering the Rivers banks with
their tears. <,. From the proper procuring Caufe of
this their grief; their remembrance of Sion, i.e. Of
the Temple and all the Worfliip of God once there :
but now utterly ruined and laid waft, v. 1. 6. From
the fign or effect of their cxtream grief and fadnefs ;
hanging their Harps upon the Willowes. They were fo
overwhelmed with forrow, that they could rake no
plcafurc in Mufick, no not by the pleafant Rivers
fides. Their Harps, thofe Sacred Reliques and Me-
morials of Temple-Mitfn^ in the Worfliip of God,
which they for their Solace brought with them into
Captivity, nor Priefts, Levites, nor people could
rake any delight in at all : but laid them afide, hung
rhem upasufclefle, ver. 2.
3. By their Enemies the Babylonians fcornful deport-
ment towards them in this their deep diflrefs. Here,
1. The Babyhnians are defcribed, CiJ By their Ho-
ftility ; leading-them-Captives, (2) By their cruel-
ty ; they threw the Jewes on Heaps. 2. Their bitter
fcornful deportment againft the Jewes in this their
mournful condition is aggravated, (1 J Partly, By
asking of the fadned Captives in way of mockery jbc
words of a Song : and of thofe Mourners, mirth: which
was a fcornful and infolent rcjoyckig in the calamities
of Gods people : arifingfroman&r^awjsjuoc'a A re-
joycing in others evil. (~2 ) Partly, By requiring
them tofing of the Song of Sion : Some of the Temple-
Songs. Thus they moft fcornfully derided, and in-
fulted over the Temple-Worftiip and difcovered
their extream contempt and hatred of the LORD'S
true Religion and Worfhip. Thefe things were ve-
ry bitter to the truly Godly Priefts, Levites, and
Jewes, v.%. 3. The Captives rejection of their E-
nemies fcornful provocations to mufick and merri-
ment, is laid down ; Howfhallwefing . Be-
ing Illuftrated, C'jBytheutrerinconfiftencyof the
LORD'S Song, with the Captives prefent fad condi-
tion ; in the land of a fir anger : /. e. of a ftrange peo-
ple, orofaftrangegod, v. 4. f2 J By the Captives,
efpecially the godly Levites, conftant zeal, and fin-
cere affection to Jerufalem, and the true worfhip of
God there, both which in due time they hoped
fhould be reftored. This zeal and affection is moft
pathetically profeffed, yea and vowed under a curfe,
a double curfe ; That their right hand may forget, vi\.
her cunning in playing, Reticentia elegans; That
their tongue cleave to their palate, and be for ever
difabled from finging ; If Jerufalem be forgotten, If
Jerufalem be not remembred, If Jerufalem be not made
to afcend above the head of their joy. An Elegant Cli-
max; or Gradation, ver. 5, 6.
II. An Imprecation againft the bitter enemies of the
Jewes : that God would take juft revenge upon them
for promoting and bringing thefe woful calamities
upon his people : vi^. 1, Upon the Edomites, by
Standers, Spectators, and Abettors of their ruine.
Where note, fji) The judgment imprecated from
the LORD upon Edoms fonnes ; That he would re-
member their wicked deportment againft Jerufalem^
in the day of het ruine : vi^. to requite it righteoufly.
(2) The fin of the Edomites lpecihed,deferving Gods
imprecated vengeance ; Their cruel exafperating
and provoking the Babylonians, to Rafe Jerusalem
to the very foundations, their words being expreffed
by a Meiofis, v.7. 2. Upon the Babylonians, chief
Authors of their Calamities. Here, (1) The ene-
mies curfed, arefignified, vi^- The Daughter of Ba-
bel , The Common-wealth, Kingdome, or Monar-
chy of Babel. (2) The certain ruine of thefe enemies
is hinted ; wafted : or, to be laid wafte, ac-
cording to Gods Word by his Prophets. Or, if it
be rendred ; Thewafter : it denotes the caufe of Ba-
bel's ruine, as being,77je wafter of Gods people. (j£fTr\c
bleffednejl of that Instrument is fore-prophecied, that
fhallrecompenfe toS/>er/an flay :
q Then, from me, O ye men of blood,
Do-ye-depart-away.
20. Which fpeakof thee r mifchievoufly;
Thy foes /lift up in vaine.
21. O LORD, thine haters hate not I i
And am I not amaine
Griev'd at-thofe-that-againft-thec-rife ?
22. I hate them for their ill
With ; perfect Hate . For enemyes
They are unto mc ftill.
to a-crafty. intent, s htb.trt»ke-up to falfe vanity- e.i. ci
or, ThemfeWe* proudly, or, they hfc up thy fo«i in vain
1 n of hatred.
g btb. or, for
that in fear-
full fans 1
am-mar-
Velloufty.
made, mar-
vellous are
thy works,
h Htb. or,
ftrengthir,
bone.
iHrb.tr,
mine, em-
bryo.my-
unlhaped-
mafs, my
woundupw
mafj, or
body.
k Htb. And
not one of
them.
I Heb. are
thy-familf-
ar thoughts,
thy-frieadly
thoughts.
m iAeb.
heads of
them,
II Htb. nua-
ber-them.
o Htb. 1 a-
wake. and-
yet-I with
thee.
j> btb. If
thou wouldft
q Heb. or,
And men
of bloods,
depart ye
from rr.e.
tbtb; tt
jnifchif
purp^
rwr, th
t heb. j
p S A L M E CXXXIX.
377
23. OGod, dothoumefearch,andknow
Mine hearts intentions :
Prove me r/;ro«^o«r,and know do thou
■ Htb. of My cogitations.)!
Sor-ow or, 24. And fee if that in me there be,
•fgrief i e. ) Th w cf wickcdnefs :
m>ichea way ... ' c
gritvomu And in way of eternity
Cod an* Do thou me lead and blefs.
man.
Sctf. III. The Kinde , Penman ,
cafion and Scope.
Oc-
The Kind oi this Plalm, I. As to the Outward
Form or manner of it, is ^ A Pfalm with 77j/g pre-
fixed, as many others are, Seethe Preface Sell. VI.
numb. IV. 2. As to the Nature and Sub)eH-matter of
it, is ; EucbaripcaUPetitory.lt. is a Prayer of David to
the Lord : wherein he invocares the Omnifciem God
that knew him throughout moft accurately, The
Omniprefent God with him in every place, The Om-
nipotent God thu had moft wonderfully and curiouf-
createdhim i tofearcb and try him thoroughly if their
beany way of grieving-wickednefs in him allowed by
him, and as it were to bearwitnefs to his fincerity,
integrity, and imiocency. againft all calumnies and
falfe imputations of man. And here, the LORD'S
Omnifdence Omni-prefence, and Omnipotency in creat-
ing him wonderfully, are fo Angularly difplayed,
with fuch (lately pomp and magnificence of words ;
and Davids integrity is here (as ic were by way of
appeal J fo approved unto this all-fearching God :
That this Pfalm deferves highly to be efteemed, as
a moft excellent Teftimony of the Lord's glorious
Eminences, and of his Saints lingular Integrity. Ab.
Eqra X notes, Tl)at this U a moft excellent Pfalm, and
xObfervat that there" 's not any in all thefefive Books of Pfalmes
E^ra to be equalised to it. The Gloff. from S de Cafi. faith
Excellen- Its a Pfalm moft full of profundity of myfteries, and
tiffimum thence moft obf cur ey. Andfurely, The more myfle-
effehunc rious and obfcure it is, the more itfhouldexercife
Pfalmum: us: The more excellent ic is, the more ic fhould
nee in delight us.
quinque Penman of it was Davii, as the Title intimates $
his libris Davids Pfalm.
ulltim effe Occafion whereupon, and Time when David pen-
iiuica?qui- ned it,cannot certainly be determined.S'o/we ^ refer it
perandum to the time when King Saul began his perfecutionof
Sim.de David as a feditious and rebellious perfon, feeking
Mutt in his Crown, &c. whereupon David, in this Pfalm pro-
Arg.Pfal. felling his innocency and inregrity, appeals to God
139. the only all knowing and iuft Judge of the W»rld
y Pfalmus to clear him. This the whole Series of the Pfalm is
profundi- fuppofed to favour, butefpeciallywr. ip.&c. And
ratemy- that it is of the fame Time and Argument with Pf. 7.
fleriorum and 17. and 26. Others a rather refer it to the time
plenus : of Davids exile out of his Kingdome, through Abfa-
unde& ioms unnatural rebellion. When David was vilely
obfeuriffi- calumnated by Shemei and others fjmpatient of De-
rmis. G/o/. vut good Government in repreffingwickednefs, I-
Ord.infit. dolatryy&c. ) tor a man of bloods, a man of Belial,
Pjal. 158. ■ &c. 2 Sam. 16. fuch reproaches wounded David
^ Jo.Foord more then his other afflictions. Therefore he en-
in Exp. Pf. deavours in many Pfalnis to wipe off fuch falfe afper-
139: Trap, fions and malicious calumnies: and here appeals to
a Hen. God as the onely competent Judge of his innocency
Moller.m and integrity. But it the Series of the Pfalmes be
Arg. Pjal. well obferved ("which runs more generally without
139' rertriftion to any calumnies ca ft upon David in days
of Sauls Perfecution, Abjahm's rebellion) we may
better conceive David intended in this Pfalm, by
appeal to the Omnifciem Omniprefent Creator, to
vindicate himfelf from all manner of fal(e, malicious,
and flandcrouscalumnies of thefonnes of men from
time to time caft upon him, fincerely in the fight of
God proteftinghis innocency and integrity.
Scope here incended by D.ivid, is; To make a So-
lemn Profeffion or Proteftation of his fincerity, up-
yighrnefs, and unfeigned integrity, even in the fight
and prefence of the All-feeing and AJl-prcfent God,
his wonderful Creator: againft all -mwortliy len-
ders, calumnies and imputationsof impiety, hypo-
crifie,&c which the malice of man could poffibly
caftuponhim; comforting himfelf againft them all
by the LORD'S (o!e atteftation to, and approbation
of his integrity of heart and life, fee ver. 23, 24. And,
in order to the more exquifite difcovcry of the un-
feignednefs of his uprightnefs, to difplay moft lively
and pathetically, The LORD's Omniscience and ex ;
aft knowledge of him, His Omni-prefence from
which there could be no polfible efcape for him, and
His wonderful Creation of him, whence all the Se-
crets of his foul and body muft needs be naked and
bare before him, v. 1. ro 19. Whereupon he prays
that God would flaythofe atheiftical wicked bloody
men, that Blafpheme and take up Gods Name in
vain, hating him, riling up and rebelling againft
him, under falfe apprehenfions that they are here-
in hidden from Gods Eye and Judgement, ver. 19.
&c. And this i> an excellent and comfortable Pfalm
wherewith an upright-hear.ed Uiriltian may flay
and bear uphisfpirit in the Prefence of his All-feei.ig
heart-fearching God, againft all the infamy, re-
proach, falfe (landers or calumnies that the Devil or
man can cafi upon him.
Se&. W, The Analyfis^ or Principal
Parts.
The Infer iption orTitle prefixed to this Prayer con-
tains; 1. The Denomination of it •, A Pjalm. 2.
The Infcrumental Authour or Penman of it ; David.
3. The Direction of it, as to the Mufick •, To the
Mafter-Mufician.
The Pfalm it felf is digefted into the Form of a
Prayer. Wherein, David.
I. Profeffeth his unfeigned fincerity, integrity and
innocencecy, by way of Appeal to God, againfiall
malicious furmifes, (landers or calumnies which
might be cafi upon him, ver. 1. to 19- And this he
doth divers wayes, vi^.
1. By acknowledging, That the All-feeing Om-
nifcient God knew him andall his ways moft exaftly.-
As,More GeneralIy,7W God had fearched and known
him, ver. 1. More Particularly, 1. That the LORD
knew all his outward Aftions, moft perfectly : win-
nowing them, and being accuftomed to them. As, His
Sitting and Rifing : His Path by day ; H'u lying-down
by night; and alibis wayes, ver. 2,3. 2. Thathe
underftood his tbougbt afarre off, even before they
were actually fixed in his hem, ver.2. 3. Thathe
perfectly knew all hit words, ver. 4. Thisexaftnefs
and exquifitenefs of Gods knowledge is illuftrated
and confirmed, fi J Partly, From Gods befetting
and as it were befieging him round about, behind and
before^ by his Omnifcience. C 2 J Partly, From
Gods putting his hand upon him, by his all reaching
and all-ordering Providence, ver. 5. (3.) Partly,
From the infinite unfearchablenefs of Gods know-
ledge and nnderflanding, beyond his and humane
reach ; emphatically laid down by way of admirati-
on, ver. 6.
2. By confeffing and declaring, That he could by
no means efcape or hide himfelf from the Omnipre-
fence of God. This is fet forth, 1. By pathetical
Interrogation, ver.7. 2. By Induftion of particu-
lars, or enumeration of all probable means of efcape
with intimation of their utter infufficiency to hide or
fhroud him from Gods Prefence. Nothing can do
it. CO Not Heaven, f 0 Not Hell, ver. 8. (3)
Not the utter moft parts of the Sea, ver. 9, ic. ("4 J
Not darknefi it felf, i/er. 11. 12.
3. By Acknowledging (as aReafon both of Gods
exaft knowledge of him, and of the impoffibility of
his efcaping his Prefence ,) Gods wonderful and curi-
ousworkjnanfhip, in creating and fafhioning him id
his Mothers Womb, ver. 13.ro 19. Here, I. God's
Ddddd form.
■3
V S A L M E. CXL.
forming of him in the womb is defcribed, CO As to
his inwards; Gods poffeffing hit reins, (2) As to
hismore outward parts of his body ; Gods covering
him ., wX* w't'1 ^'n> fle!h, &c- ver- x3-
2. This fafhioning of him is illustrated, (i) B^ the
excellency and wonderfulnefsof it, for which the
LORDismoft worthy to be confefied andpraifed, v.
14. (2) By the parts of it. As, The forming of
his bones and ftronger parts, and that in a fecrct
flace. The embroidering of hit bones and body, with
Nerves, Veins, Arteries, Membranes. &c. vex. 15.
The bringing of his unform'd embryo to perfect
fhape and proportion, vet. i<5. (2J By thetranfcen-
dencyofit, fur palling all his expreftions and con-
ceptions, and tranfporring him even into an holy
Admiration of the LORD'S wonderful contrivances
therof, ver. 17,-18. Which is emphatically ampli-
fied. By the frefh and new matter of meditation
which this Subject (till miniftrerh to his thoughts e-
very morning that he awakes- lAroakf, and am (till
with thee, ver. 18.
II. Prayer Againfl the wicked and men of bloods,
whom he defires to depart from him, that the Lord
would flay them, ver. 19. Of this Requeft hegives
his Reafons, vi\. 1. Drawn from the vilenefs of
thefe wicked; who fnotconfidering the Omnifcience
and Omniprejence of God their wonderful Creator,)
CO Speakj>fhimto amifchievcutend. (2 J Lift-up
hit name in vuin, v. 20. 2. Drawn from Davids in-
renfive Zeal for God, laid down pathetically by way
of Interrogation and Anfwer. As, C~i) That he
hates the haters of God. Yea with perfeft hatred,ac-
counting them as his own enemies. (2) Thar he is
greived at thnfe who rife up againftGod, ver. 21, 22.
III. Concludes his Prayer, fealing up the profeffi-
onofhis integrity, by petitioning forhimfelf,i>/^. 1.
To fearch him, hit heart, and his thoughts, exactly:
^thereforehe uferh fuchanheapof words, v. 23. 2.
'To fee if any way of Jorrow (i. e. of any wickednefs
or hypocrifie allowed, caufing forrowj be in him. I
3. To lead him in the way of Eternity, i. e. in the
good old way of fincere faith and obedience, v.24.
a Htb. or i o f
violent -
wrong?.
b Htb, or,
under -
Pfalm CXL.
Sett. I. The Summary Contents.
Drtf/ydangeroufly exercifed with malicious, ca-
lumniating, and fu!)tile Enemies, 1. Prayes for Vre-
fervationand Deliverance from them, ver. i. to 9.
z.Imprecates Goc\y)ui\. vengeance upon his Enemies,
that their own mifchiefsmay upon them, ver. 9. 10.
3. Declares his hope and confidence accordingly, 1.
Of the ill event to the wicked, ver. U. 2. Ofthe
happy iffue to the afflicted Righteous, iM2,i3,
Se&. II. The Verfton out of the
Hebrew.
To the Mafier-Mufician , A Pfalm of
David.
I.
i.T ORD, from the ill man me deliver
JL< Prcfervc-thou-me apart
From man a of violence for ever.
2. Which think UUtbings in heart :
To Wars they gather every day. v;
3. Like Serpent fharp-they-whet
Their tongues : b Below their lips do they.
The Afpes hot-poyfon^er. Stlab.
4. Lord, keep me from the wicked's hands,
Preferve-thou-mc/br ay
From man c ofViolcnces : Who think
To thruft my feet away.
5. For me the proud a fnare have hid,
And coards, A tangling Net
They by the path's ^fide forth-have-fpread :
For me they grins have fet. SeUb.
6. Then I unto JEHOVAH faid,
Thou art my God ador d:
My Supplications voice for aid
Do thou now hear, O Lord.
7. JEHOVAH Lord, the fortitude
Of my Salvation :
Mine head in day e of Battel rude, htl of.
Thou-covered-haft alone. armour.
c W«5. or; of
violent-
wrongs.
d Heb. hud
II.
8. The wicke&mans defires do not,
OLORD, unto him grant:
/His-vile-device do not promote,
g Left they-themfelves-do-vaunt.
9. As {»r the Head of thofe-that-rae-
-Surround-on-every-fide :
h Their lips mifchievous-injury
Let it them covet ing-hide.
10. Let burning-coales upon them i fait,
Into the fire them caft:
Tea into deep pits fling them all,
Left they rife-up atlafl.
". ^On Earth (hall not be ftablifhed
The man of wicked tongue :
111 (hall hunt unto overthrow
The man of violent-wrong.
12. I know well, that the LORD akne
The judgement juft will do
EK'flof-the-poor-afflifted-one,
The needy's doom a I fa
13. Affuredly the righteous
Shall to thy Name / give praife :
Before thy face moflgraciow
Th' upright m (hall-dwell alwayes.
fHeb.or,His
wicked, de-
vice-erjHij
crafty-de-
vice
g Htb. or.Iec
octal.', them not
exah-them-
felves.
hHtb. Lee
the molelt«-
tion of their
lips cover
them,
i Htb. or t
Move,
Here are ta>»
readings in
the Hebrew.
It beb. or, A
nun of
tongue fliil
not be eft»-
eblifhed on
cjrtli.a
wicked mm
of violence.
It [hall
burn-him
to chi ult-
ings downr,
1 beb. conf«ls
m^t. Hull
fit*
Sett. III. The Kind, Venmany Oc-
cafion and Scope.
The Kind of this Pfalm, 1. As to the outw,nd
For/w of it is, AtiEntituled Pfalm, according to the
Hebrew. Sec the Preface Sett. VI. Numb. IV. 2. As
totheNatureandS«fyel5F-yTftjrffrofit, is, A Prayer.
A Prayer of David, for prefervation and deliverance
from Saul and his mitigating Parafites, who impla- .
cably by force and fraud fought Davids life moft vi-
olently and unjuftly : As alfo againft his Enemies,
that their own mifchievous moleftations and machi-
nations may fall upon themfelves. Whereupon he
concludes his Prayer with hopes of Gods juft judge-
ment upon the ill-tongued man.and man of violence nJo.'Calv.
but of his vindication of the poor and needy, and in Com. ad
comfortable remuneration ofthe afflicted righteous. Pf- 140. 1.
Herein David was as it were, A type ofchriftn, yea 0 Hen.
a type of 'the Church o and People of God, malicioufly, AtoBer. in
implacably, yet cauflefly perfected by the grace- Arg. Pfat.
Ids wicked ones and great ones of the world. J40.
Penman of h, via David. As the Title imports.
Occafion
P S A L M E. CXXXVII.
379
f Sim. di
Muit in
Arg.Pfal.
J40.
q Jo. Calv.
in Com. ad
Pf. 140. r.
Jo. Foord.
jn Expof.
Pf. 140-
Tempus.
Hie, de
Lyra, in
polltl. ad
Pfal.139.
Occ a fion of David s penning ic Some referre to
Voeg's wicked accufation of David to Saul, I.Sam.
22.9, &c and to the Ziphites treacherous informa-
tion to Saul againft David, and the mitigation of
Saul againft him, 1 Sam. 23. 19. &c p. But Calvin
and others q, difliking their opinion, think rather
it U to be referred to Saul's malicious, fubrile, and
implacable perfecutions of David, without caufe,
fccking to take away his life. See 1 Sam. ch. 1$.
and 19. Which perfecutions continuing long, mi-
niftredmanyoccafions to David oi penning iundry
Pfalmes: He thereby making an holy, fpiritual, and
heavenly improvement of all his outward afflictions,
for our exemplary inftruftion how to walk in like
Cafes.
Scope of Ds hot poyfon under bis lips,
ver. 3.
2. For prefervation of him from his enemies hands
Here again, i.His enemies are characterized, to be
Awickedone. A man of violences. The Proud. 2. His
JRequeft is urged 1. From his enemies malicious
thoughts and contrivances to overthrow hit goings, v.4.
2. From their crafty and fubtile praftifes againft his
life; Hiding a Snare, Coards, Spreading a net
by the paths fide , yea fetting grins for him ,
ver. 5.
Il.Davids Imprecation agamfl his enemies unto the
LORD,u 6. &c. Here
x.Heprayes for Audience. Encouraging himfelf
therein, 1. From Gods fweet Covenant-Relation to
him; Tim art my God, ver. 6. 2. From the LORD'S
fufficiency tofavehim. 3. From his former experi-
ence of Gods protection of him in the day of battel,
ver. 7.
2. He Imprecates, or prayes againft his Enemies.
As, 1. That, God would not grant the defires of the
wicked. 2,That, God would not further hit wicked
device, or promote hit cr a ftypro)eii. Bothwhichare
urged,from the incommodity which otherwife would
enfue ; Left they exalt themfelves, ver. 8. 3. That,
his encompaffing Enemies may be covered andover-
ivbelmedwhh the moleftationot mi f chief of their own
lips, ver. a. 4. That, irrecoverable ruine (Signifi-
ed by making coales fall on them, cafiing them into the
fire, yea into deep pits that they rife not up again) may
fwallow them \xp,v. 10.
III. Davids profefjion o(hofe and confidence, that
according to thefe his former Requefts, 1. An ill e-
Venc fhall be to the wicked, and fo to his Enemies.
Inafmuchas he d;d prophetically fortfee, fijThat,
A man of tongue, An i!I-tongucdm an.ff/allnot be effa-
bliff;edon Earth. ( 2) That, A man of violence, ff'.ill
be violently hunted to hk utter overthrow, or thruftings-
down, ver 1 1. 2. A good iffue fhall be to the afflicl-
cd righteous, and fo to afflicted David. Inaf-
much as he did prophetically fore-know, f 1) Thar.
the LORD would do the 'judgment of the poor- a0 (led,
and doom of the needy : vindicating them from all their
Enemies injuries and cpoicffions, ver. 12. (~ 2J
That, the righteous fhall hereupon have matter of
confeffuig-prjfe to Gods Name. Ci) That, f whe»
the wicked ;>re ruined, yet} the upright fhall ftili
fit before the LORD's face, and dwell in hisprefence,
as highly favoured by him aud moft acceptable unto
him, ver. 13.
Pfalme CXLI.
Se&. 1. The Summary Contents.
DrfwVfurrroundcd, through Saul's perfecutiom
with extream dangers of ruine, I. Earneflly prayes,
1. For the LORD'S audience and acceptance of his
Requefis, ver. 1,2. 2. For the LORD'S guidance of
^ his Tongue, Heart and Hands, that he might not
think, fpeak, or aft any thing un-becoming him,
though in thefe Extremities of danger and diftrefs,
ver. 3. to 7. 3. For prefervation from death, and
from his Enemies Snares, ver. 7,8,9. HV Impre-
cates his Enemies falling into their own Nets, while
himfelfefcapei,i/. 10.
Setf. II. The Verfion out of the
Hebrew.
APfalmeof.DrfwW.
1. '""pO-thec-I-cry, O glorious LORD,
JL Do-thou-roake-haft to me .•
Unto my voice a an-ear-afford,
When-I-cry unto thee.
2. 0 let my prayer b be-fet-forth
Before thee Incenfe-w//e :
Be mine hands lifting up of worth,
As c Evening Sacrifice.
3. 0 LORD fet thou a watch before
My mouth, it to confine :
And of my lips keep-thou d the door.
4. Do nor mine heart incline
To an ill e thing; In wickednefs
/To do works fmall or great,
With men working unrighteoufnefs :
g Nor their Cates let me eat.
5. Me let the righteous /; (mite the while,
As kindnefs Tie it take :
And let him check me,/ Thit Head oyl
Mine head /hall never break :
For yet ^ev'n in their ev'ls Lie pray.
6. /Fall'n-down their Judges were
By Rock fides : And my words heard they,
For they-were-pleafantrfon?.
n >
^: firmely
direSedbe
K
1
»
I
^fo^e.t^y
faces as in'
cenfc.
c Hfi. the
evening
meat- offer-
ing.
dH.fc upon
the doore.
*r. before
the doore
e Heb. or,
word,
f btb. to
prafiife
pradiies.
g Heb. and
lee me noc
eate of their
dclicateswor,
dainties,
h H< b. hany
meT. «r,
Si
■a*
, fmi-e with
the hammer.i Heb. the oile of the head fliall not break mine head »r, let it
not breake mine head, k Heb. alfo in their evils {ball be my prayer. 1 Het,
•r, their judge* threw themfelves down by the hands of the Rock.
7. As
P S A L M E. CXLI.
n
. I-
. for-
7. hi when a. man mupon-thc-ground
The wood doth cut and cleave :
Evnfo our bones are fcattered round.
At mouth of gaping n Grave.
8. But unto thee, JEHOVIH Lord,
Intent ive are mine eyes :
Pour not my Soul out as abhorred,
On theeo mine-hope-relies.
9.O keeping from hands of the Snare,
Which they have laid for me,.
And grins oiihem f/W-workers are
Of vain-iniquity,
I®. But let the wicked every one]
Into his own nets fa 11
p htb.tr,
I to-
' 0'.
illro»c ■ -.\) P Whiles that in fafety I alone
over. Pafs-overrAe/w withall.
Setf. III. The Kind, Penman^ Occafton^
and Scope.
The Kind of this Poem, 1. As to the OutwardForm
of penning it, is an Entituled Pfalme according to
the Hebrew. See in the Preface Sect. VI. numb 4.
And in reference to the manner of the Mufick in-
tended for it, it is A Pfalme. Of which Denomina-
tion, See in the Preface Sect. II. 2. As to the Sub-
$e8-Matter and Nature of it, it is APrayer of David,
For himfelf, and Againft his Enemies. For him-
felf, That his Suit may be heard and accepted; That
his thoughts, words and actions may be rightly
Guided ; And that his life may be preferved from
death, and from his Enemies Snares, by the LORD
Againft his Enemies, That they may, fall into their
own Enfnarements, whileft withal he efcapes.
Penman of it was David : As the Titk inti-
mares.
Occafion whereupon David penned it, was fome
ofSW.r Perfections of him, as Interpretets do ge-
nerally conceive. But which of them, is not fou-
nanimoufly agreed upon. May I freely declare my
own Judgment, having ferioufly weighed the whole
current of the Pfalme, and efpecially examined the
fenfeofw. 6. and how it may befl agree with the
reft of the Pfalme, I am much inclined to think with
qSim.de fome q, That David wrote this Pfalme, after Saul
Muitin returned from purfuing the Pbiliftines that had in-
Arg. Pjal. vaded the Land, ("whereby Sauls furprizing of Da-
141. <& in vid was moft providentially prevented J 1 Sam.
Com. ad 2$Mo. to the end. and2a\. 1. and took 3:00 chofen
•uh.6.Jo. men out of Mlfrael, and went to feek David and-
Diod.it. in his men upon the Rockj of the wilde Goats. When
Annit. on Saul went into a Cave to cover his feet, David and his
Pjal. 141. men remaining in the fides of the Cavs, andDavidpri-
efpecially vily cut oft the skjrt of Sauls Garment ( being able as
onvcrfe6. cafily to have cut of his head J whereupon David
Jo. Fond clears and dcmonflrates his innocency and integrity
in Expcf. towards Suul by many words at large, to Saul's
Pf 141. great Conviction and Satisfaction, 1 Sam. 24.2,3.
Tempus. to the end of the Chap. Which Hiftory being duely
&Analyf. compared with this Pfalme, efpecially with ver.6.
r Their Iheir Judges r, i, e. Saul and his chief Officers J
Judges]
vk. I do not onely love juft corrections butdoalfo patiently
fuffcr unjuft persecutions ; As I made it manifeft in Sauls perfon,
who was the chief of mine enemies, when he was left alone in
the Cave, 1 Sam. 24. 9. to whom I offered no violence, but one-
ly plainly related unto him the wrongs which he didr me with all
refpect and modefty. Jo. Diodat. Annot. on Pfal. 141. 6.
threw-themfelves-down ("or, demiffed-themf elves; or,
let-themfelves-dorvn; or, were-let-down, vi^. topur-
fue and furprize me) by the fides (or hands J 0/ the
Rock\ 0- e'tnc Rocks of the wildc-Goats, and
the Cave, wherein David cut off the lkirt of Sauls
Garment privily ;J And they heard my words, for they
were plea f ant : u e. King Saul and his followers heard
the words of Davids Apology for himfelf, which
were fo pleafant and acceptable to Saul, that Saul
went home from David. In thisfixth verfe, where-
in all the Veibs are in the Prxter-tenfe in the Hebrew,
David icems plainly to hint at this famous and re-
markable Hiftory. Nor do I find any Interpretati-
ons comparably fo fit and genuine as this ; but too
remote, forced, and farre-fetched. And accord-
ing to this Interpretation the fenfe of the whole
Pfalme runs moft plain and clear:as will after appear
in the Analyfis. The word IDQttfJ niflmetu, in
niphal is of reciprocal Signification, as fome other
paffive words are, faid one /. They demiffed-them-
felves flet-down-themfelves J by the hands of the
Roci, &c.
Scope of David in this Prayer, is-, To obtain of
the LORD, Acceptance in his Requefts, Guidance of
his tongue, heart, and hands in his great dangerand
tryal, Prefervation from death and his Enemies En-
fnarements : And that his Enemies might be entan-
gled in their own Snares.
Sect. IV. The Analyfu or Principal
Parts.
The Title Delares, 1. The Denomination of chis
Poem ; A Pfalme. 2. The Penman of it David.
The Pfalme it felf contains,
I» Davids earneft Prayer for himfelf, now in eX-
tream danger of death and ruine through King Sauls
Perfecutionofhim, among the Rocks, &c 1 Sam.
24.2,3. (fy-c. Wherein he Petitioneth.
1. For Audience in hit Prayer. Amplified by the
Adjunct haft of the manifestation of this hearing, de-
fired, v.i. And for the LORD's fingular acceptance
of his Prayer. Iliuftrated by allufion to the Levitical
Types of Prayer j Incenfe, and The Evening Minchab
or Oblation, ver. 2.
2. For the LORD's Guidance in thefe his great ftraitt
and plunges, that therein he might behave himfelf in
every refpect aright, ver. 3. <&c. As , 1. For Guid-
ance of his mouth and lips, that he might not offend
in his words, notwithstanding all Saul's provocation
ver. 3. 2. For Guidance of his Heart and Hands,
left he, in this plunge of great danger, fhouldwirh
his 600 men attempt any thing by way of revenge a-
gainfl Saul, as wicked men ufe to do in like cafes,
ver. 4. This his requeft hellluftrates, (ij Partly,
By defiring rather a Remedy or Antidote againft his
wrath and revenge whereunto he might be tempted
vi^.The fmiting and check of the righteous to allay
his paffion and diftempers. 1. Accounting fuch Re-
bukes, AKindnefi, and an Head oii, a choice gyle that
fhould not hurt him, but help him. Meiofis. 2. And
proraifing, as an effect of fuch Rep roofes, his/>r/»yer
for them m their Calamities : vi\. For the juft, re-
proving him .• or for the wicked, perfecuting him,
ver. $. (2J Partly, By declaring his patient and
felf-denying bearing of Sauls uniuft persecutions a-
mong the Rocks and Caves, vindicating his innocen-
cy by pleafant words in Sauls hearing before his Ser-
vants, v . 6.
3. For the LORD^s Proteffion, Prefervation, and
Deliverance of his Life from Death, and the Snares of
his Enemies. This requeft he preffeth, I. From the
extremity of his and his Servants dangers, They be-
ing difperfed up and down in Woods, Rocks,Caves,
&c. and in imminent danger of Death, even as Wood
cut and cloven is fcattered upon the Earth, ver. 7.
2. From his own intcntive affiance and hope-for-fafe-
ty in the LORD a lone: therefore pour not out my Soul :
i. e. to Death, ver. 8. 3. From the malice and mif-
chiefofhis Enemies ; Likje Fowlers or Hunters, lay-
ing Snares. And being W3rkjrs of iniquity, ver. 9.
II. Davids Imprecation againft the wicked his Ene-
mies
jjoan.
Foordin
Exp.Pf.
141
Analyf.
ad vet. 6.
P S A L M E. CXLII.
381
mies : vk« That tne wicked, every oneof them may
fall into hit own nets and devifed mifchief. Whilefl
■withalhe may pafs over all their Snares and efcapc
in fafety, ver. 10.
Pfalm CXLII.
Sett. I. The Summary Con tents.
Darirfbeinghidina Cave for fear of his Perfecu-
tors, and in great diftrefe and peril of life, flyes to
the LORD by Prayer. In which Prayer, 1. Be de-
clares, That he earneftly cryed to the LORD, in the
extremity of his dangers and diftreffes, when his
own fpirit was overwhelmed, and all humane help
failed him, ver. 1. to 5. 2.Heprayes for deliverance
from his Perfecutors, and from his clofe-prifon : urg-
ing his Requeft by fundry pathetical Arguments,
ver. 5,6, 7. And all this to inftruft Gods People,
how to walk in like cafe. Tit.
Setf. II. The Verflon out of the
Hebrew.
a Htb. Maf-
chil of Dv
vid.
b Heb.l did
fupplicate-
for grace,
c Hrfr.before
hisfjee<.
dH-b.before
his faces
e Htb. my
diftrefsfirait
f htb. invol-
ved it felf.
fwconed
fain ed.or ,
was- over-
whelmed.
g beb. my
p»th.
b Htb. pri-
vily-laid.
i Htb. or i
Lookand fee
and not one
knowing me
kHef-. not
cnt feeking.
] Htb. my.
hope (a*.
. fafety. or,
my refuge
m beb For-.
nHnfr.Perfe-
tutors.
o Htb. they-
are ftronger
than I.
p H«*. or,
For thou-
ilialt- boun-
tifully-re-
ward unto
mc.
a An Inftru&ing Pfalme of David : A
Prayer when he was in the Cave.
1. T with my voice unto the LORD
1 lnftraits aloud-did-cry :
Tea with my voice unto the LORD
b Requeft-for-grace-did-I.
2. 1 poured-out c before-his-face.
My Meditation :
I did-declare d before-his-face
e My-fore-affliction.
3 Witrrin-me when my fpirit /fail'd,
Then thou didft-know g my way :
They in way that I walk'd, forme
A Snare h did-clofely-Iay.
$. On right-hand /' I-did-look and fee,
And no man did me know :
AH refuge perifh'd-isfrom me,
k None feeks my Soul fo low.
5. 1 cry'd to thee, LORD, I faid then :
Thou art I mine-hope alone :
Thou in the land of living-wen
Art all my Portion.
6. mShh I am vehemently brought- low,
Attend tomy-fhrill-cry:
From-my-n-Purfuers me-rid-thou,
Foro ftronger they than I.
7. From prifon-clofe my foul bring- out,
Thy Name'* praife to confefs:
The juft fhall compafs-me-about,
p When thus thon fhah me blefs.
Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, Occasion,
and Scope.
The Kind of rhis Pfalme, 1. As to the Form or Man-
ner of penning it, with a Title or In fcription prefix-
ed, is ^ An Enti tnled Pfalme, in the Hebrew. See
the Preface Sect. VI. numb. IV. 2. As to the Matter
ofit, {\ J More Generally, itisinihe Hebrew filled,
V*DUJQ Mafchil, i. e. An Inlhutlion, or Inttrutling-
Pfalm of David It is one of thofe fix Mafchilsi-
fcribed ro David. It feems to be fo called, becaufe
it contains an Injlrutfive prafticeof David in his
flraits: He fled to the LORD by Faith and Prayer
for Deliverance. And this cou: fe of his, this Pray-
er is recorded, for Inilrutlion to all Gods people to
take the like courfe in like cafes of extream (traits
and difficulties. (2 J More Specially. It is A Prayer
of David, An carncft prayer for deliverance from
his Periecurors, and from all the extream dangers
and diftreffes which they had brought upon him:
that he might confefs-praife to the LORD'S Name,
with others alfo.
Penman of it, was David: As the Title figni-
fies.
' Occafionoi Davids penning it, and making of this
Prayer, was fjas the Title alfo fhewesj Davids be*
in the Cave. He fled into a Cave to hide and fhel-
ter himfelf from his Pcrf, curors: and whileft he
was in the Cave, and upon that Occafion, he made
this Prayer. And probably, Then, or a little af-
ter, he wrote it. Butforafmuch as Davids faid to
have been in two Caves, vi^. IniheCwe Adullam,
whither he fled from KingS\j«/, when he cfcaped
from the hands ofAcbifl) King ofGath, 1 Sam. 22. 1.
And in thcCave, by the Sheep-coates in the Wilder-
nefs ofEngedi, whither he and his men fled for fear
of King Saul, iSain. 24, 1,2, 3. It is doubtful
whichofthefe two Caves is here intended. Bellar- . .
mine 9 underftands it of tixzCave Adullam: becaufe <]S!mde
.(faich he)inthe Cave in theWtldernefsof Engedi,Saul Mu>* '■
was more in danger than David, there David cutting At gum.
off the skirt of his Garment. Eut this Reafon is of no Pfal. 142.
force : for Davidxm^v. have penned this Pfalm be-
fore Saul came accidentally into the Cave where Da~
vid and his men were .• or after Saul was departed,
1 Sam. 24. 22. Lyra tells us that Hierome under-
ftands this of the Cave Adullam r: but I find no fuch
thing in Hierome. Others, as Rafi,Kimchi, and 0-
ther Hebrews/, undcrftand it of the Cave in the Wil-
dernefs ofEngedi: So alfo fome of our later Writers t. rtfiCtje
If this 142 Pfalm do in Matter and Time (as in or- x»ra'in
derj fuccecd Pfal. 141. Then its not unprobable jy;,/,i4r.
but that David penned this Pfalm after he had con- (si'm.de'
vinced Saul, by fparing his life when he cut of the j^uif j-„
skjrt oj his Garment, that he intended no evil unto ^r,kWt
him, upon which Sdw/departed, butD^w'iandhis p/rt/, 142,
mengotthemup into the Hold, 1 Sam. 24. 22. i.e. zJo'.Foor'i
To the Cave ofEngedi again, not daring to truftS^w/. ■
And at this his return into the Cave he might pen
this Pfalm.
Scope of David herein is, 1. Partly to intreat the
LORD to Deliver and fet him once free from his
perfecutors, extream diftreffes and dangers, with
which he was daily exercifed, that he might there-
upon confefs praife to the LORD, and other righte- Lu^T-
ousperfons might rejoycewith him, ver. 6.7. 2. xephi||ah
Partly to Direft and Inftruft allGods people in their propcr]*
extreameft ftraits, when all humane fuccours fail , ^gn -^ .
and when even their fpirits are overwhelmed, to fly ^ praver
to the LORD alone as their only Relief by faith and wher(^n
Prayer. Hence its called Mafchil , An Injlrulfing w f
Pfalm.Tit. forth our
caufe be-
Sed. IV. The Analyfis. or Principal 'for obtain-
Parts. ingofjuft
judgment
from him.
The Title declares, r. The General Nature, Argu- The root
ment, and intent of this Pfalme, to give Inftruilion. S*73
Mafchil, An Infimtiing-Pfalme, 2. The fpecial Na- phalal,fig-
of it ; A Prayer u. 3: The Penman of it ; David, nifies, to
4. The Seafon when, and Occafion whereupon he judge, and
penned it, vi~[. when he wash the Cave, 2. e. Not to pray,
in the Cave Adullam, but in the CaYe ofEngedi. As &c. Pagn.
formerly. Thefaur.
The Pfalme it fclf 'contains, adverb.
E e e e e I. D,i«
in Pfal.
I42.TK.
u The heb.
r»
:82
P S A L Jll E. CXLIIL
I. Davids Narration. Howearneftly and fervently i ranee, ver. 9. (4} For Guidance in his Obedience,
hecryedto the LORD in his extremities of dangers
and diftrefes, ver, i.fo 5. Wherein note,
1. The Object to whom he directed his Prayer ;
TheLORD, Five times hinted, ver. 1,2.
2. The intensive fervency of his Prayer. Set down_
in an heap of words, as is ufual with them that are
incxtream diftreffes. I. Crying with voice ; Notes
fervency, importunity. 2. Makjng fupplication-for-
grace ; imports his earneft defire of the LORD'S fa-
vour. 3. Pouring-out before hit face a Meditation;
Intimates the abundant vehemency of his premedita-
ted Requefts. 4. Shewing hit diftrefs: implyes, An
orderly laying-open or defcribingof his diflrefs be-
fore the LORD, ver. 1 , 2.
1 3. The Caufes or Motives of fuch his fervent
IYaycr: viz- I. His own utter fainting. Hit fpirit
roas involved upon him, or overwhelmed in him. 2.
The LORD'S futhciency for him thus overwhelmed.
He then knew hit path : i. e. Either his path of efcape,
though David himlelf knew it not. Or, The inte-
grity of his courfc. 3. The malice and mifchief of
hi; enemies •, privily-laying a Snare for him in hit way,
ver. 3. 4. The Inefficiency of all humane help and
fuccour. Set forth by the total and utter failing of
all fecondary means of protection or deliverance,
verfe 4.
II. Davids Prayer it felf, ver. $, Sec. Where
confjder
I. The Seafon of his Prayer to the LORD. viz-
Then, when his fpirit was overwhelmed, when his
enemies malice and mifchief had brought him into
extream ftrairs and dangers, and when all feconda- )
ry fuccours failed him ; J iryed unto thee, 0 LORD.
2: The Faith and Affiance he had in the LORD
alone, 1. For protection and fafety; Thou my Re-
fuge: or, my-hope-for-fafety. 2. Forprovifion of all
neceffaries; My Portion ver. 5.
3. For Petitions prefented : vi^.i i.For the Lords
attendance to his cry, or audience of his fervent
Prayer. Which is urged, From his prefent low con-
dition. 2. For the LORD'S deliverance of him from
his Perfecurors. Which is prefied, from his ene-
mies power and his own impotency, ver. 6. 3. For
bringing forth of hit Soul out of clofe-prifon. He was as
it were imprifoned on every fide with fears, dan-
gers, diftrefies. This Petition is alfo Amplified,
C~i) Partly, Prom his own end and aim in defiring
it •, To tonfefs-praife to hit Name. (2) Partly, From
the good event that will hereupon enfue to the righ-
teous •, Theyfhall compafs David about, to rejoyce and
praife the LORD with him, when hefl)all that boun-
teoujly- reward unto him, ver. 7.
and Refcuing of his Sou! out of diftrefs, ver. 10,
2. Againft his Enemies, v. 12.
Se&. II. The Verfwn out of the He-
brew.
A Pfalm of David.
i.T ORD, hear my Prayer, lend -a n-ear
L To-my-rf-requefts-for-grace;
Thou in thy faithfulnefs me hear,
And'm thy righteoufnefs,
2. And b come not jnto-judgment trfd
With thy Servant at all :
For c in-thy fight be juftifi'd
Not d any living fhall.
3. For, th' enemy doth my Soul epurfue,
To th1 Earth my life fmites-down :
/Makes-me-dwell-darkling/.*r,
involveth-
ic (elf.
Pfalme CXLIIL
Se&. I. The Summary Contents
* See 0:1 I" thij pathetical Prayer (which fome * account
Pf.6iSe&a the Seventh and Lift Penitential Pfalm J David, un-
der deep diftrefies, I. Craves audience in hisjuft
die: by way of Exordium, or Preface, ver. 1. II.
Deprecates the LORD'S entering into judgment with
him, upon any his perfonal dc(erts,i\ 2. III. De-
clares, 1. His mil'ery, through his Enemies vio-
lence, and his own Hearts-trouble, v. 3,4. 2. His
Remedy ufed againft it, Meditation and Prayer, v.$ ,
6. IV. Prayes, I. For himfclf : viz.- C*J For the
l.ORD's fpecdy and gracious Anlvvcr, v. 7,8. (2J
For Direction in his way, -v. 8. (%) For Dclivc-
5. Then I remember dayes of old ,
/; I meditation-ufe h We*.i me-
On all thy work/b manifold: dilate.
On thine hands Act I mufe.
6. In Prayer unto thee do I
Spread-out my reftlefs hands :
My Soul for thee thirfts vehemently,
For rain us weary land/. Selah.
II.
7. Haftchear me LORD, my fpirit failes,
Hide not i thy face-me fro :
z^Left I be like them death affailes
That down the pit do go.
8. In-Morn of thy mercy-me-hear,
For in thee do I tru ft ;
0 caufe-thou-me to know moft clear
The way / that walk I muft .•
For up to thee my Soul lift I.
9. 0 LORD, deliver me
From all my foes ; I wholly fly-
-For-Covert unto thee,
io* To do m thy-will thou-me-inftruct,
For lo thou art my God :
In land n of Rightnefs me conduct,
Thy Spirit's evrrgood.
1 1. LORD quicken me for thy Name's fake :
And'm thy righteoufnefs
Do thou my troubled Soul 0 forth-takc
Quite out of a //diftrefs.
1 2. And of thine-own-benignity
Cut-off my foes with (hame,
And all my Soul's diftreffcrs ftroy :
For I thy Servant am.
Se&.III. The Analyfs or Principal
Parts.
The Kind of this Pfalm, I. As to the Denomina-
tion of it, is i A Pfalm. As to the Outward Form
or manner of penning it in the Hebrew, is an£n»-
tuled
i H< J.thy-
faces.
k Hrt.An d-
I-Uull-be-
compared
with men-
defcending
the pit.
1 Heb. tbat I
Ihould walk
m Hei.thine
accepcable-
will-good-
pleafure.
n Heb. or,
of upright-
nefs.«r,of
righteouf-
nefs.
o beb. bring,
forth.
V S A L M E CXLIV.
3*1
tilled Pfalme . 2.Asto the Argument or Mutter of
it, it is ^4 Prayer, a pathetical Prayer of David in
deepeft dangers and diltreffes. The particulars
are before hinted, and will afterward more fully ap-
pear. Some do reckon this among .Tat Seven Peni-
tential Pfalmes, thfs being the feventh and la ft of
them. They ate Pfal. 6. 32. 38.51. 102.133.143. Sec
on Pf. 6. Sett. 3.
Penman o( it was David : as the Title fhewes.
Occafmn of Davids penning it, Svne think was his
Son Abf alamos Rebellion againft his Father David,
p Nic* de when he fo perfecuted him and fought after his life/).
Lyrainpa- Hereupon perhaps grounding their conjefture,P.?rr-
ftil. ad Pf. (ybecaufe the matter of the Pfalme may well be ac-
142. commodated thereunto. Prfr-r/ybccaufe fundry an-
Sim.de cient Verfions have hinted fome fuch thing in fome
AfuisinArg words added to the Title of this Pfalme. For the
Pfal. 143. GreeleVerfion of the LXXII hath it thus •, A Pfalme
If en Mill. toDavid, when bit fon perfecuted him. The JF.tbiopicl^
in Arg. Pf. Verfion hath the fame. The Vulgar Latin thus ; A
x43' Pfalme of David when Absalom ha fan perfecuted him.
The Arabicl^ thus; Of David, wien his fan Abfatom
qSeeB/W. perfecuted hi rnq. But neither of thefe grounds are
Polyglot.ad cogent. Not the former, becaufe the Subjeft-matter
Pfal. 143. ofthisprayer, isas applicableto Davids perfecti-
ons by Saul. Not the later, becaufe fuch Additions
to rhe Hebrew Text are not warrantable, nor fafe.
Others feevn better to referre the Occafion of Davids
writing this Prayer to Sauls violent perfections
of him, whereby he was brought nigh unto death
and utter mine fundry times, and in deep perplexi-
x Jo. Foard ties of Soul r. So that it was the fame, or near the
inExpof. fame Occafion o( his writing the former Pfalme, vi^.
Pf. 143. Pfal. 142. And the Argument or Subjeft-Matter of
Tempus. the Pfalme intentively confidered, much better a-
H.Moll.rn grees to King Sauls perfecution of David-, then to Ab-
Arg.Pfal. {atom's rebellious InfurreZlion.
J43* Scope of David in this prayer, is ; To intreat the
G.Amef.in LORD, uponconfideration of his enemies extream
Analyf. cruelty againft him, and his own perplexity of fpirit
Pfal. 143. and imbecility, to deliver him from his Enemies
(not sntring into judgment with him for any his ini-
quities J and by his good Spirit to di reft, conduft,
quicken, and comfort him over all his diftreffes, to
walk in all obedience to God and righteoufnefs. As
alfo to imprecate ruine to his Enemies.
Se&. IV. The Analyfis, or Principal
Parts.
The Title declares two things, i.The Denominati-
on of this Scripture ; A Pfalme. 2. The Penman ;
David.
The Pfalme it felf is a moft pathetical Prayer of
David, wherein
l.D:vid,by way of Preface or Entrance into his Pray-
er, b:gs Andience of the LORD to his Requefts.
Where note, 1. His importunity herein, fet forth
in an heap of words. Ci~) Hear my prayer, vi^_.
wherein I fet forth my caufe before, for obtaining
of juft judgment. C2J Give ear to myfupplications
for grace, f 3J Hear me. 2. His Arguments whereby
he tins urgeth his Requeft. Drawn, I. From the
LORD's faithfulnefs or Truth, vi%. in his word and
promifes. 2. .From his juflice, protecting the inno-
cent and upright, committing themfelves to him,
ver. 1.
_ Il.David ("though well affured of the juflice of
his caufe, yet J Deprecates, or prayes -againft the
LORD'S entring into judgment with his per/on. And
hereof he renders a Reafon, drawn from the utter
inability of himfelf, or of any perfon alive to bejufti-
fied before the LORD, fhould he proceed in ftriftnefs
andexaftnefs of judgment. Herein he tacitly begs
pardon of his iniquities, ver. 2.
III. David declares, 1. His extream malady and
mifery, vi^. ({) His enemies extream cruelty a-
gainftbim Perfecting bit &oul : Smiting-downhk life
to the Eat tb : Making'him-dweU in darleneffes Qi. e.
in dark Caves and holes for fafety, or in darkfome
ftatc and condition,} fflte men dead lon> ftnee and f„
ever, ver. 3. ("2 ) His Soul's extream perplexity
hereupon. His fpirit being with grief and trouble
quite involved and overwhelmed within him. His heart
alfo wonderfully amazed or aftonifhed in the midft
of him, v. 4. 2. His Remedy which he ufedand
applyed againft this his Malady. Which was two-
fold, vi{. fi) M edit at ion, upon the whole work and
aftingofGods Providence towards his people in rhe
daycsofold, v. 5. ("2 J Prayer to the LORD. De-
ferred, Partly,by the outward gefture ufed there-
in; (preading out his bands towards God. Partly, by
the moving caufe thereunto, vi%. His Soul's vehe-
ment thirfting after God, for comfort, pardon,
peace, deliverance, &c. which is illuftrated by a
Similitude drawn from A weary land's thirfting and
gaping after moyftening fhowers, v. 6.
IV. David prayes, For himfelf, and againft his e-
nemies, v. 7. <&c.
1. For himfelf. And here he petitions for fundry
bleffings. As, 1. For the LORD'S fpeedy hearing
and anfwering him, with favour : His cafe not ad-
mitting of delayes. For, (t) His fpirit failed.
(2 J He otherwise fhould be lil?e them that defceni
the pit : i.e. The Grave, that pit of Corruption.
(3 J He relyed by affiance i'pon God, ver.'). andZ.
in the beginning, 2. For Divine direction in the way
wherein he fhould walk in thefe his extream perils
and perplexities. Which he preffeth, From his
Souls whole defire to, and dependance upon rhe
LORD herein, ver. 8. 3. For deliverance from his
Enemies, Urged, From his ftying-for-covert t a the
LORD alone by Faith, ver. 9. 4. For Guidance by
Gods good Spirit in obedience to Gods acceptable
Will, inthelandofRightnefs, orRighteoufneiTe,or
uprightneffe : i. e. in a juft, right, and upright
courfe. This is urged, From the Relation betwixt
God and him ; Thou art my God, ver, 10. 5. For
quickriing or reviving him, viz. From mortal dan-
gers r.From all his deep difcomforts and perplexities
This is urged, From the end aimed at herein; viz.
The Glory of Gods Name. 6. For bringing of his
Soul oat of its extream diftrefs, by reafon of thefe af-
fliftions: Urged from the L O R D's righteoufnefs3
ver. 1 1.
2. Againflhis Enemies, all of them. That they
may be [uppreffed or car off, and deftroyed by the
LORD. This Imprecation he preffeth, i. From
Gods loving-kindnefs, w^. towards him. 2. Front
the cruelty of his enemies; Diftrejfersofhis Soule.
3. From his own Relation to God ; For I am thy
Servant, ver. 12. " !s. ■"
I
Pfalm CXLIV.
Se&. I. The Summary Contents.
In this Pfalme, David ( now King, and Conque«
rour of his enemies in parr, but not compleatly,}
l.Bleffetb the LORD for the proteftion, viftories,
and Kingdom vouchfafed him, ver. 1. to 5. II. Pray-
eth to the LORD, 1. For his powerful fubduing of the
refidueofhis rebelling enemies. Heathens and For-
eigners, ver. 5. to 7. 2. For his effeftua! delivering
of David from all thefe his Enemies, ver. 7. fyc.
ft J Partly, That fo David may Sing-pfalmes of
Praife to the LORD, for fuch falvation and delive-
rance
:24
V S A L M £. CXLIV.
ance w.c,ic. CO Partly, That thus his peo-
ple Ifrael being in peace and fafety, may every way
profper in temporals, ver.ii. to 15. UhConcludetb
tbcPfaine, with admiration of the happicefsofGods
people ,ver. 15.
Sett. II. The Verflon out of the
Hebrew.
A rfalm of David.
a Het. And
b H b. rry
oV livercr
for " cm/
fluclJ.
eH 7>.einh.
ly man is
d rVefr.the
mounuines
eHW'.Ligh
ten th. —
'ffcft. of the
■ >nne$ of a
■ ranker.
• H^whofe
0 ch of
rticm — •
"* Hrt. Giv-
j ;;.•"•, clut
give h.
1 frrA.the evil
(word.
k ?{,/». and
deliver me
f 'he
h d "<>he
f n« of a
1 anger.
Hi- whofe
mn'jtu ul
rh-m.
m //■/;. cur
/ifi'r th: fi-
niilirude
i>f a P ■lace.
n brfc.alfo;d.
in • t on
I.
I. THe LORD my Rock be blefs't, which to
I The battel learns mine hands,
My fingers to the warre alfo.
2. My Mercy in alllands,
a My-fortrefs,mine-higfi-tower,and b my
Deliverer, fnield, and he
In whom I truft : that fubjefteth
My-people under me.
3. LORD, what is earthly-man, that thou
Of-him-dofl-know!edge-take ?
The fon of wretched-man, that thou
Of-him-accounr-doft make ?
4. c Man's like to vanity,His dayes
As fliadc paffmg-away.
5. LORD bow thy Heav'ns^nd thence come down
Toucli d Hills, and fmoak fhall they.
6. e Caft-forch the lightning all about ',
And fcatcer-them-afunder ••
Send thou thy dreadful arrowes out,
And them difturb with thunder.
7. Thine hands thou from the high place fend
Free me, and me deliver
From many waters : from the hand
Off Grangers fons/or ever.
%.g Whofe mouth full oj 'unrighteoufnefl
Dorh (peak falfe- vanity.-
And their right-hand a right hand »
Of utter falfiry.
9. A new Song I to thee will fing,
OGod :wichPfaltery
And ten-ftring'd-inftrument, 0 King,
To thee ting- Pfalmes-will-I.
ir.
10. "Tit he that unto Kings from ill
Salvation h doth afford i
That doth his fervant David flill
Releafe from i hurtful fword.
1 r. Me rid, \ and free from alien's hand,
/ Whofe mouth fpeaks vanity :
And their right- hand u a righc-hand
Of utter falfuy.
I ■. ^hat then as Plants, may be our fonnes,
AH n their yojthgrown-great :
Our d .ughters as fair Corner-ftone*
m carv'd like a Palace neat.
15. Our Garners full, n affording ftore
Of every fort of meats:
Our flocks forth-bringing thoufands more,
0 Tcn-thoufands in our ftrecrs.
rat to
n ear. ur, hrin'.'ing- forth fiom fort to fort.
rhouiaodi -.
O Hub. incrcafei-by ten.
14. Our Oxen loaden plenteoufly,
Nobreaking-in, Likewife
None going-out ; And no out-cry
May in our ftreets arife.
15. p That-people wefiall happy call,
Whofe cafe « fuch as thit :
Tea happy it chat people -all
Whofe God JEHOVAH it.
to him
pKet.The
blertednefles ,
cl" that 1
people to
whom thus
The Bleffedneffes of that people of whom the LORD is his God.
Sedt. III. The Kind^ Venmnn^ Occafion,
and Scope.
The Kind of this Scripture, 1. As to the Outward
Form or Manner of penning it, is, with a Tnle pre-
fixed in the Hebrew. So ic is one of the Entituled
Pfalm:s of David. 2. As to the Matter of h, it is
Mixt : being made up of Praife and Prayer. So it is
Euchariflical, and Euilical : Laudatory, and Petitory.
And it is obferved, That this Pfalme, and all the reft
tb at follow to the end of thii Book_, are Euchariftical, in
whole or in part: containing matter of praife to the
LORD, forjeveral mercies, Sccq. And this is one of
Davids Triumphal-Pfalmes for the fuccefs which the
L O R D of Hoafts had given him in his Warres, Bat- 9 Hen' .
tels, and Military undertakings. Moller.tn
Penman oth, was David, as the Title hints unto Arg. Pfal.
us. 1 44«
Occafion of Davids penning it, was the Confedera-
tion of the LOR D's mercy, in helping him in his
warres and warre-like exploits, and in fubjefting his
people Ifrael to him, as their King. Compare ver. 1.
and 2. For it is evident, Thar David penned this
Pfalme after his coming to the Kingdome, and after
he had obtained fome notable victories over his
forreign Adverfaries. But not over them all: for
fome ftill were un-fubdued, and were vexatious to
David; whereupon he alfo in this Pfalme prayes
for their total overthrow and ruine, which was in
Part fomercifully begun See verfe 5. toy.andvet.
1 1. And therefore, whereas/owe r think this Pfalme r Nic. de
was penned npon Occafion of Davids vjftory over Lyra in
Goliah ; and the Gree\, Vulgar Latin, and JEthiopicl?_ poftil, ad -
Verfions have the Title of this Pfalme thus; To Da- Pfal. 143.
vid unto Goliah : or; A Pfalme of David againft Go-
liah f: That is a greac miftake, this Pfalme being f Vid. Bibl.
penned after David was come to the Crown, ver. 2. Polyg lt,in
as fome have rightly obfervedr.Notwithftanding this Pf}44-
is not fuch a Triumph ant-Pfalme, as Pfalme 18. For, t Sim. de
that Pfalme was written when now all the affaires of Mutt in
his Kingdome were ftablifhed in peace, and all his Arg. Pfal.
enemies fubdued ; as in Title, of Pfalme 18. But in 144.
this Pfalme (as Calvin notes J he intimates certain
notes of follicitude and fear, all his enemies being
not yet brought under u. To me therefore ic feems uDifTerta
moft probable, That D Re-
leafe me and deliver me. III. The enemies from
whom he defires this deliverance. Described, I;
By their fort ; fonnes of a flranger: i. e. of a forreign
and ftrange people, or of a ftrange God. 2. By their
multitude and impetuous violence: Metaphorically
compared to many water s. 3. By their power ;fiom
the hand, verfe j. 4. By their falfenefs and perfidi-
oufnefs, in Q 1 ) Words, and f 2 J Deeds, verf. 8.
Which Defcription of his Enemies, and the Delive-
rance from them thus prayed for, are again repeated
for the greater emphafis aud importunity, verbatim,
in verfe 1 r: IV. The Arguments whereby he preffeth
this his Petition for full deliverance from his Ene-
mies, are drawn from a twofold good event, aimed
at therein, and which would thence enfue: vi\. 1.
Davids thankful celebration of the L O R D's praifes
hereupon. Of which his thankful celebration he fets
forth, ( ' ) The excellency •, Singing a new Song .- A
Song of Triumph, &c. (2) The manner of it ; Singing-
Pfalmes with Mufical Inftruments, ver. 9. (J 3} "The
Subjeft-Matter of it : ExprefTed, More Generally;
Vie LO RD's giving Salvation unto Kings. More
particularly, His delivering David hif Servant from
the evil Sword, verfe 10. 2. Ifraels flourishing pro-
fperity in all Temporals under D.tvidt peaceable
Government, verfe 12, &c. This profperity is di-
stributed into two Sorts : vi^. ( r ) Plenty and pre-
fence of all Good. As, Corporal health, growth,
Strength, and comelinefs of their fonnes aud daugh-
ters, ver, 1 2. Plenty of all manner of fruits, and ftore
for food. Numerous multiplication and increafe of
their flocks fruftifying abundantly, ver. 13. well-loa-
denOxen: loaden with bulk and fleth, fitting them
for all ufe and fervice, ver. 14. at the beginning. ( 2 )
Penury and Abfence of all evil : efpecially evils of
warre, As ; No breaking in, by enemies Invafion.
None going out, by Captivity in the enemies hands.
N> out-cry in the Streets, by cruelty, fpoil, and other
calamities of warre in all which elegantly iiintimatcd
Ifraels publiquc peace and immunity from warre,
which brings in all thefe Calamities with it, ver. 14.
III. Davids Conclupon of i)H Prayer and the Pfalme.
By a pathctical illuftration of all this profperiryof
Ifrael, from the Relation which it hath, 1. 2a the
people, which in fome fort are thereby rendred hap-
py. 2. To God, declaring his true beatifical grace
and favour by thefe outward Tokens, verfe 15. Or,
Ifraels profperity is in this verfe illuftrated, 1. By
die feeming outward luppinefs of people under fuch
worldly enjoyments. 2. By the fur palling real hap-
pinefsof that people which hath JEHOVAH for their
God. Added as it were by way of Cor r elf ion x to the x Condu-
former da ufe. This Sentence being oppofed to all dit Epi-
the other worldly wealth. H.Ainfwvth inh'tf Anmt. phonema-
onPjal. 144.15. The former is but F&licitaffiniflra : tc, In quo
The later F&licitas dexter a. Ghft.Ord.iriloc. pra:dicat
popuium >
felicem &beatum, cui ha?c bona a Deo Cont/'gerint. Sed addic
mox correftionem, nequisin his rebus terrenis fubfiflat, & fum-
mambeatitudinem ponac, &c. Hen. Miller, in Pr&lell. ad PfaU
144. 15-
Dixeruntergo vaniloqui filii alieni, Beatum popuium cui ha:c
funt : vosdicite nobifcum, Beatuspopulus cujus Dominus Deus
ipfius. Aug. Enanat.in P[al, 143. p. 1664. D. Tom. 8. BafiU
Pfalme CX LV.
Self. I. The Summary Contents,
David, in this his feleft Alphabetical Hymne of
Praife, I. Profeffeth his Refolution of praifing God
continually, ver. 1,2. II. Declares the Reafonsor
Caufes,why he will fopraife the Lord, vt\. For, r.
His immenfe Majefty, Power and Glory refplendent
in his works, ver. 3. to 7. 2. His manifold Goodnefs,
Righteoufneffe and Mercy, ver. -j.toio. 3. His emi-
nent Works, ver. 10. fyc. vi^. fij Partly, In his
Adminiflration of his Kingdome, ver. Io. to 14. (J 2 J
Partly, In the Difpenfations of his Providence, To-
wards the good, ver. 14. to 20. Towards the bad,
ver. 20. III. Concludeth his Hymne, with his own
Refolution, and Exhortation to all flefli to praife the
LORD, ver. 21.
Sett. II. The Verfion out of the .
Hebrew.
Davids a Hymne.
I.
1. fc* b T-will-extoll-thy-fame,
J. My God, O King alway :
And I will blefs thy Sacred Nitnft
For evermore and ay .
2. 3 Thee blefs, thy glory raife,
I will in every day :
And I thy mighty Name will p raife
For evermore and ay.
3. X Great if the LORD, and he
Is praifed vehemently :
And of his Greatnefs there can be
No fearch orfcrutiny.
F ff.f'f
a Htb.or,
Praife. or,
P faint of
Praife.
b H«fc.I will
cx:ol cbee, j
4-T Each
386
V S A L M E. CXLV.
.' I'f fr.come-
y honor uf
he glory of
V'V ""jetty
";>.!>. It- will
*-dcchre.
e Wefc.ofthe
r ul :uude of
thy good-
nefs ■
f H-b.or, fit .
fill or,of-
tender bo-
wel s-of-
mercy,#r,
commifera-
ting.
g Htb long
cf nollr lis.
J Htb.The.
glory of the
comely-
honour
m Htb. tn
every gene-
ration and
generation.
n Hrt. up.
n^h.ncib.
o fieb his
tin.e.
kcal-
' pon.
4.1 Each Generation fhall
To Generation laud
Thv works ; Likewife thy powers all
f hey-fhall-declare abroad.
5. H The f glorious renown
Odhy treat Majefty ;
Words alio of thy wonders l^nown
7W7rfnrfralke-of-will-I.
6.1 Andofthydreadful-afts
The ftrength-fpeak-of-fhall-they :
Thy Greatnefs alfo in thy fails,
(/It-I-vvill-forth-difplay.
7. T The memory e of thy
Great goodnefs all about
They utter fhall : And joyfully
Shall of thy juftice fhout.
8. n The LOR D is gracious
And/moil-compaffionate :
g Long-fuffering alwaies towards t*s,
And iu kind-mercy great.
II.
9. 13 The LORD k unto all
At/ft good beyond compare ;
And o're his works all great andfmall,
h His-render-mercieSrfre,
' io. 1 Thee all the works / fhall praife,
LORD : And thy Saints thee blefs :
1 1. 3 Thy Kingdom's Glory Juliey fhallblaze:
And thy great pow'rexprefs.
12. h To fonnes of Adam here
Hisgreat-pow'rs to make-known :
And of hisKingdome/rtire andnear
I The glorious renown.
1 5. q Thy Kingdome Kingdome U
Of all eternities;
And gloriom thy Dominion it
m In all Gen'rations eyes.
14. D All thofe-that-down-do-fall
The LORD doch under-prop :
Thofe-that-are-bow'd together all
Healfonlifts-right-up.
15. y To thee, of all the eyes
Do look-attentively :
Thou giv'ft to them their meat likewife,
In 0 opportunity.
16. 2 Thine hand wide-op'nefl-thou ;
And fatisfi'ft in meafure
Of every living-thing below
The-acceptable-pleafure.
III.
17. X The LORD mofi righteous
In all his wayes we find :
Likewife in all his works torn
Hekftill loving' kind,
18. p The LORD k nigh to all
p That-unto-him-do-cry :
To all that do-upon-him-call
In fmcere verity.
19. 1 Of-them-that-do-him fear
The pleafure he will do ;
Their-cry likewife q himfclf-will-hear,
He will them fave alfo.
rktb. fyeak.
l-tb.the
narre ofhis
bol inch.
20. W The LORD prefervesall thofe
That-his-rrwe lovers-be :
But all the wicked , as his foes,
Abolifh- quite will he.
21. HMy mouth fhall ftill r proclaim?
The LORD's praife ; And alway
Let all flefh blefs /his holy Name
For evermore and ay.
Se&. III. The Kind, Yenm&n 0 ccafion
and Scope
The Kind of this Pfalme, is; 1. As to the Out-
ward Forme of penning it, An Entituled Pfalme , or
Hymne of David. And it is an Alphabetical Pfalme :
Thelaflofthe Seven Alphabetical Pfalmest, which tSeeinthe
areF/a/. 25. 2,4. 37. in. 112. 119. 145. Everyverfe Preface,
of this 145^ Pfalme in the Hebrew, begins with a Seft. VI.
Letter of the Hebrew- Alphabet in order: verfe i. numb. IV,
with 8» verfe 2. with 2* verfe- 3. with J &c. Only
this is obfervableas to thi4Pfalme,that the fourteenth
Letter, vi^. ( 3 ) which fhould have immediatly fol-
lowed the thirteenth verfe, which begins with Q, J
is wanting in the Alphabetical order. And it is hard
to conjecture how it came to pafs that this Letter
C 3 J fhould be here Iefr out, and omitted. Hen.
MoHerM thinks it was through the negligence of the
Tranfcribers u. R. Kimchi confefTcth he is ignorant u Incuria
of the Reafon of it, As one hath noted x. Only I find librario-
that between ver. 13. beginning with Q>andfer. 14. rum. Hen.
beginning with Q ; In fundry ancient Verfions, As Moller.in
theGreek/erfion of the LXXII, The Vulgar Latin^ Pr&li8.ai
The Syriac\,1X\e Athiopic\, and Arabick_ Verfions, Pf. 145. 15
this verfe is inferted, vt\. Faiihfulit the LO RD in * SimJe
his Words, and holy in all his Works y. Now the He- Mm in
brew-word for [faithful 3 begins withf 3 3 JOiO Argum.
Neemanz,™ro{, Fidelis, &c: And fo accord- Pfal. 145*
ing to thofe Verfions the Letter 3 is fupplied. But yVid./n
the infertingof this verfe for the fupply of that Let- Bibl. Poly-
ter, being done only by humane Authority,temerity glot.adpf.
or curiofity, contrary to the Original Hebrew Verity, 145.13.
cannot be iuftified or approved by them that hold iSim.de
and maintain the incorrupt Purity of the Fountain- Muk in
Hebrew-Text, 2. As to the SubjeZl- Matter of this Argum.
Pfalme, it is, efpecially, Divine Praife. For herein Pfat.ifr
Dtfv/^fetshimfelfmoft zealoufly toextoJ and mag-
nine the LORD, for his many excellent Perfections
or Attributes, as his Greatnefs, Goodnefs, Juftice, Gra-
cioufnefs, Compajfionatenefs, Long-fuffering, Loving'
lejndnefs, foe. Y ox h\% Kingdom, ¥ or his Providential
difpenfations,&c.viWich\\e doth moft elegantly and
emphatically, Hence this is Entituled} An Hymne
of David; or, Davids Hymne; or, Davids Praife,
bv way of eminency ; denoting David's eminent
Pfalme of Praife.
An Hymne (Taid a one,) properly k Divine Praife . (0 Ext oiling him. Lifcing-him-up-on-high,
Gratia- Advancing-him. (2) Blefftng him : twice mentio-
rum Afti- ned- Underftand, not the Blefftng of Confecration,
onis & by which the Leffer is bleffed of the Greater, Heb, 7.
Laudis, 1- Eutthe Blefftng of Praife and Thanksgiving, by
qua; a mi- wh!ch the Greater is bleffed of the Lefler d. (2.)
noriexhi- Praifing him. 3. The Adjunft Conftancyor Affidu-
beturma - ity of thefe A&s,ver. 1, 2.
fari.Nic.de H. A Narration; wherein David declares the
Lyra in Caufes and Reafons of fuch his Extolling, Blcfling
Poflil.ad and Praihng God, ver. 3. all
that are bowed together, ver. 14. 3. Feedingande-
ven latisfying the hungring and thirfting defiring of
all his Creatures, ver. 15, 16. 4. Being }«/? in all
hii roayes. 5. Being Holy, Merciful, Clement, or
bountiful//? a// 6k worlds, ver. 17. 6. Being nigh to
allthat call upon him, intruth, ver. 18. 7. Fulfilling
thedefire, Hearing the cry , and wotkingthe Salvati-
on of them that fear him, ver 19. 8. Preferving all
tho)e that love him, v.2o.at the beginning. Secondly ,
Towards the bad vi\. Abolifhing all the wicked,
ver. 20. at the end.
II. The Conclufion, wherein David, 1. Profeffeth
and promifeth in his own Perfon to Praife the Lord.
2. Inciteth all fleflj to blefs the Name of hu Holinefs
for evermore, ver. 21.
Pfalme CXLVI.
Seft. I. The Summary Contents.
In this Pfalm, begun and ended with Halelu-jAH,
The Pfalmift, r. Profeffeth and prorm/eth to praife
the
3*
8
V S A L M £. CXLVI.
.-/the lb\d rhroi^hout hishTe,«.i,2. 2. Viffwades from
trailing in Pr!ni:c?,or any fonofman v.z..<\.l,.Exhorts
'and pr/rfwades to truft in the God of Jacob. And
• ^^ this ftjFrom Gods Omnipotency and All-furhcien-
cv.rr.anlfefk'd in the Creation,i/er. 6.(2 J From his
Fidclftv, wr. 6 in the end. fij From his Provi-
dence, "Towards the Good, w.7,8, 9. Towards
the bad, ver. 9. in the end. 4, Concludes the Pfalm,
with a Drclararion of Gods perpetual Reign, for the
good of his Sion, ver. 10.
Setf. II. The Verfion oat of the
Hebrew.
aH^.Hi-
!el«-JAH.
b Het'.ia my
life*.
c Heb. in-
yct 1.
.1 Hffcof A-
ilam, to
whom n«c
t'llum Sal-
vation.
« Hffc.ar,his-
purpufes,
J'feffc.O the
happjiicltes
of him ih it
k.-'b iheGod
of Jakob in
biihflp.
ken- li"pe
h HiKiath
judgement.
i Heb. opea-
eththe
blind.
k Hth.uv-
rightneth.
1-ilri) lets-
upright or,
nriaketh- to-
concinuc-
f,re.
m Hf& of
the wickei-
fmes.
11 b'b to ge-
ne ration
»nd genera-
tint.
ooei.Hile.
lu J AH.
1. oi h-kcep ior-tverinore.
7. Which for tli'opprefied k.irdbefiead,
I) lVrlurmeth judgement /o«nc/*,
And to the hungry givcth bread:
The Lord doth loofe the bound.
* i
8. The Lord i unto the blinde gives-fight,
Men bow'd-down to the duft
The Lord again ^doth-fet- upright ;
The Lord doth love the juft.
p. The Lord the ftranger keeps, though low,
/Sets-up the fatherlefs
And widow ; But doth overthrow
The way of m wickednefs.
' 10. lEHOVAH reign for ever fhalt :
Thy God with power florid,
O Sion, n to Gen'rations all :
Far which 0 Praife-ye-the-Lord.
Sett. III. The Kind, Penman, Oc
cajion and Scope.
ThcKindof this Pfalme, 1. As to the Outward
Farm or Manner of penning it in the Hebrew with-
out any Title prefixed, is an Vntituled Pfalme,
as many others are. Unlets we (hall fay, That the
word f Halclu-jAH) is prefixed as a Title. Which
yet is not lo conveniently (aid : that word both be-
ginning and ending 1 he Pfalme, with provocation to
all to praife the LORD, with the Pfalmifl. 2. As to
the Subjetl- Matter of it, it is Mixt of Praife and
Exhortation, and fo is Laudatory and Hortatory. But
it is chiefly. Enchariftical or Laudatory : forafmuch
as even the Hortatory part is full of Matter of Divine
Praife. And, as tin's, fo all the reft of the Pfalmes
following to the end of the Book, arc wholly fpent
in Divine prailes, and every of rhem begin and end
with, Halelu-jAH. Hence Lyra (\'\\c> ilu ■in. //. might- therein: never
fatisfying himfelf with this fweet Angelical and Cxlefii-
al Exercife. So true is that of Augujiine^s ; Divine
Songs, are ourjpirits delights p.
Penman, probably was David : And perhaps up-
on the fame or like Occafion he penned this Pfalme
whereupon he wrote F/j/. 145. As there was inti-
mated. See on Pjal. 145. Sect. 3.
Scope of the Pfalmifl here, is* To excite himfelf
and others to praife the LORD, and to truft in him
alone in all ftraits, wants, difficulties, and conditi-
ons whatfover, and not in any, no noc the greateft of
thefonsof Adam.
Sect. IV. The Analysis, or Principal
Parti.
P Delicije
Spiritfis
noftri Di-
vinaCan-
tica: ubi Sc
Hctus fine
gaudio
non eft.
Aw.in
En.irr. Pf.
1 44. ad
init.Tom 8.
q Nic dc
Lyra in j>s-
In this Laudatory and Hortatory Pfalme, are
I.Anlncitation, or pathetical provocation to the
praifing of the LORD. Which Duty is here laid
down two wayes, 1. By diftribution of the Subje&s,
who are to perform it, vi\. CO Others; Praife-
ye the LORD, f 2^The Pfalmifl himfelf ; Praife the
LORD, 0 my Soul. Whereby is noted his Cordial-
nefsand fincerity unto this Duty, ver. 1. 2. Bypro-
felfion of thePfalmifts Refolution to praife the LORD
and to fmg Pfalmes to his God. Which is Ampli-
fied by the Adjunct Conftancy hereof; In my life,
whilcft Iam:/.e. faith one q, In this prefent life,fo
long as it lafts: andinthc life to come, v. 2.
II. A Dijfwafive or Dehortation from trufiing in fttLadpf.
JPrinces, in munificent-bounteom-Princes, or in any Son 145.
of Adam. The foundation of divine praife being
truft in God, the fruit whereof is his help to be cele-
brated with all praife: Therefore this provocation
topraifeGcdisilluftratedby a diffwafive from the
oppofite trufiing in and praifing of men, though
mod bowiteom-Princes . Thereafon of which diffwa-
five is drawn, 1. From their inefficiency and impo-
tency to help or fave us from mifery, ver. 3. 2. From
their frailty and mortality fone caufe of their in-
fufficiencyj whence, all their thoughts and pur-
pofes are moft vamfhing,i>.4.
///. An Exhortation to hope and truft for help in the
God of Jacob, as in the LORD our God. Which
iss
1. Illuftrated, by the happinefTes of that man that
hath his truft and help in God, vcrfe 5.
2. Confirmed and urged by many choife Argu-
ments: drawn
(U From the Allfufficiency and Omnfporency of
God, difcovered in the Creation of Heaven, Earth,
Sea, and all in them,
2. From theconftant fidelity of God; keeping
Truth for ever , in his Word and Promifes, v.6.
3. From his efficaciousProvider.ee, I. Towards
aU forts of good men depending upon him in all varie-
ties of diftreffes and difficulties, vi^. 1. Executing
Judgement for the Opprcfjed. 2. Giving food to the hun-
gry. 2,. Loojing them that are bound, verfe^. ^.Open-
ing the eyes of the blind. 5. Vprightening them that are
Crooked, bowed down, or bowed together. 6. Loving
therifhteom, verfeZ. 7. Preferving the Strangers,
8. Setting-upright, or making to continue Aire, the
fatherlefs andwiddow, verfc 9. at the bcginning.U.To-
wards the wicked that depend not upon him, Over-
throwing their way, verfe 9. at the end. .
IV. A Condufwn of the Pfalme. Wherein note, 1.
The Declaration of another Rcafon why God is to be
Praifed and alone milled in : drawn from the Eter-
nity of his King dome, whereby he Rules and Orders
all things as he will. Which is Amplified by the pe-
culiar relation that the King of this Kintvlome hath
to Sion, to hi? Church. 2. An Exhalation to all
hereupon to praife the LORD, v. 10.
Pfalme
P S A L M E. CXLVH.
3
Pfalm CXLVIL
Setf. I. The Summary Contents.
The Pfalmift in tills Pfalme, which alfo begins and
endswich Halelu-JAH, I. Exhorts all more Gene-
rally topraife the LORD, ver. I. fcatters hoary -froft.
17. Cafls-forth his ice like morfcls/e/f :
q Who can endure his cold below >
18. He fends his word, and them doth melt :
Makes his Wind blow,the Waters flow.
19. He his mojif acred Words doth fhow
To his dear Jakob loved well :
H\spreciow Statute-laws, Alfo
His Judgments unto Ifrael.
20. r To any other Nation
Such dealing did he not afford,
And they his Judgments have not known
For all which things. ?ta\[e-ye-ihc-LOKD.
1 Hrb. put-
teth peace.
m Heb. of
wheates he
fa-isfieth
thee.
n H Church and peo-
Mc-rces, pie, typed out by Jerufalem. This his* c are is de<
Sim* de fcribed, and illufirated, I. Defaribedby fundry choice
Cafia. Acts there of :'t£'£. 1. Building^jerufalem. 42 Ga-,
Apud Gloff. tbeting together the ottt-cajls of Ifrael, difperfed inrd
tit Pf. 145. other Counrrfes, ver. 2. 2,. Healing the broken in
heart, binding up their dolours or griefs, v. 3. II. Illu-
firated, by God' exact numbring, and A/.imrn^ofall
the ftarres : How much more exactly doth he num.'",. Relation to thenii Thy God,
pfalme s. 4. With melodious Mufical Inftruments,
as with Harp,ver.r;.
2. This praife is urged, From confederation of
Gods providential cifpenfytions, 1. Towards Crea-
tures infenfitive. As in his, (~ij Covering Heaven
with Clouds. (2 J Preparing rain for the Earth. And
(2,) Making barren Mountains to bud-forth Grajje, v.8.
2. Tovvatds Creatures irrational, (j ) Feeding the
beafls. f 2) Feeding the fowles •, young Ravens that
cry •' i. e. even the bafeft offowles, young Ravens
S>»iec& Providence, r To-
wards the unodv fettiog upright the meei^t 2. To-
wards the bad ; debafing the wicked t) the earth,
ver. 4|^W
II. An Exhortation to a more Special Mode ar Man-
ner ftj praijing the LORD, ver. 7. "g
her with plenty njjohl : fat of wheat Synechdoclncally
being
P S A L M E CXLVIII.
39*
At;
Praife-him all Srars of light.
4. 0 Hcav'ns of Heav'ns above
Praife-him-do-ycj
And waters that Vp-elevstt
Above Heav'ns be.
5. The LORD'S name let them there
Praife : For, he did command,
And they created were.
6. And cfaft-he-made-them-ftand
For ay forever :
To them gave he da firm-Decree,
Which fhall pafs never.
II.
7. The LORD from earth praife-you,
O Dragons and e each deep.
8. Fire and HailJ Mift and Snow,
Whirle-wind, his word which keep.
9- Mounts ami Hills all:
Eachg fruitful Tree, likwife a\\ye
0 Cedars tall.
io. Wild-heart, and Cattel all:
Thing-creeping, Bird of wing.
1 1. Earth's Kings and peoples all:
^Princes, and all /; Judging
Throughout the Earth.
12. Young-men i and maids, old-men with babes
* • Of humane birth.
13. 0 let them every one,
Now praife JEHOVAH'S name
For his name, his alone,
Is-high-advanc'dicFrf/ne :
His /^Majefty
And gkrioufnefs above Earth it
And Heavens high.
. ^Pfalm CXLVIII. - J4.Andhefon-high.doth-raife
^~ ".*:■ H'--' ; ... 1
or firil Heavens, Sec. ve>. iltor].^2j fttlCrea-
Tunesinthe oppofite earth below : whether in the
Water, Aire, orland, &c. to praife the LORD, v. 7 .
totbeencuffjf' #4: * ■ \v
Sect. II. The Verfwn mUJthe
1 w
V
I. Verfion.
I.
1. a T)RaiTe-ye-JAH.Praife the LORD
I r
aHrt.Hale-
lu JAH. J. From Heav'ns triumphantly :
b btb. praife £Praife-unto-him-afford
ye him >n
the high-
places.
AUye in-places-high.
2. His Angels all
Do-ye-him-praife : Praife him alifayes
His-Armies all.
3. Ye Sun and Moon/o bright
Praife-him at ye do move:
^
^
II. Verfii
Hon,
I.
if~\ a Praife-the-LORD.Praife-ye-the-I0ilD
\^J From Heav'ns triumphantly :
Due b praifes-unto-him-afford
Ally em places-high.
2. Praife him his An-gels every-one
All his Hoafts praife him right.
3. Do ye him praife 0 Sun and Moon :
Praife him all Scars of light.
4. Ye Heav'ns of Heav'ns c his-praife-proclairru
And waters din the air.
51 0 let them praife JEHOVAH'S Name ;
For e he fpake, made they were.
6. And firmly-ftab!ifh-them-did-he
For evermore for ay:
For themhe gave /a Sure-Decree,
Which fhall not pa(s-away.
41.
1
7* Praife-ye the LORD from Earth behw,
O Dragons and g each deep.
8. Both Fire and Hail, vapour and Snow
Whirle-wind, h his word which keep.
r he
eftabl:fhed-
them - -
d HtKA fta-
riirc, and ic
Jhallnoc
p»ffe.
e Hft.,U
deeps.
i htb.or.vt-
pour.ditnp.
fume. &c.
--ftor-
my wind,
doing his
word,
g Hr/uhe
wood (or
trcejdf
fruit.
b I'tb. judg-
es of ihe
earth.
1 Hcfr.and
alio maidens
old men
wuhchil.
dcen.
k Heb or,
glory.glori-
ous-majefly.
1 Het..dotb
««aU *-J\ ]
5.AU
a WfJ.Hsie -
K-JAH,
bHei.Praife
ye him in-
c H-t. pr»ifc
him.
d heb.thit be
above the
Heavens.
e Heb. com-
manded,ar,>i
they were
created.
fHebfi R 1-
tute.
g Htb. all
deeps,
h Heb. doing
hl£ word.
■ 92
? S A L M E. CXLIX.
1
r iruir.
!.
. !te
bca.t.
) Htb
Piin-
CO.
• ■
..I'icity
»',2\
iry-
ii mb
e> .'Its
r «»>« p. All Hills and MoumaineS : iTrees r/uf bring
? . Frulr : Cedars all likewifei
io. ^ Bcafts and all Cacrle ; Creeping thing,
And fowl of wing thatflyes.
i r. King? and all people of the earth :
il>cers, and Earth's Judges all.
12. Young-men and alfo maids by birth,
Oid-me'n with children/)//.;//
13. Let iitf thefe praife J EHOVAH's name,
For his Name, his alone,
Is-high-advanc'd : m His-gforious-fame
'Bove Earth and Heavn\> bath pone,
14. And he his peoples horn n fets-high :
Of all his Saints the praife,
Of Ifr'ls fonnes, A folk him nigh •,
Praife-ye-the- LORD ahvayes.
Sed. III. The Kind, Penman^ Occafwn7
and Scope.
The Kind of thisPfalm, 1. As the Outward Form
or Manner of penning it, is Vntituled; having no
Title prefixed to it in the Hebrew. The Greck_Vcrf>on
prefixeth this Title i Halelu-JAH of Haggaiand
Zacbary. So alfo the ^Fthhphk Verfion. The Sy-
fVid.rn >-;.;, ^ hath it; Of Haggai and Zachary f. ButasL;-
Bibl.Poly- ra notes, this feems done by fome Tranflator or Ex-
gW.adPf. pofitor. And in this Pfalm there feems no colour
148. at all for referring ir to Haggai or Zecharyt, 2. As
t NtC'de to the Subjecl-Matter of it . it is Mixt,Laudatory,and
Lyrainpo- Hortatory, and is wholly fpent in Exhortation sand
(t Had invitations of all fortsof creatures, Superior and infe-
'Pfal.i/fi. rior,to theDivine praifesof the LORD,for his power,
wifdom, goodnefs,&c. fhining-forth in his works,but
efpecia'.ly in his Collection, Protection, aud Affecti-
on towards his Church and People Jfrael. Noc only
Angels and Men, but even all mute Creatures, made
■with wonderful wifdom, and continuing in their
ranks and orders wherein they were created, do in
their kind praife the LORD : The Rational Crea-
tures, by Speech ; The irrational, by Silence^ repre-
~fl fenting the wonderful work-manfhip of their Crea-
11 2/ We; tor> So cnat asone faith u • They are tacit Praifers
(Tmivijaj 0^ bis great Workmanfliip and loud Preachers,
rtwettef penman of this Pfalm, is not certainly known.
jutfK)J^t- Occafion of Writing it, is as uncertain. David is
ff.-r^vpjoi fu ppofed to be the Penman of it, and u pon that Ge-
jo'iji/>m? neral occafion forementioned on Pfalm 145. Seci.3.
Greg.mO- Scope iscvident; vi%. To invite and incite all forts
r.a.in Na- of Creatures Superior and Inferiour to praife the
tiv.Cbriji. LORD in their kind, and fet forth his wonderful per-
fections and Excellencies: The LORD having made
all Creatures for the manifestation of his matchlefs
Glory.
Sccr. IV. The Analyfis,
Tarts.
or Principal
The Invitation or Exhortation to thcCreatures to
Praife the LORD, is laid down in this Pfalme, More
Generally, and More Specially.
I. More Generally, to all forts; Praife-yee-J All.
With which the Pfalme begins and ends.
II. More Specially,xo the fpecial forts of Creatures.
Which arc here diftributcd into Supcriour, and In-
feriour.
I, The Supcriour Creatures, i. e. The Celefh'al
Creatures, are exhorted to prarteGod, in and from
the Ne.ivens,ver.i &c. Here we are to note,
C 1 ) The Diftribution of the Supcriour and Cele-
ftial Creatures, which are to praife the LORD. And
they are, 1. In the third Heaven-, Angels. And hit
Angelica! Hofts, verfe 2. 2. Inthcfccond Heaven-,
Sun, Moon, and Stars of light, verfe 3. 3. Thefirft
Heavens, called; the Heavens of Heavens, i.e. The
loweft and meaneft of Heavens, think fomex, As xJo.Foird
the Servant of Servant; imports the meaneft and in Expofit.
moft inferiour Servant. To take this for the highefl Pf. 148. 4.
Heavens, as fome doy,l cannot fo well approve : both y Sic. de
becaufe thofe Heavens were mentioned before, in Lyra in
verfe 1.2. and alfo becaufe that which here follows; Pf. 148.4.
the Waters above the Heavens, leads us rather to the
former Interpretation. The Creatures in thefe
Heavens, are ; The Waters contained in the Clouds o\
Heaven, verfe 4.
(2) TheCaufes or Rcafons why thefe fuperior
Creatures mufl praife the LORD, are; 1. Becaufe,
he created them; by his Word of Command, verfe 5.
2. Becaufe , he hath permanently eflablifhed them
in their State. 3. Becaufe, he hath appointed to
every of them A Statute or Rule, which fl>all not be
paffed, ver. 6.
2. The Inferiour, or Terreftrial Creatures, are ex-
horted &rc. v.j. Here alfo you have
CO The Diftribution of the Inferiour Creatures.
Exhorted to praife the LORD. And they are either,
I. Aquatile. As, I. Dragons, i. e. Huge Sea-fifhes,
Whales, &c. 2. And all Deeps, wherein they live,
verfe 7. II. Aerial; as the Meteors, 1. Fire. viz. in
thundring and lightning, Sec. 2. Haile. 3. Snow.
4. Vapour. 5. Stormy Winde, or Whirlewind. All
which are Amplified, by their fubjection to Gods all
ruIlingWord, verfe 8, III. Terreftrial. And thefe
are, 1. Creatures In-fenfitive, without fenfe; As (i)
Mountains. (2) Hills. (~ 3} Fruit -Trees. ( 4) Tim-
ber-Trees,as Cedars, verfe 9. 2. Creatures Senfitive
but Irrational. As, (_ 1 ) The Wild-Beaft. (2) AllCat-
tel. (33 The Creeping-thing. (4) The feathered fowl,
verfe 10. 3. Tlie Rational Creature, Mankind. And
thefe of whatfoever fi J Order; Kings, Subjetfs,
Princes, Judges, verfe. 11 . f 2 ) Sex ; Men, or Maids.
C 3 J Age ; Old men with children, ver. 12,
( 2 3 Th e Rtfafons why all thefe are Exhorted to
Praife the LORD. vi^. 1. Becaufe The Name of the
LORD alone if molt highly advanced, and his Gloriouf
Ma)e(ly it farre above both Earth and Heaven, verje
13. 2. Becaufe, He Exalts the Home of hit people. He
Exalts their Power, Glory, Sec. Amplified by the
fruit, effeft or Con fequent thereof; The praife of all
his Saints, i.e. Which Glory or Home fo Exalted
is their Praife : Or, Which is and fhould be an Argu-
meBt, and Matter of praife to them. 3. Becaufe,
He hath brought his people Jfrael near unto himfelfla
Covenant, Holy Relations, and fweec Communion.
And fo he concludes the Pfalme as he began with an
Hortatory Haldu-jAH. ver. 14.
Pfalm CXLIX.
Se&. I. The Summary Contents.
Herein arc, 1. A vehement Exhortation unto Is-
rael, the Church and People of God, to celebrate
the LORD with lingular and Extraordinary praifes,
ver. 1.104. 2> The Arguments orReafons why Ifrael
fhould fo praife him. Which arc drawn, ( 1 ) From
the Extraordinary favours o( God unto them, verfe
4. 5. 2. From the lingular and Eminent Power
which they fhall have over their Enemies, verfe
7,8,9.
sca. 11.
P S A L M E CXLIX.
3y3
a Heb,
Halelu-
JAH.
b Heb. the
Church
Cor ; com-
pany
affembJy-
congrega-
tion^of
fainrs.
c Heb. in
hismakets
i.e. Father
Son, and
Holyghoft.
* Heb. or;
In the
Daunce
Jhe Heb.
wordfig-
nifies both
but Frute
is here
more fit.
d Htb. in
their
throat,
e Heb. 3.
Sword of
edges. A
Sword of
mouthes
Here in
the Heb.
word, the
Root k
doubledfor
Iu-JAH.
<>
Sett. II. The Verfan out of the
Hebrew.
i. a T) Raife-yee-the- LORD Sing to the LORD
A New triumphant Song :
His Wbrrfy praife to him afford
In b hit Saints Holy-throng.
2. Let Ifrael reioyce andfing,
c In-them that-iiim-have-made :
Let Sons of Sion in their King
Benowexulcing-glad*
3. Let them * with Flute mehdioufly
Praife his rc-nowned Name :
Wirh Harp and Timbrel pleafantly
Tohimlet-them- fag pfalme.
4. For in his people everyone
The LORD doch-pleafure-take :
The meek-ones with Salvation
He-beautiful-will-make.
$. The Saints, in glory fhall-be-glad :
Shout on their Beds fhall they.
6. The Exaltations of God
d Within their motnhfJtalljiay :
And in their hand a two-edg'd Sword.
7 On Heathens for-to-do
Juji vengeance : on the folk abhor fd
Correction alfo.
8. To bind their Kings magnificat
In jirongeft Chains at lafl :
And their-renowned-Nobles all
In Iron fetters/W?.
9. To do on them C upon complaints J
The judgement on record :
This honour is to all his Saints
Thenfiillg Praife-ye-the-LORD.
the the more imphafte. I Heb. written. gHeb. Hale-
Setf* III. the Kind, Penman, Occasion
and Scope.
The /C/W of this Pfalme, 1. As to the Mode and
Outward Forme of writing it, isVnthuled: Having
noT/f/eperfixed in the Hebrew Original: 2. As to
the Matter ofit3 It is Mixt : Hortatory and Laudatory
Yea Exhorting Ifrael to an Extraordinary lauding of
the LORD, for his eminent blertings upon his People,
and the great power they fhall have over their Con-
h Hen. queredEnemies.llnder which Corporal power/owe h
Moller, in conceive the Pfalmift fhadows out that excellent
Afg. & Spiritual power which the Church fhall exert and in-
Pr&letfin flift upon the ungodly by the Doftrine and other
Pfal 149. Ordinances of Chrift after his incarnation, Matth.
Jo. Calv. 1 6. 1 9. Job. 20. 23. i Cor. 5. throughout. And fo they
in Arg. 4$ account this Pfalme in part Prophetical. This Power
Com. ad of the Saints over their Enemies, fame /referre to
Pfal. 1 49. their judging of the World with Chrifi at his fecond com-
H. Ainjw. ing, According to that of the Apoflle •, Doyeenot know
in his An- that the Saints flfall judge the World ? Know yee
not. on Pf. not that we jball judge Angels * 1 Cor. 6. 2, 3. And
149. fame ^interpret this their power, of their Corporal,
i Nico. de Spiritual, and Iaft Glorious power over their Enemies
Lyra in
Poftil ad Pfal. 149. k Sword ] This may be understood of the
People Vi&ories over their corporal Enemies-, and a'foofthe
Spiritual Combates ar^ainflthc World and the Frinceof it, by
the power of Gods Word and Spirit, 2 Cor. 10. i,.Heb. 4. 12.
Rev. 1. 16. and 19. 15. And finally of the lafl Vi&ory overall
the Enemies power, which the Church united to its head fiiall
obtain at his lafl coming, Revel. 2. 26. Jo. Diodat. in his Amiot.
en Pfal. 141. <5.
at the Judgement-day. Our EngHfJ)T,anfljtors un-
derftand it of the Churches Spiritual power onely. z<,
appears by the Contents which they have prefixed ;
1. The Prophet Exhorteth to praife God for his loVtto
the Chur cb. And for that Power which he hath given
to the Church to Rule the Confciences of men. ] And yec
here they have unadvifedly and dangeroufly defcrib-
that power : Seeing it is Gods fole Prerogative to
Rule the Confciences of men.
Penman of this Pfalme, is not certainly to be de-
termined upon.
Occafionai it is alfo as Uncertain. Tliey I who think I Jo. FoorJ
this Pfalme was written upon occaGon of Davids in Expof.
victorious fubduing of his Heathen-Enemies round pfal. 145.
about him, and of his taking.care for the Ark, folemn sim. de
Affemblyes, publick worfhip of God, and the Houfe Muisin
of God, that chey all might be fet in order, 2 Sam. 5. Arg. Pfal.
and6. andi. and8. are of Opinion that David was 149.
Penman of it, As I formerly noted on Pf.il. 145. Seft
3. Others mfappok that this Pfalme was penned by mJoJCalii,
fome other Prophet, a little before or not long after in Arg. t&
the Jews deliverance from the Babylonifl) Captivity. Com. ad
And that then they were to fing New Songs, and to pfal. 149.
frequent folcmne Affemblyes of Saints, znverfe 1. Hen. Molt.
Which they could not do in a Strangers Land. And in Arg. ($
that their victories over their Babylonian Enemies, Pr&lett.
that had long oppreffedchem, were but Prxludium's adPf. 149.
and Pledges to themoftheirgrearerVifroriesforthe
future, efpecially under the Metfiah, that fhould fub-
due all Nations to him and hi? Church by the Gofpel,
8cc.ver. 6,7,8,9. I leave all in medio for the judicious
to ponder upon.
Scope of this Pfalme, is; to exhort and incite the
Church of God his Ifrael, to celebrate the LORD
with eminent and extraordinary Praifes, both for his
Angular favours vouchfafed unto them, and for the
victorious Power which they fhall obtain and exer-
cifeovereven the greartft of their Enemies, accord-
ing to his written Word : And this not onely Corpo-
rally, but alfo and efpecially Spiritually.
Seel:. IV. The Andy fit , or Principal
Parts.
As in the former Pfalme All forts of Creatures are
ipvited and exhorted to praife God ordinarily : So
in this Pfalme The Ifrael of God and fons of Sion, eren
the whole Church and People of God, are exhorted
to Praife the L O R D, and that Extraordinarily. As
that, fo this Pfilme begins and ends with Halelu*
J AH: and is wholly beftowed in Divine praifes, and
forceible inducements to thofe praifes. In this
Plafme therefore are efpecially two Parts.
I. An Exhortation of the Church and people of
God folcmnly to Praife the LORD, ver. i.&c. This
praife whereto they are Exhorted, is Defcribed.
1. By the Objeft of it, to whom it is due and to be
performed, viz. God, who is here fet forth by, 1.
His effential Name; JEHOVAH. 2. His Name of
efficiency, His Maker n. Whether it be underfbod, nSim.de
Abfolute, abiolurely in refpect of Creation: Or Se- Mukin
cundum quid, Refpeftively in fome refpeft onely as Com. ad
he was the Author of their Redemption, Delive- Pf- »49- 2"
ranee, Profperity, &c. The fenfe amounts much to olnfafture
one. In the Hebrew the word is plural; Hk Makers 0. fao,
Which fome think is fo put for Honours fake : Others, Hebraicae
to infmuatethe Myftery of the Trinity, Father, Son, ad yerbum
and Holy-Ghofi. 3. His name of Government ; their 'ey>in
King,vi\. To Reign over them, Rule and Govern fa&oribus
them as his People, by his peculiar providence, and fuis,In
Spiritual influence of his Word and Spiric.In all thefe numero
are couched tacit Arguments and Motives to the multitudi-
praifingofGod- nispro^
Angular?,
Honoris ergo, ficuti obfervat Kimchr, quifimile, profert ex Job.
3s. 10. Vbi eft Dem quifacit me kufaflor mens, ad verbum fafio'
resmei> Idem cenfent Efrse& alii. Geneb. in veritate Hebraic*
affirmat apertum effe Myfterium S. TrinkatU, BccSim. de Muti
in Com. adPfah 149. 2.
H h h h [1 H»
394
r S A L M E. CL.
I Ha Makers] The Father, the Word and the Holy-Ghoft ;
h three are one, 1 Job. 5. 7. The myltery of the Trinity-
is in the Hebrew phrafe; So in many others, As; Z.er us make
liian in cur Image, Gen. f. 26. Iffcere » Go^ «jy Makers i Job.
?$• 1 . Tby Afakf*s it thine Husbands, Ifai. 54. 5. Remember
thy Creators, Eccl.12. 1. and fundry the like,God alfo is our Ma-
ker both in Nature, and Grace. SeePf. 100. %.H. Alnfw.in his
Annot.on Py 145.2.
2. By the General Quality of this praife. Which
mutt be exquifite, lingular, and extraordinary; A
New Song.
3. By the folemnity of it. It muft be performed
publickly; in the Church or Congregation of Saints.
Which imports a proinife or prophecy of Reftaurati-
on of Gods publick Worfhip and Ordinances, and of
the folcmn Church-affemblies, And may fuic to
Davids dayes : or to the Captives return from Baby-
hn.
4. By the Acts of praife, or Adjuncts thereunto
Annexed, vi^. 1. Inwardly, Rejoycing. Gladfom-
nefs. 2 Outwardly, Singing. Praifing. Ufing of
Mufica! Inftruments to flir up their affections asF/«re
timbrel, Harp.
5. By ihe Subjects of this Duty, The parties Ex-
horted thereunto, vi^. Ifrael, The Sons of Sion.
Even the whole Church of God among the Jewes.
Analogically, All the Churches of Chrift alfo among
the Nations according to the New-Teftment-way of
I railing the LORD, for thefe and like mercies, hint-
ed in this Pfa me. All thefe particulars are inter-
woven, and evidently contained in v. 1,2, 3.
II. The Arguments or Reasons why the Church
fliouldthus praife the LORD, v. 4. foe. And they
are drawn,
1. From confideration of the LORD'S lingular and
extraordinary favours towards his people. As, 1. His
great love unto his People, taking pleafure in them.
This the fountain of all his bleffings. 2. His Salva-
tion, and deliverance from evils and Enemies, Pro-
rriifed and performed to the meek. This is Ampli-
fied, by the Adjunct Beauty or Glory attending fuch
their Salvation/i/er. 4. 3. The lingular and eminent
matter of joy which he willvouchfafe unto his Saints.
Amplified, byfij The Afts thereof ; Being glad-
fome. an dfljouting.'py fully. Q2.) The Adjunct: of it;
in Glory. Or with Glory. Denoting the high de-
gree and eminency of their joy. (7,) The fubject-
place, where; upon their Beds, in their private re-
tirements, ver. 5.
2. F rom Confideration of the Victories and extra-
ordinary Power which his Church and Saints fliall
have over their Enemies. Here I. The eminency of
their Praifes of the LORD are defcribed by, I. Their
Nature, The Exaltations of God. 2. Their vehemen-
cy; in their throat, i.e. aloud fpoken of, vehement-
ly commemorated, ver. 6. beginning. II. Their
Vilh.ries and Power over their Enemies, the Argu-
ments of fuch praife, are fct forth and illuftrared,
r B the Inftrumcntal means thereof; A two-edged
fwvrd/n their hand. Hcb. A Sword of two mouths.
The Root being Emphatically doubled in the He-
brew Word, ver. 6. 2. By the Objects of their victo-
ries and power, their Enemies defcribed by,fjjTheir
Multitude and Quality ; Heathens ; People (^Their
Magnitude and Dignity \Kings : NMes.7,. By the Acts
c.f rheir Victory and Power; (1.,) Doing vengeance on
Heathens. C2,JDoingCorre£lions or Rebukes upon
the People. Real rebukes, not verbal, f^) Binding
( aptiv d Kin^s in chaities, and Nobles in fetters of
r.-n.ver.n, 8. 4. By the Limitation or Regulation
of all this Power. It muft be, f 1) Judgment, (2)
Judgment written. Judgment according to the rule
of Gods writrcn Word : notofprivjre pallion or re-
venge. <;. Bv the Honour and high- Dignity which is
thus devolved by the LORD upon all his Saints. Now
an incentive and judicious eye may cafily difcern,
That all thefe Particulars may be accommodated to
tfiael'ia Davids dayes, or to the Jews about the time
of their return from the Babylmffi Captivity, when
the Glorious Lord fo wonderfully dafhed in pieces
the power of all their Enemies, delivered them
from them, and gave them power over them. And,
that all thefe pafiages horn- ver. 6. foe. may be ex-
pounded, not onely Literally touching I/raels Cor-
poral Victories over their Corporal Enemies, Hea-
thens, foe but alfo Spiritually and Myftically touch-
ing the Spiritual victories and power which the
Church and Saints of God, in all after ages fince
Chrifr,and to and at the end of the WorId,fhall have
and exercife over their Spiritual Enemies according
to his Word, by Jefus Chrift affiiting them. After
all this the Pfalmilt clofeth up this Pfalme, as he be-
gan , with his Hortatory Halelu-jAH,ver3 9.
Pfalme CL.
Seer. I. The Summary Contents
Ituhh I aft Pfalme doling up the whole Book, of
Pfalmes, the Pfalmifr, 1. Exhortes to Praife the
LORD for fundry his Excellent Perfections and Acti-
ons, ver. 1. 2. 2. Diretls and invites to manage his
Praifes, (ij with all forts of Mufical Inftruments,
ver.i, 4, 5. C 2) With all breath, ver. 6.
Sett. II. The Verfion out of the He-
brew.
a. pRaife-ye-jAH. In-his-HoIfnefs
JL Praife-ye the-mighty-God :
In b his ftrength's Firmament him blefs,
2. Him in his powers laud :
Him c after his much greatnefs praife.
3. Praife him with Trumpet's d voice :
Tea with the Pfaltery him praife
And Harp'x melodious noife.
a H^.Hale-
lu JAH.
in liisSanSi.
ty or; for his
Sanfiity.
b Hfi.che
firmament
of his
ftrengch
praife him.
e Hei. Ac-
cording to the multitud: of his greatnefs. d Heb. (bund
4. Praife-him with Timbrel and e the Flute :
Praife-him with Organ /7;/v7,
And fbinged-Inftruments,as Lute.
5. With /Cymbals founding-well
Praife-him : with Cymbals £ of fhrill found
Praife-/)im, for ay ador'd.
fj.Let every Breath that can be found
Praife JAH. /; Praife-ye- the-LORD.
e Htb. or,
the Dance
fHft. Cym-
bals of
htaring.
RH.*.of
iliou ing
founds,
h #<-*.HaIe-
lu.t,A>V
Sett. III. The Kind, Penman Occafwn,
and Scope
The Kindot this Pfalme, is ; 1. As to the Outward
Mode or Forme of penning it, Itntituled; No Title
being prefixed hereunto in the Hebrew. 2. As to the
Or Profit, Laft. Concluding this precious Book of
Hymnes or Praifes, with the praifes of the LORD
emphatically. And beginning, as alfo ending with
that Laudatory Halelu-jAH. 3. As to the SubjeZl-
Matterofh, Mixt, Laudatory and Hortatory. Ex- iSim.ds
honing unto the Holy praifes of the LORD, moft MukhAtt
pathetically. It fpeaks nothing almoft but Praife. pfal.\$c.
The word [_Praife~\ is ufed in this fhort Pfalme H|a attri-
thirteen Times, asKimchii obferves : He faith it is buta non
inrefpeliofGods thirteen Attributes, whereby he Go- recenfet.
verns
P S A L M E. CL.
395
kSim de
Muti inArg
Pf. 150.
I Amej.
Analjf.
mJo.Calv.
in Com. ad
verm the world. And nine Mufical Inftruments are
here mentioned copraifeche LORD withal, vi^.fuch
as were in ufe under the Old Tcltamenr, during the
Churches Minority, God appointing them an out-
wardly pompous and glorious way of Worfhip,therc-
by to detain them in his own Service, and prefeive
them from the Idol.itrous-worfhips of the Heathens.
This Pfalme is probably thought, faith one k, to be
peculiarly duelled and intended to the Levites, whoj'e
office it was peculiarly to celebrate the LORD'S praijes
with muficall Irftruments in the houfe of God. Whence ic
was,thatthe Leviteswere wont mutually to incite one
another thereunto by this Pfalme. Unto thefe nine
Muftcallnftrumems, Voices, or Breath, is added,as
tranfeending them all, ver.^6. Under thefe Mu-
fical Inftruments Figuratively or Typically C as
fome / conceive J are fet forth the perfeilions andex-
LeZtion. ad cellenciesthat ff)ould be in Divine Praijes, which we
Plat. 140. °Hhtt<> perform with allpofftble teal, care, joy, ala-
crity, and variety. And, whereas after the Exhor-
tation to praife God with all forts of Mufical Inftru-
ments, which was more peculiar to the Jewes and
OldTeftament-worfhip, he adds ; Let every Breath
praife J AH : This is fuppofed by Calvin m, to con-
tain a tacit Prophecy in it, of Gods adding the Gentiles
Pf. 150" 6 and J°ynir,g tnem a: la^ in one Symphony with the
' Jewes, toworfhipGod with the daily Sacrifice of
Praifes, till at Iafl being gathered into the Kingdome
ofHeaven, theyfoall with the Elett Angels fing un-
to the LORD a perpetual Halelu-jAH. And thus
this Pfalme may in part be accounted Prophetical.
Penman of it, is fuppofed by fome to be David.
Occafton, is thought to be his extraordinary joy
and enlargement of heart, for Gods wonderful and
manifold goodnefs to him, in bringing him at Iafl to
the Throne, fubje&ing his people under him,fubdu-
ing his enemies to him, and adding many fpiritual
favours to him,&c. As was noted on P/.i45.Se&.3.
Scope, is; To exhort Gods people, but efpecial-
ly the Levites, to praife God for his fingular perfefti.
ons and actions, with all forts of Mufi^A-Inftruments,
and with all Breath: without the cordial concur-
rence whereof, no Mufical-Inftruments are of any ac-
count at all with God.
Se&. IV, The Analyfis^ or Principal
Parts.
In this Laudatory Epilogue or Conclufion of this
whole Boof^of Pfalmes, a re
I. An Eartieji andmoft Vehemet Exhortation to praife
the LORD, thirteen feveral times repeated in thefe
few words, efpecially for his excellent perfections
and actions. As, 1. In, or For hit Sanftity, or Holi-
nefs. Some render if, Holy place, i. e. Heaven : His
gloriotis San&uary. The former Interpretation
feems better ; For hU Holinefs. 2. In or For his won-
derful Power gr Strength,fmguht\y manifested in the
Out-fpread-Firmament. Thence called, The Fir-
mament of his Strength, Wherein his power flill
fliines to the perpetual wonder of the world, ver.i.
3 In, or For his Power, or powerful Aft s :i>/^.In fuften-
tation and administration of all things, ever fince the
Creation, efpecially the affairs of his Church. 4 Ac-
cording to his mighty Ma)ey}y,or multitude of his Great-
neffe : difcovered for his peoples benefit again!! all e-
vils and enemies, v, 2.
II. A Direilion and Invitation to his people,how and
in what manner they fhould externally praife hiin :
v't%.
J. With allfrts of mufical Injlrurnehts.is,!. The Trum-
pet. 2. The Pfultery. 3. The //j//1, V.3.4.TI1C Ttmbrell
or Drum. 5. Flic Flute. 6. Stringed- Inltruments. This
is comprehenihe Some render it , Virginal scarce
fowell. The word fo rendred being too muchrc-
Itr.iincdin itsfenfe. 7. The Organ. Heb. A lively
Inftrument, the -delightful lnftrument. Fitly fo filled,
for it is one of the moft plealant and joyful. Job 21.
12. and$o. 31. This, and the Harp, are of all other
the moft ancient Mufical-Inftrument s mentioned in a-
ny Author, or in the B-ble it felf, which is moft Anci-
ent, Gen. 4. 21. ver. 4. 8. Well-founding Cymbals,
9. Loud-Jounding Cymbals, ver. 5. Now all thefe more
fpecially had reference to the Leiites, and the man-
ner of the Worfhip under the OldTeftafient, while
the Church was in her Minority. Whether now un-
der the New Teftament it be lawful or convenient to
worfhip the LORD in our pubtique Church Afftmblies
with fuch Inftrumental-Mufick ; Confult the Authors
alledged here in the Margin, for brevity fake. Hieron
2. With all b\eatb, or voices.Z.er every breathpraife Zanch' in
J AH: i.e. Either, Every Creature that hath breath, £xfl//(. F-
compareilc'v. 5. 13. Or Rather, every breath of man- pia -aJE-
l^ind in all Nations of the Gentiles as well as Jews: Let p/'fr(- s \Q
them all joyn harmonioully, as it were in one Con- „0 La-De
fort, to praife the the LORD. And 10 it tacitly pr o- j^'Hnc\' jn
phecyethof the Calling of the Gentiles, and their In- Ecciefia
corporation into one body with the Jews tofing/y.j- 202 •/' ,
leh-jAH to the LORD. And fo he clofeth up this rJ'^v
Pfalm, and therewith this whole Boj^ of Pfalmes, ,1<,7 -W '
And therewith I deh're ("with all thankfulnefs to the m„1„ ,--"
LORD that performeth all things for me J to (r.vz up ikC'
this my Expofition and Elucidation of this whole mu\ ci\rs
Book, with that triumphant and heavenly word, 2 . V ,t
Halelu-jAH, v. 6. Haleh-JAH : and again I fay ; Sect2<
Halelu-jAH. j' 5*
Thefe fweeteft Pfalmes begin whhTbehappineffes
of the godly, Pfal. I. 1. 2, 3. They end with the
Halelu-jAH's of the Saints, Pfal. 145,147. 1 48,
149,150. True Godlinefs leads to bleffednefs ;
bothgodlinefs and bleffednefi terminate in Halu-
jAH's. Wc do but ftammer-out , Halelu-
JAH , on Earth : We fhall perfectly fpeak
out , triumphantly fhrill-out , Halelu-jAH
in Heaven. O when fhall we once afcend
up thither , where Halelu-jAH fhall both
begin and end our praifes : yea where ©ur Ha-
lelu-jAH fhall once begin, but never end.
Where all the Angels fhall fing, Halelu-jAH
and all the glorified Saints fhall Anfwer them :
Amen : Halelu-jAH. Where the whole Hea-
vens fhall viftorioufly ring with Halelu-]AH.
Where the BeatificI^Vifion of our God in thrift
immediately face to face fhall even intrance and
ravifh us into an eternal Halelu-jAH to him
that fits upon the Throne, and to the Lamb for ever
and for ever. O how my Soul longs to hear,
yea to bear a part in that Celefb'al Melody:
Tune up mine heart ftill more and more to all.
intenfivenefs in thefe defires. Make hafle, my
beloved, and be thou li\e to a Roe, or to a young
Hart upon the Mnmtains of Spices, Cant. 8.14.
Lord Chrift thou haft faid ; Surely I come\juickJy.
And mine heart returnes the Eccho ; Amen, E-
venfi, Come LORD JESVS, Rev. 22. 20.
Amen, Halelu-jAH.
1 Tim. 1.17. 'AvtezTuKanhZlTnLm^JlZAQiZ.
F IN I S.
Lam Chrifiinefcia F I 3\(J S.
3?<5
AN ALPHABETICAL TABLE,
Of fttndry things more Obfervable in the
P S A L M E S.
A Fraction of the godly,
Is from God pf. 39. 9. &C.
Is Great, pfal. 6.pf. 25. pf. 102.
In Gods wrath deprecated, pfal. 6. I.&C.
/>/. 38. I.&C.
Parents from wicked children, pf. 3.
Drives to Prayer, ffa.pf.6.pf.2$.pf.$ i.pf.
116. pf.l/\.O.pj~.l4.2.
May corifift with Gods love, pf. 89. 30. to
3 8. pf. 99. 8.
/.f /tfzW ro fce^r/- 6y 6W, pf.^i. 7. &c.
Moderated by God,pfal. 78. 38. &C />/*/.
118, 17. 18. &C.
Removed by God; efpecially upon Prayer .
pf.->,\. 4.&C. pf. 16.6. &c.
Sweet ned, pf. 3 . p/tf/. 2 3 .
Short ned by God, pfal. 30. 5.
Sanctified by God,and turned to good, pfal.
94. 12. Sic. pfal. 119. 65. &c.
Great ufe of Gods word
1. In Afflillion,pf. 119.25.&C.V.33.&CV.
49.&C.V. 81.&C.V. 89. &C
2. After affliction, pfal. 1 1 9.4 1 ,&o.
Age, A Petition to God, not to caf-off or de-
fcrt in old age ,pf.y 1 .9. 17. 18.&C
Angels.
Serve God,pf. 103. 20.Scc.pf. 1044. &c.
Minifierfor the good of Godspeop.e.pf. 34.
7. &c. pf. 9i.n,&c.
Atheifts, Drfcovered and Reproved,
pf.io.n.Sic.pf.i^.i.Sic.pJ. 50.2 i.&c.
pfal.i.Sic.pfji .ii.&c.p/^. 7.&C.
B.
Babylon T/?e Return of Captives Jews thence.
pfal.26.1. &c.
Their great calamity there. pf.i 37.1. &C.
Backbiting, pfal. 15. 3.
Battel.
God not Armies to be trufled and relied np-
onin Battel, pf. 20. pf.2j.l. &C.
Blcfs and pruife the LORD,pf 134. pfal. 1 35.
See praife.
Bleflcd are
j h y whofc Cod is the LORD, pf.$l. 12.
Scc.pf. 65.4. &c. pf. 144. 15.
The godly, pfal. I,
The fear t rs of God, pf. I 1 2. £/.i 1 5 . I j, &c.
/./*/. 128.
T^f upright, pfal. I 1 2.
Tbrj' rW ^f/> 6W.f rror^3 />p/. 1 19. 1. &c.
The Merciful ,pfal. 141. i.&c.
Bleffings of God
On his People,pf 144, 12.dic.pf. 3 ./*_/?.
0« the ground,by fruitfulnefs, pf.6$.g.&c.
Build. God builds the Houfe,pfal.i2j.
C.
Chaftifement.Sf e Affliction.
The chafiiz.ed and taught of God, bleffed,
pfal.94.. I2.&C.
Children.
Are Gods Bleffmg. pf. 127. pf. 128.
Are to be Infirutled by Parents in Gods
WordandwayeSjpfal.jS.q.. &c.
Chrift.
His P erf on God and Man, God,pf 45.6.
pfal. 2.7.
Man,pf. 8.4. &C.
His Office of
Prophets, p f 2. j. Scc.pf. 4.0.9. Sic.
Priefi, pf.4-0.6.cic.pf. 1 10.4.&C.
King.pf. 2. 6. Scc.p f. 45. 1. Scc.pf. 89.9,
fo 20.pfal.06.pf.9S. pf.99.pf. 1 JO.
King of glory to be entertained, pf. 24.
Lor^ /<*// creatures, pf. 8.
H# Kingdome oppofed, pf,2. 1, &'C.
//# Kingdom advanced and enlarged, pf.2,6,
Scc.p /I89.9/0 29.
Allfliouldfubmit to this King,pf.2.\0, &c.
His States of Humiliation and Exaltation,
pfal. no.
1. Of Humiliation.
Pa[Jion,pf. 22.6. to 19.
Deftrtion on the Crofs,pfal.Z2 .i.Scc.
Benefits of his Paffion,pf 22.24, &c.
2. Of Exaltation.
Refurrellion from the dead,pf. 2.7. Scc.pf.
16.6. to the end.
Afcenfion into Heaven, and leading Capr
ttvity Captive, pfa.6%. 1 %.to. 19.
Seffion at Gods right hand,pf 1 10. 1 3 Sec.
His Relation to his Church
Her King and Bridegroom,pf.\^ .
Head of the Corner, pf. 1 1 8.2 1 ,&C.
Church.
Her Communion with Chrifi, and duty to
him,pfal. 45. 9,&C,
Her Glory and Enlargement by the Accefs
of the Gentiles, pf. 87.
See Gentiles.
Prefcrved,and cared for, by God,pf.%9. 15.
to 19.pf.46.pf.124.pfiz9.pf 149-
Her
Table.
Her Profpcrity prayed for, pf. 122.pf.132.
tier g-i eat c.fjlidions by her enemies, pf.^.
9-)&c.pf.'j9.i,&c.fJ.> 9.6>&c.p[$l.ij
Traycth for deliverance from her afflicti-
ons and enemies,pfal.^. 2 3 ,&c. pfal. 79.
pf8o.pf. 83.//.102.1 h&c
Laments the defolation of Gods Houfe and
Or drnance s ;pf 7 ^..pfal.j 9. pf. 80 .pf. 137.
Gods goodnefs to her is to be praifed.pf. 149.
Comforts of God, great ,pfal. 23.pf.94.. 17.
Confeffion of Praife .See , Praife .
Due to Cod. pJ.I00.1,&c.pfal. 1 18. l.&c.
pfal. 1 36. l.&c.
Corruption
Of natural man, pfal. 14. pf. 3 6.pf. 5 3 .
Of the wicked,p£. 10. 3.&C pf. 12.\,2,C7'C.
pf. $ 0,1 6,&c.pf. ?!,.&, &c.
Of Jndges,pf 82. 2-^.
Covenant of Cod,fure, pfal.89.3.6^.
Creation
God hath Created all things in Heaven &
in Earth, pfal. 8. 3. &c. pfal. 1 9. l.&c.
pf.3 3.6,erc.pfal. 104.2,^. pf. 13 6.4,
to 10.
Cod hath made man,pfal.8.pf. 100.
GW iW& created man mo ft curioufty, pf.
i39.13.ro 18.
Creatures
Are all from God,pf.8.$.&Cpf,i 9. i.&c.
p/3 3.6,&c./>/ic4. 2,&c. pf.i^.^.to
10.
,#<«/£ a'ldependanceupon God,pf 104. 27.
&c./>/^i45.i5.&c.
^4re dj/ Governed andOrdered by Cod,pfal.
74.12.ro 18 #/*/. 103. 19 ,&<:./>/". 104.
/>/*/.! 1 9.90,9 i,.&c.
Allftandin awe of God, pfal. 77. 16. &c.
/>/*/. 1 14. 3,&C
^rr allfubjetled to man,pf.8.
Shall all be changed and renewed, pfal. 102.
25, &c. D.
Death. See, Mortality.
No Price can redeem from it. pf.49. 6. ckc.
pf 89.4.6, Sic.
Strips off all earthly Enjoyments, pfal. 49.
1 1 . 1 0 the end.
Immature Death is deprecated, pf.l 02. 24.
&c.
Of Saints is precious in Cods eyes, pf.l 16.
15. &c.
Cods comforts in the valley of the fhadow of
Death,pf.2$.
Delight
In God, pf. 37.4.&C. pf.43 .if.&c.
In Cods Wordand Law, pf. i.2.pf. 119. 14.
&c. 4.7.&C.92.&C.97 &c.i43.&c..pf.
II2,I.&C.
. In Gods Saint .r,pf. 1 6. 3 .&c.
In doing Gods Wf7/,pf.40.8.&C.
Deliverance
Public^
Of Jfraelfrom Egypt, pf. 1 14. pf. 115.
Of Jews from B.ibylon^{. 126.
Of the Church from ftraits andenemics, pf.
85, i.&C
pr.124.pfal. 129.pf.46.pf.76.pf.i36.
See Enemies.
Private, front
Creat straits and dangers, pf.34.4 &c.pf.
119. 153. &c.
Enemies, pf.i8.i7.&c.pf.54.pf.n8.s.&c.
Danger of Death,pC.n6. $ .&cc.pf.u8. y.ixc
Dcfettion fpintuat, pfz 2 .1 .&:c. pf77.ff.88.
Devotion./>/5.3.&c./>/55. 17 &c.pf. 130,5.
Scc.pf. 119.62. 164.//.108.1.&C.'
E.
Egypts Plagiics,pfj8.^2.&:c.pf.\o$.27. to^j
Enemies of Gods people
Arc many, pf. $.pf. 4..pfc.pf.%i.6&c.pf.M.
3.&c./>/".i i8.io.&c.
May fore and long ajficl their, pf. 1 3 .pf.69.
/>y:i29.p/i 3 7./>/. 141.7 .&t./>/.I42 ./>/ 143 .
Prayed agawft, pf. 35/'/54- Pf-$5.pfa6.
pfa9pf64.pf.83.pf.109.pfKO.
Deliverance from them begged, pf 43. pfal.
Wf>5Wf'5$-Pf-56ffo9.p/.6o.pf.6+.
pf.70.pf.71.pf. 14,0^.14.1.
Experienceso/- old,are encouragements for the
future,pf.22.4..&zc.pf.77AO.!kc.pJr. 80.8.
&C.P/S5.1.&C.
F.
Faithful.
T^aV truft in God,pf.9i.i.8cC.
Their compleat protection andprefervntion
ty God,p fa 1.2}. pf. 91. ■$. &c.
They are be ft fervants ,pf.lOi .6, &C.
They are but few ff. 1 12. 1 . &C
Faithfulnefs
Of God,pfa6.<$.&c. pf. 4.0.13. &c.pf. 89.1.
&c.24..®*c.pfi 19.75.-,— -90.&C
See Truth of God
Faithfulnefs of Men^pf. 5,9. &c.pf. 12. pf. 4.1.
%.&c.pfa%.n.&c.
Family, well ordered pf. 101.6. &c,
Favour of God,
Is Ufe,pf 30.5. &c. A Shield. pfa.12.
Is moft defireable,pf 4.6.&c.pf.67. pf.io6<
4..&C pf.l 19.58. &c.
The fountain of all blejfmgs,pf. 44. l.&c.
pf. 89.17. &c.
Fear of God
Is beginning of Wifdom,pf. 1 1 i.io,&C
How to fear God, pf. 34.1 1. &c. pf 86. 1 L
&c~ —
Cods goodnefs to them that fear him, pfal.
i9.8fc./>/".3 3.i8,&c.pr24.7,&c./i/:ii5.
8cc,pf.6o.^.. dcc.pf.6 1 .5.
Happy they th,tt fear the Lord,8cc-pf.l2.ff
ti5.li.lkC.pf.i2S.
G.
Gentiles.
Oppofe Chrijls Kingdom,pf.2. 1.
Their Calling fore-Prophecyed,pfz. 8.&C.
p/22.27.&c.p/>72.u.&c./'/.86.9.&c.f/.ii7.
God
I i i i i flinh
TABLE.
Himfclf the fupream God,mofl definable to
his people, ^{.j 3.23 .&c. pf. 144. 1 5.
His favov.r above all Earthly enjoyments,
pf. 4.6.&C
His Attributes and Per fetl ions, tf. 103.8,
&c.pf.86.i5.&c.pf.i45.8.&c.
Eternity ^.90. i.2.&c.pf.i02.24.&c,
Immutability, pf, 102 24. &c.
Ommfeience,pt. 94.U0 1 i.pf.i39.i.&C.
Power. $(. 89. /*. 19. i.&c.
Guides in his wayes, pf.25, 8, &c.
Provides liberally for his People, pf.2$.
Protetls them fafely again/} all evils and
Enemies, pfal. 9. 9. &c. pf 46. 1 . &c./>/.
48. 3 • Stdff 1 1 . />/*/. 9 1 ./>/• 1 25.
His Refuge and Proteilion prayedfor,pf.
17. pf 31.
,/4»^ praifed,pfal. 1 8 . 1 >&C, py.46. I.&.C. pf.
48. 3.&C.P/.61.3.&C
Delivers his wonderfully from foes and
fir aits, pf 1 $.2y8tc.pf.34..pf 4.6. pfal. j6.
Judgeth right eoufly,pf 9.1. to 12.
Bleffeth with Mercies abundantly, pf. 6% .9.
&C.//.68. 5. &c.pf7&.9.&c.ff.S$.i.
&C. P/103.1.&CP/.132.15.&C.
Grief.
God and his Spirit grived by Sin,pfyS.4-0.
&c. pf95.10.8cc.
Coaly grieved
At their own fins, pfal. 6. pfal. 3 1 . 9. &c.
At others fins pfn9.ii6.i5$.&c.pf.i$9.
21 &c.
v4* CWj dif}onor,pfal. 1i9.i5Spftl.ii9.
2 1. &c.
-<4r r/;^ Churches Calamities pftl.y^.pf 79-
ffat.137.
H.
Happincfs, Sf? Bleffed.
Of the Godly, above all,pf 1 . t ,&c.
O/* *6f w iv 'jo/i- y* ns are pardoned,pf 32.1 .&c.
Of them who kttow the joyful fottnd,pfal .$9 .
i^Mc.pfal.S^.^.&ic.
Of him that trufleth inGod.pfal.l.lafl.pf
34.8 &CP/I40.4. &c.
Of him whom Cod choofeth, &c. pf. 65. 4.
&c.
Hatred f/S?'«.pf.97.io.pf.ioi.3,&c.pf.U9.
104.128.— -1 13.163.
Hear Gods voice to day pf 95 ,
Heart
Broken, pf.34. 1 8.&C. pf. 5 1. 17^.147.3.
Sincere, pf. 7. 10. pf. 36. IO.pf97.1i:
Humble, pf.i 3 i.i&c.
Godthefearcherofit. pf. 44. 2i. pf. 139
23.
Hardened,^. 95,
Heaven
Tfo bappinefs in it, pf. 1 6 .lafh
The godly fhall be recieved into *7,pr. 73.
24. &c.
//ope in the Lord,
Is our duty, pf. 78.7.&C. pf. 130.7. &c.pf.
131 -3>&c.
2?n'»^ w^ bletfings,$k\. 33.18. &c.pfal.
146. 5.&C.
Houie of God and his Ordinances.
Defiredvehemently,p(.2y .^..Sic.^. 42.
pfal. 43.pf.63. pfal.69.9. &c. pfal.84.
Prized and rejoyced in exceedingly, pf.84.
I.&C. pf.I22.I.&C.
Defolation thereof lamented deeply, pfal .74.
pf.79.pf. 80. pf. 1 3 7.
Humility, pfal.i.&c.
Hypocryfie, pf. 5.9. &c.pf. 28.3.&c.pfal.
78J36.&c.pf. 55.21.&C
I.
Idolatry.ldolaters,
Forbidden,^. 81.89.&C.
Threatned,ph\.i6.4.&c. pf. 97.7. &c. pf.
106.19. &C
Plagued, pf.78.58. &c.pf. 106. 36.1043.
Aggravated,^. 106.I9.&C.36. &c.
Idols derided, tf. 115. 1. to Ii.pf. 135, 15.
&C.
Innocency and Integrity
Refolvcd upon, pf.26.pf.TOl. 1. 2. &C
Pleaded pf 7.1. to io.pf.18. 21. to 28.
Ingratittide
0/ Man to God, pf.78.56.&c.pf. 8r.H.
&c. pf. io6.i3.&c.24.&c.43.c£r.
Of Man to man,$.4\.9&c .$. iqp.^.&c ,
pf. 69. lo.eH.
Judas Prophetically curfed, pf.109.6. &c.
Judges See Magiltratcs,
Their Sin and Duty, pf. 58.pf.82.
Judgements of God on the wicked.
Threatned,tf.9.\y.&c.tf. 1 i.pf.64.7.&'C
pfal.69.22.pf. 83.9.0^^.92.7. &c.
pfal.94.laft.
Infliiled,^. 7. 1 i.&c. pf.9.1 $,&c.^.j^.
pf. 106.
To be fearcdj&c .pf.64. 9. ore.
K.
King.
The Government ofagoodK*r>g->V™- 71-
Prayeth
Table.
pf. IOI.
The Church
Vrayethfor her King, pr.20.pf.72.
Praifethfor her King, pf. 2 1.
Profpereth under a good King, pfal.72,12.
&c
Kingdom of Christ. See Chrift.
Kingdom of God, pf. io.6.erc.pf. 47,6.ere.
pf. 89. i8.c^cpf. 103. 19. erc.pf.145.
11, &c.
Knowledge
Of Godis mofl exaCl, pf.44. 2i.07-c.pf.94.
7. to I2.pfal. 139. 1. ore.
Of man, touching God caufeth confidence,
p{.9.Q.&c.
Bringeth blcjfings,pt.9i. 14.&C.
\-t.
Lawo/GW. See Word of God.
Highly commended, pf. 19. 7.erCjpf.i 19.
i.&c.
Is to be kept, pf. 1 19.4. err.
Is to be taught to ourChildren,ip(.yS.l .to 9.
Keeping of it, makes happy, and is highly
rewarded, pf.i9.pf. 1 19. 1. ere.
When it is in the Heart, pf. 40. S.&c.
Life,
Natural,
.Fr <»/e,pf.39.pf.90.
How it may be prolonged, pf. 34. 12. Ore.
pf. 91.9.1.0 the end.
Spiritual, pf.i 19.17.0^^.36.9. ore.
Eternal, pf.16. 11. pf.21.4. ef-c.
Love
Of God towards the Righteous^.^7 . 28.
e^cpf. 146.8. ere.
0/7/jf Sd*«f.j towards God,
Profeffed, pf.18. i.e^c-pf. 1 16. 1. ere*
Exhorted, pf. 3 1, 2 3 .ere.
Rewarded with Bleffmgs,p{.i i.2 3,&c.9i.
14.e7-c.pf.il 9. 1 3 2.orc.pf. 145.20.
Tryed^.97. I o.erc.pf.9 1 . 1 4.0rc.
0/ 6Wj WW
Profeffed^.\\9.v .127 .lAro.\%9. 163. 167.
Tr^,pf. 1 19.97. 1 13.
Recompenfed, pfal.i 19, 165.
M.
Magiftrates S*e Judges.
Jilting Righteoufly, pf. 75. 2. &c. pf. 78.
70. ore. pf. 72. pf. IOI.
Acting corruptly,^.^. 1. ere.pf.82.
Man
Curioufly formed, pf. 139. 14. &c.
Advancedover all Creatures, pf.8.
Merrier of God.
Frayed for Pf. 85.
Frayfed,W. 85.Pf.86. Pf. 103. 1. ere Pf.
1 1 3. Pf. 1 36. Pfal.i 3 8. Pf. 145. Pf. 146.
Pfal. 147.
Mercifnl mas, happy, Pf.41. i.erc.
Minifters
Their duty, Pf. 1 3 2.9. ere. Pf. 1 34.
Mortality of man, Pf. ?9.4.erc.Pf.40.5.efc.
Pf.89.46. Ore. Pf. 90. Pf.102. 24. err;
Pf.103. 14.erc.Pf. 144.3. ere.
N.
Namee/GW
7j Excellent. Pf. 8.1. #e. Pf. 99. 3. Pfal;
76. 1.
/j 7/o/y, Pf 1 1 1.9 ere.
IsJEHOVAH, Pf. 83. 18.-
7j to be highly praifed)Pf.29.2.(^-c.?d4.
3 . Ore. Pf. 06.2. ore. Pf.68.4. Pf.96.2.
e-c.Pf.i35.3.&c. Pf. 148. 13.ere.Pfal.
H9.3. Cre.
Night.
Night-Devotion, Pf.42 . S .C^e. Pf.6 3.5.6,;
Ore. Pfal. 55. 1 7.0^ Pf.i 19. v.5 5. r>r,
in. 60. &c. 147.148.
Night-Confolation,?f.63.$.6. &c.
N ight - Inftrutt ion ,?S. 16. 7. &.C.
Night- Affliction, Pf. 22. 2. &c. Pf.77.2.&c.
O.
Obedience
Exhorted to, and difobedience diffwaded,
pfal.Si.i.8cc.
Is better than Sacrifice, pfal. 40. 6. &c.
Old-age. Gods favours begged till old-age^
pf. 71.9. 17. 18. &c.
Otphanes pious, not forfaksn of God, pfal.27.
10. &c.
Ordinances of God
Zealoufly loved and affetted,pfal.26.6,7t$i
8cc.pf.69. 9. 8c c.
Vehemently defired, pf.z 3 . pf.26.S. &C />/
27.4.&c.p/;42. 1 .&c. f/43 . fj.6 3 . 1 .&c.
pf.Z4.pf.u9.
Are great priviledges, pfal. 103 .7.&C. pfal,
147.19.20.
Defolation and lofs of them deeply lament-
ed, pf.^2.4..8cc.pf. 74.pf.79.pfS0.
P.
Pardon of Sin.
Earneflly prayed for, pfal. 19.1 2 .Sic.pf.2 J,
6. 10. 1 2. />/. 3 9. 7&c.pf. 5 1 ./>/*/. 1 3 o.
/f ^'vetf upon Confe(fion,pf. 3 2 . 5 . & c .
2?£Mg obtained makes happy, pf. 32.1. &c
GW is praifedfor it, pfal. 103.3.10.12.
Patient-waiting/or God, pfal. 37. 7,8cc.pfal,
40.1.&C.
Peace.
God the Author of it, pG8.85.lO.
Is to be fought, pf. 34. 14. &c.
Who Jhall receive it, pf. 1 19. 165. pf. 125.
5,pf. 128.6.
Haters of peace, pf. 3 5 .2o.&C/>/ 1 20.
Perfecution.
Of the godly by thewickfd,
Violently ;pfal. 7. I.&C pfal. I0.2. &£.
pfal. 31. 15. &c. pfal. 35, 3. &c, pfal.
69-
TABLE.
69.26.&C pfal. 119. 84.&.C.
I Vrong fully can fie fly, pj.ll9.86. 1 64.
Polterity^ 1is.pf.i~7.pf1l.1z8.
Preaching, />/;*/. 40.9. &c. /J/C51.13.
Power 0/ God, pf 29. pfal.89.5 .to 15-
Prayer.
77^ Saints d.a'ly excrcife,pf 5. 1, 2,3, &c.
^ PMS5- i/-&c-
GWj accepts their Prayer ,pf 3 .p/] 3 4.4. & C.
pf.6$.2.&c.pf.66.i7.S:c.pf.ii6.^.&ic.
pf 141.2.&C.
Their prayer fur Deliverance front Afflilli-
tns,nf. 3.pf.2$.
From Enemies , pfal. 3 .pf. 5 ,pf \ 3 . pf. 1 7. p/".
z5-Pf-27 pf.z8.pf. 108. and often.
Praife.
6'cd ?> ? 6f pr4ifedrff.30.pf 33.pfal.65.pf
lCO.pfa/.lo8.pf^3^..pfi$. pf. 14.7.1.
& c. £/W. 1 4 ;./>/. 1 5 o.
Cud cannot be praiftd fufflcientl),pf.io6. I.
&c.f/;i39.i7Ac.
Praifes of Cod for deliver ancesrffal.30.pf.
3 4-/>/ 5 7-P/-66.?/. 1 p 3 ./>/ 1 1 6 .
Praife God with lnflrumcnts and voice-,
pfi$o.
Jill creatures are to praife God, pf 148.
Prefcnce of God every wbererffli 39.1 .&c.
Trom'iteof God, fare, pf. 12.
Profpcrity
Temporal, defcribed, pf 144. 1 o. 1 1 ,&c.
Of the wkk/drffal.y 3.1, to 11.
Pro fpcrity of wicked fhortrff. 73. 1 8. &c.
Protection of God
Prayed for, pf 1 7 .p/62 .
Praifed, pf 1 8. 1,2. &C.
Providence of God, to hk, pf.105 pf.111.
.7 0 Exiles, pf. 1 07. 1 .to. 1 o.
To Captives. pf. 107. lO.to 17.
To the f.ckjmdafflilledrff. 1 07. 1 7.to 2 3 .
T Seafaring perfons, pf. 107.3 3. ?o 42.
/// variom difpen fat ions, pf 107. 3 3 .to 42.
Pfalmcs.
u4lpb.-.betical,pfal.z,$ . 34. 3 7. 1 1 1 . 1 1 2 . 1 1 9.
14).
Penitential,pf 6.32.38.5 I. 102.130,143.
Q:
Quick ning
if intttaf prayed for, pf. 1 19.25. 37.40.88.
J07.149.159.156.P/.143.11.
R.
R \v\thanksfor it, pf. 65.9.&C.
Reform.
IVufcdhatc to Reform, pfal. 50.16.&C.
Refuge
GW his peoples Refuge, pfal. 9.7 .dic.pf.46.
1kc.pf.48.pf.6z.
Repentance, />p/. 5 1.
Reproof 0/ A// btcow, kjndrff.14.1. 5.&C.
Reproach.
77* wicked reproach the godly, pf.7lpr.69.
Richcs^wr not from death^.49 '^fi.&c.
Righteous.
ffiw ^ ^^,pf.i.pf.i55pf.?7-pf>II2>
Arebleffedabvoc all other, pf 5. 12.pf.37.
pf.ll2.
//^e many fweet promifes^.5 . I2-pf-37.
29.pf.55.22.pf.j8.10.pf. 92.12.pr97.'
11. pf. 125. 3.
^/t i»«cA ^f/^^1pf.34.i9Je7-c.pf.i25.
3-pf.73.i3.i4,G-c
-^rf ff-7$-?f-17-
Falltnto their own pit, pfal. 7. lo.&c.pfg.
16. &c.
Word of God.
Commended ,p f.ig. J.pf 119.
Zeal and love to it. pf.i 19. 57.73.97. 12 1.
161. 169. &c.
To be kept and obferved, pf, j 19. 105. &C.
113. &c.
Works e/GW
Excellent , pf. S.pf 3 3 ./>/! 1 04.
Dopraife God, pf. 19. i.erc.
GW # f ta praifedfor them,pf$. pf. 3 3 .pf
I °4>/5M 1 05. pf. 1 1 i.pfi^6.pf.i^j.
Worfhip of God,due to him.pfal.2g.pf 95. p/I
96.pf.gg.pfal.iOO.pf 122.
Young J/-«»j wayjjow cleanftdrff. 1 19,9,
I 2.
f2eal />/. 69.9. &c. # 1 19. 1 39. &c. />/ 132.'
i.&c.
Kkkkk
VROVERVS
4°
•02
PROVERBS.
Chap
v
PROVERBS.
T
Sett. I. Order. •
' Hus of the DOCTRINAL Book compiled
efpecially by King David, viz,. The Boo^ of
P S ALMES. Next confider we of t hofe Dottrinal
a I King. Books which were penned by King Solomon, a the
3. 12. and wifeft of Kings, and afpeciali Type nfJefutChriJtjbe
4. 29. Lord of Lord of Lords, and King of Kings. King So-
bSeeYi.tf lomoris Books ("according to the feveral Doctrine,
throughout, and Subiect-matters contained in them J are either,
.mi Cant. 1. Proverbial, as PROVERBS. 2. Penitential, as
3. 6. to 1 1. ECCLESIASTES. 3. Nuptial, touching the
■ Po(t Efpoufals of SVomon and Pharaoh's daughter, the
hur.c Type; of Chrift and hisCfoircA, the7Vw6-, as SOAp
regnavit OF SONGS, orCANTICLES. Of all the Books
eidem which Solomon wrote, tliefe three onely are received
populo ( faid c Auguftine) as Canonical.
univcrfo
Solomon ejus filius, qui ut fupra diftum eft, patre fuo viventc
ccepit regnare. Hie bonis initiis malos exitus habuit: Qiuppe
iecundz res, quae fapientium animos fatiganrs, magis huicob-
fuerunr, quam profuit ipfa fapientia, etiam nunc & deincepsme-
morabilis,6itunc longe latere laudata. Prophetaffe etiam ipfe
reperitur in fuis libris, qui tres recepti funt in authontatem
Canonicam : Proverbia, Ecclefiflftes,&.CanticumCanticorum.Ahi
veto duo, quorum unus Sapient fa. alter Ecclcftafticus diutur,
propter eloquii nonnullam hmfKtudinem, Ht Solomonii dicantur,
obtinuitconfuetudo. Non amemeffeipfmsnondubkant dotti-
ores,&c. Aug.de Civ. Dei. I. 17. c. 20. Tom. 5. Videatur etum
ibid.Lud. Vives.
Sett. II. Time.
It is hard to fay certainly at what time thefe feve-
ral Books were penn'd by Solomon. Some are of
opinion, that Ecclefiaftes and Canticles were written
in S^won'/ old age after hit Repentance. Probably
ir may be thought, fjas the matter of the Eooks in-
ducer;;* timate} Canticles was pennedin his younger rfyears
thinks So- when his affections were more warme, active, liye-
lomon pen- ly in Spirituals, infweet experimental communion
tiedCanii- with Chrift: Proverbs, in his ripe, manly age, when
cles in iiis his pruJence and parts were at higheft, moft clear,
old age J. gryvc, fdid, fctlc d: And Ecclefiaftes in his old-age,
Mercer. after all the vain cotirfes wherein he ha'd fo mifcrably
pr&fat.in loft himfelf, whereupon he penned thefe his Peni-
Job ad ink tential Retra&ations.
Sett. III. Name.
T. Solomon's Proverbial Book, is called the PRO-
VERBS OF SOLOMON; becaufe though it contain
filler's Proverbs, yet moft arc Solomon"*. In Her
brcw,iSiyQ n07ty MiJMeShelomob, viv. either
Similitudes, or excelling fentences, that for their wif-
dome, weight, excellency, overcome and bear rule over
the reft ; from mafhal, which notes dominion.
Scft. IV. Penman.
This Cool; was penned, probably, not by one, but
by divert .- and that not at one, but at feveral times.
Solomon penned the e nine firft Chapters, in that Or- e T. Cart-
der as they are, asalfoc. 10. toe. 25. Solomon was rvright
Author of the Proverbs alfo, from e.25. to c. 30. But / com. in
the men of He^ekiah King of J udah- copied them out, prov. 11.
Probably, they colle&ed them out of £ other writ- j Prov. 25.
ings of Solomon, and ranked them in this Order i.
wherein we now have them, h Junius thinks they gH.Aljl.
extracted thefe Proverbs out of the Records of the pra.Tbeol.
Acts of Solomon, and digefted them into a Body;/. 2.c. 120
moft of thefe Proverbs appertaining to Ethical and T.Carm.
Cm/Adminiftration. com. in
The thirtieth chapter was penned by iAgur fonne prov. 25.
oijakeh. Of him we reade elfewhere no further j.
mention in Scripture. He was k_ a Prophet, Hit Pro- h Jim. An-
verbial Prophecy is annexed to Solomon's Proverbs, nor. in
perhaps becaufe of mutual refemblance between Prov.25.1.
them. j prov. 30.
The 31. chapter contains the ProverbiallnftrnRi- J#
ons , with which Batheftieba trained up Solomon kProv.^o.
("here called Lemuel,) in his tender years, which In-
ftructions K. Solomon committed afterwards to
writing ; as / learned men judge.
Sett. V. Scope.
I.
/ Fran.
Jun.Annot.
in Prov.
31. i.&T.
Cart. Com.
tnloc.
The Scope of this Book of PROVERBS is, To in-
ftruft men in deepeft myfteries of aH true wifdome
and underftanding,the height and perfection where-
of is, The true knowledge of Gods will, and the fincere
'fear of the LORD,
To this end this Book is filled with choice fuccinft
Sententious Aphorifmes, Adages or Proverbs, com-
pendioufly comprizing in themfelves diftinct Do-
ctrines, Duties, &c. of piety to God, Equity and Cha-
rity to man, and of Sobriety towards our felves,
Hence u Auguftine The Book, of Proverbs rightly m Ac pri-
underftood, u almoft all of force to informe pious man- mum de
ners. proverbiis
Other Eooks of Scripture, like a curious web of qui liber fi
filk or gold, have a Methodical contexture in them bene in-
one thing being foenterwoven with, and depending telligaror
upon another, that they cannot be opened, orun- ad mores
derftood, without one another. But this Book, for pios in-
thegreateft part of it, like an Heap of pear Is, a coft- formenrfos
ly Box of Gold-rings, or rich Cabinet of Jewels and pene to-
preciom-ftones, is without all fuch contexture or de- rusvalebit
pendance, every Proverb making an entire fenfe of Arg. (pec.
it felf, without others. p. 928. B.
Tom. 3.
Bafil.
1569.
Sett. VI. Principal Parts.
In the Book of PROVERBS confider, 1. The
General-Preface to the whole Book. 2. The Sub-
ftance oj the Book.il felf.
The GENERAL PREFACE to the whole Book of
Proverbs in the nine firft chapters, which hath a j.
methodical texture and coherence in it felf; where-
in note, 1. The Infcription. 2. The Propofition.
I. The Infcription, containing, 1. The title denot-
ing the name and principal Penman of this Book,
Chap . I. ver. 1. 2. The Scope or intent of the Book, Chap. 1.
ver. 2. to 7.
II. The maine Propofition contained in this whole
Preface laid down, 1. More Generally. 2. More parti-
cularly
l • Mir t
ECCLESIASTES.
403
1. More Generally, and Summarily, viz, I. In the
fear of the LORD as rhe head and root of all ; 2. In
wifdome and Injiruftion, as the Members or Brandies
thereof, ver. 7.
2. More Particularly, thefe things are opened and
urged in all that followes, i/i<. 1. Doctrines of true
wifdome ino 1,2,3,4. 2. Doctrines of Prudence
for obtaining and retaining true wifedom, in chap. 5.
and 6. 3. Confirmation of all thefe Doftrines both
of Wifdome and Prudence in Chap. 7, 8,aud 9.
J. Doftrines of true wifdome, are divers, W<. I.
That wifdome and inflruftion is to be hearkened to,
and held hf\,chap. i.ver.8. This is urged upon di-
vers grounds, as, 1. The commodity of wifdom,
ver. 9. 2. The Difcommodity and mifchief of
foolifh finfuL wayes, ver. 10. to 20. 3. Wifdom's
loud and earneft invitation of all to accept u,ver .20.ro
the end of the chap. 4. Manifold alluring promifes,
to fuch as duly incline to and fearch after wifdome,
Chap. 2. Chap.ll. throughout. II. That true wifdome confirts
in our true fear, faith, and obedience to the L O R D,
denying our own underftanding, fenfe, and carnal
. fiudies, Chap. III. I. to 13. Which therefore are
Cnap. 3. urge(j# I# By promifes to, and praifes ofthis wifdom,
ver. 13. to 27. 2. By threatnings and difpraifes of
the contrary, ver. 27. to the end of the chap. 3. By
Chap. 4. Solomons own inviting example, Chap. IV. i.to 5. 4.
By many fweet benefits promifed to this wifdome,
ver. 5. 1 0 14. 5. By the great difparity betwixt the
the condition of the godly wife, that fear God, Sec.
and wicked fools that fear him not, &c ver. 14. to the
end of the chap.
II. Doftrines of Prudence, for gaining and retaining
true wifdom. Herein Solomon, I. DiiTwades from
divers evils oppofite to true wifdom •, as 1. From
purfuing carnal lufls after ftrange women, Cbap.V.
throughout. 2. From imprudent and inconfiderate
Acts or Offices, Chap. VI. i.ro6. 3. From floth, and
fluggifh negligence in Duties, ver. 6. to 12. 4. From
wickednefs in departing from well-doing,xw.i2.ro2o.
II. Perfwades to the contrary fiudies and endeavours,
ver. 2o.to the end of the chap.
III. Confirmation of all thefe Doftrines both of Wif-
dome and Prudence, 1. From an example or in-
stance of a foolifh young man, whom Solomon himfelf
had obferved to be brought to mifery by whorifh
Chap. 7« enticements, Chap. VII. throughout. 2. From the
TeflimonyofGod, and his Eternal wifdome, vi\.
the Son of God, admirably defcribed himfelf as moll
Chap. 5:
Chap. 6.
defifous to be accepted, and ?f accepted able to make
alfurficicmly happy, Chap. VIII. throughout, and Cb.
IX. ver. \.to 13. illuflratcd by the oppofite folly of
being enfnared with ftrange women, ver. 13. tothe
endof the chap.
THE SVSSTAKCE of the Eook it fcif contain cer-
tain compendious Adages, (elect Proverbs, fill of wif-
dome and knowledge, wholly independent on one
another ; and therefore it's a vajn thing to think to
find any Order and method among them. Only we
might eafily reduce and refer them to fevcral Heads
or Ranks, and fo bring fome method to them. hSoitic
thus Methodize the Proverbs.
The PROVERBS contain either,
l.Ethkkj, or Morals, viz. Matters appertaining
to Moral vermes, cfpecially ro the 4 cheif cardinal
venues. 1. Prudence. 2. Jufiice. 3. Temper an. e
4. Fortitude.
II. Politicks, viz^. Matters belonging to Civil Po-
lities, the Governours and Government thereof.
Here are many things concerning, 1. Kings. 2.Cour.-
fellers of State. 3 Subjefts.
III. Oeconomicks, viz_. Matters appertaining to
Domeftical or Family-Relations, as 1. Hmbands and
Wives. 2. Parents and Children. 3. Mafias and
Servants.
Some 0 refer the Proverbs to the Decalogue, fhew-
ing the mutual Relation becwixt the Proverbs and die
Decalogue, in diftinct Tables, partly referring the
feveral Proverbs to the feveral Commandements, partly
applying the feveral Commandements to tne feveral
Proverbs. Both which wayes are very ufeful.
Now thefe Proverbs were either
1. Solomons own Proverbs, 1. Written and digeft-
ed by himfelf. As all thofe Proverbs from Ch.ip. X.
ver. 1. to Chap. XXV. ver. 1. 2. Written by himfelf
("probably fcattered in other his writings } but col-
lected and copyed out by the men of Hezekjah King
ofjudah; likely at Hezjkiah'% command. As thofe
Proverbs from Chap. XXV. 1. to Chap. XXX.
ver. 1.
2. Other's Proverbs of like nature by way of Appen-
dix annexed to Solomons, viz^. 1. Agufs Proverbs
f called his Prophecy J chap. XXX. throughout.
2. Solomons Mothers Proverbs f vi%. Eathfheba's J
which file taught Solomon. Which Solomon by gui-
dance of Gods fpirit wrote. Chap. XXXI. through-
out.
Chap. 8.
Chap. 9.
II.
nThwf.
Diodat. in
Anal, of
the Prov.
0 Tim T.
Cartw. in
Tab.poft.
Com. in.
Proverb.
Ch. 1 a. M '
Ch 2$. to
Chap. 32.
Chap. 31.
><*"
a J. Merc
ante Com.
in Ecclef.
Sed. I. Order , and Name.
II. QO L O M 0 N's Penitential Book. >'s Ecclefi-
daftes. Touching the Order of k, fee before
As for the Name of it, The Hebrews
the Proverbs
..-- .™..,»p, iunji me i>k,bi:ingnow very old
when las ftrengtn was languishing and weak like a
• -S (though he wrote this Book in his old age.)
2 Nor a < any peculiar Dialect of this rongue, ufing
this word tometiines femininely, as PIBlQeSa-
pberetb, a Feminine w ord afcribed to a man. 3 But
either in reference to that wifdome which was in 5o-
I'Mon; as if not foipuch So/onrtw.. as Wijdome it Jelfi,
(pake here, which in the Proverbs is brought in ^as
fpeaking-, or in reference to Solomon's foul which
was his better part. Both which come much to one,
thinks thjr learned f'Merceriiti andg Bitxtorfittt. In
ameco.mh Greek, IxxMgictffnt- As in Latine, Ecclefiafief,, in
fee? Englifli, the Preacher : becaufe Solomon being fur-
g?atticipi- nifhtd with extraordinary Wildonie, upon his own
urn, fat-mi- manifold fad experience touching the vanity cf all
ni'umin thingsih this World, bcfideS the Religion and the
r\7np ii'iccrc fear of God, preachcth the fame to the
cin&re&ins Church for the infraction and warning of all Gods
cot&ega- people by his own example.
triXi fcil.
Anima; nempcSolcmcnisEcclef. 7. 28. alias femper genere
mafculinoufurpatur pro perfona inregra congregantis ccccum
Ecclefiafticum «»xA»«*rflJ ficdicitur, prcpterea quod congre-
garet coetus EccicUalticos publico?, fevibir R. Abraham in ab.
Terror hamntir,M'tft, Fafic'uulm Myrrh &. Jo. Buxtorf. Lexicon.
d As Merc.
not£tb in
Com- in
Ecclef.i.l.
e Exj a 2.
55-
Merc.
Hcb. in vc, j.
ir\v-
Sea.
II. Venman and Time of
writing.
£ Ecci T.I 2
f 'he end
0} the chap.
and Jin p.
2. th> >ugb'
out, &c.
h J.Merc,
com. in
£,,/. 1.1.
Jo Dhd.
A g.ofEccl.
Fran. Jim.
Anmt. in
Eccl.i. 1.
i Compare
Eccl. 1. :.
with Eccl.
12. IJ. 14.
Thar K. Salomon was Penman of this Book, is evi-
dent by the Hebrew Title prefixed, The words oj
Ecflejtaftes, [or, the Preacher'] fion of David, King
in Jerufialcm,Now Davidhad no (onKing in Jerurufa-
lem.but Snlomon.The ftilealfo,& manner ofexprelfi-
on throughout the Book confirms the fame, becaufe
the Author of this Book reciting his experiments
with the Creatures, fpeaks of them in the firft perfon,
as his own faH experiments : which were peculiar
to Solomon, as the thin?1 rhcmfelves evidence.
Salomon feems to have wrirten this Book in his
extream old-age, a^ one of his lafl alls, 2 Chron. 9.
29. For, the Subiicf-muter of the Book plainly in-
tjmarcth, it was penned both after Solomons fall, and
afrer or upon fis tiling again by Repentance which
was towards his latter end. Learned /; Writers alfo
confent herdn.
Setf. II T. Scope.
Safe of this Book, is plainly to demonftrate
wherein Manstrue happinefsconfifls. vi/. 1. Nega-
tively, i not in enjoyment of any natural fublimary
created excellency v. hatfoever : all wordly things,
honours, pleafures, riches, accidents, fucceffions,
&c. all humane affaires, flurlies, counfels, affecti-
ons, kc. being ('through (mj not permanent, but
tranfient-, not fatisfying, buc altogether vanity in
themfelves, and vexation unto us: And therefore
we fiiould not let our hearts inordinately upon thofe
falfe imaginary felicities, but rather content our
felves w'nh a comfortable tranfitory enjoyment of
tranfitories, without crakings, coyetoufnefs-, oro-
thcr felf-difquictings ; providently managing our
affaires, and reguUting our aftions and affeftionsin
wifdome, in *riiciiTr of all the changes and revolutions
of the World. 2. Affirmatively, In the enjoyment
I, in .lixnic fear and obedience ; Meditating
Urioufly of Death, and che future Judgment, as the
onely Antidotes againft worldly enfuarements.
So that this Eook is, though moft obfenre and dif-
ficult in it fe!f,f for \ fome think it die objeureft among £ Dubinin
i& II.
mans fupream good and chief happinefs confifls.And
this, 1. Negatively. 2. Affirmatively.
1. NEGATIVELY, He fhews where mans true
bleffednefs is not ro be fouud, v.\,
1. Generally, not in any meer natural fublunary.
treafure in this World. For, 1. All thefe are ex-
treamefl vanity, ver. 2. 2. All humane labour is N
fruitlefs, yer. 3. 3. Man himfelf is more mutable
and changeable,than the Earth,theSun, the Winds,
or waters, v. 4. to 8. 4. All things are troublefome
andinfuffiqent v. 8. 5. There's no new thing under
the Sim; therefore there can be no nevvdifcovery
of hntipineffe more than heretofore, ver fie 9.
to 11.
2. Particularly, True / happineffe confifb, / True
I. Not in Knowledge, 1. Of all natural things.wher- happinefs
in Solomon, having many advantages, ufed much is not in
endeavour, ver. 11. to 16. 2. Of all moral or civil i.Know
aftions, wifdoir.e or folly, vi^_. Virtue or vice, ver. ledge.
16,17, 18. ' chap. 2.
II. Not in m Pleafures or fweeteft Earthly Delights, m 2. plea.
Chap.. II. ver. 1, 2. Where note, 1. His cxperi- fH)es.
ment made among all pollible creature-delights, v.%.
to 10. 2, His content and joy in his delights, v. 10.
3. His fentencc upon all delights, that they are vani-
ty and vexation of Spirit, ver. 11. The infufficien-
cy of both vvifdomand pleafures unto happineffe, is
upon review amplified ; where, I. A Vrelation of
wifdom before plcafure,w.i2, 13, 14. 2. An eva-
cuation of them both as inefficient unto happineffe.
Partly becaufe one event is to the wife and foolifh;
F See this great Qjieftion re-
folved, and Arguments for it,and againft it, considered ; in Seft.
VII. on I Kings, p. 85, 8-:.
a
t
in
CANTICLES.
O R,
so ^cq o£ s 0 j^g s.
Se&. I. Order, and Name.
III. Q Olomon's NUPTIAL BOOK f treating of the
ij) fpiritual elpoufals of Chrift and his Church )
is the SONG OF SONGS. Some of the Hebrews think
a J. Merc, a Solomon firft wrote the Canticles; then the Pro-
fit f. Com. verbs ; laft of all Ealefiailes ; from that conjecture,
in Cant. That yruth'is moll delighted with verfes and fongs,
fag. 142. a Riper-age, in Proverbs, Old-age in publifhing the
vanities of things. But the Hebrew Doctors in a
Tractate cntitulcd Bava-bathra among the Talmud
writings, f fhcv\ing the Series of all the Books of
Scripture, J deliver; That Proverbs fhould be fiift,
Ecclcfidjles next, and Song of Songs loft. And in this
order we have them placed in our Bibles. Origen
fetches the order of thefe Books from the Order and
Scries of Difciplinc, Ethic\s( which are firft ) being
taught In the Proverbes ; Phyfukj, in Ecclefiaftes ;
theoridej, or Divine things, in Song of Songs.
Seel. II. Tenman, and Authority of the
Book-
That Solomon was Penman of this Book, is confent-
ed to on all hands, and is evident in the infeription
of this Book, b The Song of Songs, which « Solomons :
vi^. This Song is Solomons as the irrftrumenral Au-
thor of ir. Thee Hebrews think that according to
his three names, Solomon penned three Books an-
fwerablc, vi^. Proverbs, Ecclefiaftes, and Song of
Songs. The Chaldean Paraphrafl thus expreffes it ;
Songs and Praifes, which Solomon, Prophet, King of If-
raelfpakf.
Among the Hebrews ( as d fome obferve.) there
never was doubt of the Canonical authority of this
Book.
b Song 1. 1.
eGloJf.
Ordinar.
Hieronym.
Prolog, in
Prov.
dD. Pare-
ns in Ad.
vcrf. in
Cant.
CANTICLES.
407
Book. Others have fecined to detract from the au-
thority of it.
l.Becaufe itfeems not to be written by infpiration
of the true Spirit of God, but rather from an amorow
fpirit betwixt Solomon and hu wife ■Pharaoh'1 s daugh-
ter Anjw. 1. The. deareft and fweetefl Communion be-
twixt Jcfus Chrift and his Church or Memhcrs, is
wont in other Scriptures to be Set forth under that
deareft, neareft, andSweereft relation and affecti-
on on earth, vi%. Betwixt a Bridegroom and his Bride
c lfa.62.4, efpouftd to him •, as jn e Ifaiak, f E^ekjel, gHofea,
ifrc. /j Epirtlcs to the Corinthians , and to the i Ephejians.
f £^£. id. Shall we therefore fay that this detracts from the Au-
8. &c. rhoriry of thefe Books ? No; Why then Should this
gffof.2.19. feif-fame Allegory detract from the Authority of
h 2 Cor .u.2 this Song? 2. Solomon being the wifeft King, how un-
i£//;.5,25, comely were it for him, and inconfiftent with his
30. 31, 32. wifdom to exprefe openly, in a publiquc Song, his
private conjugal love unto his wife, which is an un-
ufual thing. 3. Many paiLges in the Song cannot
properly be applyed to King Pharaoh's daughter, as
Cant. 1.6,8. and $6. and3. 1. And many things
are afcribed here to the Spoufe, that would rather
be a womans deformity tiian Ornament. As, An
head likeCaimel ; Nife like the Tower of Lebanon;
Uecl^ like the Tower of David; Eyes like Fift-pooles;
Teeth like flockj of fhom fljeep : and fhe her kit black
ets the Tents of Kedar. it-c. Pharaohs daughter, King
Solomons wife may in fome particulars be intended
as a fhadow of the Church, as Solomon a Type of
£Ergo Chrift : But the k. principal thing intended,is that
fane Solo- fublime heavenly my ftery of deareft love and Com-
monem munion with Chrift and his Church,
cum h;tc
fcriberet, ita ftilum fuum & calamum temperaffe puto, ue ex-
ternas nuptias & terreftres non cogitaret, (ed omnia Sublimia,
myftica, Spiritualia & cceleftia. Jo. Mercer. Praj rat. Comment, .in
Cant.
The Hebrews propofe four things in Scripture
not to be read, but by Such as are come to 2 maturity,
1 Origen. vi%. 30. years of age, which is the age ofthePrieSt-
Prdf. in ly Miniftry. The beginning of Genefls, wherein the
Cant, Creation of the world is defcribed ; The beginning of
Hier.Pro- E^ekjel, wherein the Majefly of the Lord, and the
log.inE^e- Cherubims are fit forth; The End of E^ebiel Jromc.
chiel. 40, &c. Where the Fabrick of the New Temple is
delineated ; but efpecially this Book_of Canticles, left
thofe that perufe this Book, before their affections
"be allayed and mortified, pervert the fpirituals
therein, to a carnal corrupt fence and end. Yet the
ufe of Holy Scripture, in any part thereof is not to
mJoh.t 20 De Pron'biced to any, ('God m requiring them to be
Col. z 16 ftUc*'ed°y aU i) hut the right ufe to be manifefted
to all, that all abufe maybe prevented.
2. Becauje neither the name niH1 Jehovah, nor
Qin^Elohiin are found in this Book., the Autho-
rity of it feems to be leffened. Anfw. 1. Neither thefe
Names, nor any thing equivalent to them are found
in the Book of Eflher, and yet that's counted by fuch
Canonical. 2. Though the names of GOD, LORD,
Sec. are not here expreffed, yet they are implyed in
tiD.Parew the title, BELOVED. The Churches n beloved being
inAdverf. God, as Jewes think ; or Chrifl, as the Chriftians do
in Cant. better expound it. 3. There was lelTe occafion of
expreffing plainly the Name of God or LORD in this
Book, wherein it was the a:me of the Holy Ghoft,
under an external earthly marriage or contract, to
defcribe the Spiritual Union, and Communion of
oCseteriim Chrifl and his Church, as 0 Mercerm noteth.
in hoc li-
bro nihil erat alicubi quod ullum Dei nomen poneret . quia figu-
ris, fimilitudinibus & amigmati bus femel omnia obtegere voluit,
fub nuptiis externisccelefiemdcfcribens, &jnefTabile?n Chrifti.
cumEcclefiafuaconjunctionem, & arctum vinculum » amorem-
que eximium, Jo. Mercer. Pr&fat. Comment, in Cant.
Col. 3. 16
Deu. 6.6.to
10.
Se&. III. Nature^ Excellency ', and Scope
of this Book*
1. Nature of this Book. For the General, Ic is flil-
edASong. Songs were ufually tuned with voice,
Pfalmes with instruments mufical. Eoth Songs and
Pialmes imply the/>choicenef(e of the Subject han-
dled, and therefore worthy to be remembred : and
are ufually arguments of joy and gladneffe in fuch as
fing them, and of prailes to them whom they con-
cern; So this Book-, rfjith q AinfworthJ treating of
mans reconciliation to God, and peace by Jcfus Chrifl,
with py in the Holy Ghfl, is called a Song; which
therefore the faithful ffmld learn tofingnkh under-
ftanding, making melody in their hearts to the Lord,
when they jeel themfelves made partakers of his jot.
But for the particular kind of this Song, whether it
be 1 Hifiorical, 2 Prophetical, zDidallicalor Dottri-
nal, or 4 Mixt, is not fo eaSily determinable. Partly,
becaufeof themyfteriouSnefie and difficulty of the
Book. Partly, becaufeofthe difenting Opinionsof
learned Writers hereabouts. Simer think her in is
defcribed theStateof thcChurch of the Old-Tefta-
ment,from Abeho Jcfus chriSl. Some of the New-
Teftament. Some of both, from the firft promife,
Gen. 3, 15. till the end of the world. Brightman
and Alflediuf are of opinion, that in this Book is de-
fcribed the State of the Church from David to the
end of the world. According to this opinion, thi^
Book is thus diftributed by Alfleditn. .
I. The Old Church is defcribed .according to its con-
dition.
1. Under Kings, from David to the Babylonifh
captivity, chap. 1. and 2. to v. 3.
2. In captivity, chap. 2.ver. z.to 14.
3. After captivity, before Chrift,cb. 2. v. 14. to ch.
z.v.6. After Chrifts birth, chap. 3. v. 6. to chap. 4.
ver. 7.
II. The New Church is defcribed, either as,
1. A firft-born fifter, from Chrifls Refurrection to
the Jewes Converfion , chap. 4. ver. 7. to chap. 6.
ver. 9.
2. A younger fifter ; comprehending the church
of Jewes and Gentiles to be converted, ch. 6. v. 0. to
ch.8. v.li.
3. Compleat of both Jewes and Gentiles,c/;.8.i 1. to
the end.
Mofl Writers, and thofe of ponderous judgment,
rank this Book, not amongft the Hiflorical or Pro-
phetical, but amongft the Didafthal or Dotlrinal
Books. And, all things deliberately considered, I
cannot but incline to their judgment. For. 1
Though there feem to be in this Book fome Hiftori-
cal intimations of things-formcrly done, as in Cant.
1.5,5.9. andz.7,8,9, i°> n- yet they are very
few; and thofe fliort and obfeure Allufions or Alle-
gories, rather than direct Hifiorical Narrations.
And therefore they cannot rationally be thought
Sufficient to denominate this Song Hiflorical. 2.
Though fome pafiages herein are prophetical, as
that touching the Church of the Gentiles tobefonnd-
edandbuilded, Cant. 8. 8, 9. yet they are fo few
in comparison of the whole Book, that hence it can-
not be juftly entituled Prophetical, any more than
Genefis is Prophetical, becaufe divers Prophecies are
difperfed therein. 3. If the Several parts of this
Eook, which are counted Hiftorical or Prophetical
in reference to fuch and fuch times, as is mentioned
in this former distribution, be exactly considered,
we may eafily perceive what obfcure,difficulr, im-
pertinent, groundleffe, harSh and forced applicati-
ons they are. 4. The main bulk and body of the
Song doth moft naturally and genuinely defcribe,
p]am.$:,i.
Eph. 5. 1 9.
Exod. 15.
Jiidg. 5.
Tfa.26.
2 Sam. 22.
1%L 60.1,
2, 3, fee.
<\H.Ainfw.
Annot.in
Cant. 1. I.
r //.Allied.
Tif«l.Pro-
phet.inlfag
in Cant.
408
CANTICLES.
Chip. i. to in.
fas AHgHftine f noccth) the mutual love of Chrift
and hrs Church under, the Allegory of a Bridegroom
a.ici Bride, in a Doctrinal way. And therefore moft
properly this Book isro be counted Dolhinal, rather
than Prophetical or ffiftorxat.
fReftatil-
bcr
Soloi
cuj is in-
fcriprio
eft, C«nr/-
tumCanticorum. Sed de illo in hoc opus quid rramferre poffu-
mus, cum totusamores fanctosChrifti & Ecclefia? figurata locu-
tione commendet, & Prophetica pronunciet altitudine : nifi
quod in eo, quamvisfit ad intelligtndum difficillimus, poflumus
tjnien facile adverrere; quantum fit divina illa,&divinitus infpi-
rJrac'i2ritasappetenda, quantique pendenda, &c. D. Aug.Spe-
cui. Tun. £./>. 939. Bafil. 1569.
2. Excellency ofthU Bool^h very great, in refpeft of
Author, Matter, Form, andEnd thereof. I. Author
of this Book, ("nuttofpeak of the principal efficienc
Author, the Holy Ghoft from whom it hath its au-
thority ancl chief excellency, but of the inftrumen-
t'fant.i \. ta''-^ wait Solomon. Solomon was not only the rich-
,,/,'jJ/ eft and moft peaceable of all the Kings, but alfo
ii zc'hro ' t^'eu vv'^e^ of all the Kings of the Earthmone before
• ' 2 '&n 1 or after him like unto him, Andy, all the earth fought
iiC/n.4.24. :>'e f"ce 0/ Solomon to hear bit wifdome. So that
x \K1n1X. nerc'n tn's hook excels, being penned by Solomon
io. and &. t'le w'^e^ of a 1 1 the Prophets. II. SubjeS- Matter of
2 " 2Tirtn'^ ihisBook,is not any vulgar common or points of Rell-
iq. 24. 8'0'1' hut the moft choice, fublime, fpiritual, hea-
\kev.\9. vcn'v rayfteries of Holy Communion betwixt Jefus
j6ffgi,j,\ Chrift himfclf and his Church; Jefus Chrift being
zRev lV-7 y Ki"& 0/K/n£-<5and clie brightnejlofhit Fathers Glory.
a 1 Pw.2. 9 T!le cl,urc'1 being the choice ft fociety on earth,z 77;e
bfixorf. *i. Lambs wife, the a Holy Nation,b Gods peculiar trea-
' Jure above all people in the earth. And Spiritual
Communion betwixt thein, with the choice delights
, of that Communion, being the very Height and glory of
all Prallical Divinity. How excellent is this Book
that treats of this tranfeendent Theame / III. The
forme or Manner how thefe My fteries are here repre-
cCant.1.1. fentedtous, is in way of a Song) and that c the
Song of Songs. It is a Song; therefore excellent:
Songs being choice fuccinct pieces, grateful to the
ear, helpful to the memory, and delightful! to the
heart, working much upon the affections. It is the
Song of Songs which vo.is Solomons; vi\.. both the
choifeft and excellenteft of all the Songs which Solo-
dlJ&flg.4« mon penned, ('which were d one hundred and five
32> in all, J as Chrift,whom ir concerns, is King of Kings.
eCanti- and alio the rareft and moft admirable Song in all
cum Can- the Scriptures, C~a% e Mercerus noteth,J this Song
ticorum more fully and excellently fetting forth the great
intelligjs, myftery of Communion betwixt Chrift and his
nontan- Church than any other. This Song alfo is digefted
mm inter in form of a Dialogue between Chrift and his Church,
Solomonis asfpeakers; or of a Thm/o^e betwixt the \ BriJe-
Cantici groom, Chrift; iThe Bridegrooms fit 'ends, vi^. An-
lectiffi- gels, Saints, Prophets, Apoftles, and all the faith-
mum, fed ful Preachers of the Word of Chrift. 3 Tike Bride her
inter om- felf, viz. the Church and faithful Members of Chrift;
niaCanti- And &,The Churches Companions called the Daughters
ca, qua: o(Jerufalem, viz. All that follow the Church, Thefe
unquam four being brought in as ("peaking to one another,
antehac throughout this Song; the accurate difcovery of
fcripra whofe feveral and respective fpceches is none of the
fuerunt finalleft difficulties in this Song, IV. The End and
imo&de- Scope ofthis Song is alfo fingularly excellent, as after
it will appear.
incep
fcripra in
Scripcumfaoris (qnanrn magis in profanis J eminentiffimum.
Namiic.i era Script nr.i ■ Canrica diligcntiiis pcrpendas. fingula
fere in illis myftcria reperies : Et hie omnia tarn veteris quam
nova- legis myftcria fub ftguris & fmiilitudinibus tcfta invenies ;
& qu;f evencrunt, & quz eventura funt. Jo. Mercer. Comment.
in Cant. i.i.
Upon ronfiderationof the Excellency of this Book,
fCcteroj lr j^.hai/ ("ome have called other Books of Scripture
IftraSM. //"/-y' hl,c rhls I:ook the Holy °fHolics' or the S''"H<~
ftw cfle no t) ojSanilities, as the perfection of the reft. Others
tant, hunc
vero San-
fltim J>an-
&orum,vekt
CJCccrorum
apicem.hinc
& hoc einn-
men foltnc
trilmerc.
W"lp
Sancticu
Sane ltacum
Jo Merc.
Prtfat.
Com. in
Cant.
g Jo. Diod.
Arg. before
Canticles.
g compare thefe three Books of Solomons writting to
the three parts of the Temple of Solomons building.
rf£. Proverbs to the Porch, Ecclefmftes to the San-
iluary, or Holy place, but this Song of Sengs to the
Holy of Holies. Herein we have a lively Reprefenta-
tion of the Spiritual State of Chrifts Spoule in this
world, fometimes inclining to carnal/eew/ry, fome-
times lamenting under fpiritual defertions, and fome-
times conflicting with fttarp temptations. Her own
bl.tcleifJmefs and infirmities are not concealed,heibeau-
ty and Glory derived from Chrift are displayed, and
her Carnal ble mi flies are improved as foyls with
greater luftte to fet off her fpiritual beauty. Herein
we have lively a protraicture of Chrifts incomparable
amiablenefs and fweetnefs, as the moft compleat,
lovely, attractive piece in the whole, world able to
ravifh into an extafie of Love the hearts of both Saints
and Angels. Herein we have a wonderful difcovery
of that great myftery, that Spirinual Paradij'e, that
Heaven on earth, vi^. Sweet Communion betwixt
Chrift and his Church, in their heavenly Efpoufals,
longing after each other with reftlefs love-fick de-
fires, embracing each other in clafping arms of ar-
dent love, folacing and contenting themfelves in
mutual enjoyments with raviilied delight, moft jea-
loufly impatient of all difturbance, or interruption
of their Communion, and moft fervently panting af-
ter compleat fruition of each other in the fpicy moun-
tains of ^ Heaven it felf. 0 blejfed Boo\_ ! 0 p leaf ant
Eden/ How full of fweetneffes art thou to experienced
Souls, that have, and love, and live upon the Lord Je-
fits, and lenow what it ii to lodge in hit dearefl Bofome ?
What pleasure take they in reading, underftanding and
meditating of thee ; but effect ally in feeling in their own
Souls thefe glorious things fj>o\en by thee/
Sed:. III. Scope.
Scope of this Song, it under the Metaphor or Alle-
gory of Lovers upon Contrail, and intending marriage;
tofladaw out to us, thatfublime, Spiritual,happy Uni-
on andCommunion betwixt Chrift and his Church, which
it inchoate on this Life, more imperfeflly with the Jews,
more perfeflly with the Gentiles: and fl) all be conf urn-
mate in the Life to come.
This is carried on Dialogue-wife, betwixt Chrift
and his Church ; His Friends and her D.*mo/e//,being
the four Speakers: efpecially the two firft: as is the
Cuftome ofa Bridegroom and a Bride ; as was former-
ly noted.
Sett. IV. Trincifial farts.
Principal Parts of this Song of Songs are 1 The In-
fcription, 2 Subftance of the Song, 3 Gonclujion.
Tfje Infer ipt ion, denoting the 1 Kind of writing, 2. t.
Excellency, 3 and 1'enman of it, c. i;j.
The Subftance ofthis Song, Streaming out a Torrent II.
of Spiritual Love betwixt Chrift and the Churcb,jaid
down Dialogue -wife, in a familiar Colloquy betwixt,
1. Chrift as the Bride-groom. 2. The Church as the
Bride, and 3. The Friends of them both rejoycing io
the marriage; All in a continued Allegory. Herein
are particularly,
I. The ardent Defires of the Church after Chrift,
as impatient of his abfencc ; with Chrifts acceptance
thereof. Ch I. ver.2.to 9, chap. I.
II. The reciprocal invitatory Commendations of
one another ; and the mutual gratulations and con-
tentment of Chrift and the Church in one another :
ver.Q.tothe endof Ch.ll. Chap. 2.
• III. The Churches renewed Defires night and day,
at Home and Abroad, in the City, in the Fields,
fjas it were J to bring Chrift nearer to her felf, Ch. Chap. 3.
III. 1. to 6. yea, rather to have her felf brought im-
mediately to the full enjoyment of Chrift in Heaven,
v. 6. to the end.
IV. Chrift
Chap. IV. to VIIL
CANTICLES.
409
IV. (Thrift mod affectionately praifeth his Church
in her Members, profefline himfelf ravifhed with
Chap. 4. her Faith, Graces, and Spirirua! Beauty, Ch. IV. 1.
ro 15. Which is amplified, 1. By the Churches felf-
denying, acknowledging all her Graces to come
from Chrift as the Fountain,!/. 15. 2.By her Prayer
for his influence to make her (as a Garden of Spices)
more and more fruitful; and for his prefence to ac-
cept her Fruit, v. \6. 3. By Chrifts fatisfying her
_, defires, coming into his Garden, accepting the Fruits
Chap. 5: tjiereofi and welcoming his Friends,Ch.V.r.i.
V. The Churches Spiritual Dejertion, in Chrifts
withdrawing himfelf from her. Where are, I. the
Occafion of it , Hercarnai Security, ver. 2. 3. II. the
Manners of it ;withdrawing,yet leaving fom quickning
Grace behind him, v. 4. 5. III. the Confequents of
it, in refpeft of, 1. The Church her felf, v. 4,5.6.
2. The Watchmen abufing her, v. 7. 3. The Daugh-
ters nj Jerufulem, whom fhe charged to fignifie her
diftrefs to her beioved,u8. This charge is amplified.
i.Partlyby the enquiry of the Daughters of Jerufa-
lem, what Chrift is > v. 9. 2. Partly by the Churches
pathetical defcription of Chrifts tranfeendent excel-
lencies, v. 10.ro theend. 3. Partly by the enquiry of
Chap. 6. tne daughters of Jerufalem after Chrift, Ch. VI. v.i.
4. Partly by the Churches declaring to them where
Chrift, was, w^. He was now returned and gone
down into his Garden, v.2. s- Partly by her affectio-
nate complacency in Chrift returned,^.
Vl.Chrifts fweet and condolatory deportment towards
hit Church after her Defertion, and his return to her.
Wherein, i. Heaffures her fhe is as precious in his
eyes, and as dear to his heart as ever, v. 4. to II. 2.
He declares his defire of the fpiritual Spring of the
Churches Graces, after the Winter of her arfli&ion.
v. 11. 3. He difcovers the Rapture of his ravifhed
affections to her, moft fweetly Inviting her to him-
felf, v. 12, 13. moft highly commending her through-
out, Ch. VII. v. 1. to 8. and Promising his prefence,
and what he will do for her, that fhe may become
moft delightful to him, ver. 8, 9.
VII. Finally, the Church reciprocates her utmoft
affection to Chrift, for his love. And this, I. More
Generally, v. io. II. More Particularly, Her defire,
i.That Chrift and fhe may go together to view their
Husbandry, whether their plants did flourifliand
fructifie, vi^. Whether the Gofpe! and fruits there-
of did thrive, v. 11,12, 13. 2. That fhe may enjoy
Chap. 8. chrift moft intlmatly and familiarly, Ch.VIII. v. 1.2,
3. 3. That the Daughters of Jerufalem may not di-
sturb him, 1/.4. 4. That it may be confidered,what
fhe hath forgone, and undergone forChrift's love,v.$.
5. ThatChrift would give her a fuller i. Confirmati-
on of his love, fetting her as a Seal upon his heart ; and
a fuller 2. Manifeftation or evident affurance thereof,
Setting her as a Seal upon his Arm, ftrengthening, At-
taining, helping her, &c. and this becaufe fhe bears
to Chrift an Invincible and unquenchable love, v. 6,
7. 6. That the Gentiles called A little fifter, may
be called and incorporated into the Church with the
Jews, v. 8, 9, 10. This is amplified by Chrifts com-
mon care of both, as one Vineyard kept by himfelf,
not by others, as Solomo was,iw. ii. 12, Chrift
teaching his Spofue her duty •, Partly, to her neigh-
bours, in publishing and bearing witnefs to his Truth;
Partly, to himfelf, in Prayer and Thankfgivhag,
the Conclufion of the Song, containing the Churches
moft ardent defire after Chrifts Second coming, that
the Marriage betwixt Chrift and her felf may be com-
pleatly confummated in Heaven, thofe Mountains of
Spices, ver. 14.
Chap. 7.
III. TbeTrophetical
THu- far of Books Hiflorical and Doftrinal; Now
to the Books Prophetical. For diftinction fake
they are called PROPHETICAL, becaufe the
matter of them is principally Prophetical, chough
many Hiflorical and Dotlrinal pailagcs arealfoinfert-
ed in them all along ; as there are many Prophecies
of things to come,difperfcd up and down the other
Books, which yec are principal, Hiflorical, andD;-
tliinal.
Rules or Directions for the better
derftanding the Prophetical
Bookj*
i.Confider well thefeveral times wherein thefeve-
ral Prophets flourished and prophecied, and compare
their Prophecies with the ftate of thofe Times re-
fpeftively, as they are formerly dtferibed in the Hi-
florical Books ■■, this will lend much light to the clear-
ing of thofe Prophecies. The fever al times of their
Prophecying,fee in the following Chronological Table.
2.The Prophets are wont to fpeak of things to come
as if they were already paft orprefent.zs,Ifa.$2,. through-
out. Becaufe they are certainly determined upon in
Godsdecree, and areas fure to cometopafs, asif
they were already actually fulfilled.
3. Moft commonly they are wont in their threat n-
ings againji the wicked, to intermingle Promifes and
comforts to the godly : I. Partly , that the godly
may not be terrified with Gods feverity , who
will put a difference betwixt the godly and the
wicked ; 2. Partly, to have a door of hope open c-
ven for the wicked if they will repent. Andcontra-
riwife ufually with their promifes to the Godly, they in-
terweave threatnings againji the wicked, 1. Partly,
asaflaming_ Sword to keep off un^dly ones from
falfe applying of the comforts to themfelves, which
belong not to them ; 2 Partly, to caution the godly a-
gainft fecurity, and that they rejoycewith trembling,
Pfal.2. H.
4. In foretelling or promifing temporal mercies or de-
liverances, they are wont commonly to raife up their pro-
mifes unto fpiritual bleffings and deliverances oj the foul,
and inthreatning temporal punifimentt to the wicked,
they are wont to proceed to threaten fpiritual and eter-
nal. 1. Partly, becaufe temporal bleffings and deli-
verances to the Jews were types of fpiritual and eter-
nal, by Chrift. 2. Partly, becaufe temporal judge-
mentsinthis world upon the wicked, are butear-
neftsand handfels of eternal vengeance in the world
tocome. 3. Partly, becaufe neither without fpiritu-
al bleflings and deliverances Gods people can have
fufficient and folidconfolation: nor without eternal
vengeance, can the wicked receive their proporti-
onable compenfation.
Therefore thefe temporals, fpirituals and eter-
nal, oftfpokenof joyntly and moreconfufedIy,muft
he prudently diftingufhed, that the fence obfeured
thereby may be the more cleared.
5. When they fpeak of the Kingdom, an d benefits of
\l Chriflto be performed under the New teii anient, they
are wont to vail th'fe Evangelical myfleries under Mo-
M mm m m fnital
410
The KET of the Bible.
Mofaical andTypical things in ufeintbe Church under
the Old Teftament. And therefore the meer letcer of
the Prophets expreflions muft no: be terminated or
refted in, but the fpiritual meaning, primarily in-
tended, muft be inquired into.
Thefe Prophetical Books are in all 16. fj Lamentati-
ons being counted an Appendix to Jeremiah. ) They
maybe confidcred twowayes. i. According to the
times of their prophecy, and writing. 2. According
to their Order, as fei in our Bibles. They are not
placed in our Bibles, in that Method and Order as
they were at the firft fpoken and written by the Pro-
phets.
I. According to the times wherein they were firft pro-
phefied and written. Thefe times are for the moft part
dilcovered in the beginning of the feveralProphefies,
and of fuch we may determine certainly : or they
maybe collected from other Scriptures, or themar-
ter of the Proprieties, of which we cannot conclude
altogether fo clearly.
Thefe Times maybe referred ("as the H'ftorical
Books J to three principal periods, w^. 1. Before, 2.
Neer or under. 5. After the Babylonifh Captivity.
And if in thefe tjiree Periods, we parallel thefe Pro-
phets with thofe Hifiorical Books, they will notably
help toclearand explain one another.
A Chronological Table of the Order of Times wherein the
Prophets Prophecied :
Somewhat differing from the Order wherein they are placed in our Bibles.
1. T) Efo'ethe tranfportation of the Jewes into Ba-
Jf3 bylon's Captivty ', and in the dayes of Jeroboam
fonof Joafl) King o\lfacl, and ofVzjiah, Jotham,
Ahaz., He^elyab, andjofiah, Kings of Judah ; thefe
Prophets Prophefied, Viz.
1. J 0 N A H, C called Jonas, Mat. 1 2. 2.9, 40. J
Hcprophefied before or about the beginning of the
Reign of Jeroboam fon of Joafl) King of Ifrael, who
reftored the coaft of Ifrael Jfrom the entring of Hamath
to thefe a of the Plain, according to the word of the Lord
Cod of Ijrael, which he fpalee by the hand oj hisfervant
Jonah the {on of Amittai, the Prophet, which was of
Guth-hepher, 2 K'mg. 14. 25. Which was before or
about the beginning of Jeroboams reign, as Jun.Annot.
in Jon. 1. 1. and Parens in Adverf.ibid. conceive: a-
bout the clofeof his reign, thinks Drufw in Qu&fit.
Epift. 9.
2. HOSEA prophefiedin the dayes of Jeroboam
the fon of J om King of Ijrael, and in the dayes of 1)^-
\iah, Jotham, Aha^, and Hi\e\iah Kings oj Judith,
Hof. 1. 1. Which muft needs be a very long time,
^/<.for the fpace of 79. years at lcalt, as that learned
And. Riv. in Comment, in Hof. 1.1. computes by thofe
Kings reigns.
3. J DEL ;vjhcnhc prophecied is not foexprefly
laid down in Scripture, and therefore his time cannot
fo certainly be defined as of others. Among learned
Writers, Jcwcs and other? there's great variety and
uncertainty about it.
1. Some of the Hebrews think this Joel was the
fon of Samuel rhe Prophet,one ofSamutls fons being
named Joel, 1 Sam. 8. 1, 2. But the context there
ver. 3. confutes this opinion •, And his fons walked not
titbit w.t)':s, but turned a fide after lucre, and took_bri-
bes, and perverted judgment; which corruptions we
cannot juftly believe to have been in this holy Pro-
phet Joel; He (as other Prophets J being an holy
man of God, 2 Per. 1.31'
2. Some think Joel was contemporary to Jehoflia-
ph.it King, of Judah, and Jchor.tm King of Ifrael, be-
caufcof the levtn years famine then foretold by
Elipia the Prophet, 2 King. 8. 1. Sec. And that as
fliflia foretold the famine, fo Joel foretold the man-
ner how it fhould come to palfc ; by locufh, cankcr-
womics and ouer-pillers, Joel 1.4. This opinion
imfcrlbed to K,Sebelom J And Lyra approve* it.
See Mercer. & al. Comment, in Joelip. 192. But Tar-
novius in Prole gom.inJoely difiikes this opinion, be-
caufe the famine of which Joel fpeaks, feems to have
been onelyfour years, Joel 1.3. andbecaufehereis
no mention in this prophecy of the ten Tribes he
thinks it probably fell out after their carrying away.
3. The Hebrew Chronicle called Q^iy "no
Seder-Olam, i.e. 7fa order of time, writes," that Joel
lived under Manaffeh, of the fame time with Nahum
and Habbakuk the prophets-, but becaufe Manaffeh
was not right, his name is not mentioned; ("asfome
obferve, Mercer. . 94.
Hanov. 1602,
5. ISAIAH prophecied in dayes of Vzj^iab, Jo-
tham, Aha^, and He^ckjah, Kings of Judabjf. 1. 1.
and 38. 1. &c.and 39. 3. He Prophecied about eighty
or ninety years, thinks Helvicus inChronol. ubi Supr.
, 1 1 :
rherefore it is molt likely that Nabum prophecied
for the comfort of Gods People againft the Ajfyrians,
in the latter end oiHe^ekjuhs reign, or thereabouts
Tarnov. Com. in Nah. in Proleg. Helvic. Chronol. />. 15.
Gicffa Heffor. M. DC. XXII. Though fome refer
this Prophecy rather to the time of Manaffes, O-
therstothe timeof fojiah ; zndH'terome, according
to the Hebrews opinion, rimes ir a little before the
Ajfyrian captivity. See Parem in Adverf. in Nah. &
Jun.Annot.in Nah. 1, 1.
8. HABBAKKVK feems to have prophecied in
the dayes of Manajfeh or Jejiab', and before the
times of Zedelejab. 1. Partly, becaufe he laments
fo notably the defperare and incurable wickednefs of
the people, which was in thofe times. 2. Partly,
becaufe he premonifheth them of their approach-
ing deftruction by the Chaldeans, As Calv.Pr&lett.
in Hab.t&Jun. Annot. in Hob. 1. r. and the Hebrews
are of opinion, Par. in Adverf. in Hab. Therefore
///erowy opinion of his prophecy after the Babyloni-
an captivity, is very improbable.
9.ZEPHANIAH, He prophecied in the dayes of
Jofialu/;e fon of Amon King of Judah, Zeph.i. i.Nor
read we that he prophecied at all after King Jafiahs
death.
II. Nereupon, under, and after the Babylonifl) Captivi-
ty, Thefe Prophets flourifl>ed and Prophecied, viz.
1. JEREMIAH prophecied in the dayes oj Jofiah,
in the thirteenth year of his Reign, and in the daies of
Jehoiakim bis fon, till the end of the eleventh year of
Zedekiah/on of Jofiah Kingof Judah, unto the carry-
ing away of Jerufalem Captive in the fifth moneth,Jer.
1. i, 2, 3. being compared with Jer. 51.64. Thus
Jar are the words of Jeremiah. So that the 52.chap-
ter following feems to be written by fome other than
Jeremiah (as Junius there notes J and continues
the Hiftory till Evilmerodac King of Babylon. So that
Jeremiah prophecying till King Zedehiah'i eleventh
year, he prophecyed till the deftruction of Jerufalem
and the Temple, which in that year fell out Jer. $2.
_$, 6, 7. &c. 12. 13. , Amos 1. 1. which
as Mercerw noteth, was about one hundred years af-
ter Akab ;and therefore it is not likely that this is that
Obadiab in Ahabs days. 3. Others judge moft pro-
bably that this Obadiah was contemporary to Jere-
miah, they both of them prophecying agarnft the
Idtuneans, in almoft the fame words and phrafes.
Compare with Obad. ]er. 49. 7. to 23. and£?<.'t.
25. throughout. Now J ere mi ah prophecied againft
Edom after he was carried into A'gypt, viz. after )e-
rufalems deftruftion, ]er. 43. 5, 6, 7. Thus think
Jun. in Annot. in Obad. 1. 1. & Calv. in Pr&leU. in
Obad. in Proem.
III. After the Jews Return fiom the B.tbyloniffi Cap-
tivity, prophecied thefe Prophets, viz.
i. HAGOA1. He began to prophecie inthefecond
year of Datias the King inthefixth moneth, in thefirjt
day of the moneth. Hag. 1. 1. and prophefied till the
ninth moneth of that year, thetwenty fourth day of
the moneth, Hag. 2. io, 20.
2. ZECHARIAH. He began to prophecie, in the
fecondyearof Darius, in the eighth moneth, lech. 1. 1.
and continued till the fourth year of King Darius, the
fourth day of the ninth moneth, lech. 7.1.
3. MALACH1 was the lafl Prophet of the Old
Teflament, after whom Prophecy ceafed, tilljefus
Chrift the great Prophet was revealed in ourflefh.As
Haggai and Zechary Strengthened the Peoples hands
and encouraged them in the building of the Temple,
E\r. 5. 1. and 6. 14. So Malachi reproves their in-
gratitude in corrupting the true Worfhip of God, not
long after the Temple was builded, as the tenour
of his Prophecy fhewes. See Junius Annot at. in
Mai. 1. I.
II. According to their Order as they are placed in our
Bibles. And fo they are refolved into two ranks,
&c. nores,q\x\a
which were digefted into one volume of old by the fermones
Jewes,fcalled the>Book_ofthe Prophet r,Act-7. 42. Jleft eorum
any of them fhould be loft, fome of them being very funt bre-
fmall. All thefe Books are denominated from their ves, in
Penman, except the Lamentations. eorum
com para -
trone qui Majores idco vocantur; quia prolixa volumina condi-
derunr. Aug. de Civ. D. /. 18. c. 29.
I. Tfje Greater Prophets, are the Books of Ifaiah,
Jeremiah, E^et-iel, Daniel.
*i
Ifaiah
ISAIAH
4«3
Sedh I. Order, Penman, and Excellency
of the Book.
THis Book is ranked firft in Order, ("though in
Time both a Jonah, Hofea, Joe/, and Amos appear
Chronoloe,. to have been before himj perhaps becaufe of the
Table, fyc. largeneffe and lingular excellence of this Prophecie.
b Cum E- It is a note of b Hierom's, That ifaiah k equal to, or
faias duo- greater than all the 1 2 leffer Prophets , in the number of
decimpro- verfes.
phetis,
juxta numerum verfuum aut squall's, ut major fit. Hieron. Proem,
in Efa.Tom. 5.
This Prophecy is Excellent, in many refpefls.
1. The Author or Penman of it was that eminent
Prophet Ifaiah, Ifa. r. 1. His name [1H "> ytf/ 1]
imports c The-Salvation-of-God. How appofitely ac-
commodated to him, that fo wonderfully reveales
Lexic.fantl Chrift who is Gods falvation! This Ifaiah f A Calvin
Se<$. 78. thinks)was of the Royal ftock,heing the fon of Amos,
Ifa. 1. 1. brother of K. V^iah. As e Vives notes'
out of Hierome, was of noble defcent ,wife , eloquent,
and without ruflicity in hitftUe ; Propheciedin Hierufa-
lem and Iudea. Isfuppofed to befawen infunder by Ma-
naffes King ofludah, with a wooden [aw : hence that in
fraterfuiffe Heb. 11. 1. ("were fawn in funderj is referred to Ij "a-
creditur iah. /Ambrofe alfo intimates he was [awed in the
midfx.— — Andelfewhere fpeakingofthe parable
c Greg.
Gregor,
^Nomi
natur hie
ejus
pater A-
moz,qui
m Mat. 2 1, g Who was he that was wounded in the head?
verily Ifaiah; the [fame ofwhofe body the faw did foon-
er divide, than bend his faith, rend hi* constancy, or
cut the vigour of his mind aj "under.
Azana? re-
gis judaj,
undcap-
paret Ifai-
am fuiffe
ftirpis re-
gis, atque in eo veteres omnes confentiunt, Sec. Jo Calvin Pra-
fat. ante Ij "a. p. 5.
e Hieronymus ad Paulam fy Fuftochium, Efaiam nobilem fuiffe
virum fcribit, difertum, & urbans eloquentis, nee habentem
quicquam in eloquio ruftidtatis admiftum. Nee eum tarn Pro-
phetam dicendum quam Evangeliftam. Prophetavit in Jerufa-
lem & Judsa. Serratus eft a Manaffe rege Juda? focero fuo, ut
Hebrxi ferunt, ferra lignea. TJnde quod ad Hebrsos undeci-
mo de fanftorum fuppliciis legitur, Serrati funt, ad Ifaiam re-
ferrifolet. Caufascurfit occifus, recenfet Hieronymus libro pri-
ma Comment ariorum in hunc Prophetam, L. Vives in Aw.de Civ.
Dei. lib. 18. cap. 29.
/Negetbeatum Efaiam, cum mediusferraretur. Hieremiam,
cum mergeretur, &c D. Ambrof. de Iacob & vita be*ta,l.z. c. 9.
fub.fin. p. 107 1. A. B. apud Hugon. a Porta 1549.
g Quis autem eft HIe,qui in capite vulneratus eft .«" nimirum E-
faias, emus facilius com pagem corporis ferra divifit, quam fidem
indinavir conftantiamvederrivit, aut vigorum mentis execuit.
Ambrof. comment, lib. 9. Luc& cap. 20. p. 1772. D.
_ z.Thefub'jetl-matter of his Prophecy is excellent,
much of it being fpent in fweeteft cordials and com-
forts to the Church of God, promifed in reference
to the times of the New Teftament ; and in many
Evangelical preditfions of Chrift the trueMeifiah,
the kernel of the Covenant of all the Promifes, and
of the whole Scriptures, h Hierome hereupon faith fcNulIus-
odfaiahs Prophecy, Let none thinl^that I covet to com- que putet
prehendthe arguments of this volume in aflmt difourfe, me volu-
feeingthis prefent Scripture contains all the Lords fa- minis ifti-'
credmyfteries , and both he that was born of a Virgin, us argu-
and alfo was the doer of famous worlds and fignes: was mentum
dead and buried, and rifenfrom the dead, and the Sa- brevicu- |
viour of all Nations, is here preached. What [Inula I pere fer-
$eakofPhyfic\s, Ethic\s, and Logic\ ? Whatfoever mone
« in [acred Scriptures, whatfoever the tongue of man compre-
can utter, and the fenfes of mortals receive, is tontain- hendere,
ed in this Volume. cumuni-
. , vcrfa Do-
mini facramenta prxfens Scriptura contineaf, & tarn natusde
virgine Emmanuel, quam illuftriumpatratoroperum atque fig-
norummortuusacfepiiltus, & refurgens ab inferis, & falvator
univerfarum Gentium prsdicerur. Quidloquar de Phyfica, E-
thica & Logica ? Quicquid fan&arum eft Scripturarum ; Quic-
quid poteft humana lingua proferre, 8r mortalium fenfus acci-
pere, ifto volumine continetur. B.Hieron. Proem, in Efaiattti
Tom, I.
3-The Manner of it, His Prophefie is laid down
eloquently , certainly , pathetically and lively,
1 Eloquently; he is not rough and cragged,but fmooth
and polifhed, curioufly garnifhed with allkindof
Rhetorick; nor are his elegancies of a low vulgar
ftrain, but fublime, heroick,majefticaI : The Prince-
ly fiatelineffe of his ftile hath inclined fome to be-
lieve that he was of the blood-Royal. 2. Certainly,
therefore his Prophecy is denominated zVifiani, ; Genus
as it were a thing evidently feen with his eyes . And fcripti de-
what is more certain than what we fee with our eyes? monftratuf
3 Pathetically and lively. Doth he reprove fin ? how vifionis no.
cuttingly and peircingly doth he defcribe it? Ifa. 1. mine .• eft
& 5. Doth he comfort the people of God ? how enim vijio
fweetly, clofely, intimately doth he fpeak to their omnis Do-
heart ? as tnlfa.43. and 49. 15. and c. 54. Doth he drina
promife Chrift ? how clearly doth he reveal him to divinitus
the very life, defcribing him and his fufferings for revelata ;
his people, as already paftor prefent, rather than quia Deus
to come jasaftually exhibited, rather than to be ex- quibufcun-
hibited for the future ? as in Ifa. 1 1. and 42. and 55. que vifurri
and 55. and 61. Hence among the ancients, as eftrevela-
k Hierome, 1 Auguftine,$cc. he is ftiled The Evangelical re, res ip-
Prophet, and the Prophetical Evangelift, or the E- fas quo-
vangelift and Apoftle of the Old Tejlament. dammodo
& fpeftandas oculis fervorum fuorum exhiber,ad obfipnandam
earurr. certitudinem, ut idem Propheta periphraftice exponic
infra, 2. 1. & exponit cap. 6. Jim. Annot. in Ifa. L 1.
^Sicexponam Efaiam, ut iliam non folum Prophetam fed
Evangeliftam & Apoftolum doceam. Ipfe enim de fe & de ce-
teris Evangeliftis ait, Quam fpeciof pedes Evangel.^antium bona
Evangeh^antium pacem ! Et ad ipfum quafiad Apoftolum lo-
quitur Deus : Quern mitt am, &c. Et ille refpondet, Ecce eeo, mine
me. B. Hmon. Proem, in Efai. Tom. 5. * J
VirNobiliffimusEfaias, cui Deus maiorigradu res futuras re-
velavir, & non tarn Prophets quam Evangeliflx mereatur Vi-
detur enim non futura prsedicere vcrborum involucris, quimos
eft rehquis Prophetis, fed aperte detefteque pr*terita enarrare.
Heron, ad Paulam (£r Eujiochium.
Nnnnn ^fl
4H
ISAIAH.
Chap. I,
An ancient Doctor called hiifl the Fifth Evangelift. Diod. Arg.
of Ifaiah.
/Efaiasinrer ilia qua: iniqua arguit, & jufh prarrepit, & pec-
carori pop j!o mala fuiura prafdixit, etiam de Chrifti Ecclefia,
hoc eft, de Rege, & ea quasi condidic ci vicate, muko plura quam
cxrcri prophetavit. Ira ut 4 quioufdam Evangelifta, quani
Prcpheta potius diccretur. Aug. de Civ. Dei, lib. 18. c. 29. Tom. 5.
4. Thisprophecieof Ifaiah harh alwaiesbeen of
highcft account with all forts. Chrift and his Apo-
fttes highly eftecnied this book. He who preached
m Luk. 4. all Text, yet fometimes in his preaching m takes his
17, 18. text out of Ij.tiah the Prophet 5 and this Prophet is
compiled oftntr alleadgedin the New Teftament thanany one
■w th [fa. boo,; of Old Teftament beiides, except the Pfalmes.
61. i.&c. nSome note that Ijaiah is quoted fixty times, the
nHen. Ffalmes itxiy four times. Alfted. Among the very
Aiftsdiji Ethiopians rhis book was in fuch repute, that the
frfcog. Ethiopian Eunuch made it his [ Vade mecum^ ~) his
The A. 1.2. companion in his journey, and read the Prophet
c. 122. If.ti.ih in his cha.iot, though he understood him not,
All 8. 27, 23. And Ambrofe fo highly el teemed and
0 Iufinuavi valued this Prophecie,that when Auguftine 0 wrote to
per lireras hir.; for his advice what part of Scripture he fhould
Anriliiri efpecially reade, headvifedhim to reade thePro-
ti'O/iroS. plui Ifaiah. 1 fuppofe ( faith Auguftine ) becauje he
A'rabxofio, H a more clear foreteller oj the Gtfpel, and of the calling
priUinos of the Gentiles, than the reft. But Auguftine not under-
trrores ftjtnding hti nift rea ding, and fuppofing all the reft to be
ineos, & like, deterred it till he had gained more shj 11 in the
prifens Word of the LORD.
vorum
iiicum, ut monerct quid potifllmum mihi de libris tuis legendum
efletquq prac pLndstanra: gratia; para i^r aptiorque ficrenvAt
ille iutfit Efaiam prophetam, credo quia prs ceteris Evangelii
vocationifqueSenciumfit pramunciator apertior. Veruntamen
ego prima-" hujus lectionem non intclligens, totumque talem
arbirrans, diltuli repetendumexercuatior in Dominico eloquio.
D. Aug. in Confeff. lib. 9. c. 5. Tom. 1.
Seft. II. time.
When, and Hrnv long Ifaiah prophecied, is more
oblcurely intimared, vi^. In the dayes ofVzjjah, Jo-
iham, Ahaz,dtid He^ekjah Kings cfjudah, Ifa. 1. I.
but in what year of V^ziah he began, and in what
> carol He^elcjah heceafed to prophefie, is not here
pJun.An- particularly declared. p Junius thinks ifsclcar, he
iiot.inlu. prophefied 45 years, and probably above, q Alfted,
1 . 1. about 60. years, r Parem faith, Some think, he Prophe-
q Alfted, (ted 70 years; others, 90 years, fc.lvin faith, he pro-
Py&cog. phefied at leaft6^ years although there be a probable
Jheol. 1. 2. coi\)eilure, yea almoft a certain rcafn that he prophefied
c.i 22. 10 years more, vi^. 74 in all. Thefe two things are
r> Parent in certain, 1. Thai Ifaiah prophecied in the dayes of
Proem, in all thofe 4 Kings forenamed , Ifa. 1. 1. and therefore
Jf.i. that fomcrime in 1'7^/u/;j dayes muft needs be al-
sJo.Calv. lowed to him as well as in the reft. Nor doth that
Prsf.it. in Vifion hinder in Ifa. 6. as r Calvin hath cleared it. 2.
]f.i. p. 3. That Vi?jab ( alias A^ariah, 2. Kings 15.32. J
t Jo.Ca.lv. reigned 52 years, 2 Kings 15. 1. 2.Jotham 16 years,
com. in \ja. 2 King. 1 5. 33. Ahaz^ 16 years, 2 King. l5. 1. 2. and
6.1. Hezelqah 29 years, 2 Kings 18. 1, 2. The total of. all
u]o. Calv- their reigns together about 113. Now it's evident
com. m If.i. that Ifaiah propheficd'in the year that V^iab dyed,
6. 1. ifa. 6. 1. and by the prophecies foregoing, that chap.
it's likely he Prophefied before that a good while ;
m Calvin thinks, fiom the time that King V^iah
Wafe (mitten with Leprotic in the Temple. Eutfup-
pofeonely 2 years in all unAvr ZJ^iah, 1 6 years ifll-
der Jotham,.l6 nndcr Aha^. 14 years under He\e-
kjah, lor He^eleiah Reigning 29 years in all, in his
1 5 year Ifaiah was (cm to him in his ficknels to tell
him God would adde to his dayes 15 years, 2 King.
2-.. 4, 5, 6. and after that \faiah threatens the Baby-
lonijh Captivity upon He^eletah's (hewing all his
Treafures to the Eabylonilh Ambafladors, ver 14.
&c. Here's in all 48. years clear. Now fuppofing
that Ijaiah was fawen afunder by M.waffeh, there's
15. years more under He^ekjah, and one year at
leaft under Manaffeh ; and fo you have fixty four
years in all, the time of Ifaiah" s Prophecy. O what
a long time for him to preach to a rebelliius and gain-
faying People .'Ifaiah 65.2. Rom. 10. 21. How pati-
ent and diligent then fhould Gods Minifters be in
their functions, though rheir Peoples profitings for
a long time anfwer not their labours among them.
Seer. III. Scope.
The chief aims of this Prophecy are 1 To detetl,
reprove, aggravate and condemn the fins of x Judah x *&• *• *■
and Jemfalem efpecially, and after that, the iniquities
of the Ten Tribes oilfrael, and the abominations of
many other Countries and People of the Gentiles,
threatning againft all forts and degrees of Perfons,
Jews and Gentiles moil fevere judgements, 2 To in-
vite Jews and Gentiles of all forts, ("except thei?^-
/9fWit!u,whohy reafon of their Pride and Perfection
oftheChurchof God, did bear the Image of the
Kingdome of the World, and of the fpiritual Babylon
devoted to endlefs deftruction with the Devil him-
felf, no promife of Mercy at all being mingled with
the threatningsofB^/on, asisufualin threarnings
of all other People, which is very obfervable,} unto
repentance and reformation, with many fweet allur-
ing, Evangelical promifes of pardon and mercy. 3.
To comfort and fupport all the truely godly and faithful
ones, f'inmidftofall the judgements and calamities
threatned to wicked men and hypocrites, J with
clear Promifes of the true MESSIAH, astheonely
fufficient remedy againft all fin and mifcry, letting
forth his Godhead, Manhood, Incarnation and Na-
tivity of a Virgin, State of Humiliation and Exaltati-
on, and the Execution of the office of a Saviour in
both ; As a Prophet by his wonderful Wifdome,
heavenly Doctrine, 8. 40. to the end
of the Book.
REPREHENSORY, Sharp Reproofs and
threarnings of the Jews for their fins, with promifes
to the Penitent intermingled, are laid down, Chap.
1. ver. 2, to Chap. 3.1 1. More Particularly, they are
blamed, for,
1. Ingratitude under Mercies, ver. 2, 3, 4.
2. Incorrigiblenefs under univerfal judgements,
much lamented, ver. $.to 10.
3. Blood at\A other abominations abounding among
them, For which all their Religious fervices were
abominatedof God, ver. ic.ro 16. From which they
aredehorted by promifes to the Penkent, ver. 16.
to 20. And threatnings to the impenitent, ver. 20.
4. injuftice
Chap. f.
f.
Chap. II. to XVIII.
ISAIAH.
415
4. Injufticc and cruel oppreffion, efpccially in the
City ]erufalem, 1. Defcribed, ver. 21, 22, 23. 2.
Aggravated, ver. 24. 3, Reftaitration of oppofite
judgement and righreoufncfs Promifed, ver. 25,25,
27. 4. Threatned, vet. 28. to the end of the Chap
5. Multitudeof their other fins. Where, 1. Seeing
former Reproofs prevailed not to reform the Jewes,
the calling of the Gentiles and exalting of Chrifts
Kingdome among them is promifed/o provoke them
Chap. 2. tojcaloufie, Chap. II. ver. t. to 6. 2. Their various
fins liRe thofe of other Countries are mentioned,
ver. 6. to 10. 2.. Thefe fins (liarply threatned, vn«
Chap. 3. 10- to the endofthe chap. andChap. HI. ver/. i.to 9.
6. Impudenty and boldnefs in finning, Defcribed
and threatned to the Wicked, with contrary Pro-
mifes to the righteous, ver. 9. 10, 1 1 .
7. Oppreffion'm their Rulers, ver. 11.ro 16.
i. Pride in their Women, Defcribed and feverely
, threarned withwoful defolation, ver. 16. to the end
Cfiap. 4. ofthe Chap, and Chap. IV. 1. Thefe thrcatnings be-
ing illuftrated by oppofite Promifes of t he Kingdome
ofChrift, the Branch, whereby the remnant of Ifrael
efcaped, fhallbe purified and protected, ver. 2. to the
end of the chap.
$. "Unthankful requitals ofchriftiox all his fpiritual
husbandry beftowed upon the Church of the Jews.
Thefe requitals are defcribed; 1. More Generally
under the I'arable of a K/nc'/^r^ yielding wild-Grapes
Chap. 5. chap. V.i. to 8. 2. Mire Particularly, in many no-
torious inftances of their wicked neffe,wofully threat-
ned, ver. 8. to the end of the chap.
10. Obftinacy, Stupidity, and Obduratenefs of the
peoples hearts, which was notonely their fin, but
Gods judgement on them for reproving their fin. 1.
The Prophet is previoufly confirmed and encouraged
ChaD 6. ky a Vifion of the L o R D in his Glory, Chap. VI, 1.
*' to 9. 2. Their obftinacy, their fin and Gods judge-
ment upon them to their defolation, defcribed, ver.
9. to 13. J?. Promifes of mercy ( notwithftanding.) to
the holy feed, ver. 13.
11. Diffidence and unbelief of King Aba%_ and his
people in times of Danger; where note I. The Par-
ticular caufe of their diffidence and fear, 'vif. the
Confpiracy of Re^in King of Syria., and Pe\ah King
Chap. 7. of //r^e/ againft Judab and Jerufalem, Chap. VII. 2.
2. The Aggravation of their unbelief, 1. Partly, in
that they took not courage at the comfortable meffage
of Ifaiah Gods Prophet,promifing their prefervacion,
ver. 3. to 10. 2. Partly in mat Aba^ diftrufting the
Prophet, refufeth to askaSigne, as God gave him
liberty for his further eftablilhmenr, ver. 10. to 14.
ylmmanuel*.Panly' bj 'Gods Promifin? ro 8ive them a Sign,
Promifed v^' y Jmmameltobe bomof a Virgin. Chrifl being
t 1 1-~ ' promiled of old to the Church fin r whom all the
^2-Cor.i,
20
Promifes are yea and amen J that the faithful might
byrhe promifeof Chrift be encouraged to believe
all other promifes generall and particular: therefore
their unbelief of thefe promifes of prefent delive-
rance was the worfe, ver. 14, 15, 16. 3. The fad
effetfs or confequences of this unbelief, vi%. 1. To
King Aha^; and his family and people, grievous de-
Chap. 8. folationby the Affyriansis threatned, ver. ij.tothe
HChron. endofthe chap. 2. To Judah, ( after Ajfyria fhall
to. 13. have wafted Syria and Ifrael, Chap. 8. 1, 2, 3, 4. J
b Chrift whofe judgements by the Adrian are threatned irre-
firft began fiflably, ver. <,.to n. and Amplified, Partly, by three
his pub- forts of fins ("like a King Sauls fim J the procurer of
Ick thefe judgements, yi%. Carnal Confidence in out-
preaching ward means of fafecy, while God is diftrufted, ver.
of the 11. to 16. Pertinacious obftinacy, the people not
Gofpel in regarding, but flighting Gods prophecy, it was only
Galilee, tobe imparted to his Difciples, ver 16, 17, 18. Con-
Maf.4. 12. fultatfon with Devils, ver. 19, 20. Partly by the ex-
to 19. tremityof the judgements themfelves, ver. 21,22.
Mar. 1. 14, 4. TbeConhLitions%annexed, for the fupport of the
15. godly in Judab and Ifrael agtinft thefe wofull future
Luk. 4 14, judgements; and thi-. upon divers grounds, vi\. 1.
15. That thefe judgements fhould not be fo extream as
Joh. 4.43, former calamicies,nor^er/'?f«>}/Jbecaufeof Gods kind*
10.
nefs to his people in Chrift to come into the World,
who fhould deliver his Church fully from all her
mifcricsby his Dominion, and frs deliverance fhould
begin, where her diftrefs began, \nbG.>. . Chap. 9,
IX. t.to?. This conlolarion is amplified by a IV-
fcription of thofe rimes wherein thefe evils were to
be enduredtill Chrifts coming, for their 1 Pride, ver*
8. fo 13. 2 Impenitency under judgments, ver. 13.
roi8. 3 O'jftinate wickednefs, ver. 18. to the end of
thechap. And 4 Tyranny of their Governours, Ch. c>
X. 1.^05. 2. That the Affyrians, his peoples op- ^iaP-
preffing enemies, (hall utterly be deftroyed ; here 1
The Ailyrians deftruction is propounded, ver. 5,6.
2 Their counfels and actions whereby they procure
to themfelves this deftruftion, is declared, ver. n. to
16. 3 Thecourfe which the Lord will take for his
peoplesdeliverance, ver. 16. to 28. with his whole
expedition againft the Afiyrian for them, ver. 23.
to the end of the chap. 3. That the Kingdome of
Chrift defctnding of the Royal ftock, fhall be erected
among rhem, which is the Fountain of all delive-
rances General and Special, Temporal and Spiritual,
Chap. XI. where the Perlon and Office ofChrift are Chap. 1 1.
defcribed, ver. \.to6. The effects of his Office de-
clared, vet. 6, to the end of the ihap. All thefe com-
fortsfinally are fhut up with the Churches Song of
Praife (or thefe comforts againft, and deliverances
from all former calamities, Chap. XII. throughout. Chap. 12.
Thiufarre of that part of the Prophecy which k chiefly
Reprehenfory.
MINATORY. Chap. XIII. to ch. 30. In this part II.
of his Prophecy are threatnings, r. Againft the ene-
mies of the ]ewifl) Church. 2. Againft the Jerves them-
felves.
I. Againft the enemies of the Jewiff) Church, many
threatnings are denounced for the'Churches fake,
chap. 13. to 28. As
I. Againft BABTLONand the Chaldeans Here
1. God muftereth up his Armies from farre, Chap.
XIII. 1. to 6. 2. Babylons deftruftion is threatned Chap. 13.
by the Medes and Perfians, ver. 6. to 19. 3. Thewo-
ful ruine of Babylon is pathetically defcribed, ver. 19.
to the end of the chap. 4. The reftauration of the
Jewes hereupon from Babylons bondage is promifed,
Chap, XIV. 1, 2, 3. 5. The triumph of Gods People chaP- x4!
over Babylons ruines is lively delineated, ver. 4. to 24.
6. The Peremptorineffe of Gods purpofe to ruine
Babylon, ver. 24. to 28. 7. The time of this burden
in the year that King Aha^ died, ver. 29.
II. Againft PA LEST I N A. Here the Phi-
liftinesare threatned to be plagued by King He^e-
leiah, now beginning to reign, though they reioyced
at the death of his PredeceiTours, their enemies, ver.
29, 30, 31, 32.
III. Againft MOAB. Where 1. Moabs lamen-
table condition, in her cities and towns, by reafon of
judgments threatned, isdefcribed, Ch. XV. through- Chap. 15.
o«f. 2. The procuring caufes of thofe judgments
mentioned, v/^. Moab's Perfidioufnefs with Ifrael,
in not paying c tribute of Lambs, as was agreed with
David and Solomon, Chap. XVI. 1, 2. 2 Cruelty and Chap. 16.
inhumanity to neighbouring I/r4e/, ver. 3, 4, 5. 3
Pride, ver. 6. to 22. 3. The confirmation of this
Prophecy againft Moab, and definingof the time, c 2 King 1.
ver. 22, 23. 1. and 3,4
IV. Againft D ,4 iW^SCyS, the Metropolis of
Syria and againft Ifrael, confederate with Syria a-
gainft ludah. Where 1. The ruine of Syria and
Ifraelh threatned, Chap. XVII, i.ro 6. 2. Mercy is chap. J7.
promifed to a fmall remnant reforming, ver. 6,7, 8.
3. The fins, for which this ruine is threatned, ver.
0, 10,11.
V. Againft the ASSYRIANS, for wafting I/r^ie/,
ver. 12, 13, 14.
VI. Againft xhtAlTHIOP I A NS, i.Their de-
ftruftion is threatnedfor the good of Gods people,
Chap. XVIII. 1. to 7. 2. Thereby the Church fhall Chap. 18.
be increafed, ver. 7.
VII. Againft EQTPT. Where 1. Egypts de-
finition
4i6
ISAIAH.
Chap. XIX. to XXX.
Ctap. 20.
({Compare
ch. 2 1 • i .
and v. 9.
Chap. 21.
c Compare
C22. I.
w'tbv. 8.
10.
Chap. 22,
Chap. 19. ftruction is threatned, C/j. XIX. i./o 18. 3. Her
judgment is mitigated by promifes of aggregating
part of Egypf sad of Affyria unto the Church of God,
ver. 18. ro the end.
VI I [ .Againfl both EGTPT IAN SanA jETHI-
OPIANS together, whofc fhameful captivity
by the Adrians is threatned, under the Type of
If Utah going naked and barefoot, Chap. XX. through-
out.
I X . Againfl BABTLON,( called rf r/;e De/err 0/
the Sea. J Where note. I. The chreatning it felf,
retting forth the grievoufneffe of her judgments •, the
caufes thereof ; and theinflruments inflicting them,
Chap. XXI 1. to 6. 2. A Prophetical viiion de-
claring the manner of Babykns being taken, ver. 6. to
to. 3. An Apoflropheto theChurch, confirming
to her the certainty of this Prophecy, ver. 10.
X. Againfl' 7 D^ Mi. A, called Dumah, wherein
nre 1. AQueftion of the (cornful Idumean to the
watchman, what he fees of the night, ver. II. 2.
Thcwatchmansanfwer inviting him to repentance,
ver. 12.
XI. Againfl ARABIA. Where 1. The de-
duction of the Arabians is threatned, ver. 13, 14,
15. 2. Thetimeof this deftruction is defined, ver.
16, 17.
XH. AgamftJVDEAandjERVSALEM
under the name of e The valley of Vifion. ( Thk bur-
den k inferted among the re(i. to evidence Gods impar-
tiality in his Jvflice, and hk Peoples impunity if they fin,
judgment beginning at the houfe oj God. Here are I.
General th, earnings againfl Judah and Jerufalem \
containing 1. A Defcription of their lamentable ca-
lamities coming upon them, Chap. XXII. i.ro 8. 2.
The procuring caufes of thefe calamities, vi%. their
fecurity in munitions and fenced cities, neglcft of
God, impenitency, luxury in time of publique mi-
feries,andcontemptofche Prophets, Let w eat and
drink, &c. ver. 8. to 14. 3. The Conclufion, where-
in is Gods re folute fentence of plaguing them, ver.
14. II. Particular threatnings againfl Shebna, an
old Courtier, fet over the Kings houfe ("as is fuppofcdj
inKing A/;«^ his time, whom King He^ekjah could
not eafiiy remove, he is thought to countenance evil
doers, and hinder Reformation. Here, 1. The re-
moval of Shebna is denounced, ver. 15. to 20. 2. The
fubflitution of Eliakim into his place and office, ver.
2o. ro the end of the chap.
XIII. Finally againfl TTR E. Where note 1.
Chap. 23. Tjwmiferable deftruction is defcribed, Ch. XXIII.
1. ro 1 5. 2. How long her miferies fhall lafl, 70.
years ver. 15, 16, 17. 3. tyres converfion to the
Church at lafl, is promifed, ver. 18.
As a Clife or Conclufion to all thefe former COMMI-
NATIONS, here k annexed another Sermon of the Pro-
phets, contained in cb. 24, 25, 26, 27. wherein note
chiefly thefe threeparts, viz.
l.A Prophetical Narration of the judgments which
God would for hk Churches fake effetl. Here confider
1 . Gods judgments upon the earth, and his favour to
his Church, Chap. XXIV. 1. to 16 2. The confirma-
tion of thefe threatned judgments, that they fhall
come to paffe ; Partly, from their prefent fins which
God cannot but be avenged of, v. i<5, 17, 18. Part-
ly, from the faithfulneffe of all creatures in heaven
and earth ro execute them, v. 19. to the end of the
chap. 3- The ufe which theChurch fhall make here-
of, vi^. She fhall celebrate his praifc for it, Chap.
Chap. 2$. XXV. i.ro 6.
2. A Declaration of the form and manner both m
which G id will execute thefe judgments, and in which
the Church fhall praife the Lord for fo doing. l.Thc
jo,m how God w 11 execute hk judgments, 1. Partly,
l.yinv;ringthe Nations his enemies, by his word, to
partake of Chrilts banquet,^. Communion with him
in his Spiritual provifions, v. 6. to 10. 2. Partly, by
deftroying the contumacious, that proudly exalt
themfelves againfl hfm, v.10, H» *2> II- The jorm
how r'y church fliall praife the LORD for thefe pro-
Chap. 24
ceedingt foretold. Chap. XXVI. throughout. Wherein Chap. 26,
are, 1. TheChurchesGratulation for her future deli-
verance from captivity, promifed; and her conftanc
defences. 1,2,3. 2.An exhortation hereupon to all to
rruftinGod,iA4.foi2.3.A Profeffion of her confidence
in God,for her perpetual defence & her enemies final
overthrow, amplified by the exaggeration of her ca-
lamities, the manner of her wrefllingoutof them,
and the certainty of Gods Promifes, verfe 12. to
20.
3. An inflrutlion of the people of God. 1. Touching
their Orfice, vt\. to trufl in God in times of publi-
que judgments, v. 20. 2. Touching Gods promifes,
which are partly from bringing down her proudefl
and ftrongeft enemies, v. 21. andchap. XXVII. 1. Chap. 27.
Partly for advancing the Churches happineffe by the
fingular care and watchfulnefs of the Lord over her,
v. 2. to the end of the chap.
Thmfarre of Gods threatnings chiefly againfl the ene-
mies of Gods Church the J ewes.
II. Againfl the Jewes themfelves, many threatnings
alfo are pronounced, ch. 28. to 3$. Both in refpeft
of Ifraels captivity by the Affyrians, and Judahs by
the Babylonians.
I. Ifraels Captivity is threatned by the Ajjyriant
for their pride and drunkenneffe ; and this for a
warning to Judah, Chap. XXVIII. 1. to 5. This is Chap. 28,
amplified by a Prophecy touching Judah, wherein
are, 1. A promifeof defending the godly, and pre-
ferving the Kingdome of Jttdah, notwithstanding the
captivity of the ten tribes, v. $, 6. 2. A complainc
and accufation againfl Judah for their fins, v. 7. to
14, 3 . A denouncing of punifhments for them .min-
gled with fome confolations of the godly in the Me-
jjiab tocome, v. 14. ro 22. 4. An exhortation to
make a right ufe of all by repentance, v. 22. to the
end.
II. Judahs and Jerufalem'' s Captivity ("under the
xximnof f Ariel, J is threatned by the Babylonians. fArief.
Herein confider //ej# -p^
the flrong God. 1. Jerufalem kfo called becaufe it wa< anciently
a mofl flrong place ; faith Hierome on thk v. 2. Some thini the
Temple k fo called, becaufe it was built in figure fome what like a Ly-
on, the fore part broad, the hinder part narrow. 3. Some think
hereby u effect ally meant the Altar; the Altar of the New Jerufa-
lem, being called Ariel, i/iEzek. 43. 16. thk k further confirmed
by thatfptech, Ifa. 29. 2. And it fhall be to me as Ariel. The Al-
tar k called Ariel, either becaufe oj the ftrength of Gods Promifes, or
becaufe like a Lyon it devoured the Sacrifices ; or becaufe the Altar
was a token of Gods Prefence, and confeqnently of the cities fa fety.
Synechdochically the Temple and City are called And, and
threatned under that name, becaufe the Jewes placed more fafety in
the Altar, a pledge of Gods Prefence, tban in any thing elfe. Vid.
Calv.in loc. Pareus in loc. Jun.Annot.in loc.
1. The deep calamities of Jerufalem by the Babylo-
nians, and rejection of the Jewes threatned, Chap. Chap. 29/
XXIX. i.ro 9. For, I. Their Ten fclefs ftupidity,
v. 9. to 13. 2. Their hypocrifie, v. 13, 14. 3.Their
Atheiflical fecurity, notwithstanding Gods all-feeing
eye, v. 15, 16, 17. 2. This threarning is amplified
by the care that God will take in midit of rhefe judg-
ments, ro prcferve and fanctifie his Church a-
gainft all Concullioijs, ver. 18. to the end oj the
chap.
2. The woe threatned to the Jewes for departing
from God, and relying on j&gypt for help againfl
herenemies, whereinare, 1 the fumine of the judg-
ments threatned. Chap. XXX i.ro 8. 2. The Lords rnap
command to the Prophet ro make a record of their
perverfnefs and rebellion in a Book, whereby they
pull down vengeance on their heads, v. 8. to 15.
3. The conrefl betwixt God and the People, compar-
ing their rebellion with his command, v. ^.declar-
ing their great calamities, v. 16, 17, Promifing re-
ftauration and great mercies to the faithful in his
Church that wait for him, v. 18. to 27. 4. The con-
firmation of thh> Prophecy, by the deftruction of
Sennacherib
J0<
Chap. XXXI. to XLIIf.
ISAIAH,
417
Chap. 34-
Chap.
III.
35-
Sennacherib King of Affyria rhreatned, ver. 21. to
the endofthe chap. 5. The folly and vanity of min-
ing in JFgypt for help, cfpccially God himfelf being
rciolvcd to prortft M. Sion, if rhey would repent
Chap. 31. and turn to him, chap. XXXI. t-toS. andtodeftroy
theAffyrian, v.8,9.
3. Divers confolarionspropounded to the Eleft a-
gainft thofc foretold calamities, drawn from the
Kingdome of Chrift, which afterwards fhall bcercft-
Chap. 32. ed among them, Chap.XXXU. Where are, 1. An
excellent Reprefcnr.it ion oftheconflitution and con-
dition of Chrifh Kingdome, v. I. to 9. 2. An Ex-
hortation of the jeWes to prevent by Repentance rhe
calamities thrcamc-d before the conflicurion of this
Kingdome ofChnff, vtr. 9. i-o 15. 3. A Narrauonof
thebleflingsof Guilts kingdome, ve1w5.ro the end
of the chap. 4. Go-is De(t>-uiTton of the Churches ene-
mies when they are at the higheft, Hie at lowcfl, is
Chap. 33- !• Threatned, Chip. XXXIII. 1. to 13. 2. Illuflrat-
edby the terror of Sions Tinners and hypocrites here-
at, ver. 13, 14. And by the oppofite fafety, and
glorious bldfing? of the upright, elegantly defcribed
ver. 15. to the- end of the chap. 3. Defcribed mod
lively and pathetically. Co. XXXIV. 1. to 16.
4. Confirmed as inevitable, ver. 16, 17. 5. Here-
upon the joyes and confolations of the Church of
God fhallbe wonderfuIUrhrough the Gofpel and flou-
rifhing Kingdome of Chriit, moft Rhetorically deli-
vered, Ch. XXXV, throughout.
Thus far oj that branch of t hit Prophecy which it
chiefly Minatory.
NARRATORY, or hiftorical. vi\. An Hiflorical
Narration of the flatc of King He^ekiahs Kingdome,
ofhis great dangers, and wonderfull deliverances.
Thishiftory feems to be here inferred, 1. Partly,
for faiths confirmation and illuftration of the former
Prophecies and Promifes touching the Churches fafe-
ty, and her enemies deftruftion •, defcribed efpeci.
ally in ch, 33. 34, 35. preceeding. 2. Partly, as an
occafion of the Prophets fpeaking fuch glorious things
of the mofl happy, fafe and flourishing Ringdomeof
Chrift in the following part of the Prophecy. Th'tt it
laid down in chap. 36. to 40.
This Hiftory is twofold, 1. More General. 2. More
Particular.
I. More GeneralUnd Publique, in reference to the
whole Kingdome of Judah and Jerusalem, where,
i. Senacherib King of Affyr'ta's invading of Judah,and
Chap. 36". taking all the fenced cities. Co. XXXVI. 1.
2.HisSommoningcf Jerufalem twice, By Rab-
fljekah, I. By word of mouth ; Rabfliekab with a great
Army, being come up to Jerufalem, follicheth the
people to revolt to him, with many infolent brags,
revilings and blafphemies, v. 2. to 22 Amplified
I. Ey the report hereof to King He^ekjah, ver. 22.
3. By Hezjtlfiah'' s great perplexity at the reporr,fend-
Chap. 37. to the Prophet Ifaiab to pray forthem,C/?.XXXVII.
J. to 6. 3. Ey lfaiaVi Meffage back to the King from
the Lord, encouraging him with their deliverance,
and Senacberibs deftruftion in his own land, v. 6,7.
II. By a blafpemow Letter to King Hezekjah, ver. 8.
to 14. Touching whichmote, I. He^ekjahs Afts about
the Letter,he fpreads it before the Lord in the Tem-
ple, and by Prayer indites Senacherib at Gods Bar,
by Evidence of his own Letter,i>er. 14. to 2 1. 3. Ifa-
iabs Prophecy againft proud infolent Senacherib, pxo-
mifing diversion of the enemy, and the fafe prefer-
fervation of Jerufalem, v. 21. to 36. 4. The events
upon this Prophecy, vi^. The whole Army destroy-
ed byan Angel in onenight, v.ifi.Senachenbs return
to 'Nineveh, ver. 37. His untimely death, as he was
in the Aft of his Idolatry, ver. 38.
II. More Particular in reference to King Hexel^iab
himfelf, wherein note
1. He^thaVs mortal ficknefs. Chap. XXXVIII.
Amplified 1. By the meffage of death fent him from
the Lord by Tj'ai.ih the Prophet, v. 9. 2. By Hexe^t-
*bs% prayers and tears upon that meflage, verfe
2>3-
Chap. 38.
2. Hezeleiab's Recovery, I. Promt fed by the Prophet
Tfaiab, and the Promifc confirmed by afign, %Thc g The San
Sun going baclofen degresver. 4. ra 2 >. 2. Cclcbrat- goetb baci^
cd by Hexekjab in his To ankjful writing, v. 9. ro 25. ten degrees
3-Defitibed, Partlyby the means applyed for hib re-
covery, vt2$. Partlyb\ the occafion of Gods giv-
ing him a fign,^, Hexckiahs queftion,x».26.
3 Merodach-Biiladun King of BabylonS Congratula-
tion o/Hezekiah's Recovery, by Letters and a Pre fent
fent to him, Ch. XXXIX. 1. Amplified 1. By Here- Chap. 39.
kjah's entertainment of them with gladnefs, impru-
dently fhewing them all his trcafures, v. 2. 2. By
Ifaiahs threatning hereupon the Babylonifh captivi-
ty, occafioned by this aft of ffe^elftab, which threat-
ning, Herekjah fubmifiiveiy receives, ver. 3. to the
endofthe chap.
Thus far oj that part of thit Prophecy which it chiefly
Narratory. IV.
PROMISSORY. confift:ng principally of fweetefl
Evangelical Promifes. I. For Reftaurarion of the
Church of the Jews from themifery that fhould be-
fall them then in the Babylonifh captivity ch.19.to £,9.
2. For compleating and confummation of the Chur-
ches deliverance and glory in the Golpel times hy
Chrift himfelf, adding the Gentiles unto his Church,
ih. 49. to the end.
I. CONSOLATORY PROMISES of delivering the
Jews by Cyrut ( the firft Perfian Monarch J from
the Babylonian caa'ivhy : under which is myftically
fhadowed out the Eleftsfpiritual deliverance by the
Meffiah fthe fountain of all freedome, J from fin;
death, hell ; ("which is the height and glory of all de-
liverances.) Now thefe confolatory promifes are 1.
Generall. 2.Speciall.
l.General Promifes, fot the comforting of the church
of God in all ages againft greateft extremities miferies
and ftraits, by Evangelical promifes of fpiritual deli-
verance in Chrift the true Meffiah, cb.40. 1043. 11.14.
Here obferve,
1. The Gofpel Doctrine and confolation is pro-
pounded, the Church hath paid double in Chrift for Chap. 40.
all her fins , Chapt. XL. 1,2. hereupon her
deliverance againft all difficulties , is" I.Publiflj- hjohn
ed, 1. By the preaching of h John Baptift Chrifts Baptifts
fore-runner, verj. 2,. toy. 2. By the preaching of Miniftry
the Apoftles and other Minifters of the Gofpel, promifed.
ver. 9. io, 11. II. Confirmed by divers Arguments
drawn, 1. Partly, from Gods ability to deliver them,
being incomparably excelling all creatures in Power,
ver. 12. Wifdome, ver. 13, 14. Infinite Majefty, -v.
15, 16,17. Whereupop the folly and vanity of idol-
makers, &c. is reproved, ver. 8. to 27. and his peo-
ples diffidence in God in ftraits is blamed, ver. 27.ro
the end of the chapt. 2. Partly, from Gods lingular ,
benefits fhewed to Abraham of old, and to his Chap. 41.
Church, chap. XLI. to 10. III. Repeated; here are
many encouraging promifes touching Gods alfuffici-
entproteftion aud deliverance ofhis people, but
the deftruftion of their enemies, ver. 10. to 21. NOW
all thefe confolations are concluded with an elegant
confutation of all vain confidence in idols, or any
thing elfe : God alone in Chrift being the deliverer
ofhis people, verfe 21. fo the end of the chap.
2. Chrift the true Meffiah ( Author of all delive-
rance and happineffe to his Churchy) is Evangelical-
ly defcribed, ch. 42. 1. toch. 43. 18. where 1 Chrifts
Office to the Church, according to Gods vocation of Chap. 42.
him, Chap. XLII.i. to 10. amplified by the Churches
duty of thankfulnefte to Chrift, ver. 10,11,12. 2.
The Afts which God will do by Chrift lively repre-
fented, ver. 13 to 18, 3. His people are. 1 Partly
taxed for their great ftupidity and incredulity, ver.
lS-totheend. 2. Partly encouraged and comforted
vith fvveet promifes of Gods companions, delive- _,
ranees, and falvations of his Church in Chrift, Chap. na"< 43
XLIII. 1. ro 14,
II. Special or Particular Promifes for the comfort
of the Jewes againft their future Babylonifh Captivity,
affuring them of deliverance thence,by Cyrmtbe Pei-
Ooooo pan,
.n 8
ISAIAH.
Chap. 44.
i Cyrus as a
Deliverer
of the
Church
promifed,
and nam-
ed long
before,
Ghap. 45.
Chap. 45.
Cap. 47.
Chap. 48.
Ciup 49.
pan, ch. 43. 14. to 49. and this 1. Summarily. ?.
Largely.
1. Summarily and more obfeurely : wherein 1.
BdbyUns mine is foretold, ver. 14. 15, 16, 17. 2. The
Jewes deliverance out oi Bab) Ion is promifed, not for
their fakes, but mecrly his own grace, pardoning
their fin, ver. \8.to the end of the chap, and beftow-
ing hisfpirit and blefTing upon them in Chrift, Chap.
XLIV. i.roS.
2. Largely and more clearly, wherein I. Byway
of Exordium, as it were, God afierrs his faithfulnefs,
encouraging his people inrhe certainry of his Pro-
mifes ; Sc this 1. From his own eternal omnipotent &
mod conftant nature, not like the vain and foolifh I-
dols of Bab)hn,ver.6. to 21 . 2. From his faithful Cove-
riant with Ifrael, ver. 1, 22, 23. and the excellent
effect of -.hat Covenant that fhould come topaffeon
Ifraelby itkus, ver. 24. to the end of the chap. II.
GodSDikSrNarrationof his wonderfull Aftsthat
lie will do by Tyrus in deftroyingB/;n,anrl reftor-
ing tfraelom of it. Where 1. The Nomination,
dii ine call and alfiftance oiCyrw to this great work,
Chap.XLV. 1,2,3,4. 2. The Caufesas itwere in-
ducing God hereunto, v':^. Portly-, that God and
his faithfulnefs to his people may be acknowledged
by Cyrus, by the Nations, and by all creatures, ver.
$, 6. 7- 2- Partly, that Babyl >;s blafphemy and wick-
edness may be plagued, ver. 9. tot/\. Paitly, That
hereby the Nar'ons farre and near may be brought to
fefve and worfhip Gcd with his Church, ver. 14.ro
28. whom God invites to himfclf with promifes of
confirming and increafing them in the knowledge
andfauh of Chrift, ver. 18. to the end. 3. Theim-
pbfiFibility ofprtventirgthis work of God-, For, all
B, bylans idols cannot pre vent it, being unable to help
themfcives, and no way comparable to God, Chap.
XLVL throughout. All Babjlons wifdome, power,
witchcrafts fhall not be able to prevent it: Babylon
being devoted to deftruftionfor her unmercifulnefs
to the Jewes and her intolerable pride, Ch. XLVII.
tfiroughont. 4. Gods conteflation with his people a-
bbut this their deliverance, as being not at all for
their fakes, tiny being hypocritical andobftinate
k»wickednefs,Cfc, 21, 22.
II. CON SOLAtORT P RO MlSES of com-
g the ipiritual deliverance and glory of the
C hurchj efperially in the acceflTion ol theGenri/f.f un-
der the GOfpel, by the true Meffiah, cbap.49. tothe
cnd'ij the biolf. Herein confjder,
I. the Prefare to all the fe Evangelical Prom:fes.
W herein is the fumme of what is afterwards more
largely explained. As. 1. Chrifh call to his Me-
diatory Orhcej Chap. Xl.IX. i, 2, 3. 2. Chrifls com-
plaint ofrhe friiftration of his endeavours in gather-
ing the Jews, ver.4. 3. Chrilts comfort fiom the
LO R Df though Iff aei be not gathered J in the
] of theG< utiles by him. to the great joy ofrhe
Church, iter. 5. to 14. Amplified, Partly by Gods
perpetual love to his Church, though the Jewes
thought rhemlehcs forfaken, ver. 14. to 18. Partly,
by the gi'at enlargement .md profnerity of the
Church, Kings and Queens being their nurfiog fa-
thers and mothers; ver. 18 to 24. Partly, by her
great deliverance and pio eition againft all her ene-
mies, i«. LVIII. throughout. <,. Their manifold
corruptions and iniquities particulariied, procurers
of all their calamities, Chap. LIX. 1. to 9. Amplified
1 Partlyby the Prophets bewailing thefe fins in the
Churches name, ver. 9. to 16. 2 Partly by the Lords
Promifes to deliver and fave the penitent among
them, whilrt his enemies fhail be dertroyed, ver. 10.
to the end nj the chap.
HI. Sveeteft Evangelical Promifes and Comforts
to the Church, especially in reference to the Calling of the
GENTILES. Herein are confiderable,
1. The furpaffmg glory of the Church in the con-
verfion of the Gentiles thcrero. H^-re, 1. The
Church is incired by the LOR D to fhine forth in the
light oftheGofpel, Chap. LX. 1, 2, 2,. 2. The great
multitude of Gentiles from all Nations flowing into
the Church, ver. 4. to 15. 3. The lingular benefits
accrewing to the Church by acceffeof che Gentiles,
ver. 15 to the end.
2. The office and influence ofChrirt for procuring
his Churches glory and happineffe. Here note 1.
The Office, and Qualifications of Chrirt thereunto,
Chap. LXI. 1, 2,3. 2. The excellent efTefts of chat
Office upon the Church, ver* 4. tothe end of the chap.
g. Chrifls fervent defire to crown his Church with
pcrfeft glory, Chap. I.XII. I. to 6. 4. His appoint-
ment of Watchmen in his Church inceffantly to pro-
more her happinefs, by prayer and preaching the
Gofpel, ver. 6. to the end. $. His victory over his
Churches enemies, having rtained his raiment with
their blood, Chap. LXIII. 1. to 7.
3. The Churches addrcfle to God for relief in her
great afflictions, r. Ac^wledgini Gods ancient lov-
ing- kindneffes to his people Ifrael, ver. 7. to 15. 2.
Praying earnertly for the favour of the LORD to
them in the rertautation of their Cines,and Sanftuary
laid wartc for their fins, which they lament, ver. 15.
to the end, and Chap. LXIV. throughout. To this ChaP' 64:
prayer, the LORD returns Anfvoer, wherein he de-
clares, i. The calling of the Gentiles ("able to make
a Church, though Jews be cart off J Chap. LXV. 1. c,laP- 65'
2. The Rejection of die Jews for their unbelief, ido-
latry and hypocrifie, ver. 2. to 8. Yet the Referva-
tfonofa Remnant repenting, ver. 8- to u. to whom
bleffings are promifed contrary to the judgments of
the wicked, ver. it. to 17. 3. TheblefTed and joy-
ful rtate ot the New Jerufalem, made up of the Gen-
cdes and remnant of the faithful Jews, is admirably
defcribed, ver. 17. to the end. t
4. The RejeH/onoC the Jewifh Synagogue, Temple
&c. and the Confiitution of theChrirtian Church un-
der the New Tertament is defcribed, Chap. LX VI.
Wherein, 1. He declareth againrt hypocrites and
ungodly ones, that nooutward^Sanftuary nor exter-
nal Sacrifices can pleafe him, without inward pover-
ty of fpirit, contrition and trembling at his word;
and therefore wicked hypocrites mould be dertroyed
ver. 1.10$. 2. He encouragerh the gracious Remnant
that trem )Ie at his Word, by the confufion of hypo-
crites, &c. and the converfion of children to the
Church, ver.fi, to to. 3. exhorteth the Churches
friends to rejoyce wifthher, that they may fharcin
herhappinelle, ver. 10. to 1$. 4. He promifethex-
cel lent bleffings and glory to his Church, increafed
by the calling of the Gentiles. New Heavens, New
Earth, while their wicked enemies fhall be dertroy-
ed, ver. i<>> to the end of the Book..
Chap. 66,
A N
. 0
Isaiah.
rf& & A & & A A A ffi. & ■© #. $' !& -*-
Si^ ?J? £s3 S3 83 ^P 5J3 vi> S3
S & #ft &:&& fi> •& ft ■<
is^sm'sk
t-iiii
9i^$S^ff¥$«9Mf9$f9ff9:if$fiifi.'i$iffiif
A N
APPENDIX
T O
ISAIAH
VIZ.
A Song y touching (jods degenerated Vineyard, the
Church of thz femes.
ifaiah 5. 1. to 8.
Seer. I.
/Tfj. 16, T N time Of Vintage, I Songs if }oy And mirth intheir
lo.and 27. 1 Vineyards were ufdal among friends when they
2. had a plentiful Vintage : But here conrrariwife is a
m Carmen Miurnful Song touching Gods vineyard. S.Hterome
lamenra- ftiles ic m a lamentable Song, and a [orrorvful Song.
bile pflpu- And indeed, if the Occafion, Subjeft-inatter, and
lolfracl. Scopeofitbe well confidercd, it juftly deferves that
Carmen title: For, as the Church may fitly be refemblcd by
lugubre a Vineyard, A Vineyard n 1. Excelling other fields,
vinca? fuse 2. Being mean and feeble in fruit-trees. 3. Need-
Hier.com. ing conflant dreffing and watching. 4. Her fruit be-
in I(.i. 5. ing of great value. jiW^. 9. 13. Pfal. 104, 15. 5. And
Tom.%. herfteinmc, iffruitlefs, of (mall or no confequence
n A Vine- at all, Eijk; 1$. throughout: So under the Parable of
yardtc- a degenerate Vineyard, the degenerate Church of God
femblesa among the Jewes is reproved, &threarned with de-
church, folation for thcir/owre Griper of all manner of un-
five wayes rightecufnefs. This Reproof is digefted into the
formofaSa/y, probably 1. To procure the more
heedfull attention to it. 2. To move and affeft their
hearts more throughly with the matter of ir. 3. To
imprint it more indelibly intheir memories, that
(it pcflibly J this extraordinary way of Admonition
might riorhem good, the ordinary way proving fo
fruitlcfie to them. Penman of it was this Prophet Ifa-
iah, as cannot be rcafonably doubted by any ; it be-
ing here inferred in the body of his Prophecy, and
no where afcribed to any other Author.
Seer. II.
Occafion of this Song was the extrcatn degenerate
condition of Gods Vineyard, after all his heavenly
husbandry bellowed thereon : v/\. The hainous im-
pieties and iniquities of the Church of the) ewes, af-
ter all the meant of Grace which God had beflow'd
upon them above ajl people then in the uorld.
Scope, 1. To convince them of Gods great kindnefie
to them, affording them all good hufbandry and
means of fruitfulneffe: But of their deep unkindnefs
to him in the ingrateful returns of no better fruit than
the wild Grapes of grievous fins. 2. To forewarne
them of the utter ruine and defolation that God
would bring upon that degenerate Vineyard, with-
out timely Repentance. 3. To evidence, even to
their own cqnfciences, their own inexcufeableneile,
and Gods inculpablenefie herein. 4. Finally, to
warneall the Churches of Chrift ( by Gods dealing
wirh his Vineyard^ that they bring not forth wild-
grapes after allChrifhGofpel-hufbandry, left they
be unchurched and defhoyed.
Seer. III.
Principal Parts to this eod , are
I. The Preface to the Song letting forth 1. the
Singer of this Song, v/>. [/.] The Prophet Ifaiah.
2. Tl>e Ob)eZl to whom this Song is fung,[ To my Belov-
ed, H Song of my Beloved.'] vi^. 0 To God ; this is 0 Thus
Gods Song, God is here brought in asfpeakinga- Hierom.
gainft his Vineyard, lfaias calls him [ Beloved,'] Calvin.
from the love and zeal he bears to God, thusun- Paretu in
thankfully requited by his Church. 3. The Subjefl- lie. Some
matter, or Theme of the Song,[Towc/>»n£ his Vineyard] interpret
vi^. The Jcmfh Church, Ifa. c. V. 1. 7. ir ofchriff,
and fo the
words may be taken as the Song of the Prophet in the Name of
God the Father to his Son intruded with his Vineyard. Vii. Jua.
Annot. in he.
U.The Subflaneeofthe Song it felf, containing 1. A
Parable. 2. Tlie Interpretation 0] it.
I. The Parable is of a degenerate Vineyard; Where
note, LA Commendation, t. Part ly of the Vineyards
mod fruitful fituation,i/er. 1. 2. Partly of the Lords
fmgtilar care in fencing, ftoning, planting, and de-
fending of his Vineyard, vcr.2. II. An Exprobrathn
or upbraiding of the Vineyard for iu degenerat-
ing.
ISAIAH.
42 1
ing. Herein the Lord. Declares how his hopes of
fruit were fruftrarcd by wilde-grapes,v.2. 2. Appeals
even to the men of Judak and Jerufalem thcmfclves,
to judge betwixt him and his Vineyard, that in their
own confciences they might condemn themfelves,
and jufHfte Gods proceedings againft them, ver.%,A.
3. Expoftulates with his Vineyard about this caufieffe
degenerating, ver. 4. III. A Manifeftation of the
Lords determinate purpofe utteriy to lay this Vine-
yard wafre,fencelefs, fruitlefs, v. 5, 6.
II. The Interpretation, or Accommodation of this
Parable to the Church of the Jews, wherein is de-
clared, 1. What this Vineyard k, viz. The houfe of Is-
rael and men of Judith. 2. What the Grapes which
God expected were, viz. Judgment and Righteouf-
nefi. 3. What the wild-Grapes which in ftead there-
of they returned, were, v\z.oppreffionltke a Leprofte-
fcab, and a cry of their (Ins for vengeance from Hea-
ven, tier. 7. In which oppofite rermes in the He-
p Voluntas br«w, there is, as p Hierome notes, a molt elegant
Latinis in- Paronomafiajx alluflon in both the letters and founds
finuareau- of the words.
ributi quod
ab Hebr&a didicimuf. Judicium apudeos appellatur U21UQ
JniquitaJ, five diflipatio, ut interpretatm eft Aquila; n2UJO
Jl«r/Kmjuftitiarfrm«rnp"lli Clamor autem appellatur HpyX
1)n\ itdque vel addita liter a, vet mutata . fie verborumfimilitudi-
nem temper avit, utpro U2IUG diceret nlH^O, & pro HplX
poneret HpVX & elegantem (ImZluram foaumque verborum )uxt a
Hebr&am [inguamredderet, menofJadah, judge-I-pray i
Twixt my Vineyard and ^ me.
4. What to my Vineyard could be done
More than therein I wrought?
Why a look't I it fhould bring-forth-G rapes,
And it wild-grapes forth-brought >.
5. And b now I'le tell you what c Tie do
To my Vineyard, and crop:
It's hedge dl will remove, andjo
e It fliall be eaten-up .•
Thereof I-will-break down the wall,
Andit/trod-down fhallbe.
6. And£ I will lay itwafte, it fhall
Not once be prun'd by me
Nor; dig 'd, butBri'rand Thorne alone,
Shall there come-up, andftand:
i The clouds from rajning rain thereon
Likewife I will command.
7. For th'Vineyard, of the LORD of Hofts
The Houfe of Ifrael it,
And k men of Judah's grateful Coafts
I That pleafant Plant of his :
And I for judgement waited then.
But lo m Oppreffion high >
For righrcoufnefs with fins of men.
But lo a dolefuUcry.
rHeb. And
alio.
fHcb.He cut
er, hewed.
t Heb. to
make.
ulleb. made,
x Heb. O in-
habitant of
Jerufalem.
yheb.Qman
x Heb. be-
twi*t me.
a Heb. ex-
peded I.
b He b. Now
I will-make
you know
now.
c Heb. I am
doing,
d Heb. to
remove.
eHeb. It
ihall be to
be burnt- up
er tobeeac-
en,up.
fHeb.ihall
be for a
treading-
down.
g Heb.I will
put- it waft,
neffe.
h Heb. Af-
cend.
i Heb. upon
clouds.
k Heb.man.
1 Heb. The
plant of his
delightful-
neffes.
m Heb. A
fcab-of le-
ptoiie.
The Churches Song ofTraife ; For her great Deliver-*
zncefrom'Babyloris Captivity, and Glorious
Benefits by Chrijl her Saviour:
t*-.
Ifa. XII, throughout.
Sea. I.
OCeafion upon which the Prophet Ifai ah Penned
MsSongofPraife; feemsby the context to be
this : The Lord having threatned to chaftife his Peo-
ple the Jevves,with the Babylonifh Captivity ,for their
fins, Chap. 10. ver. 5. to 12. promifeth to a remnant
a glorious deliverance thence, and withal the Aflyri-
ans deftruftion for their pride and cruelty againft his
People ver. 12. to the end. And hereupon takes
OfCrt/Jontopromifetheblefled and peaceable King-
dome ofChrift. fthat branch of the Jlemme of ]ei{e,)
and the fweet effects thereof, wjfc the fpiritual Re-
ftauration of the Jems, and vocation of the Gentiles
which are the highefl deliverances and benefits of all
whereof that of Babylon was but a dim fhadow, chap.
II. throughout. In which Promifes he makes an ele-
gant parallel betwixt Egypt and Babylon for his peo-
ples comfort, vi%_. 1. The Ajfyrian fhall afflict the
Jews after the manner of Egypt, lfa. 10. 24. 2.The
P p p p p Affyrian
422
ISAIAH.
n Et dues
in die 1 11. t]
ACfyrUn for this fliall be fcourged and deftroyed af-
ter the manner of Egypt, I fa. 10. 25, 2<5.&c. 5. The
Jews thereupon fhall be delivered from Affyria eafi-
Iy, patting through the River dry fl>ocL, fyc. M(e as it
was in Ifrael, inthe day that be came up out of the land
of Egypt, If. 1. 11. 15,16. 4. Hereupon as Ifrael de-
livered from the Egyptians in the Red-Sea, funga
Song of praife, Exod. 1 5. 1. &c. So the Jews deliver-
ed from Babylon, fhall hng this thankful Songinthat
day, Ifa. 12. Las n Hierome hath well obferved.
Quicquid in folitudine dixeratis, quando afcendiftis de terra
>Eg\p-i, & mare ilccatiim eft rubrum : C antenna domino, gloriole
enim magnificatus eft, &c. Nunc percuffa lingua maris ./Egypti,
tk rlumine illius arefacto atque concifo & humiliato, glorificate
dominum & dicite : Confitebor t'tbi domine, quoniam qui tram merui
fo fur or em tuum, mifericordiam tonfetutut fum, tu es enim falvator
mens, &c. B. Hieron. Comment, in Ifa. 12.
Sett. II.
oVid.Ca'u,
Com. in l:c,
Comment.
Scope; To incite the Church of God by this forme
of Thankfgiving, put into her hands aforehand by
the Prophet i. To 0 expect thefe deliverances pro-
mifed more confidently, as a thing already Part, and
celebrated in thankful Praifes. 2. Thankfully to
magniric the Lord, for removing his difpleafure, dis-
covered in her deep diftrefTes, for faving her from
her miferies, and crowning her with many benefits
and mercies in Chrift Jefus.
Seel. III.
Principal parts In this Song, confider
The Proem or Preface to it, vi^. The Prophets ex-
hortation of the Church, thus to praife the Lord in
the day of her deliverance, Chap. Xli. 1,
The Song of praife it felf. Containing
1. The Churches Refolution to praife the LORD,
ver. 1. Amplified by the grounds hereof, vi^. 1.
Gods turning from his difpleafure in afflicting her. 2.
Hisconfolation toher, ver. 1. 3. His becoming her
falvation and ftrength in redeeming and delivering
her, therefore he deferves to be her confidence and
Song, ver. 2. and an ever-fpringing Well of all com-
fortable fupplies in neccffuieSja/er. 3.
2. The Churches Invitation of her, Members and
others, to magnifie God with her throughout the
world.- ». For his glorious Name. 2. For his ex-
cellent Acts, famous throughout all the earth, ver. 4,
5. 3. For the greatnefle of the Holy One of Ifrael m
the Church, ver. 6.
(This Song maybe Tuned as PC l.or2%.)
id; xii.
1.
And in that day thou foaltfiy 3 -
Wil /^V LORD,/> I will thy Praife-difplay ;
the v„y Though wroth with me thou waft,
p Heb. 1
enfefle
q Hcii. And. Thine Anger'nowis turn'd away,
(j Me comforted- thou-haft.
2. Lo, God it my Salvation:
Tie truft and will not fear*
ForJahjEHOVAHtf*W
My ftrength and Song full dear
1 Hcb. And i Hec's my Salvation, andnone elfe
he was 0 3. And ye with joy fhall ay
m; for lal- Draw waters from Salvation's Wells
Villu"- 4. And in that day fhall (ay ;
f Hcb, Ccn •
fcile ve to
JfcriO.
VaH,
t Heb.High.
nedt or fcx-
ccllency.
u Heb. O in
babur.ffe-
of Sion,
I Land
/Laud ye the LORD, call on his Name ;
'Mong Folk his Acts make known :
Make-mention that Yin glorious name
Is heigluned in renown.
5. Sing Pfalme uato the LORD our God;
For he t high things hath done,
This-thing in all the earth abroad
Is known from Sun to Sun.
6.uQ thou that doft in Sion- dwell,
Shout, and fhrill-out moft free:
For th' Holy-one of Ilrael
Is great in midft of thee.
A Prophetical! Song of Thankfgiving
taught the Church aforehand,
touching her deliverance from
Baby Ions Captivity, which fhould
certainly come to pais.
Sect. I.
THis Song is (for fubftance ) much like that in Ch.
XII. yet more full and large. Occafionoi the
Prophet Ifaiahs Penning it feems to be this ; A great
part of this Prophecy is fpent in a Minatory wayy
threatning many judgements and deftructions to
many Enemies of the Church, ( among the reft in a
fpecial manner to Brt^/j^uponwhoferuine the Jews
fhall thence be delivered, J and all thefe in order to
Gods glory and the Churches good, many of the Na-
tions hereby being to be fubdued to God, and added
to the Church for her enlargement ; upon thefe oc-
cafions, as the Prophet himfelfpraifed God for the
Enemies deftrutlkn, and the Churches Reftaurationy
(as things already done,they are fo emphatically de-
fcribed, in Chap. XXV. throughout : ) So the whole
Church is taught aforehand tofing praifes to God for
that her deliverance and her eftabliftiment there-
upon, in Peace, Safety and Profperity, inch. XXVI.
That fo by this publick Song, both their hearts might
be more affected with the Mercy ; and their minds
retain morefirmely the memory thereof.
Seel. II.
Scope Of the Church herein is 1. To Praife the
LORD for her great deliverance from diftrefle, efpe-
ch\ly from Babylon; andhisftrong falvation there-
upon vouchfafed to her. 2. To incite^ her felf and
all the People of God to depend on thij Lord, with
aflured confidence for his favours to them, and hi;
judgments on their proudeft enemies. 3. To pro-
lific her affiance in God for hisconftant Protection
^ of her againft all her enemies and afflictions for the
future. For ( as xC'rt/v/n well notes J This Song'was x lit ereo
not only intended for a form of Praife to the Church confide-
a\ter deliverance, but alfo as a ground of confidence rentludaei
under ctptivtty, both to them and to their children, fe libera-
that they fhould doubtlefle be delivered, though tumiri
they were as hopelefie as dead men in their very atque '
8ravcs- vitamin
1 . r r. ,. . 'plamorte
retinerenr, hocipfis Canticum compofuit Propheta, priufquam
etiam caiamitas accideret, ut jam inftrucii ad earn pe'rfcrendam
& meliora fperanda efient. Ncc enim arbitror ideo folum fuifTe
compofuum ut liberati gratias agerent, fed ut in exilio ipfo
tametfi fimiles eflcnt mortuis •, animos fuos hac fiducia obfirma-
rcnt, filios etiam inftitucrent in hac fpe,atquc hac promil:a quad
per manum traderent polleris. Joan. Calvin. Comment, in
Ifa. 26. 1.
Setf. III.
ISAIAH.
4-
Sett. III.
Principal Parti in order to thefe ends,are
1. The Infcription or Title, defcribing, i. The Kind of
it, A Song. 2. The Place where ic (hall be fung, in
thelandofjudah, that is, The landofConfeffion,(z'uh
y Tunc y Hierome, viz. the Church, whereof Judah wot a Type.,
cantabitur faith ^ Junim. 3. The time when it (hall be fung,/n
canticum that Day, viz. of the Churches reftauration, &c. Ifa.
ifhidin XXVI. ver. 1.
terra Ju-
da, CveJudaM, quod interpretarur utrumque, Confeffto, &c.
Hieron. Comment, in Ifa. 26. Tom. 5.
Z Jm. Annot. in lac.
II. The Song itfelf wherein confider.
1. A gratulation of the Church(by way of Exordium)
for God's admirable de!iverance,conitant confervati-
on & profperity ofher. Wherein note i.The ftrong,
fecu reflate of Jerufalem, the church reftored, »«!.
2. Thepartiesthat fball enioy this happinefe of the
city of God, The righteous Nation peeping hit truths,
ver. 2. 3. The inftrumental mean whereby they are
kept in conftant peace,i/i^. By trufting in God,ver. 3.
II. An Exhortation hereupon to all, conftantlyto
truft in the LORD. This is urged by Arguments
drawn 1. From Gods everlafting power,v. 4. 2.From
his judgments upon the proud and lofty, vtv. 5, 6.
3. From his equal difpenfation of the affairs of the
juft in all conditions, v. 7. Amplifiedby the Chur-
ches difpofition towards God in his courle of judgm-
ments with her, therein waiting for him, defiring
him and his righteoufneffe, ver. 8, 9. whereas the
wicked contrariwife will deal unjuftly,notwithftand-
ing Gods hand lifted up, his favour evidently mani-
fested to them, whereby they procure their own de-
ftruction, ver. 10,11.
III. A Profeffton of the Churches confidence in God,
for her own deliverance and protection, but her e-
nemiesdeftruction, ver. 12. to 20. and this upon di-
vers grounds, vi^. 1. Her former experience of
Gods dealings with her, ver. 12. enabling her to
keep clofe to himfelfeven under the oppreffion and
tyranny ofher enemies, ver. 13. 2. Gods deftru-
ction ofher enemies, ver. 14. 3. Gods gracious en-
largement of the Church by adding thereto the Gen-
tiles to his own glory, ('the a Callingof the Gentiles
being here promifed, J ver. i$t 4. Gods drawing
his people nearer to himfelf by afflictions, ver. 16.
Which afflictions are further defcribed by their ex-
tremity, and continuance, notwithftanding all their
travels and wreftlings for deliverance, ver. 17,18.
5. Gods promife by the Prophet, of reftoring the
Jewes, though like dead men in their graves, asthe
herbs in the Spring are revived by the dew, and bud
afrefh. ver. 19.
IV. The Comlufion, containing an Exhortation of
the Church to patient betaking her felf under Gods
protection (in allufion to the Ifraelites fhutting
their doors, &c. in Egypt, when God flewEgypt'*
firft-born) till the calamitiesbe blown over, ver.20.
This Exhortation is, urged from the Lords prefent
defign to punifh the wicked, and avenge the blood
of his people upon them, ver. 21.
a Hie ha-
bemus
promiffio-
nemde
vocatione
gentium,
qua; pios
in exilio
illo & mi-
fera diffi-
patione
ecclefix
non pa-
rum re-
creare de-
bmtjCalv.
com. in
Ifa. 26.2$.
(Sing this as Vfal. 1 1 3 .)
Ifa. XXVI.
1. In that day fiall this Song be Jung in
the Land of Judah,
I.
b \ 7i 7E have a city ot great ftrength,
V V Salvation Go d will fet at length
As vvallsandc Bulwarks of defence.
2.0 open ye the gates. and/>
The righteous Nation in-fhall-go
^That keepeth Truth and Innocence.
3. 0 God, thti fixt thought/frxpected thee :
Our Soul's defire w to thy Name,
And unto thy fweet memory.
9. Thee in the night defir'd have I
Ev'n with my fouls intenfive flame }
Yea with my fpirit within-me,
I-will-feek-early-after-thee :
For when thy judgements moreer leffe
Are fent forth in the Earth 0 God,
The worlds inhabitants abroad
Will infomefort learn righteoufneffe.
io. Letgreatefl favour-bc-expreft
Unto the wicked when at beft
Tet will he not learn righteoufneffe .*
In land of /^uprightnefs will he
Unjuftly-deal, and will not fee
The LORD'S / Majeftick-glorioufnefs.
1 1. LORD, when thine hand fs-lifted-high,
They will not fee-intentively :
But they fhall fee, andblufh with fhame
For envy at thy folk j likewife
The fire of thy vile Enemies
Shall-eat-them up with greedy flame.
II.
12. LORD,thou wilt Peace for us ordain :
For, all our viorksfwhereby we gain J
Ev'n thou for us didft work and frame.
1 3. Strange lords befides thee,LORD our Gods
Have over us dominion had :
But we'l make mention of thy name
By
bHtb.To us
a city, &c.
c bib A bul-
wark viz
before the
walls.
d Ht/>.Keep-
in-.
c Heb. Peace
peace
{ bfb.lt it
trulted.
g htb. To
Perpetuity.
h Urb. He-
/ayes it lew
i Web. op-
rig tuncflcfc'
kbtb. up-
tightnefles.
I Heb.fub-
Iimeneffc,
424
ISAIAH.
m heb. dead
or. Uyanti.
tiHeb. Hift
ad led to.
o Heb. tnou
arc-glonfi-
fetf
pHeb.ftrair,
d tttefle.
q Heb. A
muftic mon
or Jow-pray-
er.
r Heis. to
brlng.lorth.
fHcb. have
co xeived.
t heb. is,
u heb. fallen
r heb. The
indignation,
v heb. To
vifit the ini-
quity of the
earths inha-
bitants up-
on him.
■% heb. He-
ve.l, or un-
cover.
Ey thee alone, that e.ife c.mfigive.
H-Tbefe lords aredtad, they fhall not live,
they are m deceaf'd, they fhall not rifes ;
Thou-haft-r/iem therefore-vifited,
And wholly-them abol/fned, <
Stroy'd all their memory likewife.
1 5. LORD, thou the Nation n haft encreaf t
Thou to the Nation added-haft,
Whereby 0 thouart-with-glory-ftor'd :
Thy Church thou-haft-rtmoved-farre
To all the Earth's confines that are.
16. Inp ftraics they did thee vifit, LORD;
They poured-out-a q whifpering
When on them was thy chaftening
17. As one with child, that draweth-neer
r The dme-of-her deli very,
Is pain'd,and in her pangs doth cry :
So in thy fight, O LORD, we were.
12. We-/-were-with-chiIde('r/.>oJ<|J> allin vain)
We-have-been-t ravelling in pain,
We-aj-it-were-brought-forth-che-wind:
On Earth Salvations t are not wrought,
Nor are the worlds indwellers u brought-
.To-ruine, (though thereto defigri'd.)
19. Tet thy dead men fhall live ; likewife
With my dead-body they fhall rife
Awake therefore, and finging-fliour,
Ye dufts indwellers not a few :
For as Herbs dew, fo is thy dew -,
Earth alio fhall the dead caft out.
20. Come, O my precious people now,
Into thy chambers enter thou ;
And fhut thy door upon thee / aft :
Do.thou-thy-felf-hide, as-it-were
A Jittle moment fafely here
Until x the wrath be overpaft.
21. For Io, the LORD with fpeedypace
Is coming from his dreadful place,
y To punifh Earth's indwellers fore
For their extream iniquity ;
Earth alfo fhall her bloods ^ defcry,
And fhall her (lain conceal no more.
King Hezekjah's Thankful Song for his
Recovery.
ifa. %d.ver. y.to 21.
Seft. I.
1 If z2 c TH'S Thankful Song was Penned by K. Hezekiab,
Ja'ie,y' ± a afrer his Recovery out of his mortal ficknefs ;
and being of excellentufe to the Church of God in af-
ter ages, is by the Prophet Ifaiah inferted and di-
verted into the body of his Prophecy that it might
ftandupon perpetual Record for the Churches In-
ftr ult ion and Confolarion.
Occafion. /Cing He^ekiah and Jerufalem being de~
livered miraculoully from the Army of Sennacherib
■ jr. 4 , Kingof/J/}5<'r«f»o,
fi de prxfenti effet terrtpore 8c non de prasterito. Manifcftum
eft enim, quod port reddiram fanitatem de infirmitate confur-
gens iftam conferipfcrit : ex quo non Oratio eft, fed Gratiarum
attio, pro beneficio quod acceperat. D. Hiertn. Com. in Ifa. 38
Tom.$.
Occafion,
ISAIAH.
Occafion.viz. when be had beenfick, andwas reco-
vered of hkficknefs, Ifo.Chap. XXXVIII. 9.
The Song itfelf, being partly Narratory; partly
Cratulatory.
I. Narratory, Declaring King HexekiaVs conditi-
on and deportment towards God, under his heavy
afflifting hand, W^. I. Hti Lamentation, wherein
he bewailed pathetically. 1. His untimely death,
before the ordinary courfe of life was finifhed ,
ver. 10. 2. His Deprivation (''by death now ap-
proaching J both of Communion with God herea-
mong the living, and of Communion with Gods Peo-
ple, ver. 11. 3. The brevity of his life notably il-
Juftrated, Partlyby removal of a fhepherds Tent;
Partly by a Weavers Web brought unto the Thrum,
and ready to be cut off, ver. 12. 4. His conftant ex-
pectation of death day and night, ver. 12.13. U«
flit Supplication, wherein note 1. The frame of his
Spirit in praying, he was fo fore oppreffed, he did
but chatter as a Crane or Swallow, and mourn like a
Dove ; yet he ftill directed his eyes and expectation
upward. 2. TheSubftanceofhisRequeft, undertake
for me, ver. 13, viz. k. Be jurety jor me, ox I Recreate
k_Montan. me, Exhilarate me, Eafe me, Make me to reft. Or,as
verf. in loc. Junius m, Weave me up,C alluding to his former fi-
/ Calv. militude of a weavers web ; ) extend the web of my
Com. in loc. life further. C For the Hebrew l^)} fignifles alJ
mjun. thefe.)
Annot.in II. Gratulatory, wherein confider I. Anacknow-
loc. Iedgmcntof the mercy received, admiring it as be-
yond expreflion; What fialllfay* Here he acknovv-
ledgeth 1. Gods Promife of recovery by the Pro-
phet upon his Prayer. 2. Gods Performance of his
Promife. 3. The benefit of this Performance, vi\.
He fhould go all his years beyond the bitternejfe of his
Soul, viz. out-live his deadly difeafe, ver. 15. 4,
Whence men in General, andhimfelfin Particular
derive life, vi%. from influence of Gods Word, and
Work. 0 LORD, by thefe things men live, .
ver. 16. 5. The extremity and unexpeftedneffeof
his affliction, extremity, I had bitternejfe, bitterneffe :
uncxpeftedneffe, Jnpeace, vi^. prelently upon his
great profperity in overthrow oiSennacheribs Army
hefellfick. 6. The truecaufesof his deliverance,
M^. Impulfive, Gods love to his foul in covering his
fta, ver. 17. Finall, Gods glory which cannot be
exalted by the dead, ver. 18. but by the living, ver.
19. II. A Refohition of his conftant folemnepraifes
of God for this falvation and wonderful deliverance,
ver. 2c.
{Sing this as Pfal. ioo. or X. Com.')
Ifa. XXXVIII.
9. The writing of Hezel{iah King of
jjudah, when-he-had-been-flckj) and
had-rcccvivedfrom hisficknejje.
10. T Said in cutting.offmy dayes
J. I to the grave's dark gates fhali go :
Ifhall deprived be alwayes
Of my years refidue alfo.
n. I faid, Ifhall not fee the LORD,
The LORD in land of-Iiving -men :
With world's indwel lers ( un-reftord J
I fliall no man behold n agen.
12. Mine age fs-gone, and from me fled
Ev'n as a fhepherds moving Tent:
A? weaver his web (inifljed,
So I cut-ofTo my 1 ife nighjpent ;
With knife of death, me from the thrum
New woven up cut-off-will-he,
From day till darl^fome night doth come,
Thou-wilc-quite-make-an-end-of-me
13. p I reckoned till the morne, that he
Like Lyon all my bones would break ;
Thou'It-make-an-utter-end-of- me
From day till night, I amfo weak.
14. As Crane or Swallow 9 chartered I ;
As Dove I mourn'd, through my difeafe:
Mine eyes r fail looking up-on-high,
/I am oppreft, O LORD,rme-eafe.
II.
1$. Whatfhall I fay? He(/n my fears)
Eoth fpake ro me, and he did this:
I-fhall-go-foftly all my years
u Beyond my fouls £>e. 313. promiks of Mercy. He was for his Defccnt, dSonof
Baftl. H Ikl-ih, of the Prictts that were in Anathotb in the land
1513. of Benjamin; e Anathoth being one of the Cities ap-
d Jer. 1.1. pointed to the Priefts. For his office,. He was/a
e jof. 21, Prophet, fanft'ified and ordained thereunto of God,
18. even . in his Mothers Wombe before he was born. He
1 Chron. was called to prophecy in his younger years, when
6. 6d. he was but a child: and therefore at ftrft he g was
fjcr. 1. 4, afraid of undertaking fo great a fun&ion, till God
5. had encouraged him. He excufed himjelf (~ faith h
g Jer. 1.6, Ambi ofe J fmth preaching through bis modefty, which
7 , &c. yet he was able to do by Grace, Mofes declined the office
h Moyfes for bit fliwfpeech ( faith i Hierome) but Jeremiah for
quoque & his tender age: Mofes bring of ftrong age, is blamed;
Hieremias Jeremiah his youth, k indulged; baflifulnefs and modefly
eleftia bein\ youths ornaments.. He was bold as a Lyon in
Godscaufe againft wickednefs, yet a troft melting
pathetick tender-hearted Prophet in laying to heart
moft deeply Gods diftonour, or finners mifery :
wicnefs his fighs, tears, and Lamentations. After he
had long prophesied againft the fins of his times.
(; Some oSferve that Jehoiakjm commanded him to be
burnt alive fir freaking againft their golden image
Baal. lAmbrofe litems co be of opinion, that he was
cafl Into a Like and drowned. Calvin inclines to their
opinion, that think, m be was Honed to death by the
enraged multitude \n Egypt after Jerufalem was de-
stroyed.
Donino,
nr oracuU
Dei pri
dicarenc
pop'ilo,
quod
porerant
per gra-
uatn, ex-
cufabant
per verc-
cund'utn.
V. A'fibrof.
Ofjic.lib. 1. c. 17.7V77. 1.
/ Dctefhvum oiticium qnod proajrare non poteft fufiinere :
eadem verectmdia qua & Moyfes tenuis & gracillis vocis effefe
dicir. Sed illequafi magna? robuftequc xratis corripitur: huic
pucritb? datur veiiia, qu* vcrccundia &pudoredecorarur. Hier.
Com. in Jer. 1. l^Ludovic. Vive sin Aug. de civ. Dei. lib. 18. c.
25. torn. 5.
/ Negei btrarnm Efaiam-, cum medius fecarctur ; Hieremiam,
aim mcrgeretur. A'nbi of de Jacob <& vita beata,l 2. c. 9,/«6.
fin. Denique Jeremias in lacurrj mil us eft: h*c enim crant po-
( ularia Juda?oruai] non vino repleca, fed cruore. Ambmf Com. in
J.uc. 20. ad in.t. lib. 9. m Jo. Calv. Proem, Prdall. in Jerem.
Sec a!fo Diodate in hit Arg. of Jeremiah.
Seer. II. Time of his Trdphecying.
As Jeremiah began to prophefie very young, fo
he prophefied very long, vi\. abr.at 43. years, Thii
fee cleared formerly inthe chronologic al Table, &c. fo-
ginningatp.A,\\.nS,Hierome computes the time of nD H'er
his Prophefie to be 41. years, befide, the time that he Com.in Jer
prophefied in Egypt. And 0 Calvin thinks Jeremy 1. 1 2,2.
prophecymg after Jerufalems destruction, might 0 Iliic
pofiibly prophefie above 50. years. However, this is ergo,
very remarkable, that he began to prophefie in theg etiam port
13 year oijofiah,3t which time Religion was in a fad urbem
and deplored ftate, the Book^of the Law being kft excifam
which was to be the Rule both of Faith and life to- Jeremias
wards God and Man pandit was not found till the peregic
18 year of K. Jofiah. So that Jeremiah muft needs curfum
have an hard rafk to deal with fuch a people, among fuum.
whom in a fort not only the purity, but the very Et fieri
memory of Religion was buried and laid wafic. Nate, poteft, uc
God is neither wanting to his Church, to teach and en- ultra
lighten her in her greatefi obfeurity ; nor to his Prophets , a n nos
to affift and encourage them againfi their greateSl diffi. quinqua-
culties. gfnta
incubueri't
in munus, 8r laborem docendi, Calv.prafat.ante prdetl. in Jerem
/Jerem, 1, 2. compared with 2 Chron.34. 8. 14.
Seel:. III. Occasion and Scope.
Occafion God having warned his people againfi:
their many horrid provoking fins, by divers fore-
going Prophets, inviting them to repentance and re-
formation, left they involved themfelves under his
heavy judgments, but in a manner all in vain, the
peoples hearts being hardened: at laft he raifes up
this Prophet, not fo much to invite thofe hopelefs
ones to repent, as to denounce peremptorily and
punctually that fatal blow, the deftruftion of Jerufa-
lem and the Temple, and the peoples 70 years Cap-
tivity in Babylon, for theit incurable fins.
Scope therefore of this Prophecy is, 1. Seeing the
warnings of the former Prophets were defpifed,
The former tenders of Gods grace rejefted, The
great patience of the long-fuffering God abufed, and
his judgments themfelves f efpecially the Captivity
cf the ten Tribes into Affyria unfruitfully managed,
by an obftinate impenitent incorrigible people;
To denounce refolutely and peremptorily that final
and fatal doom agaisft them, vi\. The defbmtion
of both the Temple and Jerufalem, and fo of both
their Ecclefiaflique and Politique State, by the Chal-
deans ; together with the miferable Captivity of the
Jewes themfelves in Babjtoniot 70 years together.
2. To fupport notwithstanding, the hearts of Gods
Eleft among them under thefc dreadfull Judgments,
with fome fweec Promifes intermingled touching
their Deliverance from this Bondage after feventy
yeares, the Reftauration of their Temple and Civil
State, &c. but efpecially touching Chrift the Mejftab,
his Kingdome, Priefthood, Benefits, New Covenant
C more cleared by him then any before, J and their e-
tcrnal deliverance by him. (" VVhereupoD we may
well
Ch
ap. I.toX.
Jeremiah.
427
q Evange- well with Hierom ftile this Prophet q An Evangelical
licum vi- man. J Eur ftill, as r Calvin well obferves, theft
rum. Hier. Promifes rake pbec only after God had taken venge-
Proem.in ance of their fins by the Chaldean s. 3. And finally,
Jerem. to denounce heavy Calamities to other Nations, that
r Dico igt- had occafioned any way the fins of the Jcwes, Afted
rurfimpli- in, or aggravated upon them their miferics ; efpeci-
cirerjere- ally againft Babylon the proudeft and cruelleft of all
miamfuif- their enemies, devoted therefore to utter ruine,
fe a Deo wherein fhe is a notable Embleme of the myfticalBa-
miiTum, ut byhn under the New Teftament.
populo ul-
iimam cladem Prsedfceret : Dcinde ut concionaretur de futura
rcdemptione. Sic ramen, ut interponeret fempcr exilium fep-
tuaginta annorum, Calv. Pr*f. ante Prdeil. in Jer.
Now in unfolding thefe things , in this Prophecy
are intermingled many H (lories, to evidence the ac-
complifhments of the Prophecies. The many Oppo-
fitionsand great Difficnlties alio wherewith the I'ro-
phet vvraftled in the diicharge of his Duty herein :
together wirh Gods wonderful Supporting him under
and delivering him from them all, are recorded •, To
teach Gods Mini/iers to be faithful to God in their pla-
ces againft all opfofttitions-, feeing God if fo Al-fufficient
a Proteflor and Deliverer for them.
Se&. IV. General Part;.
I.
(Thefirfl
part of the
Boo\.
t Jeremi-
ads extra-
ordinary
Call to the
Prophets
Office.
Chap. r.
II.
ir.
The fecond
Part oUhe
Book, which
is chiefly
hortatory.
u Prophe-
cies under
King JO-
SIAH's
Reign.
Chap. 2.
Principal Tarts. Herein are r
2. The Body of the Prophefie it felf.
(ion,
THE PREFACE, containing I, The Title of the
whole Book, /defcribing I. The Penman by his
Name, Parentage and Country, ChA. 1. 2. The
time of his Prophecy, v. 2, 3. II. The t divine vo-
cation of Jeremiah to the Prophetical Office, is fee
forth, ver. 4, 5. Amplified 1. By the Lords encou-
ragements of him to his Office, though a Child, v. 6,
7, 8. 2. By the gift of Prophecy beftowed upon him,
and the extent of his Commiffion both to Jews and
Foreigners, ver. 9, 10, 3. By two vifions confirm-
ing hisCali, vi^.ofaRodof an Almond tree, fignify-
ingthehafteningofGods Wordto perform ir, ver.
1 1, 12. Andoja boyling fot, the face of it towards
the North,denotingthe fum of his Prophecy againft
thejewes, i. e. Gods judgments out of the North,
which fhould boy 1 them as a pot offlefh, ver. 13.ro
17- 4. By the Preparation of rhe Prophet to his
Function, by divers encouraging words and pro-
mifes, ver.ij, 18, 19,
THE BODY OF THE PROPHECY; which
concerns 1. Thejewes, ch. 2, 1. re ch. 46. 1. 2. The
Gentiles,cA.4^.i.rocA.52 1.
I. Touching thejewes, and this either 1. Whilft they
were in Judea, ch.2. 1. to ch. 43. 1. 2. When they
would needs go down into Egypt, ch. 43, 44, 4$.
I. Whilfi the Jewes remained in Judea. Here are di-
vers Prophetical Sermons directed to them. Part-
ly, under King JOSIAHS Reign, Partly, under
King Jehoia l^im^s, and King Zede1(tah's reign.
Under u King JOSJAWS Reign, Jeremiah hath
divers Sermons to the J ewes, Jfom chap. 2.1. To ch.
21. 1.
r. SERMON, toch. 2. 1, to ch. 3.6. wherein confi-
der I. The Preface to it, remembringthem of God's
former kindnefs to them in Egypt and wildemefs,
C6.II. 1, 2, 3. II. Gods expojiulation with them for
their idolatroM revolt fiom him. and fins againft him,
as altogether cauflefs and undeferved on Gods part,
ver. 4. to 10. which is particularly evidenced and
aggravated-, 1. Partly, by their furpaffing the fins of
the Heathens, ver. io. ro 14. 2. Partly, by the judg-
ments they have juflly brought upon themfelves, v.
14. ro 13. 3. Partly, by a lively Reprefentation of
their prefent finnes unto themfelves, who forfaking
God, trufttomen, ver. 18. 19. and to idols, v. 20.
ro25. ^.Partly, by the vanity of idols in compari-
The Preface,
3. The Conclu-
Ibn of rheLord.u.2$.f0 29. 5. Partly ,by die Lords great
kindnefles to rhem, paraikl'd with their contrary
fins, v. 29. to 35. HI. Gods Refolmion to punifh them,
and that for their fins,v. 35,37. andch. HI. i.to6.
2. SERMON ,ch. 3. 6. toch. 7.1. wherci.i chiclly Chap. 3.
the Babylonian bondage is threat ncd to rlic Jcwes
for their contumacious fins. More particularly here
note, !• The Aggravation of the Apoftacy of Ifrael
and Judah,Judah'sbe'\ng wor(e,ver.6.to 12. II. An
exhortation of them to repentance, ver. 12, 13. urg-
ed. 1. From rhe Covenant betwixt God and them,
and from Evangelical promifes if they will Repent,
ver. i4-ro2D. 2. From their treacherous Apoftacy
from God, ver. 20. Amplified by the form or man-
ner of their returning again unto God, directed by
God, ver. 21. to Ch. IV. ver. 3. 3. From the judg-
ments that orhcrwife would come upon them, if chap. 4.
they continued impenitent , which judgements
are threatned for their fins , v:r. 3. to 14. may
be prevented by Repentance, ver. 14.ro 19. are pa-
thetically defcribed, ver. 19. to the end oj the chap.
III. A particular Demonftration both of their feveral
grievous finnes, and of the judgments threatned for Ch. 5. and
them, Ch. V. throughout, and Ch. VI. 1. to 10. IV. A Chap. 6.
Confutation of their preemption and vain Confi-
dence, who thought not their Cafe fo defperate, as
indeed it was, nor the judgements fo defervedly
threatned, 1. By Expoftulation wirh the Jews them-
felves, for their 1 Contempt of the Word of the
Lord by the Propher, ver. 10,11, 12. 2 Covetouf-
nefs^.13.3 Falle-dealingofboth Prophets & Priefts,
ver. 13, 14 4 Im pudency, ver. 15. And 5 WilfiiH
obflinacy, ver. i5, 17. 2. Byappealro the Nati-
ons and to the Earth, touching their Hypocrifie, and
the equity of his Judgements for their tins, v. 18.ro
27.V. The Conclulion containing, i.The Prophets
encouragement in his Office againft them,v.27. 2. The
incurable rejection as reprobate filver.y.28, 29, 30.
3. SERMON, ck. 7, 8, 9, wherein confider I. The
Preface containing t. An invitation to attention.
2. Place where, w^: in the Gate of the Temple,
Ch. VII. 1, 2. II. Gods calling them to Repentance and Chap. 7.
Reformation. 1. By promifes, ver. 3. to 8. 2. By
threars of heavy judgements for their many fins,x>/^.
Hypocrifie, ver. 8. to 17. Idolatry, ver. 17. to 21.
Difobedience, ver. 21.ro 29. Abominations in To-
phet, ver. 29. to the end. andChap.WIU. 1.2,3. Sot- Chap. 8.
tifh and fhamelefs impenitency, ver. 4. to 1 3. Thefe
threatnings are amplified, Partly, by a Defcription
of the judgments threatned for their fins, ver. 13. to
18.. Partly, by the Prophets Lamentation both for
their judgments and fins, ver.+i8tothe end. andCh. Chap. 9.
IX. r. to 1 2. III. A Refutation ^their vain confidence
in that they had Prophets and the Law. For i.Their
Prophets declare not why the land periftieth,i;er:i2.
2. Themfelves obey not the Law which they have, v.
13, 14. therefore fuch judgements fhould befall
them, ver. 15, \6. Theyhadneed to hire cunning
women to mourn for them, ver. 17. ro 23. IV. The
ConclufiOn, wherein 1. The godly are incited to de-
cline all Carnal confidence and glorying, and to glo-
ry only in the knowledge of the Lord, i/er. 23, 24.
2. The ungo'dly Jewes are threatned to be punifhed,
as we'I as uncircumcifed Heathens, iw.25, 26.
4. SERMON, whereby thejewes are difivvaded
from Heathenifh idolatry, whereunto they were too
inclinable. Herein note I. The Exordium, inciting
Ifr ael to attention, Ch.X,ver. 1. II. The Lords Dif- Chap. io»
fwafion of\{rae\jrom learning the Heathens wayes, and
fearingtheir Llols, ver. 2. and this is urged 1 Partly^
from the vaft difparity betwixt the true God and i- '
dols, laid down in an elegant An:irhefis, ver.^.ti
17. 2. Partly, by the judgement threatned to the
Land for idplarry, ver. 17.ro 23. III. The Conclufion,
wsj. The Prophets Prayer, feeing that mans way is
not in himfelf, that the Lord*"would moderate his
difpleafure towards his people, and turn it upon the
Heathen theirenemies, ver. 23, 24^25,
5. SERMON) ch. 11. and 12. wherein, I. An Ex-
ordium
. 428
Chap. II
Jeremiah.
Chap. 12
ordium calling for attention, Cb.Xl. 1,2. II. A Re-
prehenpon of Judah and Jerujalem, for breach of Co-
venant with God by their idolatry, ver. 3. to H.
III. AC*mmin.imn. 1. Generally zgi\ni\ Judah foe
their fins and idolatries, ver. 11.ro 18. 2. Particu-
larly■■ againfl Anathnth, for their confpiracies againft
Jeremiah for his faithfulnefs in his offices ver. 18. fo
the end of the chap. This twofold Commination is
amplified v 1. By the Prophets doubt and temptation
/about the Profperity of the wicked, notwithftand-
Chap. 13.
t Dearth
threarned.
Chap. 14.
Chap. 15.
Chap. 16.
Chap. 17.
Clup. 18.
Chap.
Chap.
mg his threats againft them, Cb. XII. 1.2. 2. By
the Anfwer to this donbt for the Prophets and Chur-
ches confolation. As for the godly, they are af-
flicted for their good, and the Prophet himfelfwas
to contend with greater difficulties than at Anathotb,
viz. when he fhou'dcome to deal with them of Je-
rufalem, ver. 3. to 7. As for the wicked, they fliall
not ftiil profper, but fhall at Iaft be plagued, ver. 7.
to 14. IV. A Conclufion, comforting the Elect Rem-
nant among them, with Promifes of deliverance at
laft outof captivity, ver. 14. to the end.
6. SERMON, wherein 1. Deftruftion of Judah
and Jerusalem is threatned, Partly, under the type
of a linncn girdle marred, Chap. XIII. 1. to 12.
Partly under the type of bottles filled with wine, v.
12, j 3, 14. 2. They are advifed by repentance to
prevent thefe judgments, ver. 14. to 22. 3. Their
fins are declared to be the procuring caufes of all, v
22. to the end.
7. SERMON, cb. 14. and 15: Containing I. The
Summary Argument of the Sermon, viz^. a t Dearth,
67;. XIV. 1. II. The Denunciation of the Death pa-
thetically dtferibed, ver. 2. to 7. III. Deprecati-
ons of Judgements threatned, with Gods Anfwer s
thereunto. 1. The Church or Prophet in her name,
Prayes againft famine, and other judgements, ver.
7,8,9. The Lord anfwers, That his intended judge-
ments are irrevocable ; Ikc.ver. 10, 1 1, 12. 2. The
Prophet prayes againft the falfe prophets that falfely
promifed the people peace, ver.i$.The Lord anfwers,
threatning ruineboth to thofe Prophets, and to them
tliatbelievethem,i>. 14,15, id.and appoints the Pro-
phet a Lamentation for confirmation thereof, ver. 17,
18.3. The Prophet prayes for mercy, againft utter re-
jection, ver. 19. to the end. The Lord Anfwers, That
he is determined utterly to reject, them, Cb. 1. to 10.
4. Jeremiah complains of the oppofition againft him-
Jelf, and the difficulty of his office ; The Lord com-
forts him, ver. ic.ro 15. 5. Jeremy (Teeing he can-
not be heard for the peoplej prayes for him felf, ver.
15.ro 19. The Lord grants his prayer, verfe 19,
20, 21.
8. SERMON. ch.\6. pjT 17. wherein confider, I.
The Preface Cb. XVI. 1. I. Denunciation of judge-
ments under a threefold Type of, A7of Marrying,
Not Mourning, Not Feajting, ver. 2. to 10. III. De-
tnonftration of the procuring caufes of thefe judge-
ment^ theirfins, ver. 10. ro the end, and C/j. XVII.
ver. i. to 5. IV. A Declaration of mans felicity and
infelicity, wherein it confifts, ver.$. fo 15 V.The
Prophets complaint and Prayer to be defended a-
gainft Hypocrites, ver. 15. to 19. VI. TheConclu-
l;on, 1. Exhorting them to renew their Covenant
with God in Sanctifying the Sabbath, ver. 19.ro 24.
2. Preffing this exhortation, Partly, by Promifes,
1/.14, 10 27. Partly, by threats, v. 27.
9. SERMON. Wherein are I. An invitation ro
Repentance under the Type of a Potter, i.From
Gods power and Soveraignty over his creatures.
2. From Promifes to the Penitent. 3. From threats
to the impenircnts, Ch. XVIII. 1. ro 12. II. An Ex-
poflulation with them forthcir contumacy, ver. 12.
to 18. III. Jeremiah'' s Prayer againft his Confpira-
tors, ver. 18. to the end. Hereunto are annexed
1. The Prophets Aft of breaking a potters veflel in
T phetn at Gods command, to denote their utter de-
(tniction. Cb. XIX. throughout. 2. The Prophets
fufferingby Fafliur, C.b. XX. 1,2,3. Amplified by
the coiiictpjcMs thereupon, v z,- x.Pafliur is nam-
ed Pear -round- .ibout, ver. 3. ro 7. 2. Jeremiah com-
plaineth, of contempt, ver. 7, 8, 9. Of Treachery,
ver. 10 .fo 14. And of his unhappy Birth, ver. 14. t»
the end.
Vnder the Reign of Jehoiakim and Zedekiah Kings
ef Judah were the following Prophecies, Ch*p.
2 1. to 43. f Both thefe Kings are named together,
becaufe the Prophecies in their fever all dayes, a\e
r,ot dijiintrlyobferved in order. J
I. Sermon, touching the event of Nebuchadnezzar s
warre againft Judah, where note, 1. Occafion of
the Prophecy, vi\. King Zedekiah s fending to Je-
remiah zbouih, Chap. XXI. 1, 2. 2. The Prophecy
it felf, 1. Foretelling their hard fiege and captivity
by Nebuchadnezzar, ver' 3- t0 8* 2> Perfwading the
People to fubmit to him, ver. 8. to 1 1. 3. Upbraid-
ing the Kings houfc for their carnal confidence, ver.
it. to the end.
II. Sermon. ( probably this was in x Jehoiakjm''s
time, when he reigned through help of the King of
Egypt J wherein note I. An Exordium, Chap. XXII.
1, 2. II. The Doftrine of obedience to the Law,
urged fynechdochically by promifes and threats,
ver. 3,4,5. III. The former doftrine particularly
accommodated to all States and degrees among
them, vt\. 1. To Kings ver. 6. to 10. King Shal-
lum, ver. 10.ro 13. King Jehoiakim, ver. 13. to 20.
King Coniah, ver. 20. to the end. 2. To Princes and
Magistrates that had oppreffed them •, Cbap. XXIII.
1, 2. whofe ruine becaufe it could not be without de-
struction of the People, therefore the Reftauration
oftheeleft is promifed by Chrift THE LORD OUR
RIGHTEOUSNESSE. ver. 7,.to 9. 3. To the
falfe Prophets, ver. 9. ro 33. 4. To the Prophets,
Prieftsor people, that fliall mock the true Prophets,
ver. 33. to the end.
III. Sermon; afrer Jeconi ah, Sec. was carried cap-
tive to Baby Ion by Nebuchadnezzar, wherein under
the type of good and bad figs, good is promifed to
the captives in Babylon , and evil is threatned to
Zedekiah and the reft in Judea and Egypt, Ch. XXIV.
throughout.
IV. Sermon,in the fourth year of Jehoiakim (there-
fore before the former,) wherein 1. The continued
obftinacy of the People againft all the Prophets Ser-
mons is reproved, Chap. XXV. 1. ro8. 2. Punifh-
ments, yea feventy years captivity is threatned ,
ver. 8. to 12. 3. Babylon's ruine after that ; yea and
the ruine of all Nations C the cup of Gods wrath go-
ing round ) is denounced, ver. 12.ro the end.
V. Sermon, in beginning of Jehoiakjms reign,
wherein I. The Preface, Chap.XX\'l. 1,2. II. An
Invitation to Repentance by promifes and threats.
ver. 3. to 8. 3. The events of the Sermon, viz,. 1.
Theaccufationof Jeremiah by the Priefts and Peo-
ple, verfe 8. 1 0 1 2. 2. Jeremiah's Apology for him-
felf, ver. 12. to 16. 3. Contention of the Princes a-
gainft the Priefts, and their fetting Jeremiah free, v.
1 6. to the end.
VI. Sermon, in beginning of Jehoiakjm's reign,
wherein they are difiwaded from defeftion from the
King of Ba bylon, and from hearkening to their falfe
Prophets perfwading them to revolt ; and this by
many Arguments, Chap. XXVII. throughout.
VII. Sermon, in King Zedekjah's fourth year,
wherein are $. Hananiah's falfe prophecy of Jeco-
niah's return from Babylon, within two years, Cbap.
XXVIII. 1. ro 5. II. Jeremiah's contelt with l.ini,
and Prophecy both of the peoples captivity and Ha-
naniah's death, ver. 5. to the end. 3. Hereunto may
be annexed Jeremiahs letter to the Captives in Ba-
bylon, inltrufting them not to expect returne thence
within two years, as their falfe Prophets told them,
Chap. XXIX. where note 1. the Preface, containing
the occafion of his letter, ver. 1, 2, 3. z. TheLet-
ter it felf, More generally concerning the Jews them-
felvcs, v. 4. ro 2 j. More Particularly againA the falfe
Prophets, ver. 20. to the end.
VIII. Sermon, wherein note I. An Exordium fig-
nifyiog
Chap. 2i;
x Jun. An-
not. in he.
Chap. 22*
Chap. 22.
Chap. 24.
Chap. 25.
Chap. 25',
Chap. 27.
Chap. 28.
Chap. 2c
Chap. XXX. to XLIIIL
JEREMIAH.
429
Chap. 30.
III.
The third,
Part of
the Book,
containing
chiefly
Comforts
and Pro-
mises
touching
the Peo-
ples deli-
verance
byCyrus,
and the
Churches
Reftaura-
tion by
CHRIST.
Chap. 31.
Chap. 32.
y The New
Covenant.
Chap. 33.
Chap. 34,
\ Jun. An-
not. in loc.
Chap. 3$.
IV.
The fourth
Part of the
Book.
Hiftorical.
Chap. 36.
nifyingtous, 1. The Author 01 theS< rmon, 2. The
Record thereof commanded to be made. 3. The Sum-
mary Argument thereof, vi\. the Jews return from
Babylon Chap. XXX. 1,2,3. H. A Proportion, both
of the Jewsprcfent miferics, as alfoof their future
deliverances, Typicall by Cyrus \ and Typified by
Chrift their true David, ver. 4. to 12. III. A more
particular Narration and Amplification of thefe mik-
ries and deliverances, 1. By their caufes, their fins
procuring rheir forrovvs, ver. 12. to 16. Gods nicer
mercy effecting their deliverances, ver. 16. to 23. 2.
By the oppofitc wrath threatned to the wicked, ver.
23. 24. 3. By the fweet bleflings and Communion
which they fhall have with God in Chrifts kingdome
after their deliverance, Chap. XXXI. i.to 15. 4. By
removal 1 of fuch inconveniences as might leem in-
confiftem with the kingdome of Chrift,W^. Some fuf-
ferings to be endured at Chrifls nativity, Anfwered,
ver. 13, 16, 17. Conlcience of their own infirmities,
remaining even in the godly, Anfwered, x-er.17.ro
22. 5. By defcription of the BlefTmgs promifed,
vi^. Chrifls Reftauration, Prtfervation, Juft Ad-
miniflration ofaffaires,and^77je New Covenant, ver.
22. to 35. IV. A Confirmation of all thefe former Pro-
mifes to IJrael, from the liability of the creatures,
v. 25,36, 37. V. A conclufion with a typical repeti-
tion of things promifed, ver. 38, 39->4°-
IX. Sermon, in the tenth year of Tedekjah. Here
confider, 1. The time when the word of the Lord
came to him, C*m/>. XXXII. i.to6. II. The Return
from captivity confirmed by a type of the buying of
Hanameds field, ver.. 6,to 16. III. The Prophets
complaint to the Lord about the Type, ver. 16. to
26. IV. The Lords explanation of the Type, in Rati-
fying both the Captivity, and the Deliverance from
it, ver. 26.10 the end.
X. Sermon; a little after the former. Wherein,
1. The Preface, Chap. XXXIII. 1,2,3. n- P'omifes
of deliverance, Typicall from Babylon, and Spiritu-
al!, &c. ver. 4. ro 1$. III. An Excellent Promife of
the Mefliah, 1 . To be born of the feed of David. 2.
King of Ifrael, doing righeoufnefle, ver. 15. 3* Jidh'-
fier and defender of his Church, ver. 16, 17. 4.
Prieft, ver. 18. 5. His Kingdome and Prieflhood to
be perpetual!, ver.JO'totheend.
XI. Sermon. Wherein note, 1. The rime of the
Prophecy, in the wars againft Judea and Jerufalem,
Chap. XXXIV. 1. 2. The Prophecy it felf, touching
Zedekjahs captivity in Babylon, though he fhould
die in peace, Spoke to him at Gods command, ver.
2. to 8.
XII. Sermtn; after Zedekjah had covenanted
with his people in Jerufalem,to proclaim (according
to the Iaw_) liberty to their fervants,in their fiegeibut
broke this covenant after, \ C the fiege being raifed
by the King of Egypt, J here 1. Occafion of the Pro-
phecy, as above, ver. 8. to 12. 2. The Prophecy of
Jerusalem's and Zedekjahs captivity for this Cove-
nant-breaking, ver.Z.totheer.d.
XIII. Sermon, indayesof King Jehoiakjm, where-
in 1. The Preface, Chap. XXXV. 1. 2. TheRepre-
henfionof the Jews difobedience by the Rechabites
obedience. The Rechabitct obeyed their father,
though dead, and that in difficult duties : The Jews
difobeyed their God, though living, and that in eafie
duties, ver. 2. to 16. 3. ACommination againft the
Jews for their difobedience, ver. \6, 17. 4. Promifes
tothe Rechabites for their obedience, ver. 18, 19.
Vnto all thefe Sermons are annexed divers Hiftorical
Narrations, declaring the accomplifliment of the former
Prophecies in part, viz.
I. The writing of all Jeremiahs Prophecies in a Book,
Where. 1. Gods command thus to write them, that
they might publickly be read in the Temple and
Kings Palace, and the execution thereof, Chapt.
XXXVI. 1. to 20. 2. The Kings burning the Roll
read, and evil intentions againft Baruch and Jeremi-
ah, but the Lord hid them, ver. 20. to 27. 3. The
reparation of the Roll at Gods command with addi.
Chap. 3p-
tions, Jehoiakjm being threatned fevcrely for his
contempt, ver. 27. to the end.
If. Jeremiahs entertainment andufageat Jeruja-
lem under King Zedekjah. where 1. Zedekjah'smfy-
celfion, wicked Reign, and Mrflage'to Jet ;;i.ibto
pray for them, when the Kin, >f £ -p t had raifed ,
the Chaldeans fiege about Jeru Urn ' XXXVII. u,aP- 57-
1. to 6. 2. Jeremiahs Prophecj of the Ci > -fic*ge
again, and deftruftion bytheChald< ni.no itn-.
ftanding the Egyptians relief, ver. 6 t 1 1 3. Jere-
w/rt/;Vimpriloninentby the Princ u| oc pretence
of his falling away ro the Chaldea:.:, ver. II I i5.
4. King Zedekjah s private tranl'actici.s vwrh Jere-
miah in prifon, granting him fomc n taxation and
relief, ver. 16. to the end. 5. Jeremiah by the Princes
Confpiracy is caft inro the Dungeon, <;nd funk in the .
mire, Chap. XXXVIII. 1.1*7. 6. His d liverapce ChaP- 3«;
out of the Dungeon at Ebed-melechs rtqueft to the
King,tw. 7.^14. ?• Jeremiah in conference with
the King, counfc-Ikth him to fave his life by fubmit-
ting to the Chaldeans, ver. 14.^24. This confe-
rence is amplified by the Kings device to conceal it
from the Princes, ver. 24. to 28. 8. Jeremiah's con-
tinuance in the Court of the prifon till Jerufalem was
taken, ver. 28.
III. The takjngof Jerufdem by the Chaldeans, de-
fended, 1. By the time when, vi^. in the eleventh
year of Zedek'ah after two years ficge,C/j. XXXIX.
1,2,3. 2' By the taking oi Zedeki ah flying, killing
his fons before his eyes, flaying all the Nobles, put-
tingour. Zedekjahs eves, and putting him in Chains
to carry him to Babylon ver. 4. to 8. 3. By the Ruin of
Jerufalem , burning down the houfes, breaking down
the walls, and carrying the people captive to Babylon,
except the poorer fort. ver. 8. to 11. 4. By Jeremi-
ads kind ufage,according to King Nebuchadnezzar's
appointment, ver. 11, to 15. 5. By Gods Promife ro
Ebed-melech, to preferve him though Jerufalem were
deftroyed, ver. 1 5. to the end.
IV. Confequences after Jerufalems dffiruBion; I.
Jeremiah's liberty from his chains, and return ro
dwell with Qedaliah whom the King of Babylon had
left as Governour over the Land, Chap. XL. 1. to 7,
II. The fcattering Jewes gathering together to Qe-
daliah to dwell in the Land, ver.'j.toi^. III. Jo-
hanarfs difcovery of iflimaePs Confpiracy from the
King of the Ammonires againft Gedaliahs hfejbut nor
credited, ver. 1 3. to the end. IV. iflimaels treacherous
V\\\'ingo{Gedaliah the Governour and others, and
carrying captive the People of M^peh, Chap.XU. chap. 41.
1. to 1 1. V. Johanan's and the Captains Recovery of
the Captives from Iflmael, with whom they intend-
ed to dwell in Egypt, (fearing the Chaldeans becaufe
oiGedahahs death, made Governour by the King of
theChaldees, J ver. 11. to the end. This is further
amplified, 1. By their joynt Confulrationof Jere-
miah about going into Egpyt, Chap. XLII. 1. 2,3. 2 Chap. 42.
By Jeremiahs Anfwer, promifing to deal faithfully,
with them, ver. 4.^7. Afluring them from the Lord
of fafety in Judea, ver. 7. to 13. but of deftrmSion in
Egypt, ver. 13.ro 19. reproving them for Hypocrifie
in coming to enquire, but not obeying Gods VVilJ.as
they promifed, ver. 19. to the end. 3. By Johanan's
going wirh the People into Egypt , conttary to the
Word of the Lord,and carrying Jeremiah with them ,
thither, Chap. XLIII. 1. to 8. 4. By Jeremiahs Pro- Chap. 42.
phecy of Egypts defiruttion by the King of Babylon,
under the Type of great Stones hid in clay in a Brick-
kilne,ver.8. tothe end.
Hitherto of Jeremiah's Prophecies touching the
Jewes, while in the Land of Judea. Now
follow hit Prophecies concerning them, whenin
Egypt.
■ II. When the Jewes were in Egypt, Jeremiah I.
Reproves the Jewes for their idolatry in Egypt, r.
Partly convincing them of the danger of their fin, by
the late Deftruftion of Jerufalem for idolatry, Chap.
XLIV. i.roU. 2. Partly threatning their Deftrufti- Chap, 44.
on in Egypt, ver. u.to 15. II. Foretells the ruine of
R r r r r the
Chap. 4c
43o
LAMENTATIONS.
Chap. XLV. to LU.
the Jewes in Egypt for their obftinacy in idolatry, as
he had deftroyed thera in ludea, ver. 15. to 28. Am-
plified, 1. By Promifcofa Remnants return out of
Egypt, to fee Gods Word fulfilled, ver. 28. 2. By
a Sign of this their Ruine, vi^. The delivering of
the King of Egypt into his hands, as Zedekiah was,
ver. 29, 3?.
[To this part of the Eook is annexed Ieremiah's
inffrueYion and Confolations of Baruch, being trou-
bled, when in the Fourth year of King ]ehoial>im he
had written leremiah's Prophecies in a Roll, Chap.
Chap. 45. XLV. throughout, this properly belongs as an Appendix
to ch. $6.]
Thus o/JeremiahV Prophecies touching the
Jewes
Next follow his Prophecies againftthe Gen-
tiles,ch,46.i.toch. 52.1.
U. touching the Gentiles, Jeremiah being in Egypt,
hath many Prophecies for the comfort and good of
his Church. Here note,
Chap. 4c?. 1. the Preface tothefe Prophecies, Cb.XLVI.L
2. the particular Prophecies.
I. Againft Egypt, 1. That Pharaoh Necho's Army
fhall be overthrown at Euphrates by the King of Ba-
bylon, ver. 2. to 13. 2. That Egypt fhall be conquer-
ed by the King of Babylon, ver. 13. to 27.. This is
illuftrared by the oppofite comforts of Jacob, that
fhall not be wholly deftroyed as others, but chaftifed
in meafure, v.21,22.
II. Againft the Philijlines, their fearful de-
Chap. 47. ftruftion is threatned , Chap. XLVII. through-
out.
III. Touching Moab. I. That Moab fhall be de-
Chap. 48. flroyed, Ch. XLVIII. 1. to 7- For 1. His Carnal
confidence, ver. 7. to n. 2. His fecurity, ver.ii.ro
14. 3 His pride in the Arm offlefh, ver. 14.1026.
4. His infolency againft God and his People, ver. 26
to 27. II. Thar in the latter dayes, MoaVs captivi-
fhall be returned.^. 47.
IV. Concerning Ammonites. 1. Their deftru&ion
Chap. 49. and captivity is threatnedjf^.XLI X. i.ro 6. 2. Their
Reftauration is promifed. ver. 6.
V. Againft Edom, the defolation thereof is threat-
ned,!/. 7. to 23.
VI. Concerning Damafcm. The ruine thereof k
threatned, v. 23. to 28.
VII. Againft Kedar and the Kingdom ef Ha^or.
That they fhall be ruined,i/.28. to 34.
VIII. Concerning Elam, where 1. The time of
the Prophecy, ver. 34. 2. The Prophecy it felf,
threatning Elam 's difperfion, v. 35. to 39. Pro-
mifing Elam's Reftauration in the latter dayes,
v. 39.
IX. Againft Babylon. In this Prophcey note I.
The Preface Ch. ,L 1. II. the Subftance of the Prophe- Cfjap. 50,
cy it felf, wherein are 1. The fummary Propofalof
Babylon's ruine, and the Jews deliverance thence
thereupon, ver. 2. to 5. 2. A more p'.enary Decla-
ration of both, very pathetically, ver. 5. to 33.
3. A Confirmation hereof, 1 Partly from Gods po-
wer, fet forth alfo by the inftruments and effects of
his judgments, ver.33. tothe end. and Ch.Ll.i. to Chap. 51.
14. 2 Partly by the Oath of the great God, ver. 14.
to 41. 4. A Confutation, 1 Partly of Babylon's car-
nal confidence, ver. 4i.r0 45. 2 Partly of the Jews
diffidence of their deliverance, who are encou raged
by Promifes, ver. 45. to 50. III. the Conclufion.
1. Exhorting the Jewes to faith and obedience, ver.
40, 51. 2. Summarily reciting Babylon's judgements
ver.$2.totbeendoftkechap.
The CONCLUSION, or clofe of the whole Pro- m,
phecy, as an Epitome of the Hifiorical Part thereof,
(the fame with 2 Kings 24. 18, 19, 20. and ch. 25
throughout.') Herein are declared 1. Zedekiahxs de-
fection from the King of Babylon, Ch. LU. 1,2, 3. Chap. 52.
2. Hierufalem's laft fiege, taking and burning, the.
Kings punifhment, and Peoplesbeing carried captive
to Babylon, ver. 4. fo 31. 3. The liberty granted to
King Jehoiachin in the 37 year of his captivity by
Evil-Merodach, King of Babylon, ver. 31, 32,33,
34-
LAMENTATIONS.
a See i
C.hron.^
25-
SeCr. I. Order and Name.
TO the Prophecy of Jeremiah , as an Appendix
may well be annexed. The LAMENtAtlONS
OF JEREMIAH. Jerusalem's deftruction being
foretold, and fulfilled according to the tenour of
that ; and fadly bewailed according to the tenour
of this Book.,
From thc/JV/? worii Alphabet of this Lamentation, Chap.l.
throughout. Wherein are 1. A pathctick exclamation,
or complaint of the deep milery of both theCity and
people, ver. !• to 8. 2. An acknowledgment of Je-
rufalems fins, as the procuring caufes of thefe lor-
rowes, ver. 2. to 12. 3. An Apoftrophe, or affecti-
onate Compellation of all that paiTe by tobefenfibly
touch't with her forrowes, which fhe therefore not-
ably defcribes, ver. 12. to 18- 4. A juftification of
Gods juft proceedings, ver. 18. 5. An invitation of
others to confider her mi (cries, ver. 18. 19.^ 6. The
Churches Prayer to God.tor pardon of her fin, abate-
ment of her forrowes, and rccompenfing her ene-
mies according to their deferts, ver. So, 21,22.
II. the jecond Alphabet of Lamentation, Chap.il.
throughout. Wherein are I. A fad defcription of
Jerufalem's rrvferkh. 1. By the particulars of them,
in'%. the deflruction of the Kingdome, and all its
Princes- of the City and allitsftrong Holds and Pa-
laces; of the Temple, Altar, Sabbaths, and all the
Soknme Feafts •, of the walls and all the gates, ver.
j. ro 9. The mifcries upon her King, Princes, Pro-
phets, Elders, Virgins, People, Children and Suck-
ling?, ver. $ito 13. 2. Eythe Incomparable greac-
ntf!e of her diibefs beyond example, ver. 13. 3. By
one procuring caufe of her calamity, the Prophets
. falfe vifions, and indulgence to their fins, ver. 14. 4.
! By the enemies proud infultings.over Jerufalem"s
'■ ruines, ver. i§, 16, 17. 5- BytheLords thus fulfili-
[ ing his word upon Jerufalem, ver. id. II. Aninvi-r
tation of the people to bitter forrowes and carnefr.
Prayers to God in refpeft of thefe mifcries ; a forme
of words being put into her hand, ver. 19. to the
end.
III. The third Alphabet of Lamentation, Chap.UI. Chap. 3.
throughout. Wherein are I. A fad complaint of Je-
remiah in the Perfon of the People, for the grievous
evils upon the Church from an angry God, ver. i.to
21. II. Aconfolation againft all thefeevils-, drawn
from 1. Gods moderation in afflicting,, that all are
not utterly conlumed, ver. 21, 22,23. -• From
Gods peculiar love and goodnefie to the Elect, even
under their afflictions, ver. 24.ro 31. 3. From the
Petiodof afflictions; though they be long, they will
have an end, ver. 31.ro 37. III. An acknowledg-
ment of Gods juflice in all their fufferings, for their
fins, which are to be repented of, and not Gods Judg-
ments repined at, ver. 37. 55. IV. A Prayer of the
People, 1. For themfelves and their deliverance,
ver. 55. fo $9. 2. Againft their enemies, ver. 59. to
the end.
IV. The fourth Alphabet of Lamentation, Chap. IV. .
f&roH£/;o; 18. 3. From Gods eternity, who
therefore muft have everlafting fubjefts, ver. 19.
4. From the incongruity of Gods perpetual forget-,
itiog them, contrary to hispromifes, ver/. ao, 21, 22
It.
Chap. 5.
E Z E K I E L.
a lexechiel
Fortirudo
Dei. Hier.
. k Nomin.
Hebraic.
Tom. 3.
b Lad.
Lav.itcrin
K'/tch.
Horn. 1.
Scft. 1. e
Greg. Naz.
Sect. I. Name and Penman of the
Book.
THis Book by the Hebrews iscalled ^KpirP
"1ED Sephcr Jechexliel, viz. TheBool^ of E^e-
fnel ; from EKe^Je^ r.ne Preacher and Penman of
thefe Prophecies contained in this Eook. The name
E^ekiel, ( as « Hierom noteth J fignifies The-Forti-
tude-of-God ; This name ( thinks b Lavater J vat not
given to him without a [pedal Providence of God. For
God enabled him with a flout and undaunted mini to re-
prove both People and Princes s and to denounce tboje
evils unto them, which the mighty God the Lord of Hofls
wat bringing upon them for their impieties, He was c
both Priell and Prophet, d Na^ian^enhUh, E^el(iel
is to be admired among the Prophets, and is moftfubtile.
Ezek. 1. 3. & 2. $.
in Apclogct.
hccj.
iD.Pareus
Eiekjcl prophecied i from the fifth year of King inAdvcr.
Jthoiachiris captivity, in the fourth moncth, the inExecb.
fifth
Chap. L IL
E Z E K I E L.
433
thefifthdayof therr.oneth; u\\ the twenty fifth year
of the Captivity, the beginning of the year, the tenth day
of the moneth : in the fourteenth year, after that the
^Compare City was fmitten. k\n all about nineteen years and
Ezeck. i. fotneoddedayes. He was in part contemporary with
I, 2, 3. Jeremiah, Jeremiah beginning before him ; They
with prophecied in two fevcral places, Jeremiah in J nit a,
E^ech. 40. Ezskitl in ChaUea ; and yet their Prophecies, for
J. &o the matter of them, notably agree: f which is a fin-
gular Argument of the divine Authority of thefe two
Prophecies, and that they were End i ted by the fame
Spirit of God, though penned in places far diftant ; )
Only E^el^'el is more terrible and vehement in tax-
ing and reproving finne than Jeremiah; and more
abounding in Vifions, which renders the Book, efpc-
cially in fome places, very intricate and hard to be
fAggre- underflood. The difficulty of 'this Volume , f faith /
diar Eze- Hierome J the tradition of the Hebrews proves ; for
chiel Pro- with them unleffe a man have fulfilled the Age of the
phetam, Priefily Miniftry, that is,the thirtieth year, he is neither
cujus permitted to read the Beginning ofGenefis, nor the Song
diffitulta- of Songs, nor the Beginning and End of this Book;
tern
Hebrsorum probat traditio. Nam nifi quis apud eos statem
facerdotalis minifterii, id eft, tricefimum annum impleverit, nee
Frincipia Genefeos, nee Cantica Canticorum, nee hu)us voluminis
exordium C^/me/M legerepermittitur,ut ad perfectam fcientiam
& myflicos intelleftus, plenum humana? naturae Tempus ac-
eedat- D. Hieron. Proem, in 1. lib. Comment. inE^ech. Tom. 5.
Sect. III. Occafion of this Trophecy.
The right confidering of the Occ afion whereupon
God was pleafed to raife up this Prophet,conduceth
not a little to the understanding of his Prophecy.
The Prophet Jeremiah warning the People of their
fins, and denouncing Gods judgements for them,
efpecially the deflruftion of Jerufalem, and Babylo-
nifh captivity, had now prophecied a long -lme, but
without fruit fas m Calvin well notes, } to the Jevys,
wr. eighteen n years under King Jojiah, who reig-
ned thirty one > ears in all, in whofe thirteen years
Jeremiah began to Prophecy, three 0 months under
Jehoaha^cilkdShaHum, up years under King Je-
hoiakjm three q moneths under Jtboiachinbefore he
was carriedCaprive to Babylon: here are in all twen-
ty nine years and an half; to which adde five years of
JehoiachinS Captivity, ( for in his fifth r year Ezekjel
began to prophecy , J fo here are in all about thirty
four or thirty five years, in which Jeremiah had pro-
phefied; before E^tkiel began. Jeremiah had an
hard task to deal with fo many deaf and phrenetick
people, Therefore to encourage the Spirit, and
ftrengthen the hands of Jeremiah, asalfo to confirm
the Truth of divine Prophecies by the mouth of two
Witneffes, God raifes up E^ekjel in Chaldea, to pro-
pheciethe fame things, ("but more vehemently J
that Jeremiah did in Judea. For, They both fharply
taxed the fins of the Jews; Theyboth threatned heavy
judgements for them, efpecially the fatal Eabylonifh
Captivity, with the ruine of the Temple and City by
the Babylonians ; They both intermingled Promifes of
their Reflauration, efpecially of their fpiritual Re-
flauration by Chrifl ; They hoth prophecie againft the
forreign Nationsor Gentiles: f fo that they won-
derfully help to clear and confirm one another.])
Now Jeremiah had need to be thus confirmed, by
Gods railing up E^e^iel a fellow-Prophet. I. Partly
inrefpett efbimfelf, to uphold him from finking and
fainting under his many difficulties and difcourage-
ments. 2. Partly in refpett of the Captives in BaUylon,
who were abufed by the lying Prophecies of falfe
Prophets in B.ib- Ion, v'ufAhab and Zedekjah, as alfo
tShemaiah the Nehelcmite, who wrote Letters to
tbePrieft ifl Jerufalem, to reftrain Jeremiah, and
put him in the Prifon and the Stocks. How ufeful
therefore was E^eleitl to fupprefs the infolency of
hi Joan.
Calv.
Prottett. »»
E\e\. 1. 1 j
nCompare
Jer 1. 1,
2, 3. with
2 King. 2 1
2<5.& 22-I*
0 See 2
King. 23.
30. 31.
fSee 2
King. 23.
34- %6.
q See 2.
King. 24.
6.8.
Ezech. 1.
1,2.
s Jer. 29.
21. &c.
*Jer. 2i.
24. to 30.
' thofe falfe Prophets ? 3. Partly in refpett oj the rem-
nant of the People that abode Hill in Jerufalem, who
could not chufe but hear how E^ebjel in Chaldea pro-
pheficd the fame things that Jeremiah did in Jerufa-
lem, and by their Prophetical harmony be much
wrought upon, at leaft unto conviction.
Sect. IV. Scope.
Scope and chief intent of this Book is, 1. Partly to
convince and reprove the Jewes for their horrid and
unparallcl'd violation of all God's Laws, by all man-
ner of impiety againflGod,and iniquity againll man,
which fins are evidenced to be the caufes of all their
forrows. 2. Partly to affure them that for their grie-
vous hypocrifie, idolatry, impenitency, and other
their corruptions, heightned by falfe Prophets, flat-
teries, and the evil Government both in Church and
Commonwealth, whereby they had long forfaken
God, God at length was refolved, f after his Jong
patience and invitation of them to repentance by his
Prophets, defpifed J to forfake the Temple and Je-
rufalem, and to give up City and Temple, Church
and State, to be deflroyed, and the People them-
felvestobe captiyed by the Babylonians for a long
time. Amongft which Captives notwithflandingGod.
would referve an Elect feed, and precious remnant
that mould at laflbe reftored. 3. Partly to denounce
heavy judgments alfo to divers forreign Cities or
Nations, who had either been occafions ofenfnaring
the Jewes by their fins, or Inftruments of their fuf-
ferings, or any way rejoyced or infulted over them
in their calamities, as Amman, Moab, Edom , Palefline,
Tyra,Zi don, Egypt, efpecially Gog and Magog, thofe
Iaft and moft defperate enemies of the Church de-
voted to utter ruine. 4. Finally, to comfort the
Captives, not only with Promifes of their temporal •
Reflauration by Cyrus from Babylon, but efpecially
with Promifes of the Churches fpiritual Reflauration
by Chrifl from death and hell, under the eleganc
type of.the New Temple to be erected ; the New
Worfliip of God to be reftored; together with the
New Jerufalem, and New Land, that fhouldbedif-
coveredand diftributed among the 12 Tribes: all
thefe are reprefented in a Vifion, whereby the com-
pleat and fpiritual glory of the Church of Chrifl un-
der the New Teftament is notably adumbrated, till
fhe be taken home to dwell with Chrifl face to face
in the mountains of Spices.
Seft. V. Principal Parts.
InthisEookconfider, I. The Preface. 2. The Pro-
phecy it felf.
THE PREFACE, u defcribing E\e\iels extraordi- j.
nary call to the Prophetick Office, where note, I. u Ereh'eh
The time and place of his call, Cbap.l. 1,2,3. II. cxtraordi-
The manner of his call. 1. By a myflerious vifion of nary ^ajj#
Awhirlewind, four Cherubims, four wheels, a Throne chap. I.
upon the Firmament ; all expounded f ver. 28. to be
the appearance of the likeneffe of the glory of the LORD.}
The Lord calling E\e\iel reprefents thus his glory,
Qvi^.. hisOmnipotency, his Dominion over all crea-
tures, who governs them wifely, punifhing the wick-
ed juflly, rewarding the righteous mercifully, &c.)
that hereby E^e^iel might be encouraged to obey
Gods call, who is fully able to defend him and de-
ftroy all his oppofers, ver. 4. to the end. 2. By Gods
defcription of the peoples qualities to whom he fends
them, vi^. A rebellious houfe, briars and thorns,
Chap. U.i. to 6. 3. By Godsinftruftion of thePro-Cnap 2<
Partly by animating the Pro-
phec againft the contumacious Jews, making his face
as an adamant, harder than flint againft them, ver.
4. to 10. 3. Partly by his conveyance by the Spirit,
to them of the captivity dwelling by the river Che-
bar, where he was to Prophecy ; fej out, 1 By the
Lords commanding him to go thither, ver. 10, 11.
2. Ey the ftrange founds and voice he heard as the
Spirit conveyed him, ver. 12,13,14. 3. By his a-
ftonifhment at Chebar (even dayes, ver. 15. 4. By
thcLawesor Rules of Prophecy wherein the Lord
inftructed him under the Metaphor of a Watchman,
ver. i(5. to 22. 5. By another vifion of the glory of
the Lord in the Plain, aflonifhing him, upon \yhich
the Lord directs him to fit dumb in hishoufe,tiIlHe
open his mouth to fpeak,i>er. 22. to the end.
THE PROPHECY it fclf, or the Subflance of
the Biol^, containing principally three Ranks of Ser-
mons, preached at feveral times to feveral Perfons,
&c. I. To the J 'ewes, whom he fharply rebukes and
threatens for their impieties, c.^.toc. 25. U.Tothe
enemies of Gods people, whofe ruine and definiti-
on he foretells, c. 35. roc. 33. III. To the Jewes
exhorting them to repentance, and incouraging
them to hope, not only for an Inchoate deliverance
from Babylons flavery, c. 33 to c. 40. But alfo for a
Confummate fpiritual deliverance from fpiritual
mifery, by.Chrift the JHcffiah, and this is fee out in
viiion, 1 Of the new Temple to be erected, r. 40, 41,
42. 2 Of the new worfhip of God tobereftored, c.
43, 44. 3 Of the new Land that fhould be distributed,
cb. 45,46,47,48. And4 0fthenewCity that fhould
be inhabited, r£. 48.
I. The Prophets Sermons to the Jewes, in many
vifions foretelling their heavy judgments, for their
fins, d>. 4. fo4$. More pirticularly,
1. Under the type ofjerufalems fiege pourtraied
on a Tyle, and the Prophets lying on hit left fide 390.
dayes, and after on his right fide 40 dayes, are fet
forth the three hundred and ninety years of Ifraels,
and fourty years of Judaffs fins, for which jerufa-
Ciiap. 4. /?« fhould be befiegedC/Mfi.IV. 1. ro 9. This, is am-
plified 1 By the concomitant of that fiege, grievous
famine, ver. 9. to the end. 2 By the confequent of that
fiege, their judgments by famine, fword, anddif-
perfion is fhewed under the type of the Prophets
haire of hit head and beard, a third part burnt, a third
part fmitten about with a knife, and a third part fcat-
Chap. 5. teredwith the wind Ch. V. throughout.
2. The wafting of ]udea for her idolatry ,is threat-
Clap. 6. ncd, chap.VL i.to8. Amplified, I. By promifes to
a remnant repenting of their fins,and juftifyingGods
truth, ver. '8. /oil. 2. By the Lamentations preferr-
ed in reference to the approaching calamities, ver.
11. to the end.
3. Final defolationof all the four corners of( If-
■ raelis threatned, Ch: VII. i.ro i<5. . This is Ampli-
C!np. 7. fied, 1. Ey the mournful repentance of the remnant
cfcaping, ver. 16. to 20. 2. By the pollution of the
Sanctuary by their enemies, threatned for their fins,
ver. 20, 21,22. 3. By their bondage under the
uorft of Heathens, reprcfented by a Chain, ver. 23.
to the end.
4. The Caufes of Jerufalem's and J tide a" s de-
firuction reprefented to E^ekjel, carried in a vijionto
Jerufalcm, cb.8,9, 10, 11. wherein note
1. Toe Preface to the Vfion, describing 1 Time,
Place, and witneflcsof hisvifion or cxtafic,c6. VIII.i.
Chap. 8. 2. The manner ofhis vifional removing to Jerusalem,
ver. 1. 2, 3, 4.
2. The jour chief parts of thcVifton, vi^. l.Thefrft
Part contains, A vifional Narration of the Jews abo-
minable idolatry, whereby the Temple was pollut-
ed, and God provoked todelertir, in four norori-
rSfatuam ous inftanccs, v/\.x Jmage of jeahujie, verf.$,6.
in TcmploDei pofiuim narrai Hiftoria. Pulchrcquc appcllatur
idoium /< !i- quia ad arrntila ribnem & Zehim dominum provocat
Cam, in lc. Others doubt what this linage of jeal ujie
was, but think itwasfome very abominable one, as Bials was,
whereto the People bare great devotion. Jo. Diod. An. And
that this was a very impudent Idolatry, the Idol being lb pub-
Iickly placed near the Altar, &c. Lavat. in E\ech. 8.
Chambers of Imagery, ver. 7. to \$. Weeping for> Chap. 9.
Tammu^ ver. 13, 14. worshiping the Sun towards the Chap. 10.
Eaft, ver. 15,16. 2. A fhatpCommination hereup- Chap, u,
on, ver. 17, 18. II. Vie fecond Part of the vifton con- y T
tains the judgement for thefe fins, more particularly, mur ] ""
1. Gods Command to flay all the Jewes, burfirflro Some ta-
feale,and fo to fpare all the Eleft Mourners with the terpret fc
execution of this Command, Chap. IX. i.ro 8. 2. of Adonis,
The Prophets interceffion for them, being amazed fabled to
at the (laughter, ver. 8. 3. The Lords anfwer to the be the
Prophet, Shewing the equity of his judgements for Paramour
theirfins , ver. 9, 10, 11. III. The third Part of the ofVenm,
vifion, containing, 1. The vifional Command to who
fcatter the coals of fire between the Cherubims over quickned
the City, denoting the horrible wrath of God a- again after
gainft the City, Chap. X. i.ro 8. 2. The vifion of he was
the Cherubims and four wheeles, repefenting the dole- flain with
ful departure of the GLORT of the LORD, from the Mars, in
Threfhould of the houle, even to the door of the Eaft forme of a
Gate, ver. 8, to the end. IV. The fourth Part of the wild Bore,
vifion, wherein 1. A fliarp threatning of the pre- and fo was
fumptuous Princes, as the Authors of the publick celebrated
impiety in the City, Chap. XI. 1. to 13. 2. The Pro- of the
phet being difmayed at the execution of vengeance Women,
according to his Prophecy is comforted by the Lord, Hieron.
ver. 13. to 22. Comment.
in kc.
Lavat. Homil.inloc. Some expound it of ofiris the Egyptian-
idol ; Ofiris, brother f or, as Latlantim and Arnob'ms, (on J of
Ifis, was naught with her, which when Typhon her husband knew,
he rare him in pieces and call his members up and down all Kilm
his banks. Ifis fought cut his dilacerate members, gathered
them, buried them, and commanded that yearly Ofiris mould be
fought with Tears and Lamentation, and afterwards, as it were
found,fhouId be celebrated with joy. D. Augufl. De Civ,Vei. lib. 6.
Ch. 10. Tom. 5.
Whether it were Adonis or Ofiris, or fome other that is here in-
tended ; it is certain the Ifraelites here did imitate tonic luch
paganifh Rites and Idolatries, Lavat. Humil.in E^ech. 8.
3. The Clofe or Conclufion ofthe vifion,relating 1. The
removal of Gods glory from the midft of the City to
the mountain, -yer. 22, 23. 2. The Prophets return
from Jerufalem to Babylon in vifion, where he reports
his vifion, ver. 24, 25.
5 . The Captivity of King Zedc\iah, and of the
People of Jerufalem isforc-prophefied^under theType
of Ezeleiels Removing his fluff, Chap-X.ll. i.to 17. Chap. 12.
This is Amplified, 1. Partly by the evils antecedent
to this destruction and Captivity, fet forth under
the Type ofthe Prophets Eating and drinking with
quailing trembling and carefulnejfe,v. 17. to 2i.2.Part-
ly by confutation ofthe taunt of the JevnQThedajes
were long, afar of, ) whereby they would elude the
Prophecy of their Captivity, ver. 21. to the end.
6. A fharp reprehenfion 1. Ofthe fa Ife Prophets
dawbing with lies and flatteries, to lull the people
afleepin fecurity, Ch. XIII. utolj. 2. Of their Chap. 13.
(mall Prophetefles, &c. ver. 17. to the end.
7. Upon occafion of certain Elders of Ifraelcom-
ing to inquire ofthe Prophet, here are declared, 1.
How God abhor to be enquired of bythem, becaufe
of their idolatry, and how he will plague idolaters
and their falfe Prophets unlefs they repent, Chap. _■ -
XIV. i.ro 12. 2. How irrevocably God had decreed aP" *'
to plague them with Famine, Noyfomc beads,
Sword, Peftilcnce, and Captivity of a remnant, ver.
1 2. to the end.
8. The rejection of 'he Jewes is fet forth under
the type of A barren vine branch, altogether ufclcfie
for any imploymenr, Ch. XV. throughout. Chap. 15.
9. A convincing difcovery of Jetufalem't abomi-
nations to her, Ch. XVI. 1, 2, &c. wherein I. A liar- Chap. 16.
ration i. Ofthe Jewes mifcrable condition at firfl,
under
Chap. XVIII. to XXXII.
E Z E K I E L.
435
under the type of a New born child inits blood, ver 3.
to 6. 2. Of Gods companions and loving kindnels
to them in that wretched State, ver. 6. toi$. 3.
Of the Jcvvsingratefull Apoftacy from God, notwith-
standing all his kindneflcs, fer out under the type of
an Whore and whoredome, ver. 15.ro 3$. II. ACem-
tnination of heavy judgements for thole fins, ver. 35.
to 60. III. A promile of renewing Covenant and
holy wedlock with an cleft remnant afterwards, ver .
60. to the end.
10. A denunciation of judgements upon Jerufa-
lem and her King, for perfidious revolting from the
Kingof B(ity/o«,undtr the Parable of two Eagles and
Chap. 17. a Vine. 1. The Parable is propounded, Chap. XVI I.
i.rou. 2. The parable is expounded, and applyed
in a minatory way, ver. u. to 23. 3. Contrary blef-
fings to the Church and Kingdome ofChrift, are pro-
mified under the Type of the higheft Branch oj the
high Cedar, planted on an high and eminent mountain of
Ifrael, ver. 22, 23, 24.
11. A refutation of the Jews impious Proverb a-
gainft God, The fathers have eaten fower grapes, and
the Childrens teeth are fet on edge ; Meaning that God
did punifh them unjuftly for their fathers fins. Here
1. their taunting Proverb againfl God is propound-
Chap. 18- ed.Cfc. XVIII. 1. 2. The confutation of the Proverb,
by fhewing that whomfoever God punifheth, he pun-
ifheth juflly ; and that as anothersrighteoufnefs can-
not profit a man, fo anothers fins cannot hurt a man,
(Juniefs he make them his own ) ver. 3, to 30. 3. The
clofeof the Confutation, inviting the Jewes to re-
pentance, for preventing of punifhments, verfe 30,
31,32.
12. A Lamentation for the Princes of Ifrael, bring-
ing deflruftion upon the land by their cruelty and
inhumanity. Here, 1. Under the Type of uLionefs
and her two whelps, Cv'n(_. Ifrael and her two Kings
carried captive, the one into Egypt, the other into
Babylon for their fins,} is threatned the like condition
Chap. 19. of their prefent King and State. Chap. XIX. 1. to 10.
3. Under the Type of a Vine tranfplanted into a
Wildernefs and wafted, is fet forth Jerufalems tranf-
planting and deflruftion, ver. 10. to the end.
13. A terrible denunciation of Judgements a-
gainft the people for their abominations, upon oc-
cafion of certain of the Elders, coming to enquire of
the Lord by the Prophet. Here note, I. The oc-
Chap. 20. cafionand time of hisSermon, Chap. XX. l, 2. II. (
The Sermon it felf, wherein 1. The kindnefs of
God to the Jewes, and their wofull ingratitude to-
wards God, from their firft admiffion into Covenant
with God to that day, is defcribed, ver. 3.^30. 2.
Temporal and external judgements by their Ene-
mies, bnt efpecially fpiritual and eternal judge-
ments by himfelf, are threatned for their abomina-
tions, ver. 30. to 40. 3. Protnifes of preferving his
Church, and his true worfhip therein notwithftand-
ing, ver. 40. to 45. 4. Jerusalem's deflruftion is fore-
told, under the type of a Forreft burnt withfire,v. 45.
to the end.
14. The grievous Babylonian war is foretold,
whereby not onely Judea, hut the neighbouring
Nations, efpecially the Ammonites fliould be wafted
and deflroyed. Here 1. The deflruftion of Jerusa-
lem and Judea is threatned by the Chaldeans, under
Chap. 21. tl:e TvPe of E^ekjels Sighing, Chap. XXI. 1. to 25. 2.
The deflruftion of King and Kingdome, ver. 25, 26,
27. 3. The deflruftion of the Ammonites dKo by the
fword, ver. 28- to the end.
15. The deflruftion of the Jewes for their fins is
threatned, under the type of Burning drofs in a Fur-
nace. Here note I. A Catalogue of Jerufalems fins,
Chap. 22. chap.XXU. i.to 13. 2. The deflruftion threatned
for-thefe fins, ver. 13. ^23. 3. The aggravations of
their fins, 1. Partly by their univerfal extent over
all degrees of men, ver. 23.ro 30. 2. Partly by their
general fecurity, few or none Handing in the gap for
the land, ver. 30, 31.
16. The idolatrous defeftion of both Ifrael and
23.
24
Chap. 25.
26
Judah from God is branded, under the type of two
Women notorious for vvhoredomes, vi^. Aholak
and Aholibah. Here note r. The whoredome of
Aholah, that is, the idolatry of Ifrael, Chap.XXUI. Chap.
I. to 9. and her overthrow by her Lovers the Aflyri«
ans, ver. 9, 10. 2. The whoredome of Ahilibah,
vi\. the idolatry of ]udah,vioxk than If ads, ver.
II. to 22. who is therefore threatned with ruine by
her Lovers the Chaldeans, ver. 2:. r; 35. 3. The
joynt Repetition and Accufation of the notorious
whoredoms, vi%. idolatries, of both Ifrael and Ju-
dah, ver. 36.ro 45. 4. A Commination of rhe judge-
ment of them both, ver. 45, to the end.
17. The defl tuft ion of jerufalem by the Chaldeans
for her fins perfevered in, is defcribed in this Con-
cluding Sermon. Herein 1. The very firfl day, where-
in the King of Babylon fet himfelf againfl Jerusalem
is denoted, Chap. XXIV. 1, 2. 2. Under the Type Chap,
of A boyling pot, whoje fcumme is in it, is defcribed the
uncurablenefs of their fins, and irrevocablenefs of
their judgements by the Chaldees, ver. 3. r»i$. 3.
Under the Parable of E^ekjet's not mourning for hit
wife now dead, is defcribed their woful deflruftion
beyond Lamentation, ver. 15. to 25. 4. The Confir-
mation of the Prophecy, by a ^ particular prediftion
ofopening the Prophets mouth from his dumbnefs,
whenthele Judgements fhould come upon Jeruf.i-
lem, &c. ver. 25, 26, 27.
Ihus of his Prophecies againfl: the Jewes.
II. His Prophecies againfl Gentiles, efpecially a-
gainfl neighbouring Nations, ( who had vexed or
opprefled the Church, J follow, from Chap. 25. to
33.WO
1. Againfl the Ammonites, Chap. XXV. 1. to 3.
Againfl Moab and Seir, ver. 8. to 12.,
Againfl Edom,ver. 12. to 15.
Againfl the Philifiines, ver. 1 5, 16, 1 7.
Againfl Tyre, where, 1. Tyre infulting over
Jerufalem, Chtp. XXVI. r, 2. 2. Her judgments Chap,
threatned for her infolencies, ver. 3. to 7 . 3. The
ability of Nebuchadnezzar to deflroy her, ver. 7. to
15. 4. The aflonifhment and lamentation of the Ifles
and Princes of the Sea at her terrible overthrow, v.
15. to the end. 5. The Prophets Lamentation taken
up for TyrM, Partly defcribing and upbraiding her
pride, vain glory and luxury, Chap. XXVII. i.fo 26. Chap. 27
P^r/d1 declaring her great and irrecoverable fall, to
the amazement of all round about her, ver. 26. to the
end. 6. The deflruftion of the Prince of Tyre is threat-
ned for his intolerable pride, and a Lamentation
taken up for him, Ch. XXVIII. 1. to 20.
6. Againfl Zidon, who is threatned with fword
and peflilence, ver. 20. to 24. Amplified by contrary
promifesof fafety and tranquillity to the Church of
God, v, 24,25, 26.
7. Againfl Pharaoh and Egypt, where confider 1.
Their defolation and difperfion is threatned,for their
pride againfl God, and perfidioufnefs to Ifrael trufl-
ing in them, Chap. XXIX. 1. to 1 3. This threatning Qfan
is a little correfted with promifes of refloring them
after forty years to be a Kingdome, but the bafej}
ofKingdomes, which fhall rule over others no more,
nor be truftedby ^Ifrael any more, ver. 13.ro 17.
2. Egypt and the fpoyl thereof is appointed to Ne-
buchadnexj,ar,z% his wages for his fervice againfl Tpe
ver. 17. to 21. This is amplified, ( 1 ) Partlyby the
oppofite advancement of Ifrael promifed, ver. 21.
C 2 J Partly by the pathetical defcription of the de-
flruftion of Egypt and her Cities-, &c. by the Baby-
lonians, Chap. XXX. 1. to 20. (3} Partly by the
Lords threatning to Strengthen the arms of the King
of Babylon, to break Pharaoh's arme, ver. 20. to the
end. 3. Egypt s deflruftion is threatned under rhe
example of Affyria's ruine for their pride, though far
greater than Egypt in glory, Ch. XXXI. throughout. „,
4. E^efyel is commanded to take up a Lamentation ^HJP
for Pharaohs and Egypts ruine, Ch. XXXII. Pharaoh .
for his cruelty and tyranny being compared to a Lion Lfl4P'
and a, £>re King, Chrift, represented under the type of Two
f-\n a flick? becoming one in the Prophets hand, ver. 15. to the
C.iap. 40. n^ ^ Toucnjng the giorious viftory they fhall
a Gog and have over a Gog and Magog, that fhall diftrefs them
Magog J after their return from Captivity, Promifes whereof
About are agam renewed, Chap. XXXVIII. and XXXIX.
rhemare throughout. VI. Touching their complear, fpiritual
very dif- Reftauration by the Meffiah, Jefus Chrift, under the
crepant types of a New Temple, New worfl/tp, New Land, and
opinions New City, C which as here defcribed, furpafsthe,
who they glory of Zerubbabels Temple, &e. and therefore :
a -c.i, The arc to be referred to the times of the New Tefta-;
jewes, mem, )cb. 40.10 the end of the Book.- More particular-
C whom ly herein note
M.ibomed I. The Preface to the Vifion, deferring the Time,
in his Al- Place, and Manner of this Vifion, Chapt. XL. 1,2,
en ran 3,4.
follows)
underftand by Gog and Magog , the ten tribes of Ifrael fhur up in
the Cafpam mountains by Alexander the Great, which towards
rhc end of the world Pnould break forth, rake Antichrift for tin ir
Moduli, infeft the Holy Land and people of God, and in the
fu pc of Jerufalem fliould be conquered by the King Meffton. See
thit reported by Pet. Galat. de Arcan. ver it at. Catbol. I. 5. c. 1 2.
Er.D. Hier. Com. /» £^^.38. 2.Some undcrftand a certain Nation
namely Scythians, i.e. Turks and Saracens, who anciently car-
ried about their houfes in wains, that they might more cafily
; fefs other places, they coming forth ot the Rocks of Caucafiu,
w-mdred al>road in Afia, and by degrees poflelt the Coaltof
PtmtHs and Gilatia, and laid wafte the molt flourifhing Eaftern
Churches, &c. 3. Some undcrltaud other Scythians, viz. Huns,
Gothes,Getes, and think that Go£ is the proper name of Anti-
chrift. Ambrof defide I. 2. c. 4. 4. Some, the Scythians and Sd-
ranatans ; and they underftand by Meftech the Cappadocians ,
by r«tW the Spaniards, or Italians, A% Hier in E^ech. reports
out of Jofephm. 5. Some, leaving the Historical fence, think
here arc defcribed the wars of the devil in the heavenly Jerufa-
lem. As Hier. inloc. reports. 6. Divers of the Ancients, and
Moft Orthodox iWriters, under Gog and Magog, underftand
generally Hereticks and Tyrants, and all the Churches enemies
through the world. Gog fignifies The Houfe ; Magog, Of the Houfe:
therefore all pride and falfe fcience, which exalts it ("elf againft
the knowledge of the Truth, is fet forth in thefe names; The
chief Hereticks are Gog ; they that have received their doclrincs^
Ma%og. D. Hier. Com. in Erjch. 38. and Aug. de Civ. lib. 20. c. 1 w
Tom. 5. Galatinui alfo from the Hebrew, gathers, that Gog and
Magog denote any impious ones perfecuting the Churchj°(uch
are the devils Houfe and Habitacle. Bibliander inhis Chronology,
and Bullinger in Com. in Apocalypf. incline to this, but fo as accord-
ing to the Letter and Hiftory, they interpret it of Alexander and
his Succeffors, the Ptolomey's in Egypt, The Seleucians and An-
tiochiansin Syria and Afia; efpecially of Antiochw Epiphanes
Kingof Syria, who having taken Jerufalem, more afflicted the
Ifraelites than any former enemies; and was therein a notable
type of Antichrift. D. Parew in Adverf. in E\ech. 38. i£r Lavat.
in Homil. in Eiech. 38. incline to thii opinion.
Gog and Magog'} Names of Scythian people, this day called
Tartars, Gen. 10. 2. this Prophecy may be referred partly to the
defolations that befell Jews returned from Babylon, by the Kings
of Afia and Syria Dan. 8. 23. and 11. 3. and becaufe that the
Scythians had anciently over- runne and poffeffed Ajiaminor and
Syria, whereof in Afia there was aCity called Magog, and ano-
ther in Syria called Scythopolii, the Provinces have taken their
names from this crue 11 and barbarous conquering nation to fig-
nifie the inhumancnefs of thofe Syrian Kings, Alexanders Succeff-
ors, towards the Jews : but it is likely that befides this the Spi-
rit of God did purpofe to fignifie a great oppreffion which the
Church is like to fuffer, and efpecially the Jews, who fhall be
converted to Chrift towards the latter end of the World by the
faid Scythians or Tartars, as Saint John feems to point out, Rev.
20.7, 8. Zech. 14. 2. Thm Joan. Diodat. in Annot. on E^ek. 38.
verf*2.
II. The vifion it felf, containing
1. A defcriptionofthe b NewTemple, (meafured 6 The New
by the Angel, the Son of God, J 1. Bythecompafs Temple
of the whole ftructure, ver. 5. to 17. 2. By the out-
ward Courr, ver. 17. to 28. 3 By the inner or mid-
dle Court, wherein were the Levites Utenfils, and
and where facrifices were prepared, ver. 28. to 44.
4. By the inmoft Court, or Court of the Priefts,
wherein was the Altar of Burnt- offering, ver. 44. to
48. 5. By theproportionsof the Temple, ( wherein
wastheHoIyofHolyes,)i/fr.48, 49. and Chap. XLI.
throughout, and Chap. XLII. 1, to 15. 6. By the
whole compafsofit round about towards the Eaft,
North, South and Weft circumfcribed, ver. 1 5. to the
end.
2. The c New Worfhip and Miniflry inslituted'm this c J "' Kew
new Temple, (adumbrating the true fphitualChriflian Worjbip, _
worfbipunder the New Teftament, an Pet. 2. 5. Heb. <**d Mini-
13. 15. Rev. 1. 6. J isdefcribed 1. By the return '"*'
of the Lords glory into his Temple, (God and hit
People being now reconciled in Chrift, J by the fame way
that it departed form the Temple, Chap.XLlll.i. Chap. 43:
ft>7. 2. By the Lords Promifeof reftoring and purg-
ing chis his Temple perfectly, and dwelling therein
perpetually, i/er. j.tot^. 3. By the uaafurcs and
ordinances of the Altar of Eurnt-offcring, to be of
continual ufe, vi^. Jefus Chrift, ver. 13. to the end.
4. Ey the three orders of the Priefts, vi^. of the
High-Prieft, Chap. Xl.IV. i. to 4. Of the fons of chap. 44:
Jtnamar, who for their idolatry are rejected from
the Priefts office, and only admitted to themeancft
employments of the Levites, ver. 4. fo 1 5. Of the fons
of Zadok, who are confirmed in their Pricftly Office
for their faithfulncffe, vcrf. 15, 16. 5. By feveral
Laws and Ordinances for the Priefts, ver. 17. to the
end. dThc Net*
3. The d distribution of the nev Land by lot for in- Land
hcritancc, distributed
Chap.
Chap.
41.
42.
Chap.XLV.^XLVIII.
DANIEL.
437
heritance, (one part being referved undivided as an
Ghap. 45. holy portion, Chap. XLV. t.J and in this diftributi-
on,the firft portion was for the Sanctuary and Priefts
i>. 2, 3,4. The fecond for the Levites, v. 5. The
third for the People, v. 6. The fourth to the Prince
v. 7, 8, This diftribution here fummarilyj>ro/>o»W-
ed, is afterwards more fully expounded, (but inan /n-
verte d order, Tpcrvnfov I. locking the
Prince or Magiftrate, Lawes and Ordinances about
his office and Worfhip-, being laid down, ver. p. to
Chap. 45. the end, andChap. XLVl. I. to 9. and about his inhe-
ritance, ver. i(5, 17, 18. II. Touching the People, Or-
dinances for their worfliip, v. 9. to 16. III. Touch-
ing the Preifts how they ffiall prepare their offering,
ver, 19. to the end. IV. lonching the Sanctuary, our
of which iffued Waters at firft very (hallow, after-
wards very deep and unpafleable, healing the Ri-
vers and Fifh, and all places hut the miry places and
Marifhes ; Typifying either the Spirit of God which was
given fparingly under the Old Teftament, but plentiful-
ly under the New Tejlament, or, The Gofpel,which at
firft had but fmall beginnings, afterwards (pre ad won-
derfully throughout the World to the fpiritualhealhgof
all that truely entertained it, Chap. XLV ll. I. to 13. Chap. 47*
After this he returns to the perfecting of the diftri-
bution of the Land, affigning to the Twelve
Tribes their Portions, and the Sanctuary its Poru'oo,
ver. :g. to the end, andChap. XLVUI. l.to 15. [_Now chap# .g.
in this diftribution its obfervablc, iThe fituation of
Places, differs from that of Jofhuah\j of old. 2.Str an-
gers are to inherit with lfraelites which they did not of
old. This teaching m that the Jews Policy was not to
laft, but to be a type of Chrifts better Reformation-,
wherein both Jews and Gentiles were joyntlyto inherit
thefpiritual Land.']
4. Ihe e new City in mi dft of this Land, is defcribed eTheiW*
by its Situation, Suburbs, Dimenfions, Form, (Viz. City.
four fquare, becaufe it ffiall not be overthrown as
Jerufalem oio\d,)Supplyes out of all the Tribes, Gates
(^opening to all the four corners of the World, all
forts of Nations aud People being to be received in-
to it, J and by its name JEHOVAH Shammah, that
is, the LORD if there: becaufe there God will ever
dwell, thence never depart, as he did from the old
Jerufnlem,ver. 15. fa the end of the chap.
DANIEL.
D
Sett. I. Order.
ANIEL isfaccording to the ufual order of
the Books in our Bibles J the laft of the
greater Prophets. But according to the
Order of the Books in the Hebrew Bibles,
iSee before (as hath beenformtrly noted out of a Mercerius,J
on Job, it is ranked among the Hagiographa or Holy-writings,
Seft.1. peculiarly fo called ; and that learned b Hierome
hD.Hier. himfelf advertifeth us, Tl)at Daniel is not to be found
Daniel. among the Prophets, but among them that wrote the
,Vr&fat. p. Hagiographa. The Hebrews dividing the whole Scxi-
Bafil.l$$3. ptureintu three parts, viz, The Law, the Prophets
Tom. 3. and Hagiographa, tha t is into five, and eight , and ele-
cD.Hier. ven Books. And c elfewhere he fhows particularly,
in lib.Reg. the Hebrew order and names of all the Books of the
p&fat. Old Teftament, which are received as Canonical,
Tom. 3. Si which the learned may view at large.
vera funt
quzRabbini de Prophetia Danielis pafllm recenfent, poft Baby-
lonicamcaptivitatem nonfme hxntatione recepta eftinCano-
nem, poftquam vero excludi non potuit, rejefta eft Poftremam
Scriptorum Vet. T. claffem. HebraienimDanielemreferunt in-
ter O^^rO five Hagiographa ; ac prolixe difputant an vaticini-
um ejus enter immediata fpiritus fanfti opera referri debear,an
communipotius&ordinanoProphetiae dono adferibi. Quade
revideri poteft. R. Samuel Valeriiin Proem. Com.inDaniel. R.
Jofeph.Albontt lib. %.Fundam, c.io. Sed Galatinm lib.^.de Arcan.
c. i4.reftemoentpro Propheta eumeffe habendum. Jo.Gerh.
he. Prim, de Scrip. Sac. Seft.15. 5. in Exegef.
Sed:. II. Name and Penman,
This Book hath is denomination from DANIEL,
the inftrumental Author or Penman of it. That
this is Daniels Prophecy, our Saviour himfelf tefti-
d Math.24. fies ; d When you therefore ft)all fee the abomination of
15. defolation fpoken of by Daniel the Prophet, ftandinthe
c Dan.9. jioly Place— alledging that paflage out of Daniel 5 e
27.
And for the overfpreading of abomination, he fli all mal*
it deflate.
^i^Jl VK- Daniel, fignifies The-'judgement-of-
the-ftrong-God. This name not without fingular Pro-
vidence feems robe given him, who afterwards was
to pronounce thefentenceofi judgement of the mighty /Dan.2«'
God upon all the four great Monarchies of the world,nz. 3M0 $6.
the Babylonian, Perfian, Grecian and Romane, thac
they fhould all be deftroyed and broken before the
fifth Monarchy of Chrift, which fhall contiuuefor
evermore ; And particular Gods judgement upon
the Babylonian Monarchy the chief of them all, com-
pared to the Head of gold in Nebuchadne^ars image.
ThisDaniel f if we may beleiveg Epipbaniusjvus gEpiphan.
fonneof cmeSab&a, but herein Scripture is filent. H&ref.$$.
Certainly he was h one of the feleft Jews carried by ^ ^an« I,r*
Nebuchadnezzar into Babylon, in the third year of t0 7*
Jehoiakim King of Judah, to teach them the learn-
ing and tongue of the Chaldeans, that they might
flatid before the King. He is Angularly commended
in Scripture, and that in many refpeds, but efpeci-
ally for 1 His faith, 2 His rigbteoujnefs, 3 His wife'
dome, And 4 The eminent favour be hadwith God and
Man.
1 For his Faith, itvvasfuch, i that thereby be flop- z'Heb.ir.
ped the mouths of Lyons. The mouths of hungry Ly- 32, 33.com-
ons, who after wards broke all fc»*Accufers bones ere pared with
they came to the bottom of the Den. Whereupon no- Dan.6. 22.
tably Chryfoftome ; k What wonder if they overcame kjyTjdct..
enemies when they overcame the world.' For the Eli- vpct$6vH
ItofcLTHtmv, otth y» iy avje T* jcoV//k m&.v$/Jov to ; to yb ^vi^ho, tb*
otyjti&v a.yvor\nmyu>v cue-intf ixjtrn$a,KKov\o.
iy to -3-Mfiet ix. '477 3-^'ta hV, i j « yj^uv@" y^vQ- &c.Joan.Chryf.
in Expol. in Pfal. X. adinit.Tm. 3.
ments not knowing their own Nature, are changed ta
that which is profit able to them; and Wild beafts are
no longer wild-be aft s, nor a fornace afornace; for hope
in God compofetb all things. The teeth wire fharp and
T tt tt the
433
DANIEL
the Prifon ftrdit, -their Mature fierce,and hunger irritat-
ing nature; no partition to l^eep them off. yea their
mouths were next to the Prophets body ! but hope in God
which itftronger than any bridle ,rufl)ing into their mouths
/Daniel did draw them back.- And 1 Ambrofe afcribing this
virt>epae- rohisFaft, (underftand his Faft of Fsithjthusex-
riorwn, tri- preiTeth himfelf. Daniel, that man of defires, by a
umHeb- three weekj Fad, taught the Lyons alfo to j 'aft, being
domacla- thrown into the Den, having bis members hardnedto
rumieju-- the hardnefs of adamant through the folidity of abfri-
nio,lcones riente,he couldnot be wounded. The fierce Lyons kept
uuoque their mouths ff)ut, which the fanftity of the Prophets
crocuit -je~ Faft preffed together, that they could not open them,
junare, fcc.
miiluSin
lacum, & in adamantisrigorem abftinentia? foliditate membra
duraa's.non potuit vulnerari. Siccum conftringerant jejunia,
ut inejuscorporeferarum morfibus locus effe non pofTew Claufa
tenebantferi leonesora, qua? abftinentia? Prophetic* fanftitas
cotnprimebat, ut ea aperire non pofient, meriti quibtifdam vin-
culo ulligata. D-Ambrcf.lib. de Helia t& Jcjunio.cap.'j.Tom. 4.
2. For hit righteoufnefs ; He is four times accounted
by the Spirit of God, one of the three eminent in-
m Ezek. ftances of righteoufnefsitn Though thefe three me;i,No-
14.16,18, ah, Daniel (&" Job were in it, they fhould deliver buttheir
2 ■ Wff fruls by their righteoufnefs ; 11 Righteoufnefs ("faith
v Prov. 10. the proverb)^//ve/rr/>/roOT«fe"• for his Religion; r That he would rather ad ven-
8 2 io.&c- tl""ctobe thrown into the Denof hungry Lyons,than
ceafc topray unto his God, and prefent idolatrous
petitions ; And / that the Lyons thcmfclvcs had no
2*2 power to hurt him.
3. For bis wifdnm; it is faid t An excellent fpirit,
and knowled;ie,and under ft anding interfreting of dr earns
andjhewinzoj hardfentences, anddiffJvingof dnuhts,
was f wd in this fame Daniel, whom the King named
(jor honour fake) Eeltcfhazzar, after the name of
his God, and whom therefore King UebucbadntT^
^ar made Adifiet tftbe Magicians ; fo that in this rc-
s Dan, 6.21
/Dan
3.
x Dan.2.8c
4,and 5.
zGerh.loc.
1. de Scrip.
Seft.i5s.
gard he was finguiarly renowned among the very
heathens. And when God would fharply reprove
the pride and infolency of the Prince of Tyre, by
reafon of his wifdome,he ironically tells him,u behold
thou art wifer than Daniel, there U no fecreet that they u Ezek.28.
canhidefromthee. This h/s penetrating wil'dom Da-
niel manifefted in expounding x Nebucbadnc^jy s
dreams, and Be lfl> awards vifion, when all the wife
men in Chaldea were non-plus'd with them.
4. Finally, Daniel is commended for the furpafjing
favour he was in Jot h with God and man ; with God,
in which refpect the Angel Gabriel ftiled him y
greatly beloved, or as the Hebrew Words import, A y Dun 6.
man of defines. That is, f faith z Gerhard} mqfi de-
fire. ible,v\Z.moft dear toGod-Augufttne thinks, That 3
Daniel, skilful in things future, a Knowerofthe Lords
coming, and moft manfeift Preacher of Jerufalems 0-
vert brow, is therefore called a man of defines becaufe in Exegef.
he did not eat the head of define, ror drink the drinl^ a Daniel
of define, becaufe he defined chrifii more than Feafts. quoque
illefuturo-
rumgna-
rus, Scadventus Domini confeius, & everfionis Hicrufalemma-
nifeftiffimus prsdicator, ideo vi% defideriorum appellatus eft,
quia panem defiderii non comedit, & potum concupifcentix
non bibit, quia magis Chriftum quam Epulas defiderabar. D.
AuguU.de Tempore Ser m. 65. Tom. 10.
God fo loved him, that he revealed to him b ftrange b Dan.2.17
fecrets ; wonderfully delivered him from the c Ly- to 24.
ons ; appeared to him twice by the d Angel Gabriel, c Dan.6.22
toinftruct him in the great vifion of the Meffitah ; 26,27.
and gratioufly e heard his prayer at the beginning of rfDan.8.15
bis Supplications. With man alfo he was of no fmall i6,&c.and
requeft, greatly favoured and tenderly lovedbythef 9,21,22,
Prince of the Eunuches ; Highly g advanced by King &c.
Nebuchadne^za)"f ^ Made the third Ruler in the e Dan.9.
Kingdomeby King Belfil)axj.ar ; and /preferred by 22,,8cc.
Darius poffeffingthe Kingdome, to be thefirft of the /Dan. 1.9.
three Prefidents over the one hundred and twenty ^Dan. 2.48
Princes fet over the whole Kingdome j and fohe<; and<5.ir.
profperedin the Reign of Darius, and in the Reign of /jDan.5.29
Cyrus the Perfian. i Dan. 6.i,
This is that excellent Prophet Daniel, Penman of 2,3.
this Book. With what defirefhould we ftudy, with j^Dan. 6.
what delight fhould we underftand this Prophecy, 28,
penned by fuch a Daniel, and indited by the God of
this Daniel.
Sedr. III. Time^ or Chronology.
Danielbdng carriedcaptive to Babylon by Nebuchad-
nezzar I in the third year o/Jehojakim King of Judah,
fwihich feems to be the firfi year of King Nebuchad-
nezz^r, becaufe Nebuchadnez^ars eighth year is made
parellel to the clofe of JehaiakinCs reign, who
m reigned eleven years, and then beginning of Je-
baiakjri's reign, his Succeffor J Daniel I fay, began
to be prepared for, and called to the Prophetick
FimiHoii, in the next year after he came into Baby-
tin viz> i" theofecond year of Nebuchadnezzar,
God then extraordinarily revealing Nebuchadnez-
rats dream unto him with the interpretation therof,
touching the four Monarchies of the World, and the
fifth Monarchy of Chrift that fhould deftroy them
all ; and he prophecied till the p third year of Cyrus
the Perfian, which was 17 a year or two after Cyrus
had relealed the Jews out of their captivity, and
they were now come to Jerusalem, &c. which r Hel-
ii/ow computes to be in all about feventy nine years;
7 ■> emiah ceafing to prophecy raccording to him,)
in Daniels 18 year: Ezek'd beginning in Daniels
thirteenth year, and ceafing to prophecy in Daniels
thirty t'ixth year. So that Darnel prophecied in the
dayes of both Jeremiah and Ezclejel, and alfo many
years after them both.
I Dan. 1. r.
to 7.
m 2 King.
22.36.
n 2 King.
24.12.
oDanr2. r.
i7.ru 24.
p Dan.io.
i,8cc.
q See Ezr.
l.l.&c.
r Helvic.
Chronol p.
16. and i j.
DANIEL.
439
Sect. IV. Scope
..
J2 .'
/Dan.9.24
t Dan. 1 2.
1,2,5.
u Vid. D.
Par.Ad-
verj. in
Van.Proem
Scope of this Book is
I. Mere generally to difplay unto Gods Church and Peo-
ple, God's wife ami faithful dealings with them in all
fiatcs , from the dayes of Nebuchadnezzar till
the coming of Chrift , for the comfort of the Jews;
and from Chrift to the end of the world, hit peculiar
Providence over hit own in all their diftreffes,and de-
liverances, for the comfort of the Saints under the
NewTeflament.
II. More Particularly,
1. In reference to the Jews, I. To difcover how
careful God was over them under their afflictions, by
fpecial Providence fending Daniel afore into Bab)'
Ion, and raifing him up to great dignify and power
there, (as of old, Jufeph in Egypt ."] that fo the extre-
mity of the Jews bondage in Babylon might be fome-
whatabated. 2. To encourage the captive Jews to
hope for deliverance out of Babylon, becaufe the Ba-
bylonian Monarchy fhould be broken and defhoyed
after feventy years by the Me des and Pevfians. 3.
Leaft the Jews, after that their deliverance, fhould
dream of a golden age, Halcyonian dayes, and fan-
cy to themfelves nothing but outward Profperity, to
forewarn them, ("and that in divers vifions) of ma-
ny fore troubles that mould befall the Church, not
onely for feventy years of dayes, as in Babylon, but
for feventy years of weeks, that is for feven times fo
long fpace under Alexander and the Seleucides Kings
of Syria, his Succefiours, &c. but efpecially under
Antiochm Epiphanes, that cruelkft Tyger and Perfe-
cutor of the Church, and enemy of alIReligion,fno-
tably prefiguring the Romane Perfecutors of the Pri-
mitive Church, and Antichrifis rage againft the
Church at Iafl-3 But withal to comfort the Church
againftallthefe Perfecutors, by the coming of Chrift
the Meffiah in the flefh, f To make anendof finns,
and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in
everlafting rightecufnefs, &c. whereby his Church
fhall be redeemed and delivered fpiritually ; and by
his fecond coming to judgement t whereby his ene-
mies fhall be deftroyed, and his Church faved and
glorified eternally.
2. In reference to uut Gentiles alfo 1. To confirm
our faith in the Meffiah exhibited, that he is the on-
ly true Meffiah indeed, in whom the Prophecy of
Daniel is fo accurately and punctually fulfilled. And
this one thing may flop the mouths of the incredu--
lousjewes for ever, touching the incarnation of the
Meffiah already. 2. To let us fee what the ftate
and condition of the Church fhall be under the New
Teftament, vi^. full of troubles and Perfections;
that therfore we promife not our felves any long fe-
cular tranquility. 3. To comfort us with aflured
hope of deliverance at laft from all thefe miferies by
Chrift, which according to Daniels predictions fhall
as certainly be performed, as the miferies foretold
by him are come to pafle.
Seft. IV. Nature and Excellency of
this Book.
The nature and excellency of this Prophecy may
appear, ifweconfider iTIie Efficient, 2 The matter,
3 The Form, and^The Endo{ the Book.
1. The Efficient or Author of it, is either 1. Princi-
pal,vi^. Godhimfelf; for who could have reveal-
ed fuch fecrets, and fuch future events, not onely
touching the Jews, but alfo Gentiles, and that in re-
ference both to all the four Monarchies of the world,
and to the Church of God, not forafhorttime, but
from Daniels days to the incarnation of Chrift, yea
to the end of the world:' Which Predictions have
hitherto exactly been fulfilled, and therefore this
Book is of fingular divine Authority,- wi.atfoevcr
that Atheifticalx Porphyry babbles out to the contra- x Contra
ry. 2. Inftrumciital, vi^. Daniel. A moft excel- Prqphe-
lent Prophet, and a great Prince in his dayes, So ram Djni-
faithluf", righteous, wife, refpected of God and m.-.n elemduo-
fjas hath been fhcwed.J When God is plealed to ule decimum
lo choice an inftruntcnt, the work muft needs be litofopj
tranlcendenc. fcrfolt Por-
phyrias,
nolens eum ahfpfo cujus inferiptns eft nomine effe compofirum.
fed ^quodam qui tern poribus Antiochi, qui appellants eft Epi-
phanes, fuerit injudea, &non tarn Danielcm ventura dixFi'c,
quam ilium narraffe prxterira. Dcniquequicquid u(foft a,i An-
tiochumdixcrit, vcramHiftoriam cofltincre : h quid autctn ul-
tra opinatus fir, quia futura nefcierit,cvTe mentitum. Cui foler-
tiffime refponderunt EufcbiusCxfarienfis Epifcopus, trrbus volu-
minous, id eft octavodecimo, & nonodtcimo, & vicefimo ; A-
pollinariusquoqueunpgrandi libro, hoc eft vicefimo fexto : &
ante hos ex parte Methodius, D. Hieron. Proem, in Daniel ad
P ammachium fc Marcell. Tom. 5.
2. The matter of it is admirable, whether Hifto-
rical or Prophetical. I. Here are not vulgar, but
extraordinary HiWories, vi\. 1. Of Kelucbadnezxars
rnyfteriousj dreams, and their notable interprets- y Dan.2.
tions in reference to all the grand Monarchies of the and 4.
world. 2. Of ftrange apparitions of an ^ hand- ^ Dan. 5.^
writing upon a wall, and the Contents of the writing s.&c.za^
againft Belfia^ar ftrangely expounded by Daniel, 25. &c.
and fulfilled prefcntly according to that Expofition. a Dan.4.
3-Of Gods wonderful judgments upon his proudeft 3i.ro/7be
Advcrfaries , depriving a Nebuchadnezzar of his ef:c(,
Reafon and Kingdomejor a time banifhing him from
the fociety of Men to live among beafts, that he did
eatgrafs at Oxen, and hit Body was wet with the Dew of
heaven,that hit Hairs were grown UkjEagles Feathers, .
and hit Nails like Birds claws, and after all this his
Reafon and Kingdome returning to him again, ofa
Man as it were transformed into a Eeaft, and again of
a Beaft retransformed into a Man, and cafting proud
profane b Belfhazzar out of his Kingdom forever. ^Dan.5.30
4. Ofc Pagans rare acknowledgments of the Majefty cDan.2.47
and Dominion of the true God, and their Decrees a- and 3.28,
gainftallblafphemersofhim. 5. Finally, ofpecu- 29.8c 4.34,
liar providences of God over his own fervants, Pro- 35, 36, 37.
fpering them with ^pulle, procuring theme favour & 6.25,25,
among Heathens : keeping them pure and fincere a- 27.
gainft all/ temptations, preserving them gun-torn ^Dan.1.12
in the Lyons Den, and /; un-burnt in themidftofthe 13,14,15.
hot fiery furnace : and railing them up to high-po- c Dan. i.o.
wer and dignity, for the comfort of his Church in /Dan.3.
her captivity. II. Here are alfo not vulgar but extra- and 6.
ordinary Prophecies, viz. 1. Of the deftinyof all the g Dan.d.22
* four grand Kingdomesor Monarchies of the world, b Dan.3. 24
("whence happily Hierome calls him k. The manifold 25, 27.
Hifiorian of the whole world.') How they fhould perfe- ' Dan.7.
cute the Saints from time to time, but at laft be ut- k Hiron.
terly deftroyed by the Kingdome of the Meffiah. Paulino.
2. Of the afflicted and perfecuted condition ot the Tom. 3.
Church in this world , out of which afflicti- /Dan.7. 21
ons notwithstanding , it fhall at faft be abfo- 24,25.
lutely delivered. 3. Efpecially of the/ Kingdoms mDan. 7.
of the Meffiah paramount overall, defcribingm h's 26,27.
expiation of fins : His introduction of the Gofpels " Dan. 9.
n Everlafiing Rigbteoufnefs , His Unction as of the 24.toj.be
moll-Holy, to be an everlafting King; His abolition of end.
the Jewifh Temple and vvorfhip, caufmg the daylyfa-
crifices to ceafe: that the fpiritual Worfhip of the Gof-
pel mayfucceed : and his being cut off not forhim-
felf, but for his Elect, after leventy weeks,(w\. fe-
venty weeks of years, not of dayes f) Thus he par-
ticularly foretells the very time when the Meffiah
fhould be revealed and put to death, ("which none
of all the Prophets did befote or after himj in which
refpect Daniel more clearly prophecies of the Meffi-
ah, than all the Prophets of the old Teftament,
a<
440
DANIEL.
Chap. I. to IV
o D. A.-g. as o Auguftine and p Hierome, have well obferved.
de Civ.
Dei 1. 18. o 34. ;>Uludin Prsefatione commoneo, nullum Pro-
phetarum tarn apertedixifle de Chrifto: nonenim folum fcri-
bit eum e(Te venturum, quod eft eommune cum ceteris: fed
etiam quo tempore venturus fit docet, & Reges per ordinem
digerit, &annos enumerat, ac manifeftiffima figna pramunciat.
Qua?quia vidit Pbrphyrius univerfa completa & tranfafta negare
non poterat, fuperatus hiftoria? veritate, in hanc prorupit ca-
Jumniam, utea qua? in confummatione mundi de Antichrifto
fuiura dicuntur, propter Geftornm in quibufdam fimilitudinem,
fub Antiocho Epiphane imp'.eta contendat. Cujus impugnatio
teftimonium veritatiseft. Tanta enim diftorum fides fuit, ut
Propheta incredulis hominibus non videatur futura dixiffe, fed
narrafie Prsterira. D. Hleron. in Com. in Daniel. Proem. adPam-
mach. ^r Marcell. Tom. 5 .
3. The Forme of it : \>i\. The external Forme, in
which the Prophecy is laid down, is great part of it
vifional, and aenigmatical under Types, and there-
fore intricate, obfeure : and yet in fome part punctu-
ally Chronological, defining the very times of future
events particularly, and therefore narrowly to be
?Efaiam, obferved. In the former refpeft it is (" as q Hierome
eremiam hath noted 3 one of the Books, hard to be under-
Ezechi- flood, and requiring much ftudy,and accurate com-
elem, & paring of it with r Hiftories of following events ; In
Danielem the latter refpeft, being clearly underftood, it will
quis poffit abundantly fatisfie both Knowledge and Faith, and
vel intelli- richly compenfate the moft induftrious ftudies about
gere vel it.
exponere?
Quorum primus non Prophetiam mihi videtur texere, fed Evan-
gelium . Secundos virgam nuceam, & ollam fuccenfam a facie
Aquilonis, fo pardum fpoliatum fuis coloribus; & quadruplex
diverfis metris neftit Alphabetum. Tertius Principium &finem
tantis habet obfeuritatibus involuta, ut apud Hebrxos ifix partes
cum exordio Genefeos arte annos triginta non legantur. Quartus
vero qui & extremus inter quatuor Prophetas, temporum con-
fcius & totius mundi Philoftoros, f_ vel '] Phylohiftoricus, vel Poly-
biftor, autcerte Polyhiftoros, h. e. qui multa novit & memorat,
vel Philifloros, i.e. cogno fcendi cupidus. Era}". Schol. in loc.^\
lapidem prsecifum de monte fine manibus, & regna ora fubver-
rentem, claro fermone pronunciat. D. Hieron. Paulin. Tom. 3.
r Ad intelligendas autem extremas partes Danielis multiplex
Grajcorum Hiftori3 necefTaria eft: Suftorii, viz- Callinici, Dio-
dori, Hieronymi, Polybii, Poffidonii, Claudii, Theonis, & An-
dronicicognomento Alipii, quos & Porphyrius effe fcquutumfe
dicit : Jofephiquoq; &eorumquosponit Jofephus, prscipue-
que noftri Livii, & Pompei Trogi atque Juftini, qui omnem
extreme vifionis narrant Hiftoriami & poft Alexandrum ufque
ad Csefarem Auguftum, Syria? & Egypti, id eft, Seleuci & Antio-
chi & ptolonueorum Bella defcribunt. D. Hieron. in Com. Daniel.
Proem, ad Pammach, &c. Tom. $.
4. Finally, The End or Scope of this Book is of great
and manifold Confequence, as hath been evidenced,
Seft. IV. And therefore by all this, how notably is
this Book commended tofuch asareftudiousof the
Scriptures, for the exercifing and perfecting of their
underftanding therein.
I.
Se&. VI. Trincipal Parts.
In this Book confider 1. A Preface to the whole
Prophecy, wherein is fet forth ADefcription of Da-
niels fmgular Call to the Prophetick. Office 2. The
Vifions and Prophefics themfelves. The former Part
is ufually counted Hiftorical, This latter Propheti-
cal.
T H E P R E F A CE to the Prophecy, contain.
mganHiftorical Narration of Daniels extraordinary
CaO unto the Prophetick Office, ch. I. to ch. 7. where
note his 1 Preparation, 2 Qualification, and 3 Confir-
mation therein.
I. H'h Preparation for the Prophetick Function is
fct forth. 1. By the time wllen Daniel began to conic
into requeft, viz. in King Jehoia\imes third year,
when King Nebuchadnezzar fubdued him, and carri-
ed divers Captives to Babylon, Chap.I.ver.i, 2. 2. Chap. U
By the occafion of Daniels noted fame, vir. King ~
Nebuchadnezzar s isCoromand to theMafterof the Eu-
nuchesto bring to Babylon certain of the King and
Princes and Israelites feedjpotlefs, well favoured and
sKrljulmallWifdome, &c. whom they might teath the
Learning and Tongue of the Chaldeans, that after three
yean they might ft and before the King : among whom
was Daniel, and three other his companions: named
alfo with Chaldeans names, v. 3. to 8. 3. By Daniels
favour and tender love with the Prince of the Eu-
nuches, whereby he obtained for himfelf and his
three companions liberty to be fed with pulfe, ( they
profpering therewith.) that they might not be fDefil- f Daniel
ed with the Kings Provifion. v. 8. to 17. feared
by the Kings portion. 1 Either becaufe there might be fomeXfh
amongftit prohibited to the Jewes as Ceremonially unclean 2
Or becaufe the Kings meat was Netted with invocation of idols -
or was confecrated to idols. 3. Or becaufe thofe Princely delicates
Ihould not become a fnare to him, to withdraw his heart from
the Jewifh to the Paganifh Religion. 4. Orleaft being fed with
Court-like Delicates, he fhould forget the afflictions of the
Church. Parens in Adverf. in Daniel 1. 8. And Diod. Annot.
Ali: BwCalv'ninloc'^vesmchthofttwolajl ReaJonsofDmdi
II. Hu Qualification for his Office is fet down Com-
paratively, like his Companions ; Superlatively a-
bove them, ver.lj. Amplified by their joynt ten-
fold excellency beyond all Chaldeans, verf. i3. to the
end.
III. His Confirmation^ the Prophetick Office, to
the admiration of the Heathens, much more to the
conviction of the Jews ) divers vvayes, viz.
l. By his Revelation oj King Nebuchadnezzar s
Dream, f which he had forgotten ^touching the
/mage, and his interpretation of it; Described I By
the Antecedent, viz. 1. The time of Nebuchadnezzars chaD *
dreams, Cbap.lh r. 2. His trouble of fpirk about
them, ver. 1. 3. The inability of all the Chaldeans
wife-men to tell the King his Dreams, whereupon
the King fent out a Decree to flay all the Wife-men;
Darnel and his fellows being fought to be flain, ver. 2.
to 14. 4. Upon Daniels obtaining refpite of the Exe-
cution a little, after his and his fellows Prayer to
God, in night vifion God reveals both dream and in-
terpretation of it, for which Daniel bleffed God, ver.
14. to 24. II. By the matter of the dream and inter-
pretation thereof revealed particularly by Danidto
the King, ver. 24. to 46. IH. By the Confequeutt
thereof, viz. the Kings 1. Adoring of Daniel, ver.
46. 2. Magnifying of Daniels God, w.47. 3. Pre-
ferring of Daniel, who obtained preferment alfo for
all his three companions, ^^.48,49. 4. Hereunto
is annexed Gods miraculous Prefervarion of tliefe
three Companion, of Daniel, ( refufing idolatroufly
to worfhip Nebuchadiezzars Image, J fo that they
were not burnt in the hot fiery Furnace, the Angel of
God accompanying them there -, whereupon their
God is magnified by the Kings Decree, and they pro- Chap. a.
motcd, Ch.ML throughout.
2. By his interpretation o/Nebuchadnezzars Dream
of a Great Tree, contained in Nebuchadnezzar s let-
ters to all People, &c. wherein confider 1. The In- Chap. 4;
fcription and Salutation, Chap. IV. ver. 1. II. The
fcope or intent of the letter, for the extolling of God
and his wonders, ver. 2,3. III. The Narration it
felf, 1. Of Nebuchadnezzar's Dream, which the wife
men of chaldea could not interpret, ver. 4. to i3. 2.
Of Daniels interpretation of thefe Dreams, ver. 18. to
28. 3. The ftrangc event upon Nebucbadezzars ac-
cording to Dan/f/j interpretation of his Dreams;
He upon his glorying in Babylon, being driven from
his Kingdom , deprived of his reafon, and banifhed to
cat grafle among beafts, till at laft he was rcftorcd to
his
Chap. IV. to XL
DANIEL.
441
his reafoil and Kingdome. and extolled tlic King of
Hea ven, ver. 28. to the end.
3. By his interpretation of KingBelfhaZZartVijionof
an hand writing on the Wall. Here note I. The An-
tecedent occafion, v/\. Belfhazzars impious fcafl
with his thoufand Lords, Chap.V.t.to 5. It. The
vifion it fclf related, ver. 5. lit. The confequents
hereof, vi^. 1. Eelfhazzars extream trouble about
it, eSpecially when his Chaldean wife-men could not
interpret ir, ver. 5. to 10. 2. Daniels being fentfor
to interpret it upon the Queens motion, v. 10. to 17.
2. Daniels reading and interpretation of the writing,
touching the tranflation of the Monarchy from the
Chaldeans to the Medes and Ferfians f having firft
fharply reproved and warned the King, ) by his fa-
thers example ( of his Pride and idolatry ;)ver. 17.
to 30. 4. The event that night according to Da-
niels interpretation, BelfJ)a^Ker being flain, and
Darius the Mede poftefling the Kingdome, verfe$o,
Chap. 4. 4. By hit miraculous preservation from death or harm
fNon in the Den of Lyons, defcribed I. Ey the occafion of
leonum n;v\. 1. The envy of the Princes at Daniel, becaufc
feriras the King had made Daniel chief of the three Prefi-
immurata dents over the one hundred and twenty Princes fet
eft : fed over the Provinces ; who therefore procure of the
rictus King a Decree for the enlnaring of Daniel, chap. VI.
eorumS: x.toio. 2. By D.< «/*.'/ per fevering in his fupplicati-
rabiescon- 0us to his God as afore-time, with magnanimous
clufa eft Refolution, though he knewthe Decree was figned,
abangelo; ver.io. 3. By the Princes accufation of Daniel to
& idcirco the King, for praying to his God contrary to the
claufa, Kings Decree, whereupon through their importuni-
quia Pro- ty he iscaStinto the Den of Lyons, ver. 1 1. to 18. 4.
pheta; Ey Daniels miraculous fafery in the Den of Lyons,
bona and deliverance thence, ver. 18, to 24. 5. Byhisac-
opera cufers deftructionin the fame Den, ver. 24. 6. Ey
praxefTe- the Kings decree hereupon, that all tremble and fear
rant ; ut before the God of Daniel, ver. 24. to 28. 7. By the
non tarn following profperity of Daniel till the reign of King
gratia li- Cym,ver. 28.
berationis
fit, quam juftitia? retributio. Has autem voces omnis Sanftus vir
proferat qui ereptuseft deore leonum invifibilium, & de lacu
inferni, quia credidit in Deum fuum. Hier. Comment, in Dan. 6.
Chap. 5. Thus of Daniels Vocation to his Prophetic^ office.
(Sha p. 6 THEl'ROPHECYit fclf chap. 6. to the end or
II. the Bwk., containing divers Vifions and Predicti-
ons of things to come, til' the incarnation of Chrirt,
and afterwards ( asfome think J to the end of the
World.
I. The firft vifional Freditlion, is of the four Beafis,
vi%_. the four grand Kingdomes or Monarchies of
the World, the Babylonian, Perfian, Grecian and
Roman. This vifion u the fame Subfiance with that
firft Dream of Nebuchadnezzars, ch. 2. Onely with
this difference, 1. In this, the foure Kingdomes are de-
fcribed more punllually and particularly than in that. 2.
In that, they are reprefented under the refemblance of a
man made up of four forts of materials; Gold, Silver,
Brafs, Iron and Clay : In thii, under the fimilitude of
four Beafi.s, becaufe of the beafily cruelty in obtaining
and adminijiring of thefe Kingdomes. In this vifion
confider I. The Preface, defcribing the Time, Man-
( ner, Record and Report of the vifion, Chap. VII. 1.
Chap. 17, jT# j-hevifionitfclf, declaring 1. The fuccellive Rife
Refemblance, Difpofition and Aftsof the four King-
domes, ver. 2. to$. 2. The fall and ruine of all
thefe Kingdoms, by the everlafiing Kingdome of
Chrift the Mediator, given to him of God, ver. 9. to
15. III. The interpretation of the vifion, 1 Defired
by Daniel, ver. 15, 16. 2. Performed particularly un-
to Daniel, both touching the feveral beafis, the four
Kingdoms; and touching their deftruction3 11.17.ro
28. IV. The Conclusion, ver. 28.
II. The fecond vifional Prediction, the fame for Sub-
fiance with the former, chap. 7. and with Nebmhad-
nezzars Dream, chap. 2, But with, this difference that
' here's only mention of the three l.'ji Kingdomes, the Ba-
bylonians being omitted, bfiqttfe within three years it
was to be deftroyed. Here arc t. The Preface, de-
claring the Time and Place of the vifion, Chap . VIII. Chap. 8.
r, 2. II. The vifion it fclf. 1. Of a Ram that had
two horns very high, &c. Signifying the Kingdome of
two People, the Medes and Pcrfians united, ver. 3,
4. 2. Of an Hee-Goat from the Weft, f that is thcC
dan Monarchy, J with a notable home in his forehead,
prevailing over the Ram, (~ that is, the firjl King 6j
Greece, Alexander the Great, J which horn being
broken, there arofe up lour horns inftead thereof,
and out of one of them a little horn came forth,
which prevailed to take away the daily facrifice, and
caft down the tructh to the ground, ( that is, Alex-
ander being dead, the Kingdome was divided into four
leffer Kingdomes, viz. Macedonia, Afia, Syria, {call-
ed by Hi ft Brians from Seleucus Nicanor the fit ft K;
of the Seleucidaifs Kingdome J and Egypt ; Seleucus
being dead, Antiochus Epiphanes, a notable type of
Antichrift, rofe up ; who by fubtilty of their Government,
drew many Jewes from Gods pure Worfiitp andTruth, J
ver. 5. to 13. This is amplyfied by the time how long
the daily facrifice and fanftuary (ball thus be trodden
under foot by Antiochus, viz. two thoufand three
hundred dayes j that is, fix years, three moneths,
and about eighteen dayes till the u Altar was purified
ver. 13, 14. III. The interpretation of the Vifion u I Mac.
defcribed, 1. By the Preparatories to it, ver. 15. tt 4-25..
20 2. By the particulars of ir, ver. 20. to 27. IV.
The Conclufion, denoting the effects of the vifion in
Daniel, ver. 27.
III. The third Pred'iftion or particular Prophecy,
touching the Punctual time of the Meffiahs coming in
the Flejh, and' fuffering for finners, after feventy
weeks, by which the Lord would raile Daniels
thoughts from the temporal deliverance out of Baby-
lon by Cyrus, to the fpiriruall Reftauration of the
Church by Chri.fi. Herein note I. The time when this
vyas revealed to Daniel, vi^. in the firft year of D.t-
rius fon of Ah aflmerus, Chap. IX. 1,2. II. The oc- Chap. 9.
cafion whereupon this was revealed to Daniel, v>\.
I. Partly upon Drtwie/iunderftandingby Jeremiahs
Prophecy the terme of the 70 years captivity in Ba-
by Ion, ver. 2. 2. Partly upon Daniels zealous Prayer,
after confeifion of their fins, for the Jewes Refiau ra-
tion from Babylon, ver. 3. to 20. III. The narration
of the time when the Melfiah fliould come into the
world, and be cut off to bring in everlafiing righte-
oufnefs, &c. after 70 weeks ( vi^. 70 weeks of years,)
ver. 20. to the end.
IV. Thefourth and laft vifionalYrediBion,conum'mg
future events from that time to the Meffiahs coming,
or fj as fome think } to the lafi judgement in ch. 10,
I I. and 12. Here are ccnfiderable.
1. The Preface to the Prophecy, containing 1. The
time and occafion of the vifion in Cyrus his third
year, and in Daniels three weeks mourning and
tailing, C thought to be occasioned by reafon of the
obftrufting of the Temple-building, J chap. X. 1, 2, Chap. id.
3. 2. Theglorious vifion of Chrift, ver. 4,$, 6. 3.
The great Confiernation of Danieland his compani-
ons at the vifion, ver. 7,8,9. 4. An Angels fpeech
to Daniel, Partly erecting and comforting him, ver.
10, 11, 12. Partly Shewing him the Reafon why the
anfwering of his Prayers was thus long delay'd, be-
caufc he was thus long (~ vi\. 21 dayes ) hindred by
the Prince of Perfia, ver. 1 3. its the end.
2. The Prophetical Predillion, I. Touching the
four Kings of Perfia, whereof the lafi Shall provoke
the Realme of Grxcia to his definition, Chap. XI, C''<»P' n-
1, 2. II. Touching the King of Gr&cia, viz. Akx~
ander, that Shall tranflate the Monarchy from Perfia
toGracia, ver. 3- III. Touching the dithpation of
Alexanders Kingdome, ver -4. IV. Touching the wars
betwixt the King of the South, \vi^. the King of
Egypt that lay South from Judca ; '] and the King of
the North, £ vi%. the Kings of Syria, the Seleucides,
thefe were two of the four Kingdomes, that rofe up
11 11 u u u ouc
442
H 0 S H E A H.
out of Alexanders Kingrlome, jv. 5. to 30. V .Touch-
ing rhc invafonand Tyranny of the Romans, and
thcmifchief thereby to the Church, permitted for
the Churches good, v. 3c to the end. VI. Touching
the Srate of the Church after Chrift to the end of the
World, rhatitfhall be mod afflicted, yet fhe fhall
havecompleat deliverance by Chrifts lecond coming
to judgment, Chap. XII. throughout.
Hitherto of the four greater Frophets
Ifaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel,
Daniel.
II. The twelve leffer Prophets follow, viz. The Books
-i/HoPneah, Joel, Hamos, Obadiah, Jonah, Micah,
Nahum ; Habakkuk, Zephaniah, Hagpai , Zechari-
ah and Malachi : Called Lefier Prophets, Not for
their leffer merit, but from the leffer number ofverfes,zs
a Minores a Ruffimu. Not becaufe they or their Prophets had
lion pro leffer Authority from God, but becaufe their Prophecies
meritis, andfermons were written in far leffer volumes than the
fed pro former, (as harh been noted out of b Augufiine ,) Yea
nutnero thefearefo final!, that the cmenof the great Syna-
verfuum gogue, or E^ra under Artaxerxes Longimanw, or
nominan- fome godly Jews digefted them all into one volume,
tur.Ruffn. failed the d Book, of the Prophets) perhaps leaft any
Jnpr.fj.it.
Hof.
b See a lit
tie before
ifaiah,d/
P 4=°-
c Rivet .
pwtj.tt.in Hof. d Aft. 7. 42. e Duodecim Prophets in unius volu-
minis auguftias coarctati,multo aliad quam fonat in Iitcrapra fi-
gurant. Hieron. PaulinTom. 3.
of them fhould be loft e Hierome obferves, That the
twelve leffer Prophets were digefted all into one volume,
c. died therefore by the Jews There- Afar , i.e. Twelve:
for 'HH There Conines two : and "liyy Afar ten.
And this coniunftion of them is not new, as may ap-
pear in Ecclefiaft.49. 10.
Kon eft idem ordo T2.Prophe:arum apudHebrAo<,'\unhh preaching of it as future :
Haggai and Zechariah, asprefent; therefore incite the
People to come forth of Babylon to rebuild Jerufalem :
Malachi as pafi and ailually fulfilled, whereupon he ex«
harts them to Piety and Holynefs.
H O S H E A H.
Seel:. I. Order and 'time.
TN what Order, and at what Time, or how long Hn-
flieah Prophefied, See in the Chronological Table
before Ifaiah.
Sed. II. Name and Penman.
This Book is by the Hebrews called yitflH ISO
Sepher Hoffjea, i.e. The Boo{. of Heftieah, from the
Prophet Hnflieab, Penman of it. Therefore in the
,, r . . infeription it is called oTheword of the Lord that came
unto Hofheah-
hHua was a Saviour to Ifrael
againft the Cannaanites, having before that happy k_
Omen in his name. So here Hofheah is oi their num-
ber, IThat fas Paul faith,) fave themfelves and
them that hear them ; for he preacheth falvatio n in
Chit)} to the Jews, if they will not be obflinate. And
they all were fubfervicnt, inftrumental Saviours,
and types of that onely true Saviour Jefus Chrift,
that mfaves hit People from their fins. Hofteab was
the n fon of Beeri ; who this Beeri was, and what his
office or condition was, is not difcovered in Scrip-
ture. The Rabbines have a Rule (faith o Gerhard,)
When in the beginning of any Prophet, hit Fathers name
h expreffed, he is under flood to have been a Prophet al-
fo; but the certain demonftration of that rulcisftill
deilred. Some p think he was of the Town of
Belemoth in the Tribe of lffa:bar. Others q that he
was born in Bethflemeff), reckoned among the Ci-
ties of that Tribe, Jofl>. 19. 22. Hebrews think Beeri
was
t And. Riv.
com.in Hof.
1. 1, k In
nomine
omen an-
tea habuir,
Riv. ibid.
1 1 Tim. 4.
16.
m Math. r.
21.
nHof. 1. r.
o Gerh.loc.
Com.A.D.
Scrip. S»c.
Sec).i5<5.in
F«ep;el'.
p Dnrothcus
in ^ynopf.
q Diuliiisin
Hnf.p.ir.J.&
Gloll.ord. in
Jof. 1. 1.
H 0 S H E A H.
443
was a Prince of the Tribe of the Reubenites mencio-
rD.And. ned, i Cbron. 5. $.But("as D. Rivet, r obfervesjthat
Rivet. is fcarce probable, and the termination of the two
Com.in names plainly differs, that being Becra, this Been.
/''/•i.i. Touching the life or death of this Prophet, Scripture
isfilcnr.
Seft. III. The Nature of this Pro-
phecy.
This Prophecy principal)' dca's againft the ten
Tribes, under the names of Ifrael, Samaria or E-
phraitn; becaufe Samaria was rhc Royal City, and
Jeroboam,r\\e. firfl King of the ten Tribes, was an £-
phramite: now and then againft Judah. He prin-
cipally inveighs againft Ifrael for their Idolatry.
/Ofee Hisfiileis fharpand fuccinct, he fpeaks(_fouh\ Hie-
commati- rome^at it were byjentences. His con pendious concife-
cuse(t,& nefsandbrevity,occafioneth his darknefs & obfeuri-
quafi per ry.In Augudines judgement t he [peaks profoundly, and
fenreniias the more profoundly he f peaks -the more labor ioujly or diffi-
loquens. cultly he is penetrated or underttoodiwe had need topray
Hieron. in to theLordin the Explanation o/Hofheati(faith u Hier.)
12. Proph. and to Jay with Peter, Open unto us this Parable ; efpe-
Prafat.T.^ daily when he himfelf that wrote it, tefiifies in the end
fOfeeigi- of it, the obfeurity of the Volume; xwho is wife, and
turPro- hefhall underftand thefe things? prudent, and he
pheta, fhall know them ? which roe are tointerpret of the dif-
quanto ficuhy,not of the impofftbility of undemanding them.
profundius
quidem loquitur, tanto operofius penetratur. D. Aug. de Civ.
Veil. i8.c. 28.
a Quanto magis in expianatione Ofee Prophets orandus eft
dominus, &cum Petro dicendum, Edifcere nobis par abolam,i(tam:
Prsefertim, cum obfeuritatem voluminisin fine tefteturipfe qui
fcripfit, Quisj apiens 2S->26, t|lis ^ jeroboam ron 0( Joafl) did. In his days there-
^'th'u'c *°re Goc* ra'fesuP tn's Propnec 'n Ifrael, to convince
vi Ho1- them of their Apoftacy, and to recover at lead the
12*' 7R a Elecl: among them by repentance.
*7>°* Scope, of this Prophecy therefore is
1. Immediately, inrefpeft of Ifrael or the tenTibes ;
1. Partly, to detect, reprove andconvince them of
their many great iniquities, efpecially of theirfoul
idolatries, with Jeroboams Calves and Baalim, C^0Vi
and then, but more fparingly and gently, taxing
Judah for their corrup ions.} 2. Partly, to de-
nounce (if they perfifted flill impenitent in thefe fin-
ful and Idolatrous courfes, J their imminent and ut-
tet rejection, difperfion, final captivity and deftructi-
onby the A(fyrians, notwithstanding all their vain
carnal confidence they had in the broken reed of fe-
cular means or affiftance. 3. Partly, to invite them
to repentance, with hopes and Evangelical Pro-
mifes of mercy to an elect remnant repenting, of the
Jews future Convernon and Reftaurationby Chrift,
anil of the bleffed fpiritual Priviledges they fhall
have by union to him, and communion with him.
2. Mediately, inrefpettof us, not only ro warn us
againft all idolatry, and all idolatrous fellowfhip
with idolaters, but alfof as * Tamovhu bath well ob- * Tarnov.
fcrved J 1 Partly, ro teach found doctrine, as is evi- Ptoleg. in
dent by Mat. 2. 15. jrom Hof.u. 1 by Heb. Hof. p. 5.
12.. 1$. from Hof. 14. 2. . by Rom. 9. 26. I Per.
2. 1 ;. from Hof. I. 10 » by Rom. 9. 23. from
Hof. 2.27,, 2. Partly, To convince of errour, as may
appear by Matth. 3. 13. and 12. q.from Hof. 6. 6. 3.
Partly, to admonifh and warne of fin and judgement,
by Luke 23. 30. Rev. 6. 1 6. from Hif. 10. 38. 4. And
partly to comfort ; by iCor. 15. 55. from Hif 13.14
there alledged. And how notably the divine Autho-
rity of this Book fhincsforth, in thefe frequent alle-
gations of it in the New Teftament, is no hard tiling
to judge.
Seft. V. Principal Tarts.
In this Eook confidcr 1 . Toe Preface. 2. The I.
phecy it felf. And 3. The Conclufnn.
the P REP AC E, defcribing, 1. The Prindpall
Author of this Prophecy, w'<. The LORD. 2. The
Infirumental, Hofheah, &c. 3. The time of his Pro-
phecy, under four Kings of Judah, and one of Ifra el
Ch.L 1,2.
The PROP HECTnfcK, which is laid down from
ver. 2. to cb. 14. ver. 9. as it were under the a Per-
fon, i.O( a Prophet. 2. Ota Judge. 3. Of an He-
rauld. 4. Of a Father. 5. Of a Friend. The r#
whole being propounded Parabolically and chap.' 1.
Plainly. jj
I. Parabolic ally, and that in the perfon of a Pro- aAnd'.Riv
phet, he (ignifics in himfelf, the future events and prafa't in
evils that fhould befal the Kingdom of Ifrael, and //;
the Kingly houfe under two types, vi^.
1. Under the type of the Prophets taking a wife of
whoredo'mes, and having three children oj whoredornes
by her, is foretold the extraordinary punifhmenr
and destruction of Ifrael in three feveral ages for
their fpiritual whoredoms. This Type is Propound-
ed, Corrected and Accommodated. I. Propounded
asprefcribed of God to this end, ver. 2. As perfor-
med by the Prophet in a type, 1. Taking a wife of chap. 2.
whoredornes, ver 3. 2. Having by her b three chiJ- £Hi aurem
dren of whoredornes, vi\. A fon called Jerreel. ]Jt>eri Tres
/'. e . The difperfion of God, denoting the destruction states If-
of Ifrael in the valley of Jezjeel, 1^.4,5. 2. A raelitarum
daughter called Lo-rubamah, i.e. Not-having-obtain- defignanr.
ed-mercy : becaufe Ifrael fhall not have anymore Primus e-
mercy, as Judah fhall, ver. 6, 7. 3. A fon called nim xca-
Lo-ammi, i.e. Not-my-People : becaufe they fhould rem illarn
not be Gods people, nor he their God, ver. 2, 9. fignificar
II. Correffed, the fharpnefs of the former type is qusgra-'
qualified by promifescoan Elect remnant of Judah viffimis &
and Ifrael, that fhall be united under one Head Je- periculofi-
fus Chrift, ver. 10,11. III. Accommodated, ch. 2. ffimismor-
throughout. i.By an exhortation of the godly to in- ribus exa-
cite their brethren and mother, Ifrael to repent- gitata eft
ance, Cb. II. 1. to 5. 2. By a Narration of the caufes quando
why they fhould thus move them to repent, Partly Schallura
their own fins paft and prefent. Partly Gods judge- pofteros
ments that would befall them that remained obfti- Jehu
nate, ver. 4. to 14. 3. By Publication of fweet Pro- fufiulir.
mifes ofgrace and reconcilement in Chrift, with the 2. Reg. 15.
fruits thereof, to the Elect of Ifrael, ver. 14. to the Secundus'
end of the chap. statem
_..,., „ Warn qua
a Tig.ath-pilefere vaftata, capta &: deportata eft, 1 chron. 5. 26.
Tertim denique xtatem illam, qustotaeverfaeft perShalmana-**
farem, quum regnum Ifraelis totum inrercidit, 2 Reg. 17. Jun.
Annot.inHof. 1.3.
2. Under another type of the Prophets loving an A-
dultereffe bought for money, and abiding many dayes
without playing the harlot with another man, that fo
the Prophet might be for her ; is fet forth Gods love to
Ifrael the fpiritual adulterefle, who for her Idolatries
fhall be punifhed manydayes, but fhall be convert-
ed to God in the latter dayes, Here I. The type is
com-
444
H 0 S H E A H.
Chap. UhtoXlv.
Chap. 4.
Chap. 5.
Chap. 3. commanded, chap*. III. 1. II. The command is per-
formed by the Prophet, where note r. The type
it k\(,ver. 2. 3. 2. The explanation and accommo-
dation of it, Partly, by threats of defolation, ver. 4.
Partly., by Promifes of Keflaurationin Chrift the true
David, ver. $•
II. Plainly and without Parable the reft of the
prophecy is laid down. And fo it is 1. Commi-
natory, chap. 4. to 1 1. 2. Confolatory, cA<*/>. 11, 12,
- 13,14.
1. Comminatory, or chiefly confifting in tbreatnings,
In three Sermons or fpeciall Prophecies, whereof
the two firft are fet forth as under the Perfon of
Judge, the laft as under the perfon of an Herauld.
r. Sermon, againft all Ifrael, which is partly Repre-
henfory. Partly monitory. I. Reprebenfvy, Where-
in Ifrael is 1. Cited or (ummoned,c7>. IV. 1. 2. Ac-
cufed and indited for offences againft God and man,
deferving grievous puniftiments, vt\. Partly, the
impieties and iniquities of the People, enumerated,
aggravated and threatned,i>. i.to6. Partly, the cor-
ruptions of the Priefts, mentioned, aggravated and
threatned, w. 6. to 12. Partly , the idolatry of Ifrael,
ver. 12. to 1$. II- Monitory, wherein Judah is dill-
waded from Ifraels fins, both from the notorioufnefs
of their offences, and grievoufnefs of their punifh-
ment, ver. 15. to the end.
2. Sermon againft the Priefts, Houfe of Ifrael, and
Kings Houfe, and fomewhat againft Judah for fol-
lowing their fins, Ch. 5,6, 7. wherein noteThe Sum-
mons, The Charge, The Confirmation of the charge, and
the Conclufion o\ the Sermon. I. The Summons, Chap.
V. 1,2. II. The charge or accufation laid againft
them, wherein 1. Their fins are propounded, ver. 3,
4,5. 2. Their judgements for them are denounced,
Q Judah alfo being taken in, } ver. 5. to 11. 3. The
Confirmation of the charge againft both Ifrael and
Judah, touching their fins and judgements. This is
done by a gradual Narration of certain hainous of-
fences of theirs, with their particular judgements.
As 1. Preferring mans Command before Gods will,
ver. 11, 12. 2. Relying on forreign aid of the Aflyri-
ans, when God wouJd have reclaimed them by his
corrections, ver. 13,14. 3. Not renouncing of for-
reign aid that they might finccrely repent and return
to the Lord, notwitliftanding the warnings of his
Chap. 6. word and rod.i/. \<,.ani Ch.\I. i.to 5. 4. Moft per-
fidious violation of God s Covenant, by their not
knowing of God, unmercifulnefs, blood and whore-
doms, ver. 5. to the end of the Chapter. 5. Notorious
provoking one another unto varieties of wicked-
Chap. 7. nefies, even againft Gods remedies, Chap. VII 1. to
8. IV. The Conclufion of the Sermon fummarily
comprifing what had beenfpoken, viz^. 1. A Nar-
ration of Ifraels obftinacy in fin, turning from God,
and madnefs in relying upon forreign aid of Egypt fc:
A\]yria, ver 8,9, 10, 11. 2. A Denunciation of Judg-
ments thereupon, v. 12, 13. efpecially for their Hy-
pocrifie defcribed, ver. 14, 15, 16.
3. Sermon, under the Perfon of an Herauld with a
Trumpet proclaiming Gods judgements, principal-
ly againft Ifrael, partly alfo againft Judah, ch. 8,9,
10. Herein confider I. A denunciation of fpcedy
and imminent judgement, with intimation of the
procuring Caufcs thereof, vi^. 1. Ereach of Cove-
nant and Law. 2. Hypocrifie. 3. Calling off what
is good 4. Erefting Kings without God. 5. Idola-
Chap. 8. try. Chap. VIII. 1. fo 5. II. AReprehenfory Con-
futation of the vain Pretexts, whereupon the wicked
grew fo infolent, which Pretexts are declared to be
To many Caufcs haflcning judgement, vi\. 1. Their
confidence in the two Calves, verf. 5,6,7,8. 2.
Their Aflbciacion wirh the Afiyrian for allifta«ce,
Chap. 9;
vtr. 9, 10, 3. Their malcmtde of Altars, Sacrifices
and Temples, ver. u, 12, 13, 14. 4. Judahs multi-
tude of fenced Cities, ver. 14. III. A Confutation
oftheircarnal joy and fecuritv, as altogether caufe-
lefs, C norwithftanding all their prefent Profperi-
ty, J 1. By the Prophets words denouncing againft
them, Famine, Captivity, lofs of Gods Worfhip,
Death and Defolacion, for their Prophets iniquities
and their own horrid i~ms,cbap. IX. 1. to 1-. 2. By
the immediate words of the Lordhimfelf more ter-
ribly, Partly upbraiding them for their extream inpra-
titude under Gods former mercies, ver. 10. Partlt
threatning them with utter deftruftion and dilfipatioi
among the Nations, ver. 1 1. to the endofthe chapter.
IV. The Commination of heavy judgements for
their fins is continued, wherein 1. The vanity of
their carnal hopes is difcovered in their fruitful land,
Chapt. X. r. In their Altars and Images wherein Chap. loi
they pretended to worfhip God, ver. 1, 2. In their
King, w. 3. In their proud boaftings and falfe con-
federacies, ver. 4. In their Calves and High-places
of Betbaven, ver, 5, 6, 7, 8. Contrary judgements
to their vain hopes all along being threatned. :.
The feverity of Gods Judgements for their fins, as
in the Perfon ot God, is propounded. More generally
ver. 9, 10. More particularly in the aggravation,
F^rMjoffome of their chief fins, Kfr.u.ro 14. Partlt
of terrible judgements againft ifrael and their King,
ver. 14, 15.
Thus of that part of the Prophecy which is chiefly Com-
minatory.
_ II. Confolatory, or chiefly fpent in Comforts, and this
in two Sermons.
1. Sermon, under the Perfon of a Father; God
promifing in Chrift that ( though neither Prophet,
Law, mercies nor judgements had brought them to
Repentance, yet J his Eleft mould be convert* d
embrace Chrift and the Promifes. Hereare 1. The
Caufeof Gods favour and promifes to them, viz.
his love in his Son Chrift, Chap. XI. ver.i. 2. A chaP« "•
Narration of Ifraels moft ingrateful dealing with
God, ver. 2. to 8. 3. A Declaration of Gods unchange-
able promifes for laving of 7/t/je/miferably deftroy-
ing himfelf, ver. 8. to 12.
2. Sermon, wherein God diffwading Ifrael from
perfidioufncls, idolatry and inhumanity; declares
and aggravates their avarice, idolatry and pride, and
ppomifeth, f the wicked being deftroyed. J to pre-
(ervc an cleft Remnant, and fpiritualiy to heale the
truely penitent. More particularly note here I. A
fummary propofal 1. Of the peoples fins, ver. 12.
and Chap. Xll.i. to 6. 2. Ofthe Lords invitation of Chap, la."
them to Repentance, ver. 6. 2. A more particular
Explication of both thefe vr<. 1. Ofthe peoples fins,
vtXj. their wicked and deceitfull covetoufnefs, ver.
I.to 11. Their odious idolatry, ver. 11. tothcend,
and Chap. XIII. 1. to 6. Their intolerable confi- ch3P« »3«
dence and pride in their wealth and largeucfs of their
Kingdome, ver. 6,7,8. 2. Ofthe Lords invitation
of them to Repentance, Partly, by a Narration both
ot the evils that had befallen them for their fins, ver.
9. to 14. And of the good that would befall them
upon Repentance, ver. 14. to the end. Partly, bya
pathetical exhortation to Repentance ( under the
perfon of zFriend J cbap. XIV. 1. Which Repen-
tance is amplified, 1. By the forme or manner of it de-
fcribed, v. 2,3. 2. By moft fweer alluring Evangeli-
cal promifes made unto it, ver. 4. to 9.
THECONCLUSION of the whole prophe-
cy, I. Notably inciting the good to underftand, ac-
knowledge, and advantage themfclves by thefe
things, admiring their lingular excellency. 2. Dread-
fully giving up tranfgrcffourstofall therein, ver.9.
Chap. 14;
III.
JOEL.
■ i i i m
JOEL.
445
A'
Seft. I. Name and Penman.
Mong the Hebrews this Book is called 12D
-■- "7KV Sepber Joel,l e. The Book.of]oe\ : and this
a Joel. 1. 1. from Joelihe Penman of it : a The Word of the LORD
that tame to Joel the /o/io/Pethuel.
VSV JoeU which feems to come from 7J<^
Jaal C which in Hipbil fignifies either To will, or To
fwear, or To begin, jfignitiesw/////?g-, or fwearing ;
I D. Hier. or ( as b Hierome thinks, ) Beginning ; or c Tbe-LORD
Procem.in God, as he elfewhere interprets ic. rfSome rather
JoeU Tom> derives this name from H7S T\\r\> Jehovah Alah,
6'. i.e. The Lord hath curfed; G»njefturing he iscalled
cV.H'ter. Joel, \. e. The curfe of the Lord > becaufehegrievoufly
Procem. in aggravates the Lords curfe and punifhment inflifted
Malath. on the Land. This Joel was I. For his defcent.e
Tom. 6. the fon of Pethuel ; Pethuel fignifies A-Perfwader-of
d Tarnov. God ; who this Pethuel was is uncertain, becaufe here
in Joel or elfewhere Scripture fpeaks no more of him. Some
Prolegom. /think he was Samuel, who obtained of God what
p. 2. ubi. he asked in Prayer 5, but that conjecture hath for-
vid, 6. merly been refelled in the Chronology of the Prophets,
Etymolog. &c. Some g fay he was zReubenite, but give us no
e Hof. I. 1, ground for it. Hebrews have a tradition that when
fH.Alfied tbe Father of any Prophet if named, healfo was a Pro-
Pr&cogn. phet; but (' in hCalvins judgement, ~)thattia frivo-
Theol. I. 2. lous Rule. Probably his Father named, was a man of
gGerh.loc. fome eminency and authority. 2. For his Office,
de Sacra. Joel was a Prophet, as the i Scripture ftiles him,
Script. therefore his Prophecy is of Divine Authority, and
Sefr. 157. by the current of this his Prophecy he feems pecu-
inExegef. liarly to have direfted his Prophecy to Jvdah and
bCalv. Jerusalem, as Hofl>eah had peculiar relpeft in his
Com.in Office to Ifrael, as l>_H'terome a\(o hath noted. 3. For
Joel. 1. 1. his life; afts or death, we have little certainty. /
2 Acts. 2. Gerhard (anh, he was born and buried in the Land
16. 17. oiCanaan in Bethoron ; but he onely faith it.
^Quorno-
doautem in Ofee Propheta, quern in principio duodecim Pro-
pherarumantehunclibrum ex plana vimu?,fub nomine Ephraim,
ad decern tribus conferur vaticiniumqus vel Samaria vel Ifrael
fepe metnoramur: Sic in Joel qui juxta Hebrseos fecundus eft,
omne quod dicitur ad tribum Juda,& ad Hierufalem pertinere cre-
dendum eft, & nullum omnino Jfraelis, id eft, decern tribuum
in hoc fieri mentionem. D. Hieion.Com. in Joel. 1. 1.
/ Gerh. loc.Com. I. de San. Scrip. Seft. 1 57. in Exegef.
Seft. II. Order and Time.
In what Order this Book is to be ranked, and at
what Time this Joel prophecied, hath m beforebeen
confidercd; there fee the variety of opinions, and
what feems moft probable. That judicious n Calvin
is of opinion thatinthemidftof fo much uncertainty
it is beft to leave the matter undetermined ; efpe-
cially feeing this Prophet may be well underftood
withouc the punctual knowledge of the time of his
Prophecy, though many paffagesin Hoflieab could
not be tightly interpreted without the Precognition
of his time. But that which is efpecially confider-
able, is that Joel prophecied to Juiah and Jerufa-
lem, aad not to Ifrael.
ntSee
Chronol.
Table be-
fore Ifaiah
njoan.
Calv.
frsfat.
Prdeth.
in JoeU
0 Notably
this was
fulfilled,
Acts 2. 16.
17. vid.
Hieron,
Ep. ad
Paulin.
Tom. 3.
Seft. III. Occafion and Scope.
Upon Occafion of divers forts of infers, as the Pal-
mer-worme, Locufl, Can\er-worme, Caterpillar, 4yc.
fent upon Judea, and extreamly devouring the
fruits of the Land,therefore evident fore-runners and
harbingers of a grievous Famine : He incites them of
Judab to be fenfible of the judgement and truly to
repent under it, promifing thereupon both divers
Temporal and Spiritual bleflings.
Scope therefore is, I. Inreferenceto them of Judah
WJerufalem. 1. To awake them out of their fecu-
rity under a prefent grievous Famine, that being
truely fenfible of Gods heavy judgement, all Degrees
among them might with Fallings, Prayers, and true
Repentance, mourn; weep, and humble themfelves
under his mighty hand. 2. To encourage them here-
unto, by many fweet and precious promifes, not on-
ly of removing the prefent judgement, and reftoring
their former loffes by fubfequent plenty : but alfo of
many fpiritual bleffingsin Chrift, whereof all tem-
poralis were but dim fhadows and pledges, and thefe
Partly inchoate in this Life, vi^. The 0 Plentiful
gifts of the Holy Ghoft to young and old; andfea-
fonable deliverance, by the utter deftruction of all
Gods enemies, from all the evils that might fall out,
before or at the coming of Chrift to judgement, Part-
ly confummate in compleat holinefs and happinefs
in the world to come. II. In reference to us. To teach
us in all like publike afflictions humbly and peniten-
tially to behave our felves towards the Lord ; and
upon unfeigned returning unto God, to expect (To
far as fhall be good for us, ) like bleffings both Tem-
poral, Spiritual and Eternal.
Seft. IV. General Tarts.
In this Prophecy are, 1. An Infcription. 2. The Sub-
fiance of the Prophecy. 3. The Conclusion.
The Infer iption, denoting the principal and infiru-
mental Author of it, Ch. I. 1.
The Subfiance of the Prophecy, which tel.Reprehen- Chap. 1.
for j. 2. Minatory. 3. Hortatory. H*
I. Reprehenfory, emphatically checking and up-
braiding them of Judab and Jerufalem, for their
great ftupidity and fecurity under that heavy judge-
ment of the Famine, where, I. An Exordium, 1. At-
tefting all the inhabitants, how unparallei'd the Fa-
mine was. 2. Charging them and their children to
tellit to after Generations, ver. 2,3. II. The Nar-
ratory defcription of the Famine in brief, ver. 4. Ag-
gravated alfo in many following paflagcs throughout
the Chapt. as motives to the LeRons following.
III. The ufe which they fhould make of this Judgement.
1. They mould be exceeding fenfible of it, ver. 5. to
13. 2. They fhould be fincerely penitent under ic
with mourning, fafting, Sec. verfc 13. to the end of
the chap.
II. Minatory, fttarply threatningthe people, Cnow
fecure under the judgement of the FamineJ with
an heavier judgement of the fvvord, vt\. the Sword
of the Chaldeans, herei. Sion is all arm'd by the
Lord, Ch. II. 1. 2. This judgement threatned is ru
defcribed, More Generally, by the Author of itjneer- cna"* 2*
X x x x x nefs,
I.
446
H A M 0 S.
nefs, grievoufnefs and fuddainnefs of it, ver. i, 2.
iHore Particularly, by the terrible Character of the
Chaldeans, that fliall execute this judgement, ver.
2. to 12.
III. Hortatory, earneftly exhorting them hereup-
on. 1 To fincere Repentance, and 2 To folemn
Humiliations, ver. 12. to 18.
This Exhortation is urged by divers Arguments,
vi\. I. By Promifes. 1 Of temporal Bleflings, namely,
plentiful fruits of the earth, even to the Reparation
of all their former lodes by the Famine, and remo-
val of the Northern Army from them, ver. 18. to 28.
2 Of Spiritual and Evangelical Priviledges, f where-
of thofe Temporals were but an imperfect PledgeJ
v/^. Plentiful powring out of his fpirit andhisgiks
upon all flefh, Gentiles as well as Jewes, ver. 28,29.
Salvation and deliverance of an Eleft Remnant in his
Church, after the Lord hath manifefied by dread-
ful fignes the terrour of his coming, ver. 30, 31,32.
II. ByThreatnings of definition againft all the op-
preifing enemies of the Church, where 1. Their
judgement in the valley of Jehofiaphat in the view
of Jerufalem [ i. e. in the open viewof Gods Church
and People,'] isgenerallypropounded, Ch. III. 1, 2, Clup. 3.
3. 2. God contefb with his Churches enemies for
all their wrongs to his People, ver. 4. to 9. 3. God
ironically incites all Nations to come to fight in the
valley of Jehofl>aphat, declaring their deftru&ion
there, ver. 9. toil. 4. The end of all thefe Judge-
ments is declared, ver. i'].
The Conclufion of the whole Prophecy, 1. Metaphori-
cally declaring the Lords bleflings upon the Church,
ver. 1 8. 2. Plainly defcribing, partly the judgements
threatned to Egypt and Edom, viz. The Churches E-
nemies for their cruelty againft her, ver. 19. Partly
the mercies promifed to the Church under the name
of Judah and Jerusalem, ver. 20, 21,
H A M O S.
a Hieron.
Proem, in
JoelTom.6
b Am. 1. 1.
c See If a.
I.I.
Hof.1.1.
with
Amos 1. 1.
dZer/j.14.
5-
ing vehement and burdenfom in histhreatnings; he lunt no-
fpake fo burdenfom , heavy words, as the very men hoc
earth could not bear; Asfaidhis Adverfary Amatj- propriutn
ah, Hamos 7. 10. efie COtti-
poficurn
exDyi. e. populus, & ex verbotlHQ five U)!2 amof!t,avulfity
quail, dicum populus avulfns, &c. Tarnov. ibid, n Populus avul-
(us. Hieron. Proem, in Amif. Tom. 6.
But who this Hamos was ts more co nfiderable. Some 0 Ifa.i. I.
from the olikenefs of names, have thought he was comp.with
rhc Father of the Prophet Ifut.ih. But that's a plain Amos 1.1.
miftake, (asp Hierome hath noted) for thefe two p Non eft
names, vt^. Amo\ the father of Ifaiah, and Hamos ipfe quern
che Prophet, as they arc written in Hebrew, differ patrem E-
quite, both in their jWr and Lift letters; and in their fiixPro-^
hgnincations; That fignifies jh ong or valiant; This pheralegr-
A Yeople-puWd-away. Therefore they were two di- lnus.Illee-
ftinctPcrlons. This Hamos was of the tribe of )ud ah nfm
at firft. q No ?rophet nor Ytiphetsfon but an Herdfman V 1QS
Icribitur
per primam & ultimam nominis fui litcram X & y & inrerpreta-
cur form arquc robuftus. Hie veto DIQy per y * 0 ; & inter-
preratur Populus avujfut. Media liters Q & 1 utrique Commu-
nes funt, &c. H'^ron. I'roxm. in AmofTom.6.
«f
Chap. I. to V.
H A M 0 S.
447
rHic igitur
Prt>ph€ca
quem
nunc ha«
bemus in
manibus,
fuic de op-
pido The-
cua,quod
dmillibus
ad meridi-
anampla-
gam abeft
a Sancta
Bethle-
hem: qua?
mundige-
nuit falva-
torem : &
ultra nul-
lum cftvi-
culus, ne
agreftes
quidem
cafaj & fur-
norum fi-
miles,quas
Aphriap-
pellat Ma-
palia.Tan-
ta eft ere-
mi vafti-
of Tekoa, and a gatherer of Sycamore fruit : but the
Lord tool^ him as he was following the flock, and [aid
unto him, go prophecy to my People Ifrael. Tekpa^h'mks
r Hierome) was fix miles Southward from Bethlehem ,
where the Saviour of the World was born, beynndwhnh
therms no village, no nor cottages ; itit fucha watte
wildemefs which u extended to the Red Sea-, and the
Perftan, Ethiopian and Indian Coafts. And became
that dry fandy ground yields nojfuits, all if full nf Herd-
men that they way compenfnte the barrennejje of the
ground with the multitude ofCattel. Of this number of
Herdmen was Amos the Prophet ; rude in fpeech but
not in knowledge : fir the famefpirit fpoty in him, that
(pol;e by all the Prophets. And as Calvin I obferves,
God purpol'ely railed up Amos of Judah, and a poor
rufliral Herdman ofTeleoa, I Partly the more tocrofs
and correct the pride of thofe times, glorying in
their profperity, when a rude Herdman muft be
their Reprover. 2. Partly to deal the morepropor-
tionably with the brntifhnefs of Perfons in thofe
djyes, that would not hearken to other Prophets,
now an Herdman fhall deal more roughly with them
as with Kin e of Bafhan, Amos 4. I. 3. Partly to e-
vidence that any infhumenrs fhall ferve Gods turn,
who is wont f to choofe thefoolifl) things of the world to
confound thew.fe; andthewea lathings of the world, to
confound the thivgs.which are mighty; And bafe things
of the world, and things which are defpifed hath God
chofen, and things which are not to bring to nought
things that are; that no fleff) ftnuld glory in hit pre fence.
He prophecied purpofely and principally againft
the ten Tribes, more fparingly againft Judah. He
is thought to be llain by Amaziah the Prieft of Bethel
whomheoppofed ftoutly, prophecying againft him
feverely, Hamas 7. 10. to the end.
tas, qua?
ufqueadmare rubrum, Perfarumque & ^Ethiopum atque Indo-
rumterminosdilatatur. Et quia humiarido atque arenofo nihil
omninofrugum gignitur, eis cuncta funt plena paftoribus : ut fte-
rilitatem ttrr^compenfant pecdrum multitudine. Ex hoc nu-
mero Paftorum & A.mos Propheta fuit , impeiitus Sermone fed
non fcicientia. Idem enim qui per omnes Propheras in eofpiritus
fanctusloquebatur. D. Hieron. Prooem.in Am.Tom. 6.
(Calv.Com.in Am. 1.1. ri Cor. 1. 27,28,29.
Seer. III. Occasion and Scope.
1
This Prophet feems ro be called to prophecy up-
on the fame Occafton for fubftance that HofJieah was,
vi^. Ifraels carnal fecurity and confidence in their
great outward Profperity at that time, out of which
God would awaken them with predictions of their
final difperfion and captivity for their many great
ties and iniquities.
Scope, I. More generally, to hold forth the feve-
rity of Gods judgements againft his Churches ene-
mies, and his Church it felf for their fins: annexing
fome Evangelical Promifes to a remnanr. II. More
■particularly, 1. To denounce Gods judgements a-
gainft the Heathen enmies of Gods Church, vi^.Da-
tnaftm, Ga^a, Tyre, Edam, Amman and Moab, for
their fins, cfpccially their infolericies againft Gods
People. 2. To warn Judah and Jerufalem of their
deftruction for rheir fins ; efpecially Ifrael, of their
total and final captivity anddefolation for their ido-
latry, vio'er.ce, injuftiee, opprefTion and general cor-
ruption , and this is done both Plainly and Vifionally,
a Amos which u Hierome thinks cannot be exprefied in few
Paftor &
rufticus, 8c ruborum mori deftringens , paucis verbis explicari
non poreft. Quis enim digne exprimat tria aut quatuor fcelera
Damafci, Gaza, Tyri, & Idumca;, Scfiliorum Ammon & Moab,
& in feptimo, octaveque gradu Judci & Ifrael ? &c. Hier. Paulino
Tom. 3.
Chap. 1.
I.
Chap, 2.
words. 3. To comfort an cleft remnant, with Pro-
mifes both oftheir Salvation when others fhall be de-
ftroyed, and of rhe glorious Reflauration of the
Church at laft by Jefw Chrifi, and the erecting of
hhfpintual Kingdime.
Seel. IV. Principal Parts.
In this Eook confider 1. The Infer ipiion. 2 The Pro-
phecy it felf.
1. THE INSCRIPTION of the Prophecy, defen-
ding i.The Penman Harms. 2. The Object to whom
this" Prophecy was chiefly directed, vi^. Ifrael. 3.
The time when, CO. I. I.
2. THE PROPHECY it felf, chiefly confiding of
1 Commin.itions, And 2 Confutations.
COMMINATIONS or Threauiings, and they are
laid down, r More plainly, 2 M re obfeurcly and in v -
fions.
I. thriatnings more plainly laid down, are compri-
zed chiefly in four diflinft Sermons, chap. itoj.
I. The fi>ft Sermon, wherein note. I. A General
Propofition, of the threatnings againft all worldy
height and glory , Metaphorically, v. 2. II. Afpe-
cial Prediction of judgements.
1. Againft the Gentiles enemies of the Church, e-
fpeciallyfor their enmiry, oppreffion and cruelty
againft Gods People. As againft 1. Damafcwsof the
Affyrians, v. 3, 4, 5, 2. Gaz^a, andorher places of
the Philiftines, ver. 6,7, 8. 3. Tyre, ver. 9. ic.
4. Edam, ver 11,12. $.Ammon,ver. 13,14,15. 6.
Moab, Ch. II. 1,2,3.
2. Againft ehe Jews for their fins alfo. Partly a-
gainft Judah, ver. 4, $.Partlye Confir-
mation of this Proportion from Gods hatred of their
fins, vi^- 1, Sins of impiety againft God, ver. 21. to
the end of the chap. 2. Sins of iniquity againft man,
efpecially their fenfualwantonnefs, Chap. VI. i.to 7.
IV. The Condufion 1. Denouncing fpeedy Captivity
for their fins, ver. 7. 2. Declaring, and that under
Gods Oath, both Gods abhoring of them, ver. 9. and
the feverity of his judgements upon them, v. 9, 10,
II. 3. Intimating that notwithftanding their xfe-
cure perverfnefs and vain confidence, they mail
wholly be deftroyed by their enemies, ver. 12, 13,14.
Thw ofrhetbreatnings more plainly denounced.
M.Tbreatnings more obfcurely laid down follow, and
thefe under feveral Types and Vijions, vi^. under the
Type.
1. Of Or a(l>oppers or Locufls, fhadowing out Fa-
mine, Ch. VII. 1. to 4.
2. Of Fire devouring the great deep, adumbrating
War, v. 4,5,6.
3. Of a Plumb-line, fignifying the overthrow of
the Kingdom, and of the Kings houfe, ver. 7, 8, 9.
This is Amplified bv Ama^iah the Prieft of Bethel's
oppofition againft Hamos, thus prophecying •, where-
in note 1. Amarjahs inftigation of King Je-
roboam againft Hamos, ver. 10, 11. 2. Amaxi-
abs monition of Hamos to prophecy in Judah, but
not at Bethel, ver. 12,13. 3* Hamos his aflerting
of his Call and Commiffion from God to prophecy a-
gainft Ifrael,?. 14,15. ^.Hamos his fharp Prophecy a-
gi\x\f\ Amaxiah, foretelling withal the certainty of
Ifraels Captivity, ver. 16,17.
4. Of a Basket of Summer fiuit, reprefenting Ifra-
els final overthrow, ch. VIII. 1,2,3. Amplified,i.h\ chap. 9i
a vehement exprobration of them for their fins, efpe-
cially their opprdfion and impiety, defcrvingthe
threat ned deftru&ion, ver. 4, $,6. 2. By a feverc
denuntiation of mofl lamentable judgements upon
the land, without alJ light of confolation; efpecial-
ly of a famine of hearing the word of God, ver. 7.r»
the end of the chap.
5. Of Smiting the lintel of the Temple door, de-
noting the certainty and inevitabienefs oftheirde-
firuftion by the fword, without all poffibility ofe-
fcape, Ch. IX. 1. 2. 3.4. This is confirmed i.From Chap e
the Might and Majefty of God, able thus to punifli
them, ver. 5,6, 7. 2. From their ingratitude un-
der Gods greateft mercies [hewed towards them, v.
8,9,lo.
Hitherto of the Comminutions and Thrtatnings in this
Prophecy.
CONSOLATIONS, or Comforts Evangelical to
an Elcft remnant follow; defcribing the Reftaurati-
onofthe Church by Jefus Chrifi,promifed 1. Under
the type of raifing up the Tabernacle of David that is
fallen, &c. ver. 11. 12. 2. Under magnificent out-
ward bleUings to them, vi^. great plenty, return
fromcaptivity,and the re-eftabliihment in their own
land, ver. 13,14, 15.
U.
HOBADIAH.
Sect. I. Name and Penman.
THis Prophecy is called by the Hcbr ews "13D
rVQiy Sepher Hobadiah, i.e. a The Book.of
ver. 1. Hobadiah; and in the text it felf fP"Qy ^lriCha-
iAbdias Zon Hobadiah i. e. The vifion of Hobadiah ; from
eP«A©- Hobadiah the Preacher and Penman of tin's Pro-
J6upi«. id phecy.
elf, Servus HH^y Hobad-iah, fignifics either The-worksof-
dominJ. the-Lord; or The Servant-of -the-Lord, as b Hierome
Bier. Pro- hath well interpreted it. Who he was, is not evi-
cem in Joel dent by other Scripture,but oncly by this Book that
he was a Prophet. He prophecyed againft the Edo-
mites or Idumeans, who came of Edom, c which is
Efau ; and hated Jfraelites, Jacobs race, as Efau
hated Jacob himfelf. Learned d Hierome tells us,
that the Hebrews thinly that he was that Obadiahin
dayes e/Ahab and Jezebel, wbofed an hundred of the
Tom. 6,
cGen. 36. 1
8, 19.
rfHunc
aiunt effe
Hebraei,
qui fub re-
ge Samaria: Achab & impiiffima Jezabcl pavit centum Prophe-
vas in fpecubus,cjui noncurvaverunt genua Eaal, & de feptero
millibus crant quos Helias arguiru ignorafiet : Sepnlchrumque
ejus ufque hodiccum Maufoleo Helizai Prophets, & Baprifta?
Joannisin Sebafle vcherarioni habctur, qua' olim Samaria dice-
batur. Hanc HerodesKex Judex Antipatri filius, in Honorem
Augufli Csfaris Graco Strmone vocavit Auguftam. Hie igitur
qui centum Prophetas aluerat, acccpit gratiam Prophetalcm ;
& etc duce exercitus, fit dux Ecclcfis. Hicronym Comment, in
Abdiam. I.
Lords Prophets by fifty in a Cave: andofthejeven thow
fand that had not bowed a tyiee to Baal -, and
himfelf inclines to their opinion ; faying, He there-
fore, becaufehe nouriflied an hundred Prophets, recei-
ved the Prophetical grace : and of a Captain of the Hofl,
became a Captain of the church. But that this is a
miftake,hath parti? been evidenced in the Chronologi-
cal Table before Ifai ah .and may further appear by
this Prophecy it felf, which feems plainly to have
been after the captivity of Judah, and defiruftion
of Jerufalem by the Chaldeans ; by that paffage,e Jn eobad.
the day that thoufioodli on the other fide, in the day that ver>1 ll2m
the Strangers carried away captive his forces, and fo-
reigners entred into hi* gates, and call Lots upon Jerufa-
lem, even thou wafl as one of them, But thoufiouldjf not
have looked on the day of thy brother, in the day that he
became a Stranger : neither flmldfi thou have re)oyced
over the children o/Judah in the day of their deft,u3ion.
Obadiah ("faith fAuguftine) in rcjpeft of hit writing /Abdias,
the fhortefl of all the Prophets. fpeakj againft the Idu- quantum
mean Nation,&c. And Hierome fliles him, g A little ad Scrip-
Prophei in number of verjes, nor of fences : and faith, turam
This Prophet as a Servant of the LORD,faw thofe things ejus atti-
beardthofe things, which are worthy of a Propheticl{_ncttomn\-
fervice. utn brevif-
mus Pro-
phctarum, ad verfus Iduraaam genrem loquitur, &c. Aug.de Civ.
dcil. 18.C.31.T0/W.5.
£ Parvus Propheta, verfuum fuppuratione , non fenfuum.
Hie Propheta quifi fcrvus Domini ea videt, ea audit,
quae Prophctali dignafunt fervitutc. Hieron. Comment. in Abd.i.
Sed.fi.
J 0 N A H.
449
h Exod.
I9.i5.
Deut. 7. 6.
Amos 3. 2.
/Gen. 2$.
23.
ifc.PfaI.137.
7-
iObad. v.
jo. fo 15,
m Abdias
qui inter-
pretatur
fervus
Dei,
pertonat
contra
Edom fan-
gutaeum,
terrenum-
que
homfnetn.
cutk fpiriri
Dei lib. 18.
Seer. II, fim.
At what Time Obadiah prophecied hath been part-
ly intimated. Scft. I. Partly aud principally in the
Chronological Table before Ifaiah.
Seel. III. Occafion and Scope.
Thus conceive of the Occafion of this Prophecy, h If-
rael and his Pofteriry were the Eleft People of God ;
to whom it was by divine Oracle promifed , that i the
elder ft) all ferve the younger , i.e. Efau fhall ferve Ja-
cob ; yet divine difpenfation fo ordered affairs, that
Jacob, i. c. Ifrael and his pofterity were in much af-
fliction, w hi left Efau, i.e. Edom and his pofterity
were in moft profperous condition ■■, and very apt to
bear a grudge, and exprefs their malice againft Ifrael
upon divers occafions, byreafon of the bleffingand
promife of God : but efpecially they difcovered the
height of malice againft Ifrael, at Jerufalems de-
struction by the Babylonians, 1 Partly by inftigating
the Babylonians againft them, \Remember 0 LO RD
the children of Edom in the day o/Jerufalem, who f aid,
Ra%e it, ra^e it, even to the foundation thereof. 2 Part-
/ybyjoyning with the Chaldeans, in /many Aftsof
cruelty upon the Jewes; when Jerufalem wasde-
ftroyed. Hereupon this Prophet thus prophecied a-
gainft Edom.
Scope, i. To threaten utter and inevitable ruine to
Edom, for their many fins, but efpecially for their
enmity againft Ifrael, and their cruel infolencies over
Jerufalem in the day of her deftruction by the Chal-
deans. Notably to this purpofe, Hierome faith ; m
Obadiah, (~ which is by Interpretation the fervant of
Cod J thunders againft Edom, a bloody and earthly
man, and he fmiteshim with hit (piritual Spear, that
was alwaies envious againft his brother Jacob. 2. To
comfort the Church with Promife s of Salvation and
Reftauration by Jefus Chrift, whofe Kingdom fhall
be exalted, efpecially by preaching the Gofpel to
the converfion of the Gentiles, asn Auguft. hath ob-
ferved.
Fratris quoque Jacob femper aemulum, hafta per-
lali. Hierony mm Paulino. Tom. 3. n Auguft. deCivit at.
cap. 31. Tom. 5.
Seel. V. Principal Parts.
In this Eook are confiderable
The Infcription, Ihevifwn of Obadiah, vcr. I.
The Prophecy it felf, which is 1. Minatory againft
Edom. 2 . Confolalcry, to Ifrael and the Church of
God.
I. MINATORY, againft Edom, thrcatning his de-
struction, where nore a Defcription both of his de-
ftrullion threutned, and of ihc procuring caufes then of.
I. The deftrullhn of Edom thrcatned, ;s defaVcd
emphatically, 1. By the chief Author thereof, the
LORD, rumouring it, and inciting inftrumentsa-
gainll Edom, ver. 1. 2. By rhe initrumenrs thereof,
the Heathen, vi^. Chaldeans, ver. 1,2. 3. By the
incvitablenefs of it, ver. 3,4. 4. Ey the xrremity
of it, ftiall be an utter deftruction, Edom fhall be
wholly fpoyled, more then an houfc by Night-rob-
bers, ora Vineby Grape-gatherers, ver. $,6. 5. Ey
Gods removal of all impediments wEdoms deftructi-
on, andfo preparing him for total ruine ; His con-
federates and friends proving unfaithful, ver. 7. His
Counfellors wifdome being deftroyed, ver. 8. His
Soldiers courage failing,, ver. 9. II. The procuring
caufes of this deftruction are defcribed, More gene,
rally, h\s violence againft his brother Jacob, ver. io.
More particularly, for his manyinfolent and cruel
carriages againft Ifrael, when the Chaldeans deftroy-
ed Jerufalem, vhr, 1. His confenting with the Chal-
deans therein, ver. 11. 2. JJis looking on. 3. His re-
joycingac. 4. His fpeaking proudly in the day of
his brothers diftrefs, ver. 12. 5. His entring into Je-
rufalem with the Chaldeans, looking on their afflicti-
on; 6. His plundring of his {ubftance, ver. 13. 7.
His (landing in the crofs way to cut off thofe thatef-
caped the Chaldeans. 8. His delivering up thofe
that did remain in the day of his diftrefs, ver. 14.
All this minatory part is confirmed by the approach
of the day of the Heathen, wherein Edom ftiall be
brought to nought, ver. 15, 16.
II. CONSOLATORY, to Ifrael and the
Church of God in divers precious Promifes, vi^. 1.
Of Sions deliverance. 2. Of reftored holinefs, v/\.
Of Temple and worfhip. 3. OfRepofTeffionoftheir
pofleffions, ver. 17. 4. Oflfraels victory over Edom,
ver. 18. 5. Of the enlargement of the Jewes pofieffi-
ons, C moft truly fulfilled in Chrifts. calling the
Gentiles, ) ver. 19, 20. 6. Of Saviours on M. Sion, to'
j idge the M. of Efau. 7. Finally of the Lords domi-
nion over all, ver. 21.
I.
II.
JONAH.
Seel:. I. Order and 'time.
HAd this Book been ranked in our Bibles in that
Order wherein is was prophecied, it ftiould
Chronol havebeen placed before all the Prophets both greater
Table tn&leffer; The Time of Jonahs Prophecy ing being
before Ifa* before them all, as hath been a formerly evidenced.
Seel. II. Name and Penman. blon*\
hoc eft
This Book is called by the Hebrews HJV1SD columba
Sepher Jonah, i. e. The Book, of Jonah ; from Jonah the Hier.
Penman of it. Pro£m.in
fUl1 Jonah in Hebrew f called Jonas in the New Joel. Tom.
Teftamenc, 3 fignifies a Dove, C as b Hierome hath 6-
Y y y y y noted }
45°
Jonah.
noted •, ) but why this Prophet is fo called, is not fo
Tamov. lo eafie to define. cSome deriving the word
Proieg.m. from n,}1 Janah, i. e. He hath affiled or op-
H° ar Puffed) think it fignifies one afflitledor oppreffed. And
in Job i i. notably this Etymology agrees to Jonah, who was
Tom.tf. in a Tempert cart over-board into the Sea, fwallowed
up of a Whale, and buried rhiee dayes in his belly,
before he was caft upon dry ground, &c.
Who this Jonas was is difputed.
dHier. I. The Hebrews, (" faith d Hierome J and after
Prosm. in them otners take him to be the fon of the Sareptan
vT-nrno*' widoW raifed UP fr0IT1 (kath t0 llfe by Ell1ah-> where-
Pro'le "m.V uPon ^e &'** ro Elijah, e Now by this I know that thou
in Jon. art a man oj God, and that the Word oj the Lord in thy
e i Kings mouth it Truth, and thus they feem toconfirme that
i7.J4. Jonah is called fthe fonne of Amittai ; Amittai figni-
clukl'iis fyngTruth. But thisfeems tobe a miftake, i. Partly,
h * Kings becaufe this widow was a Gentile, g Sarepta being a
14. ij.a City of Sidon, wlierein fhe dwelc •, but Jonah was
ijoih. 1?. ofh Gath-hepber, which belonged to the i Tribe of
10. 13. Zebulun in Ifrael. 2. Partly becaufe the times do
not agree; for the widows fon was raifed up by Eti-
k Compare )ah, in the dayes ofAhab, about the (^beginning of his
1 Kings itf. Reign •, but / Jonah the fon of Amittai prophecied in
J9h W"h the dayes of Jeroboam the fon of Joafi. Now from
I a Kin". 14. tne beginning of Ahabs ragn,to Jeroboam the fecond,
0 25. are above ninety years, if the Chronology of the I. and
II. Kings be compared together.
II. They more clearly follow the Scripture, who
m Tm. i.i. fay, thh Jonah 1. For Defcent was mfon of Amittai ;
> King. 14. wf)0 this Amittai was, is not certain. 2. For Countrey,
2J- of n Gath-hepher, belonging ro the Tribe of Zebulun
aKineffi' m Ifrael. 3. For Office, he was a 0 Prophet of note
a j. with i'11 r he time of Jeroboam fon of /o^/ft , he prophecied
Joth. 19. of Jeroboam's reftoring and enlarging the Coaft of
10. 13. Ifrael, which was then fulfilled, and this again!! Nine.
° * m"^ h'4' ve^' ^nt* Pr°bably he prophecied other Prophecies,
12' 19, '40' C ihough now not extant, J becaufe this Prophecy
41. of his againft iV/re^e/j begins with a copulative, p And
f Jon. 1.1. r_ or Now ~] the Word oj the Lord came unto Jonah
<] D. Paieus ^s 7 Par em hath obferved. 4. For the difchargeor
in Adver. execution of hif Office, Hif Commiffion was ftrange,
rHen." Alft. tnac he fhould be fent to Preach ro Nineveh a City of
pracogn. the Gentiles.the Metropolis of Affyri a, whence r fome
Theol. 1, i. call him T/;e Prophet and Apojlle of the Gentiles. Hit
c 122.D. infirmities great; he was firft unwilling tobe a pub-
InepftuT'in lirtler of Gods M']ce, and therefore fled from God •,
Com. and after as unwilling to be a Spectator of Gods mer-
cy, and therefore he fretted againft God. Hit fuccejl
wonderful!, Nineveh repented at his Preaching, and
was faved from Deftru&ion, whereupon one faith,
(Many Nobles and Monarchs, with the Perill of many
feel^themjelves a name, honour and wealth ; but Jonas
it above them all, who by hit Sermon faved fo many thou-
fands of men. HUTypicalnefs herein remarkable; for
Jonas was a lingular type of Jefus Chrift; For as Jonas
was three dayes and three nights in the Whales belly ; fo
(,faith Chrift ~)fbaU the Son of Man be three dayes and
three nights in the heart of the earth.
And he herein typified, 1. Chrifts Death, in that
he was thrown into the Sea, and fwallowed up of the
Whale. 2. The effetl of Chrifts death ; as Jonas be-
ing cart into the Sea, the tempeftuousSea was calm-
ed : fo Chrift dying, the wrath of God againft fin-
ncrswas appeafed. 5. Chrifts burial, Chrift being
three dayes in the Grave: as Jonah was three dayes
in the Whales belfy. 4. Chrifts RefurreZfion the
thirdday, as the Whale cart up Jonah aliveon the
fhore after three dayes. And 5. Chrifts preaching
II Jonas to the Gentiles not till after hit Rejurretlion by his
autem Apoftlcs : as Jonas preached not to Nineveh till
Propheta, after he was vomited up out of the Whales belly a-
non tarn live.
fermone Hereupon faid Augutiine, u Tlie Prophet Jonas pro-
Chriftum,
quam fuaquadam paffione Prophetavit : profectoapertfusquam
fiejus mortem & refurreflionem voce clamaret; utquid enim
exceptus eft ventre belluino, & die tertio redditus, nifi ut figni-
ficaret Chriflum de profundo inferni, die tcnio redditurum ?
AuguftdeCivit.Dei.l. 18. c. 30. Tom. $.
pheciedofchrift, not fomuch byhifjpeech,as by his own ■
paffion; and that more clearly, than if by voice he had
proclaimed hif death and refurreftion; for why was he
received into the Whales belly, after three dayes reftor-
ed, but that he might fignifie Chrift (l)ould return the
third day out of the depth of the Grave? And learned
Hierome; x Jonas that jairejl Dove, by hiffliipwracl^x Jonas
prefiguring the Lords pafjion,he calls the world unto Re- columba
pentance : and under tbe name of Nineveh preacbeth pulcherri-
Salvation to the Gentiles. And excellently faidTir- ma, nau-
tullian, long before them both; y For a p roph.me ci- fragio fuo
ty not yet Partaker of God, and finning oj ignorance, the paniouem
Prophet almoft perifl>ed ; but that hereby he fuffered an Domini
example of the Lords Paffion, whereby even the Gentiles pra?rigu-
repenting, were to be redeemed, z Ambrofeztfo f peaks rans ;mun-
much to like purpofe. dum ad
pcenirentT-
am revocat, & fub nomine Nineve, falutem gentibus nunciat.
Hieronym. Pa ulino Tom. 3.
j> Non ergo &: Jonas idcirco Ethnicis Niniviris non putabat
pcenitentiam neceffariam cum cavillaretur in prxdicationis offi-
cio, An potiusmifericordiani Dei providens ttiam in extraneos
profufam, quafideftrufturum prxconium verebatur. Atque a-
deo propter Civitatem prophanam nondumDei compotera ad-
huc ignorant ia delinquentem, pene periit Prophetes; nifiquod
exem plum pafTus eft; Dominic* paffionis, Ethnicos quoque po>
nitenres redempturx. Tertull.de Pudicitia lib. c.io. zAmbr.
in XLIII. Pf. Enarrat.pag. $69. Tom. 4. Bafil. 1567.
St£t. III. Cccafion and Scope.
It is very probable, that when Jonah * prcmiled * 2 King.-
the reftoring & enlarging of I/hie/jCoafts in dayes of i4,4j25*
Jeroboamfonof]o3.ih, ("when both King and People
were very wicked, J he alio invited them to Repen-
tance and Reformation. But Ifrael remaining ftill
impenitent and obdurate. God takes Occafion to
fend him to Nineveh the Metropolis of Affyria, a Ci-
ty of the Gentiles, who declining the fervice, was
cafl into the Sea, and fwallowed of a Whale, not
that he might be fwallowed up and totally perifl/, fas
faith a Irensiff,) but that by his miraculous delive- ^Patien-
rance out of the Whales belly, ("preparing Jonah to ter fuftin-
preach more dutifully, and Nineveh to hear more uirabfor-
erTeftually ;J Ifrael might be pjovoked to repent bcrijo-
by the Repentance of Nineveh ; or at Ieaft the im- nam ace-
penitency of Ifrael might be the more aggravated to, non
and rendered inexcufable. ut abfor-
beretur,
&in totum petiret, fed ut evomitus magis fubigeretur Deo: &
plusglorificaret Deum, qui infperabilem falutem eidonafTet : &
firmam pcenirent;am faceret Nincvitis, ut converterentur ad
dominum, qui eos liberaret a morte, conterritos ab eofigno,
quod fa&um erat circa Jonam. Ir&xiem Adverf. H&ref. lib. 3.
cap. 22.
Scope therefore of this Book is, I. Immediately, to b Jonas
flievv. 1. How ]onah, being fentby God to preach to coaftusefi
Nineveh, fled to Tarflnflj by Sea, whom God fol- pri'dicare
lowed with fuch a Storme, that the Marriners caft Ninivitis.
]onah into the Sea, whom a Whale fwallowed up, Amb.Com.
and after three dayes ("upon his Prayer J vomited in 1 Cor. 9.
him out upon the dry land. 2. How )onahhe\ng Tom.*,.
fent the fecond time, preached to Nineveh, fo that cFugerat
Nineveh repented, and was faved from defiruftion quidem
threatned ; whereat Jonah repining, is ("under the animofus
type of a Gourd, which he was unwilling to have Prophetes
fmitten J reproved by the Lord. II. Mediately, to Dominum,
let us Ice, 1. How dangerous it is for Gods Meffen- trajecerat
gers to difobey the Lords Call and Command in ad Joppe
their preaching. For ("as b Ambrofe faith_) Jonas Tarftim,
was compelled to preach to the Ninevites. 2. How quafi & a
impoflible it ib for any offender to flee from God. Deorrans-
T hough J omi/; fjasc 7«rr«////irilaith_) wouldfailaway fretaret,
fed ilium
non-dico in mari & in terra, verum in utero etiam beflix invent",
in quo nee mori per rriduum potcrar, nee vel fie Deum evadere.
Tertullde Fng-i in Perfecut.lib, cap. 10.
(fom
Chap. I. to IV.
Jonah.
from God, yet he could not efcapehimby Land nor Sea,
nor by the Whale's belly, wherein he could not die, nor
reft. 3. How wonderfiMy Gods Power and Provi-
dence is in Paving his People in diftjeffeSy even by
unlikely and contrary means ; Jonah had been [wal-
lowed up: if he had not been [wallowed up: The belly
of the Whale faves him from the belly of the
Sea. 4. How myfterious Gods difpenfation is,
in preaching ChrtSls Death, Burial and Refurreilion in
Jonab'sbeing fwallowed up, continuing in, and be-
ing vomited cut ef the Whales bellv. 5 Hov/ufc-
fu! Prayer is, even in the deepeft afflictions, as in the
belly of a Whale. 6. How merciful and long-fufter-
ing is God to Sinners, yea to (inner s of the Gentile?:
In that he warned Nineveh finning, [pared Nineveh
repenting. 7. How norably the repen.ing of Nineveh
a Gentilifh City, aggravated the impenitency of the
Jewcs, norwithftanding the preaching of their own
Prophets, yea of Chrift Jefus himfcif ; thus our Sa-
rfMatth. vjour intimates, faying, d The men ofNmevehfhall
12.41. rife in judgement with this Generation, and [hall con-
demn it; becaufe they repented at the preaching of Jo-
nas, and behold a greater than Jonas is here : where-
eCondem- upon faith Hierome elegantly, e The generation qf the
natur Ge- Jews is condemned by the world believjng; and unbe-
neratio • Hevingtfrad perijloeth, Nineveh repenting. They had
Judao- theBookj, roe the Lord of the Booths : they had the Pro-
rum ere- phets, we the underflanding of the Prophets : The Letter
dente kills them, the Spirit quickens its. With them Barab-
mutirio ; has the robber is let go, with m Chrift the [on of God is
&Ninive loofed. And notably f Ambrofe, To reprove the Jews
agente perfdioufnefs, the example of Jonas rr brought, becaufe
Poenitc-n- the N'mevites bclievedthefign, and thought the preacb-
tiamlfrac! fagof Jonas, who was in the Whales belly, to befollow-
incredulus ed: but the Jewes believed not, even after the Refur-
perir. XI I i reftionof the Lord Je[m who after three dayes arofe
habent li- cut of the heart of the earth, and lives and reigns for e-
bros, nrs vermore. Amen,
librorvm
dominum: il!i rener.t Prophetas, nos imelligentiam Prcphera-
rum : 'llos occidir litera, nosvivificat fpiritus. Apnd illos Ba-
rabbas latrodimittitnr, nobis Chiftus Dei filius folvitur. Jff.'er.
Procsin. in Jon Tom. 6.
/"Ad arguendam itaque perfidfam Judseorum Jona?exemp!tim
acccrfi'ur, eoqund N:nivirafignocred;dv.rant,&: prcdicationcni
Jona', qui fuerat in urero ceti, fequendam purarunt. Ji'di/ae
autem nee poft refurreftionem Domini Jefu crediderunr, qui de
corde terra poft tridunmrefurrexit, & vivit ac regnat per om-
nia ftcula Amen. Ambrof Enarrat in Pfal. 47. in fin. Tom. 4.
. Sed. IV. Principal Parts,
This Prophecy , Cfo it may be called, though
it be chiefly Hi floric all : Partly becauje its an Hiflory
about a Prophecy ; Partly becaufe it was penned
by a Prophet ; Partly becaufe in the type of thit
Prophet Jonas, Chrifts Death, Buriall and Refitr-
rellion are prophetically foretold ; J Defcribes Jo-
nah's firft and fecond million to preach to N't-
niveh.
45^
I.
Jonahs firfi M'fffm to preach to Nineveh, wherein
note 1. Gods call and Command to Jonah to preach
, againft Nineveh for its great wickednefs, Chap. I Chap. 1.
1. 2. IT. Jonah's difobeying Gods Command,
thinking by Sea to fly to TarjloifJo, from the pre-
fence of the Lord, verf.%. III. The confequents
hereupon ,v:\.
J.God fends an unufual Tempeft on the Sea, fo
Endangering the Ship, Terrifying the Marriners,
that They cry eveiy man to his God, They unbur-
den the Ship, Awaked ]onah, Cart lots to know
for whofe caufc the florme came, the lot falling
on Jonah, he declares the whole matter to them,
ver. 4. to 11 .
2. Jonah is cart into the Sea, i. Himfcif advifing it,
verfe 12,13. 2. The Mariner^ endeavouring as
long as they could to prevent it, verfe 13, 14.
3. The Sea being calmed upon it, verfe 15. 4. The
Sea-men thereat fearing the Lord,facrificing to him,
and making vows, ver. id.
3- Jon^caftinro the Sea, is fwallowed up by a
great Fifli that fo he might be faved. Hereof confi-
der I. The efficient caufe, Gods providing the Fifh,
ver. 17. II. The time of Jonahs continuance in the
Fifties belly, three dayes and three nights, verfe 17.
III. Jonah's Prayer in the fillies belly, Chap. II. I. to chap 2.
10. IV. Ionah's being ca ft out upon the dry land
at Gods command, ver. 10.
Jonah\ fecond miffiontopreach to Nineveh, after he jr.
came cut of the fiflics belly. Defcribed I. By Gods
Call and Command thereto, Chap. III. 1,2. II. By Chap. 3.
Jonah's obedience thereto, where note I. The
greatnefs of Mimveh , to which he preached.
2. The Subieft matter of his preaching, verfe 3, 4.
III. By the effects or confeqnents of Jomi/jV preach-
ing, vi^. i. Ninevehs fairh3 humiliation and repen-
tance, verfe 5. tv 10. 2. The Lords fparing of Ni-
neveh from the threatned deftruciion, veife 10.
3. Jonah's grear difcontent , that the City was
(pared, Chap. IV. 1, 2, 3. whom the Lord re- chap. 4.
proves , convincing him under the Type of a va-
nifl.ing t Gourd, which Jonah fo pittied that he t Gourd ~]
would not have had it deftroyed , that much fpS^a
more the rreat people of Nineveh repenting KH,ajon
were to be pittied and fpared by God, verfe 4. to fome re'n.
the end. deru,An
r ■■ Ivy- Some
A Cucumber; fome A mitte'Vine, or Bryony \ but it was none of
In Greek its called Kiki, or Ko'cfjav, a Crotonis five
theft
Ricini Animalis fimilitudine, quod iete. iemen. By the La-
tine it is called (which ///£ro/ne was ignorant of J Ricinus or
Ricinm American/a, becaufe it grows plentifully in America-
or Palma Chrijii of America. In Englifh Great Spurge of Ameri-
ca. In Apothecaries ftiops its called Cataputia Ma)or, and the
Oyieofit Oleum de iherva, or Oleum Ricinum. It is ("faith
; Hierome J a fhrub having broad leaves like a Vine branch, and
I a mofi thtcifliade, bearing up it felf with its trunck\, grows plenti-
fully in Palejiine, efpecially tnfandy places and quickly growes up\
Hieronvm.Com. in Jon. 4. Tom. 6. vid. Junium, & Mercer urn
in loc.
AN
452
Jonah.
AN APPENDIX
T O
f 0 &C A H.
VIZ.
JONAH'S Prayer to the LORD out of the Fifhes belly Jonah. 2. 1 .to 10.
OCcafton Jonah the Prophet refilling to Preach to (
Nineveh, as God commanded him, and think-
ing to fail away from God, is overtaken with a Tem-
peft, cart into the Sea, fwallowed up by a great fijh
£Math.i2. Cvif.agWhale, as is byChhrift himfelf inrerpret-
40. ed,J prepared of the Lord; ^note faith h Hierome,
h Pifck where Deftruttion it imagined, Prefervation it provi-
grandit, dedj in whofe belly Jonah perceiving himfelf fafe,
Hauddu- fallstopray. No afflitlion it fo extream,wherein Prayer
bium quin » not a feafonable remedy : When Jonah's body could not
cetum fig- breath naturally, yet hit foul could breath out cries and
groans to God (firitually.
This Prayer of Jonah was Mental in heart onely,
not Vocal in voice. God can hear thoughts, as well
as words. Hence Tertullivn ; Do Gods ears expeil a
found. How then could the prayer of Jonah out of the
Whales belly,through the bowels of fo great a Beafl,fiom
the deeps through the huge weight of Sea, come up into
Heaven ? Jonah made it in the Whales belly, Pen-
ned it after he was vomited up, and digefted it into
this Book.
nificet
At Ani-
madver-
tendum,
quod ubi,
putabatur
interims,
ibi cufto-
diafit.
Hieron.
Com. in
Jonah 2. r'Dei aures fonuum expectant ? Quomodo ergo Oratio
Jone de ventre ceti per tanta; beftix vifcera ab ipfis abyflTis per
tantam a?quoris molem ad Ccelum potuit evaderc ? Tertul. de
Or at. lib.c.i^.
Scope. To fhew the greatnefs of Gods mercy to
him, in his extream mifery (which by his fra he had
brought upon himfelf J and his firm Kefolutionsof
thankfulnefs to the LORD, for his Salvation.
Principal Parts. In this Prayer Confider to this
End. I. Afummary Proportion. 1. Of Jonah's mifery
Praying. 2. Of Gods mercy, Hearing hit Prayer, v.
2. IL A larger Expofition or Narration, Partly of his
Affliction. 1. By the Author of it, w\- God. v. 3.
2, By Jonah's fluctuation in it betwixt Fear arid
Hope,i/er. 4. 3. By the inftruments and the hope-
Icfs extremity of his trouble, v. $ , 6. partly of Gods
mercy to him in his diftrefs. 1. Saving him from
Death, ver. 6. 2. Hearing his Prayer in his foul faint-
ings ver. 7. III. A Gratulatory Conclufton, wherein
1. He Reproves them of their ingratitude, that for-
taking God, regard Idols, v. 8. 2. He declares his Re-
folution,To facrifice with voyce of Thanfgiving.and
to pay his vowes; 3. He pronounceth Salvation to be
from the LORD, ver. 9.
k Heb. By
re*(V>n of
ftraitdi-
ftrcfTe to
me.
1 Heb.An-
fwered.
mHeb.
hearr.
n Heb.And.
(This may be fung as Pfal. 100. or asX. Commandments?)
JONAH. II.
1 . Then Jonah V rayed unto the LORD his God out of the bowels of the Fijh.
2. And he f aid \
Yet, LORD my God, thou mad'it-afcend
My lives from q pit wherein J lay.
Ik Through my deep diftrefs did cry.
Unto the LORD, and he me / heard :
Out of the belly of Hell cry'd I,
Thou heard'lt my voice, didfl me regard.
3. For into th1 deep thou hadfl me caft
In mmidftofSeas, fthofe gaping graves J
n The Hood me compafs'd .• o're me pafs't
Evn all thy billows, and thy waves.
4. Then faid I } From before thine eyes
I-am-caff out remedilefs:
o H«b. I Yet 0 will I look again Ev'nto
willaddeto The Temple of thine holinefs.
look.
p Heb.The
earth her
barrcs.
5. The waters compafs'd me throughout
Ev'n tot 1 ■ : Soul oVc whelm'd with dread
The Deep !urroundcd-me-about,
The wrack was- wrapt about my head.
6. To Mountains clefts I did defcend,
p Earth's bars about-ine were for ay :
7. r Within me when my foul did faint,
The living LORD remembred I :
And in to thee my prayer went,
To Temple of thy Sanctity.
8. They that f of lying vanities
Obfervcrs are, and idols make,
They their own mercy ; in this wife3
Do moft ingratefully forfakc.
9. But I with voice off thanks alway
To thee will Sacrifice- afford,
What I have vowed I will pay :
Salvation is of the LORD.
10. Andthe LORD fpake unto the fifi, andit
vomited out Jonah upanthe dry-land.
qHeb. Cor*
rupcJng pic.
r Hekln
failing up-
on m« my
fouL
fheb.Ofthe
van' ties of*
lye.
t Heb.Con-
icilion.
Micah.
453
M I C A H.
a See the
Cronologi-
cal Table
before lfa
bMic. i.i
with lfa.
I. I. 2.
cJo.Calv,
T
I. Order and time.
His ProphecicdCrf* hath a formerly been flaw-
ed, Jb In days of Jet ham, Ahaz, and Heze-
khh, Kings of Judah. He therefore was
contemporary with Ifaiah, but a little af-
ter him. Calvin ('that learned and judi-
cious Writer^ thinks, c He was pyned to Ifaiah, the
more to jlrengthen and confirm their Dottrine, againft
the hard-hearted and ftiff -necked People of their times-.,
Prdetl. in they fpeak. at with one mouth and file almoft the fame
in Mich, in matters and words, for convincing the rebellious, and
Prafat. comforting the EleZl by their mutual cofifent.
He is among the twelve lejfer Prophets, the third in
Order, according to the LXX. verfton, but tbefixth,
oftever- ing, but it fhall be utterly broken by the Omni po-
ionemil- tent LORD, when once they grow infolent againft
lius loqui- God, and cruel againft his Church and Peo-
tur-> Ecce pie.
fuper
mantes pedes Evangeli^antis 6* Annunciantis pa tern. Hier. Pau-
lino Tom. 3.
2. r,."_'
t.
Chap.
II.
i,
nr.
InthisEook confider 1. The Infer ipt ion.
Pre} ace or Exordium. 3. The Prophecy it [elf.
The Infer ip tun. denoting 1. The nature or gene-
ral Argument of the Prophecy, vi^. Tie Burden of
Nineveh, i.e. an heavy burdenfom doom againft her.
2. The divine Authority of it, the Hookofto'e t/:f> n ,
vifions were from God. 3. The inftrumenral Author
thereof, Nachum, &c. Cb. I. 1.
The Preface or Exordium , drawn from the nature
of God, vi\. from 1. His jcaloufie againft hisadver-
faries to be avenged of them, ver. 2. 2, His long-
fuffering, ver.%. 3. His Power, Majefty and terri-
ble fury, ver. 4, 5,6. 4. HisGoodnefs and Protecti-
on to them that truft in him,i/. 7.
The Prophecy it felf. containing r. Agenetal de-
nunciation of ' Nineveh'' s deftruction. 2. An Amplificati-
on there f.
I. A general Denunciation of Ninevehs Deftruction,
and therein fynechdochically of Affyria's ruine,
Here note I. T/;t?MirH»eofthe destruction threatned;
itfliallbe 1. Sudden, as ofa flood, ver. 8. 2.Total,
ver.8,9. 3. Irrefiftible, ver. 10. II. The Caufes of
this their deftruction, v.\. i.Impulfive, their fins a-
gainftGod, ver. 11. 2. Pinall, the deliverance of
his Church from their tyranny, ver. 12, 13. 3.
Efficient, v/\. The LORD and his Command,
ver. 14. III. The Illuftration of this ruine of Nineveh
and of Affyria , by the contrary Reihuraiion
and prosperity of Judah , of the Church,
verfe 15.
II. A particular Amplification of former threatnings,
or threatned judgments. 1. By an adumbration of the
judgments. 2. Narration of the Caufes. 3. Confir-
mation of the threatnings.
1. By an adumbration or description of Nineveh's
deflruHior.. I. By the Antecedents, vi?. \. The
approach of the enemy, againft whom Nineveh isi-
ronica!ly incited to prepare, Ch.lt, t, 2. The rea-
fon of this dealing of God with Nineveh for his Chur-
ches Reftauration, ver. 2. 3. Thererrour of the e-
nemies Army, emphatically fet forth, ver. 3, 4.
II. By the Concomitants accompanying Ninevelfs ruine
ver. 5, 6. III. By the Confequents thereof, vi\. 1.
Captivity of / Hux^ab and her maids, with their / 3^
mournful deportment therein, ver. 7, 2. Flight of Huz.xab
the Citizens, ver. 8. 3. Spoiling and plundring of fignifies
the City, ver. 9, 10. 4. Altonifhment of men at Station,
this blow, ver. 10. 5. Admiration and infultarion o: One
of men at the defolation of the place of the l-ion ft iindinz;
and his young Lions, vi^. The State of the cruel'from 2t^'1
King of Nineveh and his children, ver. 11, 12. Toftand,
fet. confti-
tute, <&c.
t. Some interpret this of the Queen of Nineveh, that fhould be
captivated with hermaids, and think fhe wj* called Hur^zb,
i. e. Standing, becaufe it was the cuftome of Queens to ft and at
Kings right hands, Pfal. 45. 10. Tnii Pagnine in Lcx\c. in verb.
'2'i'1 afcribesto R. Samuel and R. David. 2. But others apply
this name Hu^ab, rather to Nineveb, that had flood a long time,
but fhould now (land no longer, but be carried aw a v. And bv
her maidens,they understated her lejfer Cities and Villages round
about her, that fhould be captivated and in extream diftrefie-
with her. A metaphor frcm women. Tim Hierome Comment,
in Nahum 2. i$ Calv. Comment. in he.
2. By a Narration of the Caufes of Nineveh's ruine.
I Efficient, viz. The Lord fettinghimfelf againft her,
ver. 13. II. Impuljive, vi^_. her fins, 1. Her cruel-
ty and bloodincfie. 2 Her falfhood. 3. Her robbe-
ry and opprelfion, for which fhe fhall be deftroyed
terribly and cruelly, Cb. III. 1,2,3. 4* ^er filthy Chap. 3,
idolatries, for which her filthinels fhall be difco-
vered, and fhe made a fhameful gazing-ltock, ver.
4.fo8.
3. By a Confirmation of thefe threatnings, and the
tertaintj
Chap,
456
HABAKKVK
certainty of the ibreatneddelbuftion upon Nineveh.This
he doth by invalidating all the Grounds of Ninevehs
vain confidence, vi^. i. Her Munition, Nineveh be-
ing naturally very ftrong, yet not comparable to po-
pulous No, i.e. Alexandria in Egypt, which yet was
ruined ; even fo all Ninevehs ftrong holds fhall eafily
fall, ver. 8. to 13. 2. Her mmerom inhabitants.
They fhall be as women, ver. 13. ^.The ftrong Gates
of her Land. They fhall be fet wide open , verfe 1 3.
i,.Her rep aire dTowers. They fhall not proteft them
from the fword,v.4,5.5#er relief by many Merchants.
They fhall fail her, v.i6.6.Her Captains of War. They
in heat of danger fhall fly away,v-i7.7.//er Shepherds
and Nobles.They fhall fiumber and dwell in duft,0M8.
8.Her People. They fhall be difperfed andnone fhall
gather them,TM8. In all which refpe&s her bruife
fhall be incurable, yea all fhall in fult over her defini-
tion .becaufe of wicl^ednefs upon them continually>v. 19.
HABAKKUK.
a In Chro-
nol.Table
before Ifa,
Seft. I. Order and Time.
THEHebrews rank this Book in the fame
Order in this Volume of the LefferPro-
phets,as we have it in our Bibles..
At what Time this Prophet flourifhed
and propbecied, is not here or elfewhere
exprefly declared, butfromthe current of the pro-
phecy he feems to have lived before the Babylonifh
Captivity, in times of extream and univerfal cor-
ruption of all things, vi%. about the dayesof Ma-
naffeb and Jofiah, as hath a formerly been inti-
mated.
SeU. II. Name and Tenman.
This Book is ftiledby the Hebrews, p1p3H 12D
Sepher Haba%iik., i. e. The Bool^ of Habakftuk.
£Hab.l. I. And in the text it felf, b The burden which Habakkuk
the Prophet did fee; becaufe it is the burdenfome
Prophecy firft againft thejewes, then againft the
Chaldeans ; whereof Habafytil^ was Preacher and
and Penman. There are four Prophets in the Vo-
lume of Leffer Prophets, whofe Prophecies are in
whole or in part called burdens as c f Hieron. hath
noted, ) vi^. Nachum, Habba^k^k, Malachy and
Zecbariah, about both the middle and latter end of
his Prophecy.
This name p^p^n Habbak^u]^ fignifies An em-
bracing, fas a Htcromc thinks, J either becaufe he
was beloved of the Lord, and/o embraced by him;
or becaufe as it were embracing God, he wraftled
with him, contended with him in this Prophecy. Or
(as cTarnoviw notes out of Luther Jit fignifies, The-
oeft-embracer ; from p31"l Habak., i>e. To embrace
the laft letter being doubled for emphafis fake, ibis
name had its Omen, for hit afilitted People he in tbu
Prophecy embraceth, loveib and clafps in hii arms,
comfort 1, andfuftains even as a child jadly weeping, it
embraced by hit mother, that he may hold hi* Peace.
c Hieron.
Prolog, in
Habac.
Tom.6.
d Habac.
vel ex eo
quod ama-
bilis Do-
mini eft,
vocatur
amplexa-
tio : vel
quod in
certamen
&luctam,
& ut ita
dicam, amplexum cum Deo congrcditur, amplexantit, id efl,
luctantisfortitus eft nomen,&c. Hier. Prolog, in Habac, Tom.6.
e Tarnov. Prologom. in Habac.
Habal^uk_ is not the fame that is reported in the
Apocryphal additions to Daniel, (yi^. The book.oj
Ecllandtbe Dragon) to have brought Daniel food
into the Lyons Den; ("though f ' Hierom feem to in-
cline to this opinion. J For i.The truth of that A-
pocryplial ftorymaybe jitftly doubted; becaufe in
relating theoccafion of Daniels being caft into the
Lyons Den, it quite differs from Dan. 6. Suppofe
the Story true, yet the times much differ. For Da-
nie/was caft into the Den of Lyons by Darwthe
Mede in the dayesof Cyrus, Dan. 6. But this. Pro-
phet prophecies in or before Nebuchadne^ars days,
threatning Judah\ captivity by him, as gParem
hath noted. Therefore he could not be the fame
Habal&uk,, whoever he was; he for his office is
here called by the Holy Ghoft a /; Prophet , and his
Prophecy is not only found in the Hebrew text, but
alfo divers times; alledged in the New Teflament,
whence the divine Authority of it is notably evinced.
Ofhimfaid Hierom, k The ftrong and rigid wrajiler
ftands upon bit watch-, and fet s himf elf upon his Tower,
that be may contemplate chriti upon the Crofs. As
Nabum prophecied againft Nineveh and Affyria : fo
Haba%u^ prophecied againft Judah and Jerufa-
lem.
Seel:. III. Occafwn and Scope.
The Kingdom of Judah in the dayesof Haba\kuk_
being extreamly corrupt, the godly were mifera-
bly compaffed about with, and opprefled by the wick-
ed; in fo much that the righteous on the one hand,
wondred at God? patience that could endure fuch
wickednefs ; on the ofher hand were ready to chal-
lenge God, for not delivering them according to his
Promifes; upon which Occajton the Lord raifethup
Hubjl£iil{_,xo threaten the wicked with imminent &
appioaching captivity by the Babylonians,and alfo to
inftrucf the godly in dccpell and longeft troubles fo
live by faith, expecting Gods feafonable delive-
rance.
Scope 1. To denounce againft Judah, the Chal-
dean cbptivity approaching, fa thing to rhem incre-
dible,) for their many and great corruption abound-
ing ; that fo it might appear the wicked fhould not
ftillgounpuniflied. 2, Toinftruct his own People
how to wait upon God, and live by faith in deepeft
and longeft afflictions, till God refcuc them, and
deftroy the inftrumems of his wrath upon them.w^.
the Chaldeans, chat extream fierce, greedy, diflo-
lutcand ambitious Nation. Whereupon the Pro-
phet
(Hieron.
Prol. in
Habac.
g DP are-
Mi Proxm.
in Habac.
AHab. r.r.
i comp.Hab.
t-$.with
Ads 13.
41. and
Hab.2.4.
with Rom.
6. 17. Gal.
3. ii. and
Heb. 10.38.
k Habak-
kuk lufta-
tur fonis
& rigidus,
fuper cu-
ftodiam
fuam &
figit gra-
dum fuper
munitio-
nem,ut
Chiftum
in cruce
contem-
pletur,&c.
Hier.Pau.
Uno.Tom.7,.
Chap. I. to III.
HABAKKVK.
457
L
Chap, i,
II.
Chap.
phet himfelf, f as a patccrnc ro the faithful, J re-
counting in his Song-, the experience of his people in
their deliverances of oldapprchendeth by faith like
deliverances from prcfent calamities, in greareft
wants and extremities, fvveetly reftingandrejoycing
in GodsSalvation alone. AH which are propounded in
forme of a Dialogue betwixt God and the Prophet.
Se&. IV. Principal Tarts.
In this Book confider i. the Infcription. 2. The
Prophecy itfelf.
The Infer ipt ion, declaring t. The nature of the
Prophecy ; The Burden. 2. The instrumental Author
of it, Haba%u.k,Ch.I. 1.
Hie Prophecy it felf, laid down Dialogue wife, be-
twixt the Prophet and God himfelf, wherein note
1 I. The Prophets firft complaint to the Lord azainft
theextream wic\ednefi of the jews, wherein he ex-
postulates with God, 1. For delaying to hear his
Prayer againfl abounding fins, ver. 2. 2 For for-
bearing fo long to puniih their offences, vk(i 1 Vio-
lence, ver. 2, 3. 2 Strife and contention, tier. 3. 3
Slacking of the Law. 4 Suppreffion of judgement.
5 Oppreffion of the righteous by the wicked. 6 Cor-
ruption of Judicatures, ver. 4.
The Lord anfwers to this firft complant. I. Prefac-
ing, touching the wonderfulneiTe andincredibleneffe
of his work he will do in their dayes, verj. 5. II.
Declaring what his work fhall be, vi\. The raiting up
of the Chaldeans to lead Judah captive •, which
Chaldeans are defcribed pathetically f as utterly ir-
refiftible by the Jewes, J By their 1 Bitternefle, 2
Haftineffe, 3 Terribleneffe, 4 Tyrannicalneffe, 5
Horfemanfhip, their horfesfwiftand fierce, 6 Power
to bear down all before them, astheEaft winde, 7.
And by their pride through their fucceffe, wickedly
afcribing theirpower to idols, ver. 6. to 12.
II. The Prophets fecond complaint hereupon to the
Lord againfl the Chaldeans, cruelly oppreffing the
Jewes, more righteous then themfelves, wherein nore
I. ^4nExor(/?«?K,expre(Ting his hope that the Jewes
Mould not perifh by thefe threarned miferies; groun-
ed on Gods 1. Eternity. 2. Covenant and Com-
munion with them. 3. Power. 4. Providence, or-
daining Chaldeans for corrections iw. 12. 5. Purity,
fo that he cannot at all approve their enemies iniqui-
ty, ver. 13. II. An Expoftulation with God for his
filent pcL'taicting of the Chaldeans, I. Todealetrea-
chcroiiijy, iw/". 13. 2. To devoure like fifties or
creeping-things the Jewes not fo wicked as them-
felves, ver. 13, 14, 1$. 3. To rejoyce in this their
rapine, ver, 15. 4. To attribute all their fucceffe
tothemfeives. &c. ver. 16. III. A Conclufion, where-
in he exprefferh i. His Indignation by rea ion of all
thefe particulars againfl the Chaldeans, ver. 17. 2.
His refolution vigilantly and intentively to wait for
the Lords Anfwer, Ch. II. 1.
The Lords anfwer to this fecond complaint of the Pro-
phet, wher in note I. The Preface, 1. Requiring the
Prophet, plainly to write the vifion to the view of all,
ver. 2. 2. Declaring the determinate time, the cer-
tainty and feafonablenefs of the vifion at laft, though
it be delayed for a time, ver. 3. 3. Intimating, part-
ly the mifcarriage of the proud and impatient heart
that cannot wait for the Promife ; Partly the dury of
the godly to live by faith during the worft of troubles,
till the vificn be fulfilled, ver. 4. II. The Narration
of the Subftance of the vifion, in reference both to the
unjuft Chaldeans, and to his own juft people, In re-
ference to the unjuft Chaldean, that he fhall for his
many grievous finners have fultable judgements, and
be wofuliy deftroyed, t. For his intemperance,
pride and infiitiablenefs, ver. $.to 9. 2. Forhisco-
vetoufnefs, haughtinefs and cruelty, ver. 9, 10, 11.
3. For his bloodfhed and iniquity, ver. 12, 13, 14. 4.
For hisdrunkennefs, ver. 15.ro 18 5. For his no-
torious grofe idolacry, ver. 18, 19. In reference to the
jufl People of God are declared 1. Their privilcdge of
lifeandafafe rtate in midft of troubles; Tlie Lord
being in his Holy Temple. 2. Their duty. All the earth
fljould quietly adore his Ma)efty, but his people flwuld
filently aquiefce in him, and in his difpenjations , vcr^
20.
III. The Prophet Habak^uks Prayer pennedbyhim
in his own and the Churches name, upon Occafionoi
the Babylonifh captivity long before thrcatned, and
now coming upon Judah, The Scope whereof is to
inftrutt himfelf and the people when theyft.ould
come into Babylon, By Prayer to implore the Lords
mercy in midft of their miferie?, both from his former
experienced Favours to his people, and his Pro-
mifes ; and triumphantly to glory over all diflreffes
by confident acquiefcence in their God alone.
Principal parts herein are
I. The Infcription denoting 1. The Penman, 2. The
Nature of the Prayer, Ch. III. 1. Chap. 3^
II. The Prayer itfelf, wherein confider
TheOccafionofh, vi^. The Lords Word touching
the captivity, ver. 2. s
2. The Petitions, I. For reviving the Church in
trouble. 2. Formaking himfelf and glory known in
Babylon. 3. For remembring mercieinmidltof the
Churches miferies, ver. 2.
3. The Arguments whereby thefe Petitions are
urged ; drawn 1. From that famous experience of
his bringing Ifrae! out 0/ Egypt •, where are fet forth,
1. His glorious preferce on Mount Sinai, ver. 3,4.
2. His active power is fet forth under horns out 0] hit
hand, ver f. 4. evident glorioufly to his people by
manySignes, ver. 5,6. and terrible to forreign Na-
uohsver. 7. 3. The glorious acts or effects of his
power, Partly in the waters, vi\. dividing the Red-
Sea'and Jordan, ver. 8, 9, 10, Partly in the Heavens,
making Sun and Moon (land ftill. in Jcfouahsumey
ver. n. Partly in the Earth, fubduing the Canaanites,
beforei/Kie/, ver. 12, 13, 14, 15. II. From his pro-
mife o}$elivering his people from their fears and ene-
mies .ver. 16.
4. The glorying Tiiumph of the faithful in God alone,
and his promifes over all imaginable ftraits, ver. 17,
18,19.
III. The Direflionofthis Prayer, as to the mufick
of it,ver. 19.
( This may hefung as Pfal. 1 1 3. )
H A B. III.
I. A Prayer of HabahJ&k. the Prophet
upon Shigjonoth.
LOR D, /thy report I heard with fears ,
. Thy work m revive amidft the years,
O LORD, n A midft the years make known :
In wrath remember mercy- dear.
3. God came from Teman ( his to chear, )
0 From Paran Monnt the Holy one : Selah<
His Glory covered p Heaven with rayer.
And Earth was-filled with his-praife.
4. Then was hit brightnefs as the light,
Andq he had horns which forth didftand
Out of his all-prevailing hand :
And there the hiding of his might.
5. The Pefl did walk before his face :
And at his feet went-forth apace
The-burning-coale (" to bring foes under
6' He flood, and all the earth did meafure j
He did behold, and athispleafure
The Nations he did drive alitnder :
A a a a a a An.i
I Heb. Thy
hearing I
heard, I
feared.
mHeb. Re-'
vive it in
the inward
of the years.
n Heb. In
the inward
of:lie year1;.
o Heb. And.
from —
p Heb. The
Heavens.
o Heb To
hi ■ lorn--.
458
ZEPHANIAH.
<
r Heb.
Mountains
of eternity.
f Heb.Hils
of perpe-
tuity.
t Heb. ways
ofecernity
to him.
u Heb. under
vanity.
x H• theeverlafting Mourns did rend,
/Perpetual hills themfelves did bend ••
From t everlafting arc his wayes.
7. k In trouble Cufhan's Tents I faw :
Of Midian land Qfurpri^dwith aw J
The Curtains trembled inthofe dayes.
8- With rivers was the LORD x difpleas'd ?
Thine ire with rivers unappeas'd ?
Againft Sea was thy y wrath difplaid,
That thou thine horfes rod'ft upon,
X, Thy Chariots ofSalvation ?
p. Thy Bow was a wholly naked made
For Oaths of Tribes, thy faithful word Selab.
Thou didft earth's Rivers cleave, 0 Lord.
10. The Mountains faw thee, b tremblingly :
The waters inundation pafs'c.
The deep gave forth his voyce at lafl,
And did lift up his hands on high.
11. Sub and Moon flood ftill in their c Tent :
They at lighr of thinearrowes went,
i4rfhining dot thy glittering fpear.
12. In e wrath thou didft-march through the land :
The Heathen f that durft thee-withfland )
In Anger thou didft threfh andteare.
1 3. Thou went'ft forth for falvation
Of thy Folke, for falvation
With thine Annointed, Thou didft break
The head from houfe of th' wicked one,
Bymakin g the foundation
H»ite naked ev'n unco the neck. Selab.
14. Struck'ft with his ftaves his village-Head :
They / ftonned, me-abroad- to fpread :
g They joy M clofely to eat the poore
15. Thou walk'dft thine Horfes through the fea
The heap of waters great their wxy.
16. I heard,/; my belly trembled/ore j
My lips did quiver at the i fame •,
Into my bones ev'n rott'neffe came.
And in my felfl cjuak'd ; thatl
Might reft in day of ftraits and m ;
£,When to the folk he up fhall go,
/ He wich-his-rroo^e j-fl]all-them-deftroy.
17. Although the fig tree fhould not flourifli,
Nor fruit be in the vines, to nourifh ;
The Olive's labour m fhould- deceive,
n And fhould the fields their meat withhold :
Should flock be cut-off from the fold,
And 0 fhould the ftalls no herd receive:
18. Yet in the LORD exult -will-I,
In my falvation's God I'le joy.
19. The LORD God it mine on/)ftrength,
And as Hindes/eer my feet p hee'l make,
And make-me walk f for hit own fake J
On mine-high- places, at the length.
To-him-that-excellcth-on-my-firinged-
-Infiruments.
fHeb.whirl-
wmded; or
ftormed-as-
a,\vhirU;
wind- to. 1
difperfe-me
gHeb.Their
exultatioi
as toeate
the poor in
fecret.
hHeb. And
i Heb. voice
k Heb.in af-
cending to
the People.
IHeb.he-
ihall-cur-
rbcm-orF-
with troops
m Heb.
flmuld lie.
n Heb. And
fields not
make meat,
o Heb. Not
herd in the
ftallf.
p Heb. Hz.
Hull -fee.
ZEPHANIAH.
aNonus
eft in or-
dine 12.
Prophc-
tarum.
Hier. Pro-
log, in
Sophon.
fcZeph. 1.
1.
c Aug.de
Civic Dei
J. 18. c. 33.
Tom. 5.
d 2 King.
22. 1.
ejercm. 1
2,3-
i 2 King.
22, 23. &
23.22.
g 2 King.
23. «.&c-
AZeph. 1.
4,5,*.
Sett. II. Order and Time,
THisEook is the a ninth in Order ,0/ the twelve leffer
Prophets. ( (ahhHierome, ) and thusalfohe is
ranked in our Eibles.
The Time wherein he flourifhed and prophecied,
is not precifely defined, but only more generally.
vi^. b In the dayes o/Jofiah/bn of Amon King of Judah
c Auguftine faith, Z phaniah prophecied with Jeremiah.
And its likely they were parrly coeraneous, Zepha-
niah prophecying the fame things for fubftanceand
in like phrafe that Jeremiah, but far re more briefly
and fuccinctly ; and therefore he may profitably be
compared with Jeremiah, till Ch. XXI. k.ofTzephariiab, from J^ephanjah the
inftrumcntall Aurhorand Penman ot'n.
T^ephanjahil^i^'n^ laith jHierom') atitwere
a Propheticall name, ic fignifies ("as fome think J
The North-wind-of-the-Lord, from ] 13X T^aphon, i. e.
The North-wind; and this becaufe of the force of his
lharp Prophecy, threarning Judahs captivity by the
Chaldeans out of the North-Countrey. As pothers,
Thc-watcb-tnwer-ofthe-L ORD ; or, The-watchman-
of the- LOR D, from HSU T^apha, to watch $ the
Prophets being watchmen by office, f^tr^. 3. 2.
and 33, 7. but by reafon of different pointings of
thefe words, fome diflike this Etymon. Or rather it
fignifies, aslHcrome interprets ir, ihe-hidden-one-
ofthe- LORD; from \ ZXTzaphan, To hi Je : and fo
it notes one whom the Lord hides, and prore&s,(as
FfJ. 27. 5. J revealing alio lys hidden fecrets and
com-
i Nomine?
ut itadi-
cam Pro-
phetico.
Hier.Coml
in Soph. 1.
I.Tom. 6.
kHier. ib.
/Sophonia
KJtKOVUftA-
hoc eft,
arcanus
Domini
Hier. •
Prooem. in
Joel. Tom.
6.
Abfcondi-
tura
Domini
Hier. Com.
in Scph. 1.
Chap. J. to III.
Z k T H A N I A H.
459
ifeZcph. m
rGloriofa
niajorum,
fuorum
iliipege-
tierauis
eft, Hier.
Com. in
S (h. I.
Jom.5-
ojc Calv.
Com. in
Zeph. i.i.
p Zcph. i i
comforts to him , which he fhou'd make known
to other?,, as THE LORDS SECRETARY Thus
irsappofite to this Prophet, who foretels the capti-
vity, though latent to die fecure, and who promifes
great happinefie to the godly under Chrifls King-
dome in rimesof the Gofpel, though the Jews op-
preffed with deep bondage, could hardly perceive it
by the eye of faith.
This T^ephaniah, i. For hit Progeny, is defcribed
tobe the m /on o/Chufhi, the fin o/Gcdaliah, iBefon
o/Amariah, the fin of Hizkiah. Hereupon faith
Hiercme, n He was begotten of a ghrious {rocl^nf An-
ceflors, And there he adds •, This Prophet
which wot Jet on hit watch-tower, and on his heights,
and (view the Myfreries of the Lird,was the fin of Cufhi,
which if interpreted Humility, or my-Etliiopian ; H'ti
Grandfather was Gedaliah, who is called The great-
nefs of the LORD -, Hi* great Grandfather Ama-
riah which may be rendred The-Speech of the LORD :
And his great great Grandfather Hizkiah, which funds
The fortirudeof the LORD. Therefore of the forti-
tude of the LORD, isbornlhe Word of the LORD",
flm/nfthe Word of the LORD, The greatnefs of the
LORD 5 and of the greatnefs of the LORD, Humility.
So he. TheHebrewes have a Tradition, that when
the Parents names of any Prophet are mentioned, thofe
Parents were Prophets alfo. But that all thefefour
A'Tceftors of Tzephaniah were Prophets, its farce
credible (~ faith o Calvin ; ) and the Scripture hath
nit a word of any fitch thing. It may be all thefe four
excelled in Piety ; but tbafs uncertain atfo. 2. For his
Office, doubtlefs he was a Prophet of the Lord, be-
caufe he preached not his own will, hut p The Word
of the LORDwh'nb came unto him. More concern-
ing him I find not in Scripture.
Seff. III. Occasion and, Scope.
Upon- Occaflon of the manifold and great wicked-
nefsofthe Kingdomeof7«^i, (not Ifrael, forrhe
ten Tribes were long bef- >r< carried capri veto Affyri-
a~i) from which they would not be reclaimed by the
Miniflry of the Prophets, promifwg mercies or
thrcarning judgements, efpecially the Chaldean Cap-
tivity ; This Prophet as well as Jeremiah is raifed up
inthedayes of King Jofiab, who might mutually
confirm one anothers Do&rines and Prophecies, and
the more effectually reclaim Judah, or more clearly
leave them without all excufe.
Scope, i. To invite Judah and Jerufalem to re-
pentance, by threatning the approaching captivity
*nd ruine by the Chaldeans for their idolatrous A-
poflacy, Pride, Oppreffion, Securiry, and other
fins of all degrees among them, that foifpoffible
the judgements might be prevented. 2.T0 denounce
judgements and deflruclion againft the deadly ene-
mies of the Church, viz. Phil! nines, Moabites, Am-
monites, Ethiopians, and Affyrians for their fins, and
particularly their proud and cruel ufage of Gods
People. That fo the Church might be warned by
their woes, and comforted in Gods vengeance upon
heradverfaries. 3. To fupport and comfort a faith-
ful remnant of the Jcwes, after their enemies dc-
ftruftion, and their deep afflictions, with promifes
ofcjlling the Gentiles, returning their captivity,
refioring their Profperiry, and bellowing Evange-
lical blelfings upon them in JefusChrift.
Sedr. IV. Principal Parts.
1.
Chap.
II.
'. 1.
In this Book confider, l.The Infcription. i.Tl:e Pro-
phecy it felf.
The Infcription declaring 1. The Authors of the Pro-
phcfic, Principal, TbeLOPD; Irmrnmenrall, T^e-
pbaniab,' defcribed by his Progeny. s. The time
of it, in daye r if Ring Jofiah , Ch. Lv. I.
The Prophecy it felf, wherein are princ'pally i.A
fevere Denunciation of Judgments again!} Judah and
Jerufalem. 2. An earnest invitationof 'Judah ti repen-
tance. 3. Afwect Conflation of the faithful with gra-
cious Promijes.
I. A fevere denunciation of judgments agaijifi Judah
and Jerufalem. 1. More Summarily propounded,
God will confume all, ver. 2, 3, 4. 2.Mjrefu!!y ex-
pounded, I. Partly by the impulfjve 01 procuring
caufes thereof, their fins, vi^. 1 The Peiples ido-
latry and apoftacy from God, ver. 4, $,6. 2 The
Princes prfde in Orange apparel, ver 7,3. ^The
Merchants violence, deceit, and covctoufnefle,i/er. 9,
10, 11. 4 The fecurit) of all, Atheiftically putting
off Gods judgments, ver. 12,13. Ir- Partly by the
grievoufnefie of the judgments, being 1 Haftening
apace, ver. 14. 2 Woful and rcrrriblc by the fword,
ver. 14,15,16,17. And 3 Irrefiltible, v. 18.
II. An earneft invitation of Judah and Jerufalem to
repentance, before the Decree bring forth, that they
might be hid in the day of the Lords anger, Ch. II. Chap. 2
1,2,3. "rh's is urged I. Partly from the formidable
exemplary judgments, which God would execute
upon forreign nations, in fight of the Jews, for their
warning, vi^- upon 1 Philiftines, v.4. to 8. 2 Mtab
and Amnion, ver.S. to 12. 3 Ethiopians, ver. 12.
4 Affyrians, and Nineveh the Metropolis thereof, v.
13,14,1$. II. Partly from threatned Judgments a-
gainfi Judah and Jerufalem themfel ves, for their fins,
v>\. 1 Oppreffion, Chap.ULv. 1. 2 Difobedience,' Chap. 3;
3 Incorrigiblenefs, 4 Unbelief, 5 Impenitency,v. 2.
6 Cruelty and Oppreffion of her Princes and Judges,
ver. 3. 7 Corruption of her Prophets and Priefts,
ver. 4. 8 And her incurableneffe by all the exem-
plary judgements of God upon the Heathens, ver.
5,5,7,
III. Afweet Consolation of the faithful with gr adorn
pnmifes, which is as the Cinclufion of the Prophecy.
Here are promt fed I. The Converfionof the Gentiles
(after he fhall have deftroyed his enemies, _) and
their union to, and Communion with the Church in
Gods worfhip, ver. 8,9,10. II. The happy ftate
and condition of the Church in her 1 Purity, 2 Faith
3 Secure fafety, ver. 11, 12,13. 4. Enjoyment of
the Lords Prefence, the King of Ifrael in the midft
of her, who will Save her, Lovelier, Joy over her,
Gather her for the folemn Ailembly, Deftroy her
affiifting adverfaries, Reftore her captivity, and
Make her glorious before all People, at all which he
is incited to all enlarged joy and exultation, v. 14. to
the end of the Boole.
Haggai
4^o
H A G G A I.
Seft. I. cWer and time.
THis Eook is in Order the tenth among the Leffer
Prophets.
The Time of this Prophecy was after the Jewes
were brought back from the Babylonifh Captivity,
dHag. 1. 1. vi^ a in the fecond year of 'Darius the King, inthefixlb
moneth, in the firft day »f the moneth; underftand
here nor Darius Haftijpis fas fome do, J but rather
Darim Notbm, as hath formerly been more particu-
larly cleared in the b Chronology of the Perfian Mon-
archs ; and feems moft confonant to the Scripture
there alledged , if they be judicioufly confidered and
compared together.
Sect. III. Occafion and Scope.
b See the
Chronology
of the Per
fian Mon-
etrcbs^ be
fore EZra
Sect. II. Name and Penman.
By the Hebrewes this called ^fl H2D Sepher
Chaggai. i. e. The Book_ of Haggai ; from Haggai the
Prophet, Penman thereof.
cAggeus ^^.ti^Jinfignifies Qzs c Hierom noteth,) A-
iopTcfiov, Featt- obferver ; or A-folemne-feftival-keeper. And
quern nos this fignification well agreeth to this Prophet, who
fefiivum, exhorted the people vigoroufly to rebui Id the Tem-
{wtSolen- of the Lord, wherein feftivalfolemnities were to be
rem poffu- obferved.
musdice- of this Haggai's Defcent Scripture is filent. He
re. Hier. was by Office, d A Prophet of the Lord. That promife
Prooem. of the Lord in his Prophecy, e yet once it if a little
in Joel. while and 1 willfba\e the heavens and the earth, &c.
Tom. 6. is alledged in the New Teftament as the Lords, and
rfHag. I.i. intimates the Authority of him fwhofe voice then floook
e Hag.2. 6. the earth, but now he hath promifed, faying, yet once
/Heb. 12. more I fhake not the earth onely , but alfo heaven.
16. When the Temple-building was hindred by King
g Ezra 5. Anaxerxes Decree, procured by the Nations plant-
1,2, ed in Samaria and beyond the River, and Ceafed till
h Scien- the fecond year of Darim ; g Then the Prophets, Hag-
dumq; eft gai the Prophet, and Zechariah the fonne of Iddo pro-
interim phecied unto the Jewes that were injudah and Jerufa-
juxralite- km in the name of the Godof IiraeI,HWo them. Then rofe
ram Mag- up Zerubbabel the fon ofShealticl, and Jefhuahr/je/in
niSpiritus o/jehozadak, and began to build the houfe of Gnd which
&Aggx- M.-icJerufalem.- and with them were the Prophets of
um faille God helping them. Of thefe Prophets, hereupon
& Zachari- faith Hierom, h Haggai and Zechariah were Prophets
am Fro- of great fpitit, who againfi the Editt of King Artax-
phcras : erxes, and the Samaritanes, and all the nations
lltadver- roundabout, hindring the building of the Temple, com-
fumAr- manded the Temple to be built. Zerubbabel alfo and
raxerxis Jefhuih/mi/Jchozadak, and the People that was
regis cdi- of no leffe f.i'nb ; who rather hearkened to the Prophets
&um, Si commanding^ then to the Mandate of the King probi-
S.nnarita- biting.
nos gen- § ...
tefque cunctas percircuitum, a?dificatiorcm Tempi! lmpedicn-
tcs jmbcrent Tern plum txrrui : Zorobabcl quoquc & Jefum fi!ium
Jofcdcch & populum qui cum ci.s crar, non minork fidei, ut Pro-
phctas magis audirent jubentes, quam prohibentis regis imperi-
um. Hier. Yrolog.inAgg^mTom.6. Vid. ctiam Hier.Panlino
Tom. 3.
»Ezra $.'
1,2. com-
pared w'ub
6. through-
out.
Occafion. The Jews in the i firft year ofCyrus, re- /Ezra 1.1."
leafed from the Babylonifh captivity, returned to Sec.
Hierufalem to build the Houfe of the Lord, accord-
ing to his Proclamation. In the feventh moneth
they built the k.Altar, and facrifced therein, and kept ^Ezr. 3.1^
the Feaft of Tabernacles. In the fecond year of their 2,3,4.
coming 10 Hierufalem, the 1 foundation of tkeTemple /Ezra 3.8.
was laid; But the perfecting of the building wis,^ %c.
interrupted by the adverfaries of Judah and Benja- mEzr.^i.'
min, and by the Edicts of the Pcrfiar? Khig fuccced- compared
\ngCyrm, till the fecond year of Darius the King: by with v. 24.
reafon of which impediments the people were dis-
couraged from making further progreffe in the build-
ing of Gods Houfe, and regardlefs thereof, as if the
time were not yet come, J they only minded their own
houfes and affaires 5 Hereupon the Lord inclined
King Darim to renew Cyrus his Decrees, and raifed
up n firft the Prophet Haggai, who fharply reprov-
ed them for fceking their own, and not-the things
of the Lord for which the Lord had fent divers af-
flictions upon them; and exhorted them to build Hag. 1. 1
the Houfe of the Lord, and prevailed ; and about andZech
two moneths after the Prophet Zechariah, who much 1. 1, and
encouraged and ftrengthened them. Ezr. 5. and
Scope. I. Immediately in refpetl of the Jews re-
turned from Eaby\om captivity, 1. To reprove thera
for their felf-feeking and minding only their own
houfes, whileft they fluggifhly neglected the per-
fecting of the Houfe of the Lord upon carnal pre-
tences, whofe foundation was long fince laid, by
reafon of which fins many heavy judgments (Tince
their return from Babylon) fell upon them. 2. To
quicken them fpeedily to build and perfect the Tem-
ple, by promifes of Gods prefence and afhftance.
3. To comfort the Godly, who were exceedingly
troubled in fpirfr, that this fecond Temple was
likely to come fo farre fhortof the firft in magnifi-
cence and glory. Alluring them that the glorj of
this latter Houfe flmuld excel the glory of the fiyft, by
reafon of the Mefhahs incomparably prefence in it,
inourflefh, who as Head and King over all the
world for the good of his Church, (~ typified by the
Temple} mould deftroy all oppofiee power in the
world, and make his Church perfect in Holineffe
and Glory. II. Mediately in rcjpclf of Gods People
in after ages, 1. To convince them how great a fault
ic is co neglect the repair of Gods Houfe, and Refor-
mation of Religion once begun, more minding their
own houfes and temporal affairs, for which Gods
People may be afflicted with great judgements, after
they have had wonderful deliverance. 2. To fhew,
that true Zi ai and dcligence in repairing and reform-
ing Gods houfe, fhall be crowned with Gods fpeci-
a I prefence and alfiltancc; and is the right way to
bring all temporal bleifings upon us and our Houfes.
3. To comfort the Church under the New Tcfta-
ment, by the coming of Chrift already in the flefb,
by whom her glory farre furpailcth the glory of the
Jewifh Church, and fhall be more and more perfect-
ed, all contrary power being overthrown.
sea. iv.
ZECHARIAH.
461
I.
Chap. I.
II.
Chap. 2.
Sett. IV. Principal Parts.
In tills Book are [• The Infcription. 2. The Pro-
phecy it felf.
the Infcription, denoting 1. The time. 2. The
Authors of the Prophecy, Principal, the LORD, ln-
ftrumental, Haggai the Prophet. 3. ThePerfonsto
whom it was chiefly directed, Ch. I. ver. 1.
The Prophecy /r/W/7"wherein confider,
1. Gods fliarp Reprehenfion of the ingrateful and
fluggifhjews for their great fin, in not perfecting
the building of the Temple, wherein 1. Their vain
excufe for not building is detected, ver. 2. 2. Their
neglect: is raxed and aggravated, Partly by their
inequal dealing with God, minding their own houfes
while hit houfe lies wade-, ver. 3,4. Partly by rhe
judgements of God inflicted on them, wherein they
might read as it were there fin, ver. $,6.
2. Gods invitation and Command to them, fo to con-
fider their wayes. as to build his houfe, ver. 7,8.
This is urged 1. By propounding divers Promifes to
them for buildingof ir,i;. 8. 2. By mentioning di-
vers judgements inflicted on them, for not building
it, ver. 9, 10, 1 1.
3. Vie Obedience of the Governours and tbePeople to
the Lords command, ver. 12.
4-Godsfingular encouragement of the Jews now obey-
zng,and fetling to the building the houfe of the Lord,
by manifold Promifes ,viz. l.Ofthe Lords Prefence and
Affiftance, ver. 13. which was performed, ver. 14,
15. II. Ofthefurpaffing glory that he would communi-
cate to thif latter Temple }beyond that of the former Tem-
jp/fjwhere 1 Their doubt and difcouragment is anti-
cipated, who were troubled that the prefent foun-
dation and ftructure was not fo (lately as of the for-
mer Temple, Ch. II. 1, 2, ?. 2. The Lords Pre-
fence by his Spirit, according to his Covenant when
they came out ofMgypt,h aiTured them, for their en-
couragement in the work, ver. 4; 5, 3. Godsfhakjng
o of heaven and earth, Jea anddry land, and all Nati- 0 Ha?c PrO-
ons is promifed in order to this Temple glory,v/^. As phctia
God appeared in great Majefty and Power in giving paru'm
the Law on Sinai, fo he will manifeft greater power jam com -
to all the world in publifhing the Gofpel, whereat all plcra co-
nations fhall be ftirred and moved, ver. 6. 7. 4. The nftur: par-
filling of the prefent Temple with more glory then tim fpcra-
the former, is promifcd,by the coming of the defireof tur in fine
alt Nations,(vmkh fome interpret of the calling of the complen-
Gemilesto the Churchy Others of Chrifts coming per- da. Movie
fonally in theflefl), into the Temple, Why may not enim cce-
bothbe underftood.^ This is further confirmed, by lum,An-
Gods al-fufficiency co effect this Promife, ver. 7, 3, gclorum
9. 5. Divine Peace with this glory is promifed, v. & fidermn
9. III. Of Gods fingular blefing to them, from the day teftimc-
theybeganto build the Temple, where 1. Under the nio,quan-
type oizQueftion propounded to the Prieft, touching do incar-
legalcleanneffeoruncleanneffe, he convinceth the natus eft
people that all their works in building the Altar, Chriftus.
Temple, &c. hitherto were defiled with their finful Movitter-
hearts and lives, w. 10. to 15. 2. From this their ram in-
finfulnefie of heart and life, and impenitency, he genti mi-
declares it was,that hitherto God; judgements came raculo,de
upon them, ver. 15, 1 6, 17. 3. He now promifeth ipfovi'rgi-
tobleffe the corn, and all the fruits of the earth to nispartu.
theirufe, from the day they began to build, v. 18, 19. Movitma-
IV. Of the gloriom excellency of Chrifts Kingdome, re & ari-
where are promifed 1. Gods wonderful power and dam,quum
Providence, in the destruction of all power oppo- &ininfu-
fitero Chrifts, i/er. 20,21,22. 2. Gods making Ze- lis,&in
rubbabel a Signet, that is, making Chrift, fviho orbe toto
came of Zerubbabei.') his King in his Church, invio- Chrifius
/ably fealed up, as continually honoured, eyed, annuncia-
loved and cared for by God, as a Signet upon his tur. Ita
own hand, ver. 23. moveri
omnes
gentes videraus ad fidem ; jamvero quodfequitur, Etvenietde-
(ideratus cunttis gentibus, denovifliino ejus expectatur adventu.
Utenimdefideratuseffet expectantihus, prius oportuit eum dt-
leftum effe credentibusj Auguft. de Civ.Dei I. 18. c. 35.
ZECHARIAH.
rfObfcu-^
riffimus li-
ber Zacha-
xix Pro-
phetafc in-
ter 12 lon-
giffimus.
Hieron.
Prolog in
Zac.Tom.6
£Hag. 1.1.
c Zech.I.i.
d Hieron.
Com. in
Zach.1.1.
Tom.6.
e Jo.Calv.
Pr£fat.in
Pr&lett.
in Zach.
SeU. I. Order and Time.
THis Book which is the obfeureft andlongefl of
all the twelve leffer Prophets fas a. Hierome
notethj is defervedly placed is Order
next unto Haggai. For as Haggaib be-
gan to Prophecy in the fecond year of
King Darius, inthefixth moneth, on the firft day of the
moneth; So Zechariah c began for Time in the fame
year,but about two months after him,i^.in the eighth
moneth ; Therefore ("faith d Heirome,) according to
the order of the Prophets; Haggai is rightly placed tenth,
Zechariah the eleventh. Now Zechariah is added to
Haggai, as his colleague and coadjutor in the Pro-
phetick office, Cas e Calvin well obferves,J Partly
themoretoconfirmethe Authority of oneanothers
Doctrine*, Partly the more effectually to comfort
and encourage the People againft all prefent and fu-
ture difficulties, which they were to wrafile withal,
left they fhould be difcouraged and faint under
them.
Sect. II. Name and Penman.
This Book is amongft the Hebrews called "12D
rPTDT Sepher Zechar-jah, i. e. I7;e Bool^ of Zechar-
iah ; from Zechar-jah the Preacher of the feveral
Sermons, and Penman of the Book.
Zechar-jah i"P"DT being interpreted , fignifies
fas f Hierome hath noted J either The-memory-of-the
LORD, or Mind full-of-the- LORD; which name
and interpretation agjee well to him, who was not
only himfelf/w/W/#/of the Lords words and works,
but alfo careful that the People brought out of Cap-
tivity fhould be mindful of them and remember
them.
This Zechar-jah had a famous flock of which he
£ bbbbb natu-
/ Zacharias
{MnuM
Mxipov
id eft Me-
moria Do-
mini Hie-
ron.Pmxm.
in Joel
Tom. 6. fy
Hier. Pau-
lino lorn. 3.
462
1ECBARIAH.
5 Zee- 1. 1.
/-Ezr. 5.1,
2.
and Zcch.
1. 1.
i Zachari-
as,Memor
Domini
fui-, Mul-
tiplex in
Prophetia
Bier. Pau-
line
Tom. 6.
^2Chron.
24. 20,21.
/Mar. 23.
3$.ex/>o»n-
'ded.See D.
Pa reus
Com. /«
he, B.
Hieron.
Com.in.loc.
m Hieron.
Com. in
Mat. 2?.
35-
» See be-
fore in the
Chronology
of II. King
0 Jo. Calv.
Com. in
Zech. 1. 1.
jf> Luke 1.
q See
Helvic.
Cbronol.
r As Zech.
8. 16. in
Eph. 4.25.
Zech. 9. 9.
in Mat. 22.
5
Joh.12.15.
—Zech. it
12. in Mat-
26. 15. &
67. 9, 10.
Zee.
12. 10. in
Job. .9.34
37. Rev.
1.7
Zech. 1 j. 7.
in Mat.26.
31. Mark
14. 27.
/See on
Haggai
Sett. MI.
naturally defcended, being£ ffo /on 0/ Barachiah, l
thefon of lddo. He had alfo a facred office wherein
the Lord employed him ; He was h a Prophet, flou-
rifhing after the Jews return from Babylons Captivi-
ty, and f~as Hierome truely faith of him J he was
i manifold in Prophecy, and flmayaddej in Pro-
phetick vifions. But who this Zechariah was, Writers
much difpute-, and in Scripture we read of divers
Zecbariat, viz. I. Of k^ Zechariah fonof Jeboiada,
whom the People ftonedto death at King Joaf) his
Command, in the Court of the Houfe of the Lord. This
is thought, by learned and judicious men, to be
the fame of which Chrift fpeaketh, faying I/fom
the blood of righteous Abel, unto the blood o/Zecharias
fon of Barachias whom ye flew between the Temple and
the Altar ; for both the names and the (Tory of their
death agree : only that is called /on of Jehoiada, this
fin 0/ Barachias. But to this it may be Anfwered ; Je-
hoiada is called Barachiasby Chnit, either for hon-
our fake, to fignifie he was The-bleffed-of-the-LORD ;
or beamk jfehoiada had two names, being alfo cal-
led Barachiah; or inftead of Barachiah mould be
xezdjehoiadah, as Hierome faith the Na^arenes in
their Gofpel read it. But this Prophet Zechariah
could not be Zchariah fon of Jchoiadah, f though
called in the Gofpel fon of Barachiah,) 1. Partly be-
caufe Scripture (peak.s not of his bein",flain betwixt the
Temple and the Altar, efpecially feeing there fcarce
were the Ruines of the Temple in his timers m Hierome
wellobferves. 2. Partly becaufe Zechariah fonof
Jehoiadah was flaininKing Joafli his days, which n
was above 200 years before the Babylonifh captivity.
But this Zechariah lived after the Jews return from
Babylon, yea in the time of Darius, vi^. of Darius
Nothus, which was above 100 years after their return.
Therefore (~ if he were the fame, J he (f)ould have
lived 2:0 or 300 years after hit own death, ("as 0 Cal-
vin argues} which were intolerably abfurd. If.
0/p Zechariah father of John Baptift. But this Pro-
phet could not be father of John Baptiil, becaufe he
Jived in the time of the Perfian Monarchs, in the
dayes of Darius; but the father of John Baptift
lived in the time of the Roman Monarchy, in the days
of Auguftus Cdtfar, as the Evangelical Hiltory fhevvs ;
now betwixt the Perfian and Roman Monarchy, the
Grecian intervened, which continued q above 200 '
years, no man in thefe days living fo long. There*
fore all things confidered, this Prophet Zechariah
feems tobedillinct from thofe other mentioned in
Scripture, though wc cannot determine further of
him, then that he was fonne of Barachiah, fonn of Id-
do. Whoever he was, this Prophecy is of un-
queftionable Authority, and is often ralledgedand
approved in the NewTcftament.
Sect. III. Occasion and Scope.
This Prophet was railed up to prophecy to the
Jews, returned from Babylon, upon the fame Occa-
sion that fHaggai was. What Haggai fpeaks more
plainly and briefly, he fpeaks more myfierioufly and
fully, with many additions, efpecially of Evangelical
Prophecies touching Jefus Chrift.
Scope,!. As to the Jews, 1. To invite them to re-
pentance, whereby they might avoid judgements
and obtain mercies. 2. To encourage and incite
the People rerurnedfrom captivity, efpecially their
Govcrnours Zerubbabchnd Jeho(l)uah, to the build-
ing of the Temple, and fettling of the Common-
wealth, wherein the Church might have a feat till
Chrifts coming ; and this by many excellent Pro-
mifes, whereof the truely pious fliould be partakers.
3. To raifethem up from terminating their thoughts
in Zerubbabel and Jehnflmah, and their repair of
the Temple and the City, which were but Types of
Chrift and his Church, he paficth on to many Evan-
gelical Promiks,touching7e/i«C/;>'/./?and his Church
particularly, as his Kingdome, Priefthood, Price for
w hich hefauldbc betrayed, Death, Effujion of hh fpi-
rit, efficacy of hit Gofpel, Vocation of the Gentiles, and
many fpiritual Privtledges of the Church in Grace and
Glory. And thus he leads them from earthly to
heavenly, from corporal to fpiritual, from prefent
to future things. 4. To forewarne the carnal Jews,
enemies to Chrifts Kingdome, how for their fins
their City and Kingdom fhould be ruined by the
Romans, till the time of their laft converfion, when
God will reftore, enlarge and purine his Church,
that all (hall be Holy to the Lord, and the Canaanite
no more in the Houfe of the Lord. II. As to us, to in-
fliutt us: 1. How ufeful repentance is before w-e fee
upon publick Reformation. 2. How zealoufly and
hopefully we fhould aft in the Repair and Reforma-
tion of the Church of God, £ where the Temple
and Jerufalem were but fhadows, ) knowing
how wonderfully the Lord can effect the fame,
by weakeft and unlikelieft means againft greatefl
difficulties. 3. How great caufe we have to accept
Jefus Chrift by faith, in whom thefe particular Pro-
phecies were fo punctually fulfilled. 4. How confi-
dently we fhould expect thepromifed purity, victo-
ry and happineffe of the Church of Chrift in the lat-
ter dayes.
Sed. IV. Principal Parts.
In this Book confider 1. The Infcriptkn. z.fke
Prophecy it f elf.
The INSCRIPTION, deferring 1. The i.
Time. 2. The Authors of this Prophecy , Prin- Chap. 1.
cipal. The LORD; Inftrumenral, Zechariah , n,
defcribed by his Defcent and office , Chap. L
ver. 1.
The P R O P H E C Y it felf comprizing the fum
of 5 Sermons feverally preached by the Pro-
phet , vi^. his 1 Penitential. 2 Viftonal. 3 Ca-
fuiftical. 4 Prophetical, and 5 Evangelical Ser-
mon.
I. His Penitential Sermon calling the Jewes to re-
pentance. 1. Partly from Gods difpleafure at
their impenitent forefathers. 2. Parti)/ from his
judgments on them for impenitency. This is pre-
fixed as a Preface, before the following Sermon of
mercy and judgment, to prepare for the receiving
of that, the avoiding of this,ver. 2. to 7.
II. Hh vifionalSermon,vi\. His Prophetical vifions,
which are in all eight, and fome of them very ab-
itrufe ; fomc light may be brouphr to them by
comparing them with Daniels Prophecy. Thefe
Vifions feem to be delivered at once •, and are 1 Vi-
fions of .Merry, 2. Vifions of Judgment t 3. Vifions of
Comfort
1. Vifions of Mercy, as
i.The Vifion of a man on horfebac\ among the myrtle
trees in the bottome; pointing out Chrifts fingular
prefence with, and providence over his Church in
in loweft ftatc, ver- 7. ro 18. Here confider l.The
Vifion it felf, defcribed by the Time and Manner of it,
ver. 7, 8. II. Tlie Interpretation and application of it,
for comfort of thicr prefent itate ; Dialogue-wife,
1. The Prophet defiring information about it, ver. 9;
2. An inferiour Angel inftrufting him, ver. 9. 3.
Chrift the chief Angel informing him that thefe
were Angels fent as Spies and Intelligencers up and
down the world, ver. 10. 4. Thefe Angels re-
port to Chrift of the fecure, and quiet Itate of the
world, ver. 11. 5. The chief Angel (Chrift) here-
upon prayes to his Father for his long afflicted
Church, and receives a comfortable anfWer touch-
ing her Rcftauration, but her fecure enemies de-
ftruction, v. 12. fo 18.
2. The Vifion of four horns, and four Carpenters, He .
intimating how God would break and fcattcr
the horns of his Churches enemies, verfe 18. to the
end.
i.The Vifion of the man with the meafuringlinein
hit
Ghap. II. to VII.
ZECHARTAH.
4<5g
Chap, 3.
6« hand to meafure Jcrufalcm promifing the Reflaura-
tion and re-peopling of Jerufalem, wherein note I.
Chap. 2. The Vifion \tfc\f,Cbap. U.ver. 1, 2. II. The Interpre-
tation of it by two Angels and Zechary, promising 1.
He-peopling, 2. Safety, 3. Glory to Jerufalem, ver.
%.to6. III. The Accommodation of it, 1. By inviting
the remnant of the Jews that ftill lingered in Babylon
to haften out, and this by divers Arguments, ver. 6.
to 10. 2. Ey comforting the Jews already returned
home, with Prorr.ifes; 1. Of his Prefence, 2. Of her
enlargement by forreigners added to her ; and 3.
Of his gracious Covenant with her, v. ic,u,i2. 3.
Ey charging all the earth to be filent before the Lord,
thus working for his Church, ver. 1 3.
4. Tfje Vifion of Jehofhua the bigh-Prieft in filthy
garments and Satan at hit right hand accufing him;
/hewing, though fins of people and Pried might be
objected againft them and their IntercefTors, yet
they had another High-Priefl, who would plead
their caufe, pardon their fin, build the Temple, and
quiet his Church, w'sfc, Chrifl the Branch. Here are
defcribed, I. The Type, wherein confider 1. The
Party accufed, Jehofhuah. 2. The Party before whom
he was accufed, vi\. The Angel of the Lord, Chrifl.
3. TheAccufer, Satan, Chapt.JU. verfi. 4. The
Apology ioxjeboflmab, Satan being rebuked, ver. 2.
Jehofhuah being abfolved, and his filthy raiments
changed, ver. 3,4.yeaeftablilhed in his office, ver.
•i-,6,1. II. The Ami-type by whom Temple, Prieft-
hood and People fhould be reftored and preferved,
■w^. Jefus Chrifl, promifed to Jehoflmah and his fel-
lows, wondred at as monflers for their faith and
obedience to God in thefe defperate times. Chrifl
is defcribed 1. Ey his double name, Branch and
Stone, verf. 8,9. 2. By his double Property as a
Stone, vi^. Perfect Providence, and Cotnpleatnefs
of grace, v. 9. 3. Ey the two fruits of his Priefthood,
Pardon of fin and Peace of confeience, ver. 9, 10.
5. The Vifion of the golden Candleflic\, and the two
Clive trees flanding by it: declaring that Gods grace
alone is fufticient for the Reparation and Prefervati-
on of his Church, without all other created means,
againft greateft mountains of oppofition. Where
are I. Tlie Prophets Preparation to attend the vifion
Ch. IV. ver. I. 2. The Interpretation of the vifion,
which is either General, or Particular ; l.The Gene-
ralinterpretation of the whole vifion, and of Zecharyes
requeft, vi^. ThatastheCandleflick was fupplyed
with oyle naturally dropping from the two olive
trees (landing thereby, without mans help or Art.-
to the Spirit of the Lord was furficienr^vithout all hu-
mane mtans,to rebuild and maintain both his Tem-
ple and Church, ver. 4, 5, 6. God prom ifmg to
that end, 1 Partly the removal of greateft impedi-
ments, ver. 7. 2. F^n/ytheperfeftingof the Tem-
ple-building, though then very fmall, to the joy
of the PeopIe,by the vigilant feven-eyed Providence
of the Lord, v.7. to 11. II. The particular interpre-
tation of part of the vifion, vi%j. the two olive-trees,
ver. 11,12, 13,14.
71. Vifions of Judgment, vi^. The Vifion of the flying
BooJ^, and the vifion of the Ephab ; In generall evi-
dencing to the Jews, that though their ftate fhould
be refbred, his Temple and Church reeftablifhed
among them, according to the former vifions: yet
he would notwithstanding feverely punifh them for
their fins and corruptions at prefent, according to
the vifion of the flying book.h and would utterly deftroy
them if their fins griew riper and riper, when they
had fulfilled the meafure of their iniquity, for the fu-
ture, according to the vifion of the Ephab. More par-
ticularly.
I. The vifion of the flying boot^, is I. Defcribed 1. Ey
the fpeedineffe oik, flying, Cbap.V.i. 2. By the
largenefle of it, containing curfes enough for all forts
of fins, ver. 2. II. Expounded 1. Ey the fins threat-
lied with the curfe in this Book, vi^. The facrilegi-
ous Thievery againfl the fecond Table, And falfe-
fwcaring or Perjury againfl the firft Table. By which
Chap. 4.
Chap. $,
fynecbdocbically underflandal! orher their grofle fins,
whereof at prefent they were guilty. 2. By the Au-
thor of the curfe, The Lordoflhflt. 3. By' the man-
ner of the curfes execution, Emring, Remaining in
midfl of, andconfuming their hokfes, ver. 3,4.
2. The Vifion of the Ephab, &c. defcribed and ex-
pounded by parts, vi^. I. An t Ephab, whereby the \ An Ephab
Jews were rcfemblcd,in refpect of the filling up of is among
the meafure of their fins, ver. 5, 6. II. AuTalent the Jews
oflead life up over ihcEphsh, ver. 7. III. Awoman their lar-
fitting in the midfl of the Ephah, ver. 7. Thit woman geftofdry
fignifying thefinful nation of the Jews, whole wick- meafure
edneftegrewtoafull meafurej The Talentof lead conrain-
lijt up, Gods heavy judgments hanging over them. ,n?ten
The cafling the woman into the midfl of the Ephah, and Homers,
the Talent oflead upon her, the finful Jcwes total ovcr; Exod. 1 5.
whelming by Gods Judgments, ver. 8. III. Of two ?<$•
women carrying away the Ephah, with the woman in "Talent
it, and talent upon it, into the land of Shihab, [ that weighed
hxChaldea, Babylon or Afefopota mia, for there the 3000 fiie-
Jewes chiefly refide, though generally dilpcrl'cd ck'es
throughout the world, ~] deno-ing the Jewes lpeedy ExoJ. 38,
and final difperfion throughout the world, ver. p3 25> 26. or
10,11. 125 pound
III. Vifions of Comfort, vi^. x Gen. io.
1. The vifion of foure chariots, &r. where note I. l0- ar>d n
The Defcription of the vifion, vi^. four chariots, 2. Jer. 29.
coming out from between two mountains of BrafTe, 5' ;8.
drawn by four forts of horfes, cb. VI. 1, 2, 3. II. Chap. 6.
The interpretation of the vifion given by the Angel
in a threefold defcription, i. Of the nature of the
chariotsand horfes, ver. 4,5. 2. Oftheir employ-
ment whither they ran, ver. 6,7. 3. The effect of
this their employment, vi^_. they quieted Gods Spi-
rit in the North-country, ver. 8. This vifion comfor-
tably pointing out the provident Decrees and Coun-
fels of God, Immoveable as mountains ofBmffe ; and
directing ffor his Povidence begins and fleers all
actions) the courfe and motion of the four chariots
and horfes, (~ vi^ either the four Empires of the earth
or, as fomc think, the Angels ot heaven, thofe mini-
firing fpirits, J for the fulfilling of his will for his
Churches good ; fothat whatfocver his Church had
or fhould further fuffer under them, was fore-feen .
and fore-appointed by God himfelf-, a great com-
fort tothem that were come out of captivity already,
and tothem that as yet remained in captivity.
2. The Vifion, or rather the Hifiorical PrediUionof
what was really to be done for his Churches comfort, viz.
under the Type of the oblation of fome Jewes, which
eame from Babylon as AmbaiTadors from the reft, and
the Coronation of Jehoflmah the High-Priefl, is de-
clared the Kingdom and Prieft-hood of Chrifl, toge-
ther with tlie rc-eftablifhment and enlargmentofthe
Church under him-, Here note I. The external or
vifible type, defcribed by feveral circum fiances, ver.
9, 10,11. II. The explication of this type, and the
application of it to the Antitype. Partly in refpect
of Perfons, Jehoffiuahs Perfon reprefenting the Per-
fon of Chrifl the BRANCH, tier. 12. Partly in refpeft
of feveraJ properties in the Antitype, vi%_. 1. He
ff) all grow up out of hit Place. 2. He fl> all build the
Temple of the Lord 3. he (I) all bear the glory. 4. He
fhallfit and rule upon his Throne, and he fl>all be a Priefl
uponhit Throne. 5. Tbecounfdof Peace jhall be between
them both, ver. 12, 1 3. III. The publick memorial
of this Solemnity, by confecration of thefe Crowns to
the Temple as a Monument, ver. 14. IV. A Por-
mife of Forreigners accede from far to the Jewes in
Judea,to help forward the Temple-building, verf.
III. Hit caufuiftical Sermon, wherein the Prophet
at large refolves the Jews in a cafe of confeience
touching Fafling; propofed to him and the Priefls,
with many other LeMons excellently inlerted, where-
inconfider I. The time of this Sermon, Cbap.Wl. 1. chap. 7.
II. The Occafion of it, vi^. The captives Ambafage
to the Temple, fending Ambafiadouruopra; in the
Temple, and there to be rcfolved in a cafe of con-
feience,
4^4
M A L A C H I.
fcience, touching the Fifth Monetht Faft, obferved
for many years, whether they fhould continue it,
verf. 2, 3. III. The Sermon it felf,wherein are, I.
The Preface, 1 Partly reproving their hypocrifie
and prepofteroufnefs, in ftanding fo much upon
their own inventions, and outward obfervations of
faffing, mean while neglecting Gods Commands,
and refuting to obey them, for which all their cala-
mities came upon them, ver. 4. to the end of the chap.
2. Partly comforting them againft their unbelief and
diftruft of the good fuccefs of things by divers pro-
mifes, vi\. Of Cods reconcilement with Zion for pre-
Chap 8 fent, cAap. VIII. 1, 2,3. Of her peaceable and am-
ple flare, ver. 4, 5, 5 Of his recollecting her dif-
perfed ones, and bringing them to their own homes,
ver. 7, 8. from all which Promifes they are exhorted
to take courage againft all difficulties to go on with
the building of the Temple ; and this is further
prefied by many Arguments, ver. 9.to 18. 2. The
Arfwer it felf to the cafe propounded, Partly by Gods
abrogation of their Fafts, ver. 18, 19- Partly by his
injunction of the more neceflary and fubftantial duties
of religion, ver. 19. which is urged from the ap-
proach of fuch times, wherein ceremonies fhould
ceafe,and Truth fucceed them; and wherein Gen-
tfles fhould be converted to make up a glorious
Church with the Jews, ver. 20. to the end of the chap.
IV. His Prophetical Sermon, foretelling future e-
vents, wherein are principally confiderable, i.Threat-
nings of deftruction to the Churches enemies; Land
oiHadrach, DamafcHS, Hamath,Tyre and Zidon&nd
the Phillftines;Ch. IX. i.to'].2.Promi(es of Delive- Chap. $.
ranee and Protection to his Church againft all their
enemies, v. 7, 8. 3.Promiflbry predictions of Chrifls
Incarnation, Kingdom, and the Benefits thereof to his
People, from whom all comfort and falvation prin-
pally flows, v.cj.totbe end of the chap. andCh.X. Chap. IoJ
throughout. 4. Denunciations of dreadful judgments,
even to the Jews themfelves for their ingrateful and
abominable rejection of Chrift and his Gofpel, Chap. Chap. 11.
XI. throughout.
V.Hii Evangelical Sermon, peculiarly belonging to
the Church which Chrift had gathered by his Gofpel,
wherein are laid down many fweet Pri viledges of the
Church, 1. The Churches victory over all her ene-
mies to whom fhe fhall be A Cup of trembling, ABur-
denfome fton e, A Torch of fire in a fheaf, Ch. XII. 1 . t0 7 . Chap. 1 H
2. The Churches fafety and protection only from
the Lord, ver. 7,8. 3. The benefits enwrapped in
this falvation for the Church, vfy 1 Heart- wound-
ing repentance for their fins that pierced ChriftjW.p.
to the end. 2. Remiflion of all fins to the penitent
by faith in the blood of Chrift, Ch.XIII.i. 3. Pu- Chap. 12,
rifying of the Evangelical Doctrine and Mini/try
from all pollution and defilement, v.^.toi. 4. A
felect reparation of the remnant appertaining to the
Election from the droffy multitude, ver.']. to the end,
and Ch.XIV. ver. 1. to 12. 4. The removal of all Chap. 14]
the Churches ruined enemies, from offending the
Church any more, or fubduing them to the Church,
and confecrating all their wealth to holy ufes, ver.
12. to the end of the Book.
MALACHL
a filer.
Procem. in
Mai. Tom.
6.
b Mai. 4.
4<5-
cjo.Calv.
Prafat. in
Mai.
d Compare
Mil. 4. 5j
°". with
Luke 1. 16,
17.
Sett. I. Order and time.
MAlachi is in Order the laft of all the twelve
Prophets, (as a Hierome intimateth,)
yea defervedly he is ranked the laft of
all the Prophets of the old Teftamcnr,
1 Partly becaufe in the clofe of his Pro-
phecy,he fo cautions the Jews to be mindful of the
written b Law of Mnfes , till the Meffiahs coming in
theflefh, and to cleave to the pure Doctrine there-
of; which he therefore doth, (faith cCalvinJ be-
caufe now the Series and continued Succejfton of Pro-
phets was to ceafe, till Chrift the great Prophet himfelf
fl>ouldcome, that by this intermifjion and want of Pro-
phecy, the Jews might be ftirredup, and preffed more
intent ively and eamcftly to defire the Me jiahs coming.
2. Partly becaufe he concludeth his Prophecy with
fuch an eminent Promifeof A Elijah the Prophet,
("\. e. John Baptift in the fpirit and power o/EIijah J
to be Chrifts Harbinger to prepare his way before
him. Now what Prophet fo fit as he who is the laft
Prophet of the Old Teftament, to indigitate and
point out as with the finger, John Baptift the firft
Prophet of the New Teftament ?
Ttmeoi his Prophecy is not particularly expref-
fed, but the current of his Prophecy intimates it was
not only after the Jews return from the Babyloniff;
Captivity, but after their building of the Temple alfo,in-
mfinuch as herein is no mention at all of thcTemplcs
lying wafte, and unbuilt, nor is there any exhortati-
on to the People, Cas in Haggai and Zechariah,) to
perfect the building but rather the Temple being
now finifh'd, and the Temple-worfhip erected ; the
Sacriledge of the People and the corruption of Gods
worfhip by the Priefts is here taxed. How long
time Malachi prophecied after the perfecting of . . .
the Temple is hard to define ; eHelvicm thinks he e"etv'c'
began toprophecy about the 19 or laft year of Darius No- Chronolog.
tbus,which was about four hundred and four years be-
fore Chrift.Tht Temple was finifhed in Darius Not hut f
hit ffixthyear. So that after Malachi, according to / E^ra. 6.
this account Prophecy ceafed for about 400 years. *3> x4> i$«
Sed. I. Name and Penman. *ff*1- fc *
wroaiachias
This Book is called among the Hebrewcs "12D fjuJdefl,
^DX/O Sepher Malachi, that is The Book, of Mala- Nuncius
chi, and in the text; gThe Bui den of the Word oj the meus.
LORD to Ifrael, by the hand of Malachi; from Mala.- Hier.
chi the Preacher and Penman thereof, Protem. in
Malachi i^^fe fignifies properly, My- Angel, ox JoelTom.
My-Meffenger, (~a%h Hierome interprets it, who elfe- 5.
where i blames the LXX. for rendring it Hit Angel, i Hier.
viz. in thofe words, The Affumptionof the Word of the Proxm.in
LORD againft Ijrae! by the hand of hit Angel. J And Mat. Tom.
tim interpretation well agrees to any Prophet, or 6.
Miniftcr of God, being the Lords Angel or Meffcnger k^alv.
to his Church and People. Though perhaps (as Prtfat. in
kCalvin intimates J th'tf name might far honour fake Mai.
be
Chap. I. to IV.
M A L A C H I
4*
iHkr.
Proocm.in
Mal.Tom.6
tn Abfur-
dum Com-
mentum.
Calv.Prsf,
in Mai.
n Tarnov.
Frolog.in
Afalach.
oHag.1.13
p See Mat.
II. io.
Mar.1.2:
Luke 1.
16, 17.
be pjven to thii Prophet in refpeft of fame fpecialfervice,
unsown tow. The Hebrews and Origen ( becaufe
JHalachi fignifies, my Angel, J have an Opinion,
That Malawi was an Angel that came downfiom hea-
ven, and affuming an humane body preached rolfrael.
Eut 1 Hierome rejects this, and m Calvin counts it an
abfurdficlion, anddefcrvedly -, 1. Partly becaufe in
thefe times God did not ufc to fpeak by Angels, yea,
fcarce by Prophers, becaufe of die Peoples obdurati-
on, and becaufe of the approach ofChrifts incarna-
nation; butby ordinary miniftry. 2. Partly becaufe
the laft letter [ ^ '} as here, is ufually annexed to
proper names of men : therefore he was a man, not
an Angel, nSome thmk he was Zechariah or Hag-
gai, he being thus termed 0 an Angel or MciTenger,
but without any convincing ground for that opinion.
Hierom and Calvin fin the places fore-alledged} in-
cline to think he was Ezra, but give ns no cogent
Arguments to perfwade thereunto. Their Opinion
feems mod probable, who take him to be a Prophet
diftinft from them all. Whoever he was his Pro-
phecy is Authentique, and the Authority of it nota-
bly confirmed by the New Tefiament p Allegation of
it.
Se&. III. Occasion and Scope.
Occafion, The Jews being newly returned from
captivity, did a little while more heartily ferve God,
and build the Altar, and lay the foundation of the
Temple, and fofor a long time the work ceaft, Part-
ly through oppofkion , Partly through their own
fluggifhnef?, till that in the days of Darius, Haggai
and Zechariah encouraged them, and Darius coun-
tenanced them, they finifhed it, and erected the
worfhip of God therein aright; But after relapfing
to hypocrifie in Gods fervice, corruption and facriledge
in his worfhip, and loofeneffe in their lives by mixt
Marriages, Polygamies, Divorces, abufe of Gods
Providences, &c. Hereupon God raifes up this
Prophet to endeavour to reform thefe corruptions
by his miniftry.
Scope. 1. to convince and reprove the Jews for their
great unkindnefs,walking fo unworthy of Gods elect-
ing love and Covenant with them, and this by their
irreligioufne$e,prophanenefs,iriolatry, adultery, challeng-
ing oj Providence, Rebellion, Sacriledge, Infidelity, and
other corruptions, abounding not only among the
People-, but among the Priefis alfo : for which he
fharply threatens them with Gods judgments, 2. To
invite them to Repentance and Reformation of all thefe
groiTe evils, by promifes of grace and manifold blef-
iings which fhould especially be performed by the
Mejfiab,ihc grcmRefirmer and Refiner of his Church,
at lm coming in the flefh,whichhattned ; who would
fa've the penitent, but deftroy the ohftinate finners ;
who would abolifh the typical ceremonies and wor-
fhip, and fet up a pure fpirirual fervice throughout,
the world ; before whom the New Tefiament ELjah,
John the Baptift mould be fent to prepare his way>
and to fie a People for him.
Seft. IV. rriucipal Tarts.
«
In this Eook are, 1. The Infcription. 2. The Pro-
phecy itfelf.
The Infcription or Title denoting 1. The nature of j j
the Prophecy; A Burden. 2. Tl.e Authors of it, Prin-
cipal, the L 0 R D. Inftrumental, Malaihi. 3, The
Perfons againft whom this Eurden was efpecially in-
tended, vi^. Ifrael,Chap.I. 1. Chap. 1.
The Prophecy itfelf wherein are wrapped up in one j j
continued Sermon, thefe Particulars principally.
I. A Preface, (~ aggravating the ingrateful wick-
ed nefs of the Jews ) drawn from Gods lingular love
in election of them in Jacob, when he rejected the
Edomites in Efau, ver. 2. to 6.
II. A fiiarp'Contefiation againfi the people, efpeci-
ally the Priefis, the Keepers of the Law lor their cor-
ruptions, viz.. 1. Againfi thei r contempt and pollu-
tion of the worfhip ofGod,whichl'riefts mould have
vindicated by office, ver. 6. to the end. and Chap. II. Chap. 2.'
to 10. 2. Againft their corrupt marriages, both
marriages with Infidels, and Polygamies, ver. lo.to
17. 3. Againft the wickednefsartdperverfenefie of Chap. 3.
many,thatmadea mock at Gods Juftice and Judge- Chap.4.
ments,x/.i7. to the end,and Chap.lll. v.\.to 7.4. Againft t In veteri
their Sacriledge, in robbing God of Tithes and Offer- Teftamen-
ings, &c. ver.i.toi^. 5. Againft their Atheiftical toeftoc-
contempt of Gods fear, worfhip and true repen- cultatio
tance, verf. 15. to the end, and Chap. IV. verf. 1. novi.-ln
tv$. novoTe-
III. An earnefl invitation of all to Repentance, that ftamento
fo they might be prepared duly to entertain the Me- eft mani-
ffiah, who (with his forerunner John the Baptift, in feftatio
thefpirit and power of Elias,) was now immediate- veteris.
ly to appear in humane flefh, ver. 4, 5,6. Aug. de
Thus fane of the Old Tefiament, wherein (asr Catechi-
Augujiine faith, _) the New Tefiament it Veiled. ^and.Ru-
Come we next to confider of the New Tefta- dibtti libi
ment, wherein the Old Teftament k Re- Cap.IV.
vealed. Tom. 4.
C ccccc
II. Tl
1C
46
M
II. THE
New Teftament.
AND
*The Order of the 'Boofy therein,
THE NEW TESTAMENT, reveal-
ing fully and clearly the N E W COVE-
NANT in Chrift, and the fpiritual Ad-
miniftrations thereof; i s contained in the
Books written fince Chrifts manifeftation
a 2 Cor, 3. in the flefh, a In reading of the Old Teftament, the
14.^8. veileUmtaken away: But ("in the NEW TESTA-
MENT, J the veile it done away in Chrift. And
•we all with open face, beholdingas in a glafs the glory of
the Lord,are changedinto the fame image from glory to
glory, even as by the Spirit of the Lord. In the Books
of the OldTejiament) God defcribes to us. The Old
Covenant of Grace in Chrift, veiled under Promifes
Prophefies and Types : In the Books of rhe New Tefht-
ment, The Lord delineats to us the New Covenant 0]
Grace in Chrift, un-veiled, aflually exhibited and
performed; b Chrift being the truthj the bodvand £ [0h , I?<
fubftance of all thofe ancient Types and Shadows, Heb ia u
the Center and meeting place of all thee Prophecies C0I.2. 17.
andPromifes. cLiik:i.7o
The Books of the New Teftamenr are either 1 Hi- and 24.27.
ftorical, 2 EpiMtcal or 2. Prophetical, as further ap- Actio. 4^
pears in the annexed table. 2.Cor.
I.20.
I. Hiftorical, de-
fcribing unto us the
Hiftory of
ri. Chrift the Head of the Church ; whofe Ge-
nealogy, Birth, Life, Doftrine, Miracles,
Death, Refurreftion and Afcenfion are re-
corded by four EvangeMs.
2. The Church, Chrifts body,whofe Primitive
plantation, ftate and augmentation ,both
among Jews and Gentiles, is declared in'
, the
The Books of the*
JJew Teftament , are
either.
Il.Epifto-
lical, as
all the E-
piftles
written
by the
Apoftles
either
"i.To believ-
ing Gentiles,
as Pauls E-
fifties
1. General, which Paul wrote unto whole
Churches about matters of general and ? Epheftans
Publick concernment, as the Epiftles v) ;.l .
'Matthew.
1 Mark.
Luke.
John.
^Atts of the Apoftles.
'Romans.
I. Corinthians.
II. Corinthians.
Galatians.
to the
\
Philippians.
Colojjians.
I. Theffahn/ans.
II. Theffalonittns.
2, To the
believing
Jews,zs it
is probable
all thefe E-
piftleswere,
vi\.
2. Parttcu
lar,to par-
ticular
Perfons
touching
/*i. F«i%weEcclefiaftical af- ( J. Timothy,
icuA faires, as the Epiftle, to )\\Ximothy\
)ar- )
e
/ Tit HI.
Private Oeconomical af-
faires,as his Epiftle, to
}
Philemon.
i.TheEpiftlcCprobably written by Paul) Xfieb
to the
2. The 7. Epi-
ftles commonly
cMed,Gencral,
or the Catho-
Uque Epiftles
of
rews.
'James-
Peter
John
\JJude -
James.
Peter.
"II. Peter.
fGeneral— I.John.
"\ f 11. John
. Jude .
, III. Prophetical, foretelling what fhall be the future fhte and con-
dition of the Church ofChr!ft,to the end of the WorldjWricten'
L by John the ApofUe, viz.
Xhe Revelation*.
I. Hifl*
m
.68
I. HISTORICAL BOOKS.
THe HISTORICAL BOOKS of the New -Teftament,
are fuch as contain principally matters of Fail,
though matters of Faith and Dotlrine are.alfo inter-
woven. The Hifiories of the Teftament, are I. Of
Chrift the Head of the Church. II. Of the Church of
Chrift, his body.
I. The HISTORY OF JESUS CHRIST himfelf is
fet forth by the four Evangelifts, wherein Ch rifts
Genealogy, Nativity, Life, Doctrine, Miracles, Death,
Refurretlim and Afcenfion, are defcribed. Matthew,
Mar^, Luke and John, are ufually called ( by way
ofemphafis} The four Evangelifts, becaufe they al-
one wrote the Evangelicall Hifiory of Jefus Chrift.
rfMat. 10. d Matthew and John were Apoftles, Marl^znd Luke
23. Mark were , ("though not Apoftles, yet) holy Apoftolical
3.17,18. men, the Apoftles difciples. Companions and Af-
e Joh. 20. fiftants in the work of the Miniftry, as after will ap-
31. pear.
The General and common End ofthefefour Hiftories,
and of the writing of them is that which John ex-
preiTeth in particular, vi%. e That we might believe
that JefitiU theChrift,the Son of God, and that believ-
ing we might have life through hit name; Particular
ends and occafions may be noted in the particular
confederation of the Hiftories.
ThhHiftory of Jefus Chrift not onely incompara-
/Inter bly furpafles all humane, butalfo ( as f Auguftine
omnes hath noted J defervedlj excelleth even all Divine Au-
Divinas^ thorities and Hifiories in Sacred Scripture. As the
Authori- Canticles are ftiledr/x? Song of Songs; So may this, the
rates qua Hiftory ef Hifiories. For 1. The Sub)eH-matter of this
fanftis Hiftory ismoft fublime and fmgular, vi^. The Iine-
literis al Defcent, Birth, Life, Death, Refuuellion and Af-
continen- cenfion of Jejut Chrift, God-man, the onely Saviour of
turEvan- finners, and Mediatour betwixt God and man. Whofe
gelium Natures, Offi-ces, Dollrines, Act's and Sufferings, are
meritoex- here on purpnfe fully defcribed, which in other Eooks
cellit. are but briefly touched upon and hinted. And what
Hiftories can treat of a nobler Theam-'' 2. This Hifto-
ry contains the accompliftiment of both the Law and
Prophetsjefus Chrift being the Truth of all the Types,
the Center or meeting place of all the Promifes, and
the chief Performance of all the Prophecies of the Old
Teftament, as is here teftified by them that were eye
and ear witneffes thereof. 3- This one Hiftory of
Chrift,is the onely Hiftory in the facred Bible, which
is written by four fever al Penmen, which eminent-
ly points out the unparallel'd excellency of tie Scc-
ry , whatever other mySlcry be implyed there-
in.
C^uod e-
nim Lex
&Pro-
phcta?
fututi
prxnunci-
avcrunt:
hoc red-
ditum at-
quccom-
pletnm
Evange-
liodemon-
ftratur, &c.
Aug.deConfenf. Evan. /. 1. c. I.Tom. 4.
Rut why it Cbrifts h'itfory written by four feveral
Penmen? Anfw. Antient writers (who much pleafe
themfclvcs with their fancies, about the myfteriouf-
ncf> of numbers, J have excogitated divers Reafons
thereof.
glrenaus Jrcnaus faith g Becaufe there are four Regions of
adverf. the world wherein we ate ; and four principal winds or
Haref. I. 3. fpirits, and the Church it fown throughout all the earth,
CI.f1.25p. and the Go/ pel n the pill.tr and ground of the Church,
C t. i$$6. and the jpirit of life : confequcntly ftie muil have four
pillars ft anding on every fide incorrupt My, and enliven-
ing men.
Hierome faith, h Tlie Church which by the Lords h Ecclefi^
wordit founded on a Rock.-, whom the King brought in- autem
to hit Chambers ; to whom he put hit hand through the qua fupra
hole ofhitfecret defcention,—ijfuing forth four Rivers Petram,
like Par a dice, (this is alfo Origens Argument,} hath dominf
four corners and rings by which at it were the Ark oj the voce fun-
Covenant, and Keeper of the Law of the Lprd, is car- data eft,
riedby immoveable ftaves. The firft of them all it quamiri-
Matthew the Publican, Mihi videntur, qui ex Apocalypfi ilia 4 Anima!ia,ad intel-
ligendos 4Evangeliftasinterpretatifunt, probabilius aliquid at-
tendilTeilliqui Leonem in Matthxo, hominem in Marco, Vitu-
lum in Luca, Aquilam in Joanne intellexerunr.- quam illi qui
Hominem Matthso, Aquilam Marco, Bovem Lucse, Leonem
Joanni tribuerunt. De Principal'! enim librorum quandam con-
jefturamcapere voluerunt, non detota intentione Evangelifta-
rum, Sec Has domini fanftasQuadrigas, quibus peror-
bem vectus fubigit populos leni luo jugo & farcina? levi.
Aug. de Confenf. Evangelift. 1. i.e. 6. .Tom. 4. (fr Trail. 2.5. in Joan.
adinit.Tom. 6,
Sedulius the Presbyter elegantly defcribes this refemblance of
the four Evangelifts in his verfes: wherein hethus'fpeaks to
Chrift.
Hoc Matthxus agens hominem generaliter implet,
Marcus ut alta fremit vox per deferta Leonis,
jura Sacerdotii Lucas tenet ore juvenci,
More volans Aquila verbo petit aftra Joannes.
Quatuor hi proceres una te voce canentes,
Tempora ceu totidem latum fparguntur in orbem.
Iren. adverf. H<*ref. 1. 5. c. 1 1 . in Annot.
Eut leave we thefe fubtilcies and notions of wit,
which feem to be Similetudes, Allufions or Allegories,
ufed for illuftration, rather then Arguments for de-
monftration, why thefe four fhould write our bleff-
ed Saviours Hiftory i
We may rather conceive Chrifts Hiftory was written
by the je four.
1. Becaufe God, who appointed many q w'ttneffes
4 Aft. 1. 8. & 0f 'Chrifts doftrine and works, &c. not onely to
10 ' Jerufalem, all Judea and Samaria, but to'theutmoft
parts oj the earth, did peculiarly ftirre up thefe four
r i Pet. 1.1. perfons by his fpiric co this work: for r holy men of
Co^ writ who were moved, and at moved, by the Hilt
Ohoft.
2. This Hiftory of Chrift is the choiceft of all Hifto-
ries: ofgreateft worth in it felf, of mod concern-
ment to us, and likely to be moft oppofed by the
Devil, and the wicked world, &c. therefore God /rjeur ,
( that requires ftwo or three wit neffes for confirmation Hch.io.a8 '
of things J makes ufc of four witnejfes to write Num.3 s io.
Chrifts ftory, that be the writings of four every Mie.ti.t4.
thing might be eftabli fried beyond ful'pition. Mini!. 17-
3. That we may fee the Authority of theGofpcl 1C(r-l? '■
depends not upon the Penman thereof, bat upon the
Holy Ghoft that indites it, and therefore this Hifto-
ry is written not onely by Matthew and John, Apo-
ftles, who were eye and eare-witncliesof what Chrift
didandfpakci butallb, ait Auguftine well norcth, f Quorum
by Mark, znd Luke, the Apoftles followers, whow quidam,
moft furelyand ftedfaftly believed the Apoftlesre- hoc eft
port, though not eye-wiruelTesthemfelves, yet were Matthaus
incited thereto by the fpiric. &, Joannes
4 etiam
fcriptadeilloquae fcribenda vifa funt, libris fingulis ediderunt.
At ne putaretur, quod attinet ad precipiendum &: prardican-
dum Evangclium, interefie aliquid utrum illi annuncient, qui
eundemDominum hie in came apparentem difcipulatu famulan-
te fecuti funt, auriiquiex illis fideliter comperra crcdiderunr,
diyina Providentia procuratum eft per fpiritum l.tn&um, uc
quibufdam etiam ex illis qui primos Apoftolos fcq'iebanuir, non
folumanunciandi, verum etiam fcribendi Evangeiium tribuere-
tnrauthoriras. Hi funt Marcus & Lucas. Aug. de Confenf. Evan.
lib. 1. c. x.Tom. 4. u Luke 1.1,2.
4. That this Gofpel-Hiftory might be compleated,
one explaining what another left obfeure. formatter
or order, one fuppfying what another had omitted.
For, C as that acute a Chemnitius hath learnedly ob- xChemni-
ferved: Matthew who wrote firft, vi^. in the ninth tint in
year after Chrifts afcention,as is commonly thought, Prolog.
y for the moft part relates the things done, but fel- Hurm.ci.
dom infifts upon the order of doing them. Mark.
who wrote next, vi^. in the tenth or eleventh year y Vid. D.
after Chrifts afcention, briefly relates what Matthew Pareum
did more largely, f Marketing an Abftraft or Epi- Proxm.rn
tome of Matthew J but withal he infifts more upon Matthmtn
the ordering and timing of things done. Lute who Sect II.
wrote in the fifteenth year after Chrifts afoention, Yet Nice-
having feen others writings, propounds to himfelf pbornt
to write of things from the very firft, and that me- faith,
thodically. ^ It fee me d good to me alfo, having bad per- Matthew
fell undemanding oj things from the very firft to write w rote in
unto thee in order : in many things he fhewstheor- the r5th
der of things by circumftances, and in moft agrees year after
whhMark.'- f wheticcTerttullian calls Lukes Gofpel Chrifts
a An orderly digefting of the Evangelical ftory : _)buc afcention
fomcrimes things manifeft in Mathew and Mar\_, he Marke
puts not in their own place. John who wrote his Gof- and Luke
pel in the two and thirtieth year after Chrift afcen- alono
fion, prefefledlyaddesthe Acts of Chrift in the firft time''
yearofhisminiftry, ommittcd by the reft as b Euje- after, TWn
biut teftifies. And in the reft of his Hiftory he noc 2.6 years
onely infifts much upon Chrifts Doftrine, formerly after
not fpoken to, but alfo expreffely notes the Feafts Chrifts
of certain diftinft years, incident in the times of afcention,
Chrifts miniftry, intimating that the Evangelical Hi- Kiceph.
ftory, penned by others, fhould be diftributed into Hik.l.z
certain years, according to thofe Feafts, which be- c. 45.
ing duly confidercd and compared together, may be ^ Lute U
of great ufe for the right timing of the Evangelical 1.5.
Story. aUnde
Tertul
danus fenptum Lucx non invenufte vocat Digeftum hijmiaEvan-
gelha Chem. Harmon. Prolegom. c. I.
b Euf. b. Hijt. Ecclef. 1. 3. c. 18. And Nicepbir. Hill. Ecclef
2.r.45.
$. Finally though the Holy Ghoft could by one
and the fame contexture of words, have given us
D d d d d d
the
4?o
The KEY of the tibk.
cSub
concor-
diflima Q fi
ita did
pofit)dif-
lonantia.
Chemnit.
Prolegom,
in Harm.
Evan. c. I
d Auguft.in
Joan.
Tratl. %6.
in hit.
Tom. 9.
the Hiftory of Chrifts words and deeds, ("as cChem-
nitiuf noterh out of Gerfon, J yet not without fome
great myftery therein, he pleafed under a certain
Harmonim and concordlng diffonancy f If ^e may ft
fpeak.^) to excite the mindet of the faithful, to the more
humble and vigilant inveftigation of the truth, that ft it
might appear, the four Evangelifts, didnotfpeak by
mutual Conspiration , but by divine Infpiration.
Whence d Auguftine hath well obferved. They are
notfo much four e Gofpels, as one Gofpelinfoure Boo(;j.
The Summe and principal Scope of all thefe/o«re
Evangelifts is to demonftrate , That Jefus Chrijl
the fonne of the Virgin Mary, it that very Meffiah the
fon of David and Abraham, that feed of the woman,
from the beginnnng of the world prtmifed, typified and
fore-propheded of in the whole Old Teftament. This
demonstration may be comprized in fuch a Syllo-
gifme as this.
Wboftxverhebe, in whom allthePromifes, Types
and Prophecies of the Old Teftament concer-
ning the Meffiah are atlually fulfilled : he,
and he alone, U the true Meffiah. This Pro-
portion is undeniable ; for in thofe Promifes,
Types and Prophecies onely the true Me-
ffiah is defcribed, and revealed under the
Old Teftament in many particulars. Here
all the particulars of thofe Promifes, &c.
maybe enumerated out of the Old Tefta-
ment.
But in Jefus Chrift, the Sonoj 'the Virgin Mary,
all the pTomifes, Types and Prophecies, of
the Old Teftament, concerning the Meffiah are
atlually fulfilled. This Affumption is proved
by the Hiftory of the four Evangelifts, pur-
pofely declaring how they were accom-
plifhed in him particularly. Here the Scrip-
tures of the Old Teftament , mentioned
by the foure Evangelifts as fulfilled in Chrift,
may be enumerated out of all the Gofpels
clearely.
Therefore Jefm Chrift, Son of the Virgin Marj
and he alone, if the true Meffiah.
Seeing therefore this is the primary Scope of
thefe foure Evangelifts, to bring Cljrifi the onely
true Meffiah in their armes unto us, that we mishe
know him certainly •, believe in him onely; and be
favedby himcternaliy : with what defire and de-
light fhould we exercife our felvesin thefe Hiftories
night and day, that therein we might fpirituaily
kifs, embrace, adore and admire theblefied Babe,
JESUS ? Chemnit ius profeffeth * That he loved, *Cutn
even from hit tender age, the faving Hiftory of the life falutarem
and ails of our fweeteft Saviour Jefus Chrift. And HiftoriarjJ
What fincere foul, that ever truly tafted Chrifts /meet- de vita
nefiinyouthorage, can chufe but thinly himfelf in hea- &aftis
ven,whilehe reads and meditates upon this heavenly dulciffimi
Story > falvatoris
_ .... noftri
Jefu Chrifti a tenens amaverim. Chem. Prolegom. in Harm:
Evan.c. 1.
Befides thefe foure Evangelifts divers others have
witten Gofpels, faseHierome n„teth J both from cB.Hteron
Lukes Teftimony ; Luke 1. 1. &e. and from monu- Procem.
ments thereof remaining till his dayes : which Gof- in Mat.
pel ( fmh he. J were the beginnings of divers Herefies : Tom}9.
as that of the Egyptians: 0} Thomas: of Mathias: of
Bartholomew: of the twelve Apoftles, of Bafilides : of
Apollos: and of others whom it would be too long to enu-
merate : onely its necejfary to fay this at prefent : There
have been fome who without the Spirit and Grace of
God, have endeavoured rather to frame a Narration;
than to compile the truth of Hiftory. Thefe a nd other
fpurious, adulterate and Apocryphal Gofpels de- ~.
vifed by fubtiJe Heretiques, for the patronizing of
their Herefies, the Church rejetfs as f Eufebius, and fEufeb-
g Nicephoruif have long fince teftified. jfifl.
Ecc'lefiaji,
1, 3. r. 19. g Wceph, Hift, EcclefeeftJ, 2. e. 46.
MATTHEW.
47i
MATTHEW.
Sect. I. Name and Penman,
THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO MATTHEW.] TheEnglifh Word [ Gofpell
comes from the old Saxon word [ God-fpel ~] i. e. Goodfpeech. The Greek word
fignifies Good-ty dings, or a Good- Mejfage : This word Gofpel in New Teftament, isoffe-
veral acceptations j both in bad and good fence.
The word
Gojpel is ufcd
In bad fence, for a falfe pretended Gofpel, Gal. i. (5, 7.
Ti Generally for the Doftrine or promife of Salvation freely
J by Chrift to all that will believe. Thus the Gofpel is ever-
~x. Properly, J lafting,Rev. 1 4.(5. one and the fame under Old and New
and fo the «J Tertamenr, Gal.%.B.
word is ufed, ! 2. Speciallyfor the Doctrine of Grace, in accomplifhingthe
either promife by Chrift exhibited ; this is peculiar to the New
Teftament5.Ro?w. t. 1.2. iCor. 4.4.
2. In good fence,
and that ei- ed the Writing cf the*™ Athar.
Gofpel among the Hebrews in their Ton- ue, when Peter"1 Synopf.
andVuul preached tbeGifpd and founded a Church at P. *4*«
Rome.
472
M A T r H E IV.
Chap. I. to III.
c Eujeb, Rome, o Eu\ub':ws faith, Matthew bavin* preached- 1
H:ft Eccl.l. the Gofpel to the Hebrews and minding to go toother
3;. c 18. N.itions,wrote bis Gofpelin his own Countrey Language.
p Ktcepb. So alfo p Nicephorws, and q Augustine think.
Hift.Eccl.l. And r Hierome faith, M it thew in Judca ftrfi com-
2.c. 45 p fid the Gofpel of Chrift in Hebrew letters and words,
q Au, uft.de fr,- tkpm of the Circumcifion that believed. Which who
i"i:Jer,J. after transited into Greel^, is nit Sufficiently certain.
Etiatig. /.i. Further th.it Hebrew Gofpel is had to this day in tbeC&-
c 2. f. rem Library, which Pamphilus the Martyr moftftu-
1 o. //'-.''•. duujlymr.de; and I had liberty of coppying itout,grant-
Catttlog. edprom the K.i^ar&ans, who ufe tbii Volume in Beroea
Sa ip.Ecd. a City of Syria, &c.
7 /•;.!. and Eut notwirhftanding this opinionof divers anci-
P(£j*tjn enr and learned Fathers: Divers modern Writers,
4 Ev..iv. and thofe of no fmall learning and judgement diffent
l.)ip..7,- from them, and judge, that Matthew wrote not hit
i And.Ri- Gofpel originally in Hebrew, but in Greek, and that up-
vet.IJ.-g.ad onihefe grounds-. 1. The Hebrew Gofpel of Munsle-
Sacr.Scrip. rut his Edition is fuchfor language, as it isimproba-
c.8« St ft 4. bie it fhould be written by Matthew, or any other
skilful in the Hebrew Tongue, and Munjierut him-
confefies he amended it in many places. 2.The greek
Gofpel of Matthew was received as Anthentique in
thepurcft primitive times. Itiscertain f faith that
Learned f Rivet, J that even fiom the firft times
the Primitive Church uled Matthews Gofpel written in
Gyeek^ and , recounted theGreel^Text for Authentique.
A.hanaflusinSynopf. inviraMatth. writes, The Greek,
Expofitionwmmadeby James the brother of the Lord
according to the JJefl.: By John f/;e Evangelift, faith
TheopiTylr.il. By Luke and Paul, thinks Anafiafius
Serni. 8. in Genef. 3. The other Apoftles original-
ly wrote in the Greek Tongue, ('as then moft com-
mon) and that not onely promifcuoufly to all both
Jews and Gentiles, but peculiarly when they wrote
to the Jews . As Authour of the Epifile to Hebrews,
peter, James. And their Apoftolical funftion re-
quired then to write in the moft known Tongue, as
moft to edifying. 4. Matthews fiile plainly agrees
with Marks, differs not much from John's; and
thouch therein there be fome Hebraifmes, fo there
are in molt Books of the New Teftament. 5. Mat-
thew interprets Hebrew names by Greeks therefore
lie wrote in Greek not in Hebrew; as for inftar.ee,
xlmmamel, m Golgotha, v. Eli, Eli, Lamafabachtani.
6. None can certainly tell who fhould be the Au-
thor of :\\e Greekjvcrfion, if Matthew wrote in He-
b\ ew, it being tranflared into Greek by John the E-
vargelift, as fome ; By James, as others ; By Luke
andPrtw/,asohers:by Markji.% others are of opini-
on. Some/think that he wrote not in pure Hebrew,
but in-Syriacltj being the Dialeft then moft common-
ly uftd; and this opinion tends to deftroy the credit
and authority of Mathews Gofpel in Greek.
? Mar. 1. 13
» Mat.;-.
33- '
x Math. 27.
46,
fled*
in.
Thcnl.l.2.c.
Setf. IV. Occafion and Scope.
Matthew, having preached the Gofpel of Chrift
rr> the Hebrews, and being to depart from them to
preach the Gofpel toother people, upon this Occafi-
7 Eufib. °"*a3 ^ Ecclefiaftical Writers obfefve) he committed
■_ hisGcfpelro writing, that fo he might fupply and
..18 lit- 'comPcn'"atc his abfence from them, by his written
.lift Gofpel left with them ? whereby be helped the mc-
/ cell'. 2 J Ul0ry of his hearers , preached to thtin though ab-
feiir, and p reach cth yet ro all after ages, though
himfelf be dead.
Scope, To evidence to all, but especially to the believ-
ing Hebrews, ( with whom he had preached") that tbii
JefusCbnfl was the true MciTiah, the true promifed
c. tf.
*Mat.i. I.
feed of z David and Abraham, in whom all the Nati-
ons of the world fl>ould be bleffed.
Sed. V. Principal Parts.
L
Chap. I.
This Gofpel Hiftoryby Matthew principally de-
fcribes Chrift's 1 Birth, 2 Life, 3 Death.
CHRIST BIRTH, where are laid down t HU Pe-
digree, 2 The Manner of his Birth, 3 Hts Education iti
Infancy.
I. Chrift s Pedigree according the flefh drawn down
from David and Abraham of whom he defcended.
This Pedigree contains, 1. The Title or Infcription
of it, Ch. I. ver, l. 2. The Genealogy it felf, or the
feveral Generations in it, v. 2. to 17. 3. The fum-
mary Recapitulation or Enumeration of thofe Gene-
rations, ver. 17.
II. Tl)e manner of Chrift Birth, defcribed I. By the
Antecedents, v>\. 1 His Conception by the Holy
Ghoft during his Mothers Efpoufals, ver. 18. 2.
Hereupon Jofeph s minding to put her away privily,
fufpeftingher for fornication, ver. 19. 3. An An-
gel's fatisfying of Jofeph in a dream, about Maries
conception, that he might take her to wife, promi-
fing Chrifts Birth, forenaming him Jefus, and inter-
preting that name, U20, 21. 4. The end of all this,
that Scripture-Prophecies might be fulfilled, ver.22.
23. 5. Jofeph^ obedience in raking his Wife, and
his continency till Chrift's Birth, ver. 24, 25, II.
By the Concomitants ox Circumftances, accompany-
ChrifVs Birth, vi^.i. Place where Chrift was born,
in Bethlehem. 2. Time when, in Herods days, Ch. Chap. 2.
II. ver. 1. III. By the Confequents following his Birth,
vixj. 1. The wife-mens coming from the Eaft to
Jerufalem, to worfhip Chrift, having feenhnStar,
ver. 1, 2. 2. The trouble of Herod and Jerufalem,
hereupon, ver. 3. 3. Herods finding out by confut-
ing with the chief Priefts and Scribes, that Chrift
fhould be born in Bethlehem, ver. 4, $,6. 4. Herods
fending the wife-men to Betblebem,to find out Chrift
(^pretending himfelf to worfhip him J who were con-
ducted to Chrift by the Starre, ver. 7. to 11. 5. The
Wife-men's worfhipping Chrift, and giving prefents
to him,f.ir. <5. The! wife-men's departing into their
ownCountrey, ("being warned of God, Jnot return-
ing to Herod, ver. 12.
III. Chrisls Education in hit Infancy, I. in Egypt,
till Herods death, whither his Parents fled with him
a tGods appointment, for fear of King Herod, thac
fo the Scripture might be fulfilled, ver. 13,14,15.
This is amplified by Herods flaying all the Children
in Bethlehem, and thereabouts, from two years old
and under, that fo he might murther Chrift, ver.
16, 17. !8. II. In Nazareth ver. 19. to the end.
CHRISTS LIFE,W?:. not his Ptivatebm his Pub-
lique life ; which isprincipally defcribed by his pub-
lick Miniftry or Propbetick^ Office; Touching Chrifts
Propbetick_Office note 1. IhePreparationto it. 2. the
Execution of it.
l.Tbe preparation to Cbxifts Prcphetick^Office,viherc-
byl.Tbe people are prepared to be Chrilts hearers,
vi^. By the Miniftry of John Baptift, fas Chrifts
Harbinger J defcribed 1. By the time and place of his
Military, Ch. Hi. ver. 1. 2. By the fubftance of his chap -
Doftrine, fo . 2. Amplified by the Prophets teftimo- 5'
ny thereof ve i\ 3. 3. By hisfoodandraymenr,ver.4.
4. By the effect of his Miniftry upon them of 'Jerufi-
lemjindjudta, whom he baptized, inftrufting the
Scribes and Pharifees unto repentance, to whom lie
commends Jefus Chrift, as far furpalfing himfelf
both Perfon and Office, ver. 5. fo 13. II, cbiijl
hi tnfe I j is prepared for hispublick Miniftry, 1. By be-
ing baptized of John Baptift, ver. 13, 14, 15, 1 5.
2. By the Spirits ref ting upon him in form of a Dove,
ver. 1 5. 3. By his Fathers Tellimony of him from
Heaven^. 17. 4. By his temptation, the Devil tempt-
ing him in the mldernefs, to diflruft Providence;
On the pinacle of ths Temple, to murther himfelf; On
the Maintain to worfhip the Devil in Perfon; in all
which
ch
II.
Chap. IV. to XII.
M
T T li E IV.
473
which Cm ill" toiled the Devil, obtaining a fignal vi-
Chap.4. dory, Chap. IV. x.to 12.
I I. The execution of hi* Pro}betick_Ojfice. He re a re
declared
J. Mi beginning of bis tubl'icf^ Miniftry in Galilee,
where confider i.When he preached there, ver.
12,13. 2 Why, w'$. That the Prophecy might he
fulfilled, ver. 14, 15,10. 3. What was his doctrine
ver. 17. 4. Flow there he called Peter and Andrew,
Jamet and John, ver.\%.to 23. 5. How he confirm-
ed his Doctrine with miracles, ver. 23,24. 6. How
people reforted to him. v. 25. m
If. Mi Sermon nn the Mount-, where confider j.
TheOccafion. 2. The Subftance. 3. Toe Effect of it.
Chap.5. j. The Oecafion,Ch. V. ver , 1.
2. The Subftance of the Sermon it felf, wherein
Chrift I. Comforts all the godly, and particularly his
new called Difciples, againft all the miferics and
perfecutions in this life, with bleiTednefs promiled
them, both in this and the life to come, ver. 2. to 13.
II. Exhorts his Difciples by Arguments fet out in di-
vers fimilitudes, to preach pure Doftrine and live
holy lives, ver. 13 to 17.
III. Declares it The immutability of the Law,
which the Gofpel deftroyes not, bureftablifheth,
ver. 17,18,19. 2. The true fence and meaning of
the Law, that it requires not only external and cor-
poral obfervance in the outward man, (as the
Scribes and Pharifees corruptly taught, J but alfo
and efpecially the internal and fpiritual obedience of
the heart. And this is done, Partly More general-
ly, ver. 20. Partly More fpecially, in expound-
ing fome particular" Laws, vi^. 1 The fixth Com-
mandment touching murther, ver. 21. to 27. 2 The
feventh Commandment touching Adultery, ver.
27. to 33. 3 The third Commandment touching
(wearing, ver. 33. to 38. 4 The Law of Retaliation,
ver. 38.ro 43. 5. The Law of loving our Neighbour,
ver. 43. to the end of the chapter.
IV. Warns againft the hypocritical Pharifees cor-
ruptions in divers Religious duties-, directing withal
how they ought to be managed, vi^. Almes, Prayer
and Fafting. 1. Almes to be given, not with publick
oflentation, butfecretly, Ch. VI. 1. to $. 2. Prayer
to be made, not with open Oftentation, but private
Devotion, not with vain repetitions, but accord-
ing to the b Lords own Directory or Pattern of Pray-
er, 1zer5.ro 16. 3. Fafting to be performed, not
with hypocritical fhews, but with fincerity, ver. 16,
17,18.
V. Directs his hearers and us in them, 1. How to
lay up treafures, not in Earth, but in Heaven, ver.
19.20,21. a. How to guide themfelves and actions
by thee eye of the mind, enlightned, not darkned,
ver. 22,23. 3 To avoid covetous asking for food
and rayment, (diflwaded by many Arguments} and
primarily to feek Gods Kingdome, and his Righte-
oufnels Jefus Chrift, ver. 24. ro the end of the chapter.
4 To avoid cenforious perverfe hypocritical re-
proofs, Ch. VII. 1. ro 6. 5 To forbear propounding
holy things and Pearls to Contemners and Perfecu-
tors, ver. 6. 6 To afk neceffary good things of God
ver. 7. to 12. 7. To obferve that general golden
Rule of Jurtice, To do to others, 4s we would they
(houlddo to us, ver. 12. 7. To enter the ftrait Gate
of life with few, rather than the wide gate of de-
ftruftion with many, t/er. 13.14. 8. To avoid falfe
Prophets , though in fheeps-fkins, and to deteft
them by their fruits, verfe 15. to 21. 9. Toadde
true piety to a Chrirtian Profeffion , verfe 21, 22,
23. 10. Finally ,To do, as well as hear his words, v.
24. to 28.
3. The Effect of his Sermon, vi%. The peoples
aftonifhment and the Reafon thereof, verfe.
28, 29.
II 1. Ms Confirmation of hit Dolt'ine by Miracles,vi\.
Chap. 8, i.Clenfinga Leper with his touch, Ch. VIII. i.ro 5
2. Curing the Centurions fervant of the Palfie, by
his word, ver. 5. ro 14. 3. Healing Peters mother
Chap. 6.
b See the
LORDS
Prayer,
Expound-
ed in the
clofe of
this Sea.
c Calv.
Com. in
loc.&Di-
od.Annot.
Chap. 7.
inlaw of a Fever, by touching her hand, ver. 14. to
18. 4. C Having rejected a Scribe that would have
followed him, ver. 18, 19, 20. And commanding
a Diciple prefently to follow him, that made fome
delay, ver. 21, 22. as he was going to (nip J He
calmed the winds and waves with his word, ver. 23.
'028. 5. Carting Devils cut of two men poiTeffed in
the country of the (jergefens, permitting the devils, to
vo into an herd of fwinc, ver. 28. to the end of the
chapter* 6. Healing a Palfie-man with his word, that
heprefently carried his bed, ch. IX. 1. to 9. [Here CIlaP- 9>
among his miracles are inferred 1 His callirgof
M.ittherv, ver.$. to 14. 2 His excufing of his Di-
fciples, for not fafting as Johns Difciples did, they
beingbutas old garments and old bottles, too weak
for fuch auftere employments, ver. 14. to 18. j
7. Stanching the womans iflue of blood upon her
touching the hemme of his garme nr. 8. Railing to
life the Rulers daughter, tier, 18. to 27. 9. Rertor-
ingro twoblind men their fight by his word, ver.
27. to 32. 10. Carting cur a dumb Devil, ver. 32,
33, 34. This Paragraph is dbfed up witha gene-
ral condemnation of Chrirts Doctrine taught, and
miracles wrought round abour,i;er.35.
IV. Hit fending his 12, difciples top each totbehoufe
ofjfrael. Herearedefcribcci, 1. TheOccafion of ir,
vi^. The greatnefs of the harveft, and fewnefs of
the labourers, ver. 36, 37, 38. 2. The power of
miracles wherewith they were furnifhed, Ch. X. 1. chap. io.
3. The names of the 12 Apoftles, ver. 2. ro. 5. 4.
Chrirts inrtructions to them for the right managing
of their office, ver. 5. to 16. 5. The confolations
wherewith he arms them againrt all troubks and
perfecutions, v. \6.to 40. 6. Chrirts Promifes to
fuch as receive them, 1z.40.41, 42.
V. Mi preaching and ails in their Cities after he had
fent forth hii twelve Apoftles into Judea, chap. XI. Chap. it.
ver. 1. Many particulars whereof are mentioned,
vi%.
1. He anfwers John Baptifts Difciples quefliajl
about him felf, we. 2. to 7.
2. He preacheth to the Multitudes, fas Johns Di-
fciples departed J 1 Commending John Baptifi
and declaring him to be Elias that was to come, ver.
7. to 16. 2. Complaining of the Peoples perverf-
nefs, againft both John Baptifi and himfelf, ver. id.ro
20. 3. Upbraiding Chora^in, Bethfaida and Caper-
naum for their impenitency,izer. 20. to 25. 4. Com-
forting himfelf and his faithful Difciples againft the
fcandaloffo great blindnefs, izer.25,25, 27. 5. And
fweetly inviting all labouring and heavy laden fin-
ners to come to him, take his yoke and imitate
him , with promife of Soul's reft , verfe 28,
29, 30.
3. He vindicates his Apoftles Aft of plucking
the ears of Come and eating them on the Sabbath,
againft the Pharifees; proving it lawful, 1. By
Scriptu re- examples, Ch. XII. I. to 6. 2. Ey reafon, chap, iil
ver. 6,7,%. 3. By miraculous reftoring of a mans
withered hand on the Sabbath-day, ver. 9. to 14.
This is amplified, 1 By the Pharifees confultation
hereupon to deftroy him,ver. 14. 2 By Chrifls with-
drawing thence, and charging them that he healed
to conceal him; that fo the Prophecy might be ful-
filled, 1z.15.ro 22.
4. He heals one poffefled with a devil blind and
dumb, ver. 22. Consequents whereupon were, I. The
Peoples amazement , ver. 23. II. The Pharifees
blafphemy, faying, thathecaft out devils through
Beelzebub, ver. 24. Whereupon Chrift 1 Confutes
their calumny, izer. 25. to 31. 2 Pronounces the
unpardonableneflc of that their Blafpemy againft the
HolyOhofi, ver. 31,32. 3 Declares that evil hearts
are the fountain of evil words, which fliall at laft
judge men, ver. 33. to 38.
5. He refufeth to gratifie the Scribes and Pharifees
with any fign,fave that of the Prophet Jonas. Threat-
ning them, 1. With condemnation, 2. With final
blinding and obduration, ver. 38 to. ^6.
E e e e e e 6. He
.
74
m a r r h e w.
Chap. XIII. to XXI-
ch2F.i;
chap.14.
6. Hsdeclarerh the doers ofhis fathers will to be
deartohimashis Brother, Sifter and Mother, v. 46.
h the end of the chap.
7. Ke preacheth, I. Out of a flip to the people on
the flwe in Parables, Chapt. XIII. J, 2,3. Theft
Parables were 1. Of the lower, the feed and four
grounds, ver. 2,. to 10. which it amplified Pjrtly by
his reafons why he preached jh Parable;-, ver. io,ro
18. Partly by his interpretation of this Parable,
ver. 18. to 24. 2- Of the good feed and tares, ver.
24. to 31. 3 Of the grain of muftard feed, ver.31,
32. 4. Of Heaven, ver. 33. All this rhac the Scrip-
ture might be fulfilled, ver. 34, 35. II. To bit Dif-
ciples, the multitude being [cutaway, I. Expounding
the Parable- of the Tares ver. 36. to 44- **■ '&"««'«
more Parables to them, vfcr.. 1 Of the treafure hid in
thefield,ver.44. 2 Of the Pearl, ver. 4$, 46. 3 Of
aNct;expounded, ver.47.ro 51. '#■ Concluding!)*
Sermons, with an exhof ration of his Difciples, faith-
fully to difpenfe heavenly mjfleries, new and old,
kc. ver. <;i, 5:.
IV. Ha teaching and afts'tnkk own Country, ( *>{*•
Galilee, compare Mat. it,. 53,54. rtutt' 15.29. with
17. 22. and ip. 1.) ver. 53. 54. where
1. Hisf oiintry-men wereoffended at him, know-
ing his kindred, ver. 54. tor^e end.
z, Herod fuppoftd him to be John Baptifl, whom
he had beheaded, rifen from the dead, Ch. XIV. 1,
2. Thisis amplified by a Narration, l.Ofthecaufe
ot Johns beheading, ver. 3. to 13. 2. Of Chrifti de-
parture thence upon theoccafion,ver. 13.
2. Ke having healed tl eir fick, feeds five thoufand,
behdes women and children, with nve loaves and
t'v'.o fifties, ver. i4.r0 22.
4. He walks on the Sea to his Difciples,&c. ver. 22.
to 34.
5. He heals in Genefauet all that touched his gar-
ments, v. 34, 35,35.
6. He confutes the Scribes and Pharifees blaming
his Difciples for eating with unwafhdi hands, chap.
Chap. 15. XV. 1,2. 1. Reproving them fharply for tranfgref-
i'mg Gods Commandments by their traditions, ver.
3 tot:. 2. Inftructing the People and his Difci-
ples, that man is not defiled by meat from without,
but by heart-corruptions, from within, verje 10.
to 21.
7. He difpoueffeth the daughter of theCanaanitifh
woman, vet* 21. to 29.
2. Hehealerh many difea fed, ve\ 29. to 32.
9 Hefeedeth four thoufand befides women and
children with feven loaves and a few little fifties, ver.
^2. to the end.
10. He refufes to give the Pharifees and Sadduces
any Sign, but that of Jonas, Chap. XVI. 1. to 5.
1 1. He warneth his Difciples of the leaven ofthe
docirine of the Piiarilces and Sadduces, vetf. 5.
to 5$-
12. He upon Peters confeffionofhim, promifeth
the lure building cf his Church on that Rock, and
the Keyes cf the Kingdome of Heaven to Peter, ver. 13.
to 21.
1 3. He, begins to foretell his death at Hierufalem
to his Difciples, ver. 21. I. Sharply reproving i>e-
rerfordifiwadinghim from it, ver. 22, 23. 2. Warn-
ing all his Difciples to take up their erode and follow
him, ver. 24. to 28. 3. Promiling to his Apofllcs,
that they fhculd, before they die, fee Chrifl come
in his Kingdoms, vi\. after hi-, death, ver. 28.
14. He isglorioufly Tranffigured on in high moun-
tain before Peter, James, and John, to encourage
both himftlf and his Difciples againfl his Pallion, ch.
XVII. i.roo.
15. He declares John Baptil}, to be the promifed
, ver. 9 . to 14.
16. He heals the Iunatick which his Difciples could
not cure, ver. 14. ro22.
17. He again foretek his Paffion and Rcfurreftion,
ver. 22, 23.
18. He payee Tribute for himftlf and Peter, who
Chap. 16.
Chap.17.
take the monyoutcf a fifties mouth, ver. 24. to the
endof the chap.
19. He teaches his Difciples, fafking him who
isgreateftin the Kingdom of Heaven, J i- To be
humble andmoft inoffenfive to his little ones, Chap.
XVIII. 1. to 15. 2. How to deal with a trefpalfing
or offending brother, that he might be gained, ver. Chap. 18;
15.ro 21. 3. How oft we fhould forgive an offending
brother, ver. 21, 22, further clearing this by the Pa-
rable of a King, who had forgiven his fervant ten
thoufand Talents, but after punifhed him for his not
remitting to his fellow fervant his one hundred pencei
(hewing we fhould pity and pardon one another
much, feeing God pities and pardons us farre more,
ver. 23, to the end of the chap.
CHRISTS DEATH is fet forrh, 1. By the HI.
Antecedents, 2. The Manner, 3. The Confequents of
it.
I. The Antecedents, or things going before his death,
were 1. In hit journey from Galilee to Jerufalem, 2.
At Jerufalem.
I. In hit purney from Galilee to Jerufalem, through
Judea, where
1. He heals the diftaftd, Ch. XIX. 1,2. Chap.ip.
2. Heanfuers the Pharifees touching the cafe of
Divorce, v. 3. to 10. And withal inftructeth his Dif-
ciples what Perfons have need of marriage, ver. 10.
11,12.
3. He puts his hands upon little children, as be-
longing to the Kingdome of Heaven, ver. 13,14, 15.
He teacheth the. young man how to attain to eter-
nal life, who upon his Doctrine departed from him
very forrowful, ver. 16. to 23. whereupon 1. He
declares how hard it is for a rich man to be faved, v.
23, /027. 2. He promifeth to the Apofiles and o-
thers grear rewards , for forfaking thefe worldly
things for him, ver. 27. to the end.
5. Under the Parable of an Houfholder,hiring La-
bourers at feveral houresfor his Vineyard, &c. he
fheweth that all ought to be Labourers, and that God
mofffrreely both calleth and rewardeth, Chap. XX. Chap.:o.
1. to 17.
6. He the third time forewarnes his Difciples of
his death at Jerufalem, ver. 17 , to 20.
7. He teacheth his Difciples humbly to ferve one
another, and not to ftrive for Superiority, ver. 20.
to 29.
8. He recovers fight to twoblind-men,by the high-
way, ver. 29. to the end.
9. He rideth to Jerufalem on an Affe, with great
acclamations ofthe Pecple, all Jerufalem being mov-
ed at his coming, c/;. XXI.i.foi2. Chap,2i.
II. At Jerufalem, where
1. He drives the Buyers and Sellers out ofthe
Temple, ver. 12, 13.
2. He heals the difeafed, that came to him in the
Temple, ver. 14.
3. He juflifies the children crying Hofannah, a-
gainft the Pricfts and Scribes, verf. 15, 16. Thefe
things done, he went to lodge in Bethany, and return-
ing in the morning, he curfeth the fruitleffe fig-tree
by the way, ver. 17.ro 23.
4. He teacheth in the Temple, and being afked
by the chief Priefis and Elders, by what Authority,
He replies, 1. By propounding to them another
queftion, touching Johns Baptifme, ver. 23. to 28. 2.
By (hewing them underthe Parable ofthe two fons,
commanded to work in the vineyard , that the
Publicanes and Harlots go into the Kingdome of God
before them, though rhey made greater Profeffion,
ver, 28. 1033. 3. By threatningthem wirhthe loffc
ofthe Gofpel, (which fhould be given to the Gen-
tiles, ) under the Parable of an Houfholder, who let
out his Vineyard to Husbandmen, who rendred not
the fruits thereof, but abufed the fervants, and flew
his Son, ver. 32. to the end. 4. By foretelling f un-
derthe Parable of the marriage of the Kings fori,
when unto the ghefts refilled to come,&c. J the re-
jection ofthe Jews, and calling of the Gentiles, and
the
CI11
Chap. XXIf. to XXVIII.
u a r r h e w.
475
Chap. 24.
the punifhmenr of him chat wanted the vvedding-gar-
Chap. 22. menr,Ch.XXII.v?r. i.ro 15.
tbofe Anfwertof Cbtriftare further amplified by the
confequents hereupon,vi^ I. f/ii Adverfartet artcinpts
to entangle him in his talk, all which he fhunuech, As
iThePharifeesDifciples and the Herodians, about
the lawfumefs of giving tribute to c*far,v.i$. to 25.
2.The Sadduces about the doctrine of the Rcfurrccti-
on,i».23,ro 34. 3.TI1C Pharifees about ihe great Com-
mandementintheLaw, v. 34.ro4i. U.jefmhimfelf
I. Propounds a queftion to the Pharifees, touching
Chrift, how he could be Davids fon,and yet David
call him LORD/ which they could notanfwer, v. 41.
to the end. 2.Preacheth againfl the Scribes and Phari-
fees a fevere Sermon in the audience of his Difciples
and the mulrir ude,wherein 1. He directs the People
and his Difciples to follow the Scribes and Pharifees
good doctrine, but to fly their bad converfation,and
Chap. 23.- thisheurgethby divers Arguments, Ch.XXIII. v.i.
to 13. 2. Hedenounceth eight woes againfl them for
their hypocrifie and corruptions, v. 13 to 34* 3- He
prophecieth Jerufalem's dertruftion, for her con-
tempt of Chrift and his Gofpel, and perfecting the
Preachers thereof, ver. 34. to the end.
$. He preacheth his Prophetical Sermons privately
to his Difciples, not many dayes before the Paffeo-
ver, when he was betrayed, vi%. i.As they were
before the Temple, he Prophecieth, the Temples de-
ftruction, Chap. XXW.\, 2. 2. As they were on
the Mount of Olives , he Prophecieth, I. Of the
grievous calamities which ftiould befall the Jews, be-
fore the Temple's and Cities deftruftion,v.*3. to 15.
and of the wofulnefs of that deftruftion, t*. 15. to 29.
II. Of the coming of Chrift to Judgement, fetting forth
1. The manner of his coming,t/.29.to 32. a.Thecer-
taintyof his coming, and of the former judgments
upon Jerufalem, ver. 32.ro 36. 3. The time of his
coming which is wholly unknown to men or Angels,
but it fhall be when men are involved in deepeft fe-
curity,t/.3<5. fo4o. 4. The event of his coming, ac-
cepting fome, rejecting others, 1/, 40, 41. 5. The
duty of watchfulnefs and preparation incumbent on
all by reafon of this uncertainty of Chrifts coming , ;
urged by divers Arguments, v. 42. to the end. This
■watchfulnefs is urged and explained in two Parables,
vi^. 1. Of ten Virgins, taking their Lamps to meet the
Bridegroom, whereof five were not furnifhed with
oy Ie when the Bridgroom came at midnight, and fo
were fhut out : So when Chrift fhall come to be eter-
nally married to his Church, in a time unexpected,
all that are not furnifhed with grace fhall beexclu-
Chap* 25. AccX.Ch. XXV. 1. to 14. 2. Of a man travelling to
afarCoumry, and delivering feveral Talents to his
fervants to Improve agtinft his return, who at his
coming ewarded the diligent, punifhed the negli-
gent: S6 Chrift gives gifts or Talents to all his fer-
vants rhat profefshim, expecting they fhould im-
prove thtm, who at his coming will reward the
faithful improvers plentifully, but punifh the non-
improvers feverely,f. 14. to 31. 6. The Proceed-
ings of Chrift in the Iaft and univerfal judgement,
where are pathetically defcribed, 1 The Judge,
Chrift, ver.. 31. 2 The Parties to be judged; All
flat'oas, ver. 32. 3. The manner of his Proceeding,
in levering Sheep from Goats, and pronouncing of
fentence, 11.32. to 46. 4. The event or excution of
his fentence, ver. 46.
11. The manner of Chrift'i deathjs defcribed 1 .By the
mere immediate Harbingers or Preparatories to it. 2.
Bythe judicial progrejfe about it. 3. Bytheconfumma-
tion of it. And in thefe Chrift exercifeth his Prieftly
Office.
I. The more immediate Harbingers of Chrift'i death,
1. His own Prediction of his death near at hand,
Chap. XXVI. 1, 2.
2. The Confpiracy of the chief Priefts,Scribes and
Elders againfl: his life, v. 3, 4, 5.
3. The womans pouring an alablafter-box of ve-
ry precious ointment on his head, anointing him for
his burial, v. 6. to 14.
Chap. 26.
4. Judas his covenanting with the chiefPriefts for
thirty pieces, to betray him, ver. 14, 15, id.
5. Chrifl's eating Y.h laft Paffeovei with his twelve
Apoflles, ver- 17. to 21. A1: which i.Hc intimateth
chat one of them fhould betray him; and which of
them, ver. 21. to 26. 2. He inflitutcth rhe Lords
Si47.
8. Judas hisbecrayir.gofhim in the garden with a
Kijfe,ver. 47. to 57.
II. The Judicial Progrejfe about Chrifts Death, both
in their Ecdejiaftical and Civil Confiftory.
1. In their Ecdejiaftical Court, at Caiaphoi the
High-P-ricfls Palace, where cortfidcr 1. The many in-
juries he fuffercd,i'. 35. 3. They part his garmenrs,cafting
lots.i/.35.4.They watch him.^d.s.They fet his accu-
fation over his headyu. 37. 6.They crucifie two Thieve?
withhim,one on each hand, v. 38. 7.Paficrs by, chief
Priefts,Scribes and Elders, and the Thieves mock him
v.2,9,to 45. 8.Darknefs was over all the land from the
fixth to the ninth hour, ^.45. 9.Chrift cries aud com-
plains to God in his Defertion, v. 46. io.One reach-
eth him vinegar in a (punge to drink,i> 47.48,49. 1 1 .
Jefus Cryes again, and yields up the Ghoft, ver.$o.
lll.The Consequents of hk Death, viz.
1. Divers miracles upon the dead Creatures, by
which the Centurion was convinced that Chrift was
the Son of God, As the Vailt of the Temple rent, &c
v. 51.ro 57.
2. His burial by Jojeph of Arimathea, v, 57. to 62.
3. Thefealing and watching of his Sepulchre by
the Jewes, ver. 62. to the end.
4. His refureftion from the dead, 1. Declaredby
an Angel to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary,
Ch. XXVIII 1. to 9. 2. Confirmed to thefe women by Chap. 28.
Chriftsown appearing tothem, ver. 9,10. (After
which,tidings of his Refu rreftion,coming to the chief
Ptiefts, they with the Elders largely bribed the Sol-
diers to fay, That hit Difciples by night ftole him away
while they flept, y.ii.to 16. ^.Ratified, to his Difciples
by his appearing to them in Galilee,v.i6. 17. where
Jefus according to his Mediatory Authority, gives Com-
miffion to his Difciples to difpenfe the word and Sacra-
ments to all Nations ; promifing his daily Pre fence with
them to the end of the World. Amen.iw, 18, 19, 20.
AN
J
476
A N
APPENDIX
T O
M A T.T H E W.
VIZ.
The LO%T>S Trayer.
MAT. VI. ver.g.to 14.
i.j.7.
& 13.1s.
1 Pel.!., f.
c Pf.62.S.Si
f John '6.
2", 24, -6.
Hc'i.i }.«S.
: Pet.i.J.
5 ' Joh-5 '4
«■ [am. 5. ltf -
1 "iini. 2 I,
}.'
i Pf.J* 5,«.
J).in J 4.
4 I S4.11. 2. 1.
CO II.
i Mat 6.19.
in Luke 1 1.*
v ! ' ar- 1 1 .
Rom.8. :6,
0 Luke 1 1,
p M.il 1.5.
II.
if.
<7Prt}8.j.
6 67. M.
rPf.83 18.
6 »c.
.iik\ 10 1 1.
7 IT... 6 !.i-,
>8.
.1.1.
1 o, 1 1 .
2 Tlic },l
>' om.io.i.
-.",2».
I int. 8 .4.
Rev.j2.j0.
1 i. 8.
10 2 I.
.J. £>},
5>.
Z I Tor. 1 j
Pii^c it an d cjfcr/n^ a/> 0/ o«r e rfe/ue/ ro God in
_ the NameiofChrift, g according to hit will, for
bleffvigs upon our fetves or h others with i Confeffion of
fins , <*» k thankful acknowledgment of hit mer-
cies.
All thefe are in this Prayer of Prayers, ufually
called Tbc LORDS Prayer; becaufe the LordChrift
himfeif immediately framed it, and taught it to his
Difci pies, Partly at a Rule of Prayer, according to
which all their Prayers were to be made, and the
erroiirs of their Prayes corrected, I After this man-
ner pray ye. Partly as a Forme of Prayer, which
they might ufe in praying, m When you pray, fay,
Principal Parts \n this Prayer are 1. ThePreface
2. The Subftance of the Prayer. 3. The Conclujion.
ThePreface, r'efcibing God to whom we pray.
1. By his dear ReLtimto its, Our Father, therefore
inoft n willing to fuccourus or others, wirhorfor
whom we pray. 2. By his greatnefs and Majefty in
himfeif. Which art in Heaven. Therefore mofi 0 a-
bk- to hear and help all his Children : and moft juftly
to be p reverenced by them .
The Subftance of the Prayer, which isi. Petitory.
2. Gratulatory.
I Petitory, containing fix Petitions, .wherein we afk
thing* concerning i.Oid. 2*Du< fdvis.
In Prayer we are to mind and feek the things of God,
before, and more than our own.
I. Concerning God, we pentioniliree things,
1. That his Name, [ i. e. q All that whereby God
makes himfeif known to his creatures, as men are
known by their names ] may be hallowed j, i.e-f.That
he will over-power and or.ieraU things- for his qwn
r glory. 2. Thar he would enaJetrsand all hisehil-
drenro/"glorifichim in ail things.] Hallmtd be thy
Name. • .;
;. Tout his Kingdome may come, [i e. j^Uiat his
t K nd tine nf Power may be manifested in the de-
ft ruction of .Satan, and all Gods enemies. 2. That
\vi uKingdime of Gr:ictr maybe advanced, both in
yes and in all belonging to the. Electron of
gracr. 3. That the x Kingdome of Glory rrjay be
d, (bar rhc Elects happineflie may be y full,
Clir;i' ii ay \ rr-fign up rhc Kingdom to the Father,
and God may be-all in all. Thy Kingdome ro rne ,
3, that his will may be done in earth as it is in hea-
ven [i.e. That we, and all the Saints on earth, mav
1 Purely, 2 Cheerfully, 3 Speedily, 4 Univerfally,
SConftently: Keep, Do and Submit to his a will, as «Pl<'."*.
b Angels and glorified Saints do in heaven.] Thy will [£. 6.
be done on earth at it is in heaven. job*, l\ *
II. Concerning our fetves, we petition alfo three 2 SaV.'iy;
things, viz.. iy.
1. That all temporal blefftngs may be beftowed upon™3'-16 i9-
us, ours, and his. Give ttt this day our daily bread\*C*]- l°1'
[Herein 1. We acknowledge God thee Author and TcVn\i ,0
difpoferofall thefe things. 2 We defire them of 1 Tim" 44,^
himasameerrfgifc ofhis grace; [Give its.} 3. We dVev.Z-i?'
beg only e competent neceflaries : [daily bread] not ,8- Gen. 3*.
fuperfluities. 4. We pray only fo'r / prefent ne- \°ptnor ,305-/'
ceifaries, [this day,~] and that we may not finfully ?."
cark for future Provifions, becaufe we pray for them /Mattb.<$.j'+
only for the prefent day, and that every day.]
2. Tljat all our fins may be pardoned, And forgive m
our debts as we forgive our debtors. Here I. we confefi,
1. That weg have fins; 2. That thofe fins are £*Pf«!.w.»,
debts, to which, without Chrifls fatisfaction, Gods JyV3; 2-
eternal judgment is due. 3. That our felves cannot IJ° \9J
/fatisfie for them. II. We pray, thacinChrift thefe foR0m.tf.23.'
debts may be ^.pardoned, Freely, Fully, Daily. And Gen.1.17.
we had need to pray daily for pardon, for we fin/ with Co1-''
daily .our m faith is but weak, and our n afturance . „om .J0'
of Pardon but imperfect. III. Weprofefi we ought, ' 5"*,g.
and do forgive our debtors freely, fully and daily, \ Pf.ji.i,i.
their 0 wrongs, or injuries to us, ("though nor al- 7,9.
wayes the p damage Jwhencc we confirm our q hope D*r-»-'7>'8.
that God doth and will forgive us. /Gen Rom.7.23. 18. /"Mat. 26.35 and
69. to the end. Pfal. 103. 14. t lech. 3. U Jude 9. «Mat.
26. 41. x 2 Cor. 12. 7, 8, 9. y 1 Cor. 10. 13. 2 Pet. 2. 9.
Rom. 16. 20 z. 1 Chro. 29. 10. to 14.
II. Gratulatory
% i Chron.
39.10. to 14.
a l)an.94>
7,8.?,i*<.
Zealto tliat Praife we have afcribed unto God.^.Our ' r- '*>
d Faith and afiurancc that God will accept both our dKtr.i
Petitions and praifes.
(This may be fang as Pfal. 100. orX. Command. )
MAT. VI.
* Gr. whi
in the
Heavens,
9. Thus therefore pray yee.
ch /"\Ur Fathe r e which in Hea v'n (thy Throne')
y^JRefideft, Hallow'd be thy name
10. Thy Kingdome come.Thy will be done
On earth, ev'n as in Heav'n the fame.
1 r. Give ns our daily bread this day.
23. And unto us, our debts remit :
As we aIfofjrA.tr to thee pray.)
Our debtors fieelyf do acquit.
And us into Temptation
Lead nor: But us from ill deliver.
For thine is the g Dominion.
And,Po\ver,and Glory, ev'n for ever.
/Gr, <;o
torgive.
Z Or. King-
doms,
Amei
— »
MARK.
T.
Seft. I. Name and Penman,
HE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO MARK. So
denominated from Mark^xhe Penman of it,
MARK, Some derive from the Hebr. p"lQ Marak
a Probus. \. e. He bath ypolified, Compare
• Or. 12. 8
with Hph 4.
1 1.
q Ma'ffctf ,
SfttW'si/jHe*
IIs.7f»x}
«t/72< 7%
&re rU7f *
X.n?VTTO-
flflfkt \y-
fq&ipeos ,j-
eA>U
A Jv.
H*fef.l. 3.
c. I.
r Enfeb. F.c-
elef.Hi
c-U. & !.s.
c. S.
Ieb.
Hift.).*.e.iJ.
5>' Nicepb.
HTJt.1 re eC
U.i. >6.
r ct.lef.Mjri
U M.dcr.s
hvar£c!ii!»
lie-, Petti
rlif< 'fiilus,
Leviticus
r.<:ne:e &
faccrdi i. in
TjU hoc
fctiffitE-
v ., 'i c ! n> 'i>.
(in ferni-
•i ,- poll
Ma' ill i I'm,
cui Ircini:
u'. Leo, |iii
volat nr a
cuilai qui
difcii uc
}>OlTl(>
immolat u:
fjc-rdr S,
qui irrii; it
ill flitn en,
qui fl.rt'ci:
r.-.im : ChrU
Hus eren^m
A: ijuo lo-
quitur, ho
no nj e;i-
tlo. v r 'us
moriendo,
Leo fur
pendo A-
qttila eft
ofceiitlct do.
H er.Pr.sf,
in Hvang,
fecund.
Mjtc.l'om.
9-
x Hier. Ca-
talog.Script
1 -.'let.
T< m r.
; Nice h.
Hill Etcl.
). i.c.43.
_4?8
mon way of maintenance among tbem. and all them an-
t f.ier. Ca m ,■ 0f {fair living. To like purpofe alfo Hierom, t
f * u'°r' AM».M$n8 t/;e Gol> rf wfcfc/j he had writ, he went into
Egypr, and firft preaching Chrifi to Alexandria, he con-
firmed a Church; He was fuch for dzlirine and con-
tinencyof'life, that he compelled all the followers of
Chrifi to imitate him. And Ph'tlo the skUfullefi of the
Jews, feeing the firft Church of Alexandria,j« Judaic
ing, as it reeve, in pfdifedfb'k Nation, wrote a Book,
cj their conversation. And ,n Luke faith, Believers at
Jcrufalem had all things common. So he commemorates
what be faw done at Alexandria, »nww the difcipline of the
Law in it felf, and to undefiand the Divine Nature
in tbeflejh oj the Lord. Whofowes after Matthew, who
routes as a Lien, who j'oaresas an Eagle, who learns
as a man, who fttcrificeib as a Putfi, who waters as a
River, who flourifljetb as a field, who is hot as wine:
for Chrifi of whom he ffeakj, was a man in being bom,
aCalfe in doing, a Lyon in rifmg again, an Eagle in
afcending. This Mark, (as hex teftifyeth, Ja'/eci7/j
the eight year /-/Nero, and was buried at Alexandria,
Air anui Succeeding him. y Nicephorus faith, Marh\at
Ljl returned to Alexandria, wherehedwelt with cer-
tain brethren, freely preaching Chrifi. But there the
idol-worfbippersfudaenlymake force againft him, binde
his feet with ropes, and foin cruel manner drag him
through the City. His body therefore being daftieda-
fairftthe ftones, was exceeding cut, and thence blood
flowed out abundantly. Tuat done, they ftut the holy man
in prifon There the Lord appeareth to him, declaring to
him the fut ure gh ry. But forthwith plucking him out of
Prrp,n, they draw him through the ftreets moft barba-
loujly. And being dragged in this fort, heat Lift com-
mends his fpirit unto God. Mafter Foxe reports thus of
him, Mark the Evangel ft, and firfl Bifhop ofAlexan-
dria, preached the Gofpel in Egypt, and there drawn
with ropes unto the fire was burned, and afterwards
buriedin a place called there, Bucolus under the reign of
Trajanus the Emperour. But the time, place, and
manner of his death, wemuft be content to leave in
fome unccrtainty,the infallible Scripture being filent
herein.
Sect. IT. Ti/ne ivhen , and Language
■wherein Murf^ wrote his Gofpcl.
As for the Time when Marl^vtrote his Gofpel, (as
hath ^ formerly been mentioned, j ti was about two
years after Matthew had written his, as Writers
do conceive, though it be hard pofirively to deter-
mine lurein.
Touch'ne the Language wherein he wrote. Some
of the Papilis, ( as a li.ironius) thinks, Tliat Mark
not his G lipel inGieel^but in Latine, and that the
Oi iginal Copj « rcfervedat Venice, among the Reliqnes
of Saint M.nb.
Arfn\ Lucas bGerbard\m\\ well obferved, i. The
fameArpumeMS whereby it was c formerly proved
that Matthew wrote noc his Gofpcl in Hebrew, may
MARK.
Chap. I.
convince that Afar^wrote not his Gofpel in Latin.
2. Bariomts proves not this opinion by any Author of
fufficient credit. Damafens, whom heciteth, hath
many things fabulous in him. g. The Copy pretend-
ed to be referved at Venice, we leave among their
RomiiTi Rcliques-, wherewith thev delude the Am-
ple. 4. Bellarmine d himfclf (""who thinks that dMirco
Mark, ffrote bit Gofpel in Latine ai Rome, yet J in- vero li-
genuoufly confefleth, T))at it was turned intoGree\. brum La-
by Mark_hi>r,felf and at laft concludes, Therejore tine ab ip-
the whole Greek. Edition of the New Tvftament bath foMarci
thi Apiftles or Evangelifts Authors thereof Let us Roma-
therefore with the whole ft ream of ancient and mo- Icriptum
dtrn Orthodox Authors, eminent for Piety, Learn- el. e, ac
ing and Fidelity, receive and account only the dtinde ab
Greek Gofpel of Mark. Authentick ; efpecially eodem
when adverfaries themfelves fo far fubferibe there- Aquilcis
unto. inGrx-
cum lin-
guam convetfum, decet Adrianus, &c. Itaque Graca edin'o
f eflamenti novi univerfo Apoftolos, & Evangeliltas Authores
habet. BelUrmde verb. Dei I. 2. c.7.
Afl. and
Mun.vol.i.
!.i.p.-i-. See
See*. 1 1
v S*« Stft.
II en Mat.
a I' iro\
:. Anpt>'.45
h Geth
Cnii »lc
S|t r.
' I
• •'. '
1 14.
c ■ r
■'
Seff. III.' Occafwn and Scope.
The requeft of fome brethren »tRme, Is thought
to be the Occafton of Marks writing this Gofpel.
Hierome thus declares if, e Mark, the iifciple and e *>. flier.
Interpreter of ^ Peter, being intreatedof the Brethren at Cat at.
Rome, accordingto what he had heard Peter relate, Script,
he wrote a ftmt Gofpel, which when Peter had beard Eccl.in
he approved, and by bis Authority publ fl>ed it to the Marc.Tom.
Church to be re ad. -AsClementwrites, lib. 6. Hypo- *•
typofeoen. The fame for fubftance alfo is reported by fVid.Epipb
divers/Ancient Writers. Hxref. 5 1.
Scope, C As of Matthew. To evidence Th at Jefw Euf. lift,
is the Chrifi, the Promtfed MeiTiah : And to describe Eccl.1.2.
this Jefus Chrifi both in his life and death, in whom a~ c* 1A-> r 5»
lone finners are to believe for Salvation. Now as and I. 6. c.
Matthew before had done this more copioufly, So it.Nicepb
Markheie doth it more compendioufly •, noting alfo Hift.Eccl.
the feries and order of rhe Hillory ; and yet in fome '•a.r.Ij-
1 hings as in Chrifts Apparuion after his Refurretlion, &t'4-c
&c. Mark,h more full then Matthew. 33*
Sed. IV. Principal rarts.
In Marias Gofpel , An Hifrorical narration of
Chrifts life febap. 1. to Chap. 10. J and Death (C.h.
is 1. to the end J is orderly and compendioufly
laid down ; and therein how he difcharged his Pro-
phetical, Prreftly, and Kingly office.
CHRISTSLIFE f™>. his Publhk\ not his
Private Life J i; defcribed, Partly by the Prepara-
tion to ; Partlyby the Execution of his publick Mi-
niftry.
I. Preparation to his Publick.Miniftry, contains I. Tin
Preparation oj bearers for Chrifi by the Miniftry of
John Eaptift his Harbinger and forerunner, which is
fee forth. i« By Title or preface to it,and the «ho!c
Hiftory, the beginning of the Gofpel of Jefus Chrifi the
Son of God, cb.l.ver, 1. 2. By the Prophetical Pre- r,
diction of it, ver. 2,3. 5. By his Execution of it, CflaP,r'
verfe 4. 5. 4. By his fingular habit and dyet,
ver. 6. 5. By his fingular teftimony to Chrift, ver.
7,8-
II. The Preparation of Chrifi himfclf for Preaching to
his hearers, which was done. 1. By his Baptifme
of John, ver. 9. 2. By the Fathers fending the fpi-
and giving Tcftimony to him, whereby he wasboth
qualified, and approved for his Office, ver. 10, 11.
3. By the Spirit's driving him into rhc Wildernefs to
'sc tempted of Satan, that he might vanquifh him by
rhc Word, ver 12, 13. II. Execution ofchri^spub-
Hck. Miniftry in his Oracles he preached, Aits and
Mir a-
Chap.II. to X.
MARK.
479
Miracles he wrought, is declared and defcribed, as
1. Be/ore hit Ordination of bit twelve Apoftles. 2.From
their Odinatioti till their fub-M'ffton, or fending forth.
5. At, and after their Miffton.
I. Before Chrifts Ordination of hit twelve Apoftles,
we have divers particulars of Chrifts publick Mini-
ftry, as his, 1. Preaching in Galilee, ver. 14, 15.
2. Calling Simon and Andrew, James and John, ver,
i5.fo 2t. 3. Teaching in the Synagogue at Caper-
naum on the Sabbath day, ver. a I, 22. 4. Difpof-
feffwg a man of an unclean Spirit in the Synagogue,
ver. 23.ro 29. 5. Curing Simons wives Mother of a
feaver, ver. 29. ro 32. 6. Healing many Difeafes,
and cjfling ("out many Devils, ver. 32, 33, 34.
7. Preaching after he had prayed in a private place J
in the Synagogues throughout all Galilee, ver. 35.ro
40. 8. Clenfing the Leper,i>er. 40. ro the end. 9-Cur-
ingonefickofthePalfie, let down to him through
Chap.2. theroofofthehoufe, Chap. II. 1. to 13. io. Cal-
ling Levi. i.e. Matthew fitting at the receipt of cu-
ftome, ver. 13. ro 18. U. Apology for his Difci-
ples not fafting as jV.mr did, ver. 18. ro 23. 12. Ju-
ftificarion ofhis Difciples art of rubbing ears of corn
on the Sabbath, and eating them , ver. 23. ro the end.
13. Reftoring the mans hand on the Sabbath, that
Chap,3. was withered', Chap. III. I to 6. Amplified by the
confequents hereupon, viz. i.The Phari fees and Hero-
flfVrtWconfpiracytokill him, ver. 6. 2. His with-
drawing to Sea, ver. 7. 3. The great concourfe of
People flocking after him for healing , verf. 7.
to 13.
II. From hit Ordaining of his twelve Apoftles till hit
fending of them forth; divers other particulars of his
publick Miniftry are recorded ; As his
1. Ordaining twelve Apoftles; named, ver. 13. to
20. Amplified, 1. By the flocking of the multitude
afcer him/i/^. 2. By the ill conftruftion his friends
made thereof, ii.21.
2. Convincing the Scribes of their unpardonable
Blafpbemy againft the Holy Ghoft, becaufe they chal-
lenged malicioufly to caft out Devils through Belzj-
bub,v.22. ro 31.
3. Declaring the doers of his Fathers will,
to be his Brother, Sifter and Mother, verfe 2.1. to
the end.
4. Sermon on the Sea-fide out of a fhip, inftruft-
Chap.4. ing the people in divers Parables, Ch. IV. 1. 2. viz_.
1. Of the Sower, propounded, ver. 3. ro 10. Ex-
pounded to his Difciples, ver. 10. ro2i. 2. Of a
Candle not under a Buftiel or Eed, but on a Candle-
ftick ; thereby teaching the Difciples to impart their
others, ver. 21. ro26. 3. Of Seed growing up in-
fenfibly, ver. 26.ro 30. 4. Of a Grain of Muttard-
feed, ver. 30, 31, 32. with divers like Parables,
expounding all privately to his Difciples, verfe
5. Calming of the Tempeft at Sea, v. tf.totbe
end of the chap.
6. Difpofieffing a man of a Legion of Devils per-
mitting them to go into the heard of Swine, Chap.
Chap.5. V. 1. ro 21.
7. Staunching the womens iffue of blood, at her
touch of his Garments,as he was going to heal Jairw
his daughter,!;. 21 • to 3$.
8. Railing from the dead Jairut his daughter,v. 35
to the end.
9. Preaching in his own Country, where he was
Chap.6". defpifed,&c.O>.VI. 1. to 7.
Ill.ylr, and after hit Miffionor fending forth of his
twelve ApoSiles ; other arts of his publick miniftery
are declared, As;
1 Hisfcnding forth of his twelve Difciples to preach
and work Miracles, furnifhing them with power
andinfirurtions, v, 7.ro 13. This is amplified; 1.
By the Apoftles execution of their Commiifion with
fuccefs. v. 13. 14. 2. By the great fame of Jefut,
whom Herod fuppofed to be John Baptift rifen from
the dead , whom he had beheaded, whereupon,
tie whole ftory of Johns beheading is hereasina
parenthefis inferred, verf. 15. to 30. 3. By the
Apoftles return to Chrift with reports of their arts,
ver. 30.
2. His feeding 5000 with 5 loaves and 2 fifties, ver.
30. to 45.
3. His walking on the Sea, v.45 to 53.
4. His coming to Genefareth, and healing their lick,
v. 53. to the end.
5. His arguing againft the Pharifces Traditions,
where 1. Theoccafion hereof is noted,viz. the Pha-
rifees blaming the Difciples for eating with unwafhen
hands, Cfoxjp.VH. v, 1,2. 2. Pharifees and J:ws chap -
Tradirions are defcribed, v. 3. ro 6. 3. Their hypo-
crifie and laying afidc of Gods Commandements by
their Traditions, v. 6. ro 14. 4. He inftrufterh the
people, and after his Difciple9, what things defile a
man, v. 14.^24.
6. His difpofielfing of the daughter of the Syrophe-
nician woman, v.24. ro 3 u
7. His curing the deaf man that had an impedi-
ment in his fpeech, v.31. totbecrJ.
8. His miraculous feeding of 4000 with 7 loaves
and a few fifties, Ch. VIII. t. to to. ch g
9. His refufing to give the Pharifees a fign, ver. io
to 14.
10. His warning his Difciples of the leaven of the
Pharifees, and of Herod, ver. 14.ro 22.
11. His recovering of fight to a blind man, fpit-
ting on his eyes, &c.v.22.ro 27.
1 2. His prcdirtion of his own death and refurrc cli-
on to his Difciples confefiing him to be the Chrift,
ver. 27. to 32. Amplified. 1 By Peters rebuking
him for tliat prediction, vet: 32. 2 By Chrifts ftarp
reproof of Peter for it, ver, 33. 3 By his teaching
the people and his Difciples, to deny themfelves,
and take up their. Croffe for Chrift, ver. 34. to the
end. 4 By promising to fomeftanding there, a fighc
ofhis Kingdome coming with power, before they
dye, [ which was partly fulfilled by the effufian of the
Spirit on the day of Pentecoft, AUs 2. j Chap.IX. Chap.c.
ver 1. >
13. HhTransfiguration on the Mount, before Pe-
ter James and John, ver. 2.ro 1 1.
14. His inftrurting of his Difciples touching the
coming of Elios,v. 11.ro 14.
15. His Cafting out their Dumb and Deaf fpi-
rit which his Difciples could not caft out, ver. 14.
to 30.
id. His predirtion again of his Death and Refurre-
8ion, v. 30. 31,32.
17. His teaching ofhis Difciples. 1 To be humble,
by the example of little children, ver. 33. to 38.
2 Not to prohibit any from doing miracles in his
Name, ver. 38. to 41. 3 How dear his Difciples
were to him, ver. 41. 4 What care fhould be had
not to offend the little ones that believe in him, v.42*
$. How they fhould refiftthofe corruptions, that are
occafioned by, oraftedin, orasdearas their hand
foot or eye, v. 42. to 49. 6. How every one, that
he may be a fit Sacrifice to God, muft be feafoned
with fire and fait, v. 49. 7. How the Difciples,
and in them the Minifters of the Gofpel, are to have
fait in themfelves, and peace one with another,
ver. 50.
CHRISTS DEATH it defcribed, 1 By the an-
tecedents. 2 By the manner. 3 By the confequents
thereof.
I. Tiie Antecedents of Chrifts Death, may be confider-
ed, as 1 Before, 2 At, 3 After hit coming to Je-
rufalem.
I. Before Chrifts coming to Jerufalem, in his jour-
ney thither, He I. Argueth againft the Pharifees
touching Divorce, Ch. X. 1. to 13. II. Gives leave _.
to Jittle children to be brought to him, andblefieth L1|ap. Ij.
them, v. 1 3, to 17. Ill, Inftrurteth the young man,
how to attain eternal life, ver. 17. ro 22. which is am-
plified^ By his fad departure thereupon from Chrift,
ver. 22 2 By Chrifts inference hence; how hard
it is for rich men to be faved, verf. 23. to 28.
3 By
480
MARK.
Chap. XI. toXVi
Chap. 11.
Chap. 12
Chap.
Chap. 14
5. By Chrifh Protnifeto them chat forfake all for
him, as the Apoflles did, v. 28. to 3 2. IV. Foretels
again his death and refurre&ion at Jerufalem, ver.
32>33>34- V. Bids James and John, defirous co fit
one at his right hand, the other at his left in his glo-
ry, rather toprepareforcroITes andaffliftions with
him; and the Apoftles not to feek preheminence,
but to ferve one another, ver. 35.ro &£. VI. Gives
iight to blind Bartimem,ver .46. to the end.
II. At Chriji coming to Jerufalem, 1 He rides into
theCity uponaColt, with the peoples acclamati-
ons and Hrfanna's, Ch. XI. 1. to 11. 2. He views the
Temple( and after departs to Beth ante, ver. I.
III. Aft er Chriji s coming to Jerufalem,Hc
1. Curfeth thefruitleffe fig-tree going from Betha-
nie to Jerufalem, ver. 12.ro 15.
2. Purgeth the Temple of the Prophanations
thereof, ver. 15. to 20.
5. Promifes Tupon Peters obferving of the fig-
tree which Chrifl curfed)great things to faith, Extra-
ordinary in MiracIes,Ordinary in Prayer,^. 20. to 27.
4. Jurtifieththeauthorityof hisa&ions, by John
Baptifts Teflimony, ver. 27. to the end of the Chapter.
5- Fortelleth ("under the Parable of a Vineyard let
out to unthankful husbandmen J the deftruftion of
thejews,efpecially of their teachers, and the con-
version of the Gentiles, Ch. XII. I. to 12. Amplifi-
ed by the event, vi^. I. The Chief Priefb, &c. feek-
ingto lay hold on him, ver. 12. II. Their diversat-
tempts to catch him in his words,n/^.i.By the Pha-
fifees and Herodians queftion about paying Tribute
to Ctfar ,v.\-$.to i8-2.By the Sadduces queflion touch-
ing the Refurrcftion, 1^.18. ro 28. 3. By the Scribes
queflion about the firft Commandment, v.2%. to 35.
III. Chrifls queftion, howChrift could be thefon
of David,ver. 35, 2,6 , 37.
6. Warnerli hishearersof the pride, avarice and
hypocryfie of the Pfiarifees.i>, 38, 39,40.
7.Commendcth the poor Widow for her carting
her two mites into the Treafury,-y.4i. to the end.
8. Prophecieth, i. Of the deftruftion of the Tem-
13, pie, Ch. XIII. 1,2. 2. Of the grievous calamities
which flail precede, ver, 3.^14. 3. Of the griev-
ous ilege and deftruftion of Jerufalem, v 14.^24.
4. Of rhe Lords coming to the general judgement of
the World, v. 24. to 32. amplified by an exhortation
toconftant watchfulnefs, and preparednefs for his
coming, and this is urged by many arguments^/-.
3 -'• to the end.
II. The manner of Chriji death is fet forth. 1. By
the more immediate harbingers of it. 2. By the pro-
ceedings to it. 2. By the canfummation of it.
1. The wore immediate harbingers of Chrifis death.
were 1 The confpiracy of the Chief Pricfh and
Scribes againft his life, Ch. XIV. i, 2. 2. The wo-
mans pouring upon his head an Alabafter box full of
precious ointment, aforehand anointing his body
to the burying, ver. 3.7010. 3. The engagement
of Judas for mony to betray Chrift to them, ver. 10,
it. 4. The Celebration of his lafl Pallcovcr with
the twelve, ver. 12 to 18. Amplified 1. Partly, by
Chrifls foretelling them at Supper, that one of them
fhoild betray him, ver. 18. to 22. Partly, by Chrifls
Inflitution of his Supper, as they were eating, ver.
22.ro 26. 3. Partly, by the clofe of all with a hymn,
v. 26. 5. Chrifls foretelling them how they all
fhouH be offended becaufe of him chit night, and
particularly forwarning Peter of his three-fold deny-
alof him, v. 27.1-) 32 6. Chrifls Prayer in the
Garden ofGethfem.ine, that if poffi >le the bitter Cup
might pifs from him, yet fubmuting co his fathers
will, ver. 32 to 43. 7. Jain his betraying him pre-
fently thereupon with a Kifs, ver. 43. to 47.
II. The Jews proceeding in order to CtUift death,
vi^. I. Tiiey apprehend him, ver. 45. to 53. II.
They accufe and condemn him before the high Priefl
for Blafphemy,becaufe he faid he was the fon of Go J,
ver. 53. to 66. T'oiiit amplified, by Peters three-fold
denyal of Chriji in the high Priefts Palace, as Chrifl
foretold him, ver.66. to the end of the chapter. III.
They deliver him bound to Pilate, Ch. XV. i.where Chap. 15.
Chrifl is. 1 Examined, ver. 2. 2. Accufed by the
chief Prieftsyiw. 3. to 6. 3. Rejected by the people,
and Barabbas a mutherer preferred before him, v. 6.
to 15. 4. Scourged and delivered by Pilate, at the
mportunare clamour of the people, to be crucified,
v. i5.IV.TheSouIdiers afcer his condemnation great-
ly abufe him in the Hall called Pr-ttorium, ver. 16. to
20. V. They lead him out to be crucified, compel-
ling Simon to bear his Crofle after him, v. 21, 22.
III. The canfummation of hit death in Golgotha, de-
fcribed in many particulars; As 1 They give him
wine mingled with myrrhe, ver. 22,23. 2« They
crucifie him at the third hour, parting his garments,
caftinglots, putting the fuperfcription of h'naccu-
fationover hishead,and crucifying two theeves with
him, ver. 24.ro 29. 3. By-ftanders and the Chief
Priefts mock him, ver. 29.7033. 4* Darknefs was
over all the land, from the fixth to the ninth hour,
v, 33. 5. Chrifl cryes out to his father in his Defer-,
tion on the Crofs, whereat (Tome thinking he cal-
led for Elias") one gives him vinegar in a fpunge, to
drink, v. 34. to 37. 6. Chriji crying again with a loud
voice, yeilds up theghofi, v. 37. the veileof the Tem-
dle rending, the Centurion confeffmg him to be the'
Son of God, and the women that miniftred to him
looking on afar off, ver. 38. to 42.
IV. The conjequents of Chrifls death, vi^. I. His
bodies Burial by Jofeph of Arimathea, ver. 42. to the
end. II. His Refurreclhn, declared by an Angel to
three Women coming to the Sepulcher when the
Sabbath was paft, Ch. XVI. i.fo 9. III. His Appari- dlap. t$m
tion after his refurrcftion ; 1. To Mary Magdalen, v.
9, 10, 1 1. 2. Then to two going into the Country,
v. 12. 13. 3. Afterwards to the Eleven, 1 Upbraid-
ing them for their unbelief and hardnefs of heart, v.
14. 2. Giving them general CommiiTion todifpenfe
the Word and Sacraments to all the world, with
divers promifes annexed, ver. I5.r0 19. IV. His
afcenfion into Heaven, v. 19. V. His Seffion at Gods
right hand, ver. 19. VI. His Cooperation with, and
Confrmatitn of his Apoflles miniflry, ver. 20.
LUKE.
48 1
LUKE.
Sedc. I. Name and Tcnman,
T
He Gofpel according to Luke | This Book is
fo denominated from Luke, Penman of
it.
Luke, fome a account an Hebrew name
a lien. Dpi / Loleam, which fignifies To-bim-the-
Alfted. RejurreMon, vif. To him the Refurreftion of Chrift
Pracog. was made known,perhaps from the opinion of b The-
Jheol.l.2.c ophylatl; who thinks Luke was one of the feventy
125- Difciples, and that Chrift afcer his Refurreftion,
b Hifi.Ec- firffc appeared to Luke and Cleophat. But this is lefs
clef.Magd. probable, i. Becaufe Luke himfelf intimates that he
Cent. Ul. 2. wrote this Hiftory of Chrift according as things we*
c.io. deliveredby them c which from the beginning were eye-
c Luke l. witneffes and M'-nifters of the Word, &c. 2. Becaufe
1,2,3. Chrift ^firft appeared co Mary Magdalene after his
<^Mar. i<$. Refurreftion-, afterwards to the two Difciples. And
9, 12. Ambrofe faith it was one Ammaon, that was with
e Hifi.Ec- Cleophas, but that is e uncertain. Hierome taking
clef, Magd. Luke for an Hebrew name, interprets it,f He-rifing ;
quofupra. Becaufe Luke rifingup, if daily increafed, awd makes
f 'Lucas ,?/>/<-' Progrefs, while]} the world it filled with hit Oofpel ; and
confurgam. beat often encreafeth, at being heard and read he edi'
Qui per fe fyeth. But others take Luke or Lucas to be original-
ipfe confur- ly a Latine name, the fame with Lucius : both deri-
gens quoti- ved (a Luce Oriente,i.e.J frorn the rifing light, or
dieaugea- morning light. Thefe names being ufually impofed
tur, pro- on them that were born in the morning about Sun-
ceffufque rifin?: but enough of this name,
habear, Who Luke was, is more confiderable. For his
dum ejus Country he hg thought tobe of Antioch in Syria,both
Evangelio by Hierome, Eufebiut and others. For his Parents,
orbisim- probably they were honeft and prudent, Lukebciag
pletur : & fo brought up by them in literature. For his parti-
totiescre- cular calling, he was a Phyfkian. h Luke the belov-
fcit,quc- edPhyfidan, of whomi Hierome elegantly; Luke the
ties audi- Phyfician , wh) f having hit Oofpel and the Alls of
tus & Je- the Affiles to the Churches ,J as the Apoflles of Fibers
Aus aedifi- ofF'/jbes,were made Fibers ofmen,ofa Phyfician of bo-
at. Rier. dies turned Poyfiti an of fouls, Of whom alfo in another
Coman place J have fent with him the brother, whofe praife
Philem.v. is in the Gofpel throughout all theChurches -.whofe
ult.Tom. 9. Book, fo °ften & '* bread in tbeChurches;fo often hit Phy-
g Hieron. it continued and imparted to them. As Paul followed
catalog.de his Tent -making, fo Luke followed his employment
Script. Ec- of Phyfick, even afcer admiffion Fo the publick mi-
ckf.Tom.i. niftry,that the Churches might not be burdened,
Eufeb. nor any advantage taken againft their Miniftryby
Hi ft. Eccle. falfe Apoftles and Seducers. By k.Nicephorui , he is
1.7, c.4. fuppofed to be alfo an excellent Painter or Limner,
hCol.4.14 and that he drew in colours the Pictures of Cbriii,
/EtLucam Mary, Peter, Paul, and other Difciples. But
Medicum, more ancient Hiftories fpeak nothing hereof ; and
qui Evan- perhaps the 1 Art of Painting it afribedto him, and
gelium Si the drawing of thife pittures,(as the Centuriators ob-
Aftus
Apoftolorum Ecclefiis derelinquens, quo modo Apoftolide Pi-
fcacoribus Pifcium, Pifcacores hominum fafti func : ita de medi-
co corporum, in medicum verfus eftanimarum: dequo & in
alio loco : Mifi. inquit, cum iUofiatrem cu)us law eft in Evangelio
per omnes Eccle fiat, cujus liber quoriefcunque leqicur in Ecclefiis,
tociesejusmedicina nonceffar, Hieronym.Cim.in Philem.v. ult.
Tom.ci. k Niceph. Hift.Ecclef. lib.S.c. 16.& I. 1 5. c. 14.& /. 2.C.43.
1 HiS.Ecdef. Magdenb.cen.\.l.2.c.i5.
fcrve ,_) becaufe he doth fo accurately and to the life de'
fcribe the Virgin Mary, and Jefus Chrift in bit Birth,
Life and Death, in hit Oofpel; at alfo the Apoflles, espe-
cially Peter and Paul in the Alls, as if they had been
reprefented to our very eyes. Luke in all likelihood
was a good Scholar, otherwife he could not have
been a Phyfitian, which neceffarily prc-requires fome
competent kuovvledge in Natural Philofophy. That
he wasmoft skilful in the Greek Tongue, not onely
m Hierome teftifies, but alfo his very Language and.
Stile clearly cvfdencech-, whereupon faich nCaufa-
bon, It U kpown to the Learned, that Luke obferved a
more pure Hellenifme, than the reft of the Evangelifti.
For hit fpirituaU ; He is 0 thought to be convert-
ed by the Apoftle Pd«/ at Thebes, where became to
him, aud was added to Chrift, but whence Nice-
phmtt had this information is uncertain. This is
certain, p he was a faithful and ccnflanc-
con pinion; of the Apoftle Paul, who forfook
him not, though in bonds at Rome, and that when
others left him. He was moftdear to Paul, who
ftiles him q Luke the beloved Phyfitian, and he elfe-
where ranks him among his r Fellow-labourers in the
Gofpel. Whereupon Iren&ut fairh, f Luke wot an
ivfeparable Companion o/Paul, and hit Fellow-labourer
in the Gofpel. And t fome of the Antients think,that
Luke is intended by that brother, whofe praije it in the
Gofpel, throughout all the Churches, 2 Cor. 8. 18.
Though Chryjoftome thinks it was Barnabas, to whom
u Calvin fubfcribes. Thus Tertullian fpeaks of him
x Lu\e, not an Apoftle, but an Apoftolical man; not the
Mafler, but the Difciple lefs than the Mafter, certain-
ly fo much after, at he it the follower of Paul an after-
Apoftle. Thus Hierome defcribes and commends him,
y Luke the Phyfician of Antioch, at hit writings de-
clare, not ignorant of the Greek, tongue, the follower of
the Apoftle Paul, and Companion of all bit travel. He
wrote the Gofpel, of which the fame Pau\ [aitb: We
have fent with him the brother, whofe Praife is in
the Gofpel throughout all the Churches. And to the
Colojjians, Luke the beloved Phyfitian falutesyou.*
And to Timothy ; Onely, Luke is wich me. He pu-
blifhed alfo another excellent volume, entituledTH E
ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, which Hi fto-
fttry comes even to Pauls twoyears abode at Rome, viz.
Tothe fourth year of Nero, whence we underftandthat
Bookjwas compofed in that City. Some fuppofe as
oft as Paul faith in bit Epiftles, (according to my Gof-
pel,j he understands it of Lukes Volume: and that
Luke learned not his Gofpel onely of the Apoftle Paul, who
was not with Chrift in the fiefl), but alfo of the other A-
poftles, which in the beginning of his Bookjie Declares,
faying, As they delivered unto us, whofrom the be-
ginning were eye-witneffes and Minifters of the
Word.Tberfore he wrote theGofpel as he beard,but com-
pofed the Alls of the Apoftles ashefaw.Uccxerc'tfed
his Miniftry fjas Pauls fellovv-labourerjin ^ all thefe
places, where he travelled with Paul, both in his
journey from a Philippi, ^ City of Macedonia to J e-
rufalem,znci in his travels from b Jerufdem to Rome ;
in the former whereof Paul was ar liberty, in the
lacrer in bonds. After Pauls deceafe, as c Epipba-
nittt thinks, he preached the Gofpel, net only in
Macedonia and Italy,b\xt alfo in Dalmatia and France
His death is varioully reported- d Dtfoth&Ht thinks
he died at Epbefus. Hierome fait h , e He lived eighty
0 ggggg four
m Hiero.
Com.in Ifa.
6.Tom.$.
nCaufab.
Exerc.2.c.l
o Niceph.
Hift.l.2.c.
43-
p 2 Tinj.4.
io,ir.
^Col.4.14.
>• Phil.24.
fLen.adv.
Haref. I. 3.
c. 14.
t Hieron.
Com. in
Philem. v.
ult.Tom. 9.
« Calv.
Com.in
loc.&Pff-
cat.in loc.
x Porro
Lucas non
Apoftolus,
fed Apo-
ftolicus;
non Ma-
gifter, fed
Difcipulus
utique Ma-
gi ft ro mi-
nor,certe
tantopo-
fterior,
quantopo-
fterioris
Apoftoli
Seftator,
Pauli fine
dubio,&e.
Tenul adv.
Mar don.
I. 4.C. 2.
y Hieron.
Catalog.
Script.Ec-
clef.Tom.u
^ Mentiond
in Acts. 1 6y
Sec
a Afts 2-).
6'<&2l.\t,.
£ Acts 27.
1.&28.16.
ch'ifl.Ec-
chf.Magd.
Cent. 1.L2.
c. 10.
dHen.M-
>rxcog
Tlicr-I 1.1. c.
'M.
fHier.c. ital.
strp;.H.c.
c'ef. [ o.r. i.
4
82
L V K E.
f Nice ph.
Hift. Eccl.
* r Fides
fit penes
Author cm)
£ Bier,
adver;.
Vigilant'/-
um, Tom.2.
b 2 Cor. 8.
18.
i Vid. Hift
Eccl.
Magdeno.
Cent. I. 2,
c. io.
k_Hier.
Proxm. in
Com. fuper
Mitt. Tom.
9-
/ D.Pareui
in Proxm,
in Mattb.
Sett. 2.
m Nicepb.
Hift. Eccl.
1.2 e.43.
nCom^are
Luke 1. 3,
4. with
Acts I. !.
0 Luke 1.
1 ,2.
p Eufeb.
H'tft. Eccl.
L 3. c. 18.
(jLulci.
3,4-
jour years, having n« W//e, was buried at Conftanti-
nople, to which City in the twentieth year oj Conftan-
tius bit bones with the Reliques oj Andrew the Apoftle,
were tranflated from Achaia. Nicepborut reports of
hiin ; / To at having been before with Paul at Rome,
he returned into Greece", illuminating many with the
Light oj divine Dotlrine and Knowledge, and at laft by
the Contemners ojGods Word being hanged on a jruitjul
Olive-tree, becaujc they wanted dry woodto make a
Gibbet oj, be commended bit jfirit unto God, having
lived, C as ufaid,~) eigbtyyears ; * where bit body was
among many other Monuments buried, it ffiewed by the ,
Prayers of the jaithjull. For Godjent downjrom Hea-
ven wholejome eye-jalve upon hit Monument, in token
( I thinly J oj his cure andhealing; whence bit Sepul-
chre was known of all the faithful. Hierome faith,
That gConji amine tranflated the Reliqaesoj Andrew,
Luke and Timothy to Conltantinoplc, at which the
Devils roare, <&c. Thus even in thofe times they
began to deal fuperftitioufly with the Saints dead
bodies. Eut enough of the Defcription of L-ukj the
Penman.
Seel. II. Time when Luke wrote.*
Luke penned two excellent Books, vi^. The Hi-
ftory of Chi ill in the Gojpel ; and the Hiftory of the
Primitive Church cf Chrift in the Ails of the Apoftles.
The Afts he penned probably as he was with Saul at
Rome, in bonds, for that Hiftory is thought to have
penned before ; viz.- whileft he accompanied Paul
at liberty, travelling and preaching in Macedonia and
Afia. For in the h iccond Epiftle to the Corinthians
he makes mention ( as iClaflick Doctors think J of
Lukes Gofpel. h Hierome faith, He wrote hit Gofpelin
in the parts oj Achaia and Bceotia. And / Parens
noccth out of Theophylall, f and faith it is the com-
mon opinion of Fathers and Hifioriaus, )That Mat-
thew wrote in the ninth year after Cbrifts Afcenfion,
bUsk two years /i/w, Lukein the fifteenth year, and
John in the thirty fecondyear •■, which opinion in a thing
fo indifferent we may follow, till we can meet with jome-
thing more certain.
Seer. III. Occahon, Scope and Excellen-
cy of 'the Hiftory.
Oecafton of his writing, both his Gofpel ani the
Acts, m Some fay was the appointment of Paul;
ihatsdoubtfull. Probably the requeft of Tbeopbilut
C fuppofed to be fome eminent Senator, ) to whom
he n directs both his Gofpel and the Alls. Though
fome take this name Tbeopbilut for any godly man,
Lover oj God, Luke himfelf clearly fets down one 0 oc-
cafion, vi\. The unfuccefsful attempts of many who
wrote falie Gofpcls. ' Whereupon faith p Eufebius,
c Luke in the beginning ofhis Gofpel propouuds the
' Caufe,why he fet upon the coir piling of it : to wic,
' becaufe manyothcr had imprudently and inconfide-
' rately atrempted a Declaration of thofe things, of
' the truth whercoihc had perfect knowledge; and
'as it were compelled thereunto by ncccfiity, he
'withdrawes ustrom opinions which among others
' were doubtful and controverted ; manifestly deli-
« vering in his Gofpel, a certain and fure explanation
' of thofe things the truth whereof he had abundant-
♦ ly undcrllood, partly by his familiarity and cuftomc
'with;'.;.//, partly by his frequent Conference with
' the reft of the Apollles.
Scope of this Hiftory, f hefidesthe general aim of
all the Evangelifh formerly intimated from John 20.
al. Stake as Iblloweth. Luke fecms particularly to
ir.tcr.d the fi'pply of what others had omitted; and
to record thinks q fronj the vervfirft, and that me-
thodically in order ; that Tbeopbilut might know the
certainty of things wherein he had been instructed.
Chap. I.
Nor is it to be neglected, which fome fay, w%. rrD'tcd.
That Lukefeems to have compiled tbit Evangelical Hi- Argument,
jtoryfor the ufe of the Gentile-Churches, for whofe uje of Luke,
the Apolile, (vi\. Paul whom he flil! accompanied, )
was-efpeciaity appointed: having to tbat end indited it
tn a ftile, which retainetb the character and property of
tbepure GreekjTongue, morethenthe reiiofthe Evangs-
lijls.
The Execllency of this Gofpel therefore ("4 s it is im-
plyed in all the Promifes J is very remarkable. For
!• The Penman Luke was not onelyvery learned,
but fingularly pious, a great lover of Paul, whom he
conftantly accompanied not onely in his Profperity,
but in his greatest adverfity, in bonds and prifon at
Rome, till the laft; and in the midft of all the fhow.
ers of Perfection that fell upon Paul, it is fcarce
probable but that fome drops fell upon Luke his dear
AfTociate. 2. The Language of Luke is more compleac
accurate and eftgant, thetiofthe reft. Lw^ewasan
expert Grecian. 2. The Gojpel of Luke hath been
moil anciently received by the Church as Authen-
tique,and indited by the holy Ghoft, and never con-
tradicted, yea hath bin had in lingular eftimation. 4.
But efpecially this Gofpel of Luke furpaffeth, (" as //Things
Jren&ut and divers other t Writers have well obfer- Recorded
vedJ Partly in the many praticular Hiflories and by Lulg,
notable Circumftances therein fupplied, which none which are
of the other Evangelifts have recorded, nor fhould not found
we ever have known them without Lukes Gofpel. in the
Partly in the continuation of the Story of Chrifts other
Refurireftion and Afcenfion, and the State of the Eva"ge-
Primirive Church for many years after, in the times lifts-
of the ^potties; and this in the Afls of the ApoSlles lren&ut
written alio by him. hirnfclf
thus
reckons up, ('"to which many more might be added. J Many
and necejjary things ojthe Gofpel we have kvown by Lu ke ; As John
Baptifls Generation ; The Hiftory of Zacharias ; The Angels coming
to Mary ; Elizabeths Exclamation ; The Angds descending to
the fl>epherds and the things ff>ok?n by them ; The Telhmonyof
Anna WSimeon touching Chrift: Hit being left at Jerufalem be-
ing twelve years old, &c. Irenacus adverf. Ha'ref. 1-. 3. c. 14.
where the Reader may fee many more particulars enumerated
rS.ee alfo Lukes additions enumerated by the Madenburg.
Cenruriators. Cent. I. /. 2. c, 10. but efpecially by Pifcatorin Pr&-
fat. in Luc. in quarto, who hath notably gleaned them up out of
Lukes whole Gofpel.
1
Seel. IV. Principal Tarts.
In Lukes accurate Evangelical Hiftory, we are to
confider, 1. The Prejace, 2. The body of the Hi-
jhry.
i. THE PREFACE to the whole Hiftory, 1. De-
Jcribingthe caufesof Lukes writing, vif. I. Impul-
five, the falfe or unfaithful attempts of many, not
acted by the Spirit of God in writing, whofe errours
were to be corrected by a true Narration. 2. Final,
that Tbeopbilut might know the certainty of things
believed. 11. 'Commending this enfuing Hiftory from
1. The truth of it, delivered by them that were eye-
wit neffes and mini ft ers ojthe Word. 2. The method of
it; in Order. %. The perfeltion of it, having had per-
fect undemanding of all things from the very ftrft,all
this in Ch. I. ver. i.to $.
II. ThcBODY,orSUBSTANCE OF THE
HISTORY itfelf, which principally containsa
Narration of Chrifts, Birth, 2. Lije.und^. Death.
CHRISTS BIRTH is defcribedby the I. Antece-
dents, 2. Manner, and^.Confequents thereof.^
I. The Antecedents, or things going bejore Chrifts
Birth, were 1. The conception of John Baptift ; 2.
The conception of Jefut Cbriil. 3. The Birth oj John
Baptift.
1. The conception of John Baptift Chrifts fore- run-
ner, andfirft puhlick wirnefs. Where not, 1 The
time when this came to pafs, in thedayesof/AW.
King
Chap. H. III.
L V K E.
483
Chap. 2.
Klngoijudea, ver.$. 2. His Parents of whom he
defcended, ver. 5,5,7. 3. The promifc of John's
Birth and Office, by an Angel appearing to Zacha-
riah in rhe Templets he was in his Order executing
the Prierts Office,and burning incenfe,which promife
was confirmed by a fign, vi%. Zacbarlas his dumb-
nek,v.8.to 24. 4. The conception of it felf,v.:4,25.
2. The Conception 0/ JESUS CHRIST himfelf. Where
art described, The Antecedents, The Conception i t fclf,
fy the conjequent events- l.Toe Antecedents,corm'med
in the Angels promife of his conception, vi^- i.Timc
when, in the fixth moneth after John Baptifts con-
ception, v. 26. 2. Place where, in Nazareth a City of
Galilee, ver. 26. 3. TheMeffenger revealing theft
tidings from God, the Angel Gabriel, ver. 26. 4. The
Perfonto whom he was fent, to the Virgin Mary,
ver/t2j. 5. The conference betwixt the Angel and
the Virgin Mary, containing the Angels, 1. Saluta-
tion of her, ver. 28, 29. 2. Promife of conception to
her, foretelling the Name and Office of her Son that
fhall be conceived, ver. 30. to 34. 3. Inftrtiftion of
her about the polfiSility of her Conception, ver. 34.
To 38. II. The miraculous conception it felf, as Mary
affented to the promife, ver. 38. III. The confequent
thereupon, vi^. Marys going fpeedily to vifit her co-
fen Elizabeth mother of John B-tptift, which is de-
scribed 1. ByM,ir/escoming\o Elizabeth and faluc-
ing her, ver. 39, 1040. 2. By the effefts of Maries
prefence and falutation upon Elizabeth, vi^. 1. Her
babes leaping in her womb, 2. Her own Prophecy-
ing, wherein fhe congratulates Maries happinefs, and
confirms her faith in the Angels promifes, ver. 41 . to
46. 3. By Maries Heavenly exultation and joyful thanks-
giving to God for his great mercies to her felf, to Eli-
zabeth, and xolftaeUver. 46, to 56. 4. By the time of
Maries abode with Elizabeth, ver. $6.
3. The birth of John Baptiftti defcribed, 1. By the
time thereof, vi^. at Elizabeths full time, ver. 57.
2. By her friends congratulation at Gods great mercy
toher therein, ver. 58. 3. By the circumcifion of
the child the eighth day, ver. 59. 4. By the impo-
sition of the name, not Zacharias but John v. 59.ro 64
5. By the removal of Zacharias, dumbnefs hereup-
on, ver.64. 6 By the fear and wonder that pof-
feffedall roundabout heating thefe things, ver. 6$,
66. 7 By Zacharias his admirable Prophecy both
touching Chrift and John Baptift, and the Offices of
them both,!/. 67.ro 80. 8 By John's education and
growth both in body and fpirit, till the time of his
publick miniftery, ver. 80.
II. The manner ofChrifls Birth, is fet forth 1 By the
Time, viz. when AuguftufC&far fent out his decree
to tax rhe Roman Empire, Cyrenlw being Gover-
nour of Syria, Cb.U.ver.i. 2 By the place, viz.
Bethlehem the City of David, and the occafion which
drew Jofeph and Mary from Nazareth to Bethlehem,
at that time, viz. the taxing of all in their own ci-
ty, ver. 2. ro 7. 3. By the meannefs of his Birth.
1 Wrapped in fwadling- cloaths. 2. Laid in a Man-
ger. 3.N0 room for him in the Inne, v. 7.
III. The Confequent s upon Chrifts birth, viz.
x The Publication or Manifeftatinn of hti Birth,
1 By one Angel to the Shepherds by Night, Declaring
both Time and Place of his Birth, and Confirming
the fame wirh a Sign, ver. 8. to 1 3. 2 By many Angels
together in their triumphant Hymnc, ver. 13, 14,
\6. 3 By the Shepherds having been ear-witnefTes of
of the Angels Tidings ; and by Eye-witnefTes of
Chrift New-born .v. 1 5. to 2 1.
2 The circumcifion of Chrifl the eighth day, be-
ing named JESVS, ver. 21.
3. The Prej'entation of Chrifl in the Temple by hit Pa-
renrj, defcribed, 1. By the time when, viz. Maries
dayes of Purification being accompliflied, ver. 22.
2. By the reafon why he was prefentcd ; to fulfill
the Law, ver. 22, 23, 24. 3. By Simeons Prophecy
touching Chrift, taking him up in his Armes, with
2 ravifhed heart in the Temple, ver. 25. to 36.
4. By the Prophecy of Anna the Tropheteffc touching
II.
Chrift at the fame time, ver. 35. 37,38. 5. By his
Parents return after this folemi.ity to Nazareth,
ver. 39.
4. The growth of Chfi ft, both in body and fpirfr,
ver. 40.
5. Chrifts conferring and queftioning with the Dollars
in the Temple at i2.years old,bc\ng left therethrough
his Parents negleft at the Feaft of the Pafsqver,
therein giving a fpecimen of his Prophetick Office, v.
41. to the end of the cb.
Hitherto oj Chrifts Birth, the Antecedents, Manner
and Confequent s thereof.
CHRISTS LIFE, which was fpent in his Publique
Minijhy, isdefcribed, lPattly, by the Prepararion
for ; 2 Partly, by the execution of his publique Mi-
niftry therein.
I. The preparation for Chrifts publique Miniftry,
was
1. By the Miniftery of John Baptift hit forerunner,
Preparing the people to be Chrifts hearers-, where
note, 1 When John b?gan his Miniftry, viz. in the
15 year of Tyber'ms Cafar, . XII.
1. 2. He encourages them to preach the Word
boldly, notwithftandingall danger of Perfecutions
forfo doing, and this by many Arguments, ver.- 2.
fo 13.
10. His Sermon occafioned by the mans requeft to
Chrift, to fpeak to his brother to divide the inheri-
tance, ver. 1 3. wherein I. Herefufeth that employ-
ment, ver. 14. II. He diffwarles his hearers from
Covetoufnefs, fhewing the vanity of Riches without
Grace, ver. 15. to 22. III. He teacheth his Difciples,
1. To avoid carking and foll'citude about food and
rayment, and to feck Gods Kingdome firft,ver. 22.
to 33. 2. To give Almes, ver. 33,34- 3 To be vigi-
lant and diligent in their Callings, till their Lords
coming, ver- 34. to 41. 4. To difpenfe the Word of
God, faithfully, wifely, diligently, till his coming:
which is urged by divers Arguments touched in the
Parable of a Steward, ver. 41. 1*049. 5- Toexpeft
the fire of Perfecutions afrer his departure, which fire
is already kindled, ver. 49. ro 54. IV. Heinftrufte'h
the people, 1 Todifcern the prefentfeafon of Grace
ver. 54. ro 58. 2. To agree quickly with their Ad-
verfary, and not to petfifl in an ill caufe, verfe 58,
59-
11. His Sermon occafioned by fome who told him
L V K E. 485
of the Galileans, whofe blond Pilate mingled with their
Sacrifices, Ch. XIH. I. wherein 1. He exhorts them Chap. 13.
by Gods judgements to repent, ver. 2. to 6. 2. He
warns them ro bring forth Gofpcl-fruir, by a para-
ble of the Fruitlefs Figtree, v. 6.to 10.
12. His curing the crooked woman of her eigh-
teen years infirmity, on the Sabbath day, in one
of their Synagogues, and his defence ofthisacta-
gainft tile Ruler of the Synagogue , verfe id.
to 18.
13. His comparing the Kingdome of God ; 1. To
a grain of Muflard feed, v. 18. 19. 2. To Leaven,
v. 20,21.
14. His preaching as he journeyed on towards
Jerufalem, ver. 22. 1. Exhorting to enter in at
the ftrait gate, rather than curioufly to enquire
howmany fhallbe faved, ver. 23.ro 31. 2. Anfwe-
ring the Pharifees, telling him that Herod would kill
him, that he lied not from Galilee, from Herods
cruelty, but rather went to Jerujalem that he mighc
fuffcr, upbraiding Jerufalem for her cruelty, v. 31.
to the end.
1 5. His eating bread on a Sabbath day with one of
the chief Pharifees, Chap. XIV. 1. where I . He heal- Qfow 14
ed a man of the Dropfie, ver. i.fo7. 2. He teach-
eth the invited Guells Humility, v. 7. to 12. 3. He
teacheth the Pharifee to feaft the poor and impo-
tent rather than the rich, ver. 12. to 15. 4. Upon
the Speech of one that fate at meat, vi^. Bkffedii
he that ftjall eat bread in the Kingdome of God; He
fhewed under the Parable of a Great Supper, that
God invites many by the miniftry of his Gofpel, to
fpiritual and eternal Communion with him, who
yet upon vain pretences refufetocome in : and not-
withftanding, he will furnifli himfelf with Guefts, e-
ven ofthe moft defpicable among the Jews, and of
the miferable Gentiles, v. 15. to 25.
16. His intruding ofthe multitude following him,
1. To deny themfelvcs, ver. 25, 26. 2. To b°ar
their Croffe and follow Chrift, cafting up what
Chriftianity will coft them, like a man building a
Tower and a King going to war, ver. 27* to 34.
3. To retain the Salt of grace in themfelves,Ieft they
be ufeleffe, v. 34,35.
i7.HisSermon to the Publicans and finners, Ch.
XV. 1,2. wherein he declares what joy there is Chap. 15.
in heaven, at the conversion of one (inner, and how
ready God is to receive them, and this in three pa-
thetick Parables, 1. Of the man rejoycingat finding
of his Loft flieep, v. 3. to 8. 2. Of the woman re-
joycingat finding of her Loft groat, ver. 8. to 11.
3. Of the father rejoycing at the finding ofhisioyf
Son, ver. 11. to the end of the chap.
1 8. His Sermon to his Difciples, wherein note I.
His Doctrine, exhorting them 1. Under the Parable
ofthe Vnjuft Steward dealing wifely to mak© them-
felves friends for eternity with the unrighteous Mam-
mon, Ch.XWl. i.to 10. 2.T0 be faithful in employing
of thefe Temporals, ver. 10. to 13. 3. To avoid
worldltnefle, ver. 13. II. The Event hereof, the
covetous Pharifees derided him, ver. 14. III. His
direSing hit ffeech hereupon to the Pharifees, I, Re-
proving them for their abominable pride and hypo-
crifie, ver. 15. 2. Shewing 1 The Efficacy ofthe
Gofpel from John Baptifts time, which they defpi-
fed, 2 The permanent Authority ofthe Law, which
they violated, as in the particular of Divorce, v.i6,
17, 18. 3 Declaring under the Parable or Hiftory,
or rather Parabolical Hiftory of the Rich man, and
Lazarus, that in the life to come the godly-poor
ftiall be moft happy,when the gracelefie rich fhall be
moft remedileffely miferable ; and that warnings
from the dead will not bring men to faith and repen-
tance, if the WordofGoddonot,ver. jcf.totheend.
IV. His turning hit (p;ech again to his Difciples, i.Di[~
fwading them from offending the little ones, Chap.
XVII. 1,2. 2. Exhorting them to reprove and for- €hap.
give one another, ver.3, 4. 3. Shewing the force
of faith, verfe 5, 5. 4. Declaring how we are debt-
H h h h h h bound.
Chap. 1 6.
486
L V K E.
Chap.XVIII. ^XXIV
bound to God, and not God to us at all, verfe 7.
to II.
19. His cleanfing ten Leapers as he entred into a
Villape, palfing through the midft of Samaria and
Galilee to Jerufakm, ver. 11.ro 20.
20. His Doftrine upon feveral occafions . 1. Show-
ing the Pharifees that Gods Kingdome comes not
withobfervation, but is within, ver 20.21. 2. In-
ftrucling his Difciples of the coming of the Son of
man, when the world fhall be in deepeft fecurity,
v. 22. tithe en J. 3. Encouraging the Elect: b> the
Parable of the Vn)uft judge, and theWtdorc, alwayes
Chap.18. to pray and not to faint, Chap. XVIII. 1. ro 9. 4.E-
videncingin the Parable o( the Pbarifee and the Pub-
lican, that they who truft to their own righteouf-
nefs, defpifing others, are not juflified of God, like
thofethat humbly abhor themfelves, ver. 9. ro 15.
5. Inviting little children to come to him, the King-
dom of God being of fuch,ver. 15. to 18. 6. Direct-
ing a certain Ruler what to do to inherit eternal life,
ver. 18. to 31. 7. Foretelling to his Difciples his
Death and Refurre&ion^er. 31.ro 35.
21. His Aftsand Doftrinc as he approached nigh
and paffed through Jericho, vi^. 1. His recovering
fight to the blind-men fitting by the way-fide-beg-
ging, ^er. 35. totheend. 2. His Converfion of Zac-
cheus the Publicane, who alfo made him a Feaft,
Chap. 19. Chap. XIX. 1. to 11. 3. His Parable, the tenpounds
delivered to his ten fervants, fpoken to them that
thought, he drawing nigh to Jerufakm, the King-
dome of God would immediately appear, wherein
1 He refutes this opinion, mowing that his glorious
Kingdome was afar off, firft to be obtained by his
Death, Refurreftion, Afcenfion, and preaching of
the Gofpel to all Nations. 3. He fhows how fruit-
fully every fervant fhould imploy his Talent in the
meantime, 3. He comforts them againfl the ingrati-
tude of many, k.i 1. to 28.
Thus oj Chriji Atts and Dottrine in hit laft journey to
Jerufakm,
III. After Chrifls Journey: at Jerufakm, are re-
corded his words and works moft memorable, vi%.
1. His entering into Jerusalem with Kingly- Hate,
ver. 28. to di.
2. His weeping over Jerufakm for her prefent
ftupidity.and future ruine that fhould come upon it,
ver. 41.ro 45.
3. His purging the Temple of Prophanationsby
buying and felling there, ver. 45, 46.
4. His preaching daily in rheTen]pIe,ffr.47,48.
5. His implicit afferting of his Authority from
heaven , by a queflion propounded touching the
Eaptifme of John, who bare wknefle of him, Chap.
Chap 20' XX. 1. ro 9.
6. His Parable of the Vineyard, let out to unthank-
ful Hufbandmen, wherein he fhewes the destruction
of the chief Priefls and Scrbes , with the Jews
for killing Gods Prophets, and at laft Chrifl his Son,
ver. 9. to 19. Amplified by the events, viz. 1. The
chief Priefls and Scribes fceking to entrap him about
paying Tribute to Cafar, that they might deliver him
to the Power of the Governour, ver. 19. to 27. 2.
Fhe Sadduces Cafe againfl the Refurreclion, againfl
whom Chrifl aiTcrts and proves the Refurreftion out
of the Old Tcftamenr, ver. 27. to 39. which one of
the Scribes approver!), after which none durftafk
him any Q;icftions,v. 39, 40,41. 3. Chrifls queflion
how Chrift could be D.ivids fonne, when David calls
him Lord, ter.41.ro 45. 4 Chrifls Dehortation Of
the People, from the Ambition, Avarice and Hypo-
crific of the Scribes, ver. 45,461 47.
7. His commending rhe widow for her two Mites
Chap. 21. caft inro the Temples rreafurv,Ch.XXI. I, 2,3,4.
8. His Prophecies, I. Of rhe Temples deft ructi-
on, v. 5,(5. 2. Of Jerufalems ruine, together with
figns foregoing, v.7 ,ro 25. 3. Of the laft coming of
the Ion of man to judgement^. 25.ru 29. Thefe Pro-
phecies are amplified, 1 Partly by an illuflration and
confirmation of them, ver. 29. Jo 34. 2, Partlyby
an exhortation to watchfulneffe,t/er.34,35,35.
9. His teaching in the Temple by day, his lodg-
ingin the Mount of Olivesby night : and the peoples
reforc to the Temple to hear him,t/.37,38.
Hitherto of Chrills life, and his public^ Miniflry
therein, before, in and after h'n journey to Je-
rusalem.
CHRISTS DEATH/* defcribed by the 1 Antecedents HI.
2 Manner, 3. Confequents thereof.
I. The Antecedents, or paffages more immediately fore-
going his Death, were
1. Theconfpiracy of the chief Priefls and Scribes
againfl him, ChXXII.i, 2, Chap,22.
2. The treacherous contract of Judas to betray
him to them, v. %.to 7.
3. His laft Pafchal fupper with his Difciple, v. 7. to
19' At which fupper 1. He inftituteth The LORD'S
Supper, ver. 19.20. 2. He telleth them that the
Tray tor was at the Table with him, a/. 2 1,22,23. 3'He
diffwades them from ambition, v. 24. to 18. 4. He
promifes to them glory in his Kingdom, v. 28, 29,30.
5. Heprayesfor their, and particularly .Perer* Per-
severance againfl temptation , r.31,32. 6. He fore-
warns Peter of his denial, v. 33,34. 7. He prepares
the Difciples for their eminent Persecution, ver.
35. fo 39.
II. The Manner of his Paffton, is defcribed 1 By the Be-
ginning, 2 By the Progreffe, 3. By the Periodofir.
r. The Beginning of it, in his Agony in the Garden,
vet. 39.104.7.
2. The Progreffe of his paffton, I. In his Apprehen-
fion upon Juda s his kille, whereat he healed Malchm
his ear fmoreoff, ver. 47. to 55. II. In his Arraign-
ment, 1, Before theirEcclefiajticalcouncel,mtbe High-
priefls Palace, where 1 Peter denyed him thrice,
and wept bitterly for it, ver. 55. ro 63 • 2. They
that held Jefus blafphemoufly abufed him, v. 63-/3
66. 3. The Elders, Chief- Priefls and Scribes exa-
mine and condemn him ,v.66. to the en d. 2. Before
their Civil Power, where 1 He is accufed for fedirion
before Pilate, Chap. XXIII. i.ro 6. 2. He is lent to Chap.:3.
Herod, and accufed before him,mocked and remand-
ed to .P/7all Holy call.
50. His mercy alfo doth appear
On chem that him ftncerely fear,
Evn i unto Generations all.
51. He with his Arm^rfark ftrength hath fliew'd, k Gr- t*th
He-hath- quite-fcattered the proud, m»de do-
In their own hearts /imaginings.
52. Hath put-down Potentates from Thrones :
And hath exalted lowly-ones.
53. Hath fill'd the hungry with good-things :
Hath empty fent the rich away.
54. He m mindful of his meTcy ay,
Hath holp n his fervant Ifrael,
55. As to our Fathers he decreed
And fpake, to Abraham and his feed
For ever, as the Prophets tell.
m in ion.
/ Gr.Ima-
gmation.
or thought.
m Gr. To
remember
his mercy.
n Gr. H«
childc.
The Prophecy of Zacharias Touching both JESVS CHRIST
andJOHN B ATT IS T, Luke 1. 6j.to 79.
Sett. I.
0 Luk. l.$. f~\ccafion and Penman. Zacharias thePrieftoo/
\^J the courfe of Abia, the father of John Bapt'ift,
on the eighth day after John"s birth, when he was
pLuke I. circumcifed,p being filled with the Holy Ghoft, Pro-
*,9.to 68. phecied and uttered this Thankful Song of Praife to
the Lord, both in reference to Jefus Chriftour Savi-
our, now conceived by the Virgin Mary, and to
John Baptift Chrifts forerunner, now brought forth by
Elizabeth. Of which Song Luke is Penman, by the
infpirationoftheHoly Ghofr,orderly digefting it in
q Vide his Gofpel-Hiftory. q How ready is the Lord to par-
quain bo- don his fervants failings / Zacharias flruck dumb for
nusDcus, his unbelief ■, is now upon his Reformation filled
&facilis with the Spin't,and prophecieth.
indulgtre
peccatis. Non folum ablata reftituit, fed etiam tnfperata con-
cedit. Hie dudum mutus Prophetat. Ha?c cnim gratia Dei
maxima, quam cum qui negaverant confitentur. Nemo ergo
ditfidat, nemo veteFum confeius deliftorum prsmia divina de-
fperer. Novit Dominus mutare fententiam, fi tu noveris e-
mendare delictum. B. Ambrcf. Com. in Luc. i.de Prophet. ZacharU
Tom.*,.
Sett. II.
Scope. Thankfully to bJeffe the Lord, both for his
gracious vifiting and redeeming his People from
rheir enemies to fervehim in holyneffe. &c. by Je-
fus Chrift now incarnate according to his Promifes,
Covenant, and Oath of old to his People: and alfo
for fending John Bapifijhc Prophet of the Higheft
now under the New Teftatncnt before his face, to
prepare his way before him, and fit ia people
for hiui, by preaching remiflfion of fins, and ulvati-
011 by Jefus Chrift.,
Sett. III.
Principal Parts. In this Prophecy of Zacharias ',
note 1. The Infcription. 2. The thankful Prophecy
it/elf.
hThe Infcription, declaring t. The Caufes of this
Song Principal, the Holy Ghoft : Inftrumenral, Za-
charias. 2. The Nature of it, He prophecied : its
a prophetical Thankfgiving, or a thankful Prophecy,
ver. 67.
II. The thankful Prophecy it felf , 1. Concerning
Jejtu Chrift. 2. Touching John Baptifl hit fore-
runner.
1. Concerning Jefus Chrift, now incarnate and con-
ceived of the Virgin Mary , bleffing the Lord,
God of Ifrael, I. More generally, for his merciful
vifitarion of them in Chrift, ver. 68. II. More par-
ticularly, for his redemption and falvation of his
people by Chrift, ver. 68,69. This it Amplyfiedby
a Declaration 1. Of the houie whence the Redeem-
er came, vi^ Davids, ver. 69. 2. Of the outward
impulfive caufe of this Redemption, viz,. His word
by all his Prophets, ver. 70,71. His word by all
his Prophets, ver. 70, 71. His promife to the
Fathers, ,ver. 72. His Covenant and Oath to A-
braham, ver. 72, 73. %. Of the end of this Redem-
ption or fruit thereof to his, viz. their conftant fer-
vice of God without fear in holinefs and righteouf-
nefle, f.74.75-
2. Touching John Baptifl then circumcifed, Pro-
phetically defaibhg 1. His Office, viz- The Prophet of
the Higheft, ver. 74T. 2. His execution of his Office
in preparing Chrifts way before him, by revealing
to the people fitting in darkneffe, falvation, remif-
fionoffins, and the way of peace in Jefus Chrift, v.
76: to 80.
(This
L V K E.
4by
This may be fang as Pfal. 113.
L U K E I.
67. And his father Zacharias was filled with the Holy Ghoft, andprophe-
cied, faying.
t Gr. hi*
Child.
f Gr. from
eternity, or
from aye.
tGr. Of all
hatine us.
6S.nr He Lord, Ifr'el's great God be Weft,
J. For he hach vifited tb'oppreft.
And for his folk redemption wrought ,
69. And in r his fervant David's houfc,
Horn of Salvation glorious
He hach-rais'd-up for us, low brought
70. As by his holy Prophets mouth,
C Which have f of old declared hit truth J,
He fpake oftbisour happy ftate ;
7i.7awir,falvationfrom ourfoes,
And from the hand eVn t of all thofe, •
Thar us malicioufly do hate.
vGr. To do 72. « To do the mercy ^raw/TV to
mercy with Our holy Fathers long ago,
onr Fathers. And to remember (for his name J
His holy Covenant/a dear.
73. The/rttre'iOath which he did fwear
Unto our father Abraham :
74. x That he would grant to us, that we
From our foes harmful hand fet free,
Might without fear him fweetly ferve :
75. Before him both in holyneffe,
and incorrupted righteoufneffe,
All our life's dayes, and never fwerve.
1 76. And thou child fhaltbe called now
The Prophet of the High'ft: for thou,
To^ fit his wayes, fere he begins J
Before the Lords aw; face fhalt go,
77. To give fal vation's knowledge to
His folk, by ^ pardon of their fins.
78. Through our God's a tender clemency,
Whereby the Sun-rife from on high
Us vifited, witb'py^s increafe,
79. Them to enlighten thar refide
In darkneffcand'death's fhade ; To guide
Our feet into the way of peace.
x Gr. Td
give to us.
y Gr. To
prepare.
«. Gr. Re-
miffion.
a Gr. Boh\
els ofmcrcf
Simeons thankful Song, Having JESVS C HR IS Tin his Armes,when
he was Prefented in the Temple, Luke 2. 29. to 33.
Sect. I.
OccrtjSon.When JefusChrift was brought by his Pa-
1
b Luk. 2,
22, 25, 24. \_Jtexv.%,b according to the Law,to be prefented to
c Luk, 2. theLord in the Templex There was a man in Jerufa-
25,26,27, lem,whofe name was Simeon : and the fame man was d
28. juft and 'devout ^waiting for the confilation oflfrael ; and
rfNon fo- the Holy Ghoft was upon him. And it was revealedun-
Jum ab to him by the Holy Ghoft, that he fliould not jee death be-
Angelis Si fore he had feenthe Lord's Chrift. And he came by the
Prcphcfis, Sptrit into the Temple, andwhenthe Parents brought in
ScaPafto- the childe Jefus, to do for him after the cuflome of the
ribus S: Law, Then took, he him up in hit Armes andbleffed God,
Parentibus atidfaid,Lord &c.Upon this fight of Jefus Chrift, and
fedetiam this happy embraccment ofhimin his Armesinthe
afeniori- Temple, the good old man was fo tranfported and
bus & ravifh tin fpirit, that by the fpecial motion of the
juftis ge- Holy Ghoft he uttered this his Swan-like Song before
neratio his death, now moft willing to dye, having feen his
domini hearts defire, the Lord's Chrift. And by the fame
accepit Spirit Luke Penned this Song, digefting ic orderly into
teflimo- his Hiftory .
nium.
Omnis setas & urerque fexus, eventorumque miracula fidem
aftruunt. Virgo generat, fterilis parit, mutus loquitur, Eliza-
beth Prophetat, Magus adorat. uteroclaulusexukat, vidua con-
fitecur, juftus expectat. Et bene jurtus, qui non fuarr, fed popu-
II gratiam requirebat. Vide juftuni velut corporex
carcere molisindufum vellediiTolvi, utincipiat efie cum Chrifto
D'ffolvi enim ,buc John the Apoftle, whom Jefus loved, cThii
is the Difciple -which teftifietb ofthefe things, and wrote
tbefe things. He wrote alfo three Epiflles ; and the Re-
velation in Patmos
JOHN is Originally an Hebrew name, w*. \1T\V
djochanan, his alfo fometimes written piUH1 e
Jehochanjn; It is compounded of HliT1 Jehovah,
TheLO R D, the proper and eiTential name of God i
and of nn Chanan fignifying, Hehath been gracious;
whence comes \ H Chen, viz. Grace ; fo that this name
JOHN imports, the Lord hath been graciou* ; or, The
Grace of the Lord.
This John was of Bethfaida, which was after called
Julias from 7«///» the daughter of Augujius, the f
ion ofzebedee, and brother of James, Fifhermen by
trade, whom Chrift called forth to be fifhers of men.
Salome ("mentioned g in the New Teftamentjis
fuppofedrobe John's mother. As John was with his
Father and Brother in the Ship, mending their Nets,
JefusA called him and James his Erother; thefe
two Jefus i furnamed Boanarges; that it, the fons of
Thunder-. * H\ct ome jiiles John , The Evangelical
Trumpet, fon of Thunder, whom Jefus loved very much ;
who dranl^the ftreams of Doflrines jrom our Saviours
bofome.
7. * Clangat tuba Evangelica, filiustonitrui, quern
it plurimum : qui dc pectorc Salvatoris Dnctrinarum
a vie, &c. // eion. in Euagrio- p. 329. A. Tom. 2. Bajil.
a Luke 1.
63. and 7.
20. Mat. 3.
1.
A Ads 15.
37-
r Compare.
Mat. 10. 2.
with Joh.
21. 20,24.
d 1 Chro.
12. 12.
Jer: 40.
13-
e 1 Chro.
26.3.
j Mat. 4.
21 and
10. 2. Mar.
1.19. Luk.
5.10.
£Mar. 15.
40. and
16. 1.
h Mat 4.
21. Luke
5. 10,
1 Mar. 3. 1
.Tcfus amuv
fluent a pot
'553-
* Hen.Alfled it is a Tradition ^that JohnYwcda fingle life, yet
rraco^.The- ioinc arc of opinion that John was /the bridegroom
° juhV ' *2" ^('■■iiaJn Galilee. It is certain that _)V;n was highly
honourcdof Cfarift; Before his Death; AfierhitRe-
Jnr,clliun; and Ajierhu Afcention. I. Bf/or* Cbrirfi
Death, i. JV>n was one of the three m whom Chrilt
took up with him into the Mount to behold his glori
fu3 transfiguration. 2. One of the two, n whom
Chrift fenr to prepare his laft Pafleover. 3. That
Difciplc whom j; lilt peculiarly 0 loved above all the
r-.ii for his lingular graces and endowments. 4.
\\\.r,p 1,-aned on Jefus breaft at Supjvr. $. To
v.kom ClrifTjby a jutvacc tol.en, di!covL-rcd that
m M»t, 1 - 1.
& f. ^iriii.
! uk ?.Jg
>t<\ uk.JJ.8.
1 1 i.; »
20 I. & 21.
J 1 . •' o
\\ I'll I
,. [oh. 1 i .
Mdg.
tltnb.Cent.
I JW j 5-
frailty,when Chrift was apprehended by the Jevves,
fied among the reft, leaving his garment in their
hands, efcaped,f for loffome interpret that of the *.Hf-
young man in Marl^ 14. 5 r, 52. underftanding it of , '* f
John] yet he fpeedily returned and t followed Chrift t [oh ' Is.'Iy.
even into the High-Priefts Palace, to fee the end, For 16 Mjr.ik. '
John is thought to be that Difciple who was known 58
unto the High-Prieft, and went in wich Jefus, and
afterwards brought in Peter alfo. 7. The onely
Difcipleto whom Jefus Chrift « commended his own ^h-'p.»y»
mother, as they both were ilanding under his Crofs, ' 7'
when he was a dying II. After Ghrifts Refurreilion,
1. Mary Magdalene declaring the fweet news of
Chrifts Refurreftion, x John 2nd Peter runnetothe x Johso.i.
Sepulchre, but John out-ran Peter, as he out-loved to 6.
Peter 2. John was prefent at all Chrifts Apparitions,
for 4c. dayes. 3. John >firft knew Chrift ftanding y J'h.ii.t.
on the fhore as they were fifhing at the Sea of Tibe- " 7-
riwt. III. After Chrifts Afcention. 1. _7<>/>nand Peter
Z miraculoufly healed the lame man as they were * j^cSJ'5,
going into the Temple. 2. They a preached boldly rtAas4.ij.
againft all Prohibitions 3. And AS/iTTMriM being con- 19
verted by Philip, they were lent by common con- * Afls8. 14..
fentofthe Apoftles to Samaria, where at theim- &c#
pofition of their hands the HolyGhoft was given.
4. And Paul reckons c John among the Pillars of
the Church of Chrift, who among others gave him cGa"Jt 9-
the right hand of fcllowfhip at Jerufalem ; which
feemstobe done at the famous Jerufalem d Coun- rfASsiy.
cell.
And afterwards when the Apoftles fpread them-
felves farther into the World, to preach the Gofpel,
Johns lot was to preach in eAfia yand as fonie think, c Eufeb.
at Ephefns ; where Paul founded a Church ; bu: Hilt.
John lived there til! the dayes of Trajane the Emper- Eccl. I.
our, thinks/ Irvnsm ; and that he was there g when 3. c r.
lie wrote his Gofpel, wherein as alfo in his Epiftles /Irenxus
he oppofes divers Herefies, cfpecially againft Chrifts adverf.
perfon, denying his- Divinity or Humanity ; againft Hxref.l.
luch Antichriflian Hertfics he had much conflicting, 3. c. 3.
as his firft Epiftle cvidenccth. Tertullian h reports, g lien. I.
3. c r.
/» Si Italia- adiaccs, lubes Romam, tmdc nobis quouue autho-
riras prafto eft. Statu faMix Ecclclras cui totam aocrrinarn
Apoftolicum languine fuo profuderant : uoiPetrus Paflionido-
niinic.i;ada'quatur,ubiPaultis Joannisexitucoronatur, ubi Apo-
ftolus Joannes pofieaquam in oleum igneum demerfus , nihil
palTir ell, in iuli'lam relegatur. Tertul. de Prefcript. adverf. H&ret-
I. ci6.p.2ii. Frarck- 1597.
That
John.
491
Thar )ibn the Apoflle, after he in Rome had been call
into burning oyle, and fuff^re i nothing thereby was baniflj-
i Hft.Eccl. ed into an Hand, f Though fome i think this was
Maid. done not at Rime, but at Ephefut.) Nero is thought
Cent. 1. 1. to have flung him into the burning oyle; and Domi-
z.c.io.de f^intohavebanifhedhim into an Ifland, vi^.f^Pat-
Ioan.Evan. »i, where on the Lirds day be was in the Spirit, and
A8s& had the Revelation given ttbim of G)d by an Angel.
Mon.2. This exile of Tint's thought to be in the / fourteenth
Ferfecut. year of Domitian, when he raged Co againft the
p. 46,47. Church of Chrifl:. From which banifhment, after
vol. 1. one years fpace, Nerva fucceeding and refcinding
Lond.1641 Domitiansimplous Decrees, ]ohn is thought to have
£Rev. 1.1. returned again to Ephefut in the 97. year of hisage,
$, lb. Eu- and there to have lived and taught till he was ninety
'feb.Hift.I. nine. Iren&ut hatha very obfervable ftory of him,
q.c. 15. faying, m Polycarpus not oneb/ taught by the Apoflles,
I Hifl.Eccl. andconverfing with many of them which have fen our
Magd. quo Lord : but being conflicted Bifiop in the Church at
fupra. far Smyrna which it in Afia, whom wefawin our fir ft age,
Alls fa for he continued very long. . Time are that heard
Man. as a- him fay, that John the Difciple of the Lord, when he
bove. fa went to waff) himfelfin the Bath at Ephefus, and efp ed
Hen. Al- Cerinthus within it, he leapt out of the Bath unwaged,
that thus underflandthe Lords words, he dyed not, but
lay down like one dead : and when he was fupp.fed to be
dead, he was buried fleeping. and fo remains till Cbrjls
coming, and declares hit life by the bublin.i up of the
dufl, which dufl if j'uppofed to afcend from the bottom to
the top of the tomb by the (one of hit breath rha t refleth
in it. And yet fome report, x JoHn made bit Sepulchre x Hen.AU
with hit own hands; and left hit Difciple s, Ovcrfcers £<■• -1'
of feveral Churches, viz. Papius of Jerufalem, Po- c ,,. '
lycarp ol Smyrna, and Ignatius of Antioch.
q Nicefh.
Hift. Eccl.
1, l.C. 4fl.
fled. Pr&- and ufed thefe words, Let us flee left the Bath fall, be-
eog.Theol. caufe Cerinthus the enemy of the Truth is in it. Alfo
1. 2. c. 23. Polycarpus himfelf, when Marcion fometime came into
m IrenAus hit fight, and faid, Acknowledge us-, He anfwered,
adverf. I acknowledge thee the firfl-begotten of Satan. With
Haref.l.3. fuck fludy did the Apoflles and their Difciples take heed
c. 3. leflthey fbould have fo much as any exchange of fpeech
n Eufebius with anj of them that did adulter ate the Truth, n Eufe-
Hifl. Eccl. bius alfo reports the fame, and he records alfo out
Hb.4.c.i$. of Clement Alexandrinm another memorable ftory 0
Lat.cap. ot~]obns recovering of an Apoftate difciple to repen-
l4.Gr.2c. ranee and reformed life, who had fallen to common
fa Niceph. robbing and ftealing, and was a Captaine of the
Hifi.lib,!. Thieves, but that's too large here to recite. They
cap. n.& that pleafe may read it Engli.lied by Mr. Fox in his p
lib. 2. cap. Bookjf Martyrs.
42.
o Eufebius Hill. Ecclef. lib. 3. c. 17. Lit. ■[> Ails and Monu-
ments of the fecond Perfection, vol. 1. pag. 47. 48) Lond.
1641.
Touching Johns death reports of Writers are va-
rious and uncertain, and fome circumftances there-
of related, feem fabulous and incredible. Nicepho-
??#fairh, q That ]ohn fore-feeing the day and hour of
hit dijfolution, went forth at lafi Qthe Elders and Mi-
ni flers accompanying him) out of Ephefus to a neigh-
bouring tomb, where be was wont to pray, and there
praying earneftly he commended the Churches toGod,
Ta^es hit leave of them and covered with grave cloaths
went into the Sepulcher and fell afleep in the 68 year af-
ter Chrifis Paffton ; whence hit body wot tranflated and
carried up to Heaven. Sophroniut (as Parent r hath
notedJreports,That John dyed in the %d.yearofTra-
jane the Emperour, that it in the 68 year after Chrifis
Refurretlion. Hierorne writes f That John in the
furreenth year 0/ Domitian, who rai fed up the fecond
Pcrfecution after Nero, banifJ)edby him into the lfle of
Patmos,wrore his Revelation.,which]uf\'me Martyr and
Ircnseus interpret.But Domitian being flain and hit Alls
being for their too much cruelty refcinded by the Senate,
he returns to Ephefus under Nerva the Emperour, and
there continuing till Trajane the Emperour, he founded
and governed all the Churches of Afia, and being worn
with old age, he died in the 68 year after the Lords
Pafjion, being buriednigh that City. And Augufline,
Commenting of rhofc words of Jefus to Peter touch-
ing John, t If T will that he tarry till I come, what is
that to thee? Sec. faith thus, u John by occafion of
thefe words, is believed to fleep alive under the Earth,
Of whom they have a Tradition which if found in Jome
writings though ApKryphaljhat when he commanded a
Sepulchre to be made for him, he wasprefent and weli,it
being digged and diligently prepared, there he laid him-
felfi as in a bed, andprefently dyed. &:tt as thefe think,
••D.Parens
in Proem in
JoanEyang.
f Hier Ca-
tal. script.
Heel. Tom, 1
» John it.
Jl. 2}.
« Aug.Ex-
pof.inEvtng
Jr»n Tiaft.
1:4. de c.
*t. Tom.?.
Seel. II. Time when, and Occasion
whexepon John wrote hi*
Gofpel.
Time, John wrote his Gofpel laft of all the Evdnge-
lifls. diy Hierorne t.ci\\ficrh. hen&us faith, ^ John
the difciple of the Lord, who alfo leaned upon kit breajl,
be published hit Gofpel while he dwelt at Ephefus in
Afia. * Eufebius alfo citeth this Tcftimony out of
Irenxitf. Hence it is very probable, that John wrote
his Gofpel towards the end of his life ; Having
preached (as a fome think J 65 years, till th:t.:U
times of Domitian^n^ ih at without any help of writing.
Oua/ion of Johns writing his Gofpel, Ecclcfiaftieal
Writers tell us was twofold, vi\. 1. To oppofe
and b confute the blafphemous herefics of Ebion and
Cerinthus, who denied the Divinity ofChrilr, and
of the Nicolaitans before them, who held divers
horrid and abfurd opinions touching Chrifts Perfon.
Hence John in the beginning of his Gofpel, lb notably
afferts the Divinity and Humanity of Chrills Perfon.
Hierorne thus relates this Occafion, c When John
was in Afia, and the feeds of Hereticlej, Cerinthus,
Ebion and others, denying Chrifl to be come in thefle/J),
began to bud ; whom he in his Epiflles calls Amichrifls,
and the Apojlle?no\ often fmites ; He was compelled by
almofl all the then Bifhops of Afia, and meffages of ma-
ty Churches, to write more highly of our Saviours Divi-
rity, and to break in Cos I mayfay,~)to the very WORD
of God, notfo much with a bold, as an happy temerity.
Wheriupon Ecclejiajlicall H'tflory declareth, when he
was compelled by the Brethren to write, be anfwered be
woylddofo, if they appointing a Faft, would all joyntly
intreat the Lord; which being performed, be being fil-
led with Revelation, utttered that Prooem camming
fiom Heaven. In the beginning was the Word, and
the Word was with God, and the Word was God.
The fame was in the beginning with God 2.
Tofupply what the other three Evangelifts had o-
mitted, who principally and for the moft part relate
things done by Chrift, but for that one year wherein
Chriftfuffered, after John was call into Prifon ; as
d Eufebius at large explained. Thus Hierorne ;
ewhen John hadread Matthew's, Mark's, and Luke's
volumes, he approved the Texture of the Hftory andcon-
firmed that tbey had fpokenTruths, but had framed the
Hiflory onely of one year, in which he fuffered,after]o\ms
imprifonment. That year therefore being paffed by,
the Alls whereof were declared by three, he declared
the things done in the former time before John wasfl)Ut
up in Prifon, as may be manifefl to them that fhall di-
ligently read the volumes of the four Gofpels.
Sect. III. Scopey and Excellency of
Johns Gofpel.
Scope of Johns writing his Gofpel- Hifiory, himfelf
expreffely noteth, f Thefe are written that ye might
believe that Jefus is the Chrifl the Sonne of God, and
th.it believing, ye might have life through hit Name.
To this end he afferte'th both the Divinity and Hu-
manity of Chrifts Perfon, againft the Herefies of his
times : and alfo defcribeth his Mediatory O.fice, efpe
cially his Prophecy and Doftrine * in many particu-
lars
1 Hier.< .-
cat. Script.
Eccl.To >>.!.
t IfCrr. ad-
verf Hvrel'.
I. ?. e. 11.
* Eufcb.
Hift. 1.5. c.8.
.1 Aug. Pro-
log-in Jo-;d.
Tom. 9.
b Iren. ad-
vcif.
Harer.!.5.
c. ir.p. 2s7.
Colon. 1 59^.
Hier.Caval-
Scrift.Ecc).
Tom. 1,
cHier. Pro-
cm. in Com.
luper Mac.
Tom. y.
d Htifeb.
Hift. Eccl.
I. 5 c. ;8.
& N.ceph.
Hift i.J.r.4;
t Hicr. Ca-
tal. Script.
Eccl.Tom.i
f J0K.20.ti'
* A Ca-a- '
logue of
Chrifts Ser-
mon* and
Miracles re-
corded only
by John ;
See in Pif.
cattr, ^rj.
Ml lift.
w~
Job n.
Chap. I. II.
^Chryf.'ft.
Prolog, iti
F.vang.
Jri.in.Tom
iB n. r.
/• Aug. Prr-
fit.mHvanp.
fn:
'f
face b ■ Au-
guftins.)
j loh.i.t
lars, which none of the other three Evangelifts had
touched.
Excellency of this Gofpel is very great, for I. The
Inftrumental author or Penman of it, John, was not
onelyan Apoftle, but an Apoftle of many eminent
Priviledges, fas afore was noted, J fuch a com-
pound ot grace and fweetnefs, that above all the
reft he drew Chrifts heart after him. He was (faich
g Chr)foftome, J moft holy, full of admiration, a-
bwnding withfecret wifdome, conferring Jo many and
fogreat good things, that they who diligently read, and
accurately okfew e him, may now not be accounted men
and inhabit ants on Erath, but above all good things of
this world, may be placed in the rank, of Angels, nor o-
therwife inhabit Earth, than as it were heaven it Jelf.
2. The Matter of this Hiftory is moft fublime and Coe-
leftiall, viz- Chrifts ineffable Divinity, and incom-
parable Doctrine moft infifted upon. John hereup-
on is deservedly compared C faith h one,_) to the flying
Eagle, that [oars higher than other Birds, and looks
Jnan.Tom 9 upon the r ayes of the Sun with undarled eyes. For the
other Evangelifls, who Sufficiently declare Chrifls Tem-
poral Nativity and Alls, which he did in his manhood,
but fpo\e little of hit Divinity, like going Creatures,
walh with the Lor don earth. But be (peaking little of
his Temporal deeds, but more fublimely' contemplating
the power of his Divinity, flyes with the Lord to Heaven:
for he that leaned upon the Lords breafl at Supper, did
more excellently than the reft, drink a draught of Coe-
hftialwifedome from the fountain of the Lords breafl.
And John notably fupplye the Doftrine, which
Chrift taught in rlie firft years of his Miniftry,
before John Baptifts impriibnmenr, which others
had omitred. 3. The form of Johns writing is lin-
gular in Myflerioufnefs and Sweetnfte •, In Myfte-
rioufnefs, fo often filling Chrift the UWORD, be-
caufeas man exprefeth his mini! and will to ano-
ther by a Word, fo God hath made himfelf, and
all his pleafure known by his fubftamiall word, the
Son, unto us. InSweetneffe, this gracious Difciple
of Chrifts love, breathing out fuch tenders of grace,
k Quod i- and Torrents of love all along his Gofpel. 4. Final-
nitinm ly this Gofpel hath been alwayes had in moft high
Sajifti E- efteem among the ancient learned Fathers. A11-
vangelii gufiine k reports that a Platonift was fo taken with
cuir.omen the beginning of 7o/;niGo(pel, That he faid it was
eft, fecun- to be written in letters oj gold, and to be fet up in the
moft eminent places throughout all Churches. And elfe-
where, ITheGojpelexcells all pages of Divine Scrip-
ture; fr what the Law and Prophets foretold to come,
the Gojpel faith is tome to paffe, But among the Go-
fpel-wr iters John ey.cells in the Frojoundneffe of divine
myfieries, Ambrofe faich, m Saint }ohn who wrote
his Gofpcllaft^as a neceffary requifite and Elett of Chrift,
poureth out eternal myfteries with a greater Trumpet ',
qui poftea whatfoever he fpoke, is a myftery. And elfewhere,
Mediola n None, I dare fay, faw the Majefry of God with fuch
nenfiEc- fublimity of wifdome, and unjolded them to w in our
clefia?pra- language. He tranfends the clouds, tranfeends the
feditE- powers of Heaven, tranfends the Angels, and finds the
pifcopus. Word in the beginning, and fees the Word with God.
folebamus And of the firft chapter he faith, o Our Fifher hath
fj audi re, exduded all ' Herefies in this Jbort chapter. For that
which was in the beginning, if not included in time, nor
prevented by the beginning, therefore let Arrius bold his
peace. And that which was with God, is not confound-
ed with commixtion, but diftinguiflied by ihtfolidPer-
fdlion^ of the Word abiding with the Father ; that
Sabelfios may be dumb. And the Word was God,there-
fore this Word it not in the Pronunciation of fpeech, but
in that defignation of coelcftial power ; that Yoimusmay
be confuted. And that which was in the beginning
with God, istau-hi to be the infeparabk 'Unity of the
poncn-
dom efTfl docebar. Ahj. deCivit. Dei. I. jo. c. 20. Tom. 5.
1 Aug PrA'fat. in Evan. Joan. Tom. 9. in Ami,, de Sacram.
.'. 3. c. 2. Tom. 4. n Ambr. Profit, in Luc. Torn. 5. o Ambr. de
fide, ad Gratian. I. i.e. 5. Tom. 2.
durr. Jo-
annem,
quidam
Platonicus
C ficnt a
fawfto
fene Sirn-
pliciano,
Aurcisn-
rcris con
fcriben-
dum fc
per oni-
rics Eccle-
lias in lo-
cis eini-
nentilli-
mis pro-
p Joan.
Cbryfoft.
Homil. i.'
in Joan.
Evan. Toss.
2. in N.
Teft.
eternall Divinity, in the Father and S*n : that Eu-
dosius and Eunomius may bluff), Laflly, when all
things ate faid to be made by him, the Maker of the
Old and N. Teftament U fignified, that Manichaus
may have no place of Temptation. Thus the good Fi-
flier hath enclofed all in one Net^ that he might make
them unfit to deceive, though they were profitable to be
taken. In a word Chryfoftome affirmeth, p That this
Fiflier brings to us fuch and fo profound Doth ine, good
Life and Pbil'fophy, as is evident, he received from
the Treafures of the Holy Ghoft, as if he had new de-
fended fiom heaven it felf; yea his credible that e-
ven all that are in heaven do not lenow thefe
things.
Sedlr. IV. Trincipal Tarts.
InthisGofpel-Hlftory JESVS CHRIST ii defer i-
bed according to 1. His Perfon. 2. His Office. 3. His
execution of his Office.
CHRISTS PERSON is defcribed as being God- I
man in one Perfon, I. The Godhead of Chrift the
WORD, is glorioufly afferted, and clearlv proved,
I. By his Erernity, cb. I. ver. 1, 2. 2. By 'his Effici- chap. 1.
ency, Partly in Naturals, vi\. creating the world,
and all therein, and fo enlightning all men with na-
tural light, as John Baptift alfo teftified, ver. 2..to
I I. Partly in fupernarurals, giving the Prerogative
ofSonftiipor Adoption to all regenerate Believers,
ver. n, 12, 1 3. H. The Manhood of Chrift is fee
forth, 1. By his incarnation. 2. By his cohabitation
with men. 3. By his apparently Divine qualifications
ver. 1 4.
CHRISTS OFFICE is declared, as it was atteft- It.
ed by John Baptift, /. More generally, as a full and
communicative Saviour, theSubftance of the legal
types and fhadows, ver. 15, 16,17. II. Morepar-
tnularly, I. Ass Prophet, declaring God to us, ver.
18. II. As King and Prieft, 1. Partly John testify-
ing that he was the, Chrifr, vtr. Annointed to be
both Prophet, Prieft and King,. and .that John him-
felfwas only his fore-runner, ve-r.iy.to a'o. 2. Part-
ly, John next day pointing him cut as with the finger
that he was the Lamb of God, fcc. which Teftimony,
He amplifies , fhewing that he therefore baptized
with water, that Chrift might be made manifeft to
Ifrael ver. 29, 30. 31. Heconfrmes by the Teftimony
ofGodat hisBaptilme, v.32,33, 34 t
CHRI STS E XE C V TlON of his OFFICE, m
1. Before, 2. In bis four eminent Journeys to Jcrttfa-
1cm, at four folemn -Feafts, wherein are described
the chief paffages ofXhrifts F«i//f/. miniftry, both in
his Zi/eand Death. . ,. .
I. Before Chrifts Lft journey to Jerufalem after hi»
Baptifra, are recorded, I. The calling of certain
dikiplcs to Chrift, w. ,. Andrew, and another
Difciple not named, called to Chrift by JohnBaptifls
Teftimony, ver. 35. /042. 2. Simon Peter brought to
Chrift by his brother Andrew, ver. 42,43. 3. Philip
called by Chrift himfelf, w.44,45. 4. Nathaniel
brought to Chrift by Philip, and at Chrifts words be-
hevcdVw. 46 totheendoftbeChapt. II. Chrifts be-
ginning to work miracles, Tinting water into wine at
a marriage in Cana of Galilee, Ch.U.:ver. 1. to 12.
HI. Chrifts going to Capet naum. ver. 13. Chap. 2.
II. I» Chrifts four eminentjoHrueys to Jerusalem, Chrift
principally discharged his Office of Mediatorfhip here
on earth, vt^.
I. AttheFeaft of the Paff^yer, ver. 12. 13. tocb.
5. 1 Here are considerable I. Toe Termes, whence,
and whither he went; from C.fpernaum ro Jerufd-
lem ,vcr. 12,13. II. His abode at\cMem, during
whub time, 1. He purgeth the Ajrj^le of buyers
and fillers, ver. 14. to 17. This all is\tpplified by the
event thereupon, Paitly on Chrifts Dimples, Parity
on the Jews, who hereupon cxpeaing a fign, had
the fyn of Chrifts railing rhe Temple of his body in
thiee
Chap. 117. to XL
John.
493
,Chap. 3.
Chap. 4.
q Jo. Calv.
Diod. An-
not. in loc
r Chemnit.
Harm, in
he.
Chap. 5.
Chap. 6.
Chap. 7.
threedays, if they fhould deftroy it, ver. 17.ro 23.
2. He worketh miracles on the Feaft day, whereup-
on many believe on him, but he committed not him-
felf to them,v. 23,24,25. 3. He prcacheth to Nicode-
mus the Pharifee, a Ruler of the Jews, compelling the
Divinity of his Miracles; 1. The neceffity of rege-
neration to falvation, Ch. III. I. to 14. 2. The be-
nefit of faith in Chrift crucified, ver. 14, 15. 3- The
great love of God in Chrift to the world, v. \6, 17.
4. The mifchief of unbelief, ver. 18. to 22. III. H»
return from Ierufalem, Partly through Juiea, where
1. He by his Difciples baptizeth, ver. 22. 2, Iobn
baptizing in /E.non near Salim, gives a moft excellent
teftimony touching Chrift to the J ews, complaining
that Chrift baptized more then he, wherein he de-
bafeth himfelf that he may exalt Chrift, ver. 23. to
the end. Partly through Samaria, Chap. IV. i.ro 5.
where. 1. Heconferrcth with the Samaritan woman
at Jacobs Well, Declaring himfelf to be water of life,
ver. 5. to 16. Convincing her of her adultery, v&\ 16,
17, 18. Jn/Jr »#//>£ her in the true Worfhip of God,
ver. 19. jo 25. And Declaring himfejf robe the Mef-
fiah, ver, 25, 26. Wk if amplified by the event of
this conference, Ityo/i r/je Difciples, they wondred,
ver.2n.Vp0n the woman, running to call the Sama-
ritancsto fee Chrift, v. 28, 29. And«ponf/;e S^rad-
ritanes coming to fee him, v. 3?. 2. Hefhewethto
his Difciples mean while, His zeal to his fathers work,
v. 31.ro 3$. The fpiritual harveftof fouls ripe al-
ready, that the Apoftles might reap what the Pro-
phets had fown, v. 35. ro 39. 3. He converteth many
Samaritanes, tarrying with them two days, v. 39. ro
43. 4. Thence he returneth into Galilee, where he
miraculoufiy henleth the Noble-mans fon at Caper-
naum, ready to die, ver. 43. to the end.
II. At another Feafl ( probably the Feaft oiPente-
co3 which next follows the Paffeover, as f q J fome
judge, though others thmk it was the (~r J fecond
Paffeover at which Chrift was; compare John 6. 4.
and that in the fecond year of1 his miniftry, J when
Jefus wentup to Jerufalem,Ch. V. I. At which feafon.
1. Jefus curcth on the Sabbath, a man lying at the
pool of Bethefda, that had been fick of the Palfie
thirty eight years, v. 2. to 10. This atlk amplified, 1.
By thejews offence at Chrift,and perfecuting him for
healing on the Sabbath, v. 10. ro 17. 2. ByChrifts
Apology for himfelf and his Ad, declaring to them
who himfelf is by a manifold Teftimony, vi^. Of his
father, v. 17.ro 32. Of John Baptift,v. 32.ro 36. Of
his works, v. 36. to 39. And of the Scriptures, v. 39.
to the end. II. Chrift feedeth the multitude, about
five thoufand, with five loaves and two fifties, Ch. VI.
j. ro 15. III. Chrift walketh on the Sea tohisDif-
ciples,v. 15. to 22. IV. Chrift preacheth a Sermon
to the Capernaites touching himfelf the true Bread of
life; here note 1. The occafion of the Sermon, v.
22.1026. 2. the Sermon if f elf, principally inftruft-
ing them therein. That himfelf is the Author of ever-
Iaftinglife, and that faith is the inftrument whereby
we apply him, v. 26. to $9. 3. The Events of this Ser-
mon, v. 59. to the end.
III. At the Feaft of Tabernacles, In reference to
which confider
1. How Chrift afcended up to the Feaft privately,
not openly, as his brethren with ill intent incited
him, Ch. VII. 1. ro II.
2. The Jews feeking for him at the Feaft, and
their various opinions of him, ver. 1 1. ro 14.
3. His Sermon in the Temple in the middle of the
Feaft to the Jews wonder, ver. 14, 15. wherein 1.
He afferts the Divinity of his Doctrine, v. 16, 17, »8
2. He reproves the Jews for feeking to kill him for
healing on the Sabbath, juftifying his fad by Cir-
eumcifian on the Sabbath, v. 19. to 25. 3. He anfwers
the peoples falfe Argument that he was not the
Chrift becaufe they knew whence he was, v. 25. to
32. . 4. .Upon ocrafion of the Pharifees and chief
Prieft fending Officers to take him, he threatens
' after a 1/rr/e while his departure from them, ver. 32.
to 37.
4. His Sermon on the laft day of the Feaft, where-
of note 1. The matter, viz. his invitation of all fpiritu-
ally-thirfty fouls to believe in him',promifing to tin in
the Spirit, v. 37.ro 40. II. The Events, I, The peo-
ples various opinions of him,v.4oro 45. 2. The Of-
ficers fent to take him,were fo taken thcmfclves with
his Doctrine, that they could not apprehend him,
ver. 45.ro 50. 2,.19icodemM his Apology for Chrift,
ver. $0. to the end.
5. His reaching the people in the Temple next
morning, Chap. VIII. 1, 2. where I. He Convinceth the Chap.8«
conlciences of the Scribes and Pharifees asking him
what punifhment fhould be inflicted upon the wo-
man taken in adultery, urging her to repent, ver. 3.
foi2. II. he preacheth, i. Declaring himfelf the
light ofthc world, v. 12. 2.Aficrring the truth of him
his Doctrine and teftimony touching himfelf by his
Fathers joynt teftimony alfo, v. 13. to 33.. 3. Con-
futing'the Jews vain and hypocritical boafting that
they were Abrahams feed, hy their degenerate wick-
ed practices, fhowing they were neither children of
Abraham, nor of God, but of the Devil, ver. 2.2..to
the end.
6. His curing the man on t he Sabbath day that was
born blind: Defcribed 1 By the Occafion and prece-
dent circumftanccs, Chap. IX \.to6. II. By the Chap. 9.
Manner of the cure, ver, 6,7, III. By the Events
enfuing thereupon, vi^. 1. The neighbours briiig
the man to the Pharifees, informing them of jcflis
hiscure, ver. 8. ro 14. 2. The Pharifees enquire of
how Chrift cured him, and of his Parents, chiding
with him for confeffing Chrift, and Excommunicating
him,v. i4.r0 35. 3. Chrift hereupon finds the man,
and reveals himfelf more fully to him, ver.35.ro 39.
4. Chrift upbraids the Pharifees for their blindnefie,
ver,39,4o, 41.
7. His Sermon wherein he preacheth himfelf the
True Shepherd and door of the Sheep, I. Propounding a
Parable, wherein he fheweth 1. Who is the true
Shepherd, Ch.X. 1,2,3. 2. Who the true fheep, v. chap.ic.
4i$->6. II. Expounded the Parable, wherein, 1. He de-
clares himfelf the oncly door of the fheep, and thofe
that guide not to him to be theeves , ver. 7, 3, 9, 10.
2. He afferts himfelf the good fhepherd, upon di-
vers grounds, farre beyond all hirelings,ver. 11, to 19.
This Sermon is amplified by the Event, vi^. The Peo-
ples different opinion of him v. 19.20,21.
8. Atjerufalem at the FeaQ of Dedication, in Win-
ter, I. Jefus refolves the Jews that he was Chrift,
I. Reproving their unbelief, ver. 22,23,24, 25. 2.
Proving himfelf to be the Chrift by his works, ver. 25.
3. Comforting himfelf againft their unbelief, Partly
by Gods decree, v. 26. Partly by the faith of his
fheep,towhom he promifeth perfeverance,v.27.ro 31.
II. Jefus expoftulates with them againft their unjuft
endeavours to ftone him, v. 31. to 39. III. Jefus e-
fcapeth from them feeking to take him, to beyond
Jordan, where many believe on him, ver. 39. to the
end.
9. His railing of Lazarus of Bethany to life, after
he had been four dayes dead, defcribed I. Bypaffa-
ges Antecedent, vi^. 1. His not coming though fenc
for, whilft i.^r>« was lick, Chap. XL l.ton. 2. His „,
going to ra\(e La^arw being dead, ver.l.to 18. 3 His t-naP'11*
entertainment thereby Mary Martha, and the Jews,
ver. 18.ro 33. 4. His trouble and tears at the fight
of Mary's and the Jews weeping, v. 33.10 39. II. By
the manner of his railing him, v.39.t0 45. III. By
the Events, yi^. 1. Many believe, ver.45. 2. Some
tell the Pharifees what he had done, v.46.3.The con-
futation of the chief Priefts and Pharifees how they
might deftroy him, whereat Caiaphas prophecied
that Chrift fhould dye fortheJews,v.47.ro 54. 4.
Jefus his withdrawing hereupon into Ephraim, near
the wildcrneffe, ver. 54.
IV. At the Feaft of the Paffeover, vi^. The laft
Paffeover Chrift kept with his Difciples ; Chimfelf
Kkkkkk «*
494
J 0 H N.
Chap.Xrr.to xxr.
Chap. 12.
Chap. 13.
cur true Paffeover, being immediately thereupon facri-
ticedforhu'Ekil.J Where Chrifts PafTion and Death
is defcribed by rhc 1 Antecedents. 2 Manner, And 3
Consequents thereof.
1 . Jlie Antecedents or paffages going before h U death ,
were I. The Jews inquifitiveneffe after him at the
Feaft.ier. 55,56. II. The chief Priefls and Pharifees
command ro detect him, ver. 57. III. Chriftscom-
ing to Bethany, where Lazarus was, fix dayes before
the Feaft, where Mary anointed his feet,wiping them
with her hair. Chap. XII. i.to 9. Amplified by the
Peoples flocking thither, and by the Jews confulting
thereupon to put La^arm to death alfo, a/ec.p,io,ii.
IV. Hisentring Jerufalem riding upon an AflesColt
with the Peoples Hofannah's, &c. ver. 12.ro 20. This it
Amplyfied, Partlybw the Greeks defire to fee Jefus,
who came to worihipat the Feaft ,i».2o,2 1,22. Partly
by his Sermon to his Difciplesand the People touch-
ing Death, Self-denial forChrift, and walking in the
light, v.23 fo 57. Partly by a Declaration, 1. Of the
Jews general blindneffe and unbelief ; though fome
of the Rulers believed in him, but confeffed him not ;
2. Of the benefits of faith, andmifchiefs of unbelief,
ver, 2/7 . ro the end. V. His Pafchal- Supper with his
Difciples-, at which 1. He wjfheth the Difciples feet,
teaching thereby his fpiritual warning them, and
humility one to another, Chap. XIII. i.to 18. i.He
complains of, and derefts the Traytor Judas by a
fop, ver. 18. fo 27. 3. He upbraids and irritates Ju-
das,ver. 27. to 31. 4. He comforts himfelf againft
his approaching death, commanding his Difciples to
love one another,i>. 31. to 36. $. He forewarnes Pe-
ter of his threefold denial, ver. 36. to the end. 6. He
comforts his Difciples againft their prefent forrow,
for his approaching departure from them; And this
by many Cordials, or Arguments of comfort, v/^.Their
Chap. 14. faith in him, Chap. XW 1. The nature of heaven.
His Preparation of it for them, ver. 2. His promife
of return. His reception of them to himfelf. His
glorifying them with himfelf, 11.3. Their knowledge
whither he went,and the way ; largely expounded, v.
4. ro 12. Their doing after his departure the works
that he did, and greater, (w^.The fame in Doctrine
and Miracles : Greater in preaching to Gentiles,
whereas he preached only ro the Jews, and doing
many more miracles rhen Chrift, being themfelves
many, and having longer time to do them in,Jv.i2.
His granting of theit Prayers made inhisName, ver.
13, 14. His giving of the fpirit the Comforter to
them, ver. 15, 1 6: His vouchfafing them his own
comfortable heart-pacifying prefence, fweetly de-
fcribed verfe. 17. to the end. 7- He exhorts them,
Partly to perfevere in him by faith by many Argu-
ments under the Parable of the Branches in the Vine,
Chap.15. Chap.XV.l.toS. Partly to abound in fpiritual fruit-
fulneffe, efpecially in mutual love one to another,
v. 8.roi8- 8. He comforts them again, againft the
worlds hatred and perfecution : as alfo againft his
deparrure:by their Election out of the world,i>er.i8„
19. By his own example, ver. 20. By their good
caufe, ver. 21,22. Eythe reflecting of alhheirfuffer-
ings upon God, ver. 22., 24. By the Scriptures Pre-
diction, 1/.25. By theSpmtsTeftimony,ver.26.By
their own Testimony, ver. 27. By his fending of the
Holy Ghoft the Comfiter, whofe operation fhallbe
moft beneficial both in reference to the world, and
Chap. 1 5. in reference to the ApofHes themfelves, Chap. X/I.
i.to 6. By his Refurrecri'on, (when they ft) all fee him
again) and by his Afccnfion, Promising as a fruit
thereof the hearing of their Prayers made in his
Name, ver. 16. to 29. Finally, againft their flight
and difperfion he comforts them by his Fathers Pre-
fenceftiil with him, and hisviftory over the world
for them ver. 29.ro the end. 9. He ponies forth his
Moji heavenly prayer, as our Great-High-Priefi, be-
fore hk offering up of himfelf form \ Commending him-
felf, and all his, therein to the Father. Herein he
prayes, Partly, for himfelf that the Father would
now glorifie him, having finilhed his work, Chap.
XVII. i.ro 6. Partly, for his ApofHes and Difciples, CnaP« r7»
that they may be preferred from evil, and Sanctifi-
ed to the preaching of the Gofpel, v. 6.to 20. Partly,
for all the Eleft , vi^. that they may be fpiritually u-
nited, and eternally glorified, ver. 2o.totheendof the
Chapter.
2. Jlie Manner of Chrifts Paffion, is defcribed what
it was, I. in the Garden, where he isberrayed, Ap-
prehended, and led away to the High-Prieft, Chap. r. 0
XVIII. 1. to 15, H. In the High-Priefts Pallas, be- *"mp' I8#
fore Annas andCaiapbasy where Jefus isexamined by
the High-Prieft, buffeted by one of the Officers, and
denyed by Peter, ver. 15. ro28. III. In the Judge-
ment-hallbeforc Pilate . where Jelus is. I. Arraign-
ed and Examined, ver. 28. to 38. 2. Rejected for
Barrabas,v.3%,2,9,4o. 3. Scourged, Chap. XIX. I. chap. 19.
4. Crowned with Thorncs, ver. 2. 5. Clothed with
a purpIcRobe, ver.2. 6. Mocked and Buffeted,^.
And 7. Condemned by Pilate at the outrage of the
people, contrary to his own Confcience, after he
had divers times endeavoured to releafe him, ver. 4.
to 17. IV. In the place of Execution: where, I He is
crucified betwixt two Thieves, v. 17,18. z. A Ti-
tleisfetupon his Crofs, ver. i9.to 23. 3. HisGar-
ments are parted, and lots caft for his coat ver. 23,
24. 4. He commends his Mother to John ftanding
I by his Crofs, ver.25,26, 27. 5. He drinketh Vine-
gar, and yeildeth up the Ghoft, 1^.28,29,30. 6. His
legs were not broken, but his fide piercedj ver. 31.
ro38.
3. The Confequence of Chrifts Pa ffion, where I. His
Burialby Jofeph of Arimathea, and Nicodemm, ver.
38. to the end. II. His Rejurreftion, early on the
firft day of the week, ("unknown to Mary Magdalene
Peter and John when they came to the Sepu'chre^J
Cha p. X X. I . ro 1 1 , Chrift s Refurretlion is evidenced, chap.
1. By two Angels to Mary Magdalene as fhe flood
weeping at his Sepulcher, ver. 1 i.fo 14. 2. Ey the
Apparition of Jefus himfelf to Mary turning her felf
about; who alfo reported to the Difciples that fhe
had feen the Lord,and what he had faid unto her, v.
14.ro 19.3. By the Apparition the fame firft day of the
week at Even, to the Difciples together, (Thomas
being abfent,and not believing) v. 19. to 26.4. By his
Apparition after eight days to the Difciples, Thomas
being with them,& his faith beingconfirmed by hear-
ing, feeing and handling of Chrift.ver. 26.ro 3o.(Here
is inferred the reafon why fome among the many
figns which Chrift did, are recorded, vi^. That we
might believe that Jefus is the Chrift, and live by
believing, ^.30,31 .J 5. By his Apparition to the Di-
fciples at the Sea of Tiberias procuring them a great rh^r, 2\
draught of Fifties, and Dining with them, Ch.XXI.i. v'
to 15. This Apparition of Chrift is Amplifiedby Chrifts
Conference with Peter, Partly charging him, as he
loved him, ro fee his Lambs and Sheep, v.i 5, 15,17,
Partly foretelling Peter by what Death he fhould glo-
rifie God, vi^. by being Crucificd,ai Chrift was, v. 18.
19. Partly, anfvvering Peters Qucftion touching John
who wrote thefe things, verfe. 20.ro the end of the
Btok..
3.
The
\_-
495
The ACT S
Se&.I. Order and Name.
Hitherto of the Hiftory of ]efus chrift, the Head of
the Church defer ibed by the four Evangelifls.
THE HISTORY OF THE CHVRCH OF
C HR 1ST, hit myfiicalBody, and that in tbepunjl
primitive ApoRolical times, nextfollowes; and is con-
tained in the ACTS OF THE HOLY APOSTLES.
So denominated, from the principal Sub)eZl- matter of
of this Book, WK- The Afts of the * APoflles '"
the infancy of the primitive Church, therein recorded Hi-
Jlorically.
* Obieft
But how
can this
Bool^be
called The Alls of the Apoftles, when it almoft writes of Paul
alone ?
Anfrr. Many things are in this Hiftory recorded of all the A-
poftles, to chapter 13. But more of Paul then of any of the
reft; Partly becaufe Luke that penned it, was almoft Pauls
Companion in all his travels-. Partly becaufe as Pauls conver-
sion was more miraculous, fo hisMiniftry and courfe was more
illuftrious. He laboured more abundantly then they all;
lfCor.i$, i(5. p ntly moft of the other Apoftles after the di-
fperfion, exercifed their Miniftry among Gentiles, lefs famous
then Jewes, Greeks and Romans. But its fpecially obfervable
in this Hiftory, here's nothing at all mentioned of any Bifhop-
rick that Peter had at Rome. And Fmcc'w (Com. j, 5, ;n
ChronolJ demonstrates that Perer never was it Rome. D.ParJn
Prolog, in Alt. Ap.
SeU. II. Venman.
a See Seft.
I. upon
Luhs
where he
is at large
defcribed
b Afts,i.i
2. &c.
cAft, 17
1 6.
d Aftsi<;
3?-
Penman of this Hiftory was Lu\e fthe beloved
Phyfitian) who alfo wrote the Gofpel ( of whom a
fee what is there fpoken,J as appears, 1. By the
Teftimony of the ancient Complutenfe-Manufcript-
Copy, wheiein Lukes name is prefixed. 2. By the
Preface or Introduction of this Book, wherein he men-
tions the former Treatife of the Gofpel penned by
him; names Toeopbilia, to whom he direfted par-
ticularly this Hiftory of the Apoftles, as well as that
Hiftory of Chrift, and alfo heconnefts or knits this
Book to his Gofpel, by continuing the Hiftory where
he formerly left, viz. At the Refurrettion and Afcen-
fion of jefus Chrift, which 6 here is fomewhat more
fully defcribed, and what followed hereupon, fo
that this Gofpel and the Alls of the Apoftles, are but
as one continued Hiftory. 3. By the very ftile, which
feemes notably to indigitate Luke unto us, Partly it
being compleat and polifhed Greek, becoming Lukj
an accurate Grecian, who had alfo moft diligently
perufed the Septuagint Verfion ; Partly it being re-
plenifhed with Hebraifmes, fuitablc to Lukes native
Genius being by country a Syrian ofAntioch, the
Syrian Language being one of the Hebrew-Dialefts J
Partly became herein fometimes is the Language of
aPhyfitian, very agreeable to Luk?< orofellion, as
■ c his Spirit it was ftirred in him, [jwt.*o%nvi\o , Hit {pi-
lit was in a Paroxyfme ; '} the woid is ufed by Phyfi-
tiansto fignirie a ffiarp fit of an Ague, Fever,
to8. 3. By the events of this cure, both on the ^n3F* >'
lame man and the People, ver. 8. to 12. II.Fererj
Sermon hereupon, wherein, 1. He declares the caufe
of this cure ; Negatively, not any thing in the Apo-
ftles;, Affirmatively, the power of Chrift and faith
in him whom they crucified, but God raifed again,
ver. 12. to 17. 2. He comforts them againft their
fin
Chap. IV. to XIII.
The ACTS of the Apoftles.
497
fin of crucifying Chrift, ver. 17,18. 3- He exhorts
them to repentance and faith in Chrift, ver. 10. to
the end. U\.Tbe Events ojWters Sermon, viz.i.The
Apprehcnfionandimprifonment of Peter and John
by the Priefts, Ruler of the Temple, andSadduces,
Chap.4. chap. IV. 1. to 5. 2. The Rulers proceedings againft
Peter and John, ('who boldly preach Chrift before
them,)v.$. to 22,. 3. The Apoftles prayer upon re-
port of the whole matter, with the Lords gracious
and prefent anfwcr,vf r. 23. to 32.
2. How fwcetly the believers converfed together,
1. In unity of heart, v. 32. 2. In community of Hate,
v. 32. 3. In Authority of the Apoftles preaching
Chrirts refurreftion, ver. 33. 4. In Beneficence to
them that wanted, by fale of their poffeffions, and
depofiting the prices thereof at the Apoftles feet to
be distributed, ver. 33. to the end. Thit it amplified
by the Hypocrifie of Ananias and Sappbii a his wife,
who fold their pofieffions, pretended to lay down
all the price at the Apoftles feet , but kept
back part, andwereboth imitten dead for lying to
the Holy Ghoft, Chap. V. 1. to 12.
3. How the Apoftles wrought many wonders, 1.
To the terror of fome. 2. To the converfion of ma-
ny, ver. 12. fO 17.
4. How the Apoflles were perfecuted being impri-
foned and beaten for preaching Chrift Jefus, and
how floutly they behaved themfelves under thefe
fufFerings,and after thcm,re')oycing that they were count-
ed worthy to [tiffer frame for Chrift, and perfifting ftill
in preaching, ver. 27. to the endofthe chapter.
s. How the Apoftles appointed feven Deacons to
taRecareof the poor-, This Aft is defcribed 1. By
the occafionand moving caufe of erefting fuch ano-
Chap. 5. ffice, Chap. VI. 1. /a §. 2. Ey the manner of calling
the Deacons to their office, whofe names are recit-
ed, ver. $,6. 3. By the Event hereof, yer.j. This
Narration about the Deacons it amplified by the HiUory
of Stephen and Philip, two of the moji eminent of the
feven Deacons.
Touching Stephen here is declared how he I. wrought
great miracles, v. 8. II. Difputed prevalently againft
feveraladverfaries, 11.9.10. III. Hereupon was per-
secuted by his adverfaries. In his perfection, i. He
is accufed before the Councelfor blafpheming God
and the Law of Mofes, ver. 1 1. to the end. 2. He is
examined by the Councel touching things laid to his
Chap. 7. charge. Chap. VII. 1. 3. He makes his Apology
before the Counrel,anfwering his accufation,wherein
he \>roves(againft the ground of their accufation^That
God was not fo pleafed with Mofaical Rites andTem-
ple in themfelves,as that he would have them to be
perpetuated, or could not be worfhipped without
them ; Partly by the example of Abraham and the
Fathers, who worfhipped God aright, and were
chofenofGod before there was* either Tabernacle
or Temple, ver.2.to 37. Partly by the Teflimony of
Mofes, who prophecied of Chrift the Prophet like
unto him, who mould inftitute a new way of worfhip
whom Mofes commanded the Jews to obey, v. 37. to
42. Partlyby the example of the wicked Jews, who
when they had the Tabernacle, worfhipped not God
aright, in that they ferved idols, ver. 42.43- Partly
by the nature of the Tabernacle after the heavenly
pattern, and of the Temple, which were but to laft
for a time, and wherein God did not chiefly delight
to dwel\,ver. 44.ro 51. From all which Stephenft.zty-
ly reproves the Councel for Rebellion againft, God v.
$1. Cruelty againft Gods MeiTengers, ver. 52. Vio-
lation oi the Law, ver. 53. 4. Upon his anlwer he
isbarbaroufly ftoned to death, Saul contenting to
Chap. 8. his death, w'ep.54. to the end, and chapter VIII. 1.
Touching Philip it it fioritd, I. How he converted
the S.imaritanes, which is fee forth, 1. By the acci-
dental ocrafion of \x.,vix^. A great perfection of the
Church at Jernfalem,ioihe difperfton of all the preach-
ing Difciplcs, except the Apoftles, fS.. 2. The Manner ofhisconvcrfion,^ .to
2,6. 3. The Events hereof, ver. 2,6. to the endofthe
chapter, lothit Hifiory of 'Philip, and of the great per-
secution of the Church at Jerufalem, it annexed the Hi-
fiory ofS auls miraculous Converfion, who was one of the
chiej Perfccutors. Sauls Convetfion it defcribed, I. By
the feafon and ftatc wherein the Lord took occafion
to convert him, vi^. in his heat of persecuting the
Church, Chap. IX. 1,2. 2. By the miraculous man-
ner of his con veriion,by the voice of Chrift from hea-
ven,and his vocation to the Apoftlefhip, v. 3. to 20.3.
by the various Events following upon his converfion,
ver. 20.ro 32.
Hitheto of the Ails of the Apoftles, defcribed more
generally.
II. More fpeci ally, The AH s 0/ Peter WPauJ, are
defcribed in particular.
I. The particular Alls and Affairs of 'Peter, were Peter.
1 His Miracles, 2 Hit Dotlrhe, 3 His Sufferings. J.
Hit Miracles wrought. vi\. 1. Recovering at Lydda
a man from the Palfie, after he had kept his bed
eight years, ver. 32.ro 36. 2. Raifing Tabitha, cal-
led Dorcas, from the dead at Joppa, where many
believing, he abode many days, ver. 36. to the end.
II. Hit Dolhine, 1. Preached to Cornelius the Centu-
rion-, Defcribed, Partly by the Antecedent caufes of
his preaching, Ch. X. 1 . to 34. Partly by the matter
of his Sermon preached, ver. 34. to 44. Partly
by the events or iffues of his preaching, ver. 44. to the
end. 2. Defended againft them of the circumcifion,
that oppofed his communion with the uncircumcifed
Gentiles, by his Narrative of the whole matter, Ch.
XI. i.ro 19. {Here the Hiftoryof Peter it interrupted, Chap.il.
by a Narrative inferted touching r. The converfion of
many in Phenice, Cyprus and Antiocb, by them that
were difperfed upon the perfecution about Stephen,
ver. 19. to the end. 2. TheMartyrdome of James
the brother of Johnby Herod Agrippa, Ch. XII.i,2.] Chap. I*.
III. Hisfufferings under Herod who imprifoned him,
thinking to kill him; herenote, 1. Peters imprifon-
ment,v.3. to 7. 2. Peters miraculous enlargement
by an Angel at the Churches prayers, ver. 7. ton.
3. The Events upon that enlargement; Partly up-
on Peter himfelf, Partly upon his friends; Partly
upon the Keepers of the prifon, v. 1 1. to 20. This fie-
ry is amplified, 1. By a Narration of King Herodzhe
Perfecutor his miferable end, t/.2o. fo 24. 2. By the
Succefs of the Word afterward, ver. 24.
II. Tiie particular Alls and Affaires of Saul, (after
Sergint Paulas his converfion, named Paul J are te-
corded,cbiejly according to five remarkable Peregrinati-
ons or Journeyes which hetookj, viz.
1. His fir ft purney with Barnabas, to preach the
Gofpel to the Gentiles, (John Mark being their Mini-
fter.) Touching which note I. The Antecedent prepa-
ration of them for their journey; 1. By the return
(torn Jerufalem, whether they were fent with Alms
to the poor Saints from Antiocb in Syria, ver. 25.
2. By their folemn Call to this work and travel, Ch. Chap;*?.'
XIII. 1,2,3. H. Their journey it felf, 1. To 5e/eK-
<7d,ver. 4. 2.ToC)/>ntf,ver. 4. Preaching the word
there at Salamis, ver. 5. And at Papbos, before
Scrgius P aulas Deputy of the Countrey, where E-
lamat the Sorcerer wiihftanding them is fmitten
blind, whereupon the Deputy believed, ver.6 to 13,
3. To Perga in Pamphilia, where John deferred
them, ver. 1 3. 4. To Antiocbia'm Pifidia: where,
on the Sabbath-day, at the requeft of the Rulers of
the Synagogue, Paul preached Chrift to both Jews
L 1 1 1 1 1 and
49^
The ACTS of the Apojilcs.
Chap.XIV.toXX-
and Gentiles, the Gentiles defiring the fame Do-
cTrine might be preached to them the next Sabbath-
day, and all the City being come together, the
Jewes tilled with indignation, blafphtmed and
* contradicted their Doctrine, whereupon Paul and
B.unabas turn to the Gentiles, the Jews rejecting
the Gofpel, v. 14. to . the (-I.uk lies ; imparting them to the Church of
1 .$.Tae Ami":)), both by word of mouth, andbyEpiftle,
[me, which isejtprcffely recited,!/. 22.ro 30. III. By the
o: r-xTii Evens of theft; Synodall Acts, ver. 2,).to2,6.
raifed by thofe who troubled the Difciples. And accordingly
there was a threefold power or Authority, put forth in this
1. lie l):;i>i.it'nl- l' !iv:, , confuting the Herein- and
vindicating the Truth. 2. The /> . 1. ,-,'//, .'• Power, making a
practical Canon lor avoiding 1l1e1eaud.1l, and abftaining from
jave Occafion of ir. 3 XheC\ -, ,vcr. 24.
achers with the black Marks of Lyars
Chw ch.A'fxver nj ihr Ajle:/il'ly
» . ffl)pag.<55
Chip. 15
* There-
were
three
great e-
tfier of
the Apo
files and
Eiders, 1.
Herefie
taught,
aflerting
the necef-
3. Hit third journey with Silas f Barnabas parting
from him through the contention about Mark., J to
vifit the Erethren in every City, where he a&dBar-
nabas had preached the word, ver. 35.1-041. vi^.
I. Through Syria and Cilicia confirming the Chur-
ches, ver. 41. Il.Thcn toDerbe and Lyftra, Cities
of Lycaonia; where 1. Paul circumcifeth Timothy,
Ch. XVI. 1, 2, 3. 2. They delivered rhc Decrees of
the Synod to the Churches as they went, ver. 4, 5.
3. Through Phrygia and Galatia, being forbidden
by the Spirit to preach in Afia, v. 5. IV. To Myfia.
where the Spirit fuffered them not to go into Bithy-
nia, v. 7. 5. Thence to Troas, whete by a vifion
they wete called to Macedonia, ver. 8,9,10. VI.
Thence to Samothracia. VII. Thence to Neapolis,
ver. 11. VIII. Thence to Philippi a chief City of
Macedonia, where 1. Lydia is converted, v. 12. to
16. 2. The Spirit of Divination iscaft out of a Maid,
ver. 16, 17, 18. 3. Heteupon Paul and Silas are
ftripped, fcourged and imprifoned, ver. 19. ro2$.
4. Their Jaylor is wonderfully converted, i1.25.to 35.
5. And finally, Paulimd Silas releafed out ofprifon,
f.35. to the end. IX. Thence through Amphipolis
and Apollonia to Tbejfalonica, Ch. XVII. I. where 1.
Paul reafoning proveth that Jefus is Chrift, fome be-
lieving, 11.2.105. 2. Pdtt/isperfecuted by the un-
believing Jews , but fent away fafe, v. 5. to 10.
X. Thence to Berea, where 1. Paul preaching Chrift
many believed, ver. 10,11,12. 2. Perfecution is
raifed up againft Paulbythe. unbelieving Jewes of
Tbejfalonica, ver. 1 3, 14, 1 5. XI. Thence to Athens
v. 1 5. where Paul t". Difputeth, v. i5, 17. 2. Is per-
fected by the Epicureans and Stoicks, ver. 18.1022.
3. PreachethoniJ/rtAt hill the true and living God,
to them VNKNOWN, fome mocking, but fome be-
lieving, ver. 22. to the end. XII. Thence to Corinth,
Chap.XVUL I. where x. Paul abode with Aquila a
Jew, preaching Chrift till the Jews oppofed and
blafphemed, v. 2. to 7. 2. Paul went and abode in
thehoufe o(Iuflus,zo thcconverfionof many,preach-
ing there a year and fix moneths, vet. 7. to 12.
3. .FWisfurioufly perfecuted by the Jewes, accuf-
ed before Gallio the Deputy, but difmiffed, ver.12.
to 18. 4. After this tarries a good while, and then
came into Syria with Pr'tfcilla and Aquila, ver. 18.
XIII. Thence to Ephefui, where he reafoned with
the Jews, ver. 19, 20, 21". XIV. Thence he fayl-
cd to Ctfarea, ver. 22. XV. Thence hecameto
{ J erufalem,s. 22.
•4. Hit fourth Journey, undertaken for the Ephefians
fakes, from Hierufalem. viz. I. To Antioch, ver. 22.
II. Thence over all the Country of Galatia and Phry-
gia. ftrengthening all the Difciples, ver. 23. III.
Thence to Ephefut, where I. Apollos a Jew of Alex-
andria, knowing only Johns Baptifme was inftruft-
ed a little before more perfectly by PrifctSa andA-
r his fpeaking againft the
idolatrous vvorfhip of Diana which uproar was ap-
dby the Town-Clerk, v. 23. to the end. 8. Paul
takes his leave of the Difciples, Ch. XX. 1. IV.
From
Chap. i<5«
Chap. 17.
Chzp.iBi
j\\d. Pif.
cat. in loc.
Hift.Eccl.
Magdenb.
Cent. I./.2.
c. 10.
Paulus
Chap. 19.
rThat
thofe Di-
fciples
were
baptized
by Paul
becaufe
formerly
mif-bap-
tfzed, is
confeffed
and clear-
ed by that
learned
Zano.in
Obfervati-
onib.infu-
am if ft us
Confcffio-
nem in cap.
l$.Tom.S.
/>• SJo.&c.
Geneva.
1618.
Chap. 20.
Chap.XXl. to XXVIII.
The AC TS of the Afo files.
499
From Ephefus into Macedonia, tiicre giving much
exhorracion, ver. i, 2. V. Thence into Greece,
there abiding three Moncths, v. 2, 3. VI. Thence
(Jcwslaying wait for him,) palling chrough Mace'
donia inco Afia, He came to Troas, where 1. He a-
bode feven dayes, ucr. 3. rj 7. 2. On the firlt day
of the week he preached till midnighc, railed E.ni-
chus to life, and celebrated the Lords Supper, v. 7.
to 13. VII. From Troas to AJ])s , ver. 13, 14.
VIII. Thence to Mitylene, 11.14. IX- Thence to
CA/'o/. X. Thence to Samas. XL Thence to Tre-
gillium. XII. Thence (purpofcly milling Ephefus.)
to Miletus, ver. 15, 1 6. where 1. He fends for the
Elder? of Ephefus 10 Miletus, ver. 17. 2. He preach-
ethtothem, Partly remembring unto them his for-
mer finceredoftrine and life amongft tliem, Partly
foretelling his fufferings at 7?"'pfc/n for Chrift, and
how little he was moved thereat for Chrift ; Partly
charging them hcedfully to feed and watch over the
Church committed to them ; Partly taking his leave
ofthem, ver. 18. to 36. 3- He praycth with them,
who part with him with many tears, ver. 2,5, 37, 38.
Chap. si. XIII. Thence to Coos. XIV. Thence to Rhodes.
XV. Thence to Patara, Ch. XXI. 1. XVI. Thence
toTyre, where I. Paul tarried feven dayes, ver. 2,
3,4. 2. Difciplesby the fpirit warn Paul not to go
up to Jerusalem, ver. 4. 3. Men, Women and
Children bringing Paul on his journey, he prayed
with them on the fhore, and took his leave, v. 5, 6.
XVII. Thence to Ptolemait , abiding one day with
the Brethren, v. 7. XVIII. Thence to Csfarea ;
where 1. They cntredinto the houfe of Philip the E-
vangelift, whole four Daughters prophecied, v. 8, 9.
z.Agabus propheciethofF.i«/i bonds at Jerufalem,
and that he fhould be delivered into the hands of the
GentiIes,v.io,ii. 3.Prt«/isintreated by the Difciples
with tears not to go up to Jerufalem , but will not be
perfwaded, being ready to dye for the Lord Jefus,
v.12,13,14. XIX.Thence to Jerufale>n,v.i$,i6,i'j.
•where \.Paul relates to thePrefbytery ,the fruits of his
Miniftry among the Gentiles,t/.i8,iQ,2o. 2. Paul it
the requeftof the Prefbytery Purifies himfelf & thofe
that were with him,according to the Law oi Mofes, to
prevent the offence of the weak believing Jews,who
had heard that Paul taught the Jews to for fake the
Law ot~Mofes,v.2o.to 28. %.Paul being in the Temple,
the Jews of Afia raifc a tumult againft him,lay hands
on him to kill himjbut the chief Captain with his foul-
diers refcued him.bound him,examined him.carried
him into the Caftle,& as he was on the Caftle-ftaires,
obtained leave to fpeak unto the people, v. 28. to the
end. 4.Frf«/makes an Apologetical fpeech upon the
CafHe-fbirs,to the peop!e,aiming therein to convince
the peopIc,that the uproar railed about him,wherein
he was thus apprehended & beaten, was not through
any default of his,To this end. 1 He declares his former
Chap. 22. Zea' if the Jewifh Religion againft the Chriftian, C/j.
XXII.i.fo 6. 2.He relates the miraculous manner of
his Converfion to the Chriftian Religion,& his calling
to the Apoftlefhip. Whereat consequently none flmuld be
effended,v.6. to 12.
Thii fpeech ofhk ii amplified by the Events, viz The
peoples tumult, v. 22,23. The chief Captains com-
mand to bind and examine Paulby fcourging, which
Paulzsi frecborn Roman was freed from, v 24.10 30.
The chief Captain commands the chief Priefis and
all the Councel to appear to examine him, ^.30. 5.
Paul is broughc by the chief Captain before the Jews
Chap. 23. Councel; where, He profeffeth his good confeience,
Ch.XXIII. 1. //ef/jrerttewthehigh-Priefr, for com-
manding him to be fmitten againft the Law, u2.r0 6.
Hepolitiqmly declaring himfelj a Pharifee, queftioned
for holding the refurre&ion from the dead, fets a di-
vifion among his adverfaries, being part Pharifecs,
partSadduces^.S.fo n.«5.The Lord encouraged Paul
by night, that lie fhouldbear witnefs of him at Rome,
v. 1 1.7, Paul is by a fpecial Providence delivered from
the.rreachery of above fourty Jews, who had bound
themfelves under acurfe that they would neither
eat nor drink. till they had killed Paul. The chief cap-
tain feiv! ;n j liMiiwich a guard of Souldicrs tor >./'... c-,;,
with letters to Felix the Govcrnour, and command-
ing his accufers to fay before Felix what they I ad a-
gainft Paul, v. 12.ro theendoftbecb.8.VnderFe]ix
Governtsur, ths High-Priefband felder , by te tullus
the Orator,malicioui!v accufe Paiil,Ch.XXIV 1 ,1 1 1 j Chip. 24.
Paul modeftly.apologizeth for himfelf, both A
ing the crimes objected. and Evidencing his own inna-
cency, v. lo.to 22X0U is amplified by the Events I:
o/",viz.Further hearing is defer red,t»er.S2. Paul is al-
lowed liberty of his imprifomnent,v. 23. He preach-
eth before Felix and his wifcv.24,25. \ n hope ol a
bribe J s often fent for by Felix, v. 26. Islefr bound
when Feftut came inco Felix his Room,v.27. c.VnJer
Feflttstbe Governour, rhe High-Prieftsand Jew; accufe
iW,C/;.XXV.i.fo8..fWanfwcrs their accufations, Chap. 25.
v. .8. Appeals from Feftus, ("who would have judged
him at Jerufalem, Jto Q&far,v.<).to 1 yPauls affairs are
related by F eft us to KingAgrippa,coxa\x\% 10 falute him
whoalfodcfired to hear Paul,v.\^. to 22. Paul being
brought forth into the place of hearing, v. 32. to the
end, Anfwered for himfelf. Partly Prefacing to his
fpeech.c/; XXVI. 1,2, 3. Partly declaring hisman- Chap. 2^.
neroflife Before, At, ind After liis converfion,.!/. 4 to
24. The Events of which fpeech on Feftus andA-
gfippa, are related, ver.2^. to the end of the chap.
5. His fifth and laft journey, with Ariftarchus a
Macedonian, from CaiareaM Rome, occafioned by
his appeal to afar formerly mentioned, v\. I.
Sailing from Cxfarea to Sidon, f Julius the Centu-
rion, who had the charge of Paul, courreoufly in-
treating him, J Ch. XXVII. ver. 1, 2, 3. II. Thence Chap.:.?'
under Cyprus, over the fea of Cilicia and Pamphylia,
to Jlpraa City ofLycia, ver. 4, 5,6. III. Thence by
Cnidus , Creete and Salmon, to the faire-Havens,
ver. 7, 8. where, 1. Paul admonifheth them of the
danger of the voyage, ver. 9,10. 2. His Admonition
prevaileth not, Partly becaufe the Mafter of the
Shipadvifed otherwife. Partly becaule the haven
was not commodious to winter in, ver. 11, 12. IV.
Thence they failed clofe by Creete, and in a great
tempefl, wherein they were many dayes toiled ;
they fuffered Ship-wrack., the lading of the Ship be-
ing loft, and the Ship broken, but according to the
Angels promife to Paul, he and all the perfons fail-
ing with him were faved, being cafl upon the Ifland
Melita, ver. 13. to the end, and Chap. XXVIFI. 1. Chap.18.
where are declared 1. The kindeneffe of the Barba-
rians to them, ver. 2. 2. Pauls making a Viper oft
his hand into the fire, ver. 3 tii, 3 Pauls kind
entertainment by Publiw chief man of the Ifland,
ver. j. 4. Pauls healing the father of Publius of a
fever and a bloody tiix -, and other difeafes in the
Ifland, ver. 8,0, 10. 5. Their abode there three
moneths, ver. 11. V. Thence ro Syracufe, ver. 11.
12. VI. Thence to Return. VII. Thence to Putcoli,
where rinding Brethren, Paul tarried feven dayes,
ver. 13, 14, VIII. Thence to Rome, being met by
the brethren as far as Appii-forum, and the three Ta~
verns, ver. 14,15, i5. where 1. Paul with other
Prifoners were delivered to theCapcain oftheGuard,
Paul being afforded free-cuftody, ver. 16. 2. Paul
after three days, calls the brethren to him, declaring
to them thecaufeofhis coming, and his innocency
with the events thereof, ver. 17./0 23. 3. Paul ata
time appointed in his lodgings preacheth Chrift to
the Jewes, the Events of which Sermon are declare d ,
w.22,ro$Q. 4. Paul boldly, preacheth Chrift with- \
out prohibition, for two years fpace, in his own
hired houfe, to all chat come to vifk him, w/l* 30 ,
Tims, of all the Bvl-j of the New Teftament which
are Historical ; Next in order follow t'rAe &y>ks
which are Epijhltc.il.
II. &j
5CO
The KEY of the Bible.
a Hen.
Allied.
Pr&cog.
TheolJ. 2.
c 124.
II. STISTOLICJL BOOKS.
THE EPISTOLICAL BOOKS of the New Teftament are all the Epiftles,
written by the Apoftles ; the Apoftles being oft-times unable to inftrucl: by their per-
fonal prefence, fupplyed that by writing Eft files. Thofe Epiftles are either written, 1 . To
the Believing Gentiles. Or, 2. To the Believing Jexves, as was formerly noted.
To the believing Gentiles, The Apo file Paul wrote his Epiftles; which are 1. General,
written to whole Churches : 2. Particular, to fome felecl particular Perfons.
I. Some a do rank Pauls Epiftles thus, according to the Churches and Perfons to whom
they were written, viz..
(Rome-
i. Europe, as to the jCorinth
Churches at yTbeffalonica
(_Pbilippi
in Italic
Greda.
>
■ — mfhracia.
V To whole 2. jifta as to the
Pauls Epi-
ftles were
written
Churches,
either
Churches at
'Galatia
Ephefus
Coloffe
>in Afia Minor.
•. 3. Judea , and in other Nations difperfed , as theEpiftte to the
Hebrews.
2t To particular Perfons 5 as to
CTimothy.
^ Tit us.
Philemon.
t> Hist. Ec-
clef. Magd.
Cent. 1./.
2. c. 20.
Paulus
Apofiolus.
D. Parens
inPrologom
fecial in
Ep. Paul in
SeH. V.
C ante ep.
adKoman,
II. Others b endeavour, and that not unprofitably, to marfhall Pauls E fifties in the Or-
der of times and feafons wherein they were feverally written, which Order is not obferved
as they are placed in our Bibles. And though the punctual time when every Epiftle was
written, cannot evidently and infallibly be demonftrated, either by the Epiftles themfeives, or
other Ecclefiaftical Hiftories, yet we may have good probabilities hereof, as may appear in
this Type or Table enfuing.
J Chronological Table, defer ibing the Order and Time
wherein Pauls Epiftles were written.
PAuls Epiilles were written 1. Before his Bonds and
Captivity at Rome. 2. In his Bonds and Imprifon-
rnetit there.
Before his Binds and Captivity at Rome, as thefe [even
Ep flics in this Order, viz.
Firft of all feems to be written the I. To Theffalonians
From Athens by Tychicus. For Paul by rcafon of
the tumultuous Jcwcs, going from Theffalonica to
Berea, and thence to Athens, Aft. 17. Thence he
confirmes the Theffalonians in the faith by his firft
Epiftle, as appears by 1 Thcf. 3. 1. 2. and by the
fubferiptions of both the Epiftles to thcTheffalonians,
(_ ifEpiftolicalSubfcriptions may be credited. _) There
arc who think tin's and the orher Epiftle were writ-
ten at Corinth, becaufe Paul flayed not long at A-
thens, and becaufe Timotheus and £// in the Ninreenth
year after his Converfion, (as is thought) in the
tenth or eleventh of Claudius, and the one and twen-
tieth after Chrift's death.
Next feems written the l.To the Corinthians, from
Ephefus, while Paul ftayed there, from Afts 19.9,
22. compared with 1 Cor. 16. 8. Tand this rather
than from Philippi, as the Greek Poftfcript intimates,
and before he went through Macedonia, J 1 Cor. 16.
5. for he paffed through Macedonia after his three
years abode at Ephefus. See Afts 19. 1, 8, 10, 21, 22.
compared with Afts 20.1. about the endofwhich
time he is fuppofed to write this Epiftle at Ephefus,
before Pentecfi. For he faid, / will tarry at Ephefus,
km /if
The KEY of the Bible.
501
untillPenteaft, 1 Cor. 1 6: 8. which when lie
he feems plainly cobs at Ephefm. And Chryjoffime
fointerpretsk, faying, When be mite thit Epifile he
was /irEphefns, it being winter, Joan. Chryfolt. id
iCor. i5.8.Hom.4?. Videtiam Athan, inSvno
And this Pentecofl went before that Pentecoll when.
he intended to be at Jtrufalem, Aft;, jo. i5. which
fell our about the fixty fourth year aftcrChrills death,
in the ninth of N'ro, which year co ning tojerufa-
i Um with the contribution, he was cart intoBjnds:
in the thirtieth ycarafter his Converfioti.
$. Not much after this firll Epillle : Paulviwe
his II. To Corinthians tram Pbilippi, when after D.'-
metrim his tumult,he left Ephefw and came into Ma-
cedonia, Ails 2:.i, 2,5. for then he mull needs come
to Pbilippi, ("which was the firrt city upon the coall
of Macedonia, Ad.s.16. 12/) Hither rcferre that inti-
mation of his coming to Cirinth, with rhem of Mic:-
donia. 2 Cor.9. 4. that is there faid ro be done, when
after he had paited through Macedonia into Greece^
be had flayed three moneths, Ails 20.2, 3. And
after we never read that he returned into Greece.
6.1a the fame parting through Macedonia: A* Nicopo-
/tffas the Portfcript intimacesjnot farre dirtant from
Philippi before he came into Greece, Paulis fuppofed
to have written his Epirtles to Titus, whom he calls
fromCeerto Nicopolis, becaufe there he bad deter -
minedto winter, Tk. 3. 12. though hefeems after to
have altered his purpofe, and to have wintered in
Grecia, as is thought at Corinth. Some think it was
written from Ephefits.
7. The eminent Epirtle to the Romans feems to
have bin written, whilrt Paul was vvintring at Corintb,
but having wintred in Greece, becaufe of the treache-
ries of the Jews, returning through Macedonia, he
cameto.tyW<* with the Contribution, whence at lart
he was carried bound to Rome in the fixty fourth
yearofChrifl, in the ninth of Nao, and in the thir-
tieth year after his own converfion. So thatthefe
three Epirtles, vi^.The II. to Corinth, To Titus, And
to the Romanes, feem to be written as is faid, and all
within the fpace of half a year : but the Epifile to the
Romans feems to be the lart he wrote before he came
captive ro Rome. Origen and Cbryfoflome prove it
was written after both the Epirtles to the Corinthians,
becaufe in both thofe Epirtles he rtirs them up to a
collection for the poor Saints at Jerufalem, 1 Cor.
6. 1, to 6. 2 Cor.8 9. which contribution he faith he
had received from the Churches of Macedonia and
Achaia, to carry it into fudea, Rom. 15. 2$, 26. and
hebrought it to Jerufalem, inhis lart journey into
Syria, defcribed Ails 10. and 2r.ashimfelfterti'rlesin
his Apology before Felix, Alls 24. 17.
II. In his Bind and Imprisonment at Rome, and this
under 1. His former, 2. Hislaxer Imprifonment there.
I. Vnder his former Imprifonment when he was in
more free cuflody, at his firrt: coming to Rome, Ails
28.16,20,30.2.1. Then probably he wrote his
Epifile to the Hebrews: For declaring that his Bro-
ther Timothy was fet at liberty, he promifeth the He-
brews to come with him and fee them, Heb. 13. 23.
therefore then he had fome hopes of liberty, or it
may be had liberty at that time and preached in Ita-
ly, whence perhaps the Epirtle is faid to be written
not from Rom?, but from Italy.
II. Vnder his latter Imprifonment, when he was
claptupin ctofer Restraint. Then he wrote his o-
ther fix Epirtles, ('in all which he mentions his
chains, J and probably he wroce them in this Or-
der, vi^.
1. T>the Galatian; '^v ftcbi m, to whom li
thai hebearsin bi>b){) -f the L»d J
GaL 7. 17. vs%. ether his chains, torments, or
S. i 1 I ;.
2. Tothc E'brfian: by Tychitm alfa, to whom !>j
mentions hi , , batji,Epb. 6. 20.
3- To the Philippi.ins by Epaphroditm, them he fa-
lutes in the nam.- of divers of Cstfars bjuflrjd,
Phil. 4. 22. '
4. To the ColoJJians by TychicusznA Onefimm, therri
he reqnefls to remember his bondsJZol 4. ig.
$. T) Philemon by Onefimm Paul wrote, being a.
Prifontr andno»aged, Phil. 0. and i: it though' he
wrote this Epillle after his firfl Apology, in which
allmcnfyfjo'^bim, 'bat the Lirdlhodb'y him, and
liveredbim from" toe mouth of the Lyon, 2 Tim. 4. 17.
Therefore having fome dawning; of hope that he
rtiould be delivered, he defire YhUemonio prepare
him a lodging, for Ttrufl (Taith he) that throughput-
praye>s I (hall Be given unto yon, Philem. 2:. brtt the
Lord had oiherwife determined. Some think t!::;
Epirtle was written after die If. to Timothy becaufe
there he bids Timothy and Marl^ to come to
him, whom here lie intimates to be with him,
ver. 1,24. But others collect rather the contra-
ry, 1 patty becuife here he defires a lodging to be
provided for him w.>2*^*
I. Order of this Epiftle.
THis Epiftle to the Romanes, though not firft
written, yet hfet firft, 1. By reafon of the digni-
ty of the Romans to whom it was written, Rome
being the Seat of the Empire,and Head of the World.
2. Becaufe of the la rgenefie of this Epiftle, this be-
ing the longeft of all the Epiftles :&ks Ifaiah is fet
firft, being the longeft of all the Frophets. 3. But
efpecially from the dignity of the matter, and dex-
terity in handling it, The Body of Divinity is fo admi-
rably herein handled, efpecially the principal points
ofEleffion, Reprobation, Redemption, Faith, and Jufli-
ficationby Faith, &c. That it is defervedly called by
fome [Clouts Tbeologi*,') The Key of Divinity, and
[_Methodus Scripture,'} The Method of Scripture.
Seft. II. Name and Penman.
a Rom. 1.7 The Epiftle of the Apoftle Vaul to the Romans.
£Rom.r. 8 So denominated, I. Partly from the objeft to
c Phil. 4.22 whom rhe Epiftle is written, viz^ The believing
dBelhrm. a Romans; when this Epiftle was written, there was
de Pont, fo famous a Church at Rome, that their b Faith was
Roman.1.2 fpoken of throughout the World. Yea there were even
c.2. inCafars c houftnld that had received the Faith,
e D.Par.in But by whom or when was the Church of the Romans
Rom. 1(5. firft planted ?
Dub. 11. Anfw. Scripture is filent, d Papifts fay by Veter;
Funccius But Veter never was at Rome, as learned men e de-
Cow, lib.-!,, monfttate, much Iefle planted the Church there.
in Chronol. Barnabas Is fuppofed tc have preached Chrift at
idem. Re- Rome, and to have converted the Romans under the
cognit.Ub.i Reign of Tyberius. if f Clement may be believed. But
gRev.17. now Rome is as infamous , as once it was famous;
9 &c. being the g Seat of Antichrift; The h Spiritual E-
h Rev.i 1. gypt; i Sodome ; and l^Babylon devoted to deftrufti-
8. on,&c. 2. Partly from the Penman of the Epiftle,
i Rev.11.8 vi%- \Paul.
k. Rev. 18. P.iulh a Latine name originally;from Paulus figni-
2.&c. fying A-liitte-one. So the Romans were wont to call
/Rom. 1.1. them that were Little of Stature. Paul being ap-
pointed the Apoftle of the Gentiles, fecms mod to
be delighted with this Roman name. He was before
his converfion m called Saul; an Hebrew name,
fignifying Defired, Asked, &c. from t lie Hebrew
'-"TNjyShaal, To asl?_, deftre, &c. but after hiscon-
vcriion he is for the moft part called Paul. Augu-
ftine faith, 'n Chrift with one voice p r oft rated Saul,
' ercftcd Paid: that is, he proftratcd a proud one,
' erected an humble one. For what was the reafon
' of changing his name, thar being called Saul be-
'fore, he would be called Paul afterwards: but
' that he acknowledged that the name of Saul was
1 in him while he persecuted , a name of pride?
' Therefore he chofc an humble name, to be called
1 Paul, that is, A little one, Of which name he
1 now glorying, and commending his humility, faith,
I am the leaft of the Apoftles, &c Ambrofe alfo to
de tempore like purpofc, 0 ' Amongft our Ancicnrs, names were
Serin. 74.
Tom. 10. o Apud vetoes noflros ratione nomin.i componebantur,
lit Jfaac propter rifum,&c. Ambr. Com. in Rom. 1.1.
m Aft. 7.
58.8c 8. 1.
&9.1.&.
i?9-
nProftra-
vit ergo
Chriftus
una voce
Saulmn,
cro.i:
Patilmn :
hoc eft.
pro'
fbperbuni
erixit Ini
milcm.
&c. Aug.
'framed npon fome reafon, as Ifaac for Laughter,
'Jacob for fup planting-, fo he is called Saul for his
' reftleflenefle, but after he believed, of Saul he
| calls himfelf Paul, that is changed. Andbecaufe
' Saul according to the aforefaid fence , is inter-
' preted unquietnefle or tentation ; when lie came
c to the Faith of Chrift, he calls himfelf Paul, that
c is, as it were of a Tempter made quiet and hum-
' ble, or little, and becaufe our Faith is Peace. For
1 whereas formerly he brought temptations upon
cGods fcrvants by his zeal of the Law; himfelf af-
c terwards fuffered temptations for the hope, which
'through the love of Judaifme he had before denyed.
'Some think he firft had this name Paul givenhim,
upon occafion of his converfion of Sergius p Paulus t Aft, f2
the Deputy. Whereupon excellently Hierome;<\ Attend1!*. *''
diligently, that here firft he received the name of Paul. IdTo n
For as Seip'io having fub)elfed Affr'icr, affumed to him- ?„"' gn
felf the name of Affricanus : and Merellus bavin* j" 7
fubduedthe Jfland of Creet, tookjo his family a Cre- hi™
tian Enfign &c. So Saul being fent to preach to the m LF "
Gentiles, from the firft fpoil of that Church, Sergius ™™p"?,K
Paulus the Proconful, he carried away the* Trophies of ""™l .
his victory, and eretied a Banner, that of Saul he iu/JII '
fbould be called Paul. But if the interpretation of the c .Join Hih
name be fought, Paul in Hebrew founds Wonderfull : t/& A
WonderfuIJ indeed, that after Saul who is interpre- flJS
ted Defired . (becaufe he was defiredof the Devil to vex Aff3r,ni
the Church,) be of a Persecutor fliould become a veftel £u; ™"L
of Eleilion. Notwithftanding Cas r fome conceive J Xm,2
it is not likely that he changed his name .W into & Mere
Paul; but rather that he had two names, as all the ius Cxex\
Jewes had that were freemen of Rome. Saul then nfutt fnk
denoted his Nation and Religion, Paul imported his ;„««*;„
Romane freedome. And Scriprure favours this tliat r.iL Cr'
he had two names, faying ; Saul which alfo is Paul. |g fa^f_
lia? fua; re*
portavir ; & Imperatores nunc ufque Romani ex fubjeftis Genti-
bus Adiabenici. Parthici, Sarmatici nuncupantur : Ita&Sau-
lus ad Prxdicationem Gentium mifTus, a primo Ecclefia: fpolio,
?rocon(u\e Sergio Paulo, viftoriie fua? Tropica retulit: ertxit-
quevexillum, ut Paulus dicerctur a Sauk. Si autem&inter-
pretationominis queritur, Paulus in Hebrso Mirabilem (orm:
Revera Mirum, ut poft Saul, qui interpretatur Expetitus, eo
quod ad vexandam Ecclefiam fuilTet a diabolo poftulatus, de
Pcrfecutore vas fieret Eledionis. B. Hier. Com. in Ep. adPhi-
lem. in init. p. 259. lorn. 9. Bafil. 1553. % Hen. Alfted. Prxcog.
Theoll. 2.C.124. /Aftsi2,.9.
The Hiftory of this Paul is notably defcribed in the t Efpecially
New Teftament, as is evident if the Alls of the A- in Phil. 2.
poftles, and his Epi(tles be exaftly compared roge- 1 "Hm. 1.
therr. He was a man fo fingularly obfervable both Afts8.ro
before and after his converfion, that tomakeafull the end of
defcri prion of him, would fill a confidcrable volume: the Book\,
In fo much that Hierome coming to l peak of him a- morefum-
mong other Penmen of Holy Writ, faith, aConcern- marily in
inghim I thinly better to be fdent, than to write. 1 few Afts22 3.
tb!ng(;yct as of other holy Pcnmen,take a ftiort taftc to 22. &'
of Paul alfo. 26.41024
I. Touching his Nation, Dcfcent and Education ; He K Super
was ax Jew, yOf the ftockof Ifrael, of the Tribe of quo tace-
re melius
puto, quampaucafcriberc. Hier. ?auVno. Tom. 3. lAdts 22.
y Phil. 3. 5. 3.
Benjamin,
R 0 M A N R S
503
?_ Afts 21. Benjamin, an Hebrew of the Hebrews; (yet his
39.& 22.3. Parents names are nor recorded J ^ Born inTari'us
a Afts 22. a City of Cilicia, a Citizen of no mean City, which be-
27. 28. ing a Colony, and having the Priviledge of the
b Phil.3. 5. Rowan-freedom, Paul-, though of Jewifti Parents,
c Aft. 22.3 yet faith he was a a Roman, free born.J /> Circum-
rfGal.1.14 cifed the eighth day; c Brought up in the City Jeru-
fAfts 26. faiem ws to do, nor tumque
decline deceits: but what way foever thou lookeft, they peimilcec;
are thunderbolts; He flickj in tbii cs.ufe He takes every feddc ilia
thing which he toucheth ; he turns the back that be may cerjaPauD,
conquer ; be feigneth flight that he may k'H- III. In ^ &tjmilium.
Miracles andfigns which he wrought, he was none P^uii, qu*
of the meaneft among the Aportles. I. He a ftruck Jugiter pu-
Elymas with blindnefs, feeking to turn Sergius Pan- rum fua-
Im the Deputy from the Faith. 2. He b healed at vedcftillac
Lyftr a, a man lame from his mothers womb. 3. He ^uxenim
c caft out of a maid a fpirit of divination. 4. He d Panli-Epi-
did fpeciall miracles at Ephefus, curing the lick, and ^°'i non
calling out Devils, by handkerchiefs or aprons rnelledul-
brought from his body tothefick. 5. He raifeth cior eft,
vpEuticbw. d.Heffhook the Viper off his hand Lafte can-
into the fire, not hurt thereby. 7. He g cureth the did'or?
Father of Publ'w of a Fever and a bloody flix ; be- Qy^ Ep'i-
fides many other h miracles which he wrought for ftolx tan-
confirming his Miniftry among the Gentiles. IV. In T'am ube-
Revelations and Vifions he excelled, For, 1. He; re- ra Ecclefi-
ceived his Gofpel from Jefus Chrift by Revelation, arum po-
a. He ^was caught up into the third Heaven, Para- puios enu-
dife; and heard unfpeakable words, which it Is not triunt ad
lawful for man to utter. 3. He/ was commanded by lalutem.
Revelation to depart quickly out of Jerufalem. 4. He D.Ambrvf;
m,by Revelation afcended to Jerufalem after four- Serm.
teen years. 5. Hen is by Vifion called to preach in LXVIII.
Macedonia. 6. He 0 at Corinth is by vifion encourag- Tom. 3.
ed to preach boldly. 7. Hep in jerufalem was en- xD.Aug.^
couraged by the Lord in a night- vifion, that as he de Sanflfc
had teftified of him there, fofhould he bear witnefs Serm.
ofhimatilow. 8. He q was informed by an Angel XXVL
oftheLord, of the fhipwrack and fafety notwith- TP!n'10'
ftanding,ofaII that failed with him. V. lnthe£%- Hflem pro-
traordinary gifts of the Spirit he abounded, nor was pemodu w
therein rbehind the chief Apoftles. He had 1. The tit ur verbis
gift of Miracles, aswasfhewed. 2. The gift of Ton- y Paulum
gues, flthankjny God, I (peak rvi'^} tongues more than Apofto-
you all. 3. The gift of t wifdome and knowledge, lum pro-
4. The gift of « continency. 5. The gift of Prophecy; feram,
For he x foretells to the Elders of Epbefm, that quern quo-
tiefcunquc
lego, videor mihi non verba audire,fed tonitrua. Legite Epifto-
las ejus&maximeadRomanos, ad Galatas, ad Ephehos, iuqui-
bus totus in certamine pofituseft ; &videbitis eum in Teltimo-
niis, quasfumitde veteri Teftamento, quamartifex, quampru-
dens,quam diftimulator fit ejus quod agit. Videnturqu2d3nx
verba limplicia, & quafi innocentis hominis rufticani, &quinec
facerenecdei linare noverit infidias ; fed quocunque rel'pexe-
ris fulmina funt ; Ha>retin caufa, ca pit o.nne quod tetigerit ; er^
gum vertit, ut fuperet ; fugam fimulat, ut occidac. Hieron.Aool.
pro liber. adver. Jovinian. p. 106. Tom.2. Bafil. 1553. ^ 2 Cor.
12.12. a Afts 13.10,11. b Afts 14. 8. foe. cAftsi5.i8.
d Afts 19. 1 1, 12. e Afts 20. 10. / Afts 28. 5. g Aft. 28. 8.
/; Afts 15.12. Rom.15.19. 2Cor. 12. 12. / Gal.1.12. k 2 Cor.'
12.1,2,3,4,7. /Afts22.i7,i8. m Gj!. :. 1,2. nAdsiS.j.
0 Afts 18.9. p Afts 23.H. q Afts 27 .23,24. r2Cor.U.5.& 12.11
/"i Cor. 1 4. 1 81. f2C0r.1l.tf. « 1 Cor. 7.7. &9'S- .t Afts 20.29,30,'
wod»
54
ROMANS.
^T!:cf.:
*'&c.
x. i ;
4. 1,2 3.4
&c. And
4.3.4.
a Laliant.
Firmian.
J 4.C.2.
£ 2 tor.
11.23. to
the end.
And 6.2,
9, 10.
iCor.4.9.
Co!. 1.24.
Phil.2.17.
Acts 2 .
23-24.
& 2! I3.
cHiA. Ec-
clef.'Mag
Ccnr.i.l. 2
c. ro.
Faulm A-
poft
d ?
wolves flxuld come among them after his departure,
&c. y He paints out Annchrift in lively colours,
foretelling his Rife and Ruine-, ^ He prophecied cf
the extreme corrupt manners of the laA times. And
("as a Lallantiiu reports J Paul being at Rome fore-
told, that after a ftiort time God would fend a King,
who fhould fight with the Jews, Lvell their Cities to
wna, befiegethem worn with hunger and thirfi,
th.it they fhould eat the bodies of theirs, andconfume one
another. Laflly, that being taken they fliould fallinto
their enemies hands, and fee their wives bitterly vexed
their Virgins violated and proftitutiJ, their fins de-
ftroyed, their children daflied, and all things laid waft
with fire and f word, and the captive Jews to bebani-
(ht d from their Lund fir ever, becaufe they incited 0-
veirthe moft beloved and approved Son of God. All
which Vefpafian effeiled, extinguifiing the Nation and
flume of the Jews. VI. In Sanuifying Graces and
/. lineffe of Life, adorning his calling, he wasmoA
eminent and exemplary. His I aith, Repentance,
Self-denial, Courage, Zeal, Contentment, Patience,
Uprighrnefs, Heavenlinefs and good Confcience in
all -liirgs are abundantly declared. VII. Finally, In
Sufferings b forChriA and the Gofpcl, he wasin-
compara' L, Keyring and triumphing under them.
In a word, what may be fvfnciently fpoken of
Paul, in whom as in a Center the choiceA virtues
Chryfij}. de ami perfections of the Saints did meet ? c Paul was a
Laudibiti fecond Abel, not once but every dayfacrificed : Paul a t'o-
ther Noah, failing over the floods of ungodlinefs rifing
Up againft him, but without an A>k,- Paul another A-
braharn, taken away not onely from Country and Nati-
on, but after hi sculling, even from Life it felf; Paul
another Ifaac, willingly bound for a Sacrifice : Paul an-
other ]&cob, «ilwaies watching for that one Floclrjfthe
lewhorld; Paul another Jofeph, diftiibutingtbe
fobd of Truth to thewnld, pining away will) fpiritual
hunger : Paul another Mofes, who brought bac\ all Na-
tions from the devilsTyranny unto Chrift : Pzolanother
Aaron, anointed as a Prieft to the People of the whole
world: Van! another Phinchas ftriJ^ng through the im-
piety of Jews and Gentiles,asthe fornication of minds,
with the Javelin of Faith : Paul another David, who
in combateprovokedthe devilas another Goliah : Paul
dnother Elias, more clearly rapt up into heaven: Paul
another EliAia, who cleanfedthe Nations from the in-
ward polution of Leprofie ; Paul anothi rHcZekiah, who
drew divers people to the one Faith of Chrift : Paul an-
therJofiah, who d'ffipated and deftroyed the Gentiles
minations, &c. ChiyfoAome d comparts Paul
to the choiceA Saints and Angels, and elegantly
fpends feven Homilies in the Praifes 9/ Paul the A-
p]0le. And elfewhere he faith, e Hove all the Saints,
SeO. III. When, and Where this
Epijile was written.
When it was written, See in the formerXii/e. Where
ic was written, is to be confide* ed, It ism thought
to be penned by Paul at Corinth : 1. Becaufe herein
he commends n Phoebe to the Romans. She was a
fervant to the Church atGenebrea, which is a Port
of Corinth. 2. Becaufe he falutes them in the name
of 0 Gaii*s his H,ft, and of the whole Church. And
Gains a Corinthian, pand there baptized by Paul.
3. Becaufe he falutes them in the name ofq Braftttf
Chamberlain of the City, r who abode at Corinth. 4.
The PoAfcript tcAifies thus much.
Paul! A
■
T:m.$.
e Joan.
Chryfoftiit
Ditt. A-
f ft. vti-
namfafti-
neretis,
- Se'l •?!■
zS.Tom. 5
(Enf eh.
Eccl Hift.
I.2.C 24.
N'cejh-
hift. Eccl.
/.2C.36.
hift. Mag.
Cent.i. 1.2.
c. 10.
g Joan
ChryfoSl.
Serm in
um iff
Paitlum.
'i ."1.6.
hjo.m.
lip. 1
vc\fm \i-
■ 'rat.
Mottaft.
1 De l'auli
veroccr-
it.ii:
per-
il 1 :iror
dio
ler, dici-
tur Huxif-
fe laftis
ma i, itn-
da <|u.im
fanguinis,
but efpeci ally bleffed Paul, that Veffel of Election, that
Cxlejiial Trumpet, that Guide of the Spouje of Chrift.
V. Finally, Touching Paul death ; After he had
wraAlcd with many difficulties, and waded through
many troubles, he was carried bound to Rome, and
there In-headed by Nero, that moA beaflly and cru-
el Tyrant, in the thirty feventh year after Chrirts
Afcenfion, the fourteenth year of Nero, andabout
irty feventh afref P.(«/jconverfion, asEcclcfi-
lliliorits inform us. gChryfoftome faith he was
death on the twenty ninth day of June, and
relates the occafion cX Nero's beheading him to have
li becaufe he converted Herd's whore, from her
filthinefs to the faith of Chrift. fo that fhe would nolon-
gei It ue with him in uncleannejfe. i Ambrofe and k_ Au-
reporr, Thut when he was beheaded, mill^ijfued
out inflcad of blood. And aslffierome wrireth, he
was buried intbe oftienjeway. Eur whatever were
thecircumAances'of his death, this is certain, He is
now wi'.h Chrift which is beil of all, rewarded with a
C 1 wn o\ Life andGlory, 2 Cor. 5.1.2 Tim. 4. 7 , 8.
& minim
in modum fanftum Apoflolum baptifmi gratia in rpfacaedcex-
ritii t fplehdidum poriusquam rrucntum. Ambroj. 5f»;n.LXV'in.
Tim. 3. k D. Aug.de S.tntlifSeim. 25.Tom. 10. 1. Hier.Cutal.
Script, F.cclf. Tim. 1,
Seff. IV. Occafion and Scope.
Occafion and Scope of this EpiAIe feems to be as
followeth. The report that F.i«/had received of
fome dilagreements both in judgement and affe&ion
in them of the Church of Rome, who were partly be-
lieving Jews., partly believing Gentiles. The Jews
either wholly oppofing the Gofpel , or mingling Law
and Gofpel together in the cafe of Juftification, and
all of them excluding the Gentiles from the fellow-
fliipofChriAjand^defpifing them,infiAing too much
upon the Prerogative of the Jew: Contrariwifcthe
Gentiles, knowing that the Jews were rejected of
God, and the Gentiles implanted in their Aead,too
much infolred over them, as a People caA away,
boaAing of their own wifdom and venues, and ufing
their ChriAian Liberty with offence.
Now to reconcile rhefe Controversies, and to fet-
tle them both in theTrmh, and in unity of judge-
ment and affection, the ApoAle fbeing hindrcd
from coming to them J deals by letters: Demon-
ftrating that neither Jews had caufe to boaft of their
Right coufnefje, and Prerogatives, nor Gentiles of their
wifdome; both of them naturally being liable to
Eternal Condemnation notwithjlanding , and both of
them being to be juftified by faith in Chrift alone, and
that they fhould not abufe grace, but walkjn newneffe of
life, . 27. Therefore all, both
Jew and Gentile, mufi be juflified only by Faith 5
Godbeingone, and his way ofjuftifying,one, v. 28,
29. 30. And yet this Juflincacion doth not evacuate
J but eftablifh the Law in Chrift, v. 31. 3. Becaufe
Abraham, the Father of the Faichfull, wasjufiihcd
without the deeds of the Law, by Faith only, and
thar in his Jtatc of uncircumcifion, and confi qu< nrly
uftall.thefpificual children of Abraham be Ju-
fiiijed, C6.IV. throughout. Chap. s.
2. Explicated; Justification by Faith if explained
by divers fiuits or effch thereupon; viz. I.
Peace w,thGod, Ch. V. 1. II. Joy in hope of the ghry chap. 5,
of God, v. 2. C which tribulation cannot j'revent,
but rather promote, v. 3, 4, 5.) this hope being
ftrengthned by this Argument, We were juflified
byChiih's blood when we were enemies, therefore
we fhall be laved by his life, much more being jufli-
fied, v.6.1011. III. Re)iycing m God himfelf as re-
conciled through Jefus Chrift, v. u. This our re-
joycing in God through Chrift, it amplified by the
tr anfeendency of Chrift , the fecond Adam's right eoufnefs,
beyond the firft AdamV unright eoufnefs, which are there-
fore thitt paralleled together; both in relpect of their
Similitude and Diffimilitude. 1. Their Similitude^
As by Adam fin entred upon all his pofterity, and
by fin Death: So by Chrift, righteoufnefs came upon
all his polterity,and by righteoulnefs, life-, fliis red-
dition is implyed in thole words, who if the figure of
htm that was to come, v. 12,13, 14. 2. Their Diffi-
militude; The imoiAdam, whereby the judgement:
came upon all men to death and condemnation, was
but one: but the free-gift of righteoufnefs by Jefus
Chrift, hath much more abounded unto many, for
their Jufiification from many offences, and not only
from that one fin of Adam, v. 15, 16,17, 3. Their
fimilitude is again repeated and cleared, Thitt : As
by Adam Judgement abounded to all unto condem-
nation, by one offence of Adam: So by Chrift the
grace of God abounded to all, to Jufiification of life,
by one righteoufnefs of Chrift, v. 18, 19. This
Parallel is amplified by preventing an objection a-
gainft it. Objeif. If fin were in the world before the
' Law, to what end was the Law given? Anfw. To
thefe ends, 1. That fin might abound, vi^. in the
clearer manifefiationofittous. 2. That grace might
fuperabound, vi^. might appear more confpicu-
oufly, prevailing over luch fin, v. 20, 21. IV. Mor-
tification of fin, andNewneffeoflife as another effe 8 of
Jufiification, 1. Is evidenced by our fellowfhip with
Chrift, both in his Death and Refurreftion, Ch.Vl. 1. Chap. 6.
tol2. 2. Is urged upon believers, v. 12, 13. Partly
from the nature of Chriftian liberty, confift-
mg infreedome from fin, and in the fervice of righ-
teoufneffe, v. 14. to 21. Partly from the evil effects
of fin, fhame and death, v. 21. Partly from the
good effects of freedome from fin, holinefs and e-
ternallife, v. 22,23. v- Freedom of \u\i\fied perfons
fiom the Law (~viz. 1. From malediUion and condem-
nation. 2. From its irritation to Jin) This is proved
and amplified. Proved 1. Becaufe we are dead to
the Law, ch.WIl. 1. 2. Becaufe we are lawfully mar- Chap. 7,
ried to another hufband, Chrift, as the wife to ano-
ther man, when her hufband is dead, v. 2, 3, 4.
3. Eecaufe we are to bring forth fpiritual fruit to our
new Hufband Chrift, v. 5,6. Amplified 1. By an
Apology for the Law, that it is neither fin nor death
but rather the direct Difcovery of fin, verfe 7.
Theoccafionalirritatour of fin, and accidental Pro-
curer of death, v. 8.roi$. a. Ev the complaint of
the Apofile againfi himfelf, that his regenerate pare
is fo hindred from keeping the Law, by the reliques
of fin, the unregenerate part remaining in him, ver.
1 5. to the end. lV.Conslancy of the faithful in their
juftifiedand fantlified ftate, notwhhftanding all their
Infirmities or reliques of fin within, and affiiftions with-
out. Againft both which here are divers inflatory
Arguments laid down. Againft the Reliques of fin,
they that- are in Chrift are comforted, Partly, by
their fecurity from condemnation, Partly, by their
fpiritual Converfation, Ch. VIIJ. 1. Their fecurity Chap. 8.
Jfom condemnation is evidenced, 1. By the efficacy of
I the Spirit of life in Chrift, v. 2. 2, By the merit of
' N n n n n n Chrift
ROMANS.
Chap. \X.to XI.
Chap.
Chrift incarnate for us, fulfilling the Law, and con-
demning fin, ver. 3.4. Their Spiritual cinverfati- j
on is proved 1 From their fpiritual ftate, they are
nor after the flefh but after the fpirit, therefore they
mind not carnalsbutfpiriruals, ver.$.fo9. And that
they are in the fpirit is clear by the inhabitation of
Gods Spirit in them, v.9. '2. From Chrifts being in
in them, ver- 10. 3. From Gods Spirit dwelling in
in them.t'. 11. whereby they are bound and enabled
to moni e the deeds of the flefh, in being the fons
of God by his fpirit of adoption, v. 12.ro middle of 17.
Againft Affl'ttlions, they that are in Chrift are com-
forted. 1. By their Communion with Chrift.both in
prefent fufFering, and future reigning which fhall far
furpafs all prefent fufferings,iM7,i8. 2. By the ex-
ample of the creature as it were groaning under the
bondage of corruption, to be delivered andreftored :
The Saints themfelves having much more caufe to
groan after freedomc, having the firft fruits of the
Spirit, andcxpecting adoption, 1z.19.fo 24. 3. From
the comfortable eficS, Partly Of hope that faves us,by
enabling us to wait patiently, f.24, 25. Partly Of the
fpirit that enables us prevailingly in thefe afflictions
v.25,27. P.m/yof afflictions themfelves which work
together for good to them that love God, v.28. and
render them comform to Chrift, whereunto they
are aifo fredeftinated, andnotwithftanding which
they fhall be glorified, v.29, 30. 4. FromGodwhois
for them, v.31 Whomoft dearly loves them, v. 32.
Who freely juflifies them,ver.33- 5. From Chrifts
Death, Rdurrection, Seffion at Gods Right hand,
Interceifion and Love tous,v.34,35. 6. Froman
induction and enumeration of particular evils or
creatures which can never feparate them from Gods
love in JefusChrift,u36.for/>een_, not inftructed
throughly in their Chriftian-Iiberty, took offence at
the ftrong, in that they ufed them, and fofenfured
them ; the ftrong on the other hand offending and
defpifing the weaK. HerethereforetheApottle. I. Di-
rects the ftrong how to receive the weak, and not to
Chap. 14. defpife him, Chap. XIV. 1,2,3. //. D'tffwades both
ftrong and weak from cenfuring or rafh judging one
another, by divers grounds, ver. 4. to 13. III. Di-
Chap. 1 3.
nils the ftrong to take heed of giving offence to his
weak brother, who efteemeth things that are clean
to be unclean, ver. 13,14. To it he urgeth by many Ar-'
guments,vi^. 1. TooPLnd a weak brother is to walk
uncharitably,ver. 15. 2. To deftroy him for whom
Chriftdyed, v.r. 15. 3. To expofe ify £W,i.e. Thy
Chriftian liberty, tobeill fyokcnof, ver. 16. 4. The
Kingdom of God, confifh not in meats and drinks ;
therefore we are not to contend for them as neceffa-
ry to falvarion, ver.17, 18. 5. To walk contrary to
peace and edification, ver. 19. 6. To deftroy Gods
workjvi^. Faith in the weak. Ob)eil. I. But all
things are pure. Anfw. Though all things be pure in
themfcives, yet we muft not ufe them to our weak
brothers offence, ver. 20, 21. Objeil. II. But I have
faith, and amfatisfed in what I do, therefore I may
ujemy liberty. An[tv. It follows not: Thou mayft
enjoy thy liberty to thy fe-lf before God : Needeft not
ufe it to thy brorhers prejudice, v. 22. IV. IVarnsthc
weak to do nothing doubtingly, v 23. V. Repeats
the Exhortation about thingsindifferent, 1. Charg-
ing the ftrong 10 bear the infirmities of the weak,
Ch. XV. 1. 2 Proving this to be their dity, Partly chap. 15.
from the end of Gods giving his gifts to them, vi^. E-
dificacion, ver. 2. Partly from Chrifts exjmp!e,v.3,
4. 3. Amplifying this by a fuitable Prayer for
them, that herein they may walk as they ought,
ver. 5. to 14.
Hitherto of the Hortatory, or Practical /wr of thit
Epiftle.
THE CONCLVSlONof the whole Epiftle follows ;
wherein the Apoftle
1. Excufeth himfelf, 1. Partly for his boldnefs in
thus writing to the Romans, v. 14. to 22.
2. Partly for his not coming to them hitherto,
being detained in planting the Gofptl in Greece,
ver. 22.
2. Promifeth to come to them after he had been
at Jerufalem, when he fliould take his journey into
Spain,ver. 23. to 30.
3. Earneftly craveth their prayers, in reference to
his journey, to Jerufalem, and to them, ver. 30. to
the end.
4. Commendeth Ph&be to their kind entertain-
ment and affiftance, Ch. XVI. 1, 2. Chap. \6.
5. Saluteth the Saints at Rome, both in his own
and the Churches name, 11.3. to 17.
6. He warns them to take heedofShifmatfcks that
caufe divifions among them; whom he notably de-
fcribes and dehorts from, v.i'j.to 2 1.
7. Sendethto the Saints at Rome folutatiousfrom
particular brethren, v. 21.ro 25.
8. Finally, clofeth up theEpiftle with a Doxology
or giving praife to God through Jefus Chrift, ver.
2$, 26, 27.
I. Corinthians.
A
Sect. I. Order and Time ofwri- [v;
ting it.
Sthe F.pijlk to the Romans is in our Bibles fet
firft, (jthough not written before all the fol-
lowing Epiftles.3 befidesorher Reafons probably for
the Doctrine cA J unification by Faith, therein fo Ex-
cellently handled : So this I. Epiftle to the Corinthians a See in
may defervedly bethought to be placed next in0r- the Table
der for the Doctrine of Church-Government , and before thq
Rules of PubUcl^worfl/ip therein notably prefcribed. Epiftle to
When and where this Epiftle was written: hath tbeRt-
been a formerly Declared. mark.
Sett, II.
I. CORINTHIANS.
b sec on
Seft. II. Name, and Venman.
The firfi Epiflle of the Apoftle Paul to the C O R I N-
TrflANS.j So denominated, Partly from the
Penman thereof, Paul, •('formerly b defcribed at
' un vis large) Partly from the Objeft to whom he wrote it,
S ft- IT. **£• The Corinthians; or the c C/wrci of God at
c i Cor.i Corinth. ...
JO CORINTH was an af eminent City of Achaia,
A P '.rem (which Achaia by an Jilmm was annexed to Greece,
Prole* in near to Athens') fcated in an Iftmut, or a little Tract
./ of Land betwixt two Seas.the j¥gean and Joirt;. Fruitful or Plentiful. Itsfituatein the Peloponne-
Jian Iftmus, andhad ample matter for Merchandise. It was a
City full of Rhetoricians ar.d PhAofphers, and.of.the [even which
were called wife men, one was of this City. Chryf. in Ep. I ad
Cor. Arg. e Lumen & decus fotius Greci&. Cicpro Leg. Manil
jfiCor.g.u. g iCor.415. A Aft. iB.!^, io, 11, 17, 1*.
i 1 Cor.i,$, I Cor. 14. Chryfoflome, a TheodofHT, bOecttfuejuus, have "inti-
q i Cor. 1 $ mated alio the occafron of this Epiflle tothispur-
1 pofe.
r K
l.&c. f 1 Cor. 3.1, Re. t 1 Cor. 12. 1, &c. uiCor. 14. 1,
&c. x 1 (-or. i<5". 1, Kr. y Pri-ccpto domini aJ.monitus Apo-
ftolus, refedk a pud Corinrhios .Annum He menfes fcx, docens inte'n
cos verbum Dei. Hinctft unt'.i cum magna fiducia charitatis affc-
ctu ari; onneis, alicjuan-locommonens, aliquando arguens, ali-
quandoblandieii^ ut riiiis. . Nam multae cauUl hint propter
quas fcribir ad to?-, quarimi prima hie eft , quod more
liATcucoiuindiflcnticmtsal) inviccm, hotninibus devoti.F^«//-
aniSc Petriani, & Apolloniaci did volebant, nonChrifliani, quod
valde exprobrat Apoftdlu-s. Erant ramen inter eos qui ab his
dilTentirenr, Clirifto (oli dicati. Secunda hac eA. quia eio-
quentia dileftari cceperant & terren? Philofophiaut fub nomine
Chrifrj iis imbuerentur qua: contraria l'unt ridei, S:c. Ambr.
Prdfat.in r. Et>. adCor.
^ TloKK* £1 >y dv\ut 'im^iv 0 Tld,\thlQh Iv Ta.v"r> tk toA«,
&c. 1. e. Paul fuffcred many things in this City, (vi^. of Corinth.)
Chrift appearing to him in it faid, Hold not thy Peace, but freak*
Jor I have much people in this City : and he abode there two years.
In it the Devil went out, by whom thejevves adjuring him fuf-
fered grievous things, in it they that repented burnt their Con-
juring Books, valued at 50000 pieces of filver. In it, the pro-
conful Gallio fitting on the judgement-feat, Paul was beaten.
The Devil therefore perceiving that great City and multitude
of People to have received the truth, and for wealth and wife-
dom to be had in admiration, and to be the Head of all Greece,
(Tor the affairs of the Lacedemonians and Athenians were in a mi-
ferableftate, when their ancient Kingdom fell,) when he faw
they had received the Word of God with a ready and cheerfull
mind, what doth he ? He divides the men, for he knew that
the ftrongeft of all Kingdomes divided,could not (land-, And for
the praftifing of his deceits he took occafion from the wealth
and wifdomof the inhabiiants,&c. Joan.ChryfofiominEp. 1. ad
Cor. Arg.
a The Devil feeing Corinth a populous City, and formerly
given to idolatry, to believe in God, he fubcrnes certain rich
men and Philofophers among them, and had fet up themfelves
that they might rule over the People in fpirituals. which done,
many of the vulgar fort were joy ned to the rich, as more potent;
and to the Philofophers, as to thofe who could teach fome more
excellent thing than the Apoftles doftrine : and that hence
difcords and contentions mightberaifedup among them. They
therefore wrote to the Apoftle by Fortunatus , Stephanm
and Achaim, touching marriages and Virginity: whom he wrote
back to them, both touching thefe and other things, fending
Ttmothew alfo. Becaufe therefore rich men and Philofop(jlrs
through arrogance divided the people, he firlt of all correfts
their affeftation ofarrogance.T/?eo{n\ He anfwers, I. By way of Caution ; were for-
nication indifferent, yet may it not be u fed, either ,
when ic is unexpedicnr, or when it brings us under
its dominion, u. 12. 2.By way of Negation, denying
fornication to be of the number of indifferent things
as meats-, for thefe are fitted for fome ufe in this
life, and accordingly bodily infhuments for them,
as tliebe'ly • which ufe yet (hall atlaft be abolifhed :
but thebody is not fitted for fornication, but for the
Lord, nor fhall it be abolifhed but railed again,tM3,
14- II. Dehorting them from fornication; For,
I. This is extream repugnant to that holy relation,
which the Saints bodies have to the Lord Chriflas
his members, ver. 15, 16, 17. 2. This fin is peculi-
arly againfthis own body, v. 18. 3. Their bodies
arc the Temples of the Holy Gh'oft, therefore not
tobedefiled,ii. 19. 4. They ought to glorine God
both in body and foul, being not their own, but the
Lords, bought with zyuce,v. 19, 20.
Hitherto of the Reprehenfivepart of th'u Epiftle.
II. In the Inftmttive Part of this Epiftle, The Apo-
ille relblves, direfts, or inftrufts them about di-
vers practical matters: as about 1. Marriage. 2.1-
dolothytes. 3. Habits in public^ Affemblies. 4. The
Lords Supper. 5. Vfe of fpiritual gifts. 6. Prophecy.
Touching all which, or at leafldivers of them, they
Chap. 7. had written to him for his advice, Chap. VII. 1.
I. Touching Marriage, he refolves divers qucflions
orcafesofconfcience. As
1. About Marriage of Chilians, that its ufeful for
avoiding fornication, tm 1,2.
2. About conjugal benevolence: that man and wife
ought mutually to render it each to other,*. q.to 8.
3. About the Unmarried and Widows: That its
good to remain fingle, yet better to marry than to
bum, ver. 8, 9.
4. About Divorce, without the cafe of adultery,
I. In cafe of difcoments* 1 That the wife is not volun-
tarily to depart, ver. 10. 2. Iffhe depart (he is to
remain unmarried; or to be again reconciled toa-
void incontinency. 3. The husband is not to put her
a\vay,i'. 11. II. In cafe of unequal yoal>ing of a be-
liever and an unbeliever. 1. That they fhould dwell
together, becaufc thereunto the unbeliever is fanfti-
fied by the believer, otherwife their Children were
not Federally hdy, v. 12, 13 14. 2. That in cafe the
unbeliever voluntarily depart, the believer in fuch
cafe is free. Provided 2. That all peaceable endea-
vors beulcdfor retaining him or her, there being
pofiibiiity of gaining the unbeliever to the Faith ,tm 5 ,
16. 2. That the believer abiding within the limits
of his calling, ufe the gifts God hath given him, for
gaining the unbeleiver,ner. 17. And fohepaffeth
from the Hypot hefts to the Thefts, intimating that
what he had faid of the (late of Marriage, that it was
not to be deferred for Religion fake, the like they
were to think of other States of life, and of all exter-
nals, whether one be circumcifedoruncircumcifed,
bond or free, &c. not to be follicitous of changing
them, becaufc thefe are nothing with God; yet he
cautions fcrvants. 1. Rather if they can conveniently
ro accept of frecdomc. 2. Not to fubject their Con-
fciences to men whom they fcrve, ver. 18.ro 25.
5. About Virgins, whether they fhould marry? I.
Thefe Virgins that are at their own difpofal, [Parents
being dead J he difwades from marriage, not as un-
lawfuljbut as inconvenient, in refpeft, i.Ofthcpre-
feat diflrefs of the Church perfecuted. 2. Of the
troubles of the Hefh. 3. Of Worldly cares, ver. 2$.
to 7,6. II. Tbnfe Virgins that are under others Tuition,
ought tobedifpofcd in marriage, if they have nor
the gift of Continency -, otherwife they may be bet-
ter continued in Virginity,!/. 36.37, 33.
6. About Jecond Marriages; that they are lawful,
the former being difiolved by death v. 39. 40.
ll.Touching eating Tdolothytes, or Things facrificed to
Id"ls, I. He rcjt Is the Arguments brought in defence
thereof. Arg. 1. Toey that have knowledge grefufficienr-
I) infiruttcdofthc lawjul ufe of idoJol bytes, they may eat
them; But,<&c. Anfwer. He Anfwers, 1. By deny-
ing the Propofition,knowledge is not a fufheient war-
rant for thine eating without Charity to thy brother.
2. By denying alfo the Affumption, they had not
fufheient knowledge ; Partly becaufe they were
proud. Partly becaufe they were uncharirable to r, 9
their brethren, Chap. VIII. 1,2,3. Argum. 2. They P* 8'
that lenow an idol U nothing, and that therefore they are
not defiled with eating Idolothytes may eat them, But
we are fuch, Therefore, pe, v. 3. to the
end.
V[. Touching the gift of tongues, and P 'raphe rjin', he
gives divers directions; As. I. That in th:ir Churc')-
affemblies, they (hm!d more endeavor a jter prophecy ing
thantofpeak with tongues, Ch. XIV. 1. And this for Chap, m
divers reafons; 1. Bu\ lufe prophecying is more pro-
fitable to the edifying of the Church, than (peaking
wich tongues, whereby a man edifiethonly himfelf,
v. 2. to6. This Argument he amplifies, P.-.rtlyby
an hypothefis or fuppofition in his own Perlbn: v. 6.
Partly by a Similitude drawn from mufical inftru-
ments, efpecially warlike, which cannot be under-
Stood unleffe They give a diftinft and certain found j
no more can they be undeiltood fpeaking Strange
languages, v. 6. to 1 0. 2. Becaufe to fpeak with ton-
gues,rendcrs hearers and Speakers Barbarians to one
another, which is abfurd and ridiculous unlciTe
they be interpreted, v. 10. to 16. 3. B:caufe the un-
learned cannot fay Amen to a Prayer or Thankfgiving
in a flrange tongue, v. \6, 17. 4. Becaufe Paul
himfelf prefers profiting the Church by a known ton-
gue, farre before tongues, though he fpoke more
than they 3ll,v.i8, 19. $.BecauJe the ufe of flrange ton=
gues, and not understood, may be a Sign to un-
believers to aftonilh them : But prophecy is a means
of good to believers to edifie them, v. 20,21,22.
6. Becaufe, whereas fpeaking with tongues only a-
mazeth and atonifheth unbelievers, Prophecying
may fo effectually convince them, as to converc
them, v. 23. to 26. II. That every of them ufe their
gifts to the Churches edification, v. 26. To this end
he fhews them, 1. How to ufe tongues profitably, v.
27,28. 2. How to prophecy to the Churches beft
advantage, v. 29.^334. III. That women befilent in
their Churches, and afk their hufbands at home, v.
34,34. IV. That all things about Prophecy andTongues
be done decently and in order, premising a Sharp re-
proof to their rnugtineffeand contempt of others, by
reafon of their gifts, v. 36. ro the end,
Thus of the Inftruffive Part of this EpiW.e.
III. In the dittrinalpartof'bis EpilHe, He afferts
the Doctrine ofthe * Refurrettion from the dead, a- * The
gainft the herefie of them that denied it in the Doftrine
Church of Corinth. Here note 1. A Preface, 2. A ofthe Tie-
Treatife, 3. AConclufion. furreclion
I. A Preface, wherein Paul recites the fummeof afferred,
the Gofpel which he had preached to them ; which and ex-
they believed : wherein they fland ; whereby explained
theyarefaved, Ch. XV. 1,2. viXj. I. That Chrift Chap. 15.
died for our fins, v. 3. \\. That he was buried.
III. That he rofe again the third day, v. 4. Evi-
dencing his Refurreftion, 1. To Cephas. 2. To
the twelve, v. 5. 3. To above five hundred bre-
thren at once, v. 6. 4. To James. 5. To all
the ApofHes, v. 7. 6. To PjuI himfelf, ver. 8.
to 12.
II. A Treatife of the Refunetthn, wherein i.Hi
Afferts and proves the Refurre&ion by many Ar-
guments, 1. From the faith of the Gofpel hitherto
preached and received,Tfut Chrift is rifen, there-
fore it is falfe that there is no refurreftion of the
dead , v. 1 2, J 3. Tots Argument is amplified by divers
abfurdhies that would otherwife enfue ; At, Our
preaching is vain and falfe, Our faith is vain, v. i4.f9
18. The dead in Chrift areperilhed, v. 18. Christi-
ans of all men were mo ft miferable,i/. 19. 2. From
the Refurreftion of Chrift, Partly as the firSt fruits of
them that fieep, ver. 20. Partly as a Second Adam
quickening all his, as the F/r't Adam deudned all his,
i'.2i,22J23. 3. From the duration of Chridsmedi-
aty-f
5*2
II. CORINTHIANS.
Chap. XV[.
atoryKingdome, till he had fubdued all his enemies,
whereof death fhall belaft-, death fubdued, refur-
reftionmuft needs follow, v. 24.ro 29. 4. From di-
vers abfurdities that would otherwife follow, if the
dead fhould not rife: As, In being baprized over,
or for the dead, v. 29. In running hazards of Affli-
ctions and Perfections, 1/.30, 31, 32. Inabftaining
from Epicurifme and Luxury .v.$2.to 35. II. He De-
fends the Doftrine of the Refurrreftinn,againfi them
that Objected, How rife the dead: with what body do
they come? vex. 35. fhewing, 1. That its as polfible
for the body to rife, as for corn fown tobequick-
ned after it dies,i>. 36. 2. That our bodies fhall not
rife the fame in qualities, as they are buried, but
far more excellent, that fo they may be conform to
Chrifl, and be capable of inheriting Gods Kingdom,
v.37. to 51. III. He reveals the great myftery of
the Change of the living, at Chrifb coming tojudg-
ment,when death fhall be fwallowcdupin viftory, v.
51.ro 58.
III. ACondufion, exhorting ("in hope of theRefur-
reftion^to conftancy, and abounding in the Lords
work,*/. 58.
THE CONCLUSION of the whole Epiftle, contain- III.
ing, I. Certain advertisements , touching l. Their
Collections for the Saints at Jerufalem,Ch. XVI. i.ro Chap.iS.
5. 2. His own coming to them, wr.5,6,7. 3. His
prefent abode at Ephefus, and the reafon thereof, v.
8, 9. 4. Their entertainment of Timothy if he come
to them, ver. io, it. 5. Apollo's not coming as yet
to them. v. 12. II. Exhortations to certain duties,
M£. i. Watchfulnefle. 2. Stedfaftneffe in the
faith. 3. Courage, ver. 13. 4. Charity, ver. 14.
5. Reverend refpect to Stephanw and his houfhold
and fuch like, ver. 15.ro 19. III. Salutations, 1.
, From others to the Corinthians,v.i9, 20. 2. From
Paa/hirafelfto them, Denouncing Anathema Mara^
natha to the non-lovers of Chrifl ; Praying Chrift's
grace to be with them, Remembring his own love to
them, v.2i.totheend.
II. Corinthians.
Seer. I. Name and Penman*
a 2 Cor. I. T'/ft II- Epiftle of Paul the Apoflle to the CORIN-
I. 1 THIANS.'} So called from a Paul the Pen-
man of it, ("of whom b before, ) and from the
Farties to whom he wrote, viz,. The Church at Co-
rinth, (of which c formerly} and to all the Saints in
all Achaia, probably there being many Saints in that
Province ("as d Calvin notethj who could not fo
fafcly and conveniently meet in Church -Affemblies,
but were difperfed up and down by reafon of turbu-
fency of thofe times.
b See on
Ro-nans
Sett. II.
c See on 1
Cor. Scft.
If.
dJo.Culv.
Com. in
2 Cor. 1. 1.
e Before
Epiftle to
the Ro-
mans.
SeCf. II. time.
When this Epift'c was written, fee before in the
e Chronological Table of the Order and Time of the wri*
ing of Pauls Epiftles.
Sect. III. Occafton.
Occafion of this Epiftle feems to be. I. Partly thofe
crJumnies and afferfions caft upon Pauls words and
allions by jalfe Apoftles and other his adverjaries,
after his former Epiftle. They charged him,
I. With /furry, that hecame not to them according
to his Promife, 2. With pride and tyrannical feveri-
(Jo. Ch/yf. ty, becaufcof the Incefluous Pcrfon. 3. With ar-
Homil.$.in rogjney and vain-glory in his miniflry, therein Icjfen-
z.Ep.ad. ing the Authority oj the Law. 4. With perfonalcon-
Corinth, tein;>ri!)lcnc(s),infinuaring, that however he was glo-
Theod.apud rious in his letters, yet in perfon be was but bafc, ew that he came not fo
foonto them as he promifed: Not out of levity, u 2Cor. 1.
But partly by reafon of his ^ troubles in Afia, that g &c#
hindred him ; Partly that he might give them the '
more time to fet their Church in better order, that /2Cor. 2
fo he might / come more comfortably to them. - 4.
2. To declare, that his fentencc againft the m ince- ^ 2 Cor.2.
8uom Per/on was not rigid or tyrannical, but neceffa- throughout,
ry and pious : and now that Excomunication had
wrought fo good an effed upon him,he(commending
their obedience thcreinjexhorts them to abfolve him
from that fentencc,and rcflore him.3.To intimate his
great fuccefs in preaching the Gofpel, which he doth
not for his own, but rhe Gofpcls glory, which had
peculiar efficacy upon the //Corinthians above others,
and farrc furpafied the Miniftry of o Mofes, and was
bid
Chap. I. to IV.
If. CORINTHIANS.
513
hidonely to them that are loft. In preaching which /
Gofpel heufed all diligence and faithfuinefs, not-
withstanding all his afflictions, for the Gofpel, which
di I but prepare & greater weight of Glory for him in
p 2 Cor. 5. heaven p whereunto he afpircd, inviting others to
throughout, do the like, in accepting the grace of Reconciliation,
q 2 Cor. 6, tendred in the Gofpel. 4. Toftirre them up to an
throughout. ftle againft his Adversaries ca-
lumnies.
Sed. V. Principal Farts.
In this EpifHe are confiderable, I. The Preface,
2. Thefubflance of the Epiftle. 3. The conclusion.
I. THE PREFACE or Inttodutlion to the Epiftle, con-
tains I. The Inscription, denoting 1. The Parties
writing, vi^. Paul and Timothy. 2. The. Parties
written to, vi%. The Church at Corinth, and all the
Chap. I. Saintsin <»// Achaia, Ch. I. ver. 1. II. The Salutati-
on, ver.2. III. The Apoftles Gratulation, or ThankC-
giving to God for his comforts in tribulation. Here
1. God, the object of his Thanfgiving is defcribed,
As Father of Cbrift, As Father of mercies, As God of
all comfort, ver. 3. 2. The ground of the Thanks-
giving, Gods comforting in tribulation, « amplified,
Partly by the extent of it, in all tribulation: Partly
by the end or intent of it, that the Apoftle maybe
ableby his own experimental comforts in diftrefs, to
comfort others in like cafe •■, and particularly the
Corinthians, whom he hopes to be fharers in com-
forrs, as well as in crofies, ver, $.to 8.
JI. THE SVBSTANCE of the Epiftle, 1. confifts in a
Treatife, 1. Excufatory, or Apologetical. 2. Horta-
tory, or Prailical. 3. Minatory or Threatning.
I. In the Excusatory or Apologetical part of the Epiftle,
i. He purgeth himfelf from (ome Imputations: 1, He
commends and magnifies hit Miniftry.
I. He purgeth himfelf from the unjuft imputations of
1. Levity and Temerity, 2. Severity.
I. From the imputation of Levity and temerity in
*iCor.i6. that he came not to them, as be* formerly promifed. He
2. to 8. excufeth himfelf, 7. By the extremity of bis afflittions,
even to defpair of life, which befell him in Ada, where-
by partly his coming to rhem washindred, ver. 8. to
12. II. By the teftimony oj 'his Confience touching the
Simplicity and godly finceriry of his converfation in
the world, and efpecially towards the Corinthians,
asthemftlveswill tedifie; upon which confidence he
was minded to come to them before, therefore none
hadcaufe totaxe him for//
Mofes ; This New Teftamenrs miniftry, being 1.
A Miniftry oj the Spirit; that of the letter. 2. A Mi-
niftry of Life, that of death. 3. A Miniftry engraven
in the heart, that in ftones. 4. A Miniftry excellently
glorious, that in comparifon unglorioiis. $. A Mini-
ftry of righteoufnefs, that of condemnation. 6. A Mi-
niftry remaining, that abolifhed. 7. A Miniftry per-
fpicuous, that of the Law being very dark and obfeure
v. 6. to the end. V. By the Manner of his Miniftry, in
undaunted conflancy and incorrupted fidelity, Ch. IV. 1, Chap.d.
2. This he amplifies by preventing divers exceptions a-
gainft his Miniftry, fliewing I. That if it be hid, it is
only hid to them that are loft and blinded by Satan, v 3,
4. 2. That he preaches not himfelf arrogantly, but
Chrift Jefus humbly, v. 5,6. 3. That though he be
expofedin his Miniftry to many heavy fnfferingsi y<-t
it is, Partly that all may fee the efficacy of the Mi-
niftry is ofGod, not of him, v. 7. Partly, to evi-
dence to all that his fuftentation in his troubles is
not of himfelf, butonely of Jefus Chrift, v.8 ro 13.
4. That he hath many grounds of Comfort, whereby
he encourageth himfelf againft all erodes unto con-
ftarxy in his Minifterial office. As, 1 Faith ena-
Pppppp bling
5i4
II. CORINTHIANS.
Chap.V. to XI-
ling toconfefe Chrift in preaching, v. 13. 2. Hope
of Refurrefticn,i/e>-. 14. 3. Th/ Churches good, i
and 4. Gcds glory, v. 15. 5. The Advantage of
his inward man by the Croffe,f. 16. 6. The pro-
moting of his furpaffing eternal weight of glory by
liis momentary light afflictions, v. 17,18. This glory
he Amplifies, Partlyby his Alfurance of ir,and groan-
Chap. 5. ing after ir,upon divers grounds, Ch.V.v.i.ro 9. Part-
ly fry his improving of this afurance of glory and the
terrour of the Lord in the judgement tocomc; to
make him earneft in his Miniftry, pefwading mento
believe,v.o, lo,u. And this, not for his own praife,
but the Churches profit, ver. 12, 13. Therefore be-
ing overcome with Chrifts love in dying for him i He
defires to live onely to Chrift as a New-creature: and
to reconcile others to God by his Miniftry of Recon-
ciliation in Chrifl, ver. 14. to the end.
Thus of the Excufntnry part oj the Epiflle.
II. In the Hortatbry, m rn.il calpa>tofthe Epiflle,
He earncftl) exhorts the Corinthians.
I. Tow.dk worthy qf the Gofpel, andnot to receive
Gods grace of Reconciliation, preached therein, in vain.
And this I. More Generally, that receiving the grace
of Reconcilement, they bring forth the fruit thereof
in obedience and th.inkfulnefe to God. Thisisur-
ged, 1. From the duty of the Apoftles office as Co-
workers with God, therefore bound to preiTe them
Chap. 6. to it,' Chap. VI. 1. 2. From the condition of the
prefenr feafon of the Gofptl, this being the very
rime wherein God had promifed to work more ef-
fectually upon men1 hearts by Chrifb Do&rine, v. 2.
3. From his own exemplary Pttftoral care in the
Miniftry of the Gofpel, Both to prevent offence
therein, 17.5. And to approve hin felf in all rhings
as the faithful Minifter of Chrifl; in all minifterial
Graces, Properties, &c. moft elegantly defcribed;
In like manner they, as his J^c^, mould proportio-
nably in their places imitate him, v q.to 14. II. More
Particularly, that they avoid all intimate fcllowfliip,
by marriage or otherwife, with Infidels and Idola-
ters. 1. Becaufe of the extrcam difpariry and con-
trariety betwixt them, whereby they are inconfiftent
one with ano'her, v. 14, 15, \6. 2. Becaufe of the
lingular benefits that will enfue upon their feparating
from Infidels and Idolaters, vi%. Gods Reception
of them, and Paternal Relation to them, according
to hisPromifes,n.i$,i7,i8- Therefore they fhotild
hjve no fellowfh'p with Idolaters, by prefence of
bodyor allowance of fpirit, but contrariwife fi:ou!d
Chap. 7. forfeit holincJfeinGods fear, Chap.VU. 1.
II. To bear him like aff.'irion in receiving hit Doilrine
and Exhortation, as be bearcs to them; Receive w,
I. c. as into 1 he boforr.e of your love 1/.2. I. Becaufe
lie had given them no caufe of DifaffecVion, either
by f. Injury to any. 2. Corruption of any by falfe
Doctrine. 3. Or Defrauding any of their ertate,^ 2.
II. Becaufe hefingularly teftified his dear affe&ion
torhem, I. Having them inhh heart to live and dye
with them, ver. 3. 2. Speaking freely of them only
to thcmfelvcs, but glorying of them to others, v. 4.
3. Being Comforted exceedingly in all his tribukui-
. 11,12,13, 11. The pray-
ers of the Saints highly valuing the grace of God in
them, fhall be hereby engaged for them, v. 14. This
exhortation Paul ihms up with thanks to God, as
being confident he herein had obtained his defire in
them,i>. 15,
IV. To behave the mf elves with fitch dutiful Obedi-
ence to, and due eftimation of his Doilrine and Miniftry,
that he may have caufe to ufe lenity and gentlenefs to-
wards them, and not be for ted to exercife that feveiiry
again}} them, which be intended ag.iinftfome, Ch.X. Chap.Io.
fer.1,2. ^c. To this end.
1 . He wipes off that A&erfm caft upon him by falfe
Teachers ; That his Perjoiul prefence was bafe, but hi*
Letters Bold; fhewing-, j. that at his coming he
purpofcth to be bold againft fome that traduced
him as walking carnally, v.1,2. 2. That though he
walk in the flefh, he walks not after the tiefh, v. 3.
3. That he hath a powerfull Miniftry, as weapons of
an heavenly warfare, committed to him, able,
Partly to fubdue fome to the Obedience of Chrift, v.
3, 4, <,. Partly to take revenge on all contrary dif-
obedience, v.6. 4. That as others are Chrifts, fo
he is Chrifts, having A poftolical authority from him,
of which he need not be aftiamed toboaft, v. 7,8.
s. That he will be found as potent in his Prefence, as
by h\sLetters, i>. 9,10,11.
2. He taxeth the falfe Apoflles for their fclf-applaufe
and that beyond their line boafting of other mens
labours : which himfelf did not, verfe 12. to the
erd
3. He vindicates himfelf and hU Apoftkfljip from
contempt in their eyes who preferred the falfe Apo-
ftles before him, entring upon a neceffirated and
forced commendation of himfelf and his Apoftle-
ftlefhip. Here, I. He prefacetb, defuing them to
bear with him iq this his jafi and neceHary felfe-con-
dem nation , Ch.. XI. ver. r. And this 1. Becaufe it Chap.ir.
is in his zeal to God and Chrift. 2. Becaufe now
he doth it out of holy jealoufie to them, whom he had
cfpoufed as a chafte virgin to Chrift ; but now fear>
they are corrupted from Chrifts nmplicity, in that
they were fo prone to receive them who preached a
falfe Jeftis, a fahc Spirit, a falfe Gofpel, ver. 2, 3, 4.
1 1 He commends himfelf and bit Ap fll floip, upon ma-
ny confi derations, viz. 1. By his equality to the ch
Apoflles, ver.$. Objeil. But thou an rude in jyeech.
Aifn\ 1. Yctnot in knowledge. 2. In all things I
have been throughly made- nwnifeft among you. v. 6.
2. By his preaching the Gofpel freely to the Corinthian tt
taking wages of other Churches to that end, ver. 7. to
11. Not that he loves not the Corinthians, ver. 1 1.
But Partly, that thus he may cut off occaftou from
the falfe Apoftlcs who fought to traduce him, ver. ir.
Partly^ That he may not be herein inferiour to the
bile -Xpoflles, v\ho pretended to preach the Gofptl
.. that they might be like Chrifts Apoftlcs ;
whofe
Chap. XII. XIII.
GALATIANS.
515
Chap.
12.
whofe hypocrifie he illuflratesand tlirearcns,vcr.i2.
to 16. Ob)ett. But thii thy glorying U foolijh. Anjw. He
anfwers, I. By Conce(fton,y ct asa fool fuffer me a little
ver. 16,17- 2. By explication of hit Reafons why he
will boaft hiinfelf, Parr/), becaufe others glory ,v.i8.
P, becaufe themfelves fuffer fools gladly, (ironi-
cally calling them wife;} yea fuffer falle teacheers to
fmire them on the face by reproach, ver. 19,2-1,21.
P in writing to them with
his own hand, v. I*. 2. A Commonefaction, or
warning of them againft falfe teachers, who urge
Circumcifion, Partly that they may avoid Perfecti-
on for Chrifl, Ptrtly out of hypocrifie and ambition,
that they muy g'ory in their flefh, v. (2. (3. 3. An
oppofition ofh'S own examp'e, againft that of the
falfe Apoflles ; he preaching the Gofpel fincerely,
and walking accordingly, 1/. (4. 15. 16. 4. An A-
poftolical Protection againft the arrogance of the
falie Apoflles, whom he flighrs as not having the
honourable * Markj of fufferings for Chrifl, like
himfelf, verfe if. 5. The valediction, v. 18.
III.
* Marks
ofjefus.
EPHESIANS.
a£ph
Seft. I. Name and Penman.
THe EpiSile of the Apoftle Paul to the EPHESIANS.]
So denominated from the a Saints at Ephefus,
to whom principally Paul wrote. Marcion the Here-
tick, pretending robe a cwious Searcher of the Title,
b Ecclefix calls it Pauls Epiflle to the Laodiceans, fas b Tertulli-
an hath noted, 3 but contrary to the truth of the
Church. Hierome calls it c The ApoSles middle Epi-
flle, both in order and in fence ; as the heart it in the
middle of she creature ; hence intimating with bow
many d; faculties and profound queftions it « in-
volved.
quidem
verirate
Epiflolam
iflam ad
Ephefios
habemus
emillam,
nonad Laodiccnos; fed Marcion ci Tirulum aliquando inter-
polate gefliit, quafi& in ifto diligentilfimus exploraror. Ni-
hil autcm de Ticulis interefl, cum ad omnes Apoflolus fcrip-
ferit, dumadquofdam, &c. Tertullian. adverf. Marcion. lib. 5.
cap. (7.
c Nunc ad Ephefios tanfeundum eft, Mcdiam Apofloli Epi-
flolam, ut ordine ita & fenfibus. Mcdiam autem dico, non
quod primas fequens, extremis major fir: fedquomodo cor a-
nimalisin medio cfl : ut ex hoc iutelligutis quanti; ditficulratibus,
& quam profundi's quA'flkmibus involura fit. Hier. Proxm.in Ep-
adEph.Tom. 9.
EPHESUS .as d the Metropolis of Afia Minor, a
city on the fh re of the Ionian-Sea, looking towards
the weft of tia Minor, or as Herodotus think, in
Lydia, ofol a city of great traffique, but much ad-
dicted to iciiatry and fuperftition, and jo Magicl^
Arts and Wtchcrafts, which alwayes fallow idolatry,
(in e Hierorrs iudgment ,) there being thef Temple
of the grc; goddeffe Diana, Not Diana the Hun-
trix, girt nd beating the Bow; but the many breafted
Diana, wim by the veij effigies they faljly pretended
to be the hrjeof allbeajts and living creatures ; faith
g Hierom Paul came to Ephefus at firft, and rea-
foned wh the Jewes in their Synagogues, /; but
tarried rt there at that time, becaufe he hafted to
keep tl feaft at Jcrufalem, after that he /came a
fecond ime to Ephefus, preaching and difputing
there ft two years and three moneths, not k ceajing
to wan every one, night and day, with tears; that fo
the Tow of idolatry being dejtroyed, the Temples of
lefferCiet might eafily be taken; as / Hierome noteth.
And {Paul planted a famous Church at Ephefus,
cor.tiiing rherc, till by the m uproare at Ephefir
he w, neceftl rated to depart thence ;and fo he went
into 'acedonia ye: after his departure inro Ma-
cedort, he committed the care aud iafpectii
the fiurch at Ephefus unto n Timothy. And Paul bei
afrn'ards at Miletm, 0 called thither the Elders of
Ipf.'w, exhorting and incouraging them in
cha>e, kuowing chey fhould fee his face no more.
After
d D. Par. in
Advcr. in
Ep. ad Eph.
e Uier quo
fiipr.
/"ASsi?.
g Hie». quo
Fuptr.
h Mis 1 8. i?.
10. ii,
i Ai'ts 1 9. I,
8, &c.
{ Aa.J0.31.
1 Hier. q 0
fupt,
-0.1.
n 1 Tun. '.3
Chap. I. to III.
E P H E S I A N S.
519
p Sec hcfoie
on JOHN
SeS. 1.
q Jo. Calv,
Arg. in Ep.
*t7.i. II. The Salutation, ver. 2.
THE BODY, or SUBSTANCE Oi the EPISTLE
is 1. Partly Informatory or Vothinal, 2. Partly Hor-
tatory or Practical.
I. In the Informatory or Dotlrinal part of this Epiftle
arelay'd down, not Controverfa lly but Dogmatically,
God laving benefts totheZpl efians(& proportiona-
lly tous,) orthecaufes of faivation; nowthefeare
declared, 1. More Summarily, 2. More particu-
larly.
I. More Summarily, in form of a Tbankfgiving,
I. The Praiie it fe.'f. 2. The •
3. The Arguments or grounds 1
wherein note
of rhisPraife.
Praife, ver. 3.
II. More particularly, divers caufes cf fa'
are infilled upon, as the partxular grounds of the
Apoftles thankfulnefle, boi h in refpeci of Jews
and Gentiles afterwards, W^«
f. Eletlion, defcribed by its 1, Authour, 2. Ob-
ject, win Chrift, 3. Eternity, 4. Ead,ve
2. Predeftination, described alfo by the 1. I
predeftinated, us. 2. Benefit whereto we are pre-
deftinaced, Adoption by Chrift. 3. Inward impul-
fivecaufe, goodpleafure, &c. 4. tZadver.<, ,
3. Redemption, fet forth by the 1. Author re-
deeming, and Price, Chrift by his blood, 2. Ik
by Redemption, Remijion of fins, Fountain of ir.
Grace, ver. 7. 4. Manifeftation of it, in all wis-
dom and prudence accordingtohU purpofe. 5. End, fir
the gathering together in one all things in Chrift, ver. 8,
9,10.
4. Vocation of both Jew and Gentile, to the Parti
cipation of this Redemption according to Gods pur-
pofe, of the Jew firft, ver. n, 12. Of the Gentilfi
afterwards, particularly of the Ephefians themfclves,
1. By operation of the Word, 2. By Objignation of
the fpirit, ver. 13,14.
This Vocationof the Ephefians, he amplifies, I. By
the firne of their growth rn faith and love, which
he heard, ver.i$. II. By the effect of that report
upon himfelf in reference to the Ephefians, vi^.
III. Than\fulneffe to God, and Prayer for them, ver.
16. wherin confider 1. To whom he prayes, ver. 17*
2. What he prays for in their behalf, vi^. The in-
creafe of the fpirit of Wifdom and Revelation, &c.
ver. 17,18, 3. To what end; that they may know
more and more, Partly the hope of their calling,
Partly the riches of the glory, &c. ver. 18. Partly
the furpaffing greatnefs of his power towards them
believing, ver, 19.
This exceeding greatnefs of Gods Power, is deferr-
ed by its eftefts, On Chrift, and On thamfehes. I. On
Chrift their Head, viz,. 1. Qjuckening and raifing
him from the dead, v. 20. 2. Exalting him at his
own right hand far above all creatures, as Head over
all to theChurch, his body, v. 20, 21,22, 23. II.
On the Ephefians themfelves,Chrifls members. i.Quh\-
ening them with Chrift from their fpiritual death, Ch.
II. ver. 1. &c. This it described, Partly by their fad
Hate of fin and wrath before they were quickned, ver
1, 2, 3. Partly by the impulfive caufes moving God
thus to quicken them, rich mercy, great love and grace,
ver. 4, 5. 2. Raifing them with Chrift, ver. 6. ^.Ex-
alting them to fit in heavenly places in Chrift, ver. 6.
This their Exaltation is described and amplified,
Partly by the end of it, viz- The manifeftation of
Gods riches of grace towards the Ephefians, fa ved by
grace through faith, not of works ; which are effects,
not caufes of this grace, w.7,8,9, 10. Partlyby
the fingular Priviledges thereupon redounding to
the Ephefians, thus Quickned, Raifcd, Exalted, viz.
whatever were their former miiery and diftance
from God, yet now they are in Chrifi brought nigh
as well as Jews; a re fellow-Citizens with the Saints,
OfthehouflioldofGod; yea an Holy Temple and Habi-
tation of God,^.i i.to the end of the Chapter.
5. Publication of all rhefe rich benefits of Chrift to
the Gentilesby theMiniftry of the Apoftle Paul c-
fpecially ,that thereby the Gentiles might be built up
as Gods Temple, Ch. III. Here note, I.Pauls call
to preach Chrift to the Gentiles, defcribed 1. By the
Event of his preaching to the Gentiles, viz_. his own
imprifonment, v 12. 2. By the divine Revelation
of that great myftery to Paul ("\n other Ages un-
known) that the Gentiles fhould be fellow-heirs, and
of the fame body with the Jews, and enjoy Chrift in
the Gofpel; v. 3. to 7. 3. By the minifteria! Commif-
f'on which God gave him towards the Gentiles ; fet
out by the Authour, v. 7. Inftrument, v. 8. Matter
of LisMiniftry; ver, 8. 9. End, making known e-
verv
Chap.2-
Chap.i,
S23
ETHESIANS.
Chap. IV. to VI-
Chap. 4.
Chip. 5,
even to Angels by the Church, the Wifdom of God
according to his purpofe in calling the GenriIes,ii.io,
11,12. II. Pauls hortatory inference hereupon to
the Ephefians, that they fhrink noc from his do-
ctrine, fainting by reafon of his fufferings; As being
1. For them. 2.' Their glory, v. 13. III. Pauls,
prayer, for them, where note 1. To whom, he prays,
verfe 14, 15. 2. For what to pray in their be-
half, viz. Their (lengthening in the inward man
by the Spirit, verfe 16. Chrirts inhabiting their
heart by faith, verfe 17. Their rooting and ground-
ing in love, v. 17. Their ccmprehenfion of Chritts
boundlefs love, v. 18, 19. Their replenifhing with
all the fulnefs of God, v. 19. 3. The Conclufion of
his Prayer, with" a Doxology, or giving-glory to
God. v. 2O3 21.
Hitherto of the h^ormztoty; or Doctrinal part oj
this Epifile.
N. In the Hortatory or Prattic.xl part Me ttirs up, and
exhorts the Ephefi.ir.s to divers Chriftian duties, in
rettimony of their gratitude for all the former bene-
fits. Thefe duties are 1. Mire general, 2. More
fpecial.
I. More general duties, common to all Chriflians,
viz -To walk worthy of the heavenly vocation where-
with they are called, Chap.IV.ver. 1. To this end he
particularly direfts them how to walk worthily ,viz>
with
1. Humility and Mee\nejs,ver. 2.
2. Long-fuffering, and loving forbearance of one
another^. 2.
3. Vnity of the Spirit in the Bond of Peace, ver. 3.
Becaufe there is 1. One Body. 2,One Spirit. 3. One
Hope, v. 4. 4. One Lord. 5. One Faith. 6. OneEap-
tifm,ver. 5. 7. One God, ver. 6. 8. One common
end of all the extraordinary and ordinary Minitters
of the Gofpel, (thole gifts nf Chrift as fruits of his
Aficnfion. J and of their Miniftry, viz.. The per-
fecting of the Saints in the unity of faith, full know-
ledge of Chrift, and complcat growth up unto him in
all things, as the body in the head, v. 7. to 17.
4. Holinejsof life; which confittsl. In Mortifica-
tion or putting of the old man. 1. Be caufe Gentiles
uncovertcd walk in the lutts of the old man, v. 17.ro
20. 2. Becaufe 'they have better learned Chrift, v.
so, ci. 3. Becaufe the old man is to be put off. 4.
Becauje the old man is corrupt, v.22. II. InVivifi-
cation,, or putting on the New Mart in Rightcoufncfs
and Holinefie, v.23 24.
$. Truth, putting away lying-, This is urged from
our Co-memberfhipin Chrift,t;.25.
6. Speedy placablenefs in anger; Becaufe elfe we
give place to the devil ,v. 26,27.
7. Diligent labour, that they may give to others,
and not fteal from others, v. 28.
8. Profitable, not corrupt Communication, urged
1. From the commodity of good Communication to
others, ver. 29. 2. From the mifchief of bad to
themfelvcs, k. 50.
9. Brotherly love : which is Defer i bed andVrged,
1. Described, 1. Negatively, by the oppofite vices
from which they are dehorttd, ver. 31. 2. Positive-
ly by the acts of brotherly love required, ver. 32.
II. Urged, 1. From Gods love 10 us, whom we are
to follow as children, ver. 32. and Ch. V. ver. 5.
2, From Chritts love in dying for us, -ver. 2.
10. to avoid ftllorvfiip with divers lufts of carnal
men. Here I. Thefe tufts or corruptions are defer i bed:
1. Fornication. 2. All uncleanncfs. 3. Covctouf-
nefs. 4. Filthinefs. 5. Foolifh talking. 6. Jett-
ing, verf. 3,4. II. The avoiding' of thefe corruptions,
n urged upon divers confi derations. 1. They are un-
comely for Saints , ver. 3. 2. They are incon-
venient, ver. 4. 3. They exclude from Gods King-
dom, and incurre his wrath, ver. 5, 6. 4. They were
darknefs, arelight, therefore nuitt walk as children /
of light, proving what |s< acceptable to the Lord, v.
7, foil. 5. Thefe are unfruitful works of darknefs,
and fhameful to be fpo ken of; therefore to be re-
proved by light, ver. 15. 6. Gods people fhould
walk better, and that upon divers grounds, verfe
15, 16, 17,
1 1. Toflmn drunleenneffe, and as an Antidote againft
it. 1. To be filled with the fpirit. 2. To exercife
themfelves in fpiritual melody to the Lord. 3. To
inure themfelves continually to thankfulnefs in all
things, v. 18, 19,20.
12. To fubmit themfelves one to another ;
which Subjeftion is limited, in the Lords fear,
ver. 21.
II. More fpecial duties, peculiar to fome particu-
larly Relations; As betwixt 1. Husbands and Wives.
2. Parents and Children. 3. Mafters and Ser-
vants. ,
i. Betwixt Husbands andWives.Herei.Wives are ex-
horted to fubmit themfelves to their own Hufbands,
^•22. This Submiihon is fet forth by the 1. Manner of
it, as to the Lord, v. 22. 2. Grounds of it, Partly the
Hufbands Headfhip; Partly the Hufbands Protection
pf her, i/. 23. 3. Pattern of it, the Churches fub*
jeftion to Chrift, v. 24. 4. Extent of it, v. 24.
2. Husbands are exhorted ro love their wives, 1.
From the example of Chritts love to his Church, giv-
ing himfelffor it, to cleanfe it, 8a:. v. 2$, 26, 27.
2. From the neer union betwixt hufband and wife,
they being one flefh morally, v. 28, 29. as the Church
is one fiefli with Chrift myftically,v. 29. to 33.Whence
thehiifbandis to love his wife as himfelf, which is
amplified, by the wives relative duty of Reveren-ing
herHufband,i/.33.
2. Betwixt Parents and Children. Here I. Chil-
^en are charged to obey their Parents, ch. VI. v. t. Chap. 6.
This is 1. Limited, in the Lord. 2. Urged, Partly
from the equity of it, Partly from the commodity,of
it, v. 1,2, ^.11. Partly are charged 1. Not to provoke
their children. 2.T0 educate them Chrittianly, v. 4.
3- Betwixt Maflers and Servants. Here I. Ser-
vants are charged to be obedient to their fitters.
This obedience is 1. Defoibed by its adjuncts or
properties, vi\. 1. Fear to offend, 2. Singlenefs of
heart, Amplifiedby its oppofite eye-fervice. 3. Good
will. 2. 'Urged partly from the Agrceablenefs of
this to the Will of God and Chrift, Partly from rhe
commodity of fo doing, v. $. fo9- II. Mailers are
charged 1. To do the fame things to their fervants,
viz- the things that are good and juft. 2.Tofor-
bear too much autterity •, becaufe they have a Ma-
tter in heaven, who refpects not perfons, v.9.
THE CONCLVSION of the Epiftle, wherein III.
1. He encourages them ro be ttrong and conttant in
the Lord , againft all Satans fubtil temptations,
through the help of the whole * Armour of God, v.to. * armour
11. This he doth I. Vrging it, with arguments ofGody
drawn 1 . From the greatnefs and danger of the ad-
verfaries, v. 12. 2. From the neceffity of this
courfe, thattheymay ftand in the evil day, ver.i$.
II. Defcribing the whole Armour of God particularly,
which is 1. Defenfive only : As Girdle of Truth,Brerf/r
plate ofRighteoufnefs, v. 14. Sbooesoi the prepa-
ration of the Gofpel of Peace, v. is. Shield o(h\dit
efpeciallycommended-for quenching all the devils
fiery darting temptations, v. 16. Helmet of falvari-
on, v. 17. 2. Offenfive a well asDefenfive, viz.T/;e
frcord of the Spirit, the Word, v. 17. Prayer for
tluinfelves, for all Saints, and for the Apoftlehim-
felt particularly, v. 18,19,20.
2. He (l>ews why he fent Tychiaa to them, 1.
To inform them of his affairs. 2.Tocomfort them,
v. 21,22.
3. He concludes with an Apottolfcal Salutation,
wi/hingtheiniV.KV, Lmewith Faith and Grace, v.
23,24.
Chap. I.
521
Philippians.
,7 ,8. 2. By his Pray-
er for their abounding and Perfeverance in grace,
and th3t inoffenfively to Gods glory, ver. 9, 10, n.
III. By removing the fcandal of his Crofs and Suf-
ferings, that might difcourage them, which he doth
1. Declaring that his bonds at Rome were fo far from
hindring, that they have furthered thecourfe of the
Gofpel; Partly becaufe his bonds for Chrift were
manifeft to all C&fars houfe,i/.»2,i3. Partly becaufe
many brethren of the Miniftry were by his bonds em-
boldened to preach without fear, v. 14. And how-
ever fome preached Chrift not fo fincerely as others,
yet Chrift was preached, and he joyed therein, iw.
I5.r0 19. 2. Intimating hisaffurance rhat allthefe
his fufferings fhould turn to his good; Partly through
their Prayer, Partly through the fupply'ofChrifts
fpirit, ver. 19. Partly from his own hope upon his
former experience, that Chrift fhall be magnified by
himboth in life and death, and himfe If fhould gain
byboth, ver. 20, 21. though the Philippians would
gain more by his life, which puts him upon a ftrair,
whether he fhould chofe life or death, yet he is con-
fident he fhall live longer, for furtherance of their
faith and joy.11.22.ro 27.
II. He exhorts them to a pious Converfation becom-
ing Chrifts Gofpel, ver. 27. Sec. To this purpofe he in-
cites them particularly.
1. To pynt ftedfaftnefs of fpirit and mind in cvitend-
ing for the Faith, or Doctrine of the Golpcl, notwith-
ftanding all the terrors of their Perfecutors^.27,28.
To the induring of whofe perfections, he encou-
rages them, 1. Becaufe their Perfecutions are an c-
vident token of their Perfecutors deftruction, but of
their falvation, v. 28. 2. Becaufe irs a greater gift
to fuffer for Chrift, then tobelieve in him. ver. 27.
3. Becaufe hereby they fhall have communion with
R r r r r r the
522
PHILITIANS.
Chap. U.to IV.
Chap.
Chap. 3.
the Apoftlehimfelf, v.30.
2. to unity in mind and heart ; from divers pathe-
tick Arguments in reference to himfelf, Cb. II. ver.
3.T0 lowlineffe of mind. I. Dijfwuding from the
contrary vices, vi^. 1. Contention, s. Vain-glo-
ry , verfe 3. II. Vefcribing this lowlineffe of
mind ; As whereby 1. We eftcem others be-
yond ourfelves, verfe 3. 2. We regard others
affairs as well 3S ourown, verfe 4. III. Vrging
it, 1. From Chrifls example , who though equal
to God, yet debafed himfelf in the forme of a
fervant to the death of theCrofle, and was there-
fore moft highly exalted : fo proportionably fhall
they be that debafe themfelves like hitn, verfe 5.
to 12. 2. From their former conftant obedience to
him ; whence he now expects the like obedi-
ence in working out their falvation with fear
and trembling, verfe 12. 3, From Gods grace,
which alone works in them to will and to do,
therefore they have no caufe at all to be high-mind-
ed in themfelves, verfe 13. ( 4. From the good
end or event that hence will enfue , Partly in
refpect of themfelves , their inoffenfiveneffe,
as becomes the fons of God in a corrupt-age,
verfe 14, 15, 16. Partly in refpect of the Apo-
ftle , his joy in them as their Minifter in the
day of Chrift , verfe 16. tbit hit affeftion to
them he amplyfies by rejoycing to be poured
forth , even as a drink-offering upon the fer-
vice of their faith , by his death , wi/hing
them alfo therein to rejoyce with him, verfe
17,18.
III. He declares to them, both hit fur pofe of [ending
Timothy to them for future, and hit Reafon 0) [ending
Epaphroditus their Mmifterto them for prefm. I. Hit
Purpcfe of Cendingtimotby fhortly to them to know
theirflate, as foon as he fees how it will go with
himfelf, commenJing7//wof/ty, As 1. Like-minded
2. Naturally caring for their ftate, while others feek
theirown, notthe things of Chrift. 3. Serving with
Paul in the Goipel as a fon with a father, ver. 19. to
24. tbit he amplyfies, by his hopes of coming him-
felf to them fhortly, ver. 24. II. Hit prefent fending
of Epaphroditw to them ; Here 1. He commends £-
papbroditm fingularly, ver- 25, 26* 2. He fhows
why he fent him back to them, vi^. that they might
be comforted, in feeing him recovered who had
been fick nigh to death, ver. 26. 27. 28. 3- He ex-
horts them gladly to receive, and highly to efteem
him, who had fo hazarded his life for the work of
Chrift,*/, 29,30.
IV. He warns them againfl thefalfe dollrine of falfe
Apoftles, that would mingle the worlds of the law with
faith in the point of Nullification. Here I. He chears
tbemuy in the Lord againft all contrary difcourage-
mentsof falfe teachers, Ch. III. v. 1. II. Heexcuf-
ff/;his inculcating the fame things unto them, be-
caufe fafe (or them, ver. 2. III. He cautions them
againft falfe Apoftles, branding them, As 1. Dogs,
that for their bellies bark'd and fnarl'd againft the
truth. 2. Evil-workers, that buildcd noc, but de-
stroyed the Church. $.Concifton, rending afunder
the Churches unity by obtruding Circumcifion,vi/r/e bexeadinthe
' '* y £ Church of the Laodiceans. Now Laodicea and Hiero-
s»\ / ~ polis are near Co/ojje, but farre diftant from Rhodes, as
MKov Becaufe
he wrote them when he was in bonds. As if a valiant man
ftiould write, mean while defining from daughter and trophies :
fo he alfo did. Himfelf alfo knew this was a great matter. For
writing to Philemon he faith, whom 1 have begotten in my bonds.
Jo. Cbryfoft. in Ep.ad Cohf. Himtt. U Tom. 6. in N. T.
i.
1 14*
Sett. III. Scops.
The chief intent and Scope of this Epiftle is r. To
fl>ew, that all m hope of mans falvation is ground- tn Col.
ed on Chrift our Redeemer, enjoyment of him, and 12, 13,
perfeverance in him, as in whom alone all n com- &c.
pleat fulnefle, perfections, and All-fufficiencies to nCol. I.
thac end do meet; and therefore Chriftians mould 15. &c.
fully reft themfelves fatisfied in the faith of Chrift
only. 2. To caution the 0 Coloffians, and all Chrifii- 0C0I. 2. 4,
ans againft all Mofaical Ceremonies, Philofophical 8. &c.
fpeculations and deceits, and humane traditions, as
inconfiftent with Chrift and his fulnefs for our falva-
tation. 3. To incite the Coloffians to feek their happi-
nefs p higher, then in thofe low earthly and exter-
nal things, and toexercife themfc-Ives mote fpirhually
and Evangelically, in Mortification of fin, and Santti-
ty both in heart and life, \x\General and Particular
duties of Chriftianity.
p Col. 3.
1,2. &c.
Seer. IV. Principal Parts,
In tbis Epiftle to the Coloffians are I. The Preface
2. Tfje Body of the Epiftle, 3. The Conclufion,
THE PREFACE to the Epiftle, contains, I. The
Infcription, defcribing 1. The Parties writing 5 2.The
Parties written to, Ch.l. ver.1,2. II. The Salutati-
on, ver. 2. III. The exordium, or Entrance into the
Epiftle, to procure benevolence with the Coloffians,
wherein note 1. His Gratulation in their behalf,i».3.
2. The grounds of this his Gratulation, vi^. Partly
their Faith in Chrift. Partly their love to all the
Saints, ver. 4. Both which are amplified, By their
final caufe, w*> their hoped happinefs in heaven.
By their inftrumental caufe. vi^. The Gofpel preach-
ed to them by Epaphras, who declared their fpiritu-
al ftate to Paul,vsr. 5. to 9. 3. The Apoftles Pray-
er for their increafe in all fpiricuals, To the know-
ledge of the truth, ver. 9. To the exercife of Piety,
ver. 10. To the enduring of the Crofs, ver. II.
THE BODY or SUBSTANCE of the Epiftle,con-
fifts of matters, 1. Doftriaal, 2 PraBical.
I. In the Dottrinal part, be 1. Afferts the Truth po-
sitively. 2. Confutes err our polemically.
I. He poffitively afferts the Truth, laying down the
fumme of Chriftian dodrine, touching the primary
caufes and benefits of falvation, in way of thankful-
nefs for them, ver. 12. foe. Here are therefore dc
fcribed.
1. The faving benefits afcribed to the father, I.
More generally, viz. his fitting us to partake of glory,
ver, 12. II. jWbre/>drr/cttfor/jhowherhusfifSus,i/7^.
1. Privatively, by delivering us out of the Kingdom
of darknefs. 2. Pofitively , tranflating us into the
Kingdom of Chrift, the fon of his love, vi^. by Ef-
fectual calling, v. 13.
1. The faving benefits afcribed to the Son, vi%.
Redemption, ver. 14. This Redemption isfet forth, L
By the price paid. Hifblood.ver.14. IT. By one emi-
nent benefic purchafed, Remiffionofftns, ver. 14. III.
Bythecompleatnefsand all-fufficiency of Chrift the
Redeemer, defer ibed, and confirmed. 1. Defcribed
magnifically
u
Chap.
Ih
- 1
COLOSSIANS.
Chap.H.III.
ffiagnifically by divers glorious Titles attributed to <
him ; As f i J Image ot the invifible God, ver. i 5.
C 1 J Firft-born of every creature, Eecaufe he ere -
ated ail things, ver. 15, 16. Eecaufe he h before all
tilings, Becaufe al 1 things confift by him, ver. 17.
I 5 J Head of the Church, ver. .8. f 4 ) The be-
ginning, the firft-born from the dead. ver. 18. 2.
Confifmed, Parti) from the final caufe hereof, that in
all he tpight have the Preheminence, ver. 18. Partly
from the efficient ordaining caufe, it pleafeth the fa-
ther ^ver. 19. Partly from the forma I caufe. AUfulnefs
dwelling, in Ckr. if as Meniatour, ver. 10. IV. Ey the
manner of this Redemption, and the benefit of Re-
conciliation to God thereby ; fpoken of, 1. As con-
cerning all more generally, ver. 20- 2. As concern-
ing the Cohffians more particularly ; where nore
fij Their natural mifery, and thecaufe thereof,
(_ 2 ) Their fpiritual delivery, and the means thereof,
C 3 J The glorious end of that delivery, ver. 21, 22.
(J4) The cc ndition upon which theyfhall enjoy benefit
by Chrills Redemption and Reconciliation , v\.
Ferfeverance in rhe faith of the Gofpel ; which Per-
feverance isclofely urged by many Argument smartly
becaufe tin's is ntcellary-to their enjoying Eenefit by
Chrifts Redemption, ver. 23. Partly becaufe this is
the faith which all bcleivers generally have received,
ver. 23. Part ^ becaufe Pd«/himlelf divinely called
to thisMiniftry, preached this doctrine to them, and
fnffered perfecution for ic ioyfully, ver. 23, 24, 25.
Partly becaufe of the fingular excellency and dignity
of this Doctrine,and of themyliery contained there-
in to the Gentiles, i//\. Cbritt in them the hope
ofglory. ver. 26, 27. Partly becaufe of the Apoftles
lingular labouring and ftriving to preach thismyfte-
ry of Chrift in the Gofpel throughout the world,
ver. 28, 29.
II. Hepolemicalty confutes the errours contrary to thit
faith of the Gofpel. In which confutation note,
1. Hi* Preface, for procuring of their attention
and benevolence, nrbefeinl, He declares what great
conflict and care he had for the Coloilians, Laodice-
Chap. 2. ar.s ami others confirmation in the faith, Ch. II. v.i.
II. He gives the reafons of this his care for them,
x. For their -manifold good,^. Comfort, Union
in love, and Full-aiTurance of underftanding to the
acknowledgement of the myftery of God and Chrift,
v . 2. Th'vs Myftery ofChrft, is commended gloriouf-
|y, as having all treatures of faving wifedom and
knowledge hid therein, v. 3. 2. To prevent their
peril of feducement by falfc teachers, v. 4. 3. From
his inward affection to them, and fpiritual Pretence
with them, thougli corporally abfent from them, De-
ferred, Partlyby the manner of his affection, Joying
Contemplating upon t\rcm,Partly by the grounds there-
of, vix_. Their order, their Siedfaftnefs oj 'faith, ver. 5.
III. He concludes exhorting them conftantly to ad-
here toChrift, as Epapbm had taught them, 1. With
firmnefs of faith. 2. with abounding therein. 3. With
thankfulnefs in that behalf, v 6,7.
2. Hti Proportion, touching the errours to be con-
futed, he lays down ; I. Cautioning them againft im-
poflures. II. Referring thefe impoflures to three
heads. 1. Philofopby, viz. that which is deceitful,
vain. 2. Traditions of men. 3. Mofaical Ceremo-
nies, called the Rudiments of the World. III.Hinting
neral rule, whence we may difcover they are to
be rejected, w^. if they withdraw from Chrilt, v.8. ,
3. Hh Confutation of thefe errours propounded
and flared. I. More generally by Arguments againft
them all, drawn 1. From the infinite Perfection of
Chrift in himfelf, in whom the perfect Deity dwe's
perfonally, therefore he neither needs nor admits
thefe Additionals, v. 9. 2. From their comp'eat-
npTs in Chrift, in whom they have complcat furni-
ture for falvarion,vcr. 10. 3. From Chrilts abfolure
Hcadrtlipand Supremacy, ver. 10. II. Moreparti-
er. 4/) The
evidences whereby he charitably judges them Elect, are
CO The power of his Miniitry upon them, (2) The
gift of the Holy Ghoft annexed, (3) The fruit of the
Spirit, viz- much afurance, in which things he ap-
peals to their own Confciences, v. 5. (4) Their
holy practice, following the A potties and Chrift.up-
on their receiving of the word with patience and joy,
ver. 6. This grace of theirs U ampljfiedby the emi-
nent events thereof, v'z- Partly their exemplari-
nefs to all believers in Macedonia and Ackaia, ver.
7. Partly the fame of their Faith, not onely in
Macedonia and. Achat a, but in every place, ver. 8.
Purify rhe teftimooy which other Churches gave to
rhe Apoflle touching the Tbeffalcnians Converfion by
hisMintftry, which Converfion is notably defcribed
by the parts of it, v. 9, 10.
a. From the f.iithjulnefs of the Injlrument, where-
by they were effeftually converted, viz. Pfnlnefs in hisMinifl y,
• is defcribed and amplified. 1. By hii Boldnejje in his
Mir.iftry ; fet forth, Partly by themeafure of it,hold-
ing up even againfl ali his affiictions..Pci Andthat it was written lon^ before at Athens, tithe
codices, commonly received opinion among Lathe Writers. The
mihi non Poflfcripc f if it may be credited, J faith,it was writ-
eft proba- ten from Athens.
bile.
Nam de fuis vinculis aliquid attigiffet, &c. Jo. Calv, Arg. in Pofler.
adThejfal.
Se&. II. Occasion.
Occasion feemsrobe; 1. Partly the intimation of
Pauls e fervent love to them, and earneft /defire to
come and fee them, in his former Epiflle: where-
upon being detained from coming to them according
to his defires, he labours by this Epiflle to fupply the
want of his Prefence, and to perfeft what was lack-
ing in their faith ; left the Theffalonians, fhould think
themfelves neglefted, by Pauls haftening fome whi-
ther clfe, and not coming to them, as g Cbryfoflome
and h Calvin hath well noted. 2. Partly the infor-
mation or reports which the Apoflle had received,
1 Touching the Persecutions which the Church of the
Theffalonians had undergone for the Gofpe! ; 2 Touch-
ing falfe teachers, who f perhaps taking occafionby
fome paffages of the i former Epiflle, about Chrifb
fecond coming to judgment, Jinfinuated to them,
C pretending they had it from Paul himfelf, £. by
Spirit, by Word; or by Letter, J Tl)at the day oj Chrift
was at band; that his coming would be fpeedilyand
in that age; and 3 Touching the /exorbitant walking
of fome in idlenefte, neglefting their particular cal-
lings Church-difcipiine mean while fleeping among
them j
e 1 Thef.
2.7. to 12,
/ 1 Thef.
2. 17,18,
19, 20. &
3. 1,12,
11°
g Joan.
Chrifofl,
Arg. in Jj»
E/>. ad
Thecal,
bjo, Cat.
Arg. in
poller, ad
Tbeffal.
i 1 Thef.4.
1$. to the
end,and £1
'>2,3,4-&c
k. 2 Thef.
3- Ij 2.1. 2.
Thef, 3. $,
&c
28
II. T H E S S A L 0 N I A N S.
Chap, MI.
m 2. Thef.
h 3,4-
n : Thef.
i3i,3, &c.
o 2 Thef.
2.1,2,2x1
; 2 Thef.
2,-I.ScC.
2 Thef.
3-6 &c.
I.
Chap. i.
II.
rhem; t'-e whole current of theEpiftle intimates
thefe Occafions.
Se&niL Scops.
The Scipeand irtenr therefore of the Apoftle in
this II. Ep file to Thejfaknians p.-oportionably is i
To teftfie his in lincerc love to them ami care of them
& their fpiritual welfare by writing,thoughhe fliould
not as yet attain to them, according to his longing
Defiresand Prayers. T: encourage and comfort them
againft all the n Perfecutions and Tribulations they en-
dured (or Chrift and hisGofpel. 3. To convince them
of the vanity and falfhood of that opinion Ipread a-
mongthem, 0 That the day of Cbrift was prefentlyat
hand; forafmnch as before the day of judgement,
there muft rtrft be an Apoftacy, and Anticbrift muft be
revealed ,whofe m)ftery of iniquity even began to work
in the Apoflles days, but his Revealing was hindred
rill he that letted fhould be taken out of theway.And
(6 he takes occanon notably to defcribe Antichrift,
b) his Properties , Revealing, Reign and Ruine.
4. Finally to exhort them top divers Chriftian duties,
and particularly to q withdraw rhemfelves from
thole difcrderly and idle Pcrfons, fit they fliould
comumacioufly difobey this Epiftle, } feparating
them ftoin Church-communion.
Se&. IV. Principal parts.
In this II. Epiille to the Tbeffalonians, are 1 The
Pi '.face, 2 The Subftance, or Sub)elt matter of the E-
fiflle. 2,The Conclufion.
THE PREFACEcoma'msl.Thc Infcription, deno-
ting 1. The Parties writing. 2. The Parties written
to, Chap. I. ver. 1. II. The Apoftolicli Salutation,
ver. 2.
THE SVBSTANCE or SVBjECT NATTER of
the EpifUe, is 1. Confolatory, 2. Informatory, or
Monitory. 3. Hortatory.
I. Conl'olatory. //; this part he comforts the Tlieffj-
lonians againft their Perfecutions and Tribulations
b bicb they endu 1 ed {or cbrift and hit Gofpel. Herein.
1. He infinuates hit dear affellion to thtmJQ that tx-
preffion of true love, viz- his lingular Grarulation
or tbankfolnefle for their fpiritual welfare. In this
Gratulation note 1. The Alt, vi\. Conftant Thankf-
giving to God for thm, ver. 3. II. The ground
eof, we are are bound, Which Obligation ariferh,
1. From their recr fpiritual Relation, Brethren.
2. From Congruence of the duty, As it meet. HI.
The matter of his Thankfgiving,™?. Their eminent
growth, 1. In faith. 2. In brotherly love, ver. 3.
3. In Patience and fait h under all their perfecutions
and tribulations. Amplified by the effect thereof in
the Apofllc his glorying inthem,in the Churches of God,
ver. 4
2. He comfort st hem over all their Perfecutions and
Sufferings, upon divers grounds. As I. From Gods
juft judgment to come hereby manifeflly vindicated.
I ). Prom the end to which thefc fufferings are fubor-
dinate, viz.. fitting the Theflalonians for Gods King-
dom. III. /-Yew the caufeof their fufferings^ For
ver. 5. IV. Prom the Juftice ol God,
which fhall be efpecially manifefted for his People,a-
gainft their Pcrfecutors at the day ol iudgement*,wher
note 1. The Arts of Gods Julticc, Qi) Punitive, to
Wicked Perfccutors, ver. 6. 2. Remunerative on perfc-
d Saints, viz. Reft, ver. 7. 2. The time of this
JuAice, at Chrifh glorious coming to judment, with
his mighty Angels, v, 7. 3. The terrible manner of
coming, inflamingfre, ver. 8. 4. The notable
( < tis-or events of his coming. Partly to them that
know not God, 1 or obey Chuffs Gofpef, moft terrible
damnation, v.£,$. Panly-to Saints and Believers,
Gods moft comfortable Glorification, and Admiration
in them, ver. to.
3. He prays for the Theffalonians, in order to thei'x
comfort herein. Here note 1. The Occafion of his
Prayer, Wherefore,or as the Greek (ei< 0) Vnto winch
v:z. for fitting you for which glory atChrills coming.
2. The ronAancy of his Prayer. 3. The beltings
prayed tor, viz- That God would ~(ij Count them
worthy of bis calling, ("2 J Fulfill all the gold pleafure
ofhisgoodneffe, f$J Accomplift) the work of faith with
power, v. ii. 4. The end of this Prayer, the mutual
glorification of ChriA in them, and them in Chrift,
verfe 1 2.
II. Informatory or Monitory. In this part he wanes
toe Theffaknians againft that erroneous opinion which
jalfe teachers fuggefted to them, touching the time of
Cbrifts fecund coming. Touching which 1. He cau-
tions them. 2. He confutes the err our. 3. He com-
forts them. 4. He direlts them.
I. He cautions them againfi this errour, wherein
confider, I. The Manner, how he cautions them,
vt\. with 1. Meeknefle, We befeech you. 2. Love,
Brethren. 3. Earncftnefs, by Chrift s coming, and our
gathering together to him, Chap. 11. ver. I. II. The
Matter, againA which he cautions them, vi^- unlet-
lednefsofmind, and trouble of fpirit about the In-
ftant approach of the day of Chrift, Amplified^ the me-
thods which falfe teachers ufed to unfettle them here-
in, 1. By Spirit, i. e. Revelations or Prophecies.2. By
Word of mouth. 3! By Letter, all pretended to be
from the ApoAle, ver. 2.
II. He confutes the errour, * lb at the day of Cb> ift
was at hand, by a prophetical Prediction of two no-
ble Antecedents, which mufl be before Chrifts com-
ing, neither of which was yet come to paffe, and
therefore Chrifls coming could notbeinftant and at
hand in their dayes, ver. 3. fcc. Thefe Antecedents
are
1. A general Apoftacy, from true faith and Religi-
on in the Church, i>. 3.
2. The Revealing of Antichrift, ver. 3. This * An-
tichrift is notably defcribed by.his 1 Properties, 2 Re-
vealing, 3. Ruine, 4. Reign. I. By hit Properties,
1. That man of fin. 2. Thar fon of Perdition, ver. 3.
3 Who oppofethall that is called Gcd, ver. 4.4/rhat
exaltethhimfelf above all thats called God. 5. Who
as God fitteth in the Temple of God, v/\. in the
Church, ver. 4. Thefe things are amplified. By the
Apoflles intimation of his informing them in thefe
things formerly,^*-. 5. II. By his Revealing and the
tunc of it, where he declares i.That Antichrift was
not yet revealed,there being an Impediment hindring
it, (w^. according to the general confent of Wri-
ters, theitowrtn£w/>/Ye,and that as it was both Hea-
then and Chriftian,) confequently Chrift s coming
could not be inflanr, v. 6. 2. That the myftery of
iniquity even then was working, though obftructed,
*«7i 3. That the faid Impediment fhafl be taken out
of the way, ver. 7. 4. That when the Impediment
fliould be removed, That wicked A.ould be reveal-
ed, ver. 8. III. By his ruine and dcftruclion, fet
forth 1. Ey the Authourofir, The Lord Chrift. 2.By
tlie manner whereby Chrift fliall conlume him, vizy\
Partly by the fpirir of his mouth, Partly by tlie^
brightcnefle of his coming, ver. 8. IV. By his Reign
and Dominion betwixt hi; lUvealingand Ruine.Here
are fet forth 1. Hit Manner and means of Advancement
to his Reign, More gene) ally, after the working of Sa-
tan. More particularly, (\)Witb allpower, (2y\{itb
fifties and lying wonders, v. 0. fz,J With all a'eceiva-
blcneffe of unrighteoufnef\e,verAo. 2. His Subjellsor
Vaft'.ds over whom lie Aall exercifc dcminion,7/;ew
that pe)iftt,v. 10. 3. The reafens of their comingunder
hit dominion, Partly their own fin, in not receiving the
love of the truth to falvation, v. io. FGods
juft judgement upon them, fending them ftrcng delu-
jfion to btlieve alye, to their damnation,!!, 1 1,12.
III. He cemfotsthe Thftahrn.ns 3^h ft ftar ofA-
pcflacy, and of Ai.tuhrifls feduccnents : 1. Giv-
ing
Chap. 2.
* Judge-
ment day
not at
hand in
the Apo-
flles days
* Anti-
chrift, de-
fcribed.
Chap. III.
I. T I M 0 T H T.
52y
Chap. 3.
* Manual
WorJ(.
ing Jl)ank.s to God for their grounds of ftedfaftnefte,
Partly for their Election to falvation, through Sali-
fication and faith, ver. 13. Partly for their vocation
by the Gofpcl thereunto, ver. 14. 2. Exhorting them
to fkdfafrnefle in his Doctrine, delivered them by
word or writing, ver. 15. 3. Praying earneftly
that Jefw Chrifi andGod the Father would comfort
and ftablifli them in every good word and wo>\, ver.
16,11.
III. Hortatory. In th'u part he peremptor.ly pre-
fcribes Reformation of certain corruptions of Manners
and Prallice among them, intermingling divers ftjarp
reproofs therefore. Here
I. He promifith , before his fomewhat fharp Ke-
proof, aninfinuativePff/dce, wherein I. Hecraves
their prayers for himfelf. 1. That the Word of the
Lord may have free courfe, and be glorified, Ch. III.
ver. 1. 2. That he maybe delivered fromabfurd,
wicked, faithlefle men, ver. 2. II. He exprefleth
1. His hope in the faithful Lord for them, that he
will ftablifli them in good, Keep them from evil, v. 3.
2. His confidence in them, that they areand will be
obedient to his Commands, ver. 4. III. He prayes
for them that the Lord would direct their hearts, 1.
Into the hve of God, 2. Into the patient waiting fr
Chrift,ver.*„
2. He Prefcrtbes the Reformation of two evils,
wz. I, The Remijfeneffe of Church Difcipline towards
diforderly walkers. Here note, ». the Manner of his
prefcribing, moft peremptorily and gravely. 2. the
Matter or duty prefcribed, withdrawn g from difor-
derly walkers, vtr.6. 3. The enforcement of this du-
ty, from their own knowledge thereof, Partly by
Pauls example when among them for their imita-
tion, ver. 7, 8, 9. Partly, by his command, *Tbat
they who would not work_ fhould not eat, ver. lo. II.
Theidleneffe of fome amongthem neglelling Manual la-
bour, contrary to the Apoftles rule. Where note, 1.
His information of the fault. 2. Thefaulc it felf, Dif-
orderly walking of fome, Not workjn^being bufie bodies
ver. 11. The remedy perfcribed, worl^, ver. 12. 4.
His direction to the Church in cale fuch inordinate
walkers reform nor, after they arc warned by this
Epiftle Partly, that they thcmidvcs be not weary
of orderly walking, ver. 13. Partly, that they ccn-
hjre the Contumacious ; which cenlurc is( O Yre~
fcribed, They mult Note fuch ; Thcymuft not com-
pany with fuch, ver. 14. ( 2 J Mitigated and qualifi-
ed, ver. 1 5.
THE CONCLUSION of the whole Epiftle, Con-
taining I. His Supplication for them. 1. That they
may have conftant Peace by all means. 2. That the
Lord would be withthem all, ver. i5. II. His vile-
dilhry Salutation under his own hand unto them, fee
forth, 1. Uy the end and intent of it, To be a TokJn
to the Churches that the Epiftle was his own, and
not counterfeit, ver.ij. 2. By the Matter of k,
The Grace of our Lord Jefm Chrift be with you all, Amen
ver. 18.
Thus farre of Pauls IX. General Epi files, written to
whole Churches.
Next come to be conftdered Pauls IV. Particular
Epiftles, diteUedto certain particular Perfons, vi^.
twotoTlMOTHT, and one to TITVS, all about affairs
Ecclefiaitical, and one to PHILEMON, about matters
Oeconomical or Domestical Thofe Epiftles to Timothy
dHi/Tirus, * Auguftine faith, He ought to have be-
fore his eyes, who hath the office of a Teacher in
the Church of God impofed upon him.
* Au:
Apofto-
Jum
Paulum
Timotheo & Tito non debuifle prsccipere quid vel quern admo-
dum preciperent aliis. Quas tres Apoftolicas Epiftolas ante
oculus habere debet, cuieft inEcclefia Doctoris Perfona impc-
fita. Aug. de Doclr. in Chrifi. I. 4. c. 16. jom. 3.
I. TIMOTHY.
a 1 Tim. 1. 1,
i.
b A3s ttf.i,
1. compared
with Acts
14/'.
c Hift.Ec-
clef. Mapd.
Cent.t.i. i.
c.io.Tim.
dAfts 16. 1 .
e 1 Tim. 1.5
f* Tim.3.
'4 '5.
% i Tim.l.f.
Se&. I. Name and Penman.
THe firft Epiftle oftheApoftle Paul to TIMOTHY.
So denominated from a Timothy to whom Paul
wrote.
TIMOTHY is a Greek name-, Signifies, An Hon-
ourer of God. Probably his godly Parents defired he
might be fuch an one when they gave him his name :
and he proved an excellent Inftrumentof Honour to
God, both inDo<3rine and Converfation, according
to the happy Omen and Prefage of his name. He is
fuppofed to be of b Lyfira a city otLycaonia in Afia ;
cbecauferhere Paul firft found him, and there the
brethren reported well of him, as familiarly know-
ing him. His a* father was a Greek and a Profelyte ;
His Mother a Jeweffe who believed, her name e
Eunice, daughter of Loif, his Grandmother : both
fincere believers ; / from a child they trained him
up in the knowledge of the holy Scriptures. Whence
Paulh pcrfwaded that the^like unfainsd faith dwelt
in him, as did in his Mother and Grandmother. His h Aa$ 1$. j
father being a Greek, he was notcircumcifed in in- ' Ai** ,6-1>
fancy after thecuftomeofthejewes, but being come ?**! c
to maturity h Paul circumciftd him for the gaining "avu*
of the Jewes, by his Miniftry, And having 1 good V*( ™ lloi
commendation of him by the brethren of Ljftra and w> °<*(**
Iconium, Paul made him his companion in travels 7\^a^'
throughout the Churches farre and near ; whom he ™f *yai\o-
moft diligently and faithfully ferved and affifted in ^^^V^,
the workoftheMiniftry3 fometimes being left with *■©"•
the Churches by the Apofile, further to inftruft {°/j-'fnr^I
them by his preaching: fometimes being Tent as a rom'Vin11
Meflenger to the Churches, to comfort and SabHfhu.r.'
them. So that Chryfftome defervedly faith of him 1^1 1 Tim. y.
He was an admirable young man, .who at once . *}•
became both a Difciple, and a Matter. Though he **?[* *'*
bad many bodily/ infirmities upon him, yet he a- n ,J
bounded with many eminent graces, gifts, and fpi- o 1 Cor. 4.
ritual endowments, as m fincere faith, n favingwife- 17-
dome, 0 faithfulnefs, p temporance, <&c. And inPiTliT1- 5-
procefs of time being ordained a Minifter of the ] Tjm *5-
Gofpe! } q with impfition of the hands of the Presbytery, f4 &"1
T c tttt
He > r;m.:.#.
5qo
I. r i m o r h r.
Chap, r
rPhil J i9j
JO i I ,12.
& I < or +.
'-.i Thef. 3.
2 6.
i i i hcf. 5 .2
Re .15.25.
t 1 Cor. 4. 1-.
u 1 Tin-. 1.1.
x 2 Tim. 1.2.
Jf 1 Thef 5.2
x Ro n.16 21
a As in
2 t( r. 1.1.
1 nil. 1. 1.
Col. 1.1.
1 Thef.i 1,
2 Thef. 1.1.
Philem. 1.
b .v.:li 171 3
14.
c ASs 7. 15
dA:u:8 5.
e A^S |J>.22.
wuli i The I.
5-* 3.
i Acis 2o. 4.
s; i Tim. 1,
3-4.
h Ads 20.
28.
i Gcr. loc,
Com.l.de
.>• cri .^ac.
Cap. IX.
Sea. itftf
m ExegeH
k D.Pare.
us in ad\eil".
in 1 Tim.
Ant.Sadecl.
de vocat.
Miniitm-
Timi.p.f 8.
] 2 Tim. 4.
11.
m HiRjc
tlef. Ma 'J.
('ttir.i .1.2.
c. 1 o.Timo-
tllfl.S.
n H cror.
Advcr vi-
gilanrium.
Tom. 2.
o N cci h.
HKt.l-.vcl.
I.-.t. 45.
p I Tim.i.
3 4-
q 1 Ti.i . , .
'5-
1 fo.Chry-
Ibft. Ai ;. in
1. lip. a.t
Tim.
He foup-rightly approved himfelf, that he became
moft affectionately dear to the Apoflle, of whom
tlierefore he often makes fuch honorable mention,
cfpcciallv to the Philippians, For r / havenoman
like-m '.tided, who will naturally care for your eilate, for
M fee\their own,not the things which are Je'ius Chrifls;
butye^now the proof of him, that as a fan with the fa-
ther, he hath ferved with me in the Gofpel. Andell'e-
where he dignifies him with divers excellenc Titles,
calling him. f Hii brother, t His beloved fon and faith-
full in the Lord, u His nut urallfonin the faith. Tf.Hu
dearly beloved fn. yTbeMinitferofGid, andhisfel-
hw-Libower in the G (pelofChriji. z His worb^felhw.
Yea Paul'ioynsTtmothy with himfelf in the a Infcrip-
tions of divers EpifUes to the Churches, that fo he
might both commend Timothies worth and authority
to the Churches, as alfo propound him as an exem-
plary pattern to all faithfullMinifters. Paul made
ufeof his Miniflry in his travels, in preaching with
him; and in meffages from him to the Churches.
He b leaves him and Silas at Thejfalonica and Berea,
himfelf being perf< cured thence by the Jewes. Paul
going thence to Athens, fends for c Timothy and Silts
to come to him ; Who came to him d at Co-
rinth. Whence he again fends Timothy into Ma-
cedonia, to eTheffulonica, to comfort the believers a-
gainft tribulations and persecutions. Thence re-
turning to Paul, he comes ro Corinth, whence he
accompanies Paul into / Aft a , where, as Paul
("knowing him tobemofl able and trufty,} befought
hinr.fo he g abode ftillat Ephefus,There to inliruct that
Church, ("touching which employment Paul gives
him Precepts and Directions throughout this whole
I. Epifl. toTimothy,) Thus Paul committed the care
of the church of Ephefus to Timothy; Which Church
he, with other Overfeers,^ happily taught and gover-
ned. Eur how long,(ihough rlome determiners moft
k. uncerrain. And fome apprehend when Paul
wrote hi; fecond EpifHe toTimothy, Timothy feems
not to be at Ephefus, becaufePaul therein tells him,
/ Tychicm have Ifent to Ephefus. His death i; uncer-
tainly reported •, but fome think that at I a ft, more
grievouily inveighing againft the idolatrous worfliip
of Diana neer unto her Temple, he was (lain ofthe
Gentiles with arrows and ftones, as is teftified by
m Ecclefiaflical Hijiory. Some think that his Bones,
together with the reliqucs of Andrew snd £.«(;p,were
tranflated ro Conftuntinople , by Conftantine the Empe-
rour, as n Hierome is of opinion : By Conftantius, as
0 N/cephorus.
When this Epiflle was written, fee in the Table be-
fore the Epiflle to the Romanes.
Seel:. II. Occasion.
Paul p being to depart into Macedonia, befought
Timothy ro abide fiille at Ephefus, for the better or-
dering, infxri'ctingand eftablifhing of that eminent
Church, which the Apoflle had there planted} and
particularly, that he might charge (ome that they teach
no other dolhine, nor give heed to fables and endleffe
genealogies-, which Minider quefiions rather thanedi-
iying in the faith. And Timothy being ar Ephefus a-
bout this work, P.m/upon this Occafion (~not know-
ing how long he might tarry clfcwherej writes this
I. EpifHe to him, purpofely to encourage and q in-
fuuet him Inhisduty, about managing all Ecclcfia-
fticall affaires there. Chryfoftome moving this cjiicfti-
on , r Why fljouldVaul write one'.y to Timothy and Ti-
tus, and not aljoto Luke, Silas and Clemens his other
Affociates; Anfwers it thin, becaufc to Timothy and
Titus he had committed the Care and Government
of the Church : but the others did Jtill accomp.-.ny
f 1 Tiir.;.
*5-
1 1 Tim. 1.5.
n 1 Tim.i. i«
&c.
x 2 Tim. J.
1, Sic,
y 1 Tim.4.
«,8rc.
z 1 Tim. 4.
12. to the
end or the
chapter,
a 1 Tim. 5 1.
to the end
ef the Epi-
ftU.
Seel. III. Scope.
Scope therefore ofthe Apoflle in this Epiflle is
I. I'*media;ely,to (urmthTimothy with all neceliary di-
rections & instructions in the Apoftles ablence,touch-
[ng his minifterial duty to the Church of Epbefusftb.it
if Paul tarried long, he might know how he ought to be-
have himfelf in the h&ufe of God, which is the Church of
the living God, the Ptilar and Ground of truth. Anrf
this 1. Touching the maintaining the t truth of Faith
and Gofpel-doctrine, againft falfe teachers of the
Jewes corrupting rhe fame. 2. Touching due ma-
naging of publick worfhip, u for whom and how
they were to pray ; and how to demean themfelves
in publick Affemblies. 3. Touching Church-Officers,
x Bifiops and Deacons , and their qualifications.
4. Touching the grofs corruption in.y Faith and Man-
ners, which in the laft Times would befall the
Church: of which the Church was to be forewarned.
5. Touching z his Doctrine and Life, how he fhould
teach and behave himfelf towards a all forts of Per-
fons in the Church refpeetivcly. [[. Mediately, to
furnifh all faithful Paftors and Miniftersof the Gof-
pel, with rules & directions how to manage their Mi-
niflerial Function faithfully, in Dothine, Worfltip, and
Government in the Church, and exemplary Converfation
before the Church; and how they are to arms themselves
andtheir flockj, againjl future corruptions in Faith
and Life. _ So that this Epillle may not unfitly be
(tiled Saint Pauls Dire clary for the due managing °f
&e Miniftcrial Office in the church of God.
Seer. IV*. Principal Parts,
In this /. Epiftle to Timothy, are 1. Tlje Preface.
2. The Matter, or Subftance of the Epiflle. 3. Tiie
Conclufion.
THE PREFACE contains fas in other EpiftlesJ «"•
I. T\:e Jnfcription. Wherein are fignified, 1 The
Perfon writing , Paul; defcribed, Partly, by his
Office; Partly, by the Divine Authority of his Office ri,a0
Ch. l.ver. 1. 2. The Perfon written to ; Timothy, V'
defcribed by his fpiritual Relation to Paul, ver. 2.
II. The Apojhlical Salutation, ver. 2. n
THE MATTER, or SUBSTANCE of the Epiflle ■
is chiefly Prallical. Herein the Apoflle infiructs
Timothy in the due dif charge of hii Minijlerial Office.
More Particularly,
l.Hedireils him in point of Faith, How to maintain
againft the teachers of the Law, the Truth of the Gof-
pel (wonderfully committed roPaul^ inviolable againft
all impediments and oppofit ions, with a good confeience.
Here confider,
1. The charge formerly imposed on Timothy by the A-
poftle, whereof he is now remembred, in reference to the
Church oj Ephefus. This is fet forth, l.BytheOcca-
fion, of it ; 1//3;. Pauls going to Macedonia, vcr. 3.
II. By the Matter of it, viz. Timothy s Reftraining
and charging falfe Teachers, that they preach roc
1. Heterodox Doctrines , other than Pauls, vi^.
mingling works and faith in point of Justification,
ver. 3. 2. Fabulous Speculations, ver. 4. 3. Endlefs
Genealogies ; condemned Partly, As Matter of Con-
tention, Partly As Unedifying, ver. 4. 111. By the .. f
groundof this charge, drawn from the right ufe b of ^ If "°
the Law, fo much abufed by falfe Teachers. Here ottheLa»
1. The true end ofthe Law is propounded, viz Love;
which Love is defcribed by the root thereof, A pure
heart, A good Confeience, An unfeigned Faith, ver. $.
2. The Deviation cf falfe Teachers from this true end
ofthe Law is blamed, Partly, from the ill effeft
enfuing thereupon ; vain jangling, ver. 6. Partly,
from the bad caufe thereof, the ignorance ofthefe
falfe- Teachers ofthe Law,%fr. 7, 3. The ufual Ob-
jection
Chaf.II.toIV.
I. r i m o r ii r.
$31
cPublick
Prayer,
how to be
managed.
Chap. 2.
d Women
not to
teach in
the church
Chap. 3-
e Qualifi-
cations of
Bifiiops or
Overfeers,
And of
Deacons.
jeftion made by falfe teachers,when their abufe of rhe
Law was taxed by the Apofile, (Viz. That be wholly
deftryed all ufe of the Law.f\s here by way ofProlep-
fis prevented. Wherein Qi) He gr ant s that rhe Law,
lawfully ufed, is good, ver. 8. (2) He afjerts rhac
the Law was not given f in rcipcct of the damnato-
ry and terrifying ufe of ic J to the righteous, but
to the unrighteous ; and therefore the regenerate of
all men have leaft caufe to oppofe the Law, ver. 9,10.
(Y) He Declares that the Law rightly underftood and
ufed, isnotcontray, bur confonant to the Gofpel,
which was committed to him by Jefus Chrift,vw.i 1.
t
a brawler. 12. Not Covetous, v. 3. 13. One well rul:ng
his own hottfe, having his children in fub)eilion with alt
gravity, ver. 4. This is urged as ncceffkry.by an Ar-
gument from the Idle to the greater, v. 5. 14. A' : ..-
Novice ("viz. newly converted to the Faith,J which
is urged from the Ipiriiual danger that may enfuc,
v.6. 15. Well rep ntedfiom them that are witlimt ,v.j.
this is urged from the inconvenience of the contrary,
II. Touching Deacons, I. He declares their Qualifi-
cations, viz. that they be 1. Grave. 2- N>t double,
tongued. 3. Not given to rr.u.b wine. 4 A'if greed, of
filthy lucre, ver. 8. $. Holding the Mvftery of Faith
in a pure confcience, ver. 9. 6. Bl.tmeleji, upon
tryal before they exercife their Office, verfe. i .
7. Husbands of one wife; And their <^as alio the L'-
fhop'sj wives, (1) Grave, (2) Nit jlanderers or as
the Greek, not Devils, (3) Sober, fa). Faithful in ail
things, v. 11, 12. 8. Ruling their ch l.iren andtheir
own houfe well,ver. 12. IT. He exhorts Deacons to the
well managing of theirOffice, from the double bene-
fit thence enfuing, 1. An/honcurable eftecm in the
Church, they purchafe to themfelves a good degree. (Jo. Calv
2. Great boldnefs in the Faith inChrili, viz from con- Com. in hi
fcience of their faithful difcharge of their Office,thty
ferve Chrift with greater confidence, &c. f.i 3.
III. Touching both Bifhops and Deacons, ("and pro«
pardonably other Ecclefiaftical matters in this Epi-
ftlej Paul fhewes Timothy why he wrote thefe things
to him, vi^. That, in his abfence ; he might fuffici-
ently inftrucl Timothy how to behave himfelf in the
Church of God, ver. 14, 15. This Church of God he
commends as moft worthy of his utmoft care, it be-
ing I. Gods habitation, the Houfe of God. II. Truths
publisher and maintainer ; The pillar and ground of
Truth or Gofpel-DoUrine is 1. Singularly commended,
without conttoverfie great is the myflery of Godlinefs.
2.ParticularIy defcribed in fome particular heads of
it, viz. (i)Godmanifeftin theflef)>. C*J JuWtftedin
the Spirit. (?f) Seen of Angels. (4) Preached to the
Gentiles. ($J Believed on the world. (6) Re-
ceived up to Glory, v.\6. IV. He Prophetic. dly fore-
warns Timothy ("chat he'may forewarn the Church) of
the g Apofiacyof fmefiom the Faith in the latter times, g Apoffj-
This Apofiacy is defcribed, 1. By the certain Derecti- cy of latter
onofit, vi^. by the Spirit, Chap.IV.6er. 1. II. By times
the time oik; in the latter times. IV. By the mean?, foretold.
or Caufes procuring ic, viz. Seducing ffhits, and Chap. 4,
their Dofttines of Devils, which Seducers are brand-
ed, 1 For hypocritical lying. 2. For their/eared
Confcience, v. 1, 2. IV. By the errours that fhall be in-
troduced , 1. Forbidding Marriage. 2. Forbid-
ding o{ Meats fboth which notably agtee to Rjmiffj
DoftrineJ ver. 3. This forbidding of M.'ats he con-
demns, Partly, as repugnant to Gods end in creat-
ing them, ver. 3. Partly, as derogating from the
creature-, which is good, if rightly ufed, vi%. If it
be received with thankjgiving ; it being Sanil'tfyedby
the Word and Prayer, ver. 4,5. V. He pr all ic ally ex-
horts and direllsTimothy.
I. How to behave himfelf, both in Dollrine andCon-
verfation, in reference tohk Minifierial funilion, viz.
I. To remember the brethren of thefe things, which
Paul had written to him- This is 1. VrgeA from
the benefit enfuing, the approving himfelf thereby
a goodMinifter of Chnft, &c. ver. 6. 2. Amplified
by the oppofiteold wives fables, which he is tofhun,
v.-j. II. Toexercife himfelf unto Godlinefs in the
fpiritu-
■H^MMM^Bna^HHB
I. r / m o r h r.
Chap.V.to VI.
li M'ni-
fter ../ a-
bilitits,
how im-
proved.
i What
Widows
are ro be
relieved
by rhe
Church
fpiritualiry cf ic. i. Becaufe outward corpora! ex-
crcife comparatively profiteth little. 2. Becaufe
godiinefs in the fpirituality of it, is profitable for all
things, as having the Promife of t bit and the life to
come, ver. 7, 8. This he confirmes and amplifies,
Partly by his vehement aferu'ng and commending
rlie faying, ver. 9. Partlyby mention of his labour
and fuffcrings for the truth, undergone in confi-
dence of Gods falvation according to this piomife,
ver. 10. Partly by charging him to command and
reach thefe things, ver. 11. III. To compenfate his
Tomb, by his exemplary gravity in manners, which
may procure refpeft and reverence from all, in-
ftancing in divers particulars, ver. 12. IV. To im-
prove h his minifterial faculty and ability. 1 By dili-
gent reading the Scriprures, ver. 13. 2. Ey fre-
quent preaching, ver. 13. To which he preffeth
him from the confederation of hisfoleinn call to the
Miniftry, ver. 14. 3. By Meditation, ver. 15. 4. By
devoting and addicting himfclf wholly to thefe things
ver. 15.° 5. By efpecial hcedfulnefie to himfelfand
doctrine, ver. 16. 6. By Perfeverance in tliefe
courles, ver. 16. All which are prefied upon him
as conducive, CO To his own; C2) I'o n's hearers
fj I vat ion, ver. *6.
2. H,w to order and temper his Reproofs, to Eider
or younger, menand women, wirh refpeft to their
age, with all love and purity,cA.V.i'. 1,2.
2 How poor i widows are to be provided for by the
Church, which is called Honouring them, v. 3. Here
he directs, I. What widows are to be ta^enintothis
number, viz.. Thofe i,That are dcftitute of chil-
dren and nephews, by whom upon divers grounds
1 hey fhould be maintained, ver. 4, 8. 2. That iruft
in God. 3. ThiK are conftant in devotion, ver. 5.
Oppofite to v\ horn are they that live in plea fur e, dead
while they live, ver. 6, 7. 4. That are fixty years
old, ver. 9. $. That have been the wife ofone hui-
band, ver. 9. 6. That a re well reported of for good
works : flmdry particulars being inftanced in, ver.io.
ll.Wh.it Widows are to be refufed, viz, i.The youn-
ger widows, Partly becaufe of their inconftancy and
levity, unbecoming tha; ftate, ver. 11. 12. Partly
becaufe of thJr idleneiTe, ver. 13. Partly becaufe
of their tailing and pragmaticalnefs, ver.i 3. Where-
upon thefe younger widows he directs to marry,
and in that ftate to walk inoffenfively ; and this be-
caufe fome had already turned ufide after Satan, v. 14.
15. 2.The widowsof believers,whoare appointed to
Pvclicve their own widows, that the Church be not
needlcfly charged, v. \6.
4. Hiw Presbyters or Elders are to be dealt with , in
regard of their 1 Maintenance, 2 Accusation, 3. Re-
proof, 4 Ordination. I. Thar, in point of Mainte-
n mcejhey are to be counted worthy of double honour by
tin-Church. This is 1. Amplifiedby a dear diftri-
burif;nofthe Elders, fjrhus to be honoured J into
tv-o forts, f\) Thofe that rule well, (~2j Thofe that
labour in the Word and Doclrine, whoefpccially are to
be thus honoured, ver. 11. 2. PrejfedwhhkeaioM,
Pa< tly from the Analogy of that law of Mofes, Againft
muz ling the oxe that treads out thecorn. Partly {torn
that Kule of Chrift, The labourer is Worthy of his re-
ward, ver. 18. ll-That no accuf at ion be received a-
gainft an Elder , but under two or three witneffes. ver.
19. III. That Elders offending be reproied before all.
1. Thar others may fear, ver. 2 :. 2. That fo Ecclc-
(iaflicaladminifirationsmavbedone without partia-
1 1 r y or refpeft ofPerfons, whicb he moft foltmnly
charges to be obferved, ver 2\. IV. That no Elders
or Churcb-'jfcers befuddenly ordained with laying on of
hands. This is, 1. V'ged from the peril of partak-
ing in other mens hns, in hidden laying on of hands,
ver. 25. [ Here ina fhorr digrelfion It-.- adviletn T/'-
tnothy tor his healths-fake to drink a little wine, ver.
23."] 2. Qualified, by intimation of the difference of
both mens fins and good works who defire Ordinati-
on, Some rtiensjins are open afoi> hand, fuch are pre-
ftntJy to be reject id : Somefolhv • .
fore require a longer lime to dereft them. Again
fome mens good worlds are fo manifesl aforeb- nd, that
they may be prcfently admitted ; others cannot long
be hid, and will need more time to approve them,
v. 24, 25.
5. To teach Cbrifiian fervants to honour and ferve
their Matters, whether infidels, or believers, 1. Their
infidel-mcilers , left otherwife iniidcls blafpheme
Gods name and doctrine, Cb.W. ver. I. 2,Their
believing-MaSters, fo much the rather becaufe they
are fuch, v. 2.
6. To withdraw fellowfliip fiom unfound Heterodox
teachers, that teach otherwife, thenVnal hath directed
Timothy. And this he enforceth, I. Partly from
the evil properties of thofe teachers. i.Djfenting
from the wholefome doBrine of Chilli, v. 3. 2. Proud.
3. Ignorant. 4. Doting about queflions and fir if es of
words, v, 4. II. Partly from many ill effects of their
dodrine, I. Envy, 2. Strife, 3. Railing, 4. Evil'
furmifings, v. 4. 5. Perverfe deputes of corrupt-mind-
ed men, who meajure Religion by worldly gain, and
are therefore to be avoided, ver. 5. In oppofnion
unto which he ailerts, Godlinejfe with Content to be
breat gain,ver. 6. which Content he urgeth Ci)From
the like naked ftate of our birth and death, ver.i.
Q2J From fuppofed enjoyment of ncceffaries food
and raiment, ver. 8. fz,J From the manifold and
damnable mifchiefs enfuing upon a fixed refolved-
nefs to be rich, and the love of money ; particularly
enumerated, v. 9,10.
7. How to approve himfelf as a faithful Minifter
ind man of God, in better courfes, and contrary to
thefe of falfe teachers. I. By flying all thofe evil ways
and manners of falfe teachers, ver.i 1. II. By follow-
ing the contrary vermes and pious courfes, 1. Righte-
oufnefs, 2. Godiinefs, 3. Faith, .4. £oue, $.Patiencei4
6. Meel?nefs, 7. Fighting the good fight of faith, 8. Lay
ingholdofeternallife. To which he is incited, Partly
from his calling thereto. Partly from his former
good ProfefTion thereof, wherein he therefore fhould
perfevere, ver. 11, 12. III. By the faithful, jpotlefs,
and conftant discharge of his minifierial function in all
the duties of it, commanded and prefcribedin this Epiftley
whereunto he folemnly chargeth him.
In which Charge, note, I. The manner of it, moft
gravely and folemnely, viz. ( 1) Before God, who
quicl{ens all things, and therefore can quicken thofe
that fuffer for the faith. (2 ) Before Cbriji Jcfus, who
before Pontius Pilate witneffeda good Con feffion, and
therein gave us an example of confeffing the truth
even to the death, ver. 13. 2. The matter of it, to
keep this Commandement without fpot unrebuke-
able, ver. 14. 3. The Continuance of it, how long, un-
tilthe appearingof our Lord Je/us Chrift ; thisrefpects
not only Timothy but all Ministers, till ChrifU fecond
coming to judgement ver. 14. This appearing of
Chrift is Amplified, ( 1) By the time when it fhall be,
W^. inChriftstime,v. 15. (2) By the glorious de-
fcription of Chrift that fhall appear, ver. 15, 16.
(3 ) By a Doxology to Chrift, ver. 16.
8. Finally, what charge Timothy it to give to them
that are rich in this woild, viz. I. Forbidding them,
I. To be high-minded. 2. Totruflintbe uncertainty of
riches, ver. 17. II. Commanding them, 1. Totruft
in the living God, becaufe be richly gives all things,
ver. 17. a. To do good, to be rich in good woil^s tfcfc.
ver. 18. becaufe in fo doing they lay up a good foun-
dation offuture happinefs for thcmfclves, ver. 19.
THE CONCLUSION ofthe^ whole Eptftle, which
contains I. His final exhortation to Timothy, 1. To
keep faithfully the Gofpel-doftrine committed to
him in truft. 2. To avoid profane vain bablings and
oppofnion offcience, fcc. becaufe they caufe men to
erre from the faith, v. 20, 21. II. //« Apojioltcal
MJediflhn, v. 21,
II. Timothy
Chap.*.
III.
J
533
II. TIMOTHY.
2Tim.i.
1, 2.
b Joan.
Chryfoft.
Homil. I.
in z. Ep.ad
Tim.
.1
Seft. I. Name and Penman.
THe fecond Epiftle of Paul the Apoftle to TIMOTHY.
So denominated from a Timothy, to whom
Paul wrote now this fecond time. Adefcription of
this7//nof/7r fee in the former Epiftle. But f faith b
Chryfofiome, _) what means it that he fends to Timothy
even a fecond Epiftle ? He had faid, I hope to come to
theefhortly. This came not topiiffe; he therefore com-
forts him by letters, in ftead of hit Pre fence, perhaps
for rowing for this, and for that be had now began to take
upon him the burden oj Government, Sec.
Se&. II. Time.
Though there be fome difference about the particu-
lar circumftance of time when this Epiftle was writ-
ten, fome taking it to be written a little before Pauls
death, as wasc formerly intimated : Others dfap-
pofing it to be written a little before Pauls firft liber-
ty, and before his bringing to Rome from Jerusalem,
became this Epiftle feems to mention divers things
done about that time. Yet herein all agree that it
was the laft of all thefe Epiftles which Paul wrote.
e Calvin, doubts not, but betwixt the time Paul
vyrote his I. Epiftle to Timothy, and this fecond, Paul
fpokewirh Timothy, and ufed him as his affociate
and fellow-helper in many places; and hecollects
that Timothy was yet at Ephefws, when this Epiftle
was written, becaufe herein Paul falutes Prifcilla
and Aquila,andOnefipborus, thelaft of whom was an
Ephefian, and the other ftayed there when Paul
failed into Judea, as z«£e teftifies. (AndthisQ faith
he)»< the chief hinge upon which he turns, to confirm
Timothy both in the faith of the Gofpel and fincere
prxcipuus preaching thereof. But the circumflance of time if of
eftcardo nofmall rmment to thefe exhortations. Paul had. death
before hi* eyes, which he w,n ready to undergo for the
Teftimony of the Gofpel, Whatsoever things therefore
we read here touching Chrifis Kingdome, Thehope of
eternal life, The Cb.-iftian Warfare, Faithful! Confefft-
on, and certainty of Diclrine, we fhould take them as
written, not wi:h ink-but with the blood of Paul him-
felf; for he ajferts nothing, but what he if ready to feale
with hit death. Toerejwe this Epiftle if as A certain
folemne fubfeription of Pauls Docln'ne. So that this
finceraque Epiftle written at fuch a time, and being Pauls con-
ejus prx- eluding Epiftle, and laft farewel- letter before his
dicatione death, and as it were the fealing up of all his other,
confirmet, Epiftles , and of all the doctrines, exhortations
Sed non confolations, &c. contained inthenr, fhould make
parumhis great impreffion upon all Readers, as being the
exhorta- words of a dying Apoftle.
tionibus
momenti addit temporis circumftantia. Mortem habebat Pau-
lus ante oculos, quam fubire paratus crat pro Eyangelii tefti-
monio. Quxcunque igirur hie kgiinus de Chrifii regno, de
fpe vita? xternx, tie Chriftiana militia, de fiducia Confelfionis,
decertitudinedoctrinx,non tanqium ATRAMENTO SCRIPT A
Scd IPSIUSPALILI SANGUINE,accipereconvenir. Nihilenim
aiTerit pro quo mortis lux pignus nonnpponar. Proinde hxc
Epiftola quafi folennis quasdam elt fubferiptio Paulinx Doctri-
nx. Jo. Calv. Arg. in II. EpiS. ad Tun,
clnChro.
Table be-
fore E-
piftle to
Romans.
dHifi.
Ecclef.
Magd.
Cent, i
2. c. 10.
Paulu?.
e Jo. Calv.
Arg. in II.
Ep. ail
Tim.
/Hie
autem
jnqno
verfatur,
ut Timo-
theum
tarn in
fide
Evjngelii
quam in
conftanti
S&£f. III. Occasion.
The Apoftle having left Timothy at g Ephefiu to
take care of the Church there; when he departed
from the Elders of Ephefttf, after he had called ihem
to Miletus, and given them charge of the Hock, h
they all wept fore. Probably, £_ Timothy was one of
thofe that poured out tears ; and perhaps the Apo-
ftle that he might comfort Timothy^ lamenting him, /
intimated fome hopes of his recurn unto him ro
Ephefus. But Paul mean while being can't d away
captive to Rome, and by his bonds hindrcd from
coming thither again to Timothy, f though ptrhaps
he might fee him elfewhere, and employ him alfo,3
thought it necefiary by this Epiftle to ftabli'h and
comfort him, both againft the m Apoftles fufferings
and martyrdome approaching, as alfo againft all the
preftures and prefecutionsofthe Church, and that he
fhould be moved by none of them, to defert and
negleft the faithful keeping of that excellent Trea-
fure of Truth and Gofpel-doftrine, commfred of
truft to him, and that they might more effectually
be comforted in one another, he defires him to n do
hit diligence to come fhortly to him, that fo they might
take their laft farewell one of another. For this
was o Pauls laft Epiftle, ( as his Swan-like Song, J
a little before his death.
SeB. IV. Scope.
The Apoftles Scope in this Epiftle, is I. More Im-
mediate, in reference to Timothy, p moft effectionaie-
lydear to Paul; Partly to exhort and encourage
himtoconftant faithfulneffe in his minifterial office ;
and to that end, i To 5.
q 2 Tim. 1.
6.8cc.
r 2 Tim. i?.
&c.
f » Tim. 1.
>3-
1 1 Tim. i.
14, fire.
u 1 Tim. 2.,
x 2 Tim. 2.
3. arc.
y 2 Tim. 2.
M.
r. 2 Tim. 2.
'5.
a 2 Tim. 2.
16.81c.
b » Tim. 2.
22. Vc.
c 2 T m. 3.
U. &c.
tluuuuu
Sect. V.
BMMMHHH
MMi
2 i
5-i
II. r i m o r h r.
Chap. I. II.
Chap. i.
II.
rfiTi
m-4
14,
Sect. V. Principal parts.
In this II . Epiffe to Timothy are i.tbe Preface.2.Tbe
fubitanceoftheEpiftle. $.Tbe conclufion.
THE PREFACE to the Epiftle, contains I. The
Tnfcftplion, denoting, i.The Perfon writing.delcri-
bed, [ I 'J Ey his name, Paul. f_ 2 "] By his office,
AnApoSleofJefm Chrift, which Office is Amplified,
partly from thcDivine caufe thereof , of the will of God.
Partly, Bv the matter of his Apofiolical Doctrine in
rhac Office, vi^. The promife of life in Chrift J efm,
Chap. I. vet: 1. 2. The Perfon written to, let forth
[1 j By his name, Timothy. [2] By his fpiritual rela-
tion to Paid, hii dearly beloved [on, ver.2. II. The
SalutationM\cremzre, i.The Wettings wifhed and
prayed for ; Grace, Mercy, Peace. 2. The fountain
from whom they are defired, v'iz.Godthe Father, and
Chriirjefus our Lord, ver. 2. III. The Introduction,
or Entrance into the Epiflle. Wherein Paul C to
win more benevolent obedience to what he wrote J
affectionately teftifieshis dear fpiritual love to Timo-
thy, 1. By the Signes of this love in Paul, vi^.
[ijHisconfhnt remembrance of Timothy in his pray-
ers v.7, f2~j His great defire to feehim,i\4. 2. By
the grounds or caufes of Pauls love to timothy, vi^.
[ 1 rrwor/;icmnderarTection to Paul, teftified with
tears, 1/4. [2'J Timothies unfeigned faith, like that
of his parents,!/. 4, 5.
THE SUBSTANCE oftbeEp'ftlc is chiefly, 1 Hor-
tatory and Condolatory. 2. Monitory.
I. Hortatory and Condolatory ('divers Conflations
being interwoven among the Exhortations.)
He exhort; andencouragesTnnoihy chiefly to Conftant
faitbfulnefsintbe difcharge and execution of hii Mhi-
fterial Calling. And ro this end
1. To flir up pike fire under the afhes} andex-
preffc that Minifterial Gift which he received by im-
position of Pauls hands, as one of the d Prefbytery,
t/.<5.This is urged from the narure of the Spirit which
God gives hi; Miniffers, defcribed r. Negativelyjt is
not a Spirit of fear, that we fhould fiuggifhly and co-
wardly let our gifts lye idle. 2. Affirmatively, It is
a Spirit of Power, of love and of a found mindc ; that
a q d i n fl all heights and difficulties we fhould he
thereby enabled and guided l'weetly to aft to the
Churches edification, t/. 7.
2. Not to be afhamed of the Teftimony of our Lord,
the Gofpel-, nor of Pauls fufferings for it: but rather
to be willing himfelf to take part of the Gofpcls af-
flictions^. 8. Hereto he encouraged) him, I. From
Gods Power, engaged for his Miniffers in fuch fuf-
ferings, v. 8. II. From the grearnefs of the benefit
v:^. Eternal Salvation, preached in the Gofpel to
the Gentiles, richly worth all manner of fuffcring
for. This Salvation is defcribed, 1. Ey the actual
application of it to us in Effectual Calling, v. 9. 2. By
the Impullivc caufe of it, fet forth Negatively, not
our works, Affirmatively, but God* eternal purpofe
and Grace in Chrift, v.9. 2,.By the meritorious caufe
of U,Cbnft abalifliing dea th, (fyc.v. 10. 4. By the in-
flrumental caufe, manifefting, and bringing to light
this Salvation in Chrift, vi^. the Gofpel, ver. 10.
III. From his own example*, who, being the Apo-
illeand preacher of this Gofpel to the Gentiles, and
fuffcring for that caufe. yet is not afhamed of thefc
fufferings. And this from hii own affurance, 1. Of
Gods fairhfulncfs in his promifes, whom be hath
believed. 2. Of Gods Power in keeping his Salvati-
on for him, with which he hath betrufted him,
vet: n, 12.
3. To hold faff the Platform of found words; which
he heard of Paul. Confiding chiefly of two bran-
ches, which comprehend the two chief Parts of Di-
vinity, viz. 1. Faith, under which arc all tilings to
be believed. 2. Love, under which are ail things to
beobfervtd, vcr. 13.
Chap. ~.
4. To keep constantly inviolable that excellent e eJo.Calv,
Treafure of Gofpel Truth, Miniffrv and Minifterial in hie. Fife.
endowments committed oftruft to him,-u. 14. This he inloc.
Amplifies I. By directing him how to keep it. viz.
By the holy Ghofi inhabiting in him, ver. 14. II. By
warning him of the contrary known perfection, i.Ge-
nerally Of all in Afia. 2. Specially, Of Phvgellus
and Hermogenes, a/.i 5. From which .Defection he
prays the Lord mercifully to preferve ihchoufeof
Onejiphorws ; As one who [1] Often refrefhed Paul.
[2] Was not afhamed of his chain, but diligently
fought him out in Rome. [3] Miniftred unto him in
many things, v. 16, 17,18.
5. Strenuouflyand couragioufly to communicate
Gofpel-truth received from Paul, to other faithful
Ministers that may teach and propagate it to others,
Chap. II. t>er.i,2.
6. To endure hardnefs and perfections for the
Gofpel and the Miniftry thereof, v. 3. This he urg-
ethupon divers grounds, I. From the Nature and
Obligation of his Calling; He hath as a good Soldier
lifted himfelf under Chrift, and therefore neglect-
ing private affairs, hemuft endeavour to pleafe his
Commander in chief, v. 3.4, II. From the happy
fruit and reward which he fiiall reap hereupon at
laft, fet forth under a double Metaphor, 1. Of a man
flriving for mafteries lawfully, who is therefore
crowned, v.$, 2. Of anHmbandman labouring who
firft partakes of the fruits, v. 6. Thefe he amplifies
by wifhing him underftanding in all things upon due
confideration thereof,!1. 7. III. From Pauls exem-
plary fufferings for the truth of the Gofpel. Here
1. Some fpecial Gofpel-truths for which he fnffers,
are inftanced in vi^. (i3ChrifhManhood,ofD,fi/r'vJC
feveral forts of veffels^fortje To Mbmir, fcane ^dj^iyrruhe
fhonour,w^- both .Elect SaiorfcTjnd rjfth'objs&vjudgeme'nc* •».
poftates, Hereticks, ^o vcr. 2d. iPaJH^/^fl reding* of divejs? '
how a man may ap^rovtvbirnfelt'eji^fle'l of honour«-i|^nXJr '
w/ff. by purging bimfilf from tbefejfc. thefe lie^oth^ pT^iwans,
and Apoftatical Teachers or their evil ways 'Tier. 2J..\ 7o. Caly.
10. To avoid diftempered ftrifes jMid contentions Conr. inloc
in the courfe of his miniftry. And to tbjit end. J. To
flee youthful lufls, i, e. impetuous- Jjnd^rFogant
heats, to which youth is fubjeft , as the"*tindar that
kindles thefe contentions, ver. 22. II. To follow
the contrary vermes oppofirc to contcntioufncf'c,
which
/That the
word is
Jifea-fes,^%»*
tdtvifi'*. .v.,
IcyAHly
'
Chap. III. IV.
II. T I M 0 T H T.
535
chap.3
g Scrip-
tures Au-
thority,
Utility,
and Per-
fection.
which are inftanced in, ver. 22. I If. To (hunfool-
ifh and unlearned qucflions, asgcnlring ftrifes, ver.
23. Here 1. ThUfiriving is prohibited to him that
ferves the Lord in the Minillry. 2. The contrary
Gcntleneffe, Patience and Mceknefie in inftructing
Oppofcrs is prefcribed to hiin, ver. 24. 25. And
urged from the hopes of winning oppofcrs to repen-
tance;whichite/'e.,n.'«a'i defcribed, Partly by rhe Au-
thor of \t.God. Partly bv chc confequent effefts of ir,
vi^. Acknowledging of the truth; and recovery out of
the devils fnare, under whom they were utterly capti-
vated, v. 25,26.
II. Monitory, wherein the Apoflle Prophetically fore-
warns Timothy of the dangerous Sedu.ers and Enemies
of the Truth, that were even then arifing, andfl'ould
much more in future times arife in the Church ; cha rg-
inghim to turn away from fuch. Here we have 1. A
dtfeovery ofthefe Seducers. 2. A Remedy again)} them
and their Seducements.
1. Thefe Seducers are defcribed and difcovered to us.
gtJf- Bv the time when they fhould fprintj up; In the Lift
* days, viz. in ill thefe Gofpcl-days fince Chrift, for
even in Timothies days there were fuch Seducers,
fiomwhomhe mufl turn away, Ch. III. ver. 1. II. By
the evil influences they fliould have upon their days
wherein they appeared , rendring them perilous
times, ver. r. III. By the notorious and prodigious a-
bominations wherewith they fhould abound ; eighteen
of them being enumerated, ver. 2, 3, 4. IV. By
their fpecious hypocrifie, ("under w hich they cloak all
theformerviltanTes} Here thefe hypocrites are de-
lineated, i.By what they have; vi^. befides their
forefaid corruptions ; 4 forme of godlinefs. 2 By
what they want, vi^. The power of Godlineffe, ver. 5.
V. By then AH infeducing. I. Sliely creeping into boufes
ver. 6. 2. Craftily inveighing and captivating filly
women; defcribed, Partly by their corrupt confei-
tnces, laden with fms, (&c. Partly by their igno-
rant minds; as fitting than for fuch feducements,
ver, 6, 7. VI. By tbeir Oppofnionof the Truth; which
is 1. Illuflratedby the fimiiitude oijannes and Jam-
bres withftandingof Mofes in Egypt. 2. Evidenced by
the Caufes of their Oppofing the Truth ; they being
CO Men of corrupt min des (2) Reprobate (or void of
judgment') concerning the Faith, ver. 8. %.Threatned,
Fartlywhha ftop to their feducing proceedings ;
Partly with a manifeftation of their folly to all, as it
fell out tojannes and Jambres, v. 9.
2. The'remedy againft thefe Seducers and their Se-
ducements is prefcribed to Timothy, vi\. I. A careful
imitating of Pauls Exemplary DoZirine and Converfation
Here are fet forth, 1. Timothies full knowledge of
them. 2. The Doftrine and vertues wherein Timo-
thy fhould follow him, efpecially in fuffering Perse-
cutions for the Gofpel. 3. The Lords delivering
him out of them all; for his encouragement, ver. 10.
11. 4. The inevitable lot of Perfection to all the
godly : therefore godly Minifters fhould not think
much at it in themfelves, ver. 12. II. A due conside-
ration of the vile Condition of Seducers, which fhall
waxe worfe and worfe, 1 Deceiving. 2 Being de-
ceived ; may arme againft them, ver. 13. III. .4
Conftant continuance in the Gofpel truths, which he had
learned and been allured of,ver. 14. This is preffed
udon him, 1. From the Authority of Paul of whom
he learned them.ver. 14. 2 From his long acquain-
tance with the Scriptures, from a child, which are
able to make him favingly wife, through Faith, ver
15, 3. From the g SCRIPTURE'S CO Di-
vine Authority, ver. id. (2) Manifold utility. For
Doftrine, of Truth ; For convincing- Rcfroof of Er-
rour ; For Correction of corrupt manners. For In-
ilrultion 1 in righteoufneffe, ver. 16. C^Complcat
Perfection, able perfectly to furnil'h theraan of God
to all good works ver. 17. rv. A Diligent and faith-
full preaching of the. word; whereby others may be
pi elerved from feducements. Here 1. He moll lo-
lemnly chargeth him before God and Jefus Chnft,
Judge of quick an.) dead, to performe this duty, Ch. Chap.4,
IV. ver. 1. 2. H- prefcribeth and defcribcth this
diligent and faithfiVll preaching of the Word, in fc-
veral parts of it, ver. 2, 3. 3. He preffcrh this di-
ligent pieaching upon him ;(i) From the future Apo-
ftacy of men from ftundDothine and the truth to fables:
After their own lufts getting an heap of teachers, hav-
ing itching ears. Therefore he muft make advan-
tage of the prefent opportunity, ver.- 3. 4. (2) From
the inftanr approach off auls death, ("by whom Tf-
mothy was guided and encouraged in his Miniftry hi-
therto.) ver. 5, 6. Againft his death he comforts
both himfclfand Timothy, partlyby the nature of his
Dearh, His Offering of himfelf up lor fealiqg of the
truth, and Hti Departure, ver. 6. Partly from his
fincere and full discharge of his Apoftohcal function,
metaphorically defcribed, ver. 7. Partly from the
glorious Crown of Righteoufneffe, refervedfot him by
Cbrift the righteous Judge, ami for all that love hit ap-
pearing^. 8.
THE CONCLUSION of this Epifile ; where- III.
in.
1 He earneftly defires Timothy, I. to comeflmtly to
him before his death, and to bring Mm \ with him.
And this i.Becaufe Demos had forfaken him through
worldlineile. 2. Becaufe he had fent upon publick
fervice, Crefcens to Gatatia, Titus to Dalmatia, and
Tychicm to Epbefut. 3. Becaufe only Luke was with
him, ver. 9. to 13. //. To bring with him at hit com-
ingtheCloali, and Books, but efpecially the Parch-
ments which he left at Treat, v. 13.
2. He warns him againft Alexander the Copper-
fmith, who did him much evil, greatly withftand-
inghis preachings, upon whom he imprecates a re-
ward according to his works,v.i4, 15.
3. He gives him a brief Narrative of hhfirfl Anfwer
vi^. before Nero, I. How no man ftood with him,buc
all deferted him ; praying that this may not be laid
to their charge, ver. 16. II. How yet the Lord
ftood with him, 1. Strengthening him, to make the
preaching fully known to the Gentiles. 2. Deliver-
ing him out of the Lyons mouth, v\. Nero's devour-
ing wrath, ver. 17. Upon which experience he
takes occafion, P*rr(y to allure himfelf of the Lords
Protection from all evil, and of his Prefervation of
him to his heavenly Kingdome, Partly to glorifie
the Lord,ii. 18.
4. He defires Timothy to falute divers Perfons,
v. 19.
5. He fignifies to him, Erattut his abod ; at Co-
rinth, and Trophimm his being left fick at Miletum>
v. 20.
6. He importunes him to come before winter,
v.21.
7. He fends him falutations from all the brethren,
v. 21.
8. Finally, he clofeth up his Epiftle with a vale-
dictory prayer, 1. For Timothy. 2. For the brethren
with him, v. 22.
Titus
5v
TITUS.
a Tit. 1.1,4.
b Piicat.
lexicon
in ' o ion
Tmim
Qusren-
remfive
bcnum,
fed melius
mutatum.
.Wier. <&
Nomin.
Hebr. ad
Cor. II
Tom. 3.
cGal. 2.3-
d Tir.i.4.
e: Cor 8.13
f 2 Cor.2.13.
gGaU. > .
h 2 Cor J.6.
1 1 Cor. 8.6.
3 Tim 4. 'O.
k 2 ( or. 8.
16, 17*
lsee Dr.
Tho. Taylor
his Com-
ment on
Thus, in
Occafion of
the fipiftle,
p 1 Camb.
l"<5i9 D.
Pjreus in
adverf. m
Ep. aii Tr.
mTir. I.J.
nHift. re
clef. Magtf.
CehM.l. *.
c.io.Tuu'.
D. P.ircus
in A.-tvetT.
in ip. ad
Tir.
0 Hift.Kc-
elctMagd.
quo tupr.
p Jo Calv.
A-£. in Ep.
ad Tit.
Seer. I. Hame an A Penman.
Tffe Epifile o/Paul to TITUS. ] So intituled from
the name of the a Perfon to whom Paw/ wrote.
Titus \i evidently a Greek name, either derived b
from ( jit<& ) Titos ; A little Bird, or Dove \ ( as
Jonah in Hebrew hath his name from a Dove ) or ra-
ther from (iia) T'o. u e.To hinour, efleem, &c. thence
77V©* fitos, Honoured, whence Titus is named ; a fit
name tor him, that was truly Honoured both by God
alii man.
Tim washy Nation a c Grecian,a Gentile, and uh-
circumcifed probably till his death ; yet effectually
converred by Paul to the faith, hence call»d hhd
natural fon after the common faitb.Yea he calls him his
e Partner and fellow helper conce rning f/;eCorinthians,
and hh f brother, having enjoyed him as a g com-
panion in his travels, Ah comfort in hit (01 rows, and
having ufed him as a Legate or Meilenger unro di-
vers i Churches, andbettufted him with the ^Col-
lections for the poore Stints in Judea. Paul having
planted a Church in the Hie of Creta, ("now called/
Candy, fituate upon the JFgean fea,oppofite ro Morca
or Pcloponnefus fouthwards,at this day fubjeft to the
Venetians,") he left Turn there behind him to finifh
the work, m appointing him to fet in order things that
were wanting, and to ordain Elders in every city. And
in that Iftand of Crete, there were C as thenCfnta-
riators and others note, ) an hundred cities. So
that there was ample matter and opportunity for
enlarging the Church of drift. And there it is
thought oTnus died and was buried.
Sect. II. Occafion and Scope.
Paul having left Titus in Creff, to order things
wanting, &c. in the Church now planted there, and
p preceiving that in his abfence, many ambitioufly
afpircd to the Paftorall office ; and falfe teachers,
erroneous in judgement , and fcandalous in life,
crept in, fecking Partly to deftroy the faith, by
mingling Chrift and Mofes together, Partly todi-
fturbe Church Government planted, and Partly to
disjoyne the practice from the Profcllion of Piety.
Paul therefore folicitous for die Church, writes
this Epifile to Titus from Nicopolif , 1. To ftrcngthen
and gain Authority to his Miniftry there, againft all
conremp:. 2. To direct him in this Epiftle, ("which
is of the like Argument with the I. and 11. Ep. to Ti-
ff Tit. I. 5. motby, J fj O H°vv t0 1 0l"dcr and ftablifh things
&c. wanting in th^ Church ; cfpccially indue ordaining
of well qualified Eifhops or Presbyters, of whom fee
>- Tir. I. $• the fence of the ApofHcr Paul, as a'foof f Hterom.
6. 7. (~2 J How to fuppreffe falfe teachers and feducers, t
/"Idem eft that obtruded upon them circumcifion, Jcvvifh fables,
and Commjndcmentsof men, to the fubverting of
Prefbyter m.my. (7, ) How to demean himfelf both in m found-
qui 1 tile of Doctrin.-, and exemplarineffe of On
put, viifnion towards all (brts of Perfons in the
Seance- Church,
quam
DiaboIiinflinftu,ftudiain religione ficrcnr, &diccreturin po-
pulis, Ego fum Pauli, Ego Apoll), Ego autem Ceph& ; communf
Presbyterorum confilio Ecclefia? gubernabantur Poftquam vero
unufquifque eos quos bapcizaverat , fuos putabant effe, non
Chrifti, in roto orbe decretum eft ut unus de Presbyteris Electus
fuperponeretur ceteris, adquem omnis Ecclcfix cura pertineret,
&fchifmatum feminatollerentur. putat aliquisnon Scriptura-
rum, fed noftram effe fententiam, Epifcopum & Presbyterum
unum effe, & aliud statis,aliud effe nomenofficii,reIegat Apoftoli
ad Philippenefes verba, dicentis Haec propterea ut oftende-
remus,apud veteres eofdem fuiffe Presbyteros quos &Epifcopos,
Paulatim veroutdiffenfionum plantaria evellerentur; ad unum
omnem follicitudinem effe delatam. Sicut ergo Presbyter i fciunt
feexEcdefitconfuetudineei qui fibi prxpofitus fuerit effe fub)etlos:
it a Epifcopi noverint fe magis confuetudine, quam Difpofuionis do-
minicetveritate, Presbyters* effema'pres; &in Communi debere
Ecclefiam regere. Hier. Com, plenior in Ep. ad Tit. c. 1. v. 5. Tom.
9. t Tit. 1. 9,10, 11. &c. «Tit.2.i. &c.and 3. 1. &c.
Seft. III. Principal Part^ or Analy-
tical Explanation.
In this Epijtle to Titus (of like nature with the two
Epifiles ;to Timothy, efpecially the former J arecon-
fiderable, 1. The Preface. 2. The Matter, or Sub-
ftance of the Epifile. 3. TheConclufton.
THE PREFACE contains 1. The Infcription. 2. Vie
Salutation,
1. The Infcription Expreffeth I. The Perfon writing
this Epifile ; Paul. Defcribed by his Office in the
Church i 1. More Generally, x A firvant of God.
2. Moce Specially and Particularly, And an Apojlle of
Jefm chrift. This his Apojjlef>ip he commends by
the Harmonious concord betwixt it, and the Com-
mon Faith of all theEle&in all ages, as preaching
no other Doctrine than what the Elect had profefled,
According to the Faith of Gods Elett. This Faith he
Exegetically explains, (iJBythe Nature of it, An
acknowledging 0] the Tiuth which if after Godlinefs,
Chap. Lver.i. C*J By the end of it, In hope of E-
ternallife. This Hope of eternal life he defcribes,
Partlyby the ground of it, Godsfaithfuland ancient
Promife, which God that cannot lye, promifed before
the world began. (Greek, before Times of ages, J v. 2.
Partlyby the Inftrumenral Means difcovering it to
k men in due time, vi^. The preaching of his Word;
But hath in due times manijefted hit Word through
preaching. Thhpreaching of Gods Word he Amplifies
by the Divine Commiftion and Command thereunto
given Paul himfelf particularly ; which it committed
unto men, according to the commandment 0/ God our 5.i-
viour, v. 3. II. The Perfon written to. Turn ; defcri-
bed by his Spiritual Relation to Paul who converted
him to the faith •, To Titw mine own Son according to
the common faith, v, 4.
2. The Salutation, wherein arc I. The blciTings
prayed for in Titus behalf. 2. The fountain whence
they flow, v. 4.
THE SUBJECT MATTER, or SUBSTANCE of
the Epiftlc, Here
I. Paul Declareth for what ends he left Titus in Creet,
vi\. I. Tofet in order the things that were wanting, in
thefe new plained Churches. 2. To ordain Pi esbyters
( or Elder t) in every City ; bo;h to be done, As Paul
had appointed, v. 5.
II. Paul
I.
x Tenen-
dum etiam
memoria
eft, quod
alibi dixi
Servi no-
men hie
aliud fona-
re quam
commu-
ncm fub-
jectionem,
qualiter
fervi Dei
vocantur
omnes fi-
deles : fed
accipi pro
miniltro,
cuicertum
aliquod
munus in-
junctum
cft.kc./o.
Calv. Com.
in lit. 1. 1.
Chjp. 1.
II.
chap.n. in.
r i r v s.
V7
y TheQua-
lifications
requlfne in
Presby-
ters, or
B'fiops.
II. Paul direlteth Titus in reference to thefe ends.
i. Touching Ordination. 2. Touching the faithful Ex-
ecution of hif Minilhrial Office.
I. Touching Ordination, what y Qualifications are
requifite in the Perfons that are to be ordained Bi-
fl)ops, or Presbyters (^whom he here makes one and
the fame. J and this 1. In life. 2. In Dollrine.
1. Inlife, The Qualifications of a Bijfoop or Elder,
are laid down, I. More Generally-, if any be blame-
leffe. II. More Particularly; His Particular Qualifi-
cations arc either Relative or Abfilutc. 1. Relative,
in refpeft of his Famiiy-Relarions ftj To Wife,
Conjugal Chaftity; The Husband of oneWife. C2JTo
childr en. Religious and inoffenfive education of them,
having faithful children, and tliefe, Neither intem-
perate, not accu fed of Riot. Nordifobedienr, Or un-
ruly, ver. 6. Tliefe Qualifications are urged from
the Nature of his Office, Partly in that he is a Bifliop
or Overfeer to others. Partly in that he is the Steward
of God, ver.']. 2. Abfolute, his Abfolute Qualificati-
ons are Propounded Negatively and Pofitively ; Ne-
gatively, flewing what a one he mull not be, viz.
fO Not f elf -willed. C2J Notfoon angry. (3 J Not
given to wine. (4) No firiker. Q<,J N)t given to
pithy lucre, ver. 7. Pofitively, fhewing what a one
he muft be, viz. [1'] A lover of Hofpitaliry. [2') A
lover of good men; or good things. [z,\Sober. [_4~}Jnft.
[5] Holy. [6] Temperate, v. 8.
2. In hi* Dollrine; His Qualification is Defcribed
by the Matter, End and Ground thereof. I. By the
Matter, that he Hold fafl the fahhfulWord, in Do-
llrine. II. By the End, that he may be able by found
Dollrine, 1. To exhort, vi\. the flock. 2. To con-
vince Gainfayers, ver. 9. III. By the Grounds or
Reafons why he muft. be thus Qualified to thefe ends
vi%. both in refpeft of the falfe-te ackers in Crete: and
in refpeft of the people of Crete. 1. The falfe-teach-
ers in Crete, ("to be convinced, whofe mouthes muft
be flopped,^ Hedefcribes, ft) By their multitude,
Many. (2) By their Adjunfts or Manners, vir^.
*Unruly, Vain talkers, Deceivers, effect ally they of the
1 Circumcifton, ver. 10, f 3J By their pra&ice,
teaching things which they ought not for filthy lucre fake.
f 4) By the pernicious effect of this their Practice,
Subverting whole houfes, ver. It. 2. The people in
Crete, to We reproved and exhorted, are Defcribed
By their corruptions reftified by one of their own Pro-
phets, vi^. Epimenides the Cretian Poet, ver. 12.
Whiah teftimony the Apoftle, Partly Ratifies, Thk
witnejl is true. Partly Improves, hence inferring a
Duty of reproving them, Wherefore rebuke themfloarp-
ly, Gr. cuttingly, This Rebuke is Amplified by the
end thereof, that they may be found in the faith, ver.
13. Which/o«n